Standard Catalog of®

Smith & Wesson

Jim Supica & Richard Nahas

©2006 by

Jim Supica and Richard Nahas

Published by

700 East State Street • Iola, Wl 54990-0001

715-445-2214 •888-457-2873

www.gundigestbooks.com

Our toll-free number to place an order or obtain

a free catalog is (800) 258-0929.

All rights reserved. No portion of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopy, recording, or any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publisher, except by a reviewer who may quote brief passages in a critical article or review to be printed in a magazine or newspaper, or electronically transmitted on radio, television, or the Internet.

Trademarks: The words (or symbols) Air Lite, Dymondwood, Ti, Sc, Heritage Series, The Sigma Series, Chiefs Special, Kit Gun, Shorty, Lasersmith, Ladysmith, Mountain Gun, Mountain Lite, Magnum, Smith & Wesson, S&W Performance Center, Airlite, Smith & Wesson Academy, Airweight, .40 S&W, Power Port, Centennial are registered trademarks of Smith & Wesson.

Library of Congress Control Number: 2005931490

ISBN 13-digit: 978-0-89689-293-4

ISBN 10-digit: 0-89689-293-X

eISBN: 978-1-44022-474-4

Designed by Elizabeth Krogwold

Edited by Dan Shideler

Printed in China

Dedication

RICK’S DEDICATION, 3RD EDITION

As we move into the 21st century we see that Smith & Wesson becomes increasingly involved with the shooting sports and self defense marketplace. As a result more and more products are made for those markets.

S&W has almost left behind the method of manufacturing it used for nearly 135 years since its first beginnings in 1852. In its place we see new methods of making parts and frames to attach to cylinders and two-piece barrels and “X”-tra large frames. The CNC Methods have far exceeded the older “by hand and individual machine process” manufacturing methods. While some collectors do not seem impressed by these newer methods, in my crystal ball I see collectors of the future looking back at these products and in every bit of amazement as those collectors in the 1940s when they marveled at the Registered Magnum or those in the late 50s at the .44 Magnum that Elmer Keith brought to the forefront of handgun hunting.

Firearm collectors have endured all kinds of assaults on their personal freedoms to own weapons in the last century. As we move further into the 2000s, more states embrace concealed carry as a personal safety issue and not just a holdover from the old Wild West. The internet has opened collecting to a whole new venue of consumers to the amazement of new collectors and almost to the detriment of seasoned and established collectors. This has placed the products for sale available for everybody who has an E-port to the world. Prices seem to climb uncontrollably in bidding wars. To this I say be ever watchful, and have a fun time of it.

The first edition of this work was dedicated to the memory of Danny Woo, who first saw my compilation some years ago. And I dedicate this third edition again to my wife, Bonnie. Again for her unfailing support and devotion, I am more grateful than words can ever express. Thanks also for feeding me at the computer for the past fifteen years. The first edition was not off the press yet when we started on the 2nd edition. . . Just looking for S&W products. . . .

As Jim and I put this together for the third time, I recall that special feeling that strikes me when I find a new and different Smith & Wesson handgun, in its own box, wrapped in its protective paper. I have to stop, look and inquire about it. Each has a story.

Since the first edition, S&W has made a few changes in its product line, introduced quite a host of alloy frame revolvers, completely redesigned all of the revolver frames, created a new design for its semi-automatic line of pistols, and now offers more accessories than ever with the Smith & Wesson name: “Truly an American Tradition.”

A lot of lessons were learned in the first and second editions; the biggest is that we won’t ever get it all done and documented in one go-‘round. We received many letters and E-mails from readers and collectors telling us about their S&W and or their particular variation, and for that help we are grateful. I also thank Jim Supica for his deep research into early Smith & Wessons and his family’s special friendship over the years. Jim and I hope you enjoy this 3rd edition as much as the first.

Richard Nahas

JET53SW@aol.com

JIM’S DEDICATION, 3RD EDITION

The core of Standard Catalog of Smith & Wesson is the data that Richard has laboriously and meticulously compiled over many years. For this, I thank him on behalf of collectors everywhere.

I’ d also like to thank the many S&W collectors & enthusiasts who have contributed to this book.

Finally, I’d like to dedicate my work on this book to the love of my life, Eve; to our boys, Jamie, David, and Daniel; and to my Dad and the loving memory of my Mother.

Jim Supica,

P.O. Box 14040, Lenexa, KS 66285

E-Mail: Jim@ArmChairGunShow.com

Contents

Acknowledgments

Safety

How to Use This Book

SECTION 1: COLLECTING SMITH & WESSON: SPECIAL CONCERNS AND TRICKS OF THE TRADE

Frame Sizes of Revolvers

Screws: 3, 4, or 5

Pinned and Recessed

Generations of Semi-Autos

Type of Finish

Refinished Guns

Factory Refinish

Rare Barrel Lengths

Other Modifications and Unusual Configurations

Matching Serial Numbers

Stocks (Grips) – by Jim King

Boxes and Accessories – by Dave Ballantyne and Dick Burg

Sights

Engraving

Evaluating Condition

Resources and Bibliography

SECTION 2: IDENTIFICATION AND PRICE GUIDE

Chapter I: Origins – Smith, Wesson and Their Lever Action Pistol – by John Watts

Chapter II: Tip-Up Revolvers

Chapter III: Top-Break Revolvers

Chapter IV: Single-Shot Pistols

Chapter V: Early Hand Ejectors (Named Model Revolvers 1896-1957)

Chapter VI: Modern Hand Ejectors (Numbered Model Revolvers 1957-Present)

Chapter VII: Semi-Automatics (Autoloading Pistols)

Chapter VIII: Long Guns

Chapter IX: Commemoratives and Specials

Chapter X: Performance Center Guns

Chapter XI: Air Guns and Projectile Launchers (Gas, Flare, Dart, Line-Throwing)

Chapter XII: Miscellaneous Police and Firearm-Related Items

Chapter XIII: Knives

Chapter XIV: Buckles – by Pete Roberts

Chapter XV: Catalogs and Posters – by Don Mundell

Chapter XVI: Ammunition

Chapter XVII: Gimcracks and Geegaws

SECTION 3: APPENDICES

S&W Historic Milestones

Serial Number Ranges by Years

Year of Introduction, Early Models – Listing by Caliber

Year of Introduction, Numbered Models

Year of Introduction, Modern Revolvers – Listing by Caliber

Identification Characteristics

Ilustrated Glossary

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The authors have found helpful information in the books and publications mentioned throughout this book. They are recommended highly to those who would learn more.

The contributions of a large number of Smith & Wesson collectors and enthusiasts to all editions of this book cannot be overstated. We are indebted to them for their generosity in sharing their knowledge, observations, and experiences. Many are listed below; for those who were inadvertently omitted, our apologies.

Special thanks are due to the Smith and Wesson factory, the membership of the Smith & Wesson Collectors Association and its online webgroup, S&W Factory Historian and SWCA Chairman Roy Jinks, and the Smith-WessonForum.com online members.

In addition to Mr. Jinks, other authors and researchers whose work has added greatly to the knowledge of S&W products and history include Robert Neal, Charles Pate, and David Chicoine. All have been generous in their assistance and encouragement.

Each edition of this book has had individuals who stepped forward and took on exceptionally large roles in its production. These include:

THIRD EDITION

We’re delighted to present the 3rd Edition in full color. You will notice many photos attributed to firearms photographic specialist extraordinaire, Paul Goodwin. If you see one of Paul’s photos in this book that is less than pristine, you can be sure that is only because of the authors’ cropping, compiling and editing of his work for illustration purposes or space limitations. We appreciate his always top-drawer work and hope we did not chop it up too badly.

A number of S&W collectors and experts tackled new sections of the 3rd Edition, or extensive revisions of previous sections. Our thanks to Richard McMillian for his edit of the Autoloader section, Ray Cheely for the Registered Magnum section, James King II for his untiring research on S&W grips of every kind, Pete Roberts for the Buckles section, Bob Radaker for the .44 Mag section, John Watts for the 1st Partnership and lever action pistol section, Dave Ballantyne and Dick Burg for the boxes and accessories sections, Bill Edmiston for knife values and R.M. Vivas for the section on NY-1 revolvers. The authors compiled and revised these sections to incorporate them into the book, and if errors are noted, you can again safely assume they are the authors’ and not the contributor’s.

A number of kind folks made especially extensive and ongoing contributions to the 3d Edition. In addition to those listed above, these include Ed Cornett, Lyle Larkworthy, David Carroll, Eric Archer, Tom Horwedel, Dave Nowak, Bill Cross, John Field, John Crawford, Bill Patteson, Charlie Flick and J. Glenn Tracey.

SECOND EDITION

John Crawford, David Kosowski, and Bill Powell were exceptionally generous in checking and correcting large portions of the book.

FIRST EDITION

John Demuth; Jon Maxwell, collector and tireless note taker, for his contribution of collector information on the automatic pistols; Gary Skeet and Martha Skeet; Clarence Rinke (deceased) for the knife section; Paul Piquette for the engraving section; Danny Woo (deceased), armorer, and his family, for his comments and assistance in the first proofreading.

CONTRIBUTORS

For their special significant contributions to this or previous editions, we would like to offer our sincere thanks to the following individuals. We are sure we have regrettably omitted some folks who gave valuable input, and to them we offer our sincere apologies.

• Massad Ayoob, Bill Anderson, John Appleton of “The Gun Shop”

• Travis Barrett of Green Top, Steven Beatty, M/Sgt C.H. Benjamin (USAF Ret. dec.), Bob Bettis, Roger Bishop (dec.), Jerry Blanchard, Jerry Boss, Larry Bradway of S&W Customer Service Center, Ray Brazille, Tom Brown, Dick Burg

• Tommy Campbell, Harrison Carroll, Dominick Casciano, Tom Cason, Bill Cross, Donald Cassavant of Cassavants Gunshop, Ray & Sheryl Cheely, Ken Cheely, Mark Calzaretta, David Chicoine, Mike Clark of Collectors Firearms, Houston, Jerry Cochran of Trader Jerrys, Will Cordes, Edward F. Cornett, John C. Cox, Bob Coyle, John A. Crawford, Ph.D., Patrick Combs

• Diamond B Guns, Carlos Davila, Colin Dobson, Peter DeRose, Ed Draper, Charles Duffy,

• Mike Eagan, Bill Edmiston

• Bob Frost, David Feeney, Frank Frey, Charlie Flick, Cort Flint, Jerry Fountain, Jim Fisher, John Fisher

• John Gangel of Little John’s Auction, the late Gary Garbrecht, Blair Gluba, Larry Gaertner, Jim & Janice Graham, Joe Green

• Rick Hawes, Max Hayward, Carl Heinrich, Horst Held, Jon Heminger, David Hemmeter, Don Henry, Bernie Hill, Pat Hogan of Rock Island Auction, Larry House, Wayne Hazelrigg, H. W. “Choc” Hodges, Larry Hooten, J.M. Horn, Mike Horton of Lew Horton Dist., Joe Hopkins of Green Top, Tom Horwedel

• John Irwin

• Lloyd Jackson, Randy Jaquith, Lee Jarrett, S&W Factory Historian Roy G. Jinks, Paul Johnson, Jennifer Johnston, Ken Jorgensen

• Stephen Kelly, Tom Kelly of The S&W Performance Center, Alan S. Kinckiner, James G. King II, Jerry Klaz, Christopher Killoy, Ted Kayton, Gary Keathley, Dick Kolesar, Mike Kolozvary (“TSW Mike”) of S&W, David Kosowski

• Michael LaPlante, Lyle Larkworthy, Tim Larson, John D. Lawor, David Leestma, Howard Levin, Karl Leonhardt, Hal Leahy, George Linne, Lester Limerick (FBI retired, dec.), Bob Lockett of The 2nd Amendment Gun Shop, George Luttrell, Ernie Lyles of Gilbert Small Arms Range, Inc. and all the part-time Lunchtime Bunch

• William Maier, Rob Mattson, Mike Maher, Greg Martin of Butterfield & Butterfield, Many McNeil, Shawn McCarver, Jon Maxwell, Hugh & Karlyn May, Randy Mallick, J.B. Maszk (dec.), Sam Mason, John McCabe, Harrison McConnell II, Don McTiernan, Hank Means, Connell Miller, Joe Miller, Bill Molnar of The Gun Room, Geoff Moore, M. Don Mundell

• Randall Newlin, Robert Neal, Larry Niemczyk Jr., Wayne F. Novak of Novak Sights, Dave Nowak

• Chuck Odom, Mr. Bill Orr of GT Dist.

• Steven J. Parker, Andrew J. Park, Charlie Pate, David Penn, Paul Piquette-Master Engraver, Luther W.(Bill) Patteson, Bruce Perkins, Mike Pierson, Darrel Pocock, Mike Priwer, William R. Powell

• Bob Radaker, Jim Rae of the S&W Performance Center, Salvatore Raimondi, Clarence Rinke (dec.), Walter V. Roberts, John Roemer, Tim Roshetko, Charles Rozelle, Steven T. Rutledge, Lev Ryzhkov

• Jim Sebring, Christian Schmidt, Rebecca Scrivner of S&W, Liz & Chick (dec.) Shuter, Robert W. Simms, Irling Smith (dec.), Lt. Col. Jackie Smith, Martin Smith, Michael S. Smith, Craig Spegel, Mike Stuckslager (dec.), Gary Skeet, Mike Sponseller, Chuck Stellmacher, Phyllis Settembro of S&W Customer Service, David Supica, Jamie Supica, Walter Swanson

• Bruce Thompson, Michael Tait, Dan Tanko, John Torgan, John Treakle, Ralph Tremaine, Richard Tate, Dave & Matthew Teeters, J. Glenn Tracey, Bill Turnbull, Tommy and Dave of Tommy’s Books

• Mike Vancil, William Vanderpool (FBI, ret.), Robert Vivas, Bob Voliva, Joe Vore

• John Wallace (FBI, ret.), Ken Walters, Robert Webb (dec.), George Wimer, Jeff Whitehouse of S&W Customer Support, Robert Wos, Mike Wozniak, Maury Wright

• Joe Zielinski

• Folks who contributed to the 3rd Edition through Smith-WessonForum.com: parabellum, rburg, opoefc, vintagesmith, Geoff M24, RM Vivas, DWFAN, 1006TSW, 5Wire, CAJUNLAWYER, Thuer, 41collector, larkworthy, Doc44, DC7, sabre, merln2, Geezer, dghuppert, Lee Maher, Checkman, ohiococonut, Onomea, DHENRY, RonJon, Pistol Toter, CelticSire, geoff 40, HOUSTON RICK, SWSC, 45wheelgun, merlindrb, Rich S, Vermont boy, mesabi, Smithfan, Dave, 2000Z-71, Richard, Lee-Jr, SIG229fan, trf, perpster, Andy Griffith, handejector, MeAmMe, .357magger, toroflow1, KurtC, Joni_Lynn, RedCardinal, cxm, jframe, Tin, cporfe, JOliver, Joe W, Johnny J. Frame, Farmboy, JNewell, godfather1209, Modelof1891, Loaded_For_Bear, 18DAI, DB, oldflatfoot, 624 Fan, gkitch, BADSBSNF811, rickjames629, Hawgleg44, cousinelmer1, Jebus35745, 82boy, BluesBear, cgt4570, GLL, Harryo, hsguy, JDLSALES, tjpopkin, TOM BECKWITH, clipper1, bighornhunter, Mustang51, samoyed, musicmanbass, Michael Stern, merln2, 18DAI, BloodyThumb, jimmy, RonJ, jtward01, ted1trading, kdm2, S&WIowegan, Bill A, Tijeras_Slim, Timb1, Kobold_27, ogso, Babalooie, lonewolf and smith1961

PRICING ACKNOWLEDGMENTS, THIRD EDITION

• Special thanks to John Field, Bob Frost, and Gary Grace.

• 3rd Edition Midnight Pricing Panels: Dave Nowak, John Maxwell, Lyle Larkworthy, Ed Cornett, Tom Horwedel, Richard McMillan, Ron Curtis, Tom Lindner, Bruce Maher, Connell Miller, Mark Connot, The Woz, Jack Maedel, Larry Gaertner, Larry Slaten

CONTRIBUTING FIRMS, ORGANIZATIONS, AND INSTITUTIONS

Our sincere thanks to the following firms, organizations, and institutions:

• Smith & Wesson, Springfield, MA

• The Smith & Wesson Collectors Association

• Smithsonian Museum of American History, Washington, DC

• The Springfield Armory Museum, Springfield, MA, especially Steven Beatty, John McCabe, and Don McTiernan, for their contributions on military handguns

• The National Archives, Washington, DC

• The National Rifle Association

• The Connecticut Valley Historical Museum, Springfield, MA

• Smith-WessonForum.com, moderated by Mike Packwood

• The SWCA online forum, moderated by Michael Speers

• S&W Collectors online group, moderated by Joe Miller

• The Ohio Gun Collectors

• Virginia Gun Collectors Association, for their collective comments and continued support among the vast sea of varied arms and arms collectors.

• Missouri Valley Arms Collectors Association

• Lew Horton Distributing Co., Inc., Westboro, MA

• Clark Brothers, Warrenton, VA

• Professional Armaments, Inc., Murray, UT

• Gilbert-Small Arms Range, Inc., Lorton VA

• Green Top Sporting Goods, Richmond, VA

SAFETY

Safety must be the first word in any firearms-related discourse.

There are many good safety rules for firearms. If the following are religiously adhered to, they will eliminate ninety-nine percent of tragic firearms accidents:

1. Treat every firearm as if it were loaded.

2. Never allow the muzzle to point at anything you are not willing to see destroyed.

3. Be sure of your target and know what lies behind it.

4. Keep your finger off the trigger until your sights are aligned on target.

5. Be sure your guns are never accessible to unauthorized or untrained individuals.

COLLECTOR COURTESY AND SAFETY

There are special concerns for us who are gun collectors, dealers, and enthusiasts.

Primarily, we must guard against a tendency to ignore rules #1 and #2. We handle a large number of guns in situations where it is assumed the guns are unloaded – gun shops, gun shows, displays, auctions, and so on. In these instances, there is a tendency to consider guns as merchandise or collectibles rather than weapons. Being around hundreds or thousands of guns that are all presumed to be unloaded can result in mental laxness and unacceptably sloppy gun safety.

One of the authors liquidated at auction a 500-gun collection from the estate of a knowledgeable and safety-oriented collector/ dealer. Since the owner’s death, the collection had been inspected and moved twice by two different gun-savvy individuals, each of whom had supposedly checked the guns to be sure they were unloaded. In the final safety check before auction, we found five loaded guns. We have also had the rare but unsettling experience of finding loaded guns at other auction previews or gun shows.

In a field or range situation, it is an accepted and expected practice to check any gun you receive to be sure whether or not it is loaded. However, in a collector setting, this may not always be possible. On some very valuable mint condition or highly decorated arms, working the mechanism to check the loaded status runs the risk of marring the finish and significantly reducing the dollar value assigned to new in the box, unfired, unturned condition. This makes adherence to rules #1 and #2 even more vital.

There are some additional rules in collector situations, whether it be the world’s largest gun show or a friend’s gun room, that are a combination of safety and courtesy. Violation of these rules is the quickest way to prove yourself a lout and gun amateur, and to wear out your welcome:

1. Never handle a gun without asking the owner’s permission.

2. Never open the mechanism, dry fire, or otherwise manipulate a collectible gun without asking the owners permission.

3. If you are showing your guns, triple check to be sure they are unloaded. It is a good practice to tie the guns with plastic cable ties so they are inoperative, and to be sure not to display any loose, unsealed ammunition. Well-run gun shows will require this.

4. Control your children. Strictly enforce the no-touch rule.

A WORD ABOUT SEMI- AUTOMATICS

Most individuals who are familiar with guns know that the firing chamber of a semi-automatic pistol can be loaded even if the magazine has been removed from the gun. However, if you are familiar only with the S&W first, second, and third generation double action semi-autos, you need to pay special attention when handling a new Sigma. The metal frame S&W double action semi-auto pistols generally (but not always) have a magazine disconnect safety intended to prevent the gun from being fired when the magazine has been removed. The Sigma line does not include this feature, and is designed so that the round in the chamber can be fired when the trigger is pulled even if the magazine has been removed. A basic rule is never to trust a mechanical safety device to compensate for unsafe gun handling.

SAFETY AND OLDER GUNS

Finally, there are additional safety concerns in dealing with older guns. It is important to remember that a lot can happen to a gun over decades of use and abuse, and its always a good idea to have a competent professional gunsmith check out an older gun for safe functioning before even thinking about shooting it. Always be certain that you are using the correct ammunition for a gun, and that the gun hasn’t been converted to another caliber without being properly marked (uncommon, but it does happen). Never shoot modern high-pressure smokeless powder ammunition in a gun that was originally designed and manufactured for lower-pressure black powder cartridges. On older revolvers, the gun should never be carried with a live cartridge under the hammer. They can fire accidentally if dropped or struck on the hammer spur with the firing pin over the primer of a live cartridge. Above all, enjoy yourself! Safely!

HOW TO USE THIS BOOK

First and foremost, the reader must always keep in mind three important caveats:

Values in this book are general estimates only, made at the time of publication. Be sure to read “About the Value Ranges” on page 10 in this introductory section.

Condition is essential to determining value. This will be obvious when looking at the value estimates in this book. You will quickly notice that the highest condition gun will often bring multiples of what the same gun would bring in the lowest condition grade. Learning to accurately evaluate the condition of a gun requires study and experience. Anyone hoping to research a gun’s value in this book must start with the section on Condition, beginning on page 49

Hey, we could be wrong. We’ve done our best to be complete and comprehensive, but there will be mistakes and omissions in this book. New information on S&Ws is constantly emerging, and collector consensus may change over time. Please see “Scope and Accuracy of Information in this Book”.

We have tried to make this book easy to use so that even someone who knows nothing about guns can identify a particular model and look up its value. We have also tried to include a level of detail in the listings that will be useful to the most advanced collector, dealer, or enthusiast.

Accordingly, the gun catalog portion of this book is divided into ten sections, based on the type of gun.

Major types of S&W handguns.

1. S&W LEVER-ACTION MAGAZINE PISTOLS

Quite rare and unusual lever action pistols manufactured by the first Smith and Wesson partnership in the 1850s. This section includes background information on the company’s roots.

2. TIP-UP REVOLVERS

Barrel tips up to load, hinged at top rear of barrel. Empty cases must be punched out individually. They are listed by frame size, from smallest to largest. Manufactured 1857 - 1881.

3. TOP-BREAK REVOLVERS

Barrel tips down to load, hinged at bottom rear of barrel. Empty cases are automatically ejected when the gun is opened. They are listed by frame size, from smallest to largest. Manufactured 1870 - 1940.

4. SINGLE-SHOT PISTOLS

Self-explanatory. Only possible confusion is the Straight Line model, which looks like a semi-auto at first glance. Manufactured 1893 - 1936.

5. EARLY HAND EJECTORS (NAMED MODEL REVOLVERS, 1896 )

A Hand Ejector (abbreviated “HE”) is the typical modern revolver with a solid frame and a cylinder that swings out to the left side to load. Listed by caliber, from smallest to largest. Empty cases are ejected by manually pushing on the end of the rod extending from the front of the cylinder, hence the name “Hand Ejector.” From 1896 to 1957, these guns were known primarily by a descriptive model name, often including the caliber, and sometimes the frame size, such as K-22. See next listing below.

6. NUMBERED MODEL REVOLVERS: (MODERN HAND EJECTORS, 1957 )

Beginning in 1957, S&W assigned a specific number to each different named model. These revolvers are listed in numerical order.

To check if your gun is a named or numbered model, open the cylinder and look at the front frame strap where the cylinder yoke rests when the cylinder is closed. If there is a model number (for example MOD 442), your gun will generally be listed in this section. If not, refer to the previous section. Please note that the model number may be stamped on some revolver frames without the MOD abbreviation in front of it.

7. SEMI-AUTOMATIC PISTOLS

Semi-automatic or self-loading pistols reload the chamber automatically after each shot, from a detachable magazine usually in the grip. Nearly all S&W semi-autos have a model number stamped on them, and this section is listed in numerical order.

Model marking on numbered model revolvers.

8. LONG GUNS

Rifles and shotguns, along with the curious Revolving Rifle, Light Rifle, and the Machine Pistol.

9. PERFORMANCE CENTER, SPECIALS, AND COMMEMORATIVE GUNS

Here we have cataloged most of the S&W Performance Center handguns made since its inception, both revolvers and semi-auto pistols. Also listed are commemorative and special edition firearms.

10. MISCELLANEOUS NON-GUN S&W PRODUCTS

Air guns, gas guns, flare guns, police items, ammunition, knives, catalogs, gimcracks, and geegaws. At one time or another Smith & Wesson produced everything from neckties to washing machines! This is not a complete listing, but at least a beginning on cataloging the many miscellaneous items produced or marketed by Smith & Wesson.

A NOTE ON THESE GROUPINGS

In most previously published works, S&Ws have usually been listed either by caliber, chronologically, or seemingly at random. The first two types of listings can be very instructive when studying the entire S&W product line, and can be very useful to the knowledgeable collector who is looking up a specific gun. However, they can be confusing to the neophyte who may not be sure exactly what model he is looking up, much less the caliber or when it was made.

After careful consideration, we decided that listing by the above ten types would be the easiest and quickest method, allowing all users to find the specific gun they seek. Using our system, the area most likely to create confusion is the division of the hand ejectors into named and numbered groupings. We considered using the caliber or chronological order, or grouping them all together, or breaking them down along other divisions, such as:

• Prewar vs. postwar

• Carbon steel vs. stainless

• Frame size (M, I, J, K, L, and N)

• Related model (Model 629 listed with Model 29)

Heck, we even considered listing by the number of screws in the frame! However, we always came back to the fact that a model number stamped on the frame is a quick and sure identification, and should be used in numerical order to allow speedy location of the desired information whenever possible.

The major weakness of this system is that it creates something of an artificial break in the 1950s era Hand Ejectors. The reader must remember that the last .38 M&P produced in 1957 is no different from the first Model 10 produced the same year, other than the model number stamped on the latter. This is recognized by collectors in their terminology. For example, a .44 Magnum without a model number marking will often be referred to as a Pre-Model 29. In researching 1950s era Hand Ejectors, you would do well to check the information under both the named and numbered HE sections. These 1950s models have been cross-referenced between the two sections for your convenience.

USING THE 17 CHAPTERS

When you have determined in which chapter you’re most likely to find your gun, turn to the beginning of that chapter and review the listing of all guns in that section.

The chapters on magazine pistols, tip-ups, single-shots, long guns, and miscellaneous “non-guns” are relatively brief, due to the limited number of models of these types.

Most chapters have additional information at the beginning explaining a little more about that type of gun, including special safety and legal concerns. Also explained in more detail is how to find the specific gun you are looking for within that section.

A grouping of related models within one of the chapters may be preceded by a narrative background information section providing historical context and other information pertaining to that group of guns.

USING THE LISTING FOR THE INDIVIDUAL MODEL

The listing for each individual gun will include most of the following:

• Model name, along with other names and collector nicknames.

• Description of the model, including physical description, various options, historical background, etc.

• Serial number range, number produced, years produced. Please note that serial number ranges, etc., are often approximate, sometimes with no hard and fast cutoff number separating one variation from another.

• ID key, included primarily on the early models, is the briefest possible list of characteristics that identify that SPECIFIC model. If all these characteristics are present, the gun must be the model indicated.

• Value ranges, which list our estimate of the retail value of the gun based on condition. It is vital to study the chapter on evaluating condition to be able to effectively use the value ranges listed. The condition ratings have specific meanings, and without a thorough understanding of these, the values are meaningless.

• Auction Block or Price Check - These notations are provided to give you a sense to the real world marketplace for rare or special guns (such as engraved or historically attributed). They list, respectively, the price reported for the sale of a particular gun at auction or the price asked by a dealer in advertising a specific gun. Be sure to read the important note on these at page 13.

• Historic notes pointing out historic usage of a gun or ownership of that model by famous or infamous individuals. Note that historic attribution is seldom a certain thing. For a discussion, see “Historic Notes” in the Illustrated Glossary at the end of this book.

• Variations are the reported variations of a specific model that may be of special interest to collectors, including both variations created by the factory and variations interesting because of their historical usage.

• Chronology of changes, included primarily on the numbered models, indicating changes during production, sometimes noted by adding a dashed suffix to the model (i.e., Model 29 was followed by Model 29-1, which in turn was followed by Model 29-2, etc.). When a chronology of changes is listed, it will include the model, the year the change was instituted, and the change that was made. For example: Model 11-3 1962 Eliminate the trigger guard screw

• Product codes are found only on listings for items produced since 1984. These are the numbers used by S&W to identify specific configurations or variations of the model, and may be found on the guns box. They can be used to absolutely specify a particular model and configuration. Sometimes called the SKU (Stock Keeping Unit). Product Codes can include the code number, configuration, years of production, and sometimes additional comments. However, the authors have found in some cases two product codes for the same handgun, possibly due to early release of printed data sheets as compared to actual codes on a given box. For example: Product Code: 102502 S RB 1984-95 28 oz.

USING THE ILLUSTRATED GLOSSARY

The Illustrated Glossary and Index following the catalog sections provides explanations and photo illustrations of terms used by S&W collectors. The terms are indexed to the catalog section where appropriate.

ABOUT THE VALUE RANGES

The values in this book are not cast in stone. We have tried to reflect the actual marketplace prices at which items exchange hands between a buyer and seller, both of whom are willing and motivated to close a deal in a gun show type setting. We sought the input of many knowledgeable dealers and collectors. However, the true value of a gun is the dollar amount that it takes to make a transfer from willing seller to a willing buyer happen on a particular day.

One only has to watch a well-run live auction by a specialty firearms dealer to realize the difficulty of estimating values. Usually the estimated prices printed in the auction catalog will span a wide range (for example $1000 to $1700). These estimates are often prepared by some of the top experts in the field. Even so, any given gun may actually sell significantly above or below the estimate, occasionally at multiples of the high estimate or scant fractions of the low estimate.

With the emergence of internet markets and cataloged national level firearms auctions, we believe that many of the regional value fluctuations have been minimized for collector firearms. However, one factor that needs to be mentioned is the impact of restrictive gun laws on values. The most notable immediate example is California, a state infamous for its goofy restrictions on firearms sales & purchases. Collectors there tell us that due to “import” prohibitions, some older Smiths may be bring as much as a 20% premium in that region. You have our sympathy. We suggest you move immediately. Kansas is renowned for its natural beauty, and if you play your cards right one of the authors could probably arrange an even-up swap, taking some unmarketable earthquake-prone ocean-front property for some lovely, C&R-friendly pasture. Will throw in cow-tipping lessons.

Buyers at commercial retail gun shops should expect to pay anywhere from 88 to 96% of retail. Price should reflect the service you receive and the dealer’s reputation for standing behind his merchandise. The NIB price listed for current production models is the price at which such items are being sold in gun show or trade paper contexts, and the prospective buyer should understand that he will be investing his time instead of his money in locating the particular model he wants at this price. In cases of internet purchases, once the buyer adds in shipping and transfer fee at a local gun shop, he may find that he could have bought for the same price off the shelf at the shop with less hassle, on current production guns.

Pricing is not an exact art by any means. Sometimes, especially on rare items, any two of the most advanced authorities in the nation may not be within fifty percent of each other’s value estimates. On common items, a professional dealer will of course be able to buy slightly below many of the values listed. He may also ask slightly above the values listed – this is how he feeds his family. In return, the individual who buys at the professional dealer’s gun shop or through his catalog should expect to receive knowledgeable guidance and someone who will stand behind the merchandise long after the gun show hobby dealer has packed his tablecloth and gone home.

Where we did not have a sense of the value of a particular variation, we tended to withhold comment, leaving it to the reader’s discretion to determine how much rarity is worth in that particular situation. Bear in mind that rarity does not always equal a high premium. There may be only ten examples known of a given item, but there may be only two people who care about that variation.

Also, it may take some time to sell a scarce variation at full value. There is a ready market for common models that are in current vogue as shooters. However, it may take a specialist dealer six months or more to find the right buyer for a particular obscure variation. The collector who wishes to sell such an item quickly will usually have to settle for some fraction of the potential value.

Commemorative and related guns have often been priced in NIB (new in box) condition only. Once such an item has been fired, its value tends to drop toward that of a similar non-decorated gun used as a shooter. This would probably be true to a lesser degree on individually engraved guns, where the premium paid is more for the artistic quality of the decoration, although individually engraved guns that have been used will bring less than those that are pristine.

The collector should be ever vigilant about the purchase of rare handguns. As more information becomes available to the trading public, counterfeit handguns also become more available. Certainly every collector, including the authors, has made a costly purchase with insufficient information and regretted it later.

For the high-dollar rarities, there is a very small but very enthusiastic market. However, tapping into that market may be difficult. It is not uncommon for one of these items to begin its trip up the buying chain at a fraction of its ultimate price, going to successively more sophisticated buyers, each of whom makes a profit on the item until it finds its way to one of maybe a half dozen or so collectors who both want and can afford it for their collections. Some dealers with these connections will pay nearly any price for an exceptional piece on the “next greater fool” marketing theory, which states that for the best known example, there is always someone out there who has to have it and will pay more.

The authors must confess that we have not yet found the key to exploiting this approach, probably more through our parsimonious reflexes when confronted with the prices of these items than the lack of greed. The few times we have tried to cash in, we have found ourselves seemingly perched precariously at the top of the pyramid. At such moments, we can only take solace in the Collectors Consolation Corollary: “You can’t pay too much for a fine gun; you can only pay too soon.”

The beginning collector is encouraged to find a mentor for advice and guidance in this fascinating (and sometimes costly) avocation. Attend lots of shows and ask lots of questions. Collectors agree that the best-educated collector is one who keeps extensive notes on his personal observations for future reference.

VALUE TRENDS – THIRD EDITION

In previous editions, we’ve commented that S&W collecting seemed to be a relatively small field compared to some other firearms specialty fields, especially when considering the historical importance of the company and the quality of its products. This is certainly no longer the case, with interest at a high level and values in many areas escalating rapidly.

It seems that “common knowledge” attributes this increase to the impact of the internet, and certainly there is some truth in this. Gun collecting is no longer a process of attending gun shows scattered around the country or scrounging pawn shops for hidden gems. The internet provides quick access to specialized information in the field, and has changed a local market to a national and even global one.

Potential sellers who have little knowledge of collectible firearms values can, with an hour of so of casual searching on the web, begin research on the possible value of their guns and find a forum where they will have exposure to a national audience. Buyers looking for rarities no longer have to devote days, weeks and months to a search for a hidden gem. In their spare time in the evening after work, they can log on, browse the auction sites and specialty forums, and locate a number of interesting items that are available for acquisition. If there’s a question about authenticity, rarity, or value of a piece, they can post their question in an online forum and usually have a number of opinions of other enthusiasts posted within 24 hours.

However, the internet alone does not explain the skyrocketing interest in S&W handguns. Interest, especially in classic S&W Hand Ejector revolvers and 1920s to 1960s N-frames in particular, seems to be at an all-time high with no sign of letting up in the near future.

There seems to be a generational component to this interest, with many of those actively pursuing the classic HEs falling in the 40 to 60 age range. Meanwhile, interest in antique S&W tip-up and top-break revolvers seems to be moving at a much more leisurely pace, with many of the collectors specializing in these areas running a few years older than the HE crowd, possibly corresponding to those who were kids in the heyday of the Hollywood Western era.

Registered Magnums are the glamour guns right now, and it seems that the increasing value on these has to be tracked on a monthly basis. Bob Bettis reports the following story, which illustrates the current feeding frenzy for Registered Magnums.

“In September, 2003 I bought a Registered Magnum from a well-known dealer. The gun is a common variety (I can’t imagine I just said that about an RM!) in that it has a 6.5” barrel, and the original numbered Magna grips. The gun is, at least, a very solid 98% by all parties who have seen it. The selling dealer had it priced at $1700 and I was able to purchase it for $1500.

“In April 2004 I traded it to a fellow SWCA member, as partial payment for an engraved RM. I valued it in that transaction at about $2500.

“While in that collector’s possession, it acquired a very nice blue box to live in. This past week I repurchased the gun and its box for $6000. The seller had an offer of $6500; however, since he and I had a gentlemen’s agreement to give each other the right of first refusal on either of the guns in our previous transaction, he offered it to me at 6K.

“If I attribute the value of the blue box at $1000, which seems to be a standing offer from several folks, that would put the appreciation in value of this particular gun from $1500 to $5000 in roughly two and a half years. That certainly may not be indicative of anything and may only be an inflated version of that old saw about two collectors swapping two $500 cats for a $1000 dog.”

Other classic N-frames spanning both sides of WWII also are highly sought after right now, with rapidly escalating prices. The .38-44 Outdoorsman and Heavy Duty revolvers are very popular with collectors, with prices rising steadily. (Not so long ago, these were hard to sell – no one wanted a big heavy N-frame chambered for the “measley” .38 Special cartridge in the days of magnumitis.) Special attention is paid to (and special prices paid for) the early post-WWII “transitional” N frames, made in pre-war configuration but with post-war hammer block safety and finish. Other rare variations from the late 1950s during the switch from named models to numbered models are bringing big money from advanced collectors.

The smaller frame Hand Ejectors also seem to enjoy increasing interest, although generally not as dramatically as the big guns. Among these, early and rare J frame variations seem to run strong. The K-frame S&W, the quintessential American handgun of the 20th century, seems to lag a bit behind the Js and Ns, except for the rarest variations, possibly because of the large numbers made of most variations. The pre-J I-frames, especially the .32 Hand Ejectors, seem to have the lowest level of interest, although rarities in high condition will still bring great prices. Collectors interested in getting into the classic Hand Ejectors on a budget may find opportunities in the Is and Ks.

The combination of rarity and high condition brings the big money in the HE field. In the rarest variations in the most popular models, even a lower condition gun can still bring considerable money.

Values on the highest condition antique tip-up and top-break S&Ws also seem to be increasing at a steady pace, outstripping the increase in value of lower condition specimens. With apparently fewer antique collectors right now, it is sometimes possible to still find sleepers among the rare variations available at relatively lower prices, especially in the lower condition grades. The best condition antiques, those approaching “as new” condition, are quick sellers at good prices, generally with the older the gun the higher the premium paid for condition.

It’s important to note that these “better than Antique Excellent” but “not quite As New” antiques, i.e., those with around 98+% original finish, bring a substantial premium above those that are just in “Antique Excellent” condition, especially among those early models where truly “As New in Box” guns may be virtually non-existent. We have tried to recognize that trend in this Edition by adding an “Excellent Plus” condition value rating to some antique models.

Among the antiques that consistently sell high and quick in top condition are Americans, Model One First Issues, and Schofields. And, of course, the master period-engraved pristine condition antiques are among those bringing the highest values in the S&W field.

Speaking of which, live cataloged firearms auctions continue to be the dominant marketplace for the highest dollar S&Ws, despite the increasing influence of the internet. In fact, most of the top firearms auction houses now post their entire auction catalogs on their websites, and some are beginning to accept online bids. These should not be confused with “eBay” style internet auctions, which seem to be effective in selling more modern shooter-grade firearms, but which seem unable to get market penetration for the high-dollar collectibles that bring the record prices in the live auction format.

There are significantly fewer collectors for the S&W autopistols than for revolvers. Those who do venture into this area find an overwhelming smorgasboard of models and variations. Sales of new semi-autos seem to do well for S&W, but in general they appear not to hold their resale value quite as well as S&W revolvers. Some of the 2nd and 3rd Generation traditional autopistol models which were produced in small quantities seem to be in a transitional market, from low value shooters to higher value collectibles.

The internal lock – For the past few years, all main production S&W revolvers have been manufactured with a built-in internal lock. With the turn of an included separate key, a revolver can be “locked” so that it cannot be fired. While this added safety feature will have appeal to many buyers, other shooters have a strong preference for the “pre-lock” model, and many shooters and collectors contend that a “pre-lock” revolver will bring a 10% to 20% premium over the same model in comparable condition with the internal lock. Shooters &collectors do tend to be traditionalists, and other past changes such as elimination of pinned barrels & recessed cylinders, and the switch to stainless steel construction, have encountered similar resistance in the past, yet gone on to be highly successful evolutionary changes in the product line.

IMPORTANT NOTE ON AUCTION BLOCK & PRICE CHECK REPORTS

These reports of prices realized or asked on rare or exceptional guns may be of interest when tackling the value of unusual pieces.

When looking at the prices reported in these notes, it’s important to remember that many S&Ws have been increasing in value at a brisk clip. Prices reported from three years ago may have more meaning as historical notations of where the market was at that time, rather than a reflection of value of a similar piece today.

Condition descriptions are brief excerpts quoted from the auction catalog or dealer listings. It’s important to remember that such brief excerpts will not fully describe the gun and that catalog descriptions themselves may vary in correctly identifying a variation or grading condition, or that auctioneers or dealers may use condition terminology that is different from other standards.

With regard to Auction Block reports, bear in mind that a gun may go much higher than expected at auction if there are two collectors bidding both of whom “must have” the piece, or lower if there are no bidders seriously interested in it. Also, note that not all reported auction sales are necessarily actual sales – some auction houses will report “no sales” for guns that did not meet the reserve price (minimum bid) as sales. We have attempted to report the price realized including the buyer’s premium (a percentage which is added on to the “gavel price,” usually 10% to 15%). Prices do not include sales tax or shipping.

With regard to Price Checks, bear in mind that the “asking price” may not be the price at which a gun actually will change hands. Some dealers are firm in their pricing, while others will ask more than they expect to get, anticipating that a buyer will want to dicker or offer guns in trade. This makes it easier for the dealer to pretend to offer a greater amount on the trade-in, or to clinch the deal by letting the buyer “beat him down” to the amount he was willing to accept in the first place. Other times, a seller may like the gun himself, and price it high hoping that it doesn’t sell (silly, but true). Prices listed in forums such as Gun List may actually be less than what the buyer ends up paying, since it does not include shipping or the transferring dealer’s fee.

Another interesting phenomena with regard to classified ad style “for sale” listings in formats such as Gun List, Shotgun News, or online auctions is that they may be “research” by the seller rather than actual offers to sell. The theory is that if a potential seller has what he believes to be desirable piece and is not sure what to ask, he may post an ad at a set price just to test the market. If he gets no calls, he knows he’s too high. If he gets several calls, he tells them all that the gun has already been sold, and raises his sights the next time he offers it for sale. The authors find this practice, particularly lying about having sold the gun, to be tap-dancing heavily on the bad side of the fine line that divides ethical from unethical business practices. We report is here so that the reader may be advised.

SCOPE & ACCURACY OF THE INFORMATION IN THIS BOOK

This is a book by two S&W collectors, with the help of many other S&W collectors, for S&W collectors and others interested in identifying and estimating the value of Smith and Wesson firearms and other products. It is not intended to be a definitive history of S&W and its products – topics which have been well covered in books such as Neal & Jinks’ Smith & Wesson 1857-1945 and Jinks’ History of Smith & Wesson (see the section on Resources and Bibliography).

We have no official position with Smith & Wesson or special access to S&W information, although numerous S&W employees have been very helpful in researching this book. S&W has an official Historian, Roy Jinks, whose decades of experience with the firm and research into the factory records have resulted in an extensive body of information on the topic. In any case where there is a discrepancy between the information in this book and the information available from the S&W Historian, it would seem to us to be best to rely on the information from the official records via company historian.

We have received much help from fellow S&W enthusiasts in compiling this book. When an observation is reported by a credible collector, we tend to include it in this book, often noting it as “reported” or similar language. We verify it to the extent possible, but the reader should bear in mind that this information is not carved in stone. Such information is included in this book in the hopes that it may provide a clue to an interested individual to research further. To us, such exploration seems part of the fun of the hobby of collecting – we hope you agree!

Section One

COLLECTING SMITH & WESSON:

SPECIAL CONCERNS AND TRICKS OF THE TRADE

Smith & Wesson may legitimately be characterized as the premier handgun manufacturer of the United States and the world. Its rich history and wide range of products make it a fascinating study for historians and a treasure trove for collectors. It was the first American maker of repeating handguns that fire self-contained metallic cartridges, and continues as the leader in the police, civilian, military, and sporting handgun market today.

Odds are good that any shooting sportsman or general gun enthusiast will have at least one Smith & Wesson around. It would be difficult to find a gun shop anywhere that didn’t have a few S&Ws in the handgun display case. Any time a double-action revolver or semi-auto pistol purchase is planned, it’s likely that a Smith & Wesson product will at least be considered.

Accordingly, we’ve tried to make a book that will be straightforward and useful to the general dealer or gun enthusiast, as well as contain a level of detail useful to the most advanced collector. We’ll start out by discussing a few concepts that you need to grasp in order to “speak S&W.” (Hint: Check out the “Illustrated Glossary” at the end of the book if you run into confusing terminology.)

FRAME SIZES OF REVOLVERS

S&W revolvers are often referred to by frame sizes. On the tip-ups and top-breaks, these are numbers. On Hand Ejectors, they are letters.

Frame sizes of Tip-up (rimfire: “rf”) and Top-break (centerfire: “cf”) revolvers.

TIP-BREAK TOP-BREAK

• Model 1 frame – smallest; 7-shot .22 tip-up only

• Model 1-1/2 frame – medium small; 5-shot .32 tip-up or top-break

• Model 2 frame – medium; 6-shot .32 tip-up or 5-shot .38 top-break

• Model 3 frame – large; 6-shot .44 top-break

Frame sizes of Hand Ejectors.

HAND EJECTORS

• M frame – smallest; 7-shot old model Ladysmith only; no longer made.

• I frame – small; 6-shot .32 size; no longer made; has leaf mainspring, replaced by the improved I frame.

• Improved I frame – still a small frame but with a coil mainspring, Usually a 4 screw frame, replaced by the J frame.

• J frame – small; 5-shot .38 size; (6 in .32 caliber) current production; Chiefs Special sized. This frame was enlarged slightly in 1995 to accept the .357 Magnum round, and may be called the “J Magnum” frame. By 1997, all J-frame revolvers were produced on the J Magnum frame.

• K frame – medium; 6-shot .38 size; current production; .38 Military & Police size. Redesigned in 1999.

• L frame – medium-large; compromise between K and N size; current production, redesigned in 1999.

• N frame – large frame; 6-shot .44 size; current production; .44 Magnum size, redesigned in 1999.

• X frame – humongous frame with K-frame grip; recently introduced for the .500 Magnum.

Although the above “J, K, L, N” frame size terminology is generally used by collectors to designate both carbon steel and stainless steel revolver frame sizes, the S&W factory uses a separate set of letters to designate stainless steel frame sizes. In this system, a stainless J-sized frame is an E frame, a stainless K is an F, a stainless L is an H, and a stainless N frame is a G frame. For more information on factory frame designations, see the beginning of the “Numbered Model Revolver” section.

SCREWS: 3, 4, OR 5

S&W collectors often refer to Hand Ejector (HE) revolvers by the number of screws in the frame. From about 1905 to 1955 most Hand Ejectors had five screws – four sideplate screws and a screw in the front of the trigger guard. About 1955, the top sideplate screw was eliminated on most models, and these are referred to as four-screw guns. Around 1961, the trigger guard screw was eliminated, and all subsequent production is known as three-screw. When counting screws, remember that the rear sideplate screw is covered by some types of grips, and don’t overlook the trigger guard screw that enters from the front of the trigger guard. To confuse things further, the earliest Hand Ejectors, 1896 - 1905, had only four screws (pre-five-screw four-screws?), and some models had a sixth screw, a locking screw that held in place the top sideplate screw, found in early alloy frame revolvers.

Screw count on Hand Ejector frame.

PINNED AND RECESSED

Pinned vs. non-pinned barrel.

Recessed vs. non-recessed cylinder.

This refers to Hand Ejectors made prior to about 1982. Prior to that time, all Hand Ejectors had the barrel fixed to the frame by a pin through the rear of the barrel and the frame and all magnum caliber revolvers had recessed chambers to enclose the rim of the cartridges. Rimfire .22 Long Rifle cylinders have been counterbored since 1935 and continue so to this day. When the Magnum centerfire caliber recessed cylinder was discontinued the overall length of the cylinder was changed to make up for the difference in rim thickness.

GENERATIONS OF SEMI-AUTOS

The centerfire metal frame traditional double action style semi-autos produced from 1954 to date are sometimes referred to by their generation:

First Generation: Made 1954 - 1982. Examples have two-digit model designations, most notably Model 39 and Model 59.

Second Generation: Made 1980 - 1988. Many improvements, some oriented to ensure reliable function with new styles of ammunition developed since introduction of first generation. Examples generally have three-digit model designations.

Third Generation: Made 1988 - date. Many improvements; most obvious on casual inspection are improved ergonomics of a more rounded comfortable grip. Examples usually have a four-digit model designation. (There are two notable exceptions – the “no-frills” variations of these models, which tend to have three digit model designations in the 900s; and the compact Chiefs Special versions of‚ these models which have model designations consisting of “CS” plus the caliber – i.e., “CS-40”.)

Note: Not all S&W semi-autos fit into the generation designations. Examples include the early .32 and .35 pocket semi-autos, .22 semi-autos, the polymer-framed Sigma series introduced in 1994, and the Walther design SW-99 introduced in 1999.

TYPE OF FINISH

As with all gun collectors, S&W enthusiasts invariably seek guns with original factory finish.

Generally, but not always, a blued top-break revolver will bring a bit more than a nickel gun in comparable condition. There are at least three reasons: First, for most of the 19th-century nickel was a more popular finish and in most, but not all, models was a more common finish than blue. Secondly, nickel finish is more durable than blue, so a higher proportion of surviving nickel guns will show more finish than their blued counterparts. Finally, a nickel gun that has lost a good portion of its finish can have a dark and bright mottled appearance that many collectors dislike, while a blue gun tends to have a more blended appearance to its color as it loses its finish.

As we move into the Hand Ejectors, single-shots, and semiautomatics, the situation tends to be reversed. In most, but not all, of the later models, blue was much more common than nickel and there was an additional charge for nickel plating.

Over the past two decades, stainless steel has become the overwhelming choice of revolver buyers, to the extent that some blued carbon steel models have been discontinued in favor of their stainless steel counterparts. On a S&W purchased for actual use, stainless models nearly always bring more than their blued or nickeled counterparts. Where a substantial premium is paid for a particular finish, we have tried to note it in the listing of the individual model.

Special finishes will generally bring a premium if factory original. Among tip-ups and top-breaks, silver or gold plating may occasionally be found. Among Hand Ejectors, two-tone nickel and blue finished guns, nicknamed “pintos,” could be special-ordered during certain eras.

Examples of scarce special-order “Pinto” finish.

REFINISHED GUNS

Identifying a refinished gun is very much an inexact art, but can be vitally important when considering paying a hefty premium for an antique or rare variation gun that has a high percentage of original finish. Some things to look for include:

Markings should be crisp. Edges of letters should not show drag marks or blurring. Screw holes should not be dished.

Metal edges should be sharp, not rounded. You may find it easier to check this by running a finger across the edges rather than relying on your eyes.

Inspect the finish carefully for pits or scratches under the finish that were too deep to polish out during refinishing. S&W factory polishing was nearly always excellent, with no discernable scratches or dings left on the gun before the original finish was applied. Blemishes underneath the finish suggest a refinished gun. Don’t rush – spend some time with a magnifying glass.

Compare the color, luster, and polish of the finish to known original examples.

Get enough light. Outdoor sunlight is great, but not always practical. The very powerful pocket flashlights, such as those offered by Sure-Fire, are great for closely inspecting blued finish. Gun shows tend to be held in venues with notoriously poor lighting – “sellers’ light.” A flashlight can be a great help.

Does the finish show appropriate signs of aging? Older blued guns in particular tend to slowly turn “plum,” a flat purplish-brown color that seems to emerge from underneath the brighter factory bluing. Under very strong light, this will often be discernable on old original blued guns, while more recently reblued guns may tend to show a more solid blue, with less depth. Nickel finishes, on the other hand, occasionally will turn milky. Although generally bright original nickel finish would be preferred to milky nickel, the milky effect is reportedly difficult to duplicate with artificial aging methods, and may lend some assurance that the plating is old (remembering that old doesn’t always mean original).

Is the finish correct in the markings? Generally, factory applied markings (or factory engraving for that matter) would be applied before the final finish. Accordingly, there should be original finish in these markings. Conversely, markings applied after the gun left the factory would generally be cut or stamped through the original finish.

Many cold-blue touch-up formulas have a distinctive odor that tends to linger on the gun. Don’t be shy about giving a gun the old sniff test.

Is other wear to the gun consistent with the remaining finish? A heavily-shot bore, worn action, or eroded grips should raise questions about the originality of an otherwise “minty” finish.

Check the heads of studs and pins that protrude through the frame to see if they have been polished flat or are rounded as originally made. This is an obvious clue. For example, the stud that receives the center sideplate screw on top-break revolvers is difficult to remove and is often left in the frame and polished flat when the gun is refinished. On a gun with original finish, or on most factory refinished guns, the end of this stud will be rounded and protrude slightly above the surface of the frame. Likewise, the pin that holds the front sight is sometimes left in place and polished flat during a non-factory refinish.

Look at the finish of parts that originally had a finish contrasting with the rest of the gun. For example, most pre-stainless guns had a color case-hardened trigger and hammer. Top-break revolvers often had contrasting trigger-guards – blued on a nickel gun or case-hardened on a blued gun. Latches on nickel top-breaks were often originally blued. A gun on which all parts are blued or nickel should be looked at closely for other signs of refinish.

On most blued top-breaks, it is commonly believed that the muzzle and the tops of the frame posts on either side of the latch should be polished white, and bluing on these areas suggests reblue.

Never say never. There may be exceptions to any rule.

A CONTRARIAN CAVEAT ON HIGH CONDITION GUNS

Most experts recommend buying the highest condition guns one can afford, and certainly mint guns are those that tend to bring the record prices. (Coincidentally, many of the experts are in the business of selling guns. Hmmmmm.) It is our opinion that there are restoration artists who can restore a gun so as to fool even the most expert observer. As the dollar amount realized for the highest condition guns continues to outstrip the cost of such restoration, you can’t help but wonder if at some point the market for the highest condition items will sound a retreat due to concern over this practice.

We like guns that show honest use consistent with their history. We are not entirely comfortable paying double price on an antique gun for those last few percentages of original finish. We are quite possibly in the minority in these opinions.

FACTORY REFINISH

Any refinishing will generally diminish the value of a gun as compared to one with comparable original finish. However, among S&W collectors, a gun that has been refinished at the factory will bring a price somewhere between original finish and a non-factory refinish. The factory no longer refinishes older guns. Most factory refinished guns are marked in some manner to indicate the rework. Check for markings on the butt, on the rear face of the cylinder (including under the ejector star), on the bottom of the barrel, and on the grip frame under the grip panels. Markings believed to suggest a possible factory refinish include:

• Five-pointed star on the butt: Probably the best-known rework marking, this indicates the gun was returned to the factory for rework. However, the work may have been a repair other than refinishing. Use of the star declined in the late 1950s and early 1960s.

• Date on grip frame under grip panels: A three- or four-digit number indicates month and year of refinish (for example 954 would be September 1954); often found in conjunction with other markings.

• A diamond with the letter B or N (blue or nickel) or S (standard, i.e., blue): Sometimes seen as a star with an N. Sometimes marked on the rear face of the cylinder, including occasionally underneath the ejector itself. Usage of this marking believed to have followed the star on the butt. It has been suggested that a diamond refinish mark may sometimes indicates a major part replacement, such as barrel, cylinder, or frame.

Typical factory refinish marks.

• B, N or S inside of a rectangle: Usage believed to have followed diamond marking. Sometimes noted as R-S or R-N (believed to stand for refinish-standard or refinish-nickel) on the grip frame under the grip panel.

Bear in mind that some of the above markings – particularly the star by the serial number – may indicate a return to the factory for some work other than refinishing. Also note that just as original-appearing factory markings can be stamped on a gun undergoing refinish or restoration by someone other than the factory, there is nothing (other than his conscience) which would prevent someone other than the factory who had refinished the gun from applying factory-style refinish markings.

In recent years, S&W has not marked factory refinished guns in any way. For many years they have declined to refinish older and antique models.

RARE BARREL LENGTHS

Rare barrel lengths will bring premiums when confirmed by factory letter.

Cataloged barrel lengths are nominal measurements only. Actual barrel measurement may vary as much as 1/8” from that listed. Revolver barrel length is measured from the front of the cylinder to the tip of the muzzle. Semi-auto barrel length is measured from the breech face to the tip of the muzzle.

Before paying a substantial premium for an unusual barrel length, inspect it carefully for signs of being cut, stretched, or replaced.

Measuring barrel lengths.

In most cases, markings on a barrel, such as S&W name and address and patent dates, are centered on the barrel in relationship to the barrel length. For example, the markings on the top of an original rare 6” American barrel will end closer to the breech end than they would on a standard 8” barrel.

Some shorter than standard barrels will have special markings in special locations, such as on the side of the barrel rather than on the top of the rib, due to lack of space for the full standard markings in the usual location.

Check to see that the barrel is both original to the gun in question (see section on matching serial numbers) and of the correct model. Many models will interchange barrels. For example, one of the authors has purchased on two different occasions what he thought was a rare 4” barreled New Model #3 only to discover the barrel was actually a common 4” barrel for the .44 DA. These would have been easy enough to detect by the lack of serial number or by the different patent dates, if only he had been a little smarter and a little slower to reach for his wallet. It is certainly possible that the factory used interchangeable model barrels rather than discard excess parts, but incorrect barrel markings will raise a red flag of caution for the careful buyer.

Look at the muzzle to see if its properly crowned, including the slight recess usually found on a barrel rib. Check the attachment and configuration of the front sight to be sure it’s factory type. Look at the finish of the barrel to see if it is consistent with the rest of the gun.

There is a restoration practice called “stretching” the barrel that has been used to restore cut barrels to their original length. Tip-offs for older stretched barrels include failure of rifling groves inside the barrel to line up perfectly and missing barrel markings. However, newer procedures consisting of relining the barrel interior and remarking the exterior are reportedly virtually undetectable to the naked eye. The problem of “messed with” barrels is not a new one. Consider this 1901 report from the Springfield Republican: “Four employees of Smith & Wesson’s shops, who were employed in boring barrels, were discharged on Thursday. It was found that when they had made a mistake and bored the barrels larger than they should be, they used a process to shrink them. This prevented their having to pay for the barrels as spoiled stock, but it turned out a bad barrel, as the bores were left at the right size at their ends, but too large in the center.”

Other Barrel Concerns: Guns which have been fired with an obstructed bore will sometime bulge the barrel. This may sometimes be visually observed as a high bright ring on the barrel or as a dark circle in the bore. Sliding the length of the barrel between thumb and forefinger will sometimes allow you to tactilely detect subtle bulges that are missed by visual inspection. Also check the rear of the barrel on revolvers for cracked or split forcing cones (often a problem on the tiny .22 Ladysmiths). Either a bulge or bad forcing cone will reduce the value of a revolver.

OTHER MODIFICATIONS AND UNUSUAL CONFIGURATIONS

The general rule is that any modification from the original configuration of the gun will adversely affect value. However, this is less true in some areas than in others.

Post-factory markings that confirm a known particular historical usage of a gun have always been an exception, and in many cases add to the value.

While condition collectors may have no interest in such items, collectors interested in the Old West may not object as strongly today as in the past to period of use modifications such as bobbed barrels or removed trigger guard spurs. A few years ago, the popular sport of cowboy action shooting, where participants assume Old West personae and compete with period firearms, had the effect of increasing the value of the S&W top-breaks in medium condition grades and provided a ready market for period altered guns that are otherwise mechanically sound. Perhaps regrettable is that many of the guns used in cowboy action shooting are refinished by their owners, which should further boost the value of original finish remaining on old S&Ws in the future.

Eye of the beholder – unusual period non-factory alterations interest some collectors, turn off others. Top to bottom: New Model #3 converted to .22 single shot; modified sights, hammer & carved ivory grips on New Model #3; Russian Model with a .22 single shot barrel added on top of the .44 revolver barrel. Supica photo.

Factory errors do occur, and will bring a premium from interested collectors. However, they can also be the product of after-factory gunsmithing or fakery. The buyer should proceed with caution.

MATCHING SERIAL NUMBERS

To bring full price, serial numbers and assembly numbers on a S&W should match:

Early production revolvers used assembly numbers to designate which parts went with which gun. On these, the serial number was marked on the butt and the right grip panel, but a separate assembly number, usually one to four characters (usually either numerals or numerals combined with letters or special characters such as “&”), was marked on the grip frame under the grip panels and on the various major parts – usually cylinder and barrel on tip-ups and cylinder, barrel, and latch on top-breaks. The barrel number on top-breaks can be tricky to find – it is usually marked in the small flat just to the right of the latch (lifting the latch while the gun is open makes it easier to see).

In the 1870s the assembly number system was replaced by using the gun’s serial number on the major component parts.

On Hand Ejectors through the late 1950s, the serial number is stamped on the frame, barrel flat, cylinder face, yoke (crane), behind the extractor star, and right grip panel, in addition to on the butt.

After about 1960, revolvers had assembly numbers stamped on the frame, sideplate, yoke, and sometimes on the cylinder under the extractor and on some small parts. After about 1988, only the frame and sideplate are marked with assembly numbers.

The effect of a mismatched number on price is variable. Probably of least concern are situations where it appears there is a transposition error in numbers. An example would be where all parts except the cylinder are marked 4567 but the cylinder is marked 4576, although admittedly this is not common. Mismatched grips are not usually a major concern unless the grips are incorrect for the model, such as the occurrence of civilian grips on a military model that should have cartouches. On top-breaks, generally a mismatched latch is of less concern than other major parts. A mismatched top-break cylinder may be somewhat acceptable, especially if it is from a close serial number or from another gun in the same known usage (for example, many Japanese military New Model #3s are found with mismatched cylinders from other Japanese military guns).

However, where a barrel and frame don’t match, or none of the parts match, there will generally be a major impact on collector value. This is especially true when guns appear to be partially a rare model or configuration and partially a common type.

SMITH & WESSON STOCKS (GRIPS)

By James G. King II (Jim King)

Smith & Wesson called them stocks. Their catalogs persistently and specifically used the term stocks instead of grips. The reasons are not known, but a guess might suppose a company desire to be technically correct and to further the Smith & Wesson image of outstanding quality. Judging from their consistency in calling them stocks for over a century, it seems clear the distinction must have been important to S&W. With respect for S&W’s century of consistency, in this chapter we will generally continue S&W’s practice of calling them stocks.

It is important to keep in mind that dates mentioned in this chapter are not set in stone, but are approximate times of transition. Production changes were not necessarily immediate or absolute. There are overlaps, fluctuations back and forth between processes, frugal use of existing parts, special orders, and shipping dates that are not necessarily correlated to dates of manufacture. Almost all dates and time periods regarding S&W production are general guides and subject to variations and exceptions. The development and evolution of stocks is subject to similar uncertainties. Dates and time periods mentioned are approximate and based on observations, literature referenced, and factory literature.

While everything printed in this chapter is believed to be accurate, there are probably errors and inaccuracies. The scarcity of published information on S&W stocks leaves much to observation and analysis. It is hoped this chapter will be of assistance to S&W collectors and will contribute to expanding the body of knowledge about S&W stocks.

S&W STOCKS BY FIREARM TYPE

The following will provide a general understanding of the stocks found on most S&W firearms. It is a general outline only. There will be many variances.

Tip-Ups

Standard stocks on all tip-up models were smooth rosewood.

S&W Tip-Up Stocks. Left to Right: Model One 1st and 2nd Issues, Square Butt; Model One 3rd Issue, Round Butt; Model Two Old Army, Square Butt; and Model One-and-a-Half 2nd Issue, Round. All photos in the grips section by Jim King.

Top-Breaks

S&W small and medium frame top-break stocks. Top Row, Left to Right: Black Hard Rubber, .38 Single Action First Model Baby Russian, with S&W block logo; and, Red Mottled Hard Rubber, .38 Double Action Second Model. Bottom Row, Left to Right: Black Hard Rubber, .32 Single Action, without S&W logo; Red Mottled Hard Rubber, .32 Single Action, with S&W block logo; Black Hard Rubber, .32 Single Action, with intertwined S&W logo; Black Hard Rubber, Floral Pattern,.32 Double Action; and Black Hard Rubber, .32 Safety Hammerless.

S&W large frame top-break stocks. Top Row: Red Mottled Hard Rubber, .44 Double Action. Bottom Row, Left to Right: Plain Walnut, American, Square Butt; Plain Walnut, Russian, Round Butt; Black Hard Rubber, New Model Number Three, Round Butt; and, Checkered Walnut, New Model Number Three, Round Butt.

Smooth walnut stocks were standard on the American, Russian, and Schofield models.

Hard rubber stocks were introduced in the late 1870s and eventually became standard on the top-break revolvers. They are the most common style of stocks on the New Model Number Three and .44 DA based models, with checkered or smooth (scarce) wooden stocks also available. Optional detachable shoulder stocks made of walnut were available on special order for the Americans, Russians, and New Model Number Three large frame topbreaks, with metal buttplate on the American &Russian shoulder stocks, and hard rubber buttplate on those for the New Model Number Three. Hard rubber stocks were fitted to nickel plated .38 Single Action First Model Baby Russians, but most of the scarce blued guns were fitted with walnut stocks.

Most hard rubber stocks had molded checkering with the familiar intertwined S&W logo in the stock circle at the top of the panels. Some exceptions were the early .32 centerfire single action stocks which first had no logo, followed be a block letter logo, and finally the intertwined S&W logo. Another exception was the Baby Russian, whose stocks had a block letter S&W logo in the stock circles.

Unusual hard rubber stock variations, worth a premium, include the rather striking red mottled stocks. This red/black combination was standard on the .320 Revolving Rifles (1879 - 1887), both for stocks and forearms, although for some unexplained reason, the forearms always seem to be more brightly colored than the stocks. Red mottled stocks may also be found on all frame sizes produced in the era from about 1879 to about 1882. Blue and green mottled variations have been reported.

An entirely different variation of hard rubber stocks, quite scarce, is found on some .32 Double Action Second Models. Called the floral, peacock, or wild turkey stocks, these have a molded floral pattern rather than checkering, with a bird that could be either a turkey or peacock lurking in the design.

Single Shots

S&W Single Shot Stocks. Left to Right: Black Hard Rubber Target Stocks; Walnut Target Stocks, with gold medallions; and, Plain Walnut Straightline.

The First Model Single Shot (Model of 1891) pistols and combinations sets were typically fitted with hard rubber target stocks on their round butt frames. Plain and checkered walnut and fancy stocks of ivory and pearl were available on order. The Second Model .22 Single Shot had hard rubber target stocks as standard. The Third Model .22 Single Shot introduced in 1909 was typically fitted with checkered walnut target stocks, initially with gold plated medallions, but after about 1917 - 1920, without medallions. The Fourth Model .22 Single Shot (Straight Line) had plain walnut panels with gold plated brass medallions.

Early Hand Ejectors (1896 - 1950)

S&W Small Frame Hand Ejector Stocks. Top Row, Left to Right: Diamond Center Checkered Walnut, Regulation Police Extension Stocks, Pre-World War II (pre-war); and, Diamond Center Checkered Walnut, Regulation Police Extension Stocks, Post-World War II (post-war). Note variation in checking patterns. Bottom Row, Left to Right: Black Hard Rubber, Ladysmith 1st and 2nd Models, Round Butt; Plain Rosewood, 3rd Model Ladysmith, Square Butt; Black Hard Rubber, .32 Hand Ejector, Round Butt; Diamond Center Checkered Walnut, I Frame, Round Butt, pre-war; and, Diamond Center Checkered Walnut, I Frame, Round Butt, post-war.

S&W K Frame Hand Ejector Stocks. Although not pictured, N Frame stocks demonstrate the same variations, with the exceptions that hard rubber was not used and round butt frames were not available on production N Frames. Top Row, Left to Right: Black Hard Rubber, Round Butt, used 1899 to about 1940; Diamond Center Checkered Walnut, Round Butt, with silver medallions, post-war, used 1946 to about 1950. Bottom Row, Left to Right: Walnut, Square Butt, flattened top without medallions, used about 1904 to about 1910; Walnut, Square Butt, with recessed gold medallions, used about 1910 to about 1920; Walnut, Square Butt, round top without medallions, used about 1920 to about 1929; and, Walnut, Square Butt, with flush silver medallions, used about 1929 to about 1941.

S&W K Frame Hand Ejector Stocks, Inside Panel View. Although not pictured, N Frame stocks demonstrate the same variations, with the exceptions that hard rubber was not used and round butt frames were not available on production N Frames. Top: Walnut, Round Butt, with concavely rounded silver medallion, post-war. Left to Right: Black Hard Rubber, Round Butt; Diamond Center Checkered Walnut, Square Butt, with gold medallion; Diamond Center Checkered Walnut, Square Butt, no medallion; and, Diamond Center Checkered Walnut, Square Butt, with flush silver medallion.

Hard rubber was also the standard stock material used on early I-frame round butt Hand Ejectors from 1896 until about 1940, although checkered walnut also came into common use in the 1930s and was the standard on the .22/32 Kit Guns. Hard rubber was also used for oversized target stocks for the I frames, but was generally replaced by checkered walnut after about 1920. The Regulation Police style “stepped” grip frame was almost always fitted with checkered walnut extension stocks.

While hard rubber was the early standard on round butt K frames, checkered walnut stocks were also fitted. The square butt K frames introduced about 1904 and the N frames introduced about 1907 were fitted with checkered walnut stocks as the standard.

Hand Ejector stocks evolved through a series of progressions that produced numerous variations in stock circles, medallions, checkering patterns, stock circle inserts, screws and escutcheons, and general configurations. The following will describe the major changes.

Until about 1910 wood stocks had a flattened or slightly convex area at the top of the stock panels in an area called the stock circle. Around 1910, (earlier for I frames, later for N frames) recessed, gold plated brass medallions bearing the intertwined S&W logo were added to Hand Ejector stocks. A small medallion, about four tenths of an inch in diameter, was used on I frame stocks. A larger medallion, about a half-inch in diameter was used on K and N frame stocks.

When WWI interrupted commercial production, the 1917 Army revolvers were fitted with plain walnut stocks without medallions, the earliest ones having the flattened tops and later ones having plain concavely rounded stock circles. Beginning in 1917 (with overlap to perhaps 1920), the medallions were eliminated and the stock circles became plain and concavely rounded, like the later version of 1917 Army stocks.

About 1929, flush chrome plated brass medallions bearing the S&W intertwined logo began to appear in the stock circles. The small medallions, about four tenths of an inch in diameter, were used on both I and K frame stocks. The large medallions, about a half-inch in diameter, were used in the N-frame stocks, although some K-frame stocks also used them.

In 1932 the Wesson Grip Adapter was introduced for N frames, with the K frame version becoming available in 1934. The adapter consisted of two blued steel plates which fit between the stock panels and the grip frame, secured by an extra long stock screw provided with the adapter. The plates had forward extensions which held a rubber filler piece between them with a screw so that it filled the area below the frame between the trigger guard and the grip frame. The filler piece positioned the shooting hand lower on the grip frame so that the trigger finger was more in line with the trigger, and it provided a surface for supporting some of the revolver’s weight on the middle finger. The filler piece had been promoted by Walter Roper as an aid to target shooting and was usually incorporated into his custom stock designs, later to become a standard design component of virtually all target stocks for revolvers.

Another type of grip adapter consists of a metallic or synthetic rubber filler piece that extends downward along the front strap to provide a larger, more comfortable grip for most shooters. This type of grip adapter is secured to the front strap by a thin metal strip bent around the strap. When the stocks are installed over the metal strip, they generally do not fit snugly due to the thickness of the strip. For this reason, it is fairly common to encounter stocks that have been altered by removing enough wood from each panel to allow them to fit snugly over the strip. This type of adapter became available around WWII and was made by Pachmayr and others. S&W produced its own version in about the 1950s. They were used on many, if not most, police revolvers prior to the popularity of replacement rubber grips such as Pachmayr’s.

S&W K Frame Magna Stocks. Top: Diamond Center Checkered Walnut, Round Butt, post-war, used about 1950 to about 1967. Bottom Row, Left to Right: Diamond Center Checkered Walnut, Square Butt, prewar, used about 1936 to about 1946; Diamond Center Checkered Walnut, Square Butt, post-war, used 1946 to about 1952, Diamond Center Checkered Walnut, Square Butt, post-war, used about 1953 to about 1967; Diamond Center Checkered Walnut, Square Butt, Plain Clothes, post-war, used 1952 to about 1967; Checkered Walnut, Square Butt, used about 1967 to about 2000.

S&W K Frame Magna Stocks, Inside Panel View. Counterclockwise from screwdriver tip: Diamond Center Checkered Walnut, Square Butt, pre-war, with unmarked in-the-white machined steel stock circle insert, reported to be early production; Diamond Center Checkered Walnut, Square Butt, pre-war, in-the-white machined steel stock circle insert stamped with patent marking, reported to be later production; Diamond Center Checkered Walnut, Square Butt, with blued machined steel stock circle insert, very early postwar, used 1946; Diamond Center Checkered Walnut, Square Butt, with blued stamped steel stock circle insert riveted by concavely round medallions, early post-war, used 1946; Diamond Center Checkered Walnut, Square Butt, with blued stamped steel stock circle insert, without relief hole for domed-head rear sideplate screw (which was replaced by a flat-head screw), post-war, used about 1946 to 1973; Checkered Walnut, Square Butt, with stamped stainless steel stock circle insert, used about 1970 to about the early 1990s.

In 1935 Magna style stocks were introduced as an option for the .357 Registered Magnum and other N frames. In 1936, Magna stocks became available for the K frames. Magna stocks cover the grip frame like standard stocks, leaving front and rear straps exposed, but have a “horn” on each panel that comes up on the side of the frame along the backstrap, providing a wider surface to spread the force of recoil at the web of the hand between thumb and forefinger. After WWII, Magna stocks became the standard for Hand Ejectors.

During WWII, the Victory Model stocks were plain walnut without medallions, and concavely rounded plain stock circles. The stock screw thread was changed to a standard thread about 1944 during wartime production. The earliest .38 M&Ps shipped after WWII were fitted with leftover plain walnut Victory stocks fitted with pre-WWII style flush chrome plated medallions.

Beginning in 1946, several significant changes to stock design were introduced, made possible by new machinery at the factory. The chrome plated silver medallions were changed from flush to having a rounded surface to match the contour of the stock wood. The checkering was modified from the prewar standard 16 lines per inch to 14 lines per inch, with rounded instead of sharp corners and a different border for the checkered area. The stock circle insert was changed from a machined steel disk to a stamped, cup-shaped, blued steel disk.

From the beginning of the use of checkering on S&W stocks, including the hard rubber stocks, a diamond-shaped area around the escutcheon and escutcheon nut was uncheckered. Stocks having this checkering pattern are often called “diamond checkered stocks” or “diamond stocks.” This nomenclature is somewhat awkward and causes confusion because every point in the checkering is diamond-shaped due to the angled lines cut by the checkering process, causing many to believe that all checkered S&W stocks are diamond “something.” The term “diamond center” is also used and seems likely to be the most clearly descriptive of the names. The diamond center description will be utilized in this chapter. The diamond center checkering pattern was eliminated about 1967-1968.

Modern Hand Ejectors (1950 to Date)

By about 1950, Magna stocks were standard on all Hand Ejectors. Perhaps due to a worldwide shortage of precious metals following WWII and continuing into the Korean War (or Conflict, depending on how the political hairs are split), the chrome plated brass medallions were replaced with molded silvery-gray plastic medallions complete with intertwined S&W logo. Plastic medallions were used until about 1952 when they were replaced with steel medallions. By about 1953, the use of plated brass medallions had resumed. In 1952, the Plain Clothes (PC) style square butt Magna stocks were developed with a rounded bottom and more rounded front shoulder on the horn. The slimmer, more rounded shoulder on the front of the horn would soon become the standard, replacing the sharp shoulder configuration of the horn which had been used since the introduction of Magna stocks.

About 1967 - 1968 the uncheckered diamond center around the escutcheon and nut were eliminated on all checkered wood stocks. About 1973 the escutcheon and nut that had been used since introduction of hard rubber stocks in the late 1870s were changed. The hollow-round, silver-colored style which was installed with the edges flush with the stock surface was replaced with a flat, recessed, brass style which would be used until S&W’s factory wood stocks were discontinued in the 1990s. About this same time, the stock circle insert was changed from blued steel to stainless steel as standard for all revolver stocks, although the stainless steel version had been in use on stocks for stainless steel guns since the early 1960s.

S&W Plain Target Stocks. Left to Right: Early Smooth Rosewood “Coke Bottle,” Square Butt, without extractor relief cut, used early 1950s; Smooth Goncalo alves, Square Butt, with extractor relief cut, used about 1967 to about 1980; Smooth Rosewood, Square Butt, with speed loader cut, without stock circle insert, used about 1970s to early 1990s.

S&W Diamond Center Checkered Target Stocks. Left to Right: Early Diamond Center Checkered Walnut, Square Butt, without extractor relief cutout, used early 1950s; Diamond Center Checkered Goncalo Alves “Coke Bottle,” Square Butt, with extractor relief cut, used about 1955 to about 1968; Diamond Center Checkered Goncalo alves, Square Butt, with extractor relief cut, used about mid-1950s to about 1967.

S&W Checkered Target Stocks. Left to Right: Goncalo alves Checkered Target Stocks with extractor relief cut, dated 1978; Goncalo alves Checkered Target Stocks, with speed loader cut, dated 1981; and, Resin Impregnated Laminated Birch Checkered Target Stocks, with speed loader cut, from the early 1990s. Note the distance separating the medallions from the checkered panels. The close spacing on the right panel is typical of late stocks made without stock circle inserts.

Target stocks that covered the front strap and extended up over the gun’s frame between the trigger guard and knuckle were introduced for the K frames in 1950, followed be the N frames by 1952, and apparently a little later for the J frames. The earliest target stocks did not have a relief cut at the top of the left panel behind the cylinder. Their full contour made extraction of spent cartridges somewhat difficult, with used stocks often wearing dents from the cartridge rims in this area. By the mid to late 1950s, an extractor relief cut had been added to the left panel to solve this difficulty. By the mid 1970s (early 1980s for N frames) a larger speed loader cut was incorporated to allow speed loader use with target stocks. The changes in checkering pattern, escutcheons, nuts, and stock circle inserts on target stocks paralleled the Magna stock changes outlined above. In the 1980s, the stock circle inserts were eliminated entirely and replaced with a rounded boss in the wood which fit against the gun’s frame. On this style of target stock, the medallions were secured by riveting the end of the post against the stock wood.

One variation of target stocks draws special interest from collectors. “Coke bottle stocks” were introduced for K and N frame target revolvers in the mid 1950s. These very desirable stocks were made in both plain and diamond center checkered versions. (Checkered versions are scarce in K frame. Beware of altered N frame stocks represented as original K frame.) Rosewood is the most common material, but Goncalo Alves and to a lesser extent, walnut, were also used. The diamond center checkered version was standard on early .44 Magnums and is fairly common on early Model 57s, but could be ordered on other models, or purchased as an accessory. The Coke bottle name reportedly comes from the shape of the stocks when viewed from the rear. The resemblance to a Coke bottle requires some imagination, but there is a little swell in the middle around the screw and a little flare at the butt. On early examples, the filler piece is generally larger than on most other target stocks, giving them a distinct shape. On the more common diamond center checkered version, the checkered area is larger than on other S&W target stocks, providing a distinct appearance. With their unique shapes and beautiful woods, the Coke bottle target stocks are perhaps the most visually striking of all S&W wood stocks.

The J-frame revolvers are the smaller, lighter frame size which is often chosen for everyday and concealed carry. Since size matters, the J-frame revolvers have usually been offered with tiny wood “splinter” or “sliver” stocks so as to minimize their size. The Centennial and Bodyguard models have special Magna stocks called “high horn” stocks with enlarged horns that come up higher on the sides of the frame. Custom stock maker Craig Spegel developed a custom boot grip designed to provide a larger, more secure gripping surface without substantially increasing the gun’s bulk. Variations of boot grips by Hogue, Eagle, Uncle Mike’s, Ace Grip Co., Altamont Grips, and others have been used as standard on modern S&W revolvers, especially short-barrel J frames.

By about 1975 Goncalo Alves became the standard wood for oversized target stocks for all frame sizes. Target stocks also became standard on many large frame guns. Traditional wood stocks were largely discontinued in favor of synthetic and laminated wood stocks in the 1990s.

The round butt configuration for revolvers has proven popular due to versatility related to its smaller nominal size. While it readily fits the smaller hand, a change of grips can adjust the grip size to custom fit a larger hand, or convert it to square butt grip configuration. Accordingly, S&W has phased out square butt guns in favor of a product line featuring all round butt revolvers.

There is an interesting cycle here which has repeated twice over 150 years of revolver production. All the earliest tip-ups had square butt grip frames, but by 1868, all except the No. 2 Old Army had been changed to round butt. Americans, 1st Model Russians, and Schofields had square butts, but their successors, the New Model Number Threes, had round butts. The round butt was standard on all S&Ws by 1878. By 1891, hard rubber extension stocks had become available for the single shots and combination sets to convert the round butt to square butt configuration for target shooting. With the introduction of the square butt on the .38 and .32/20 M&P Models of 1902, First Change in 1904 (the square butt configuration was called the Model of 1905 by S&W to distinguish it from the earlier round butt configuration), the square butt began to make a comeback. With the ever-present possible exception of a special order, all N frames since 1907 were square butt. In 1917, the Regulation Police stepped grip frame and extension stocks were introduced to provide a square butt configuration for certain I frames. By WWII, square butts dominated the K frames and round butts were scarce except on the small frame revolvers. After WWII, round butt guns continued in production, but were vastly outnumbered by square butts. Recently, after nearly 100 years of producing mostly square butt revolvers, S&W has again reverted back to round butt as the standard, with the square butt configuration available by installing conversion stocks when desired.

Semi-Auto Pistols

S&W Automatic Pistol Stocks. Left to Right: Walnut Checkered Panel for Model 39; Rosewood Plain Panel for Model 39; Rosewood Checkered Panel for Model 39; and, Walnut Checkered Panel for Model 41.

S&W Automatic Pistol Stocks. Left to Right: Xenoy Wraparound Grip used on 2nd and 3rd Generation Pistols; Red Nylon Panel for Model 46; High Impact Plastic Panel for Model 845; and, Synthetic Wood Panel for Model 422.

Beginning with the .35 Semi-Automatic Pistol in 1913 and continuing with the .32 Semi Auto, the Models 39, 41, 46, and 52, S&W fitted its semi-auto pistols with walnut (and occasionally fancy wood) stock panels. Beginning with the Model 59 in 1971, the trend has been toward more durable synthetic materials. There have been exceptions, as wood panels were tried on some second-generation guns, but the very thin wood panels tended to split under recoil. Third-generation centerfire semi-autos are made exclusively with one-piece wraparound synthetic Xenoy grips, which play a large part in their improved handling characteristics. For most third generation models, replacement Xenoy grips can be had from S&W with either straight or curved backstraps to fit the shooter’s preference. Some recent variations include various inserts which can be changed to adjust the size of the curved backstrap.

Long Guns

The stocks and forearm of the .320 Revolving Rifle were red mottled rubber while the detachable buttstock was walnut with a hard rubber butt plate bearing the S&W logo, and blued or nickel plated steel attachment hardware with a mounting point for the tang sight. Sporting Rifles were typically fitted with American walnut stocks. S&W shotguns were usually fitted with American walnut stocks on sporting models, and wood or synthetic stocks on law enforcement versions.

FACTORY STOCK NUMBERING

From the beginning of commercial production and continuing up to the mid to late 1970s, S&W stocks were “numbered” to the gun to which they were originally fitted. The gun’s serial number was marked on the inside of the right stock panel (the one on the right when the gun is upright with the muzzle pointing straight away). The serial number marking did not include any prefix, which could be a letter or numbers and a letter, except for some Victory Model stocks which did include the letter prefix.

From the Model 1, beginning in 1857, wooden stocks were usually marked by individually stamping the digits of the serial number. Black hard rubber stocks were introduced on the Model 1-1/2 Centerfire in about 1878 and received the same stamping treatment. Sometime before 1900, the stamping method of marking was replaced with pencil numbering on wood stocks and scratched numbering on hard rubber stocks. About the time when silver medallions were added to wooden stocks around 1929, stamping again became the standard method of numbering stocks to guns. Around the mid-1960s, the stamping was changed from individually stamped digits to a straight line stamping near the bottom of the right panel. The practice of numbering stocks was discontinued in the mid to late1970s when production methods developed tolerances sufficiently close to allow stock installation on guns without individual fitting.

CONDITION AND PRICE GUIDELINES FOR S&W STOCKS

Evaluating Condition of S&W Stocks

To effectively use the price guide for stocks, it is important to understand the definitions of the terms used to describe condition. The following condition grades are based on the amount of wear and damage, factory defects, and the presence of repairs or alterations. The condition grades presented here have been developed for stocks suitable for collector grade guns, where condition is usually important. These terms are specifically developed for use in grading S&W stocks and do not apply to guns or other items.

NEW: New stocks are in the same condition as when they left the factory. Other equivalent terms are Mint, Perfect, or 100%. This means no scratches or rubs on the finish, no dents on sharp edges or anywhere else, no damage to sharp corners or the tips of the horns, no distortion to the grip pin holes from installation on a gun, no broken points on checkering, and no damage to the screw head. This also means no factory defects, which are not uncommon on S&W stocks.

EXCELLENT: Excellent means nearly new, except with no more than two minor defects or spots of damage. Minor defects and spots of damage are: scratches no more than one half inch in length on the surface of, but not through, the finish; rubs or very minor surface abrasions on the finish not more than one quarter inch in the longest dimension; small dents less than one eighth inch in the longest dimension which are not obvious, but apparent on close examination; no more than two broken points in any one location in the checkering; tiny splinters of wood no more than three sixteenths inch in the longest dimension missing on any sharp corner or sharp edge; no more than one small factory defect such as uneven sanding, tiny chip removed prior to finishing, medallion not seated perfectly flush, medallion slightly rotated, or stock circle insert poorly riveted; or, grip pin holes slightly enlarged from installation on a gun. Excellent grips are not perfect, but it takes close examination to see the defects. Excellent condition grips are good enough to put on a 99% gun.

GOOD: Good stocks show minor honest wear. Minor honest wear means: tips of diamonds in checkering are flattened by light wear; no more than 10 checkering points broken in any one place with no more that two such damaged areas; noticeable small dents up to one quarter inch in the longest dimension, but no gouges where wood is missing; scratches up to one inch in length may be through the finish, but no patches of finish missing; factory defects which are obvious such as rotated medallions, medallions protruding significantly above the wood surface, minor chips removed before the finish was applied, or badly riveted stock circle inserts; or, minor chips up to one quarter inch in the longest dimension which do not detract from overall good appearance. Good condition stocks include those that would otherwise qualify as excellent except for a repair or refinish which is only apparent on close examination. Good condition stocks are good enough to put on a 90% gun.

FAIR: Fair condition stocks show substantial wear and tear. Signs of substantial wear and tear include: almost all points of checkering are worn smooth on the tips, and areas of checkering no larger than one inch in the longest dimension may be worn smooth; more than six significant scratches through the finish; dents larger than one quarter inch in the longest dimension which are easily noticeable without close examination; patches of finish missing up to one inch in the longest dimension; chips up to three eighths inch in the longest dimension; repairs to escutcheon or nut, grip pin holes, medallions, or stock circle inserts; minor cracks up to one inch in length; obvious, but correctly done refinish; or; very minor sanding of bottom edges to remove small chips or dents. Fair condition stocks may include Good or Excellent condition stocks that are missing parts that can be easily replaced or excellent condition stocks that can be salvaged by a quality refinish. Fair condition stocks are good enough to put on an 80% gun.

POOR: Poor condition stocks are generally not suited for collector interest except as examples of rare variations or to install on rare guns in poor condition. Poor condition means: worn out, badly damaged, or abused; checkering worn off in areas larger than one inch in the longest dimension; obvious chips; deep scratches into the wood; large areas of finish missing; gouges where wood has been removed; altered, carved, or sanded; poorly refinished; or missing parts such as escutcheons, medallions or stock circle inserts. Poor condition stocks are generally not good enough to put on a collectible gun, but may be useful on a working gun or a shooter.

Fancy Stocks

Fancy stocks of pearl, ivory, stag, exotic wood, or other material were available both from the factory on order and from non-factory aftermarket suppliers. Aftermarket suppliers continue to produce fancy stocks today. Beginning about 1893, factory-produced pearl and ivory stocks had small round S&W medallions inlaid, to distinguish them from non-factory stocks. Revolver boxes from this era may be found with a flyer glued on the bottom inside urging buyers to insist on genuine S&W stocks with the medallions. Pearl stocks with gold medallions in excellent condition may be worth $150 to $300 or more depending on model and frame size. Factory pearl stocks without medallions in excellent condition may be worth $50 to $100 depending on frame size.

Period pearl or ivory stocks will usually bring a premium on antique S&Ws. Exceptions would include rare variations that had a unique stock, such as military guns with inspector cartouches on the wooden panels, or a special order gun missing its special order fancy stocks. In the 1800s, pearl was considered the more deluxe and desirable stock material, resulting in more pearl stocks sold than ivory. The result is that ivory stocks are scarcer and will bring higher market prices from collectors today. Genuine S&W fancy stocks are generally worth more than aftermarket stocks.

Pearl and ivory stocks may be found decorated by checkering, inscription, or relief carving. Pearl grips were more difficult to work due to their brittleness and the toxicity or the dust created. To minimize these hazards, pearl was reportedly worked under water in a water bath. Decorated exotic stocks tend to bring an additional premium due to the additional craftsmanship of the decoration. An excellent set of old ivory stocks with high relief carving for a large-frame single-action may be worth $1000 or more by themselves without a gun to wear them.

Aftermarket ivories will usually bring a premium, if genuine ivory and not a modern synthetic imitation (sometimes made with ivory dust imbedded in polymer). Ivory stocks will tend to mellow with age, the grain may become more pronounced and slight crazing or cracking may appear. Pearl may also tend to yellow slightly. The aged appearance of yellowing (and minor cracking on ivory) will generally not detract from value if consistent with the age and condition of the gun, and may actually enhance value by providing a visual appearance that gun and stocks are of the same vintage. An aged appearance can be artificially created, however. See the discussions of pearl and ivory stocks in the stock materials section for information on evaluating authenticity.

Custom Target Stocks. Left to Right: Griffin &Howe Checkered Walnut Custom Target Stocks, with Roper-style checkering pattern; Cloyce Checkered Walnut Custom Target Stocks; and, King Gun Sight Company Checkered Walnut Right Hand Thumbrest Custom Target Stocks.

Custom Target Stocks. Left to Right: Roper Checkered Walnut Custom Target Stocks; Roper Checkered Walnut Custom Target Stocks; and, Lew Sanderson Checkered Walnut Custom Target Stocks.

Custom wooden stocks by noted makers may bring a premium or be collectible on their own. Custom target stocks by Roper, Kearsarge, King Gun Sight Company, and Griffin &Howe attract considerable collector interest. Other custom stocks by lesser-known makers like Herrett, Cloyce, Fitz, and Fuzzy Farrant are not easily identified or well known and fail to draw much notice. Mass production wood stocks by Herrett, Sile, Mustang, Eagle, and others, along with synthetics by Franzite, Jay Scott, Rugged Products, Tyler Tru-Fit, Fitz, and numerous other makers will usually reduce a gun’s value. Whether aftermarket or incorrect era factory replacements will enhance or detract from gun value will depend on the desirability of the stocks on their own, whether they are correct for the period, their condition, and the scarcity and cost of the standard stocks that should have been on the gun.

General Price Guidelines

As a general guideline, a pair of regular production stocks should be worth about ten percent of the value of the gun for which they were produced. However, there are many exceptions.

The most common stocks for guns produced in large quantities will not normally fetch such prices. For example, J and K frame round butt checkered walnut Magnas and K-frame square butt walnut checkered Magnas are quite common and will bring five to seven percent of the value of a common gun in like condition. Synthetic stocks for semi-auto pistols may not draw buyer interest when priced at $10 or less. In contrast, pre-pg014- WWII K and N frame Magnas in excellent condition from the late 1930s may equal or exceed the value of the more common guns of that era.

The stock value tables in this section provide estimated values for regular production stocks that exceed the ten percent guideline or have significant collector interest. The tables do not include fancy stocks, stocks for antiques, semi-auto stocks, aftermarket stocks, or common stocks with minimal collector interest whose value is consistent with the ten percent guideline. Values are based on recent sales transactions.

In the stock value tables, the word “diamond” is substituted for “diamond center” and indicates checkering around a diamond-shaped uncheckered area around the escutcheon and nut. “Checkered” means checkered without a diamond-shaped uncheckered area around the escutcheon and nut, while “plain” means smooth, without checkering. “RB” means round butt and “SB” means square butt. Other terms and materials are discussed elsewhere in this chapter and in the Illustrated Glossary and Index.

STOCK PRICE GUIDE TABLES

References

Jinks, Roy G., Personal Communication, 2005

Neal, Robert J. and Jinks, Roy G., Smith & Wesson 1857-1945, Revised Edition, R & R Books, Livonia, NY, 1996.

S&W boxes. Old Town Station Dispatch photo.

A BRIEF CHRONOLOGY OF BOXES &ACCESSORIES

by Dave Ballantyne and Dick Burg

Boxes and their contents (cleaning and sight adjustment tools, instruction papers, wrapping, etc.) are not a universally accepted subset of S&W collecting. Some collectors have no interest at all while others see it as an integral and valuable addition to the gun itself. Perhaps part of this is due to the challenge involved, as the survival rate of such ephemera is generally lower, much lower, than that of the guns themselves.

Many of the boxes found with handguns today are not original to the gun. Large numbers of them have been separately collected from online auctions, gun shows or even yard sales and mated to the gun with the specific intention of increasing the guns value or desirability. The authors take no position on boxes but would caution collectors that purchasing a box for $X does not necessarily increase the value of your prized gun by an equal amount. In general, having the truly original box increases the value more.

As with all things relating to collecting firearms, condition and rarity will be the determining factors for pricing boxes. It’s impossible here for us to give definitive prices for all the variations that exist. However rare boxes can fetch enormous prices. In at least one exceptional instance over $4000 was paid to purchase a numbered box in order to reunite it with the original gun. As with any purchase, learn as much as you can about your subject before you buy – check out what similar items sell for on the internet sites, talk to those more knowledgeable on online forums or at gun shows. As a very rough guide we offer the following based on observations of the 2006 market:

• Blue boxes from the 60s/70s should sell for around $20

• Gold boxes vary greatly on the model but in general $50 - $75 is a reasonable for a good condition example. K-22s, .357 Magnums and others are $125 and up

• Labeled two-piece maroon boxes from $50 to many hundreds; very model dependent

• Display or patent boxes from $150 upwards, depending on the model

• Picture boxes (red or blue) generally begin at $300; the sky’s the limit here....

At time of writing S&W has been making firearms for some 154 years. During that time it has used many containers for its products, some of them for many years and some for only a few months. As most collectors know, S&W has always been a frugal and prudent manufacturer and discontinued older parts have often found themselves being utilized when urgently needed on the production line. The same is true of spare boxes.

For example, if S&W had none of the correct boxes in stock they would use what they did have until stock was obtained. In evidence of this there are numerous examples of guns shipped in “unusual” boxes, properly labeled but in the wrong style or color. On other occasions S&W would continue to use up stock long after standards had been altered. As an example of this situation consider the infamous gold boxes with embossed blue model specific lids. These were introduced after WWII and phased into use on a model by model basis from 1946 onwards. They were mostly phased out again from the mid-late 1950s when stocks began to run down. S&W continued to use them for certain slow selling models such as the K-32 until the mid 1960s, long after similar gold boxes for faster selling models had been phased out.

For the reasons stated the authors offer the dates below purely as a timeline guide for the S&W collector, not as “hard” information. There will be variations on a model by model basis and, as with everything else about collecting S&Ws, there are always exceptions to the rules.

IMPORTANT NOTE: Many of the dates given overlap – this is correct and intentional.

BOXES

1852 – 1900: Cases

Special permanent cases for the storage of side arms, especially fancy or presentation arms, were popular during the second half of the 19th century. In general these were special order items or were added by the distributor after shipment from the factory.

Gutta percha cases for Model Ones. Photos by Jamie Supica.

Model One 1st and 2nd Issues are sometimes found with “gutta-percha” or shellac type cases and are generally considered to be correct for these models. These types of case are discussed further in the section on Tip-Up Revolvers. Both wooden and leather-covered wooden cases have been found for most tip-up and single action top-break revolvers.

The only wooden case of that period that was actually manufactured by S&W was for the Model 1-1/2 Single Action Centerfire, aka the .32 Single Action. This particular case is tri-sectioned on the interior and has a gold-embossed black “Directions for Use” label glued inside the lid.

M.W. Robinson style wooden case. Photo courtesy of David Carroll.

Other standard wooden cases were offered by the larger distributors such as M.W. Robinson and have come to be considered as “factory” by collectors. A particular style considered to be an “M.W. Robinson” style case has a hinged wooden lid that fits over a raised wooden inner lip on the bottom portion of the case. The interior is partitioned, with a large area for the gun with a notched brace piece under the barrel, and two smaller compartments, the larger of which is usually sized to fit a box of cartridges. The interior is lined with fabric of various colors. A key to identifying this type of case is to look at the bottom, which was made out of a lower quality “box wood” than the well finished sides & lids. Relined cases can often be identified by the lack of wear & stains on the fabric lining. Double casings are especially prized by collectors, particularly in those rare situations where two different models were cased together (often a holster pistol with a smaller pocket pistol).

AUCTION BLOCK

Double cased pair – No. 2 Army & Model 1-1/2 New Model cased together, “factory wood case… very fine…85% (M.2)…90-93% (M1-1/2)” - $24,150 - Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

Double cased pair – 1st Model Russian, 98%, with Model 1-1/2, 99%, both ivory stocked, “dealer cased” – $28,750 – same auction.

Wooden cases were especially popular in England and France. While features vary, some characteristics typical of many British casings include oak exterior, often with a brass or other metal oval inlay in the lid for the owner’s monogram; fabric lined partitioned interior; and frequently a dealer’s or arms maker’s paper label on the interior of the lid. Instead of partitioned interiors, “French-fitted” cases have interiors with cutouts exactly fit to the contour of the gun and other accessories.

Special cases were still used well through the turn of the 20th century, observed more often with top-break revolvers than with Hand Ejectors. As time moved on, leather lined exteriors gained in popularity. The factory offered a special casing for its “combination sets,” each set consisting of a 38 SA 3rd Model revolver (Model 1891) with one or more single shot barrels and accessories – usually an extra set of grips, screwdriver and cleaning rod. Two types are known, one with an oak exterior and the other a Moroccan leather exterior. Both were chamois lined. A similar type casing was offered for pairs of single shot pistols. Either is quite rare.

Cleverly made reproductions of period cases have been in circulation for many years. Differentiating between the original and the reproduction is an arcane art mastered by relatively few collectors. Some pretty spectacular and convincing looking “special casings” have been fabricated out of legitimately old jewelry boxes and silverware cases.

Wooden cases for special individual guns or for special models have remained available, both through S&W and aftermarket suppliers, to the present day.

Early Two-Piece Cardboard Boxes: 1852 - 1880s

Throughout most of S&W’s history, the majority of guns have been shipped in cardboard boxes.

Early Two Piece Cardboard Boxes: It is believed that the earliest S&Ws were shipped in mottled two-piece blue, green, or black cardboard boxes.

Original boxes for Model One & Model Two. Model Three box (bottom) may be a later than period-of-manufacture factory repair return box. Old Town Station Dispatch photo.

Some original cardboard boxes for the Model 1 and Model 2 have been observed as two-piece, covererd with black texture patterned fabric. Different patterns have been observed on the exterior, and the upper lip of the bottom part of the box is seen lined with light blue paper. Others are observed with various colors of mottled exteriors. It is believed these boxes had neither interior nor exterior labels. They are quite rare, and one in nice condition has been known to sell for thousands of dollars.

Original box for Model One.

It is unknown what boxes were used for the earliest Model Threes. An American has been observed in a two piece unlabeled maroon box, but it is believed that was likely an early factory return box, used to ship the gun back to its owner after an early factory rework, later than the period of manufacture.

Late 1870s - Early 20th Century: Hinged Lid Boxes

The hinged lid cardboard boxes consist of fabric covered cardboard with the lid connected to the box. Many of these boxes survive with fabric tape hinges intact, perhaps surprisingly, although the corners often suffer from insufficient support and are prone to tearing.

Original Baby Russian box, with combination tool. Old Town Station Dispatch photo.

This appears to have been first used on the 38 SA 1st Model “Baby Russian,” which has the only “picture box” from this era. The green box has a fancy paper label on the lid with a picture of the gun and gold highlight (which fade rapidly), with cardboard partitions on the inside. The 38 SA 2nd Model and the .32 SA had similar green boxes, with the .38 SA having an oval top exterior label. These boxes also probably introduced the interior lid “Directions for Use” informational labels, which continued for a long time in S&W cardboard boxes.

.32 & .38 Double Action and Safety Hammerless boxes. Unattributed photos in the box section are from ArmsBid.com.

From about 1880 S&W began to use a wide variety of colors including black, brown, maroon, mustard, blue, and red. Presumably the colors were originally used to differentiate models in some way but this knowledge has been lost to us over the years, although many theories have been put forward. Many .32 and .38 DAs are observed in brown hinged lid boxes, with many Safety Hammerless models showing up in mustard boxes for .32 cal. and red or maroon for .38. The 3rd Model Single Shot is found in a lavender colored box. Reddish-brown seems to be the most common color for early Hand Ejector hinged lid boxes.

Late Model Three boxes. Supica collection.

The New Model Number Three and .44 DA families of models may be found with these hinged lid boxes. Green has been observed for the New Model No. Three, brown for the .44 DA Models (with an additional “Frontier Model” end label on the lid for that variation), and dark blue for a New Model No. Three Target Model. These boxes are rather scarce, and it would be difficult to draw hard and fast conclusions from the number observed. Oddly, the most commonly found box for the Model 3 family is the green box for the scarce extension shoulder stocks for the New Model No. Three. It seems a stash of these shoulder stocks still in the original boxes turned up several decades ago.

Early hinged-lid Hand Ejector boxes.

Also around 1880 S&W began to use end labels to describe the contents of each box. Initially this was used on the Double Action models. A green label generally designated a blued gun, with nickel guns packed in boxes with orange or white end labels. The serial number is usually marked in pencil or grease pencil on the bottom of the box.

Beginning Late 1920s:

The Patent or Display Box

Patent boxes.

Around the end of the 1920s S&W introduced a new type of hinged box with the hinge attached to the bottom edge of lower portion of the box rather than the top edge. The front edge of the box itself was beveled to allow the box lid to close flush, and the box could be opened displaying the contents and thus the name “Display.” Because the S&W patent for this design is marked inside these boxes, they are sometimes alternatively known as “Patent” boxes. Both names are correct in the authors’ opinion. The serial number of the gun is generally written in grease pencil on the bottom of the box.

Blue picture box.

1933 - 1941 – Blue Picture Box. In early 1933 S&W introduced a blue box with a picture of the model printed on the lid and with model information printed on the sides on the lid. It is believed that these were initially issued for both the 38/44 Heavy Duty and Outdoorsman models. This same style of box was also used for all the pre-WWII .357 Magnum revolvers (both Registered and Non-Registered). The boxes were two-piece and originally very dark blue in color. Over the years much of the color has faded, probably through exposure to sunlight, and many variations of blue coloring are now found. The interiors of the box were red in color. The corners of both bottom and lid were reinforced with matching blue metal strips. From this time on all S&W two-piece boxes had these metal reinforced corners. Production of these boxes ended with S&W’s closure for wartime production in 1941 but there are recorded instances of a few being used to ship firearms immediately after the war ended in 1946 and one as late as 1951. The serial number of the gun is generally written in grease pencil on a piece of white tape stuck on the bottom of the box.

K-22 boxes, including red picture boxes. Photos courtesy of Dick Burg.

1933 - 1941 - Red Picture Boxes: These were introduced for the K-22 series Outdoorsman revolvers, possibly before the blue picture boxes. Identical to their blue counterparts these were two-piece red boxes with the model picture printed on the lid and red metal reinforced corners. The sides and ends of the lid also had the model clearly printed on them. All exterior printing was in black or gold. The interiors were also red. The 2nd Model K-22 is a prized example of this box today. The serial number of the gun is generally written in grease pencil on a piece of white tape stuck on the bottom of the box.

1946 - 1954 – Red Picture Boxes: These were used for I-frame revolvers immediately after WWII. When the J frame was introduced in 1950, in the form of the Chiefs Special model, this too went into a red Picture Box. They follow the same pattern as the other picture boxes but have silver metal corners. The serial number of the gun is generally written in grease pencil on a piece of white tape stuck on the bottom of the box.

Two-piece Hand Ejector boxes.

Two-piece red kit gun box.

1946 - 1975 – Two-Piece Boxes: Following WWII, S&W adopted one of the most recognized styles of two-piece boxes. Perhaps finding the previously used hinged lids too expensive or too delicate, this style used a rigid detachable lid, which fit over the bottom portion of the box. In addition, both bottom and lid were covered with a tape-like material that provided additional support to the corners of the box. These boxes are often found with post war N frame revolvers, although medium framed guns with longer barrels have also been recorded. Early ones were sometimes maroon in color, sometimes black. Later ones were more often blue. The early maroon or black boxes had nothing printed on them but would be labeled at the factory when shipped with a gun. Many maroon boxes were used immediately after S&W resumed production following WWII in 1946. Most of the larger N-frame revolvers were shipped in these boxes until the late ‘50s, the only exceptions being those models for which gold boxes were specifically manufactured such as the 1950 Army or the .357 Magnum. The later blue boxes were often used in the ‘60s and ‘70s as shipping boxes for guns repaired at the factory or those N-frame guns sent out with wooden presentation cases. The serial number of the gun is generally written in grease pencil on the bottom of the box.

Gold picture boxes. Photos courtesy of Dan Tanko & Old Town Station Dispatch.

1946 - 1965 – Gold Boxes: These were introduced immediately after WWII for some models and gradually spread across most of the S&W product range. They were phased out again in the mid- and late 1950s but were still used until this date on some models. They are, perhaps, the most readily identifiable and collected S&W box. They had the specific model embossed (not merely printed) onto the box lid. The sides and ends were printed with the S&W logo and model information including the guns finish (blue or nickel) and barrel length. The metal corners of both lid and bottom have been found in blue, silver and gold. We have seen it reported elsewhere that the metal corners are coded to the blue or nickel finish of the gun but this is not correct as we have examples of both blue and nickel finished guns in boxes with all three colors. Some guns which it was not planned, at least initially, to manufacture in large numbers did not have their own gold boxes. Instead S&W merely printed a label and stuck it on the end of a suitable box identifying it. An example of this often seen is a K-38 masterpiece box housing a 4” Combat Masterpiece – the box end was labeled, as it was originally printed “6-INCH BARREL.” For gold boxes the serial number of the gun is generally written in grease pencil on the bottom of the box.

Starburst box. Photo courtesy of Dan Tanko.

1954 - 1959 – Blue Two-Piece Starburst or Sun-Ray Box: This box was introduced to replace the small frame red picture boxes in the very early 50s. As can be seen from the picture a starburst/sun-ray style design spread from the S&W logo on top left of the box lid down to the S&W address on the bottom right. There is a diamond pattern silver line printed around the edge of the lid and the corners were reinforced in blue or black metal. The serial number of the gun is generally written in grease pencil on the bottom of the box.

S&W Inc. solid line two piece blue box. Photos by David Ballantyne & Dick Burg.

1957 - 1966 – Blue Two-Piece S&W Box: Possibly introduced to coincide with the advent of Model numbering for the S&W product range. These have the S&W logo top left of the lid, the address on the bottom right side and a solid silver line around the entire edge. The corners are blue metal. The model designation, finish and barrel length are often printed inversely on the box end (blue text showing through a silver printed square). From this point onwards an “Instruction Manual” was placed inside the box giving a complete parts breakdown of the gun and basic operating/safety instructions. Note: Boxes used for nickel guns during this period were gray in color, otherwise identical. The serial number of the gun is generally written in grease pencil on the bottom of the box.

Bangor Punta blue boxes. Photos by Dave Ballantyne.

Gray box. Photos courtesy of Dan Tanko & Old Town Station.

1966 - 1985 – Blue Two-Piece “Bangor Punta” Boxes: These came into being after S&W was taken over in the early 1960s. They are largely the same as the previous blue box with the words “of Bangor Punta” or “A Bangor Punta Company” between the Smith & Wesson name and the Springfield, Mass., address printed on the lower right side of the lid. The edge of the box has a dotted silver line printed around it. A slight variation on this box, seen only in the mid 80s, has “Lear Siegler Corp” replacing the Bangor Punta name. This follows the Lear Siegler takeover of Bangor Punta. There is normally a printed label contained the model, finish and barrel length stuck onto the box end. Note – boxes used for nickel guns during this period were gray in color, otherwise identical. The serial number of the gun is generally written in grease pencil on the bottom of the box.

One piece cardboard box. Photo by Dave Ballantyne.

1983 - 1997 – Blue One-Piece Cardboard Containers with Tuck-In Wings: Inside these there was an additional cardboard unit sized to the specific model of gun and with an inset rubber mount for the trigger guard. This was a very solid and easily identifiable unit, cleverly designed for maximum protection of the gun. Boxes for revolvers came in four sizes with a part number stamped on the right inside flap. Part #3392 was for the small J frame, #3393 for small K frame, #3394 was for K and L frames with 6” barrels and #3395 was for the N frame or those handguns with longer barrels. Every box had a printed end label containing information such as serial number, model, finish, barrel length plus a variety of manufacturing or inventory information for S&W’s benefit. Box exteriors are marked repeatedly in large bold letters “REVOLVER” or “PISTOL,” as appropriate to the model.

1997 Onwards – Blue Plastic Containers: Labeled as the previous box and foam filled for maximum protection of the contents. These boxes could also be padlocked if the owner so wished.

Wood case. Photos by Dave Ballantyne.

Modern Wooden Presentation Cases

For some 20 years, starting in 1960, S&W offered the N-frame revolver range in an optional presentation wood box. After this period S&W continued to offer, and still offers, wooden presentation cases but these were special order items, not optional extras for the gun itself. These later boxes can generally be distinguished as they have the S&W logo “branded” onto the box lid, which the earlier ones did not have.

The wood used for these presentation boxes was light colored, and is often described as mahogany. The corners were dove-tailed and case hinges and clasps were cheaply pressed brass-colored metal. The interior designs varied slightly with four primary types noted, but all were covered with a blue flock material that deteriorated to powder over time. Today cases are often found with a bare interior of black plastic or white Styrofoam. There were various sizes of box offered to match the different N frame barrel lengths. At least four box sizes have been noted but the interior molding was always the exact shape of the gun shipped. Please note that all dates given are approximate.

1960 - 1969 – the “Clam Shell” Case: Styrofoam insets molded to the shape of the specific revolver barrel length. There were also slots molded into the bottom foam for a sight adjustment tool, a swab, and a cleaning rod and brush. The gun faced to the right.

1969 - 1974 – Styrofoam Bottom Insert: Molded to the barrel length of the gun with a foam rubber top insert. Both top and bottom were flock covered. Examples have been found with the gun facing both left and right.

1974 - 1978 – 2 Molded Plastic Inserts: Both covered with blue flock. The bottom insert had the impression of the gun and the tools molded into it. The top insert was flat with a “lip” molded around the edge. The gun faced to the right.

1978 - 1981 – Molded Plastic Bottom with Foam Top Insert: Both flock covered. The bottom plastic insert had the shape of the gun molded into it. There was a separate molded tool compartment with lid and S&W button for lifting purposes. The gun faced to the right.

Performance Center hard case and gun rug. Photos by Dave Ballantyne.

Performance Center Cases

In the 1990s S&W introduced a special case for guns sold direct from the Performance Center. These were an aluminum attaché case with carrying handle and two combination locks.

In 2004 these were replaced with a Performance Center gun rug, embroidered with the Performance Center logo. Unfortunately they came as a “one size fits all” and shorter-barreled guns were somewhat lost in them.

SCREWDRIVERS OR “SIGHT ADJUSTMENT TOOLS”

To S&W, the screwdrivers shipped with adjustable or target sights were always “sight adjustment tools.” These have been shipped since before 1900 and have varied greatly in style over that period. At the end of each description we offer a rough guide to internet prices for each. These prices can vary greatly depending on a number of factors but they will give the collector an idea of values in the 2006 market.

1880 - 1930 – One of the earliest recorded was a screwdriver with a hollow brass handle that contained three or four interchangeable blades, believed to have been used from about 1880 to about 1920. Later production had a knurled nut added to hold the blade in place.

S&W 20th Century screwdrivers, Dave Ballantyne photo. Inset - Early hollow handle brass screwdriver. Old Town Station photo.

1930 - 1941 – Some prewar target revolvers were shipped with a small steel-handled screwdriver. Originals of these have been seen to exchange hands on internet auctions for over $1000. Perhaps as a result of this prices these screwdrivers are being reproduced today using stainless steel handles. The manufacturers have been entirely honest in their aims and descriptions, but unscrupulous resellers may not be. Please ensure the screwdriver you are buying is the genuine article before you purchase.

1940 - 1948 – Nickel knurled-handled screwdriver with black oxide shaft, long tapered end and wider blade. Because these (and the following blue steel version below) are most often seen with post-WWII guns, these are assumed to be postwar screwdrivers. We believe this to be incorrect as these were designed for the first of the micrometer sights fitted to the pre WWII 2nd Model K-22s. Guide price $100, but seldom seen.

1940 - 1958 – Blued steel knurled-handled screwdriver with black oxide shaft, long tapered end and wider blade. Guide price $100.

1958 - 1961 – Aluminum knurled-handled screwdriver with black oxide shaft and long tapered end. Guide price $75.

1961 - 1964 – Aluminum fluted-handled screwdriver long taped end. Guide price $35.

1964 - 1988 – Aluminum fluted-handled screwdriver short taped end. Guide price $10.

1988 - 1991 – Flat steel four-bladed tool for a keychain. Guide price $10.

1991 – onwards: Flat steel two-bladed tool for a keychain. Guide price $5.

CLEANING RODS OR “WIPERS”

From the late 1800s S&W boxes generally contained a brass rod with a flat slotted tip on one end. The other end was curved into a circular handle. In the early 1920s the working end was changed to a threaded hole to accept a screw-in mop, brush, or cleaning jag. Some time before WWII the material was changed to steel. After WWII these cleaning rods were always made of aluminum.

Sometime in the 1980s the style was changed for the first time, eliminating the curved circular handle style. From then on all the rods were of straight design, making them more difficult to pull them through the barrel but, presumably, cheaper to produce.

A subset of this area is collecting special tools made for a particular firearm. One such variation is the tapered swab packaged with the Model 53 Jet and made specifically to fit that gun’s unique bottlenecked chambers. Likewise the cylinder inserts for the same model.

INSTRUCTION MANUALS

These were introduced in 1957 to match the introduction of S&W model numbering. They were normally a four-page, leaflet-style document with a blow-up diagram of the specific model, an accompanying list of part numbers, instructions for use and maintenance, guarantee and so on. Early examples even had prices shown alongside the corresponding item on the parts list.

Instruction sheet. Photo by Dave Ballantyne.

The documents were revised regularly and many examples can be found for most S&W models. Most have some form of revision date on them somewhere, often along the bottom of the back page. Be careful not to confuse the document revision date with the statement of liability date – it’s not at all the same thing.

For rarer models (such as the Model 16 or K-32) these pieces of paper can fetch high prices on the internet with over $100 being observed. For a good condition version of a more popular model a price of $15 is a general guide.

SIGHTS

The earliest S&W sights were rather simple affairs. The front sight usually consisted of a semi-circular blade. This was pressed into the barrel rib of tip-up revolvers, and usually pinned in place on most models of top-break revolvers. The rear sight consisted of a notch in the cylinder stop of most tip-ups and a raised portion of the latch on most top-breaks.

Hand Ejector fixed or “service” or “M&P” sights generally consist of a notch rear sight in the topstrap of the frame and either a half round or ramped front sight. Fixed front sights will be found either pinned or otherwise attached in place or forged integral to the barrel. Integral forged front sights are an identifying characteristic of some models.

The first standard production target sights were offered the New Model #3 Target Model, beginning in 1887, although it is reported that they had been available as early as the late 1870s for the standard model New Model #3. Several variations were made, the majority of them consisting of a rear sight attached to the barrel latch holding a separate sight blade that could be adjusted by loosening and retightening the screws, and a Paine type front sight consisting of a long bead on top of a thin flat-topped blade. Another popular front sight was the Winans style, consisting of a rounded blade with an inset bead. An much scarcer alternate rear sight consisted of a thicker drift adjustable rear sight, with more of a triangular than blade profile when viewed from the side.

Adjustable target sights soon were offered as an option on most models, with some models introduced specifically as target models with adjustable sights standard. As handgun target shooting grew in popularity as a sport, a wide range of special sights became available. Some of these could be ordered installed at the factory, and others were installed by gunsmiths.

The Patridge sight was a popular front sight. It provided a tall thin rectangle for the sight picture, with the rear face of the sight blade vertical or undercut to eliminate glare. Perhaps the opposite approach was exhibited by the King reflector front sight, which incorporated a tiny mirror to throw additional light onto the rear face of the front sight blade. Bar inserts into the front sight were popular with some shooters, as were gold, silver, or ivory beads. A flat circle bead insert was a “Call bead,” (named for longtime S&W employee Charles Call) and a hemisphere was a “McGivern bead” (named for famous target & exhibition shooter Ed McGivern).

The front sight configuration that proved most popular and eventually became standard configuration for most revolvers is the ramp style, developed by Frank Baughman for the FBI as the “Baughman Quick-Draw Ramp.” Like the Patridge, this provides a square-topped thin rectangular post front sight picture but has a vertical front face with the rear face consisting of a ramp rising towards the muzzle, usually serrated to reduce glare. The result is a quick, positive sight picture with a front sight that won’t snag on the holster during the draw. A red rectangular insert is sometimes used, and this red ramp (RR) front sight is possibly the most common one used on modern S&W revolvers.

The biggest advancement in rear sights was the development of the micrometer click adjustable rear sight, first introduced on the K22 Masterpiece in 1940. An improved version of this sight is still the standard adjustable or target rear sight today. It is possibly most commonly found with a white outline (WO) on three sides of the blade to increase visibility.

The past decade has brought the increasing popularity of scopes and electronic sights for hunting and competition applications, along with experimentation with laser sights. Provisions for mounting a scope were initially made on some special runs, and now most adjustable sight models are drilled and tapped for scope as standard production. Other recent sight options include interchangeable front sight blades (as on the Classic and Classic DX models), a four-position adjustable front sight, and a Bomar silhouette rear sight.

On autopistols, current production includes the acclaimed Novak Lo-Mount Carry rear sight with its melted snag-resistant triangular profile on many fixed sight models, or protective wings on most adjustable sights. The three dot sighting system is popular, with a white dot inlaid in the front sight and in each side of the rear sight. Night sights are offered on some models. These usually consist of glow-in-the-dark tritium inserts in front and rear sights, usually three-dot or dot-and-bar configurations.

Consecutive pair factory engraved Model Ones. Old Town Station Dispatch photo.

ENGRAVING

In many cases, engraved guns are valued more as art than as collectible guns. As in art, an authentic old master is worth a lot of money, while you may have trouble giving away the firearm equivalent of a sofa-sized starving artist parking lot sale rendition of Elvis at the Last Supper on black velvet.

Factors to consider when evaluating an engraved gun:

Factory engraved: Factory engraving will always enhance the value of the gun. To be worth full value, a factory engraved gun should be confirmed by a factory letter.

Extent of coverage: Currently, the factory catalogs four levels of coverage – Master, A, B, or C - price varying with extent of coverage and size and type of gun. These are:

Master – 100% coverage.

A – 75% coverage

B – 50% coverage

C – 25% coverage

A few years ago, the factory coverages were reportedly defined as: A - full coverage, B - 2/3 coverage, and C - 1/3 coverage.

In looking at auction reports of modern factory engraved S&Ws, one may note that the auctioned price of a recent factory engraved gun will often be less than the cost of a similar new gun plus the cost of having the factory engrave it. We suspect there are two factors at work here:

It seems that modern engraved guns have fallen a bit out of favor in recent years (which also means that this era could represent a buying opportunity for collectors who do like engraved guns).

The buyer who wants an engraved gun may prefer to order the exact model and engraving pattern which he wants, rather than buy a pre-engraved gun. An exception to this seeming lessening of interest may be seen where a particular gun is attributed to a specific factory engraver, or on out-of-production models or variations where it is known that only a small number of guns were factory engraved. In each of these two situations, a factory engraved gun may bring more than the sum of gun cost plus engraving cost. Earlier factory engraving coverage was designated by a number. A turn of the century S&W catalog illustrates seven styles of engraving, labels “Style No. 1” through “Style No. 7.” It appears as if extent of coverage may have increased as the numbers get larger – No. 1 is rather sparse, and No. 7 quite extensive.

Period of engraving: Is the period of the engraving the same as the period of usage of the gun? This is especially important on non-factory engraved guns. Almost any period engraving can add some interest to an older gun, even if relatively crudely done. This seems particularly true on guns from the 1800s, where an old pawnshop engraving job can add a colorful air to an old shooting iron. Modern engraving on an old gun is very much a matter of taste. Even if beautifully done, it tends to turn off many collectors. Some individuals may want to own a showy older gun without shelling out the big bucks a high condition period engraved piece would bring, and may well pay a premium for a tarted-up old gun. Mediocre or poor modern engraving, or worse yet, modern engraving fraudulently passed off as older engraving, will nearly always diminish the value of an antique gun.

Hand cut, rotograved, or laser etched: Hand cut generally requires the most skill and time and brings the greatest premium. Beautiful engraving can also be done with modern electric engraving tools, but may suffer in detail and will not bring as much. Laser etched designs are valued more as a standard variation of a particular model than as an individual piece of art.

Artistic quality of the engraving: Two factors to consider here are the overall artistic quality of the layout and the skill with which it has been executed, all of which brings us to:

The engraver and style of engraving: Pieces that can be definitively attributed to one of the great master engravers will always bring a premium price. However, this is regrettably seldom a sure thing, as engravers seldom signed their work, and the specific engraver is not always reflected in the factory records. There are a handful of individuals who MAY be qualified to tentatively identify an engraver by inspecting his work. Sometimes a specific piece may be identified from the rubbings done by the original engraver and kept in his pattern book. Lacking one of these types of confirmation, it is usually safest to refer to engraving as being in the style of a particular engraver rather than making specific attribution. Also remember that most highly skilled engravers could carve in a number of different styles, if the customer wished.

Neither of the authors profess to be anything resembling an expert on firearms engraving. However, if the reader will promise to take it with a grain of salt, we will offer the following comments on engravers and styles of special note, in order to give the prospective student of gun art a starting place:

Nimschke: L. D. Nimschke is probably the best known of the great engravers. He is most commonly associated with a large profuse floral scroll style, also sometimes called New York style engraving. Whether Nimschke’s style was widely imitated or he was the master of this particular popular style is open to debate. Probably a little of both. Nimschke was an independent artist rather than a factory employee, and worked on many makes of guns. Often he would engrave for a distributor rather than the manufacturer. His pattern book has been published in R. L. Wilson’s L. D. Nimschke, Firearms Engraver.

Gustave Young: Young was a master engraver for Colt before he was hired as in-house factory engraver for S&W in 1867. His hand created some of the most exquisitely decorated Smith &Wessons ever made. His style is typically thought of as utilizing smaller vine scroll patterns than most New York style engraving, with his scrolls often having nearly perfectly circular endings.

Oscar, Eugene, and Robert Young: Gustave’s sons, they worked with and succeeded him as S&W factory engravers. Their skill approached that of their father, and their styles were similar. Oscar was with the factory full-time until 1916.

Paul Piquette: Recent S&W master engraver turned out some beautiful work.

Germanic vine scroll: An open vine style of engraving.

Rose pattern: Rose and other floral patterns; usually more literal than other scroll styles.

English scroll: Tight, almost circular scroll patterns.

Inhabited scroll: Sometimes, small fanciful creatures unlike any found in nature will be found inhabiting the scroll work. This has been attributed by some to the Mideastern origins of many engraving patterns and the ancient Moslem proscription of making images of actual creatures as created by Allah.

Panel scenes: In general, representational art is rather scarce in firearms engraving, especially older engraving. A few old S&Ws will be found with panel scenes on them, however.

Tiffany: Noted New York jewelers Tiffany created a very few beautifully decorated firearms by an etching process rather than engraving. These have a distinctive appearance and are sometimes combined with striking ornate Tiffany grips. Modern replicas of this century-old process have been reported, and a buyer contemplating paying a large sum for a Tiffany etched piece would do well to get an expert opinion.

Punch dot engraving: A style of engraving done by punching dots into the metal rather than cutting the metal with chisels. This was not a S&W factory style, and is most commonly associated with Merwin-Hulbert revolver engraving. However, it is sometimes found as aftermarket engraving on nineteenth-century S&W revolvers. Punch dot engraved S&Ws generally bring less than quality cut engraving, but can be colorful and evocative of the era.

Gold: Gold wash (a very thin gold layer sometimes used for broad highlights, such as cylinder flutes), gold plate (a thicker layer of gold, generally applied to the entire gun or a major component, such as the cylinder), and gold inlay (gold wire, figures, or other decoration added on to the engraved pattern) will add value to engraving.

Lasersmith: A process introduced in 1989 for laser etching images on metal. It is very interesting to see the blue laser light as it just cuts (melts) its way very rapidly and efficiently into the metal, especially the alloy frames. S&W offers some standard laser engraved patterns at a very reasonable cost. Those customers wishing to have certain laser engraving removed (such as “LadySmith” on their carry piece) may call the customer support center and request it to be bead-blasted to remove some lasering. The authors tried it and the work was excellent, as the removal of “LadySmith” on a 65LS for a certain conceal carry piece was never noticeable.

FACTORY ENGRAVERS

Former S&W Master Engraver Paul Piquette was kind enough to provide the following comments and list of S&W factory engravers. (The authors’ additions to Mr. Piquette’s comments are in parentheses):

“This list includes some outside vendors. The list of actual individuals would probably be larger except that records from the vendors such as Tiffany, American Engravers, and L. D. Nimschke didn’t indicate the actual engravers name. However, this is still a comprehensive list.

“Several of these fine artisans worked both as factory and as commissioned engravers, especially in the 1850s. The Youngs were the first actual factory engravers. The period from 1960-1974 saw many engravers come and go. They worked either as apprentices under Russell Smith or had some experience as engravers. At least thirteen came and went, some to continue their engraving work independently or for other firms.”

S&W Engravers:

• Richard Bates Inshaw

• F. W. Martin * (His work found especially on Model One First and Second Issues)

• S. T. Merritt

• E. A. Timme

• P. S. Yendell

• L. D. Nimschke*

• Gustave Young*

• Oscar Young*

• Eugene Young*

• Tiffany Jewelers*

• Harry Jarvis* (c. 1903-1953)

• Leon Goodyear* (c. 1920s and 1930s)

• R. J. Kornbrath*

• Alvin White*

• Russell Smith*

• Virginia LeBlanc (first woman S&W engraver)

• Siefried Rentszchke

• John Anderson

• Gregg Duplaise

• Dave Klemper (Worked at S&W twice - late 1960s and early 1980s)

• Mike Kapinos

• Bryson Gwinnell (Later engraved for Colt)

• Bob Burt

• Steve Kamyk (Currently engraving for Colt)

• Mike Grovronwich

• Tom Freyburger

• Dominqos Joaquin*

• Denise Thirion (of American Engravers, R. L. Wilson)

• John Pease

• Paul Piquette*

Authors’ Note: It appears that this list may be in very general chronological order. The authors have included an asterisk (*) after those names that seem to be most well-known among S&W collectors.

Engraving Today

Antonio A. Miele is the current head of the S&W Engraving Department. In addition to the four levels of engraving coverage mentioned previously, S&W offers a number of special decoration techniques, including:

• Raised or flush inlay; semi-relief or deep relief modeling. Inlay elements may include bands, borders, lettering or sculpture.

• Inlay materials include precious metals, diamonds, rubies, onyx, jade, other precious and semi-precious stones, and ivory.

• Beaded, stippled or lined backgrounds; shading varying from simple to intricate

• Entire gun or highlighted areas polished bright.

• Finish in matte, high bright, differential, blue, gold plating, and nickel plating.

Engraved S&W Photo Gallery

Details of period engraved tip-ups. Top left is factory engraved. Top right is factory engraved with the typical tight scrollwork. Center includes a cylinder scene.

Detailed cylinder scene on a Young factory engraved New Model No. 3. Supica photo.

Eagle and scroll on a Russian Model, Supica photo.

Period engraved tip-up revolvers. Top two in the left column are from the David Carroll collection from photos by Paul Goodwin. Others are from Old Town Station Dispatch and ArmsBid.com.

Details of period engraving on Model Threes. 1 through 4 show typical Young family factory engraving. 1 is a special exhibition gun. 5 shows simple punch dot engraving, seldom seen on S&Ws. 6 is unusual style engraving on a Schofield. 7 & 8 have been attributed to master engraver L.D. Nimschke, 7 in an English scroll pattern unusual for him, and 8 in the typical large flowing Nimschke scroll. 9 thru 11, and 16 & 17, are similar scroll engraving, often refered to as “New York” or “Nimschke style” engraving (with the former designation generally preferred, as it does not suggest an unproved attribution). 12 & 13 show a deeper cut scroll with heavier relief. 14 & 15 show relatively low relief engraving. Supica photo.

The factory offered various amounts of coverage, with increasing amounts and complexity of engraving designated by increasing numbers, as illustrated in these pictures from a late 1890s catalog.

Factory engraved Safety Hammerless with relatively sparse coverage. ArmsBid.com photo.

Oscar Young factory engraving, Old Town Station photo.

Gough engraving, ArmchairGunShow.com photo.

Harry Jarvis engraving, early 1950s, Photo courtesy of Bill Cross.

Siegfried Werner of Waff en-bock engraving on a Model 27 for D. Wesson, early 1950s. Michael Kennelly collection. Photo by Paul Goodwin.

Harry Jarvis engraving, ca. 1953. Michael Kennelly collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Alvin White engraving, ca. 1956. Photo courtesy of Bill Cross.

Russell Smith engraving, ca. 1956. Photo courtesy of David Ballantyne.

Russell Smith engraving, c. 1956. Photo courtesy of David Ballantyne.

Russell Smith engraving, c. 1956. Photo courtesy of Bill Cross.

Siegfried Rentzchke class A factory engraving, c. 1956. Photo courtesy of Bill Cross.

Virginia LeBlanc engraving, c. 1957. Photo courtesy of Bill Cross.

Paul Piquette engraving, c. early 1980s. Photo courtesy of Bill Cross.

Dave Misiaszek banknote style engraving, c. 2001. Photo courtesy of Bill Cross.

Wayne DeAngelo engraving, c. 2001. Photo courtesy of Bill Cross.

John Pease factory contract engraving, c. 2003. Photo courtesy of Bill Cross.

AUCTION BLOCK — ENGAVED GUNS

Since our last edition, there have been a number of national level auctions which sold a significant number of early engraved S&Ws out of major collections, the results of which may help illustrate the values of engraved S&Ws.

The auctions reported below took place from 2002 through early 2006. The prices realized illustrate both the increasing value of engraved S&Ws, and especially the wide variation in values depending on such factors as origin of engraving (factory or other), condition, coverage, artistic value, and rarity. All attributions of engraving and descriptions of condition are highly abbreviated exerpts the auction catalogs (see note at end of this section).

One of the finest engraved S&Ws. American Model engraved by Gustave Young with gold inly. Photo courtesy of John Gangel, Little John’s Auction.

The most expensive engraved Smith and Wessons we can recall selling at public auction were sold in 2002 by Greg Martin Auctions. Both were pictured in the color section of the 2nd edition of Standard Catalog of S&W. They are the Tiffany-engraved ivory and silver-gripped .44 DA and Gen. Grant’s gold-inlaid Young-engraved Model 1-1/2. The former reportedly sold for $302,000 and the latter $548,000.

In March of 2006, James D. Julia, Inc. auctioned four of the finest known engraved S&Ws. Two were a consecutive pair of early 2nd Model Americans, each elaborately engraved with full coverage by Gustave Young, and each with pearl grips and in excellent condition. One had a gold plated cylinder and frame with a blue barrel and the other blue overall with contrasting inlaid gold foliate arabesques (the gun prominently pictured in the color section of the 2nd edition of this book). These sold for $172,500 and $195,000. The following lot was a consecutive pair of Gustave Young-engraved Model One Second Issues, with identical foliate engraving with wolf’s head and gold frames with blued gold-line-inlaid cylinders and barrels, in exceptional condition, inscribed to John A. Rice. The pair sold for $207,000. These and others in this sale have special interest as some of the best S&Ws ever sold, and also as guns that have been previously sold at other auctions within recent years. These and other engraved Smiths from the March 2006 Julia sale are listed in the following table:

JULIA, 3/06 AUCTION

MODEL

DESCRIPTION

PRICE

2nd American

Gustave Young engraved, gold cyl. & frame.

(previously auctioned by Greg Martin for $179,200; Fall 2002)

$172,500

2nd American

Gustave Young engraved, blue with gold arabesque inlay

(previously auctioned by Greg Martin for $179,200; Fall 2002)

(previously auctioned by Little John’s for $187,000, 1993)

$195,000

Pair 1st, 2nds

Gustave Young engraved with gold frame, inscribed to Rice.

(previously auctioned by Julia for $184,000; Fall 2004)

(previously auctioned by Greg Martin for $168,000; Summer 2002)

$207,000

Pair .44 DA Frontiers

Cased; Gustave Young style engraving, very fine & 85%

(previously auctioned by Greg Martin for $44,800; Fall 2002)

$42,250

Pair of New Model #3s

Cased; presentation; New York style engraved, probably Nimschke, fine to very fine

$28,750

2nd Model American

Gustave Young engraving, very fine...90%

$12,938

2nd Model American

Nimschke style, good to very good; no orig. finish

$3,738

New Model #3 Target

Gustave Young style engraving, very fine...88-90%. (Estimated $13,500 to $17,500)

$ 0*

2nd American Rimfire

Appears to be factory engraving, carved ivory silver capped grips; about good...no orig. finish.

$5,750

Model 1, 3rd issue

Samuel J. Hoggson engraved, bird-dog vignettes; very fine to extremely fine.

$5,750

Model 1, 2nd issue

Foliate arabesque engraved, carved ivories; very fine.

$2,358

Model 1, 3rd issue

Factory engraved, very fine.

$3,220

Model 1-1/2, New Model

New York style engraved, very fine, 92-93%

$1,150

.38 SA, 3rd Model

Factory engraved; extremely fine, 97-98%. (Estimate $3,500-4,500)

$ 0*

* These two lots were reported as “$0” on the auctioneer’s prices realized sheet. Significance unknown, but it is a fairly common practice to list “No-sales” as “$0” on prices realized. This may occur for a variety of reasons, most often when an item fails to reach the “reserve price,” or the minimum bid at which the auctioneer is authorized to sell the piece. Most auctioneers have a policy of not accepting reserves which are higher than the low end of the pre-sale price estimate published in the catalog. If so, this is a fair and reasonable way of handling the reporting of reserve no-sales.

A notable public sale of a larger number of high condition finely engraved early Smith & Wessons occurred in September of 2005 when Amoskeag Auction Company auctioned the estate collection of the late Gary Garbrecht, who was certainly one of the pre-eminent S&W collectors in the world. He was noted for collecting only the finest condition arms, and pursuing the best known engraved guns. His collection included a number of highly decorated arms prepared especially for S&W’s famous 1893 Columbian Exhibition display, showcasing their finest engraving. The table below reports the sales price, including buyer’s premium, of most of the engraved pieces from the Garbrecht collection auction.

AMOSKEAG, 9/05 AUCTION - COLUMBIAN EXHIBITION GUNS C. 1893, MOST WITH PEARL MEDALLION GRIPS.

MODEL

DESCRIPTION

PRICE

New Model #3, 4"barrel

Gustave Young factory engraved, 98%, Columbian Exhib.

$86,250

New Model #3, 5" barrel

Gustave Young factory engraved, 95%, Columbian Exhib.

$51,750

.44 DA, 1st Model

Columbian Exhib. Engraved, 99%

$63,250

.38 SA,3rd Model

Eugene Young factory engraved, 99%, Columbian Exhib.

$31,625

.38 DA, 3rd Model

Factory engraved, probably Columbian Exhib., 99%

$31,625

1st Model Single Shot

Oscar Young factory engraved, prob. Col. Exhib., 98%

$63,250

1st Model Single Shot

Factory engraved, 98%, Columbian Exhib.

$43,125

Other engraved early S&Ws from the Garbrecht collection sold at the same auction for the following amounts.

AMOSKEAG 9/05 - OTHER ENGRAVED SMITHS

MODEL

DESCRIPTION

PRICE

Model 1, 2nd issue

Factory engraved, gutta percha case, superb...97%

$19,550

.32 DA, 4th Model

Factory engraved by Oscar Young, No. 6 style, 95%

$13,800

No. 2 Army

Nimschke engraved, 90%

$11,500

1st Model Russian

Nimschke engraved, 95%

$51,750

.32 DA, 2nd Model

Factory engraved, 97-98%

$2,588

2nd Model American

New York engraved, 95%

$10,925

3rd Model Single Shot

Kornbrath engraved, 98% “one of the finest engraved S&W Single Shot Pistols ever completed.”

$57,500

Model 1,2ndd issue.

Factory engraved, gutta percha case, very good ... 90 to 95%

$8,050

.320 Revolving rifle

Gustave Young, one of only two known factory engraved revolving rifles, case & accessories, excellent ... 95%

$69,000

Model 1-1/2, New Model

Factory engraved; wood case, ivory grips; 95%

$14,950

Model 1, 3rd Issue

Factory engraved & cased, ivory grips, 98%

$7,475

.38 SA, 2nd Model

Nimschke engraved, 97%

$4,025

.32 Safety H’less, 1st Md.

Young factory engraved, 93%

$12,075

.32 HE, 3rd Model

Factory engraved, 99%

$4,600

No. 2 Army

Factory engraved, wood case, 80%

$9,500

Cased pair K38 Masterpiece

Russell Smith factory engraved, one B, one A+, both 99%

$8,625

K22 & Model 19

Alvin White engraved & cased outside factory

$9,775

Model 1-1/2, New Model

New York engraved, carved ivories, pipe cased

$16,100

New Model #3 Target

Factory engraved, 50%

$9,200

.32 HE, 1903 5th Chng.

Factory engraved, presentation inscribed. 93%

$1,150

New Model #3

Factory engraved, dealer cased, 98%

$5,750

Registered Magnum

Custom floral engraving; 99% quality blue

$3,105

Registered Magnum

Jaeger attributed floral scroll; 99%

$6,900

Registered Magnum

Floral scroll, gold bear inlay, steerhead pearls, 99%

$6,235

Registered Magnum

Alvin White engraved, Roper grips, 99%

$12,650

Registered Magnum

Alvin White, rural scene, animal inlays, gold line borders, 98%

$9,775

Registered Magnum

Light scroll engraved, cowboy & eagle gold inlaid, not reblued afer engraving, 98%

$4,025

Centennial

Factory engraved; 95% gold wash

$2,070

.32 DA, 4th Model

Factory engraved, very minty, 98%

$2,300

.32 Safety Hammerless, 1st

Factory engraved, Oscar Young, 98%

$3,738

.38 DA, 2nd Model

New York engraved, 95%

$1,265

.38 SA, 2nd Model

New York engraving, box, 99%

$2,185

.38 DA, 3rd Model

New York engraving, 95-97%

$1,035

As possibly the largest volume specialty firearms auction house, Rock Island Auction’s sales often include at least some engraved Smiths. A recent example from December, 2005, illustrates the values of early engraved pieces in a wide range of condition and engraving styles:

ROCK ISLAND AUCTION 12/05

MODEL

DESCRIPTION

PRICE

Model 1, 3rd issue

New York Style engraving, near excellent, approx. 80%

$1,380

Model 1, 3rd issue

Engraved, fine, 70%

$1,380

.32 SA

Nimschke style, little coverage, near mint, silver

$1,380

.38 SA,2nd Model

“an attempt to engrave in Gustave Young’s style,” refurbished, cold blue w/ gray patina, scarce 6” barrel.

$1,035

Model 1, 3rd issue

Factory engraved, presentation inscribed, very good plus, grey.

$1,495

Model 1, 2nd issue

New York style engraved, very good plus, 40%

$863

New Model #3

New York style period engraved; 95%

$9,200

New Model #3, Target

New York style engraving; excellent as period refinished, 95%

$3,163

.32 DA

Cased, gold plated, Gustave Young engraved; period regilted

$8.050

.38 DA

Light engraving, inscribed; replated, 75%

$748

2nd Model Single Shot

Pope barrel, New York style engraved; excellent as customized, 95%

$7,475

2nd Model Single Shot

Custom engraved, “not a recognized style”; reblue

$1,265

1st Model Single Shot

Light custom engraving, refinished, replaced grips

$431

A couple years earlier, in October, 2003, co-author Jim Supica’s Old Town Station auctioned the estate collection of a major S&W collector, including a number of early engraved pieces. Prices realized for that sale on engraved S&Ws:

SUPICA OLD TOWN STATION, 10/03 AUCTION

MODEL

DESCRIPTIONS

PRICE

Model 1, 2nd issue

Factory special engraved, gilded frame, excellent...90%

$8,800

Model 1, 2nd issue

Factory special engraved, consec. s/n to abv., excellent

$5,225

Model 1, 3rd issue

Period foliate scroll engraved, about excellent

$935

Model 1, 3rd issue

Factory engraved, cased w/ ammo box, excellent to fine

$2,420

Model 1, 3rd issue

Engraved & cased; about excellent

$1,650

Model 1-1/2, Old Model

Old style engraving & gold inlay; fine to excellent.

$2,090

Model 1-1/2, Old Model

New York/Nimschke style engraved, cased; very good

$1,650

Model 1-1/2, New Model

Period foliate scroll engraved, cased; excellent plus

$2,420

Model 1-1/2, New Model

Period scroll & geometric pattern engraved, panel scene; fine plus

$1,320

Model 1-1/2, New Model

Engraved, cased with ctg. box; excellent plus...about 100%

$2,650

Model 1-1/2, New Model

Factory engraved Young style, cased; excellent...98%

$4,675

Model 2 Old Army

Appears to be period engraved; carved ivories; excellent as restored.

$3,300

Model 2 Old Army

Period New York engraved, cased; Fine to excellent, 80%

$6,050

Model 2 Old Army

Factory engraved, presentation, cased; excellent

$8,250

2nd Model American

Lightly cut scroll engraving of unknown vintage; good.

$3,080

2nd Model American Rimfire

New York engraved, pearl grips, cased; excellent

$35,750

3rd Model Russian

Period New York engraved, carved ivories, excellent...95%+

$9,350

New Model #3

Engraving of more recent vintage; refinished

$2,090

.32 SA

Period engraved New York style; excellent...98%

$1,020

.38 SA, 2nd Model

New York style engraving, cased; fine...70%

$1,155

.38 DA, 3rd Model

Deep scroll engraving, uncertain vintage; 95%

$1,375

.32 Safety Hammerless, 1st

Factory engraved, excellent...98%

$1,100

.38 HE Target, Model 1902

Oscar Young factory engraved, excellent plus...98-99%

$14,025

.38/200 British Service

English scroll engraved, carved ivories, excellent as reworked

$990

Model 60 Chiefs Stainless

Neil Hartliep engraved, excellent plus

$1,480

In March 2003, James D. Julia auctioned a large S&W collection that included a significant number of nice early engraved S&Ws. The results of that sale probably reflect both the increase in value of engraved guns in a couple years period, and the premium paid for the highest condition examples vs. those in lesser condition grades:

JULIA, 3/03 AUCTION

MODEL

DESCRIPTION

PRICE

3rd Model Russian

New York style foliate arabesque engraving, very good...50-60%

$4,888

2nd Model Schofield

New York style engraving, inscribed, good...20-25%

$6,210

New Model #3

New York style engraving, good...20-25%

$2,875

Transition American

New York style engraving, very good...90% silver, 95% restored case colors

$3,163

Model 1-1/2, Old Model

New York style engraving, fine...refinished

$1,725

Model 1-1/2, New Model

New York style engraving, about good

$633

.38 SA, 3rd Model

Appears to be factory engraved, fine as factory refinished

$1,898

.38 DA,3rd Model

Rare etched engraved, very fine

$690

.32 Safety Hammerless, 2nd

2" barrel, factory engraved, very fine

$3,795

.38 Safety Hammerless, 4th

Appears to be factory engraved, fine...95-97%

$1,265

.38 Safety Hammerless, 3rd

2-1/4" barrel, NY style engraving, extremely fine

$2,386

3rd Model Russian

New York style engraving, very good

$3,393

DA, 1st Model

.38-44 cal., engraving probably not factory, very good to exc.

$2,128

New Model #3

5" barrel, factory engraved, good condition

$3,392

2nd Model Russian

Modest quality engraving, fine...30-40%

$3,163

DA Frontier

.38 WCF, engraving reminiscent of Nimschke but not as good, fine to excellent

$2,358

The results of the above auctions are instructive in evaluating engraved S&Ws. The brief descriptions above are certainly inadequate to convey the quality of the guns mentioned, and the serious student of engraving would do well to acquire copies of the auction catalogs for closer study.

It is obvious that the great masterworks of S&W’s finest engravers are highly valuable works of art, especially when combined with high condition, a desirable model, and special history. However, the other engraved gun prices in these auctions also help to understand the market.

PRICING ENGRAVED S&WS

The following is offered with some hesitancy, in hopes that the collector will view it with healthy skepticism, but perhaps be able to use it to begin to build his own method of assessing the value of older engraved S&Ws.

• Simple factory engraving on a fairly common model may bring about double what a comparable condition non-engraved specimen would bring.

• Well-done simple non-factory period engraving may bring a lesser premium, perhaps 25% to 100%.

• As the extent of coverage and quality of engraving increases, the premium increases.

• Premium will be paid higher for a known, well-respected engraver’s work.

• Factory engraving on models that were rarely engraved will bring a higher premium.

• Poorly done engraving or engraving that is not contemporary to the gun may actually reduce the value of the gun. This would be especially true on rare variations.

EVALUATING CONDITION

CONDITION RATINGS IN THIS BOOK

IMPORTANT NOTE: To effectively use the price guide portions of this book, you must understand the definitions of the terms used to describe the condition of a gun.

Generally, this book uses condition grades based on those established by the NRA, with slight modifications and expansion to fit the subject matter of this book. If you are familiar with those NRA ratings, you may generally use them with confidence.

Note that the NRA has two sets of condition definitions, applying separate definitions to antique guns than are used for modern guns. We have slightly modified this into more of a sliding scale based on the age of the gun. A full discussion of how our condition terms differ from the NRA’s definitions is included later in this chapter.

It is important to note that these terms do NOT have the same definitions in this book as are published in our sister publication, Standard Catalog of Firearms. This is most significant in understanding the condition of antique guns. Standard Catalog of Firearms condition definitions for antique guns are much more stringent than those standardized by the NRA and those used in this book.

DEFINITIONS OF CONDITION TERMS USED IN THIS BOOK

AS NEW IN BOX (ANIB) or AS NEW: In the same condition as when the gun left the factory, with accompanying box, literature, and accessories. This is important to note, as older boxes may have substantial value in themselves. Purists will want the box to be the original box which that particular gun was shipped in (serial number was often penciled on the bottom or marked on the end of the box by the factory). The value of the correct box should be added to the “As New” value if it is included, or deducted from the “ANIB” value if not included. On older guns, or those with rare boxes, the condition of the box may affect the value.

As to the condition of the gun itself, the it must be as it was when new from the factory. Comparable terms expressing the same gun condition when not accompanied by box might include “AS NEW,” “MINT,” “PERFECT,” or “100%.” Even if the gun has never been fired, if the action has been worked to the extent that wear is visible, the value may be less than “ANIB” or “AS NEW” to a collector who is particular about condition. For example, the faint drag line that appears on the cylinder of a revolver that has been “dry-fired” a few times will reduce the value to less than “AS NEW” for a condition purist. This sort of general “shop-wear” to an otherwise new, current production gun will not usually matter to a buyer purchasing the gun to shoot. It rapidly becomes more important to a “condition collector” who wants a truly pristine example of an out-of-production piece.

“Unfired” is a term that is sometimes used in discussing an ANIB gun. With a S&W, this term is not technically correct, since the gun has usually been test-fired at the factory. Perhaps the most that could be accurately stated in this regard is “Appears unfired since factory.” Further, it should be remembered that guns that are indeed unfired since the factory may not be ANIB. Older guns which have never been fired by an owner may show aging or flaking of finish, or even rust or pitting from poor storage.

An ANIB condition S&W may actually be considered by some to have less than “100% original finish,” since the action is worked during assembly and fitting. Many would contend that a properly timed S&W left the factory with a slight cylinder drag line from such manipulation.

“As New” is an absolute term, with no sliding scale based on age. Generally ANIB condition is extremely rare in antique guns, but an antique gun that is ANIB or AS NEW will bring substantial premium over Antique Excellent condition -sometimes bringing double or more what the same model would bring in Excellent condition. This wide range in values between ANIB and Excellent in older guns has led us to introduce a new condition classification with this Edition, to wit:

EXCELLENT PLUS (EXC+): An older gun that retains 98% to 99%+ original finish, but is in less than As New condition. The gun may show slight signs of usage or wear, but should otherwise be perfect and original in all respects. This classification has been introduced to cover those situations with antique and pre-WWII guns where ANIB condition examples may be virtually non-existant, but a large premium will be paid for the highest condition examples, well in excess of what the same model would bring at the lower end of the Antique Excellent condition range.

EXCELLENT (EXC): All original parts and configuration. For modern guns, nearly new condition, with only slight finish wear at muzzle or sharp edges. For antique guns, sharp markings, unmarred grips, fine bore. Also, excellent guns should generally exhibit at least the following percentages of original finish, depending on production era and type of finish:

ERA

BLUED

NICKEL

Post-1945

98%

99+%

1920 - 1945

95%

98%

1890 - 1920:

90%

95%

1865-1890

85%

90%

Pre-1865

80%

85%

For comparison, the definitions require that NRA Modern Exc. have “bluing perfect, except at muzzle or sharp edges” and elsewhere specify “95-99% original finish.” NRA Antique Exc. retains “over 80% original finish.”

Stainless steel and synthetics: Due to the durability of the finish, most used stainless steel guns are found in Excellent to Very Good condition so long as they are unmodified and in perfect working order. Similar considerations apply to polymer or other synthetic frame material.

FINE: This condition rating applies primarily to older and antique guns. All original parts and configuration, or possibly a very minor alteration from original configuration that was made during the period of use (fancy grips added, sight configuration changed slightly, etc.). Sharp markings, only minor grip blemishes, good bore. Minor replaced parts may be acceptable on antique guns but will affect value. Also, at least the following percentage of original finish by production era & type of finish:

ERA

BLUED

NICKEL

1920 - 1945

90%

95%

1890 - 1920

70%

80%

1865 - 1890

50%

70%

Pre-1865

30%

50%

For comparison, there is no NRA standard for “Modern Fine.” NRA “Antique Fine” requires “over 30% original finish.”

Factory refinish – A factory refinished antique S&W with 98% of the refinish remaining, which was in excellent condition before refinishing (i.e., sharp markings, no pitting remaining under refinish) may approach Fine in value.

VERY GOOD (VG): All original major parts. For modern guns, must be in perfect working order, no corrosion or pitting, minor scratches only. For antique guns, smooth metal and sharp edges, clear markings. Mismatched parts from the same model, or minor replaced parts may be acceptable on older guns, but will effect value. Also, at least the following percentage of original finish depending on production era. (At this condition level, the difference between blue and nickel finish required is not significant as to rating condition.)

ERA

FINISH

Post-1945

85%

1920 - 1945

60%

1890 - 1920

40%

1865 - 1890

10%

Pre-1865

Less than 10%

For comparison purposes, NRA “Modern Very Good” discusses general surface condition, and elsewhere specifies “80-94% original finish” while NRA “Antique Very Good” requires “zero to 30% original finish.

Refinish or Modification – The following classes of refinished or modified guns may approach “Very Good” in value:

• Modern guns with at least 98% of a factory or arsenal refinish.

• Pre-1945 guns with at least 98% of a modern professional refinish or restoration.

• Antique guns with at least 85% of a factory refinish or old period of use refinish.

• Pre-1920 guns with major period-of-use modifications (for example, bobbed barrel) which are otherwise about Fine or better.

GOOD: Good working order. Markings are legible. There may be properly matched replaced parts, minor repairs and light pitting. May be professionally refinished. Grips may be worn or cracked, but should be serviceable. Configuration may have been modified. Bores should be shootable on modern guns, but are disregarded on antique guns. Older antique guns may lack any original finish, but modern guns in Good condition will probably show at least the following percentages based on production era:

ERA

FINISH

Post-1945

75%

1920 - 1945

60%

1890 - 1920

30%

For comparison, one version of NRA Modern definitions indicate “60-79% original finish.” NRA Antique definitions do not specifically address percent of original finish for “Good” or lower condition guns.

FAIR: Modern guns must be in safe working condition, but can be well worn, showing visible repair or replacement parts, or needing adjustment or minor repair. May be pitted so long as pitting does not effect function or safety. Antique guns may have major parts replaced and minor parts missing, may be rusted, pitted, heavily buffed or refinished, may have rounded edges, illegible markings, cracked or broken grips, and should be working or easily repaired. For comparison, one version of NRA Modern definitions suggest “20 - 60% finish may or may not be original.”

POOR: Broken, poorly refinished, heavily rusted and pitted, or otherwise generally undesirable. Most often valued only as project guns for amateur gunsmiths, curiosities for display, or parts guns. Although rare models in “poor” condition may have some collector value, often the value of “poor” condition guns will be the value the gun would have if it were restored to shootable condition, less the cost of such repair, or the value of the salvageable parts remaining on the poor condition gun.

APPLYING THE ABOVE STANDARDS

These condition ratings represent an attempt to describe the general overall condition of a gun in a single word. Variation from a single aspect of any condition definition does not exclude a gun from that classification. For example, a gun that was in otherwise “Excellent” condition except for a broken grip would not be reduced to “Fair” condition for that reason alone. However, a responsible description of any gun will mention any variation from the standard of definition for the condition rating, and any variances will most likely affect the monetary value.

Notes

• Most recent production guns are found in good or better condition, since it seems to take decades of heavy use or substantial abuse to reduce a quality modern firearm to fair or poor condition.

• Collectors of Pre-Numbered-Model Hand Ejectors, particularly N-frames, have commented that, for high condition guns, a more precise estimate of original finish remaining is essential. The difference between a 98% and a 99.5% gun can make a significant difference in value, especially in rare variations.

CONDITION PHOTO GALLERY

As New In Box

No difference between antique and modern guns for this condition rating. Must be perfect.

Excellent Plus

Designates an antique gun in much better condition than Antique Excellent, but not quite As New. This gun shows slight muzzle and high edge wear, with probably 98-99% original bright blue remaining.

Excellent

Antique Excellent (left) can have as little as 80% original finish left, depending on age. This one may rate 90-95% with noticeable wear at muzzle and sides of barrel, and on the cylinder. Altered grips would have to be disclosed in a fair description, since they deviate from the “Excellent” definition. Modern excellent will usually have 98% original finish for recent guns, such as this one showing a bit of muzzle wear.

Fine

Fine applies only to older and antique guns, and includes a wide range of original finish remaining. Here, the finish is distinctly worn on the barrel and thinning on the frame with the rear of the frame having lost the original finish to a plum patina. Possibly 50 - 60% original finish remains. In a complete fair description, the areas of fine spotting on the barrel and the scratches would be disclosed.

Very Good

An Antique Very Good gun may have just a bit of original finish remaining. Here the gun has gone mostly gray with light spotting and maybe 20% dulling blue remaining in protected areas. Later guns will need substantial amounts of original finish to rate Very Good. The upper right N frame shows heavy wear on the cylinder, but still might rate 60-70% overall, while the lower right K frame has a bit less wear for possibly an 85 - 90% overall rating.

Good

An Antique Good gun will usually have no original finish, as shown here. Modern Good can show fairly heavy finish wear, as with the Hand Ejector above.

Fair

For either modern or antique, a Fair gun can be pretty rough, so long as it is more or less complete. Antique condition photos from Supica collection. Modern condition photos from ArmchairGunShow.com.

The above condition definitions were approached with some trepidation. To some, they may appear unnecessarily complex and something of a Frankenstein monster of stitched-together concepts.

Our intent is not to change or replace the NRA definitions, but to refine them as applied specifically to Smith & Wessons. We also hoped to incorporate a more specific application of the popular “percent of original finish” rating method into the familiar NRA style terminology, and address some factors that are important to value, but which are ignored by other systems.

Above all, we attempted to capture the underlying sense of these condition terms as they are most often used in the field by collectors and dealers when evaluating firearms.

To fully understand the intent of the above condition definitions, it is helpful to consider the well-accepted NRA condition definitions. NRA has established two different sets of condition standards for antique and modern firearms. They are as follows:

NRA Modern Firearms

Condition Ratings

NEW: Not previously sold at retail; in same condition as current factory production.

NEW, DISCONTINUED: Same as new, but discontinued model.

PERFECT: In new condition in every respect.

EXCELLENT: New condition; used but little; no noticeable marring of wood or metal; bluing perfect (except at muzzle or sharp edges).

VERY GOOD: In perfect working condition; no appreciable wear on working surfaces; no corrosion or pitting; only minor surface dents or scratches.

GOOD: In safe working condition; minor wear on working surfaces; no broken parts; no corrosion or pitting that will interfere with proper functioning.

FAIR: In safe working condition, but well worn; perhaps requiring replacement of minor parts or adjustments, which should be indicated in advertisement; no rust, but may have corrosion pits that do not render the article unsafe or inoperable.

Alternate NRA Modern

Definitions – Percent of Finish

There is another set of NRA Modern condition definitions that are seldom published and which concern themselves primarily with percentage of finish remaining. They are:

Mint: new in box, not previously sold at retail.

New/Perfect: 100% original finish with or without original packaging

Excellent: 95 - 99% original finish

Very Good: 80 - 94% original finish Good: 60 - 79% original finish Fair: 20 - 60% finish may or may not be original, but gun must function properly and fire.

Poor: Under 20% finish, functioning and firing not a factor.

NRA Antique Firearms

Condition Ratings

FACTORY NEW: All original parts; 100% original finish; in perfect condition in every respect, inside and out.

EXCELLENT: All original parts; over 80% original finish; sharp lettering, numerals, and design on metal and wood; unmarred wood; fine bore.

FINE: All original parts; over 30% original finish; sharp lettering, numerals, and design on metal and wood; minor marks in wood; good bore.

VERY GOOD: All original parts; zero to 30% original finish; original metal surfaces smooth with all edges sharp; clear lettering, numerals and design on metal; wood slightly scratched or bruised; bore disregarded for collector firearms.

GOOD: Some minor replacement parts; metal smoothly rusted or lightly pitted in places, cleaned, or reblued; principal lettering, numerals, and design on metal legible; wood refinished, scratched, bruised, or minor cracks repaired; in good working order.

FAIR: Some major parts replaced; minor replacement parts may be required; metal rusted, may be lightly pitted all over, vigorously cleaned, or reblued; rounded edges of metal and wood; principal lettering, numerals, and design on metal partly obliterated; wood scratched, bruised, cracked, or repaired when broken; in fair working order or can be easily repaired and placed in working order.

POOR: Major and minor parts replaced; major replacement parts required and extensive restoration needed; metal deeply pitted; principal lettering, numerals, and design obliterated; wood badly scratched, bruised, cracked, or broken; mechanically inoperative; generally undesirable as a collectors firearm.

As you can see, these NRA definitions are rather concise and elegant, and designed to apply to a wide range of firearms in a wide range of conditions. What we have tried to do is to focus them on S&W’s, particularly addressing the following concerns:

Disparity Between Antique and Modern Definitions

The widely differing NRA standards for antique and modern guns make a great deal of sense when you consider that they must cover both a seventeenth century flintlock and a 1995 production polymer framed semi-auto. However, they can cause a problem in S&Ws when the products span both sides of the modern/antique line.

While the NRA guidelines do not define “antique” and “modern,” under Federal law the cutoff date between modern and antique firearms is 1898 – those made in or before that year are antique, with more recent production being modern. Hence, if you take two top-break revolvers, both in 80% original finish condition, but one made in 1898 and the other in 1899, the antique gun would be rated excellent while the modern gun would be closer to good.

You will notice that in this book, we have tended to apply antique condition terminology (i.e., “Fine” condition listed, but no “NIB”) to tip-up and top-break revolvers, even though some top-breaks were produced as late as 1940. Likewise we’ve applied modern condition terminology (i.e., “NIB” condition listed, but no “Fine”) to Hand Ejectors even though some were produced as early as 1896. This was done primarily to avoid artificial breaks in condition ratings based on an arbitrary cutoff date.

Regardless of whether the values listed in this book include “Fine” (as with NRA Antique) or “NIB” (as with NRA Modern), the condition required to reach a certain level in this book will depend to a certain extent on the actual vintage of the gun and application of our sliding scale.

It seems to us that collectors and dealers evaluating an older gun tend, perhaps unconsciously, to apply their own internal mental version of this sliding scale concept, expecting more original finish on more recently produced guns to attain the same condition description.

Disparity Between Guns

Produced Decades Apart

In real life, the more recently the gun was produced, the better the condition it is likely to be found in. It would create an unrealistic picture of the marketplace to insist that an 1858 First First would have to have the same objective amount of condition to be considered Antique Excellent as an 1898 .32 HE 1st Model. The same rationale would apply to an 1899 New Departure compared to a Sigma under the modern ratings.

Disparity of Original Finish

Remaining within a Definition

This is probably most apparent in the NRA Antique Fine definition, which includes guns with 30% to 80% original finish. In practice, an antique gun with 80% original finish may bring a price double or more that of one with 30% original finish.

In our experience, collectors and dealers tend to make unconscious mental adjustments in their rating and pricing to adapt to these disparities. To reflect this we have tried to build a sliding scale of condition relative to era into the book’s definitions, without going outside of the accepted ranges of the NRA definitions. We have also attempted to account for the fact that, all other things being equal, a collector will want to see a slightly greater percentage of original finish remaining on a nickel gun that he will on a blued gun to assign similar values to each.

The Real World of Modified and Refinished Guns

There is little allowance in the NRA definitions for otherwise high condition guns that have been refinished or modified during their period of use. Our experience is that these guns find ready buyers at higher prices than their strict NRA condition rating would warrant, so we have tried to include these in the scope of the book’s definitions. Particularly, factory refinished guns and Western era modified guns are of special interest to S&W collectors, as discussed earlier.

Percentages – Precision or Problem?

The “percentage” system of rating has increased greatly in popularity over the past couple of decades. This method describes the gun based on the percentage of original factory finish remaining. Advocates of this approach report that it offers a much more precise method of describing the condition of a gun than the NRA condition ratings, and is less susceptible to abuse or misunderstanding.

Using the percentage of original finish to describe a gun’s condition is indeed an excellent tool, and those seeking accuracy in describing a gun will often use it with good effect. However, it’s important to bear in mind some limitations of the percentage approach that prevent its universal application, or limit its effectiveness. These limitations include:

• Since it only considers original finish remaining, it cannot be applied to refinished guns.

• It cannot be easily applied to stainless steel guns or polymer components.

• Many, if not a majority, of antique guns are found with no original finish. The percentage system cannot be applied to these, and would not distinguish between a crisp desireable patina gun vs. a heavily abused amateur buffed & chrome re-plated beater.

• Percentage of finish description alone does not take into account altered or modified guns, again especially an important consideration in the antique field.

It is difficult to account for aging of finish. Nickel guns may turn “milky” or “frosty” with age. Is it still original finish? Likewise, bluing, or especially case colors, may dull with age or exposure to sunlight. Bluing also tend to turn “plum” as it is lost to age – a process whereby tiny brownish-purplish spot can be observed “coming up through” the bluing, often observable only with a strong light. It is very difficult to estimate a percentage of blue remaining when the plum patina begins to emerge evenly spread throughout the gun’s finish.

Percentage alone does not account for variations in the condition of the metal beyond coverage with original finish. An 80% blued gun with heavy pitting where the blue is gone will bring substantially less than an 80% gun where the metal remains crisp where the finish has worn. A nickel gun covered with tiny sub-hairline scratches that don’t actually penetrate the plating will be less desireable than the same gun with smooth bright nickel remaining.

From observation of the collecting market, it seems possible that some of the most sophisticated, condition-oriented collectors who are the strongest advocates of the percentage system may be unintentionally contributing to the denigration of its touted precision.

The case for percentage ratings leans strongly on the system being quantifiable and objective, with little room for subjective judgement errors. However, it appears that often collectors using the system may not actually be looking at the true “percentage remaining” of factory finish. This appears to be especially true among some of the most demanding, condition-conscious collectors who are interested primarily in guns with 97% or better original finish.

The rough diagram shown here illustrates a grid imposed on a drawing of a revolver. There are approximately 100 squares total on the metal surfaces of the gun. (The area covered by the grip panels is not counted – if it were, the squares would be larger.) Accordingly, each square could be considered very roughly 1% of metal finish coverage. This illustrates how much finish could actually be gone from a gun to receive a particular percentage rating – two squares missing would be a 98% gun, ten squares a 90% gun, etc.

Our observation is that some condition-oriented collectors would consider a revolver with a bit of muzzle wear, a cylinder drag line, and perhaps some wear on the sharp edges of the cylinder flutes to be a 98% gun. However, from the illustration, it would seem that such a gun could actually have far less than 2% of the original finish missing.

Certainly this is a simplistic illustration, with its own flaws. However it is submitted in hopes that it may encourage collectors to examine their condition rating assumptions and techniques.

A Complete Condition Description

From the discussions above, it is readily apparent that either the NRA Condition description system or the Percentage of Finish system can at best be only a useful shorthand for a very general description of a gun’s condition. With more and more guns be sold sight unseen through the internet, auctions, and trade advertising publications, a complete description of a gun’s condition is important for transactions to be satisfactory for both buyers and sellers.

The following format may be helpful in devising or requesting a complete condition description of a gun being offered for sale or considered for purchase:

• Make, model & variation – usually including caliber and barrel length.

• General statement of NRA Condition – Excellent, Very Good, Good, etc. Factors that deviate from the accepted condition definitions should be explained in the rest of the description.

• Modifications – Note any replaced components, apparent repairs, alterations, or customization.

• Metal condition – Original finish, re-finish, or patina. Percentage of coverage of finish, broken down by the gun’s components if appropriate. Describe any scratches, pitting, or unusual blemishes. Note condition of contrasting finish on small parts if applicable.

• Markings – Crisp, legible, faint, or missing? Note missing or unusual markings. Note mismatched serial or assembly numbers.

• Mechanical condition – Working? Tight or loose? Note malfunctions or needed repairs.

• Bore condition. Note pitting or roughness.

• Stock condition, and whether numbered to the gun.

• Serial number. Some dealers and collectors show a reluctance to list a gun’s serial number, or sometimes substitute Xs for the last two to four digits of the number, such as “s/n 35XXX.” This seems less than helpful, and a smidge on the paranoid side to us, but hey, to each their own.

• Comments. You may wish to mention rarity, historical attribution, factory letter information, significance of the model, or other information that could interest a potential buyer.

Hypothetical example – Smith & Wesson .44 Hand Ejector, 1st Model, “Triple-lock” Target. .44 Special, 7.5" barrel. NRA Antique Fine condition. Frame and cylinder 80% original blue, with grip backstrap about turned gray, barrel 60%, 2" scratch on sideplate, small area of light pitting on the front of the cylinder, case color on hammer and trigger faded to gray. Good markings, matching numbers, including base of rear sight, except for unnumbered grips. Working but cylinder lock-up is a bit loose. Areas of light roughness in generally strong bore. Correct type medallion diamond grips fit well, but may be replaced from another gun, small chip from left heel, otherwise sound slightly worn condition with minor usage dings. Serial number ________. Factory letter shows shipped to Acme Gun Shop, Anytown U.S.A., on 12/25/1904, as a blue gun with target sights and a 7.5" barrel. This model was S&W’s first large frame swing out cylinder revolver, in a scarce target model configuration.

RESOURCES AND BIBLIOGRAPHY

S&W Factory Records

S&W collectors are very fortunate to be able to access original factory records on many individual Smith & Wesson firearms. This should be the starting place for researching special features on a gun or special history attributed to a gun. It will also often be the most dependable and definitive information available on a specific gun.

Through the foresight and generosity of the Smith & Wesson company and the Factory Historian Roy Jinks, the factory records and gun collection are being donated to the Connecticut Valley Historical Museum in Springfield, Massachusetts where they are being professionally archived, preserved, and indexed, with funding provided in part by the S&W Collectors Association (SWCA).

Factory Letters

Meanwhile, a factory letter on a specific gun is available from S&W for a research fee of $30. When requesting a factory letter, include as much information as possible on the gun, starting with the basics – model and serial number. Since even experienced collectors and dealers can make a mistake in identifying a model, it’s best to include all possible information including barrel address, patent dates, all other markings, caliber, barrel length, and finish. A photo, photocopy, or even pencil and paper tracing of the outline of the gun may be helpful. Be sure to specifically ask about any special features or history about which you have a question. It may give the researcher a clue that he would not know to follow otherwise.

The factory letter will generally include background information on the model in general, the date the specific gun was shipped, its destination, and any special or unusual features on the gun as shown in factory records. Sometimes a portion of this information will be unavailable. For example, records are missing for many of the earliest tip-ups, and it’s difficult to find accurate information on a New or Old Russian due to the numerous duplicate serial number ranges of the multiple Russian contracts.

Of course, the vast majority of S&Ws were shipped in standard configuration to large distributors. The chances of getting a hit (i.e., especially unusual or interesting information) on a standard configuration gun with no known history are slim, but it does happen. Even on a standard model, however, a factory letter can make an interesting part of a display for the piece.

Where factory letters are especially important are situations where a premium is being asked for special features or history. At a minimum, the letter should not flatly contradict the feature claimed. For example, a gun offered as a rare 2” barrel variation should not letter as shipped with a 4” barrel, and a gun attributed to an individual who died in 1922 should not letter as being shipped in 1925. At best, the letter may confirm the specific features or history attributed to the gun.

To order a factory letter, send the complete description and $30 to Smith & Wesson, Attn.: Mr. Roy Jinks, PO Box 2208, Springfield, MA 01102.

Smith & Wesson Collectors Association (SWCA)

Membership in SWCA is a worthwhile investment for any S&W enthusiast. The S&W Journal is worth the price of membership by itself. The association has an annual meeting held each year in a different part of the country. This members-only get-together includes a S&W-only gun show featuring both trade tables and competitively judged display exhibits, as well as lectures, social functions, awards, and a fundraising auction. Here you will see S&Ws that you will see nowhere else, and, most importantly, meet other enthusiasts and future friends. Membership applications are available from:

Smith & Wesson Collectors Association

c/o Michael G. Speers, Administrative Assistant

PO Box 357,

Larned, KS. 67550

Sponsorship by a current member or reference from a collectible gun dealer is required. If neither is available, the Administrative Assistant can arrange an informal phone interview of a prospective member by an officer or board member of the association. Current dues are $30 U.S., $40 international. Email to SWCA may be addressed to swca357@hotmail.com. An online application form may be found on the group website, theswca.org, specifically at http://www.theswca.org/swcaforum/New%20Member%20Application1.doc.

National Rifle Association

The NRA is far and away the most effective advocate protecting your endangered right to own firearms. Any collector who is not a member is simply not pulling his or her own weight. Not every collector agrees with every position that the NRA takes. This is fine, and appropriate; work to redress your concern within the organization. Meanwhile, present a united front protecting gun owners rights.

Contact the NRA at: NRA, 11250 Waples Mill Rd., Fairfax, VA 22030. Dues are $35 annually, $85 for three years, $125 for five years, with the prestigious life membership available for $750 ($375 for individuals over the age of 65 or disabled veterans) on a lump sum or installment plan basis. Their telephone number is 800-672-3888.

Springfield Research Service

(SRS)

They will research specific military-issued handguns for a fee. Charles Pate, SRS, P.O. Box 4181, Silver Spring, MD, 20904.

Books

Most serious collectors will want to start their S&W libraries with the books by Jinks and Neal & Jinks, along with the reprint volumes of the Journal of the SWCA. Recent years have seen more books published on S&W than had been available in the past.

The following books focus specifically on Smith &Wesson:

Smith & Wesson, 1857-1945 by Robert Neal and Roy Jinks. Out of print, this 434-page large format book is the bible of S&W collecting. Well-illustrated, it lists all Smith &Wesson guns by caliber through the end of WWII. It also includes invaluable information on experimental models, factory engraving, catalogs, and patents. Originally published in 1966 by A. S. Barnes & Co., it was revised and expanded in 1975. These original editions tend to retail in the $150 to $250 range. The Revised Edition was reprinted in 1996 by R&R Books. You will find it referenced in this book as “Neal & Jinks.”

The History of Smith & Wesson by Roy G. Jinks. Still in print, this concise and readable reference by the S&W factory historian is indispensable to anyone interested in these guns and their history. Well-illustrated, it covers all S&W guns from the beginnings of the firm through 1975, along with the history of the company and related topics. A must for serious and casual collectors. You will find it referenced in this book as “Jinks” or “the Jinks book.” 290 pages, about $28. Beinfield Publishing Co., Los Angeles.

S&W Collectors Association 25th Anniversary Journal reprints the first early years of The S&W Journal, official publication of the S&W Collectors Association. At present, three volumes have been published - Book 1 reprints Journals from 1970 through 1979, Book 2 contains 1980 through 1984, and Book 3 1985 to 1989. These contain important and detailed information found nowhere else, with an index. . Price $20 each, to members. You will find it referenced in this book as “SWCA Journal, Book 1 (or 2 or 3).”

Smith & Wesson Sixguns of the Old West by David Chicoine, 2004, published by Andrew Mowbray, Inc. This comprehensive book provides in depth coverage of the Model Three large frame top-break Smith & Wessons of the 1870s through turn of the century. It is unique in that it not only covers history and identification of the various models, but also includes extensive information on gunsmithing & shooting; including replicas.

The S&W American Model in US and Foreign Service by Charles Pate, not published as of this writing, but should be available by the time you read this. This should be an extremely well researched and written book on the American and 1st Model Russian revolvers.

Smith & Wesson Revolvers: The Pioneer Single Action Models by J. E. Parsons. Out of print, 227 pages, some illustrations, published in 1957 by William Morrow & Company, New York. Fascinating and authoritative account of the early S&W revolvers, especially in relationship to the American West. An extensive appendix is dedicated to reprinting the correspondence between Col. Schofield and S&W. Usually sells for around $50. Individuals interested in this era may also want to check out another book by the same author, The Peacemaker and its Rivals, which concerns primarily the Colt Single Action Army, but has a chapter dedicated to S&W products of the era and interesting reports of the army ordnance trials.

Smith & Wesson Handguns by R. C. McHenry and W. F. Roper, originally published in 1945 by Standard Publications, Inc. This book was the first to try to sort out S&Ws for collectors. Still interesting, although some of the material has been corrected over the past half century. Recently reprinted, original copies sell as collectibles for around $60.

Smith & Wesson - The Story of the Revolver by Martin Rywell, published 1953 by Pioneer Press, is another early work outlining the history of the firm and details of production of the various revolvers. About 140 pages, includes 40 pages of photos in the back.

The Knives of Smith & Wesson by C.E. Rinke, illustrates many standard models as well as prototypes and one-of-a-kind S&W knives.

America’s Right Arm – The Smith & Wesson Military and Police Revolver by John Henwood, published in 1997 by the author, 296 pages, photo illustrated, includes an extensive study of the quintessential S&W revolvers – the Military &Police Models – along with discussion of forerunners, related models, ammunition, and other related topics. Recently available through the NRA National Firearms Museum Store in Fairfax, VA, for $40.

Twelve Revolvers by Roy Jinks is a hardcover booklet originally printed to accompany the “Twelve Revolvers” commemorative series from Ellett Brothers. There are both standard & slip-cased Deluxe editions published. Of special interest are the lovely full color reproductions of advertising illustrations first commissioned by S&W in the early 1900’s.

Artistry in Arms by Roy Jinks covers the museum exhibit of the same name which included some of the most significant prototypes and beautifully engraved S&Ws extant, and toured international museums 1991-1995.

The S&W Revolver – a Shop Manual by Jerry Kuhnhausen. A well-regarded guide to S&W revolver repair and mechanical function.

History of Smith & Wesson Firearms by Dean Boorman. More of a coffee table book than a reference. Some interesting pictures and historical narrative, and one of the few S&W books prior to this one with color illustrations; contains some factual errors.

Gun Digest Book of Smith & Wesson by Patrick Sweeny.Primary focus on current production models with emphasis on selecting and shooting; similar material to that found in newsstand gun magazines.

Smith & Wesson Autos by Duncan Long. Primarily a user’s and shooter’s guide. Some factual errors reported.

Le Smith & Wesson No. 3 by J.-P. Bastie & D. Casanova, is a slim 110-page photo-illustrated paperback published in French only that may be of interest to collectors of old large frame top-breaks (especially those who can read the language).

Various Auction Catalogs

When an auction house prepares an illustrated catalog of a major S&W collection for sale, it can also serve as a good reference, especially for unusual or one of a kind guns. Back issues, with prices realized, can often be ordered from the auction houses. Some major S&W collections, auctioned with good catalogs in recent years, include the following:

Little John’s Antique Arms, Orange, CA. “Arms & Art of the Great American West,” Feb. 23, 1992. Includes some exceptional early S&Ws, as do many other Little John’s catalogs.

Butterfield & Butterfield, San Francisco. Volume A54, Sale 6464, July 23 and 24, 1996, S&W Factory Museum collection. Some unique & rare pieces. Also, Butterfield’s Sale 7248A, Feb. 27, 2001, featured the John Otteman Collection of S&W No. 2 Army Revolvers, with tables & information by Ronald Curtis.

James D. Julia, Inc., Fairfield, ME. March 10 and 11, 2003. Featured a large S&W collection. There are also a couple of truly exceptional pieces in their March 13, 2006, catalog.

Old Town Station, Ltd., Lenexa, KS. Dispatch #39 & 40, Oct. 26 and 27, 2003. Featured a major S&W collector’s estate.

Amoskeag Auction Co., Inc., Manchester, NH. Auction No. 49, Sept. 24, 2005. The Gary Garbrecht Collection of fine Smith & Wessons, including the Columbian Exhibition guns.

Rock Island Auction, Moline, IL. December 2005 Premiere Firearms Auction featured a number of nice S&Ws. There were also several hundred S&Ws in the beginning of their April 29, 2006, auction. As possibly the largest volume gun-specialty auction house, many Rock Island catalogs will include a number of S&Ws.

Kull & Supica, Topeka, KS. Dispatches #50, April 2006, and #52, Fall 2006; each features lifetime collections of S&W collectors.

Other Books

While not focused exclusively on S&Ws, the following books contain material of special interest to Smith and Wesson enthusiasts:

U.S. Handguns of World War II - The Secondary Pistols and Revolvers by Charles W. Pate (1998, Andrew Mowbray Inc., Publishers) is an exceptional work on the indicated topic, with material of special interest for S&W collectors on Victory and 1917 Models.

Evolution of the Winchester by R. Bruce McDowell (Armory Press 1985) contains in-depth information on the Volcanic lever action firearms of the first S&W partnership.

Steel Canvas by R. L. Wilson, Firearms Engraving As Decorative Art by Frederic A. Harris, and L. D. Nimschke, Firearms Engraver by R. L. Wilson are all helpful works on firearms engraving.

1840-1940 - Cien Anos de Pistolas y Revolveres Espanoles by Juan Luis Calvo & Eduardo Jimenez Sanchez-Malo is published in Spanish, is hard to find in the U.S., and has no information on actual S&W revolvers. However, it does contain hard-to-find material on the little-explored field of unauthorized Spanish-made copies of S&W pattern revolvers.

Gunsmithing Guns of the Old West by David Chicoine, Krause Publishing. Chicoine is well-known for restoration and repair work on antique S&Ws, and this contains helpful information on the topic.

There are several small books from decades ago that provide insight into Smith & Wesson handguns and target shooting in earlier years. Burning Powder by Maj. Roy D. Jones and later by Lt. Col. Douglas B. Wesson was first published by the S&W company in 1921. It includes discussions of shooting technique, S&W handguns, and target shooting competition from the early 20th century. The Pistol and Revolver by A. L. A. Himmelwright was first published in 1904, and covers an even earlier era of target competition, back in a time when revolver matches were national sporting events of a stature comparable to football or baseball today. Pistol and Revolver Shooting from 1945 by Walter F. Roper in 1945 and especially Bullet Holes by D. B. Wesson in 1915 will also be of interest.

Magazines

The S&W Journal, published by the SWCA, again contains information found nowhere else. It is a necessity for the advanced collector and well worth the price of membership for any S&W enthusiast. The Journal tends to be the cutting edge of S&W research. Membership details noted above.

Gun Report (monthly, $29.95 subscription, PO Box 38, Aledo, IL 61231) and Man At Arms (bimonthly, $24 subscription, PO Box 460, Lincoln, RI 02865) are two professionally produced magazines for gun collectors in general that often run information on S&Ws. The latter had an issue devoted entirely to S&W, with an article on S&W rarities by David Burghoff and an issue in May 1988 with an article by Charles Pate on the Australian Colonial Police model.

American Rifleman, membership magazine of the NRA, 11250 Waples Mill Road, Fairfax, VA, often has articles of interest to S&W collectors.

Publications which list collectible S&Ws for sale include the following:

Shotgun News and Gun List are both tabloid size publications that include both classified & display ads of guns for sale, along with articles of interest to general collectors. Shotgun News, PO Box 669, Hastings, NE 68902, ShotgunNews.com online. Gun List, 700 E. State St., Iola, WI, 54945, GunList.net online.

Old Town Station Dispatch is a mail order catalog of collector guns for sale published by Jim Supica, photo illustrated. $35 subscription, PO Box 14040, Lenexa, KS, 66285.

David Carroll is a pre-eminent specialty dealer of fine S&W handguns & publishes a mail order listing. P.O. Box 312 , Clay, Alabama 35048 USA.

Doug Carlson publishes a photo-illustrated catalog of antique American handguns that usually has some very nice old west S&Ws; 6 issue subscription is $20, PO Box 71035, Des Moines, IA, 50325.

Dixie Gun Works publishes a catalog of antique guns for sale which usually includes S&Ws. P.O. Box 130, Union City, TN, 38281.

General Gun Magazines

There are a number of excellent newsstand gun magazines that publish information on S&W’s new and current production models, and, seemingly with more frequency lately, articles on out of production collectible and historic firearms. They include Guns & Ammo, Shooting Times, Guns, Gun World, Handguns, Combat Handguns, and American Handgunner, among others. Of special interest to individuals considering the purchase of a current production S&W may be Gun Tests (seldom found on newstands – POB 420234, Palm Coast, FL, 32142) – they refuse advertising from firearms manufacturers and exclusively feature head to head shooting tests of guns by different manufacturers, often including S&W. Magazines for Cowboy Action Shooters such as Shoot!, The Shootist, and Cowboy Chronicles will sometimes have articles of interest on Old West S&Ws.

Price Guides

There are a number of general firearms price guides on the market. While all are useful, the authors have found the following to be of special merit.

Standard Catalog of Firearms by Krause Publications, updated annually. Utilizes an “Excellent” through “Poor” condition rating system. The user should carefully note that their definitions of Antique condition ratings are very different than the standard NRA definitions and the definitions used in this book. Photo illustrated.

Blue Book of Gun Values by Steve Fjestad, updated annually. Utilizes the percentage condition rating system, based on percent of original finish remaining on the gun (10% through 100%).

Flaydermans Guide to Antique American Firearms and Their Values by Norman Flayderman (Krause Publications), updated every few years. Illustrated, contains background information, uses NRA condition rating system, limited to antique American guns, but quite authoritative in that field.

S&W Online

Official S&W Website – www.smith-wesson.com – includes current product information, news releases, history, logo clothing and products for sale.

Smith-WessonForum.com – This is a very active and cordial online forum for all things S&W, open to the public. It’s a favorite place to ask questions, share information, and just hang out, and is frequented by many knowledgeable S&W enthusiasts. Its moderator team is led by Mike Packwood. The group was very helpful in the final corrections, additions, and pricing for this book. Highly recommended.

SWCA Website – www.theswca.org – Home of the S&W Collector Association website. It includes info on how to join, and how to order a factory letter.

SWCA Official Members-Only Forum – Available to members of the S&W Collectors Association only, the official SWCAforum Yahoo group includes participation by Factory Historian Roy Jinks, who answers members’ questions in the forum, including a reasonable number of requests for shipping dates on specific guns. It includes a number of files of special interest to serious collectors. Moderated by Mike Speers.

Joe Miller’s S&W Online Group – This Yahoo group is open to members of SWCA only, and is moderated by Joe Miller. It includes helpful files on S&W products.

NRA’s National Firearms Museum – http://nrahq.org/ shooting/museum/visit.shtml – NRA is seeking to include more substantive information for gun collectors on its website.

Armchair Gun Show – www.armchairgunshow.com – Jim Supica’s Old Town Station website includes listings of S&Ws for sale as well as general information on older S&Ws. Sister site www.ArmsBid.com covers Jim’s live auctions, including photos and prices realized from past auctions with emphasis on S&Ws.

RegisteredMagnum.com – Website dedicated to the first Magnum, Geoff Moore webmaster.

Specialty dealer website – www.dcarroll.net – David Carroll’s site.

Old West Gunsmith – http://www.oldwestgunsmith.com – David Chicoine’s website includes info on this highly respected S&W specialist’s books, gunsmithing services, parts, and guns for sale.

Buy ‘n’ Sell Websites – GunsAmerica.com seems to be the most popular online “classified ad” type listing service. Gunbroker.com and AuctionArms.com appear to lead the pack for “online auction” format sales.

Corrections and Additions

We have tried our best to assure the accuracy and completeness of the information in this book. Where there was a question, we tried to err on the side of including too much information instead of too little. No doubt we have made some errors and included obscure variations while overlooking more significant material. There are probably a few prices listed that will bring more amusement than enlightenment to experienced collectors.

We welcome corrections, additions, and comments. Please include any documentation that might allow us to substantiate changes in future editions.

Richard Nahas – E-Mail JET53SW@aol.com

Jim Supica

Old Town Station, Ltd./PO Box 14040

Lenexa, KS, 66285/Phone 913-492-3000

Fax 913-492-3022 / E-mail Jim@ArmchairGunShow.com

Websites: ArmchairGunShow.com and ArmsBid.com

Section Two

CHAPTER ONE

THE 1ST PARTNERSHIP AND THE MAGAZINE PISTOL: ON THE ORIGINS OF SMITH AND WESSON

by John Watts

Note that this title is not “On the Origins of Smith &Wesson” because this is not about the two companies formed by Horace Smith and Daniel Wesson; rather it is about how they probably connected prior to forming their first partnership in 1852.

It is more than a little tricky to attempt to lock down exactly who was where and did what in the extremely active period of 1850 to 1852. Several decent descriptions have been published about the early life firearms involvement of Horace Smith (1808-1893). He apprenticed at the US Armory in Springfield, Massachusetts at 16, leaving the armory as a master gunsmith about 1842. He worked at Allen & Thurber (Norwich, Conn.) and at Eli Whitney’s armory (New Haven, Connecticut), and then back to Allen & Thurber until 1846 when he struck out on his own as a designer and manufacturer. By the end of the decade he was somewhat involved with a local firm that manufactured whaling guns until in late December of 1849 he was hired by financier Cortlandt Palmer to help work some of the bugs out of the Jenning’s Rifle in which Palmer had invested heavily. It is here that we will attempt to pick up the story on the origins of the Smith and Wesson relationship.

The other half of the team, Daniel Wesson (1825 - 1906), began his early adulthood as a farmer before leaving home at age 17 in late 1842 to train as a gun maker in his brother Edwin’s shop in Northboro, Massachusetts. Edwin’s target guns enjoyed a reputation for high quality and accuracy and Daniel did well in the business, was highly thought of and trusted by his brother. Edwin’s shop moved to Hartford, Conn., in early 1848 where work began on a rifle and a pistol that could have had military application and interest. Business was good; Daniel completed his apprenticeship and everything was proceeding as planned when in January 1849 Edwin died suddenly. The business collapsed largely because of the heavy investing that had taken place in anticipation of major expansion that was cut short by Edwin’s passing.

It is possible that Smith might have made the acquaintance of Wesson back in the mid 1840s when Edwin Wesson’s shop, where D. Wesson was working, made contact with Allen & Thurber, where Smith was working, regarding the purchase of revolving pistols (pepperboxes?). There is apparently no documentation of such a connection but it is certainly a possibility. It is highly unlikely, even if such a meeting did occur, that it would have been collegial as Smith was an established 38-year-old master gunsmith and Wesson was a 21-year-old apprentice.

Both men were also stockholders in the short-lived Massachusetts Arms Company formed after the death of Edwin Wesson in 1849. That doesn’t necessarily make a connection between them as there is no documentation that the stockholders ever all met in one place and at one time. It appears that Daniel continued rifle and pistol manufacture at a limited pace until October, 1850, in Hartford when the business closed for good.

Enter the Robbins and Lawrence Armory in Windsor, Vermont. When Cortlandt Palmer hired Smith to help develop the Jennings Rifle, he had already contracted with Robbins &Lawrence to produce 5000 of them for commercial sale, even though they were still in development. In another unconnected project, but at around this same time, Wesson was hired to help with the development of an innovative pepperbox pistol invented by George Leonard of Charlestown, Massachusetts. Patented in 1849, Leonard’s pepperbox was not an immediate commercial success and he sold all patent rights to Robbins & Lawrence in 1850. Wesson was hired as the superintendent of the Leonard Pistol Works, a “division” of Robbins & Lawrence, where he was responsible for pistol development.

So in one area of the Robbins & Lawrence Armory, Horace Smith was operating as the head of development for the Jennings Rifle while a short distance away Daniel Wesson was supervising the development of the Leonard pepperbox. Was this where the two men actually met? They were both in major positions of responsibility in the same building. They would have to have connected with one another; also, since they were both struggling with R&D for their respective projects, it seems likely that they would have had a close working relationship.

The Robbins & Lawrence Armory brought together many men of great talent. The money behind the Jennings Rifle at Robbins & Lawrence was Cortlandt Palmer, who later became the primary investor in the first Smith & Wesson company that began in 1852. Equally as important as Palmer’s money was the inventive genius of Robbins & Lawrence’s shop foreman, B. Tyler Henry. Henry was instrumental in the development of the toggle design that was the hallmark of every lever-action firearm from the Smith & Wesson Magazine Pistol of 1854 through the Volcanics, Henrys and Winchesters up until the John Browning designs of the 1890s. Henry was also the brain behind the large-caliber metallic cartridge that made the 1866 Winchester and the 1870 S&W American possible.

A quick look at the Robbins & Lawrence guns being developed by Horace Smith and Daniel Wesson show some highly advanced features as well as some obvious carryovers from their predecessors. A few of these carryovers are the tubular magazine, cartridge carrier and ring trigger breech opening and closing mechanism of the Jennings Rifle; the tubular magazine, cartridge carrier and lever-action breech opening and closing mechanism of the S&W Magazine Pistol; the Hunt Rocket Ball cartridge of the Jennings Rifle; the Volcanic cartridge of the S&W Magazine Pistol, which were abject failures; the cocking action of the Robbins & Lawrence pepperbox; and the cocking action of the S&W Magazine Pistol. I am not certain if this observation is valid, but it strikes me that there might be an important connection between the drilled-through barrels of the Robbins & Lawrence pepperbox and the drilled-through cylinder of the Smith & Wesson revolvers.

The Jennings Rifle was a bust. It was doomed from the start by the ammunition technology of the day. The bullet was a hollowed lead case filled with black-powder propellant. The amount of powder that could be packed into the hollow bullet was too small to ever give the projectile a meaningful punch. It wasn’t until the development of a copper or brass cased cartridge that self-contained cartridges became practical in the mid-1850s. The Jennings was also overly complicated, read “expensive to produce,” and very heavy. Of the original order for 5000, surviving serial numbers point to an actual production run of perhaps 800. Most of the tubular magazine repeaters were factory converted to single-shot breechloaders, and many of those were further converted to single-shot muzzleloaders. How many survived? Not many.

The Robbins & Lawrence (Leonard Patent) Pepperbox was not a success but for a completely different reason. It used the cap and ball ammunition typical of the 1850s, was not particularly complicated, was very comfortable to hold and shoot, was easier and faster to load than other contemporary pistols and was a breechloader. It was doomed by the invention and development of the revolvers made by Samuel Colt, which were more powerful, lighter, and easier to shoot accurately. As opposed to the Jennings Rifle, these pepperboxes were practical; it’s just that Colt’s revolvers were better. Dave Chicoine estimates about 7000 were made between 1851 and 1854. They were produced in two distinctly different sizes, a large frame in .31 caliber and a small frame in .28, all with rotating internal firing pins (no external hammer) and a five-barrel cluster configuration.

Earlier examples are more sleek and more highly decorated. They also have a heavier ribbed barrel cluster. Later examples are less ornate and have a significantly beefed-up receiver and barrel hinge. Their barrel clusters are heavily fluted to reduce weight. Development was ongoing throughout production and there can be minor modifications from one pistol to the next. Despite the fact that Robbins & Lawrence was in the forefront of the development of interchangeable parts, it appears that nothing is truly interchangeable from one gun to another.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Chicoine, David R. Smith & Wesson Sixguns of the Old West, Andrew Mowbray, Lincoln, RI, 2004.

Chicoine, David R. Personal Communications between 2003 and 2006.

Jinks, Roy G. History of Smith & Wesson, Beinfeld, Publishing, Inc., North Hollywood, CA, 1977.

McDowell, R. Bruce. Evolution of the Winchester, Armory Publications, Tacoma, WA, 1985.

Parsons, John E. Smith & Wesson Revolvers, William Morrow & Company, New York, 1957.

Robbins and Lawrence Armory and Machine Shop/ American Precision Museum, http://www.crjc.org/heritage/V09-60.htm.

Rywell, Martin. Smith & Wesson, The Story of the Revolver, Pioneer Press, Harriman, TN, 1953.

The Robbins & Lawrence Armory Building, www.americanprecision.org/armory.html.

S&W Large and Small Frame Lever Action Magazine Pistols. Photos courtesy of John Watts.

THE LEVER ACTION MAGAZINE PISTOL

by John Watts

While at the Robbins & Lawrence Armory in Windsor, Vermont, we believe Horace Smith, the production supervisor for the Jennings Rifle project and Daniel Wesson, the production supervisor for the Leonard Pepperbox project, likely had daily contact as theirs was an R&D as well as a production task. Continued modifications to the Jennings Rifle resulted in the development of the so-called Smith-Jennings Rifle of 1851. Produced in three variations, it suffered the same fate as its precursor, and by early 1852 it was abandoned and all development and production ceased. During this same time period, production continued on the Leonard Patent, Robbins & Lawrence Pepperbox under the supervision of Daniel Wesson. Despite its obvious quality and practicality, its market share continued to sag because of the rapid acceptance of the revolvers of Sam Colt and others, and by 1854, it too was abandoned.

Somewhere between the closing of the Smith-Jennings Rifle project in 1852 and the Leonard Patent, Robbins &Lawrence Pepperbox production in 1854, the fertile minds of Horace Smith and Daniel Wesson had begun working on a new repeating pistol of their own design. Actually Smith had been sent to Europe by his employer, Cortlandt Palmer, to check out all of the latest developments in firearms technology. The event was the London Great Exposition of 1851 and there can be little doubt but that this trip influenced Smith greatly because shortly following his return he and Wesson began designing and building their new pistol.

A patent application was filed in mid-1853 along with working models of their new gun and a new self-contained cartridge. On February 14, 1854, that patent was granted to the new partners. With financial backing from Cortlandt Palmer and the use of Smith’s gun shop in Norwich, Connecticut, they produced a couple hundred large-frame pistols in 1853 that they called the Smith & Wesson Magazine Pistol. By the middle of 1854 they were in full commercial production, building about 400 large frame .41 caliber pistols and about twice that many small frame .31 caliber pistols. The large frame guns were produced first, 1853 to 1854, and the small frame examples came later, 1854 to 1855. They also manufactured a small number, probably fewer than ten, very large frame pistols and rifles at this time.

Major problems plagued them from the beginning, mostly because of the ammunition that they were forced (by the technology of the day) to use. Misfires, premature ignitions, poor extraction, major corrosion and severe fouling were common. Their “new” ammunition, which was merely an advanced development of the old Hunt “Rocket Ball” from the Jennings Rifle, also suffered from extremely underpowered performance. In a little more than a year the venture failed. The Smith & Wesson Repeating Firearms Company reorganized as the Volcanic Repeating Arms Company in July of 1855 and moved to New Haven, Connecticut, in early 1856.

Several major happenings of importance occurred at this time. Smith and Wesson, who had been working on a self-contained cartridge for five years, had developed their cartridge to a usable level and had begun to develop a small revolver to fire it. Cortlandt Palmer, who had invested heavily in early repeating firearms development, finally washed his hands of the firearms business altogether. Who should take his place but a wealthy men’s shirt and accessories manufacturer from New York and New Haven, Connecticut named Oliver Winchester. And it was discovered that an obscure gunsmith and designer, Rollin White, working for Colt’s, had patented a drilled-through cylinder that was necessary for the successful functioning of the new Smith &Wesson cartridge. So Smith & Wesson signed an agreement with White for the exclusive rights to use his patent.

Smith & Wesson never officially called their pistol a “Volcanic.” It was referred to either as a Magazine Pistol or as a Lever-Action Magazine Pistol. The Volcanic name appears to be a merchandising tool extracted from a contemporary Scientific American article that appeared about 1854. However, the Volcanic name was used for the brass-framed successors to the Smith & Wesson Magazine Pistol.

THE MAGAZINE PISTOLS

The large-frame .41-caliber Magazine Pistol has an 8" barrel (I’m told there are a few with 6" barrels but I’ve never seen one) and has a flat-bottomed grip frame with walnut grip panels. They were supplied in blued steel and had a magazine capacity of eight rounds. The loading/cocking lever was produced with a round finger hole and spur extension at the end of the lever. Rarely one is encountered without the spur extension; however it is generally believed that these were either removed by their owners or were special orders from the factory. Serial numbers are usually found on the left side of the frame under the left grip panel, on the inside of both side-plates, on a number of internal parts, on the underside of one or both grip panels and even on some rear sights. The identification markings can take several configurations, angled or parallel to one another, but are usually found only on the top barrel flat in front of the receiver and are “SMITH &WESSON/ NORWICH,CT./CAST-STEEL/ PATENT.” Since the large frame pistol’s manufacture began prior to the issuing of the patent in February, 1854, the patent date is not applied.

The small frame .31-caliber Magazine Pistol has a 4" barrel with a bag-shaped grip frame and varnished walnut grip panels. The blued steel pistol’s magazine tube held six cartridges. The loading/cocking lever was produced with a round finger hole on the end. Most are found with spur extensions on the round finger hole but some are not. As with the large frame examples, those without the spur extensions may have had them removed. The later versions were equipped with slightly shorter bolt/firing pins that when fully levered to the rear would not cock the hammer. This was an attempt to reduce the stresses on internal parts that were not proving up to the task. The hammer on these were expected to be thumb cocked before loading a new cartridge. The serial number is usually found on the left side of the frame under the left grip panel, on the inside of both side plates, on the internal toggle links and hammer as well as on the underside of both grip panels, the bolt/firing pin, etc. The usual identification markings are located on the top three barrel flats just in front of the receiver and are “CAST STEEL”, “SMITH & WESSON/ NORWICH, CT.”, “PATENT/FEB.14, 1854.” The presence of the patent date on these pistols is proof that they were produced after the 1854 patent was issued.

VALUES

S&W magazine pistols rarely come up for sale, and it is difficult to accurately predict values. Rough ones may sell in the low four figures, with nice ones going in the low five figures. Large frames bring a bit more than small frames.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Chicoine, David R. Smith & Wesson Sixguns of the Old West, ibid.

Chicoine, private letter dated 1/10/99.

Jinks, Roy G., History of Smith & Wesson, ibid.

McDowell, R. Bruce. Evolution of the Winchester, Armory Publications, Tacoma, WA, 1985.

Supica, Jim and Richard Nahas. Standard Catalog of Smith & Wesson, 2nd edition, Krause Publications, Iola, WI, 2001.

AUCTION BLOCK

Two small-frame Volcanic pistols sold, one “heavily pitted on left side” - $3,738; the other - $3,450 – James D. Julia Auction, March 2003.

Large-frame S&W Volcanic, “excellent” - $39,725 – Greg Martin Auctions, April 2006.

Chapter II

TIP-UP REVOLVERS

The major model classifications of S&W Tip-up revolvers. Model 1 is .32 caliber six-shot. Model 1-1/2 is a five-shot .32, with a square butt and unfluted cylinder on the Old Model and a birdshead butt and fluted cylinder on the New Model. The Model 1 is a seven-shot .22. The Mod. 1 First Issue has a circular sideplate and rounded frame sides. Rare early variations have a “bayonet” style latch rather than the standard latch shown above. Mod. 1, Second Issue has a large irregular sideplate and flat sides of the frame, retaining the square butt and unfluted cylinder of the 1st Issue. Mod. 1, 3rd Issue has a birdshead butt and fluted cylinder. ArmchairGunShow.com photo.

CONTENTS

Model Number One

• 1st Issue, Types One through Six

• 2nd Issue

• 3rd Issue

Model Number One and a Half

• Old Model

• Transition Model

• New Model

Model Number Two (Old Army)

.41 Smith & Wesson Rim-fire (Prototype only)

Copies and Infringements

Tip-Up Background

This section covers tip-up (or bottom-break) revolvers. They are listed by model number. Model number indicates frame size from smallest to largest:

Model Number One: Small frame .22 caliber, 7-shot.

Model Number One-and-a-half (One and a half):

Medium-small frame .32 RF caliber, 5-shot.

Model Number Two: Medium frame .32 RF caliber, 6-shot.

Within each model, variations are listed in general chronological order.

Basic characteristics of S&W tip-up revolvers:

• Barrel tips up to remove cylinder for loading and unloading

• Chambered for .22 or .32 rimfire cartridges (Also .41 rimfire, prototype only)

• First type of revolver made by S&W

• Spur trigger – no conventional trigger guard

Operation: Gun is opened for loading by lifting latch at bottom front of frame, below barrel. Barrel tips up and cylinder slips out. Empty cases are manually punched out of the cylinder using the ejector stud, which is parallel to and below the barrel. Cartridges are then loaded into the cylinder before it is replaced in the gun. Latch catches automatically when the barrel is lowered to closed position. The hinge was a weak point on these revolvers, and many will be found with a loose lock-up between barrel and frame, often to the extent that the barrel has a noticeable wobble. This “tightness or looseness” of the hinge will slightly affect values.

Terminology: Throughout the Tip-up and Top-break sections, we have used the expediency of stating that these spur-triggers have no trigger guard. This is not literally accurate. On most models, the sides of the frame extend downward to protect the trigger, forming a sort of integral trigger guard. What we mean by no trigger guard is that these revolvers lack the guard that surrounds the trigger such as we are used to seeing on most modern handguns.

The terms “tip-up” and “top-break” seem to be predominant in describing the two very different types of revolvers discussed in this and the next sections of this book. However, this usage of the terminology is not universal. There are some who call tip-ups “bottom-breaks,” which is accurate, since the latch on tip-ups opens the gun from the bottom front of the frame. Possibly more confusing, however, is the fact that the term “tip-up” is used by some to describe top-break shotguns (such as most double barrel shotguns). As a result, you will sometimes hear top-break revolvers referred to as tip-ups, although seldom by an individual who has much familiarity with older revolvers.

SAFETY TIPS

• Do not fire modern ammunition in these guns.

• Never carry an old single action revolver with a live round under the hammer.

Serial Numbers and Assembly Numbers: Serial number identifies the specific gun, and appears stamped in the metal of the grip butt (visible without removing grips), and is usually stamped in the wood on the inside of the right grip. These numbers should be the same.

An assembly number, consisting of one to three characters (numbers, letters, or both) appears stamped in three places on the gun: the rear of the barrel under the bore (gun must be open to find it), the front or rear of the cylinder (sometimes obscured by corrosion), and the grip frame under the grips (grips must be removed to find it). These numbers should all match. See comments in opening chapters on the effect of mismatched numbers on value.

Legal Status: All S&W tip-up revolvers are antiques since they were all manufactured prior to 1899.

MODEL NUMBER ONE

The Model Number One was introduced in 1857 and was manufactured in various forms through 1881. This minuscule weapon marked both the beginning of the era of the self-contained cartridge and the beginning of the firm of Smith & Wesson. Both legacies continue to this day.

Samuel Colt’s revolver, introduced in the late 1830s, revolutionized firearms technology by providing a reliable repeating mechanism. Like other guns of the era, the Colts had to be loaded by packing each of the chambers with loose black powder and a lead ball, followed by placing a percussion cap on the nipple of each chamber. Six shots in rapid succession was a great leap forward, but the reloading process was cumbersome and time consuming.

Pre-loading the ball and powder into fragile paper cartridges would speed things up somewhat, but not much. What was needed was a repeating gun that would chamber a self-contained cartridge that would stand up to the rigors of weather and rough handling and could be quickly loaded and unloaded.

The first Smith & Wesson partnership took a preliminary stab at the problem with their lever action repeating pistol, as discussed in the previous section.

Meanwhile, in Europe progress was being made toward developing self-contained cartridges using a metal case to hold the powder and/or primer. Both pinfire cartridges (wherein a firing pin protruded from each cartridge) and Flobert cartridges (an underpowered early rimfire type concept) showed some promise.

Slowing development in the U.S. was the fact that Colt held an exclusive patent for the revolving mechanism necessary to make an effective revolver. When that patent expired, D. B. Wesson invented the .22 rimfire cartridge and a small 7-shot spur trigger revolver to fire it. Smith & Wesson teamed up again to manufacture the new type of gun.

One impediment proved to be that the concept of a revolver cylinder bored through from one end to the other had been previously patented by one Rollin White. White had patented the bored-through cylinder incidental to a plan to improve Colt’s revolver. Colt had not been interested in White’s concept.

S&W soon purchased the right to use the Rollin White patent and began manufacture. The White patent provided S&W with a virtual monopoly on the manufacture of effective cartridge revolvers through 1872.

S&W called their little .22 rimfire cartridge the Number One cartridge, a name that came to be applied to the gun that fired it. The cartridge was essentially the same as the .22 Short that is still sold today. However, modern smokeless ammunition should NEVER be fired in these little old .22s. The Model Number One is the gun that started it all.

Model Number One, 1st Issue Revolver

Caliber: .22 Rimfire Short (see note). This is a single action revolver with a 7-shot non-fluted cylinder having a 3-3/16” octagonal barrel, tip-up style frame, and spur trigger. Finish is normally a silver plated brass frame, with a blue barrel and blue cylinder. The frame is of a square butt design with smooth rosewood grips. Pearl or ivory were available on special order. The front sight is a round blade, with a notch in the cylinder stop for a rear sight. This frame has rounded sides with no trigger guard. A small circular sideplate is located on the left side. Patent dates are marked on the cylinder. Early production was marked “April 3 1855.” later changed to “Apr. 1855.” Most 5th and all 6th Types will have two patent dates – “April 3, 1855” and “June 15, 1858.”

Collectors recognize six different “types” of this model. This model has special collector appeal, as it is the first revolver produced by S&W and the first production American revolver for a metallic cased cartridge. For a detailed discussion of the six types, refer to the Neal & Jinks book. Collector’s shorthand: Sometimes called the “1st-1st,” or followed by type, thus: “1st-1st-3rd.” See below for serial number range sorting. 11,671 firearms were manufactured. (This is the total of all six types of the Model Number 1 1st Issue). Produced 1857-1860.

ID Key: .22 tip-up with square/flared butt, round-sided frame (cross section of frame behind hammer would be oval); small round sideplate.

Scarce Model One First Issue 1st and 2nd Types have the “bayonet” style latch show shown in the detail inserts. Old Town Station photo.

Types by Approximate Serial Number Ranges, Listing Change or Variation

1st Type: serial number 1 - 213: This issue has a barrel latch that is a spur or “bayonet” projecting from the bottom front of the frame (also described as a “flat spring” style latch); the revolving recoil plate is attached by a small separate exterior key.

The 1st, 1st, 1st is so rarely found and so highly sought after that listing probable pricing is extremely speculative.

Values: should run in the low- to mid-five figure range, depending on condition.

AUCTION BLOCK

1st, 1st, 1st – “Good…20-25%” - $19,550 – James D. Julia Auction, March 2003.

2nd Type: serial number 213 to about 1130: The projecting spur barrel latch is continued; the key fastening the recoil plate to the frame was changed and made part of the frame. Rarely found, values speculative, will bring less that 1st Type. Most would probably sell in the mid- to high-four figure range.

AUCTION BLOCK

1st, 1st, 2nd, “very good overall” - $5,463 – Rock Island Auction, April 2006.

1st, 1st, 2nd, “very fine…40-50%” - $6,325 – James D. Julia Auction, March 2003

3rd Type: serial number about 1130 to about 3000: The barrel catch was changed and now made with side projections and is spring-loaded.

4th Type: serial number from about 3000 to about 4200: The diameter of the recoil plate is reduced.

5th Type: Serial number from about 4200 to about 5500: The barrel rifling changed from three left hand grooves to a five right hand groove twist.

AUCTION BLOCK

1st, 1st, 5th, factory engraved by Inshaw, “good…20%/patina” - $8,625 – James D. Julia Auction, March 2003.

6th Type: serial number from about 5500 to about 11671: The final change was to eliminate the rotating plate and a ratchet was made a part of the cylinder.

AUCTION BLOCK

1st, 1st, 6th; “excellent…95% blue…100% silver…w/ gutta percha case” - $9,080 – Greg Martin Auctions, April 2006.

Variations

“2” marked: A few Model One First Issue Sixth Type revolvers have surfaced with the number 2 stamped above the serial number on butt of the gun. The significance of this marking, if any, is unknown. Speculation has included that it might represent: a) duplicate serial number guns, b) guns ordered as pairs, or c) second quality guns (such as those known to exist in Model Number 1, 2nd & 3rd Issue series).

NOTE: The ammunition designed for this revolver was loaded with black powder and developed considerably less power than the .22 Rimfire Short as we know it today. Modern smokeless powder ammunition may not be used in any Model Ones as the pressures are much too high.

Model Number One, 2nd Issue

Caliber: .22 Rimfire Short black powder loading (see note above). Similar to the 1st Issue, except with a flat-sided frame and a larger irregularly shaped sideplate on the left side (as opposed to the circular sideplate on the Model One First Issue). Has a 7-shot non-fluted cylinder with a nominal length of .653”; 3-3/16” octagonal ribbed steel barrel; finish is blued barrel and cylinder with a silver plated brass frame, or a full plating in nickel. Patent dates on the cylinder of “April 3, 1855 & July 5, 1859” have been observed. The front sight is a round blade, with a notch cut in the rear of the cylinder stop for a rear sight. Single action tip-up frame with a spur trigger. Approximately 4,402 had slight casting flaws, and were marked “2D QUALTY.” Serial number range is continued from 1st Issue: 11672 - 126361. A total of 117,000 of these firearms were manufactured c. 1860-1868.

ID Key: .22 tip-up with square/flared butt with flat-sided frame; large irregular sideplate.

AUCTION BLOCK

1st 2nd, gold and blue, Gustave Young engraved “95% gold…70% blue” - $7,840 – Greg Martin Auctions, June 2002.

PRICE CHECK

1st 2nd, in original box, “excellent”, listed for $3,500 – Old Town Station Dispatch, 2005.

Engraved & inscribed 1st 2nd, “excellent plus” listed for $2,250 – ArmchairGunShow.com, 2006.

Variations

“2D QUALTY” marked: Double to triple above values. Beware of fakes.

AUCTION BLOCK

• 2nd Qual. 1st 2nd, “fine plus” - $743 - Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

• Straight sideplate: Early production has a straight line rather than a curved line at the top rear of the sideplate. May be triple above values.

• Two patent date cylinders: The first 20,000 or so have the two patent dates on cylinder (1855 & 1859), worth slight premium. Third patent date of December 18, 1860 was added later and is more common.

Gutta-Percha and Other Cases for Model Ones

It is estimated that 5,000 gutta-percha cases were made for the Model Number One 1st Issue and 2nd Issue by a company called Littlefield and Parsons. Gutta-percha may be considered an early type of plastic, and looks and feels similar to the hard rubber material commonly used for nineteenth century pistol grips, but with less luster.

Two types of cases are commonly recognized and are identified by the images molded in relief on their lids. The pistol type case has a Model One 1st Issue on the lid and the Stand of Flags case has a cluster of flags on poles as the central decoration. The interior is velvet lined and includes an irregularly shaped holder for about 56 cartridges.

Old gutta-percha is a rather fragile material, and cracks and chips are not uncommon. The hinge connection is especially delicate. Surviving cases are highly sought after by collectors, and will bring $2000 to $6000 depending on variation and condition.

Gutta-percha cases were made by the same manufacturer for other small handguns, as well as for playing cards and other purposes. Model Ones are sometimes found paired with these other types of cases. While valuable, they don’t bring the premium paid for those originally made for the guns.

Finally, it is worth noting that in just the past few years excellent reproductions of S&W gutta percha cases have been made on a very limited basis. The craftsman making these indicates that he is not doing so with the intention of having them passed as original. It’s possible that these can be distinguished from originals by a specialist expert in this field, but the reproductions are good enough to fool the authors. As with any quality “reproduction” or “restoration,” there is a regrettable tendency for the true nature of the piece to become “lost” after it has changed hands a few times. Caveat emptor.

Wooden cases were sold by M. W. Robinson, and doubtless others, and are worth $250 to $500. Further information on cases for tip-up revolvers can be found in an article by Robert Howard in the SWCA Journal, 25th Anniversary reprint, Book I, pg. 146-150.

AUCTION BLOCK:

Three gutta percha cases for Mod. Ones, pistol style lids – “very fine” - $2,588; another “extremely fine” - $2,990; another “extremely fine” - $2,415 – James D. Julia Auction, March 2006.

Original containers for Model Ones – Flags g.p. case, “good” -$4,840; cardboard box for Mod. 1, “good” - $5,610; Pistol g.p. case, “fairly good…chipped edges” - $1,650; Pistol g.p. case, “excellent” - $3,410. “M.W. Robinson” style partitioned wood cases, $908 &$825 - Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

Model Number One, 3rd Issue

Caliber: .22 Rimfire Short (see note), similar to the 2nd Issue, except was now manufactured with a fluted cylinder, birdshead butt rather than square, and round ribbed barrel rather than octagon. Offered in two barrel lengths. The frame is now made with a round butt shape with a birdshead grip with smooth rosewood finish stocks. Available finish was blue, nickel, or a nickel frame with blue barrel and cylinder (half-plate). Round blade front sight, with a notch rear sight in the cylinder stop. Seven were marked “2D QUALTY” due to some slight defects. Special order grips could be pearl or ivory, plain or carved. Single action with no safety or half cock notch. The 2-11/16” barrel is much scarcer and has S&W and patent markings on the left side of the barrel. The standard 3-3/16” barrel has markings on the top rib with Smith & Wesson Springfield Mass and patent dates of “April 3, 55 - July 5, 59 -Dec 18, 60.” Production by serial number broken down by year and month can be found can be found in an article by Roy Jinks in the SWCA Journal, 25th Anniversary reprint, Book I, pg. 152 - 153. Serial number range 1 - 131163. A total of 131,163 were manufactured c. 1868 - 1881.

ID Key: .22 tip-up with birdshead butt.

AUCTION BLOCK

1st 3rd, “excellent to as new, in partial box” - $2,200 - Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

PRICE CHECK

Factory Gustave Young engraved 1st 3rd, in wood case, “90+%”, listed at $5,650 – David Carroll, 2006

Variations

• Short barrel: (may actually measure between 2-5/8" to 2-3/4"), may bring 50% to 100% premium.

AUCTION BLOCK

Short barrel 1st, 3rd; “excellent but mismatched” - $550 - Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

• “2D QUALTY” marked: Very rare value would be in range of 10 times the standard model or more; beware of fakes.

• Topstrap of the frame was changed c. serial number 10000.

Variations in topstrap of Model One, 3rd Issue. ArmchairGunShow.com photo.

•Blue is less common than nickel, with half-plate more scarce yet.

Wood cases were made for Model One 3rd Issues and will bring $500 to $1000.

CONTEMPORARY COMMENTARY ON THE MODEL ONE

“I was armed to the teeth with a pitiful little Smith &Wessons seven-shooter, which carried a ball like a homeopathic pill, and it took the whole seven to make a dose for an adult. But I thought it was grand. It appeared to me to be a dangerous weapon. It had only one fault – you could not hit anything with it. One of our conductors practiced a while on a cow with it, and as long as she stood still and behaved herself she was safe; but as soon as she went to moving about, and he got to shooting at other things, she came to grief.” – Mark Twain

“Yep, I’ve seen that kind, but never handled ‘em. I was afeared I’ d break it.” – Jim Bridger

“Boy, if you shoot me with dat and I find out, I put you acrost my knee and spank hell outen you.” – Old Nick Janis on examining Alson B. Orstrander’s S&W Model One

MODEL ONE-HALF AND MODEL NUMBER TWO

As may be apparent from the quotes above, a more powerful cartridge was soon found to be desirable. Make no mistake about it however – no one wanted to be shot by the greasy dirty little .22 projectile from a Model Number One in the days before antibiotics. This is readily proven by its popularity into the 1880s and its plethora of imitators. Furthermore, the concept of a revolver firing a self-contained weatherproof metallic cartridge was an immediate success that continues today.

However, S&W readily recognized that a round with more immediate authority was desirable, especially for military usage. This led to the development, on the eve of the Civil War, of the Number Two .32 rimfire cartridge and the 6-shot Model Number Two to shoot it.

While hardly a powerhouse, the .32 rimfire was a considerable improvement over the .22 – so much so that the Model Number Two became a tremendous favorite as a personal sidearm among Civil War officers. While the gun was never officially adopted by any military, this popularity gave rise to its common nickname among collectors – the Model Two Old Army.

With the slackened demand for all guns following the Civil War, S&W wanted to introduce a more civilian oriented pocket version of the popular Model Two, while retaining the more powerful .32 cartridge. They did this by slightly shrinking the overall design, and going from a 6-shot to a 5-shot cylinder.

What with already producing a Model Number One and a Model Number Two, S&W was faced with the dilemma of what to call their new gun that fell in between the two previous sizes. They came up with the logical, if somewhat ungainly, moniker of Model Number One and a Half.

Thus the foundation was laid for the S&W practice of numbering frame sizes, which was carried over into their top-break models.

The results of a survey of Model One and a Half revolvers can be found in an article by Vern Eklund in the SWCA Journal, 25th Anniv. reprint, Book 2, pg. 367.

COLLECTOR’S TIP

It is easy to become confused by the nearly identical model names of the tip-up .32s and the top-break .32 and .38 single actions. Seebackground information at the beginning of the top-break section for clarification.

Model Number One-and-a-Half Old Model (a.k.a. Model One-and-a-Half, 1st Issue)

Caliber: .32 Rimfire. Single action revolver with tip-up frame (bottom break action), 3-1/2” octagonal barrel length was standard, with a 4” (rare) octagonal barrel was later made available. Has a 5-shot non-fluted cylinder and a spur trigger with no guard. This model has no safety or half cock notches. This model is the only one of the tip-up models to have the cylinder stop in the bottom strap of the frame. The frame and barrel are made of steel and were fitted for the .32 Short but will fire the .32 Long cartridge. A removable side plate is found on the left side of the frame. Standard finish was blue or nickel or silver plating on special order. The frame has a square butt with rosewood grips as standard, with ivory or pearl on special order. A round blade front sight was driven into but not pinned into the barrel rib. The rear sight is a notch cut into the hammer thumb piece. Six are marked “2D QUALTY” due to small casting flaws. Most parts are reported to have been made by King & Smith in Middletown, Conn., and assembled in Springfield, Mass. Markings of “Smith & Wesson Springfield Mass. Pat’d Apr. 3rd, 1855 and July 5th, 1859” are observed. Dates of “Nov 21, 1865” were added later after serial 15,304. Serial number range 1 to about 26300 Nearly 26,300 guns were made circa 1865-1868

ID Key: 5-shot tip-up, square butt, unfluted cylinder, octagonal barrel.

Variations

• 4” barrel (est. 200 made): Double or more the above values.

• “2D QUALTY”: Beware of fakes; reported but never observed.

• Half-plate (blue barrel and cylinder, nickel frame): Rare, worth premium.

• Premium for nickel.

• “Kittredge & Co. Cin. O.” marked worth premium.

AUCTION BLOCK

1-1/2 Old Model, Kittredge marked, “about excellent, 85-90%” -$1,650 - Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

Model Number One-and-a-Half Transition Model

Caliber: .32 rimfire. Possibly around 650 produced with the Old Model unfluted cylinder and octagonal barrels with the New Model birdshead grip frame. One reported feature of the transition models is a wider frame where it receives the barrel latch. It is reported that 450 were shipped to C.W. May for export to Japan in 1869, with about 200 shipped to J.W. Storrs on April 19, 1869. Approximate serial number range 27200 - 28800.

ID Key: 5-shot, birdshead butt, unfluted cylinder, octagonal barrel

Scarce Transitional Model combines the birdshead butt of the New Model with the unfluted cylinder and octagonal barrel of the Old Model. ArmsBid.com photo.

AUCTION BLOCK

Trans. 1-1/2, “excellent…95-97%”, in period case - $4,950 - Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

Model Number One-and-a-Half New Model (a.k.a. Model One-and-a-Half, 2nd Issue)

Caliber: .32 Rimfire Long. Single action tip-up frame, similar to the 1st Issue, except with a birdshead grip and round butt frame rather than square butt, fluted cylinder, and round ribbed barrel rather than octagon. Rosewood grips, 5-shot cylinder. Standard finish is blue or nickel finish, with gold or silver available on special order. Tip-up style frame, spur trigger with no guard, 3-1/2” barrel, a round blade front sight is driven into the barrel with a notch cut in the back of the cylinder stop for a rear sight. The 2-1/2” round barrel is rare with markings on the side (standard length barrel has markings on top of barrel rib). Forty-one marked “2D QUALTY” due to slight flaws. Serial number range: 26301 - 127100. Nearly 100,700 revolvers were made c. 1868-1875.

ID Key: 5-shot, birdshead butt, fluted cylinder, round barrel

AUCTION BLOCK

Double cased pair of 1-1/2 New Model, “excellent plus” - $4,675 - Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

Wood case only for 1-1/2, M.W. Robinson style - $825 – same auction.

PRICE CHECK

Double British-cased pair 1-1/2s, “superb…99%”, listed for $5,750 – N. Flayderman & Co., 2006.

L.D. Nimschke shop attributed engraved 1-1/2, “99.5%”, listed at $3,350 – David Carroll, 2006.

Engraved & inscribed 1-1/2, “excellent…95-90%”, listed at $1,250 – Old Town Station Dispatch, 2005.

Historic Note: Serial number 41993 owned by General and President Ulysses S. Grant has the blue finish and is engraved with a case. Gold inlaid, carved pearl grips, pictured on page 172 of second edition of this book.

AUCTION BLOCK

The Gen. Grant 1-1/2 was reported as sold at auction for $548,800, Greg Martin Auctions, June of 2002, the highest auction price listed in this edition of this book.

Variations

• 20% premium for blue in higher grades.

• Short barrel: Double to triple above values.

Rare short barrel variation. Note markings moved to side of barrel for this variation. ArmsBid.com photo.

• “2D QUALTY”: Reported but never observed; beware of fake.

Model Number Two Old Model (a.k.a. No. 2 Old Army)

Caliber: .32 Rimfire Long. Single action revolver built on a tip up frame with a 6-shot non-fluted cylinder having a nominal length of 1.18”. Octagonal ribbed barrels with lengths of 5”or 6” were standard, with 4” rare and 8” extremely rare. Barrels are usually marked “Smith & Wesson Springfield Mass.” Cylinders are marked “Patented April 3, 1855, July 5, 1859 & Dec 18, 1860” in very fine letters around the circumference. Smooth rosewood grips on a square butt frame were standard, (usually with the guns serial number on the right panel) with pearl or ivory and other materials available. An assembly or casting number is found near the barrels forcing cone, on the cylinder face and under the grip on the frame in rough characters. tip-up style frame, no trigger guard (spur trigger). A round blade front sight was driven into the barrel, the rear sight was a notch cut into the cylinder stop leaf. The frame has a sideplate on the left side held in place with one screw. This was a popular Civil War sidearm but was never officially purchased by the army. Forged wrought iron frame. Many look-alike copies were produced abroad. Finish: It is estimated that 80% were blue and 10% nickel, with the remainder half-plate, silver, engraved, or other specials. Advanced collectors recognize as many as nine different types of the Model Two. Of the total production, 35 were marked “2D QUALTY” due to slight casting imperfections.

The early production of this model made with two pins (rather than three) in the topstrap. Four-inch barrels were made 1864-67 and are quite rare – beware of cut barrels. Only ten revolvers were manufactured with an 8” barrel.

Interesting modified specimens of the Model Two have been observed. Bear in mind that such modifications are often likely to have resulted from later gunsmithing outside the S&W factory, unless they can positively be identified from factory records. One such extremely rare variation consists of guns with sideplate mounted safety, origin unknown. The few known examples are in the 57000 serial number range. Other Model Twos have been observed with dual firing pins for centerfire and rimfire cartridges, or adapted for rod ejection.

An extensive and interesting article by Ronald H. Curtis can be found in Vol. 1 of the SWCA reprint of the S&W Journal on pages 78 through 82, where he identifies nine different evolutionary Types of the Model Two, and in the Butterfield’s auction for the Feb. 27, 2001, auction of the John Otteman Collection.

Serial number range 1 - 77155. All 77,155 were manufactured c. 1861 - 1874.

Engraved Model Two “Old Army,” David Carroll, photo by Paul Goodwin.

ID Key: 6-shot tip-up .32 rimfire.

AUCTION BLOCK

Nickel Mod. 2, “minty…98%” - $3,680 – Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

Cased nickel Mod. 2, “excellent plus…about 100%” - $4,950 – Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

Cardboard box only for Mod. 2 - $3,850 - Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

Mod. 2, Nimschke engraved, inscribed to Col. J.H. Wood, cased, “very good” – $6,160 – Greg Martin Auctions, June 2002.

PRICE CHECK

Pair of Mod. 2s inscribed “Judge Orson Brooks / Denver Colo,” one Kittredge stamped, with history and documentation, “much wear and use; age brown,” listed for $4,950 – N. Flayderman & Co., 2006.

Factory cased Mod. 2, “excellent plus…85%”, listed for $3,800 – Gutterman Historical Weapons, Inc.

Mod. 2, “excellent…85%”, listed for $2,495 – David Chicoine, GunsAmeric.com, 2006.

Mod. 2, “absolute best condition”, listed for $6,500 – David Carroll, 2006.

Engraved Mod. 2, “fine,” listed at $1,950 – Old Town Station Dispatch, 2005.

Historic Notes:

• Serial number 22592 owned by President Rutherford B. Hayes.

• Serial number 20615 and 20757 by General George A. Custer.

• Serial number 30619 attributed to Wild Bill Hickok, reportedly on his person the day he was killed.

• The first S&W to be officially adopted by a police department, the Kingston Ontario Canada Police Department, 42000 serial number range, no known markings.

• About 2600 were made marked Kittridge & Co. of Cincinnati, Ohio, on the left side of the barrel for that famous distributor; serial numbers are under 10000.

• The probability of Civil War usage may be estimated by knowing that the serial number cutoff for 1864 production is 29359, and for 1865 production cutoff is 48475.

Variations

Advanced collectors may recognize up to nine types of the Model 2 as it went through evolutionary changes. More information can be found in an article by Ron Curtis in the SWCA Journal, 25th Anniversary reprint, Book 1, pp. 78 - 82.

• Early 2-pin: Add up to 50%.

• 4” barrel: 4 times standard values.

• 8” barrel: 10 times standard values.

• “2ND QUALTY”: 5 times or more standard values.

• Original wood case worth $500 to $2500.

Model Number Three Pocket Pistol

Caliber: .41 Rimfire S&W, this model was produced in 1867 on a limited basis and fashioned after the Model 1-1/2 New Model on a slightly larger scale. It was made to hold only four cartridges. Built with a birdshead grip with smooth wood stocks. Two of this model were exhibited at the 1867 Paris Exposition. Serial number 38, finished in nickel, is known to exist. No other examples are as yet known, although an unfinished specimen has been reported. Estimated serial range is 1 - 50. All were made in 1867. Too rare to estimate value; an authentic specimen would certainly make it into five figures.

COPIES, INFRINGEMENTS & EVASIONS

The self-contained metallic cartridge system introduced with the Model One was an immediate success. S&W owned the Rollin White patent for a cylinder bored through end-to-end necessary for an effective cartridge revolver. This patent was widely infringed by various manufacturers during the 1850s and 1860s. Other makers went to lengths to evade the patent by developing alternate cartridge ignition systems not utilizing a straight bored through cylinder. The resulting designs were often rather awkward.

In addition, during that period and extending into the 1870s, a number of firms in the U.S. and abroad made revolvers patterned more or less directly on the S&W tip-up designs.

A thorough discussion of these fascinating fields is well beyond the scope of this book. We will only attempt to briefly discuss them, giving some examples. A good source for more details on the individual models is Flayderman’s Guide to Antique American Firearms. An interesting account of the patent litigation is found in the Parsons S&W book. More information can be found in an article by Frank Sellers in the SWCA Journal, 25th Anniversary reprint, Book 1, pg. 43-49 and 55-60.

Non-Infringements

There are at least two notable instances of revolvers legally manufactured by firms other than S&W using the White patent. Rollin White Arms Co. (later continuing as Lowell Arms Co.) made solid frame spur-trigger .22 revolvers by agreement with S&W, some of which were marked “MADE FOR SMITH &WESSON.” The system was also licensed Remington to convert some of their large frame New Model Army revolvers to fire a .46 rimfire cartridge, and these may be found marked “PATENTED APR 3’d 1855” on the cylinder.

Infringements

S&W and Rollin White actively pursued legal avenues to protect their patent. These generally met with good success.

Probably the most blatant copies were those made by Manhattan Firearms Co. in the early 1860s. These were very closely patterned after the Model 1, 1st issue, including the rounded frame and circular sideplate. More than one beginning S&W collector has snatched up a Manhattan thinking he was holding a rarer and more valuable S&W “first-first.” Besides the barrel marking, a quick tip off to a Manhattan is that its hammer spur is not “hinged” in the same manner as a Mod. 1, 1st Issue S&W. A slightly later Manhattan model is very similar to the Mod. 1, 2nd Issue as well.

Early Prescott “S&W Style” revolvers are other infringement models that are very similar in appearance to the S&W line, although solid frame rather than tip-up. Several of the manufacturers who originally infringed the patent have their later production marked with the S&W patent, or words to the effect that the revolver in question was made for S&W, usually including the familiar Rollin White patent date of April 3, 1855. This was in response to the settlement of the main S&W/Rollin White patent infringement suit. Bear in mind that, other than using a bored-though cylinder, many of these revolver designs differ from S&W’s tip-ups. A list of some of those which eventually bore S&W-related markings would include:

• Bacon Navy Model Revolvers are solid frame spur trigger 6-shot .38 rimfire revolvers, later models marked “PAT. APRIL 3, 1855.” Bacon also made .22 & .32 rimfire revolvers during the patent period.

• Moore’s Seven Shooter – Open-top SA revolver with trigger guard, .32 rimfire, c. early 1860s, sometimes marked “MF’D FOR SMITH & WESSON.”

• Pond Pocket & Belt revolvers – solid frame spur-trigger .32 rimfire revolvers, c. 1860s, some found marked “MANUF’D FOR SMITH & WESSON PAT’D APRIL 5, 1855.”

• Springfield Arms Pocket Revolver – Solid frame spur-trigger .22 rimfire with a vague resemblance to a Mod. 1, 2nd, but probably more closely patterned after the Rollin White revolver, sometimes found with S&W related markings.

• James Warner Pocket Revolver – Solid frame .30 rimfire with trigger guard, sometimes seen with “PATENT APRIL 3, 1855.”

Two significant manufacturers, Ethan Allan and Prescott, would not agree to settlement in the patent suit. Eventually, they were enjoined from producing bored-through cylinder revolvers. Prior to that time, each offered several infringing models of single action revolvers.

Other small makers doubtless infringed the patent, or at least certainly used the bored-through cylinder concept while it was still under patent. Most of these, however, are not known to be found with S&W-related markings. These probably include Bliss, Chapman, Copeland, Gibson, Gross Arms, and possibly early James Reid revolvers. The Uhlinger firm apparently took the interesting approach of marking their rimfire revolvers with a number of different names, presumably to avoid patent litigation by hiding the true maker. These names include Cone, Grant and Lower.

Evasions

One common way to evade the S&W/White patent was to invent a metallic cartridge other than a rimfire type that did not require the chambers in the cylinder to be drilled completely through. These include:

• Cupfire system – Unusual early metallic cartridge system, utilized in the mid-1860s by Connecticut Arms Co. pocket revolvers and Plant Mfg. Co. Front-loading revolvers.

• Crispin cartridge system – Belted rimfire .32 caliber cartridge fired in a split cylinder revolver with lines vaguely similar to the S&W Mod. 2, some marked “Smith Arms.”

• Lipfire system – A lip on the base of the cartridge protruded through notches at the rear of the cylinder. Solid frame .44, .36, .32 and .25 caliber revolvers were made by Ethan Allen successor Allen & Wheelock using this system in the 1860s.

• Teatfire system – Priming compound in small teat on the rear of the cartridge which protrudes through a small hole in the rear of the cylinder chamber. Five-shot .32 cal. spur-trigger open-top revolver made by Moore’s Patent Firearms and National Arms Company, Brooklyn. Moore’s also made a rarer .45-cal. teatfire SA revolver.

Another approach was to make a multi-part cylinder to fire the rimfire cartridge rather than boring a solid cylinder through end to end. Notable examples include:

• Pond Front Loading system - solid frame spur-trigger .32 rimfire revolver, mid to late 1860s, used individual chambers which were loaded into the front of the cylinder.

• Brooklyn Arms Slocum Front Loading Pocket Revolver – .32 rimfire, early 1860s – cylinder functions as a carrier for five individual sliding tubes which serve as the firing chambers

Domestic Copies

The White patent expired in 1869, and attempts to renew it were unsuccessful. A number of firms manufactured revolvers in the 1870s that were very close, if not exact, copies of the S&W tip-up models.

Manhattan re-started its production of tip-up spur-triggers patterned on the Mod. 1, 2nd Issue in the late 1860s, and is one of the closest domestic copies.

Another major manufacturer, Marlin, based its tip-up revolver designs one the S&W Model 1 and Model 1-1/2, beginning production in the early 1870s and continuing through the late 1880s. Several of these Marlins are also so similar to S&Ws as to sometimes fool a collector at first glance. They also made a .38 centerfire spur-trigger revolver that, although a tip-up, has lines very similar to the S&W .38 SA top-break.

Several smaller manufacturers also made models which look like S&W tip-ups, including:

• Deringer Pocket Revolvers: The relatives of the famous Henry Deringer produced S&W style pocket revolvers in the 1870s in .22 and .32 rimfire. Appearance is very similar to the Mod. 1, 3rd, and New Mod. 1-1/2, with the notable exception of a different style of latch.

• Aetna Arms Co. Pocket Revolver, 7-shot .22 rimfire tip-up that looks like a S&W Mod. 1, 2nd, except with a birdshead butt.

• Bismarck Pocket Revolver, similar to a Mod. 1, 3rd, except with an unfluted cylinder.

• Merwin Hulbert SA .22 Revolver – scarce gun made by well-respected maker in the 1880s is a nearly exact copy of the Mod. 1, 3rd.

• Mohawk Pocket Revolver – rare, 1880s, cosmetically similar to Mod. 1-1/2 New Model, but a solid frame rather than tip-up.

Foreign Copies

As early as the 1860s and doubtless continuing into the 1870s, the S&W tip-up design was copied in other countries. Some very well-made British copies can be found, and it has been reported that the famous maker Webley manufactured some of them. Copies of the Model Two Old Army are observed which appear virtually identical to S&W Mod. 2s. The most obvious indication of the non-S&W origin of these guns is the complete lack of markings on the barrel rib. Other small clues that may be present on some include tiny British proof marks on barrel and chambers, flat sideplate screw head (rather than rounded as on S&Ws), and sometimes a “keyed” escutcheon in grips.

A very close and well-made copy of the S&W Model 1, 2nd, has also been observed and attributed to Webley manufacture.

Copies of S&W tip-ups were also manufactured in Liege, Belgium, probably by several different makers. These usually tended to be cruder and sometimes less literal copies. Some may exhibit the Belgian “ELG” proof mark.

Chapter III

TOP-BREAK REVOLVERS

CONTENTS

.32 Frame Model Number 1-1/2

• .32 Single Action (Model 1-1/2 Centerfire)

• .32 Double Action 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th Models

• .32 Safety Hammerless 1st, 2nd, and 3rd Models

.38 Frame Model Number Two

• .38 Single Action - 1st (Baby Russian), 2nd, and 3rd (Model of 1891) Models, Mexican Model

• .38 Double Action 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th Models

• .38 Double Action Perfected

• .38 Safety Hammerless 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th Models

.44 Frame Model Number Three

• American 1st Model and 2nd Model

• Russian 1st, 2nd, and 3rd Model

• Schofield (.45) 1st and 2nd Model

• New Model Number 3 Models:

New Model Number 3 Single Action

New Model Number 3 Target Model

New Model Number 3 Turkish

New Model Number 3 Frontier

New Model Number 3 .38 Winchester

• .44 Double Action Models:

1st Model

.44 Double Action Wesson Favorite

.44 Double Action Frontier

.38 Winchester Double Action

The guns in the following section are listed by frame size/model number:

• MODEL ONE AND-A-HALF Frame: .32 caliber, 5-shot – a medium-small “pocket” revolver.

• MODEL TWO Frame: .38 caliber, 5-shot – a medium “pocket” revolver.

• MODEL THREE Frame: .44 caliber, 6-shot (includes other calibers on this frame) – a large-frame holster revolver.

Within each frame size, single actions are listed first, then double actions, then hammerless (lemon squeezers). Within action type, they are listed chronologically.

The Model 3 frame size was actually made in several calibers besides .44. They are all listed in the Model 3 section.

Basic Characteristics Of S&W Top-break Revolvers

• They are hinged at the bottom front of the frame and break open with the barrel and cylinder tipping down from the frame for loading and unloading.

• Cartridges and empties are automatically ejected when the gun is opened.

Operation: A latch is located just ahead of the hammer, in most cases mounted on the topstrap extending from the rear of the barrel. (Usually the rear sight is mounted on this latch.) On most, but not all models, the latch is opened by lifting the latch. On some of the single action models, the hammer may need to be eased back to the first notch (NOT full cock) before opening the latch.

After lifting the latch, the barrel and cylinder tip forward and down, ejecting any shells in the cylinder. To open the gun without ejecting the shells, press on a small projection, stud, or lever located at the bottom of the hinge.

Removal of the cylinder, if desired, may be accomplished on most models by opening the gun, holding the latch up from the barrel, and unscrewing the cylinder in a counterclockwise direction while pulling gently. Not holding the latch up will result in a badly scratched cylinder. In some of the big single action Model 3s, a screw and cylinder retaining device must be removed or loosened before the cylinder can be removed.

COLLECTOR’S TIP

Be certain that no part of the latch or cylinder retainer is dragging on the cylinder while it is being removed or reinserted. Be sure to lift the latch completely or this can result in a serious scratch in the gun’s finish, which will adversely affect the value.

Safety Notes: Shooting modern high-pressure smokeless powder ammunition in antique guns designed for black powder cartridges can be extremely hazardous to both gun and shooter! Many older revolver designs must be carried with an empty chamber under the firing pin to avoid accidental discharge.

Serial numbers and assembly numbers: Most of the top-breaks will have the serial number in the following locations:

1) Butt of the grip frame, visible without removing grips.

2) Rear face of cylinder.

3) Barrel - somewhat hard to find. Locate the latch serial number and then look to its right on the rear of the barrel in most cases.

4) Bottom of the latch.

5) Scratched, penciled, or stamped on the inside of the right grip panel.

These serial numbers should all match. See comments on how mismatched serial numbers affect value in the opening chapters.

Some of the American and Russian Model 3s have the serial number only on butt and grip, and will have assembly numbers consisting of one to three characters stamped on the barrel, cylinder, and latch in the locations noted above, and on the frame under the right grip panel (grips must be removed). Assembly number in all four locations should match.

Legal Status: Top-breaks span both sides of the 1898 antique/modern cutoff date. The following were manufactured prior to 1899 and are therefore ANTIQUE:

• All single action top-break revolvers, regardless of frame size or caliber.

• All Model 3 large frame-size double action revolvers.

• All .32 Double Action models below serial number 209301.

• All .32 Safety Hammerless models below serial number 91400.

• All .38 Double Action models below serial number 382022.

• All .38 Safety Hammerless models below serial number 119900.

The .38 Perfected and all other top-break revolvers not listed above are modern.

TOP-BREAK BACKGROUND INFORMATION

In 1870 the top-break design was introduced on S&W revolvers with the large-frame Model 3 American. It represented a significant leap forward in revolver design. The American was also the first big-bore cartridge revolver produced in the U.S. In 1876, S&W debuted their first .38 caliber revolver with the top-break version of the medium Model 2 frame size, followed in 1878 by a .32 centerfire top-break on the medium-small Model 1-1/2 frame size.

Top-breaks were significantly sturdier designs than tip-up and were much faster to load and unload. Their chambering was primarily for the then-new centerfire calibers, which provided more reliable ignition, reloading ability, and more powerful rounds with less fear of tearing the rim.

The introduction of the top-breaks coincides with the expiration of the Rollin White patent in 1872, which ended S&W’s protected monopoly on the production of effective cartridge revolvers. Arch-rival Colt introduced their famous solid frame Single Action Army, or Peacemaker, in 1873, a few years after the S&W Model 3. Throughout the remainder of the nineteenth century, the repeating handgun market was dominated by two types of revolvers: the top-breaks as produced by Smith & Wesson; and the solid frames manufactured by Colt, and in much smaller quantity, Remington. Despite a few other interesting designs, most notably the Merwin-Hulbert twist-open revolver, most other gun makers followed one or both of these patterns, with the top-breaks probably becoming more predominant after 1880. Tip-ups and open-tops retained some popularity for .22 revolvers.

While double action revolvers had been popular in Europe for some time, the double action mechanism was first used on S&Ws in 1880 in .32 and .38 caliber, followed in 1881 in .44. Colt had introduced their solid frame double action a few years earlier in 1877. S&W took the concept a step further by creating a concealed hammer “double action only” revolver, their Safety Hammerless, in 1887.

Advocates of the Colt-style solid frame design claimed superior durability, although this was more true of the single-action models than the rather delicate double-action solid frames. Top-break enthusiasts pointed to the difficulty and slowness of single ejection and individual chamber loading of the solid frames compared to the simultaneous ejection and exposed cylinder-face reload of the S&W style top-breaks.

The introduction of the swing-out cylinder solid frame revolver (the Hand Ejector) by S&W in 1896 and Colt earlier in 1889, marked the beginning of the decline of both top-break and solid-frame styles of revolver. The Hand Ejector offered nearly as much frame strength as the solid frames and nearly as convenient reloading accessibility and speed as the top-breaks. However, top-breaks remained in the S&W line nearly until World War II and were offered by other manufacturers after the war.

In determining what types of handguns were actually in use from 1870 to 1900, it’s interesting to compare the production figures of the two major players. In looking at the big-framed, single-action cartridge revolvers so entrenched in our collective imagination as the symbol of the Old West, S&W produced around 195,000 Model 3s in their first decade of production (1870-1879) compared to around 85,000 first-decade Colt Single Action Armies (1873-1882). In fact, we find that Colts numbers did not catch up with S&W until the early 1900s. By that time, both firms had made about a quarter million hog legs. It’s important to note, however, that about two-thirds of S&W’s total production of Model 3s went to overseas military contracts.

In looking at total production of centerfire revolvers, 1870 to 1900, we find slightly over half a million Colt solid frames compared to over one and a quarter million S&W top-breaks. If we add open-top, tip-up, and Hand Ejector types to these numbers, we come up with about 800,000 Colts compared to about 1,400,000 S&Ws.

It’s readily apparent that Smith & Wesson top-break revolvers played a dominant role in the firearms market during the last third of the colorful nineteenth century.

MODEL NAME CONFUSION

Model One-and-a-Half and Model Two, Tip-Up and Top-Break

In the previous section we discussed the confusion that results when someone calls a top-break revolver a “tip-up” (erroneously in our opinion). It takes a bit more detailed focus to sort out the Model name similarities between S&W tip-up and top-break revolvers.

When they introduced the improved top-break configuration, S&W continued the practice of identifying frame size by number. This nomenclature has been carried forward by collectors, and can result in substantial confusion when trying to differentiate between tip-up and top-break revolvers. That’s all you need to be aware of, and you may wish to stop reading here, because the rest of this commentary will probably make your head hurt.

There’s no problem with the small Model One and large Model Three guns – the former were made only in tip-up configurations and the latter, for all practical purposes, only in top-break. Also, the double action revolvers avoid the confusion somewhat, since they are seldom referred to by frame size. Instead, they are usually referred to by caliber followed by the words Double Action (often abbreviated, both in writing and verbally, as DA, i.e. .38 DA).

However, when it comes to the single action medium-small framed Model One-and-a-Half and the medium framed Model Two, it’s a different story. I’ve seen two S&W collectors have a fifteen-minute conversation with neither realizing the other was talking about a different model. (Okay, okay, I’ve participated in such a discussion. More than once.)

Let’s consider the top-breaks, using the common names for the .32 single action top-break as examples. The .32 Single Action listed as first preference in the Neal and Jinks and Jinks books differentiates it from the DA models, but the tip-up 1-1/2 is also a single action. The Model 1-1/2 Single Action listed as first preference in Flayderman is no better, and perhaps even more confusing.

You sometimes hear it referred to as the Model 1-1/2 Centerfire, which differentiates it from the tip-ups, but could conceivably be confused with the .32 frame Double Action.

To be totally precise, you would have to call it either the .32 Centerfire Single Action or the Model 1-1/2 Single Action Centerfire. We have gone with .32 Single Action for simplicity’s sake, but the matter is far from settled.

The situation is a little less difficult with the Model Two-frame .38 single action top-break, since the tip-up Model Two was in .32 caliber. Thus the name .38 Single Action tells us exactly which gun were talking about. However, be aware that many collectors will still call it, properly, a Model Two (usually followed by 1st Model, 2nd Model, or 3rd Model).

This is probably a partial explanation for the common usage of Model Two Old Army when referring to the Model Two tip-up rimfire. It avoids confusion with the Model Two top-break centerfires. (Of course, this assumes that you find no confusion in calling a gun that was never officially adopted by any branch of the armed service an army model.) Did I mention the terminology here is somewhat cloudy?

TARGET MODELS

The New Model Number Three was the first S&W to be offered with an adjustable rear sight for target shooters, and other top-breaks will be found in such target model configurations. Usually, a collector would expect the number on the latch (on which the rear sight is mounted in most top-break models) to match the serial number of the gun. Accordingly, if a gun with target sights had an unnumbered latch, a question might arise as to whether the gun was originally shipped as a plain fixed sight gun.

However, collectors report target sighted top-breaks with unnumbered latches that letter as shipped in target model configuration. There is a very plausible theory that some orders for target models may have been filled by the factory by taking completed standard fixed sight guns from inventory and installing target sights on them, which would include replacing the latch, and in such a case the latch may not have been numbered to match the gun. Enough examples of unnumbered latch target models are reported that such a specimen should not be dismissed out of hand as altered without a factory letter.

COPIES

Many other firms made top-break revolvers similar to the S&W designs, especially the .32 and .38 Double Action and Hammerless models. Foreign copies of the large frame Model Threes are discussed later, in the introductory material to that part of this section.

A few American made designs look somewhat like the S&W .38 Single Action spur-trigger, with a model by American Arms probably the most similar. Spur-triggers by Otis A. Smith (no relation), Merwin-Hulbert, and Marlin also have somewhat similar profiles (although the latter two are not top-breaks).

Literally millions of top-break .32 and .38 double action revolvers were made from the late 19th through mid 20th centuries. Iver Johnson (IJ) and Harrington & Richardson (H&R) were the two most prolific makers, with Hopkins &Allen and Forehand & Wadsworth (later Forehand Arms) also quite active. Others markings found on DA top-breaks include Secret Service Special, Meriden, U.S. Revolver (an IJ trade name), Thames, Empire State, Eastern Arms, Marlin, Howard Arms, Thayer Robertson & Cary, Andrew Freyberg (or Fyrberg), Otis A. Smith and American Arms.

These revolvers are usually not literal copies of the S&W design, since features varied widely, but they all adopted the top-break style introduced by S&W. However, they were often marked with the cartridge designation of “.32 S&W” or “.38 S&W,” which will sometimes confuse folks who are not familiar with older guns into thinking they are S&W products. This confusion seems to come up most often with the Secret Service Special guns (a trade name used by wholesaler Fred Biffar Co. for guns made for him by Meriden, IJ, and H&R) and the Otis Smith “Smith” marked guns.

Foreign versions of .32 & .38 top-break DA revolvers are also found. The Belgian-made copies will often display the “ELG” proof mark. While most U.S. made “hammerless” top-break revolvers did not include the distinctive grip safety of the S&W New Departure models, some foreign copies will be found with this feature.

COLLECTORS TIP

For nearly all top-breaks, blue finish will bring a premium over nickel in the higher grades.

.32 FRAME (MODEL NUMBER ONE-AND-A HALF)

.32 Single Action

(a.k.a. Model One-and-a-Half Centerfire):

Caliber: .32 S&W centerfire, top-break single action revolver with auto extraction, now made with a rebounding hammer in an attempt to protect a live round in the chamber, 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of .92”. Three-inch and 3-1/2” round barrels were standard, with 6" being scarce while 8" or 10" are both very rare. Normal finish was nickel or blue (scarce) with the barrel latch in blued steel. Gold or silver was available on special order. The hammer is checked and case colored, the trigger is checked on the tip and also case colored. Grips were usually checkered hard rubber in black or brown, with mottled red or plain wood being more scarce. It has a birdshead grip, fitting on a round butt frame which has a sideplate on the left side held in place with two screws.

Three styles of hard rubber grips are noted: earliest plain checkering with no S&W logo serial number 1 - 15000, then checkered with plain block letter S&W logo about 15000 - 29000, then checkered with fancy intertwined S&W logo at about serial number 29000 - 97500. The front sight is a pinned round blade driven into the barrel rib; the rear sight is a notch cut in a raised portion of the barrel latch. Built with a spur trigger with no guard. Half-cock notches were built into the hammer action for the first 100 and then deleted. Approximately 500 factory wooden cases are reported to have been made. Matching serial numbers are found on the cylinder face, barrel, frame, top latch and grips. Some grips have been observed with a stamped serial number rather than hand written.

Early Models: More than 1,000 of the first guns did not have the patent markings (which are found on the rear of the topstrap above the cylinder in the majority of production). About the first 6500 guns were built with an eccentric strain screw for mainspring tension found under the grips in a serial range of approximately 1 - 6500. These may be quickly identified by absence of strain screw on front strap of grip.

Later Model: built with an outside strain screw for mainspring tension. Patent dates on the barrels of Jan. 17 and 24, 1865 - July 11, 1865; Aug. 24, 1869 - Feb 20, 1877; and reissue July 25, 1871 have been observed. Serial number range 1 - 97574 with all guns manufactured c. 1878-1892.

ID Key: 5-shot .32 centerfire, single action top-break

.32 SA in original factory wood case. Old Town Station photo.

Variations

• Earliest production lacking both V-shaped patent markings on topstrap and outside strain screw, add 25%

• 6" barrel, add 25 - 50%

• 8" or 10" barrel, 5 times standard price

• 50% premium for blue

• Factory wood case worth $500 - $800

.32 DOUBLE ACTION

.32 DA Models, with distinguishing characteristics. Only the rare 1st Model has the straight cut sideplate and smooth hard rubber grips. 1st and 2nd Models have two sets of cylinder grooves, while the 3rd through 5th only have the small set of cylinder stop grooves. 1stt through 3rd have the recurve trigger guard. Only the 5th Model has a forged integral front sight. ArmchairGunShow.com photo.

.32 Double Action 1st Model

Caliber: .32 S&W, double-action revolver, first double- action revolver manufactured by S&W, also the first .32-caliber model to have a trigger guard. Five-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of .92”, 3” round barrel with top-break action with auto-ejection of cartridge cases upon pivoting down the barrel, plain hard rubber black grips without any logo on a round butt frame, standard finish was blue or nickel finish. This very rare model is most quickly identified by its straight-cut sideplate – later Models of the .32 DA had irregularly cut sideplates. Sideplate is on the left side held in place with one screw. This straight-cut sideplate was viewed as a major weakness in this model; consequently many were held in the factory until 1888. The front sight is a round blade pinned into the barrel. The rear sight is a notch cut into the top lug of the barrel latch. The trigger guard is a separate piece from the frame and is pinned into the frame. Rear of trigger guard has a reverse curve. One of the rarest S&W production models, usually found in nickel finish. (Not pictured, but see photo of .38 DA 1st Modelate). Serial number range 1 - 30 with all manufactured in 1880.

ID Key: .32 caliber with serial number below 31, front and rear edge of sideplate are straight lines, not curved.

Too rare to estimate. A nice specimen might bring $10,000+: a weak specimen a couple thousand.

AUCTION BLOCK

32 DA 1sts – one “fine condition” in box - $3,025; the other “excellent condition” in box - $7,700 – Supica Old Town Station, Sept. 2003.

32 DA 1sts – Serial number 1, “fine refinish” - $7,475. Also another, “About good…20%” - $4,025 – James D. Julia Auction, March 2003.

.32 Double Action 2nd Model

Caliber: .32 S&W, double-action revolver. Similar to the First Model except with a smaller curved sideplate located on the left side to correct the previous weaker design. This model has a 3” ribbed barrel, pinned round blade front sight, with a notch in a raised portion of the barrel latch for a rear sight. Stocks are of checked black hard rubber with a S&W monogram or of a floral design (rare) on a round butt frame. The cylinder is a 5-shot with short flutes with one groove around the cylinder with a nominal length of .92”. The sideplate on the frame’s left side is held in place with one screw. Standard finish is blue or nickel. The trigger guard still has a reverse curve on the back and is a separate piece pinned into the frame. Top-break action with auto-extraction of empty shells upon tipping down the barrel. Serial number range 31-22172 with 22,142 firearms manufactured c. 1880 - 1882.

ID Key: Serial number range, curved sideplate edges, recurve trigger guard back, cylinder grooved with double stop notches.

Variations

Floral/Wild Turkey Grips: A few will be found with unusual hard rubber grips bearing the S&W logo, but with a floral pattern rather than checkering and with pictures of wild turkeys in the floral pattern. Originals worth 10 - 20% premium; beware of reproductions (common).

.32 Double Action 3rd Model

Caliber: .32 S&W, double action revolver, 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of .92”. Barrels lengths were a 3”, 3-1/2”or 6”. External changes of this model are elimination of the freeing groove around the cylinder, elimination of the double set of rocker type cylinder stops, and longer flutes cut into the cylinder. Other changes were internal. The sideplate on the frame’s left side is held in place with one screw. Stocks are of checkered black hard rubber with S&W monogram on a round butt frame. The front sight is a pinned round blade with a notch in a raised portion of the barrel latch for a rear sight. Standard blue or nickel finish, trigger guard still with a reverse curve.

Serial number range 22173 to 43405 with 22,232 guns manufactured c. 1882-1883.

ID Key: Serial number range, no cylinder groove, single set of cylinder stops, recurve trigger guard.

Variations:

• Slight premium for 6" barrel.

.32 Double Action 4th Model

Caliber: .32 S&W, double-action revolver, 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of .92”. Barrel lengths of 3” or 3-1/2” are common, with 6” somewhat scarce, and 8” or 10” quite rare. Changes are the rounded-rear trigger guard replacing the reverse curved trigger guard. Standard finish is blue or nickel. Stocks are checked black hard rubber with S&W monogram on a round butt frame, pinned round blade front sight, with a notch cut into the barrel latch for a rear sight. Top-break action with auto extraction of spent shells. The sideplate on the frame’s left side is held in place with one screw. Serial number range 43406 - about 282999. Roughly 239,600 were manufactured c. 1883 – 1909.

ID Key: Serial number range, rounded trigger guard, pinned front sight.

PRICE CHECK

32 DA, 4th, in box, “mint,” listed at $1,150. David Carroll, 2006

Variations

• Small premium for pre-serial number 209301 antiques.

• Add 25% for 6" barrel.

• 8" or 10" barrel very rare.

AUCTION BLOCK

Two .32 DA, 4th Models, each with factory lettered 10 inch barrel – one nickel, “fine to excellent” - $2,475; the other blue, “excellent as factory refinished” - $2,970 - Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

.32 Double Action 5th Model

Caliber: .32 S&W, double-action revolver, 3”, 3-1/2” or 6” barrel. Standard finish is blue or nickel; primary change is the round blade front sight is integral with the barrel rather than pinned while the rear sight is a notch in a raised portion of the barrel latch. Stocks are of black hard rubber with S&W monogram, 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of .92”, rounded trigger guard. Sideplate on the frame’s left side. A small S&W trademark is found the right side of the frame. Serial number range from about 283000 - 327641 with 44,641 firearms manufactured c. 1909 - 1919.

ID Key: Serial number range, rounded trigger guard, forged front sight integral to barrel (usually).

Variations

• Add 25% for 6" barrel.

Comment on Safety Hammerless Models

When S&W introduced its first Safety Hammerless model in 1887, it set a pattern for a handy, concealable “pocket revolver” that continues in popularity today. By using an internal hammer, they eliminated the hammer spur – which could snag on clothing or gouge the skin –thus making a revolver that was easy to carry and to quickly bring into action. This rendered the revolver “double action only,” eliminating the option of a lighter trigger pull by cocking the hammer. Even today, many authorities believe such a DAO approach is best for a personal defense revolver, providing a rapid first shot and eliminating any hesitation in deciding whether to fire single action or double action. They note that fine muscle control used in single action fire is likely to deteriorate in a high-stress, life or death situation. The system also eliminates any concern of accidentally cocking the hammer by snagging.

The concept was a winner for S&W, with the top-break Safety Hammerless models cataloged almost through the beginning of WWII. After the war, they were replaced in the product line by the Centennial Models in the early 1950s – although Hand Ejectors rather than top-breaks, they continued the “hammerless” snag-free design and backstrap safety lever of the Safety Hammerless models. The general Centennial design remains highly popular as a law enforcement backup and civilian concealed carry gun today, in such revolvers as the Models 340 and 642, although these later iterations eliminated the grip safety.

When first introduced, the grip safety was a major innovation. Running most of the length of the backstrap, it is intended to prevent the gun from firing until the shooting hand took a firm grasp on the grip, enhancing the safety of pocket carry. This device gives rise to a collector nickname for the model, the “Lemonsqueezer,” a term never adopted by the factory and spurned by some purist collectors. The company’s alternative name for this model was the “New Departure,” as it represented a new direction in revolver design.

The concealed hammer concept was not entirely new – for example the Pettingill percussion revolver had used such a system in the Civil War era, and various “hammerless” European firearms, including percussion revolvers, can be observed. However, the S&W usage must be credited with popularizing the design in cartridge pocket pistols.

The success of the concealed hammer design was rapidly widely imitated in the U.S. and Europe, with other companies turning out millions of “hammerless” revolvers from the late 19th century through about WWII. Iver Johnson Arms & Cycle Works and Harrington & Richardson were especially prolific makers, along with many others. Top-breaks seemed to be the most popular, although solid frame designs were also made, along with some open-top patterns.

The European Velo-dog style revolver, usually featuring a solid frame and folding trigger, borrowed the concealed hammer concept. As the name suggests, these little revolvers were in part intended to protect early bicyclists – “Velocipedists” – from canine indignation at the new-fangled travel device. S&W had a similar concept, with their scarce 2” barrel Safety Hammerless revolvers often called “Bicycle Guns.”

The S&W New Departures represent a rich collecting field, with many variations, and the common models not yet priced beyond the reach of most hobbyists. One very advanced Safety collector makes an interesting observation, noting that for most of their half century of production these hammerless revolvers were the most inexpensive in the S&W product line. He speculates that this may account for some of the unusual variations found. The theory is that, while S&W was meticulous in safety and function inspection of their products, the hammerless models may have been occasionally allowed to slide a bit in cosmetics, resulting in factory markings stamped in ways that might have caused a more “flagship” type model, such as the TripleLock, to be rejected. He mentions missing and backwards markings sometimes found on these as examples of this theory. Be that as it may, such guns certainly represent interesting “factory error” variations to today’s collector.

.32 Safety Hammerless Models, with distinguishing characteristics. 1st Model has the pushbutton style latch. 2nd and 3rd Models have the liftable latch, with the 3rd having an integral forged front sight rather than the pinned front sight of the first two models. Note the side barrel markings on the scarce Bicycle Gun variation. ArmchairGunShow.com photo.

.32 SAFETY HAMMERLESS (A.K.A. SAFETY, NEW DEPARTURE OR LEMON SQUEEZER)

.32 Safety Hammerless 1st Model

Caliber: .32 S&W, double-action-only revolver, 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of .95”. Standard barrel lengths were 3” or 3-1/2” (most common) barrel, 2” or 6” rare; checked rear grip safety on the backstrap, top-break action. 1st Model is distinguished by the push down barrel latch. Blue (scarce) or nickel finish, checkered black hard rubber grips with S&W monograms, with rounded trigger guard, fully enclosed hammer, pinned round blade front sight with the rear sight is a raised portion of the barrel catch. The sideplate on the frame’s left side is held in place with two screws. The safety lever spring was changed from flat to coiled around serial number 53000. Serial number found on the butt, cylinder, and barrel.

Serial number range 1 - 91417 with 91,417 firearms manufactured c. 1888 – 1902.

ID Key: Barrel release latch in back center of topstrap pushes down to open.

AUCTION BLOCK

Double cased pair .32 Safety 1st Models, “excellent plus…99-100%” - $3,300 - Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

Variations

• Bicycle Gun: 2” barrel. Early examples were special order guns, with the barrel address extending back into the topstrap area over the cylinder. The 2” gun was cataloged late in 1st Model production, with these examples having the markings on the side of the barrel. The early style may bring five to 10 times standard value; the later two to five times. One early source suggests that the first bicycle gun may be serial number 53252, from August of 1894.

• 6" barrel worth substantial premium.

• At least one original 1-3/8" barrel known to exist; special order. Extremely rare; high premium.

AUCTION BLOCK

1-3/8” .32 Safety, “very fine…96-98%” - $3,910 – James D. Julia Auction, March 2003.

.32 Safety Hammerless 2nd Model

Caliber: .32 S&W, double-action-only revolver, 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 0.95”. Standard barrel lengths were 3” or 3-1/2”, with 6” and 2” rare. The gun has a round ribbed barrel, with blue or nickel finish, checkered hard rubber grips with S&W monograms. The front sight is pinned in the barrel rib, while the rear sight is a notched raised portion of the barrel latch. The basic change was a T-shaped barrel latch with knurling on each side. Top-break action, with round trigger guard. Barrel marking is “32 S&W CTG” on the left side while the right side is blank. The grip safety is checked. The sideplate on the frame’s left side is held in place with two screws while a small S&W trademark is on the frame’s right side.

Serial number range from 91418 - 170000 with roughly 78,500 manufactured c. 1902 - 1909.

ID Key: Serial number range, T-shape barrel latch lifts to open, pinned front sight.

Variations

• 6" square butt target model reported but not confirmed.

• Bicycle Gun: 2" barrel with patent markings on side, double standard value.

AUCTION BLOCK

2nd Model Bicycle gun, “95-97%” - $748 – Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

2nd Model Bicycle guns, two sold – one “about excellent…90%”, correct box - $1,210; the other “excellent…95%”, correct box - $880 - Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

• 6" barrel worth double.

AUCTION BLOCK

6” barrel 2nd Model in Excellent Plus condition (reported by some as the best example known) sold in the Greg Martin April 22, 2006, auction for $2,837.

• 1-1/2" barrel very rare, worth substantial premium if original.

AUCTION BLOCK

1-1/2” barrel, “93-95%” - $2,070 - Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

.32 Safety Hammerless 3rd Model

Caliber: .32 S&W, double-action-only revolver, 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of .95”. Blue or nickel finish, round blade front sight forged into the barrel on common 3” and 3-1/2” versions. On the rare 2” barrel the front sight may be pinned or forged; 6” barrel rare. The rear sight is a notched raised portion on the barrel latch. Checkered black rubber grips with S&W monograms on a round butt frame, top-break action, with rounded trigger-guard. The sideplate on the frame’s left side is held in place with two screws.

Serial number range roughly 170000 - 242981 with some 73,000 firearms manufactured c. 1909 - 1937.

ID Key: Serial number range, T-shaped latch lifts to open, no patent dates, forged front sight (usually).

Variations

• Bicycle gun: 2" barrel with markings on side, worth about double.

AUCTION BLOCK

3rd Model Bicycle gun, “excellent…about 95%” - $715 - Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

• 1-1/2" barrel quite rare, worth substantial premium.

AUCTION BLOCK

.32 Safety 3rd Model 1-1/2” barrel - “93-95%” - $2,070 - Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

• 6" barrel rare; worth premium.

Note: The large frame top-break New Model Number 3 Target Model in caliber .32-44 is listed in the Model Number 3 part of this “Top-break Revolver” section. The .320 Revolving Rifle is listed in the “Long Gun” section.

.38 FRAME MODEL NUMBER TWO

.38 Single Action Models. 1st Model “Baby Russian” (top left) has a longer ejector housing than the 2nd Model (lower left). 3rd Model (right) usually has a traditional trigger guard rather than the spur trigger of the first two models. ArmchairGunShow.com photo.

.38 SINGLE ACTION

.38 Single Action, 1st Model (a.k.a. “Baby Russian” or Model No. 2 1st Model)

Caliber: .38 S&W, single-action revolver, 5-shot fluted cylinder, 3-1/4” (standard) or 4” round barrel with a top rib displaying patent dates. Blue finish is less common (about 6500 made) or nickel finish (more common), top-break action, spur trigger having no trigger guard, pinned round blade front sight, with the rear sight being a notch cut in a raised portion of the barrel latch, checkered hard rubber stocks with S&W monograms on a round butt frame. Wood grips are found on most blue guns. The hammer has both full and half cock notches. First production has only one screw to hold on the sideplate while later production had two screws.

The “Baby Russian” nickname derived from appearance similar to Model 3 Russians. Although sometimes applied to both First and Second Model .38 Single Actions, the term really designates only the First Model with its longer under-barrel ejector housing.

The first 138 or so Baby Russians have an added safety device of dubious utility called the Aldritch .38 hammer lock. When this was discontinued early in production, frames had already been manufactured for it and have an extra screw hole on the right side of the frame just behind the recoil shield. These 1000 or so guns were completed with a filler screw in this hole. Subsequent production lacked the hole. Serial number range 1 - 25548 with all manufactured c. 1876 – 1877.

Historic Notes

• Used by Baltimore City Police 1876 - 1917 (they switched to .38 DAs and Perfecteds). Examples are very rare, fall in serial number range of 4600 - 6949, and are marked “Balto City Police” on backstrap (three different styles of engraving known). Known examples of 4” nickel guns were shipped to Trimble & Kleibacker in Baltimore in the summer of 1876.

ID Key: .38 spur trigger with a long ejector housing under barrel.

AUCTION BLOCK

Nickel Baby Russian in original box with combination tool, “fabulous…98-99% original nickel” - $5,750 - Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

PRICE CHECK

Baby Russian in box, “99-97%”, listed at $2,000 – David Carroll, 2006.

Box only, “excellent,” listed at $1,975 – Old Town Station Dispatch, 2004.

Variations:

• Box: Original picture box alone worth $1000 to $2000. Tool worth $200 to $400.

• Baltimore City Police: Double or more standard value. Marked “BALTO PD” with number on backstrap.

• Aldritch .38 hammer lock (first 100 or so): Very rare, five to 10 times premium; beware of fakes.

• Slight premium for early guns with filler screws on right side of frame.

• Blue with wood grips, add 50% in lower condition grades, to double in higher grades.

AUCTION BLOCK

Blued Baby Russian, wood grips, in original picture box, “over 95%”, - $5,175 – Amoskeag, Sept. 2005

Blued Baby Russian, wood grips, “excellent plus” - $3,080; picture box only (no gun), “excellent” - $1,870; combination tool only -$330. - Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

.38 Single Action 2nd Model (Model 2, 2nd Issue)

Caliber: .38 S&W, single-action revolver, 5-shot fluted cylinder. Barrel lengths of 3-1/4” and 4” standard, with 5” and 6” somewhat scarce, and 8” or 10” rare. Round barrel with a top rib having patent dates. The front sight is a pinned round blade, with the rear sight being a notched raised portion of the barrel latch. Nickel finish with checkered black hard rubber grips or blue finish shipped with wood grips. Early guns had plain S&W grips while later production have fancy S&W Monograms on a round butt frame. Shorter extractor housing under the barrel from the 1st Issue, no trigger guard, top-break action, a strain screw for the leaf type spring is now found on the frames inside strap to tension the hammer spring. Serial number range 1 - 108255 with 108,255 firearms manufactured c. 1877 - 1891.

ID Key: Spur trigger .38, with sides of spur trigger guard integral to frame, stubby ejector housing.

AUCTION BLOCK

38 SA 2nd, inscribed” To J.F. Brown from Texas Jack” on attached plaque, “very good to fine…95%” - $25,200 – Greg Martin Auctions, Oct. 2002

PRICE CHECK

38 SA 2nd, original box, “99%”, listed at $1,450 – David Carroll 2006

Variations

• Premium for blue (often with mottled grips).

• Five to 10 times premium for 8"or 10" barrel

AUCTION BLOCK

8" barrel .38 SA 2nd, target sights, cast silver grips, “delivered to…D.B. Wesson,” “excellent…95%+” - $5,720 - Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

• 10 - 25% premium for 6" barrel.

• Red mottled hard rubber grips worth 50% premium; originally on blue guns only; watch out for reproductions.

.38 Single Action 3rd Model

(“Model of 1891”)

Caliber: .38 S&W, single-action revolver, 5-shot fluted cylinder, 3-1/4" or 4" (common), 5" or 6" (somewhat scarcer) barrel lengths are found, checkered hard rubber grips with S&W monograms or plain pearl with gold plated S&W monograms on a round butt frame, blue or nickel finish, now fitted with a separate rounded trigger guard and a rebounding hammer. The hammer spur has flared sides (as opposed to 1st, 2nd, and Mexican Models, all of which have flat-sided hammers). The front sight is a round blade pinned in the top barrel rib, with the rear sight being a notched raised portion of the barrel catch. Top break action. Special order target sights (scarce) consisted of a Paine Front sight on a pinned raised boss while the rear is an adjustable target sight mounted in the barrel catch. This model may be found with single-shot barrels in .22, .32 or .38 caliber as combination sets, numbered concurrently with the First Model Single-Shot and the Mexican Model. The barrel is usually, but not always, marked “MODEL OF 91” in the middle of the barrel address/patent markings. The .38 DA barrels are fairly interchangeable with this model, and it is believed that some DA barrels may have been used by the factory on .38 SA 3rd Models. However, whenever the barrel of a .38 SA 3rd is NOT marked “Model of 1891,” the prospective buyer should check the barrel serial number to be sure it matches the rest of the gun and is not a replacement robbed from a DA Model.

This is a very attractive gun, looking like a 2/3 scale New Model Number 3, and is highly sought after. However, unfortunately, there has always seemed to be a discrepancy between the number of guns supposedly manufactured and the availability of this model on the collector’s market. By manufacturing records, this model should be about as common as the Baby Russian .38 SA 1st, and maybe twenty times more common than the Model of 1891 Single-Shot, with which it shares a common frame. However, our subjective impression is that one sees ten .38 SA 1sts for every .38 SA 3rd, and that the Model of 1891 Revolver is, if anything, scarcer than the Model of 1891 Single-Shot.

The shared serial number range of the interchangeable 1891 Models may have given rise to some of the confusion. The First Model Single-Shot in .22, .32, and .38; the .38 SA Mexican Model; and the combination revolver/single-shot sets all share the same Model of 1891 frame and the same serial number range with the .38 SA 3rd. What’s more, this gun can be more or less changed from one of these configurations to another by substituting the single-shot barrel for the revolver barrel and cylinder (or vice versa).

Also, the Mexican Model configuration can be approximated by installation of a factory spur trigger conversion kit or perhaps more commonly by chicanery and fraud. Whatever the cause, this model is unaccountably difficult to find.

Serial number range 1-28107 with 26,850 units manufactured c. 1891 - 1911.

ID Key: .38 single action with trigger guard.

AUCTION BLOCK

38 SA 3rd, “99%” in original box - $5,750 - Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

.38 SA 3rd in factory cased combination set.

Variations

See listing of combination sets at the entry for 1st Model Single Shot.

.38 Single Action Mexican Model (“Model 1880”)

Caliber: .38 S&W, single-action revolver, 5-shot fluted cylinder; 3-1/4”, 4”, 5” or 6” barrel lengths are found, checkered hard rubber grips with S&W monograms or walnut. Extension type stocks were also available. Blue or nickel finish, flat sided hammer, frame lacks the integral extension on the bottom that protects the trigger on all other S&W spur-trigger models, no half cock notch on the hammer. This model will also accept a single-shot barrel. Top-break action. Numbered concurrently with .38 Single Action 3rd Model. Wide and narrow trigger variations known. Most of these were shipped to Mexico, Russia or to South America.

This is a rare model that brings a substantial premium; there are probably more fakes in circulation than authentic examples. S&W marketed as an option for the standard Model of 1891 a kit that would convert it to the spur trigger configuration. It is believed that for years some industrious little monkeys have been busily converting standard Model 1891s into “Mexican Models” using these kits. Please stop it. S&W also reportedly offered a kit to convert the Mexican model back to standard configuration. Serial number range 1 - 28107 with roughly 2,000 manufactured c. 1891 – 1911.

ID Key: .38 single action spur trigger with sides of spur trigger-guard not integral to frame, and flat sided hammer, and no half cock notch, and barrel marked Model of 1891 – and still be careful!

Too rare to value; majority of this configuration seen in the market are not correct. A correct original Mexican Model would probably sell in the mid- to low-five figures, depending on condition.

AUCTION BLOCK

.38 SA 3rd Mexican Model – “80-85%”, replaced carved pearl grips - $4,600 - Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

.38 DOUBLE ACTION

.38 Double Action 1st Model

Caliber: .38 S&W, double-action revolver. This is S&W’s first double-action .38-caliber revolver. It resembles the 32 Double Action 1st Model in appearance and function: 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.21”. Commonly found with 3-1/4” or 4” round barrel with a top rib, one groove is around the cylinder, with two sets of stop notches, top-break action, squareback recurve trigger guard, blue (scarce) or nickel finish having a blue trigger guard, hard rubber grips with S&W monogram, round blade front sight pinned in the top barrel rib while the rear sight is a notched raised portion of the barrel latch. The hammer has full and half cock notches. A straight cut sideplate extends across the frame is held in place with one screw later recognized as a weakness in the design. Patent dates on the barrel top rib. Serial number range 1 to roughly 4000 manufactured c. 1880.

ID Key: .38 S&W caliber, straight cut sideplate edges, cylinder grooves, two sets of cylinder stops, recurve rear trigger guard.

.38 DA Models with distinguishing characteristics, including Perfected. 1st Model is the only one with a straight cut side plate. 1st and 2nd have two rows of cylinder stop grooves, with the very similar 3rd and 4th Models having only the smaller set of grooves. 5th Model and Perfected have integral forged front sights rather than the pinned sights of previous models. ArmchairGunShow.com photo.

.38 Double Action 2nd Model

Caliber: .38 S&W, double-action revolver, 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.21”. Found with 3-1/4”, 4”, 5” or 6” barrel lengths with a top rib, similar in appearance to first model except with a smaller curved sideplate held in place with one screw which corrected the weakness on the prior model. Black (standard) or red mottled (scarce) hard rubber grips with S&W monograms on a round butt frame, blue finish or nickel finish having a blue trigger guard, top-break action. The front sight is a round blade pinned in the barrel top rib with the rear sight being a notched raised portion of the barrel latch. Patent dates on the barrel top rib. Serial number range approximately 4001 - 119000 with roughly 115,000 manufactured c. 1880-1884.

ID Key: .38 DA, curved sideplate edges, grooved cylinder, two sets of cylinder stops, recurve trigger guard.

PRICE CHECK

Engraved gold plated .38 DA 2nd, target front sight, “fine…70%,” listed at $1,250 – ArmchairGunShow.com.

Variations

• Slight premium for 6" barrel.

• Slight premium for red mottled grips.

.38 Double Action 3rd Model

Caliber: .38 S&W, double-action revolver, 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.21”. Standard barrel lengths of 3-1/4”, 4”, 5”, or 6”, with 8” or 10” rare. Checkered black hard rubber grips with S&W monograms on a round butt frame. Freeing groves around the cylinder are eliminated along with the double set of cylinder stops, longer cylinder flutes and solid trigger back, blue finish or nickel finish with nickel having a blue trigger guard. The front sight is a round blade pinned in the barrel rib while the rear sight is a notched raised portion of the barrel latch. The hammer has full and half cock safety notches. Has top-break action. The sideplate is on the frame’s left side and is held in place with one screw. Serial number range 119001 to 322700 with 203,700 firearms manufactured c. 1884-1895.

ID Key: .38 Double Action, no cylinder groove, one set of cylinder stops, recurve trigger guard, pinned front sight, serial number range.

Historic Notes

• Cleveland Police: 300 or more 3rd and 4th Model Double Actions to Cleveland Police Dept., marked on backstrap “No. XXX, C.P.D.” with Sergeant and higher marked with rank. One has been reported in the 4317XX serial number range.

• Boston Police: 800 sold to Boston Police Dept., serial numbers in range of 141000 and 145000. Reported as marked “BPD” on the backstrap. A list of serial numbers can be found in an article by Roy Jinks in the SWCA Journal, 25th Anniversary reprint, Book 1, pp. 244-245.

• Baltimore Police: Reportedly at least 61 .38 DAs sold to the Baltimore Police around 1886, reported marked “Balto City Police” in a style similar to that found on Baby Russians purchased by the same department. It is unclear whether these are 2nd or 3rd Models.

• Over 1000 were sold to American Express Co., (predecessor to American Railway Express), both 3rd and 4th models, between 1892 and 1905, shipped first through Hartley &Graham, and then purchased direct from S&W. The earliest known serial number is 264116, and serial numbers are found scattered, with small clusters in the following ranges: 288000s, 408000s, 443000s, 444000s, 461000s, 472000s, 476000s, 477000s, and 486000s. They are marked AM. EX. CO. [#] on backstrap. Highest known backstrap number is 934.

Variations

• Premium for 3rd or 4th model with smooth bore with factory letter.

• Premium for authentic CPD, BPD, or Balto City Police marked guns.

• 8" or 10" barrels worth maybe five times to 10 times standard values.

AUCTION BLOCK

.38 DA 3rd Model, 10” barrel, extension ivory grips, cased, “85%” - $2,588 – Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

Two .38 DA 3rd Models with 8” barrels sold – one “excellent condition” - $2,200; the other “refinished” - $880 - Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

• About 50% premium for American Express guns. Serial numbers and more information can be found in an article by Roy Jinks in the SWCA Journal, 25th Anniv. reprint, Book 1, pg. 443-447.

• Any .38 DA with an original 2" barrel would be worth a substantial premium. However, watch out for .38 DAs with 2" barrels from Safety .38s or Perfecteds. These were usually spare factory barrels lacking a serial number.

• Original target sighted models rare, worth three to five times standard values.

.38 Double Action 4th Model

Caliber: .38 S&W, double-action revolver, 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.21”, barrel lengths of 3-1/4”, 4”, 5” or 6”; checkered hard rubber grips with S&W monograms or target extension stocks on a round butt frame, blue finish or nickel finish with nickel having a blue trigger guard, similar to 3rd model with changes to the sear for better DA pull, top-break action, the sideplate is held in place with one screw, service sights are a round blade front sight pinned in the barrel rib with the rear being a notch cut in a raised portion of the barrel latch. Target sights are a pinned square cut blade front sight with an adjustable rear sight mounted in the barrel latch. Serial number range 322701 - 539000 with 216,300 manufactured c. 1895 – 1909.

ID Key: Similar to 3rd model, except for internal changes and serial number range.

Variations

Slight premium for pre-1898 antiques, before serial number 382022.

• 1000 shipped to Peru in 1908, 5", blue finish, marked with the seal of Peru, in serial number ranges of 535553 - 536052 and 536553 - 537052, worth premium.

• Group of 125 shipped to Lovell, Boston, marked “FRP”; significance unknown – possibly Fall River (Mass.) Police, serial number ranges of 381896 – 382020.

• Cleveland Police, inscribed on backstrap with a number and “CPD.” Very scarce.

PRICE CHECK

• .38 DA 4th, Cleveland Police, “85%,” listed at $505 – Lyle Larkworthy, GunsAmerica.com, 2006.

• See “Historic Notes” and police and American Express variations listed under 3rd model.

• Target sights rare, worth premium.

• At least one combination set with revolver and single shot barrels known, see listing at entry for 1st Model Single Shot.

• At least one made with a 2-1/2" barrel, very rare, worth substantial premium.

• 6" barrel scarce.

• 38 DA 4th, 6" barrel, “90+%,” medallion pearls, box, listed at $1,000 – David Carroll, 2006.

.38 Double Action 5th Model

Caliber: .38 S&W, double-action revolver, 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.21”, barrel lengths of 3-1/4”, 4”, 5” or 6” are found; 1-1/2” barrel has been reported as made in both forged and pinned front sight versions; either would be very rare. Black hard rubber grips with S&W monograms or walnut extension type with the target sight version (rare), blue finish or nickel finish with nickel having a blue trigger guard. Similar to 3rd and 4th models, top-break action, service sights are a round blade front sight forged in the barrel rib rather than pinned with a notch cut in a raised portion of the barrel latch for the rear sight; scarce target sights consisted of a square cut blade pinned in the barrel rib, with the rear sight being an adjustable type on the barrel latch. The sideplate is on the left side held in place with one screw. Serial number range 539001 - 554077 with 15,000 manufactured c. 1909 – 1911.

ID Key: Similar to 3rd and 4th model except serial number range and usually with forged front sight integral to barrel.

.38 Double Action Perfected Model

Caliber: .38 S&W, double-action revolver. This was S&W’s last top-break revolver model to be introduced. Five shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.21”. Barrel lengths of 3-1/4”, 4”, 5” or 6”; checkered hard rubber grips with S&W monograms or walnut, on a round butt frame. The front sight is a forged blade integral with the barrel; the rear sight is on a raised portion of the topstrap release. This is the only S&W model that has both a topstrap release and a side thumb release on the left side (apparently for the belt-and-suspenders kinda guy). It is also the only S&W top-break to have the sideplate on the right side of the frame (held in place by four screws). Blue finish or nickel finish; nickel finish guns have a blue latch and case color hammer and trigger; both service and target sights (scarce) were available. Serial numbers found on the butt, cylinder face and on the barrel latch. S&W monogram stamped on the frame’s left side, top-break action. The only top-break with the trigger guard an integral part of the frame rather than a separate piece. This model has a four-screw sideplate and a trigger guard screw with strain screw. Top barrel markings include “Smith & Wesson Springfield Mass. U.S A” “Pat’n Aug. 4, 96, Dec. 22, 96, Oct. 8, 01, Feb. 6, 06, Sept. 14, 09.” A small S&W trademark is found under the thumbpiece. Serial number range 1 - 59400 with 59,400 manufactured c. 1909 – 1920.

ID Key: Both a top-break cylinder latch and a cylinder release on the frame. Top-break with sideplate on right side of the frame.

AUCTION BLOCK

.38 Perfected DA, “exceptional… Excellent plus, 99%” – $2,588 – Rock Island Auction, April 2006.

Variations

• A few Perfecteds were made without the thumbpiece cylinder release on the frame, ID by sideplate on right side of gun (rather than on left side as with all other DA top-break S&Ws) and integral trigger guard, worth double to triple standard value.

• Nickel worth 25% premium; slight premium for 5" barrel.

• Historic Notes: Serial number 42566 used by Floyd Allen in a daring getaway in a Hillsville, Va., courthouse on March 14, 1912. Reports from the July, 1963 edition of Guns and Hunting say he killed at least six people including the judge. Allen died in the Virginia electric chair on March 28, 1913.

.38 SAFETY HAMMERLESS REVOLVERS

See “Comment on Safety Hammerless Revolvers” at the beginning of the .32 Safety Hammerless listings.

.38 Safety Hammerless 1st Model (“Z-bar”)

Caliber: .38 S&W, double-action-only revolver with a backstrap safety, 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.21”. Barrel lengths of 3-1/4”, 4”, or 5” are found. Checkered hard rubber grips with S&W monograms or plain pearl with gold plated S&W monograms, blue or nickel finish, fully concealed hammer with a safety bar in the backstrap, top-break action; top latch “Z bar” must be pushed sideways to open the action. Round blade front sight pinned in the barrel’s top rib with the rear sight being a notch cut in a raised portion of the barrel latch. The sideplate is on the frame’s left side and is held in place with one screw. Serial number range 1 - 5250 with 5,250 manufactured c. 1887.

Most Models can be distinguished by style of latch. 4th and 5th Models have the same style latch, with the 4th Model having a pinned front sight like previous models, and only the 5th Model having a forged intergral front sight. ArmchairGunShow.com photo.

ID Key: Z-bar latch must be pushed sideways to open revolver.

AUCTION BLOCK

.38 Safety 1st Model, “98-99%,” $1,380 - Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

.38 Safety, 1st Model, “95%,” $1,840 – James D. Julia, March 2005.

PRICE CHECK

.38 Safety, 1st Model, “95%”, listed at $1,075 – David Carroll, 2006

Variations

• Box is very rare, worth substantial premium – look for unique Z-bar “directions for use” to identify box.

• 5" barrel scarce; worth premium.

• It is believed that 6" barrels were manufactured. However, none have been observed. If an original 6" gun surfaced, confirmed by factory records, it would be very valuable.

.38 Safety Hammerless 2nd Model

Caliber: .38 S&W, double-action-only revolver with a backstrap safety, 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.21”, barrel lengths of 3-1/4”, 4” or 5”, checkered hard rubber grips with S&W monograms, blue or nickel finish, differs from 1st Model with a knurled thumbpiece on the top latch, service sights are a round blade front pinned in the top rib with a notch cut in a raised portion of the barrel latch for a rear, top-break action. The sideplate is held in place with two screws on the left side. Serial number range 5251 - 42483 with 37,350 firearms manufactured c. 1887 – 1890.

ID Key: Latch pushes down to open and is fitted to frame contour; serial number range.

Variations

• .38 Safety Army Test Revolver: See .38 Safety 3rd Model.

• Premium for 5" barrel.

• Special order barrel lengths - at least one original 2" known. Extremely rare; high premium.

.38 Safety Hammerless 3rd Model

Caliber: .38 S&W, double-action-only revolver with a backstrap safety, 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.21”. Found with 3-1/4”, 4”, 5” or 6” barrels with a top rib, checkered hard rubber grips with S&W monograms, blue or nickel finish, top-break action. Major changes were that the barrel catch now protruded over the frame area with a small cutout, and there was a cross pin added in the trigger guard to stop forward movement of the trigger. The sideplate is held in place with two screws on the left side. The front sight is a round blade pinned in the barrel rib with the rear being a notch cut in a raised portion of the barrel latch. Serial number range 42484 - 116002 with 73,500 manufactured c. 1890 – 1898.

ID Key: Latch pushes down to open and protrudes above frame.

Variations

• 25% premium for 6" barrel.

• U.S. Express Company: Sixty-six guns engraved “USX” on side of revolver in serial number range 89249-89717, 50 % to 100% premium. Serial numbers and more information can be found in an article by Roy Jinks in the SWCA Journal, 25th Anniversary reprint, Book 1, pg. 112.

• .38 Safety Hammerless Army Test Revolver: 100 sold to U.S. government in May of 1890, marked “U.S.” on the left side of the barrel lug. These guns are 3rd Models, although they are in the 2nd Model serial range (41333-41470). Blue with 6” barrel. Rare, probably worth mid-four figures in average well-used condition.

• Special order barrel lengths: A handful of original 2” barreled guns are known to exist. It is reported that at least 10 or so 2-1/4” barreled guns were manufactured, and at least one is known to still exist. High premium.

.38 Safety Hammerless 4th Model

Caliber: .38 S&W, double-action-only revolver with a backstrap safety, 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.21”. Found with barrel lengths of 3-1/4”, 4”, 5 inch or 6”; checkered hard rubber grips with S&W monograms, blue or nickel finish with nickel having a blue trigger guard and blue barrel latch. The front sight is pinned into the barrel with the rear sight being a raised portion of the barrel catch. This model has a T-type barrel latch with two knurled side knobs, barrel may or may not be marked “.38 S&W CTG,” top-break action. A small S&W trademark is found on the right of the frame. The sideplate is on the left side held in place with two screws. Serial numbers found on the butt, cylinder face, barrel catch, and usually the right grip panel. Serial number range 116003 to roughly 220000 with roughly 104,000 manufactured c. 1898 – 1907.

ID Key: T-shaped barrel latch lifts to open, pinned front sight.

Variations

• 5" and 6" barrels may fetch a slight premium in higher condition ranges.

• Special order barrel lengths – 1-1/2" and 2" barreled special order guns exist. High premium.

• “U.S. EX.” marked specimens observed; see previous model listing.

” U.S. EX” marked Safety Hammerless. ArmsBid.com photo.

.38 Safety Hammerless 5th Model

Caliber: .38 S&W, double-action-only revolver with a backstrap safety, 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.21”. Found with 2” (Bicycle Gun, scarce), 3-1/4”, 4”, 5” or 6” barrel lengths with a top rib having the marking “Smith &Wesson Springfield Mass. U.S.A.” A few, reportedly at least 15 or so, were made with 1.5” barrels, some of them manufactured for banks. Checkered hard rubber grips or walnut with or without S&W monograms on a round butt frame; blue or nickel finish with the nickel finish having a blue trigger guard with case colored smooth trigger and blue barrel latch. “SMITH &WESSON” on the right side and “38 S.& W. CTG” on the left side of the barrel. A small S&W trademark is found on the frame’s right side, with “Made in USA” above the trigger guard. This model also has a sideplate on the left side held in place with two screws. The front sight is forged with the barrel or may be pinned with a 5” or 6” barrel. The rear sight is a notch cut in a raised portion of the barrel catch; the 2” barrel variation may have either pinned or forged front sight, with the inscription “Smith & Wesson Springfield Mass USA” on the right side with “.38 S&W CTG” on the left. Has top-break action. Serial numbers found on the butt, cylinder face, barrel, latch and usually on the right grip panel. Serial number range 220000 – c. 261493 with some 41,500 manufactured c. 1907 - 1940.

ID Key: T-shaped barrel latch lifts to open, usually with forged front sight integral to barrel

AUCTION BLOCK

.38 Safety, 5th Model, 6" bbl., “very minty…99%” - $2,875 -Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

Variations

• 2" barrel Bicycle Gun, 100% premium. 1-1/2" barrel guns rare, worth substantial premium. Reported with pinned front sight blade. A couple reported examples are in the 25xxxx serial number range. At least one is known to be listed in the factory records as shipped with a 1-5/8" special order barrel.

AUCTION BLOCK

Two 1-1/2” barrel Safety, 5th Model sold – one “virtually new…99% plus” - $8,050; the other “95-97%” - $4,313 – Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

2” Bicycle Gun, “superb condition…99%”, medallion pearls - $4,255 – same auction as above.

Three 2” barrel Bicycle Guns, 5th Model sold – one “excellent” -$660; one “very good to fine” - $660; one “very good to fine” $440 - Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

1-1/2” barrel Safety, 5th Mod., “90%” - $3,250 – same auction as above.

Rare original 1-1/2” barrel. Old Town Station photo.

• 5" and 6" barrels may bring a slight premium in higher condition grades.

PRICE CHECK

.38 Safety, 5th, 5” barrel, “97-98%,” listed at $1,275 – David Carroll, 2006.

• Checkered walnut grips scarce, worth premium if original to gun.

• Last few of the serial numbered frames were reportedly not finished, but rather given away in the white to employees, friends, and so on as souvenirs.

• So-called “Post Office Model” – It has been reported that none are known to show in the factory records as having been shipped to the Post Office. However, some serious students of this model believe that guns with the following features were purchased for the Post Office, although probably never used: 5th Model, blue, 4" barrel, checkered non-medallion walnut grips, high serial number.

PROTOTYPE ONLY

The factory manufactured a few large frame top-break .44 caliber Safety Hammerless pattern revolvers. It is believed that only two still exist.

Note: Large frame top-break .38 caliber revolvers including New Model #3 .38 Winchester, New Model #3 .38-44 Target Model, and .38 Winchester DA are listed in the top-break section with the .44-sized frame Model 3s.

.44 FRAME MODEL NUMBER 3 BACKGROUND INFORMATION

“Model Number Three” was the S&W factory designation for its line of large-frame top-break revolvers. The Model Number 3s seem to be perhaps the most sought-after group of antique S&Ws for a number of reasons.

In many ways, it was the first full-sized metallic cartridge handgun using an indisputably effective defensive round. It was an international favorite, and in its later configurations provided a level of accuracy that made it the choice of champion target shootists of the era. There are a seemingly endless number of variations to be sought.

Perhaps most accounting for this models popularity with collectors, however, is the romantic era it represents. Big single-action sixguns are undeniably evocative of the Old West of the late nineteenth century. Elsewhere around the globe, it was a time of empire and military adventurism. The S&W Model 3 was a vital part of this era.

However, there is also an understandable tendency among general gun enthusiasts to be confused by the different variations of the Model 3. While nearly everyone who is halfway gun-savvy immediately recognizes the familiar lines of a Colt Single Action Army, there are many otherwise knowledgeable dealers and collectors who can’t tell the difference between an American and a New Model #3 without referring to a book. It’s really not difficult, if you give it a moment’s thought.

There are basically four groups or “families” of single action Model 3s, with the double actions forming a fifth group. A quick glance at the shape of the grip and the location of the latch will allow you to immediately place a big S&W single action into one of the four major groups, and a check of a few other features will confirm your identification. There is only one exception, listed with the Russian Models:

QUICK I.D. KEYS FOR THE FIVE “MODEL 3 FAMILIES”

Americans: Made 1870 - 1874

• Square butt frame, no knuckle on backstrap.

• Latch mounted on barrel.

• .44 caliber, long ejector housing, 8" barrel standard.

Engraved examples from the five major “families” of Model Threes, top to bottom: Americans (and 1st Model. Russians), square butt with barrel mounted latch. Russians (2nd and 3rd Models), extreme backstrap knuckle, round butt, trigger guard spur, long ejector housing. Schofields, the only Model 3s with the latch mounted on the frame. New Model Number Threes, moderate knuckle on backstrap, round butt, short ejector housing. Double Actions, large DA trigger rests in center of recurve trigger guard. Supica photo.

Russians: Made 1873 - 1878

• Round butt frame, extreme knuckle on backstrap.

• Latch mounted on barrel.

• .44 caliber, long or medium ejector housing, 6-1/2" or 7" barrel standard.

• Originally all made with trigger guard spur, but these were sometimes cut off later.

The Exception

The so-called First Model Russian or Old Old Model Russian of 1871 - 1874. It looks like an American. It is collected by American collectors. It quacks like an American. However, it is chambered for the .44 Russian cartridge, has “Russian Model” marked on the barrel, and is officially known as a Russian. Go figure.

Schofields: Made 1875 - 1877

• Square butt frame, no knuckle on backstrap.

• Latch mounted on frame.

• .45 caliber, medium length ejector housing, 7" barrel.

New Model Number Threes and related models: Made 1878 - 1912

• Round butt frame, moderate knuckle on backstrap.

• Latch mounted on barrel.

• Variety of calibers and barrel lengths with .44 and 6-1/2" standard, short ejector housing.

• Could be special ordered with trigger guard spur (but scarce).

Double Actions: Made 1881 - 1913

As with nearly all other handguns, double actions may be identified at a glance by the fact that their trigger hangs in the middle of the trigger guard rather than at the rear of the trigger guard.

COLLECTORS TIP

To distinguish .44 American from .44 Russian cylinders, remember that American cylinders will be bored straight through while Russian cylinders will have a sharp shoulder where the case mouth rests.

Foreign Copies

It is not uncommon to encounter foreign made revolvers generally patterned on the S&W Model 3 top-break revolvers. Often these were Belgian or Spanish made. An “ELG” proofmark is a clue to the former. Spanish copies were made by Orbea Hermanos, Larranaga Garate y Cia, Garate Anitua y Cia, Trocala Aranzabal y Cia, Euskaro, Guisasola, and others. It is also believed that copies may have been made, or at least certainly marketed, in France (Chobert marked copies observed) and Mexico. Copies marked with a sunburst and “R.M.” are believed to have been used in the Mexican military.

Essentially exact copies of the 3rd Model Russian were made by Ludwig Loewe of Germany and the Tula arsenal in Russia. It has often been said these were made under license from S&W. They are discussed in later in this section.

Other copies tend to vary considerably from the actual S&W produced guns, as a side-by-side comparison will quickly reveal. Most single action copies generally take on the profiles of the 2nd or 3rd Russian Models, with some patterned on the American or Schofield Models. In most cases, a quick visual clue to non-S&W manufacture is the short New Model #3 style ejector housing on the foreign copies of Russian, American and Schofield pattern revolvers.

Double action copies can sometimes be quickly identified by a more pointed birdshead butt shape than S&W, or a rounded rear to the trigger guard where S&W has the distinctive recurve rear. “hammerless” style .44 DA copies are also sometimes found.

Copies will sometimes be found with markings obviously intended to deceive the buyer into believing that he was purchasing a true S&W. One example has an exact copy of the S&W Russian Model barrel address and patent dates, with the exception of “U.3.A.” marked in the place of “U.S.A.” Other copies are stamped with markings that are a bit tenuous in their grasp of the location of the S&W plant, such as “Russian Model, Smith & Wesson, New York” or “Springhead VK New York.” Still others are a bit more subtle in their knock-off markings, with “SMITH AND WESSON CARTRIDGES ARE THOSE WHICH BEST FIT THE EUSKARO REVOLVER” being a popular example.

The problem of non-S&W made products being marked with the company name was significant enough that in the 1890s, the firm took legal action in Belgium. In 1893, the Springfield Republican newspaper reported “. . . a large seizure of revolvers has been made in Liege. The principal armorers in Liege, from whom the weapons were taken, are said to have stamped Smith & Wesson’s names on inefrior (sic) goods, which were sold at a low price.” A later issue reported that, although S&W lost their initial suit to protect their trademark in Belgium, on appeals they won, resulting in “heavy damages” against two Belgian makers. For those interested in the historical usage of the S&W copies, the article notes “. . .the principal markets of the Belgians are in Mexico and the South American states. . . although the falsely marked revolvers have been found in Turkey and the far East, as well as in other parts of continental Europe.”

Quality of these copies ranges from good to abysmal. The Tula & Ludwig exact copies seem to be comparable to S&W products, while some of the Spanish copies were good enough to be purchased by England as secondary martial revolvers for WWI. At the other extreme, Belgian copies are found which seem to want to push a .44-caliber bullet out of a .38”-diameter bore. In the words of Nine-Finger Bob, “Yikes!”

First and Second Model Americans (scarce short barrel on 1st Model), with distinguishing characteristics. Supica photo.

AMERICAN MODELS

“The history of the S&W Model 3 American is one of service. Neither toy nor ornament, few were tucked away in bureau drawers to be discovered in pristine condition a century later. This was a work gun; a big, heavy-caliber holster gun worn openly and ready to hand; a timely gun indigenous to America on the move and a part of Americas greatest adventures.” – Roy Double

The American was the first big-bore cartridge revolver and has traditionally been associated with the American West. It was the first cartridge revolver adopted by the U.S. military, and saw usage in the Indian Wars. In this sense, the U.S. American may be considered the “Walker” of cartridge revolvers.

Many subtle changes were made throughout production. Roy Double’s outstanding monograph on this model, printed in The S&W Journal, divides production into three issues of American, four models of rimfire, two Russian Army issues, and two transitional periods. This classification system has not caught on with collectors, however, and most continue to think primarily in terms of First Model Americans and Second Model Americans.

First Model American

(Model No. 3 1st Model Single Action)

Caliber: .44 Rimfire Henry (rare), and .44 American (.44 S&W). This model is commonly called “American” regardless of whether rimfire or centerfire. Single action revolver with a top break frame, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.45”, standard 8” barrel with a rib, some made with 6” or 7" barrels, blue or nickel finish, square butt frame, smooth walnut grips, full and half cock notches. Weight is 41 oz. with an 8" barrel. Serial number range 1 to roughly 8000 (includes Transitionals) with approximately 8000 manufactured c. 1870 – 1872.

ID Key: Square butt with barrel mounted latch, flat frame bottom, hammer and latch don’t interlock.

Historic Notes

• Texas Jack Omohundro owned serial number 2008 and presented serial number 4868 to the Earl of Dunraven.

AUCTION BLOCK

These were sold at auction in 2002, serial number 2008 “very good… gray patina…30% nickel - $56,000; serial number 4868 “very good to fine…95%” – $25,200 – Greg Martin Auctions, Oct. 2002.

• Serial numbers 7052 and 7056 attributed to Dallas Stoudenmire.

• Recent studies have shown that some Americans were used at the Battle of the Little Big Horn. An American Model with nickel finish is in the “Little Bighorn Battlefield National Monument” in Montana. It is attributed to Lt. James E. Porter of the 7th Cavalry, Company I. The report is the gun was left at Fort Abe Lincoln with his wife and not used in the battle. The serial number has been obliterated.

Variations

• Vent hole (“oil hole”) in rear extractor housing under barrel, first 1500 guns or so, add 10 - 15% premium.

• 25% premium for original 7" barrel, 50% premium for original 6" barrel.

• .44 Rimfire Henry Caliber: About 200 manufactured in this caliber. Identified by triangular shaped firing pin and slot in frame. Worth substantial premium. Serial number 1 was an Army test gun in this configuration, now located in the Springfield Armory N.H.S. Number 1 only has a serial number in one location, on the butt. All others believed to have nickel finish and in serial number range 4000 - 4200.

• Nashville Police: Thirty-two manufactured with 6" barrel, marked “Nashville Police” on backstrap, extremely rare, verify by factory letter. Very rare – average well-used specimen might sell in the high-four to low-five figures.

AUCTION BLOCK

Nashville Police, “very good…25-30%” - $17,825 – James D. Julia Auction, Mar. 2003

• Transitional American: As mentioned above, there are several variations that may be considered “Transitional.” Most collectors consider a combination of a 2nd American interlocking hammer and latch with a 1st American flat bottom frame to be a Transitional American. Another criterion is the shorter cylinder of 1.423”. Transitions are found in two serial number ranges, 3200 - 3700 and 6800 - 8000.

U.S. Army order of 1000

Caliber-.44 S&W, 800 blue and 200 nickel, with U.S. marked on the barrel rib, OWA inspector’s mark on the left grip. Barrel, cylinder, and frame have A and P marks (nickel has As only). Serial range 125 - 2199. To bring full price, this gun must be on a list of known serial numbers. Specific serial numbers are listed in the Parsons book S&W Revolvers and in the reprint of Charles Pates article found at the end of the 20th Anniversary compilation of The S&W Journal. May run double to triple civilian model values.

• Historic Notes: An article by Scott Meadows in Gun Report magazine discusses the use of S&W Americans from 1871 through 1876 by the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, and 7th Cavalry.

• U.S. Variation: NICKEL. Note: Unlike many Model 3 nickel guns, it is correct for a U.S. American nickel gun to have a nickel plated latch and trigger-guard. Nickel-plated U.S. Americans will have the As and U.S. markings, but no Ps. Add additional premium for nickel.

1000 U.S. American Serial Numbers

The following is the list of the U.S. purchased American Model 3 serial numbers. This is taken from an old handwritten list, and some serial numbers are unclear. Twenty serial numbers are listed twice on the original list, and it seems likely that some of these were old errors.

All guns below serial number 1895 were blue except for serial numbers 1722, 1729, 1863, and 1868, which were nickel. All guns from serial number 1895 through 2199 were nickel, except for serial numbers 1951, 1958, 1967, 1998, and 2053, which were blue.

Range: 125 - 2199

125 164 192 211 225 242 249 257 277 282 292 293 308 330 331 334 340 352 355 358 362 364 365 367 370 371 375 382 385 386 388 390 393 397 406 408 412 413 415 418 419 420 423 425 427 428 431 436 439 447 448 451 452 457 458 459 462 464 465 466 467 469 471 474 475 483 484 486 487 488 490 491 492 493 495 496 498 508 513 516 519 521 522 523 524 527 529 531 533 536 539 542 544 545 548 549 550 554 555 556 562 564 570 571 575 576 577 580 581 585 586 587 588 590 596 599 601 602 605 607 609 610 611 615 616 619 625 628 630 631 633 636 637 641 642 643 646 654 660 664 665 666 667 671 676 683 696 699 700 702 705 707 708 711 712 713 714 715 716 718 723 724 725 728 729 730 732 734 739 740 744 749 750 753 754 756 757 758 760 761 762 763 764 769 770 771 774 776 777 779 780 783 784 785 791 796 797 798 801 802 803 804 806 808 810 811 812 814 822 823 825 828 829 830 835 837 839 840 841 844 845 846 847 848 849 853 855 856 857 858 861 864 865 870 873 876 881 882 883 891 892 894 896 899 906 907 908 911 914 926 929 939 956 958 962 985 991 994 1000 1003 1005 1010 1014 1017 1018 1021 1022 1024 1025 1026 1029 1030 1031 1036 1038 1040 1042 1044 1046 1047 1050 1051 1056 1059 1061 1062 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1077 1079 1082 1083 1086 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1095 1097 1098 1099 1102 1108 1122 1123 1124 1125 1128 1132 1137 1144 1146 1149 1155 1157 1165 1170 1171 1175 1184 1187 1189 1192 1193 1196 1197 1198 1199 1212 1224 1227 1230 1231 1232 1234 1248 1249 1252 1256 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1277 1278 1279 1280 1282 1283 1284 1285 1287 1288 1289 1290 1292 1293 1295 1296 1297 1300 1301 1303 1304 1306 1308 1309 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1324 1325 1326 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1383 1384 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1400 1401 1402 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1460 1461 1462 1463 1465 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1499 1500 1501 1502 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1538 1539 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1583 1584 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1593 1594 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1611 1612 1614 1615 1616 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1634 1635 1637 1638 1641 1643 1649 1651 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1660 1661 1662 1664 1665 1667 1671 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1681 1682 1685 1686 1688 1689 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1720 1721 1722 1729 1732 1733 1735 1737 1738 1742 1745 1759 1761 1767 1768 1770 1775 1778 1781 1782 1784 1787 1788 1790 1791 1795 1798 1802 1803 1807 1814 1816 1820 1821 1825 1826 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1842 1843 1844 1846 1847 1848 1849 1851 1852 1857 1859 1863 1867 1868 1870 1871 1872 1874 1875 1877 1880 1882 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1890 1891 1893 1895 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1914 1915 1916 1918 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1930 1931 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1941 1943 1944 1945 1947 1949 1950 1951 1955 1956 1958 1961 1962 1967 1970 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1978 1979 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2057 2058 2059 2060 2062 2063 2064 2065 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2083 2085 2086 2087 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2109 2110 2111 2112 2114 2115 2116 2118 2121 2122 2124 2126 2128 2130 2139 2152 2153 2154 2169 2170 2176 2177 2192 2199

U.S. Purchase American, with distinctive markings. Supica photo.

AUCTION BLOCK

U.S. Purchase American, “excellent…82% nickel…Calhoun Norton collection” - $28,375 – Greg Martin Auctions, April 2006.

U.S. Purchase American, serial number 521, “good with approx.

20% original nickel finish” - $9,775 – Rock Island Auction, April 2006.

Two U.S. Purchase Americans, one nickel, “75%” - $9,775; the other blue, “40-50%” - $16,100 – Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept.

2005.

Three U.S. Purchase Americans sold - one “very good” - $5,750; another “good” - $2,875; another “fair as cleaned & polished, (mismatched)” - $1,150 – James D. Julia Auction, March 2003.

PRICE CHECK

Two U.S. Purchase Americans listed – one “fair, missing parts” at $1,750; the other “good as modified (cut barrel, caliber converted)” at $2,100 – Old Town Station Dispatch, 2005.

Second Model American

(Model No. 3 2nd Model Single Action)

Caliber: .44 American (.44 S&W) or .44 Rimfire Henry (scarce). Single-action revolver with a top break frame, similar to the First Model with a six shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.45” when chambered in .44 American, except with following changes: a larger trigger pin which necessitates a bump in the formerly straight line of the bottom of the frame, an interlocking hammer and latch (notch at top of hammer face and small flat teat sticking out of rear of latch) and a steel front sight. Eight-inch barrel was standard length but is also found in 5”, 5-1/2”, 6”, 6-1/4”, 6-1/2” and 7”; blue or nickel finish, smooth walnut stocks, round blade front sight inserted and pinned in the barrel, rear sight is a notch cut in the top lug of the barrel latch, square butt. Six hundred and four were manufactured with a detachable shoulder stock. The Russian contract is also numbered within this series. Approximately 3,014 were chambered for .44 Henry. The .44 S&W cylinder length is a nominal 1.42”. Weight of this model with an 8” barrel is 41 oz. Serial number range 8000 - 32800 with 20,735 manufactured c. 1872 – 1874.

ID Key: Square butt with barrel mounted latch, bump on bottom of frame, interlocking hammer and latch.

AUCTION BLOCK

2nd Model American, “excellent…99%” - $24,970 – Greg Martin Auctions, April 2006.

2nd Model American, “95-98% nickel” - $12,320 - Little John’s, Jan. 2006

2nd Model American, “excellent…97% plus” – $11,500 – Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

2nd Model American, rimfire, “Nimschke engraved,” German silver lion’s head buttcap on carved ivory grips, with holsterand belt - $23,530 – Greg Martin Auctions, Oct. 2002.

2nd Model American, Nimschke engraved, German silver lion’s head buttcap on carved eagle and snake ivory grips, with bowie knife and scabbard and holster, attributed to Mexican Gen. Mariano Escobeda - $55,000 – Greg Martin Auctions, June 2002.

Historic Notes

• Serial number 20029 has been attributed to Wyatt Earp as the gun used by him in the gunfight at the OK Corral, although there is some question on this.

• 2nd Model American serial number 17271 reported as captured by George Adam Eagle from Cole Younger.

AUCTION BLOCK

This gun, “fair…N.Y. scroll engraved,” with documentation - $7840 - Little John’s, Jan. 2006.

• Serial number 17232 attributed to Marshall George Spriggs of Jetmore, KS; serial number 14000 attributed to lawman Tarvis Butler, Coffeeville, KS.

Variations

• Short barrel: 25 to 50% premium for barrel lengths other than 8” if original.

• Handle deviations: guns with unusual grip frame with a more extreme bend in the grip angle. There has been debate as to whether this represents a true factory variation or is the result of bent frames. May bring slight premium.

• Rimfire: 25 to 50% premium, identify by triangular firing pin and slotted frame, some known with 1st model style hammer and latch. Many rimfires went to Mexico through distributor Wexell & Degress.

• Stocked: Add slight premium for a gun originally cut for stock by factory, serial numbers for stocked guns are generally over 20000. If cut through numbers, may have been adapted at a later date. Reproduction or foreign made stocks are known. It is believed that a factory stock will have a three-digit number on the metal attachment piece, buttplate, and in the wood under the buttplate (stock must be disassembled to find these numbers). A correct gun and stock together will bring double to triple what a gun alone will bring.

AUCTION BLOCK

2nd Model American with shoulder stock “fair to good” - $4,255 – James D. Julia Auction, March 2003.

Two 2nd Model Americans with shoulder stocks sold – one “excellent plus condition” - $20,350; the other “very good plus”, in wooden case - $4,675 – Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

• Stock alone: Approximately 600 made for 2nd American and 1st Russian Models, interchangeable. Worth low four figures depending on condition and buyer.

• Argentinean Army: 500 shipped to Argentina October 10, 1873, .44 American caliber, marked “Ejercito Argentino” on left side extractor, or more probably, on bottom of frame in front of trigger guard (sources vary). Serial number range is 28300 to 28950. Hard usage, very rare, worth premium.

• Spanish Colonial Cuba: 111 sent to Spanish Cuba, no known examples, worth premium.

• U.S. Navy Purchase reported, no known examples, would be worth substantial premium if confirmed.

RUSSIAN MODELS

In the 1870s, S&W obtained from the Russian government for military usage a series of orders for Model 3s that would eventually total around 150,000 guns. The Russians required various changes to the design, which S&W accommodated and incorporated into much of their commercial production. In fact, some of the changes between the First and Second Model Americans can be traced to Russian requirements.

Russian Models, with distinguishing characteristics. 1stt Model is identical to the American except for chambering and barrel marking. 2nd and 3rd Models both have the distinctive knuckle on the grip frame backstrap, and the trigger guard spur (although this is sometimes found cut off). Differences between 2nd and 3rd Models are quickly noted in barrel length, cylinder retaining screw on topstrap, ejector housing length, and pinned vs. forged front sights. Supica photo.

Perhaps the most significant change was the cartridge. The .44 American (as it later came to be known) used an outside lubricated heeled bullet in which the diameter of the rear portion of the bullet was reduced to fit into a brass case that was the same diameter as the forward part of the bullet (a similar system may still be observed today in the ubiquitous .22 rimfire cartridges). The Russians wanted a round where the bullet fit into a case of larger diameter, and hence the .44 Russian round was born. This would eventually become S&W’s big-bore cartridge of choice for the remainder of the century, one of the most accurate target cartridges ever designed, and the parent cartridge of the .44 Special and .44 Magnum rounds.

With the new cartridge and the initial minor changes, the First Model Russian is essentially the same gun as the American models, except for the chambering and barrel rib marking. Soon the Russians were requesting more radical changes, especially to the grip, resulting in the classic Russian Model profile: round butt, extreme knuckle or prawl at top of the backstrap, and trigger guard spur.

Many collectors feel that this gives the 2nd and 3rd Model Russians a distinctly Victorian or European look. It certainly makes the gun very difficult to cock without changing the hand’s position on the grips, unless the shooter is endowed with orangutan thumbs.

There are several hypotheses about the utility of the trigger guard spur. Some contend that it was simply a rest for the middle finger of the shooting hand. Others have reported that it was utilized as a hanger, to secure the pistol when tucked through a waist sash. Bill Powell reports a theory that it was originally called a Parry guard, intended to allow a revolver-wielding Cossack to deflect a saber slash with his sidearm and still retain all his fingers. My personal favorite, at least in terms of creativity, is the theory that military tactics of the time called for the cavalry to charge with revolvers already cocked, and the spur provided a gripping surface for the trigger finger in such a situation (don’t try this at home!). Be that as it may, the spur was often considered cumbersome by American users, and specimens are not infrequently found with this enhancement lopped off.

Serial number information for the Russian models tends to be rather confusing, as each of several Russian contracts was believed to have had its own serial number range starting with 1.

Commercial guns initially included “RUSSIAN MODEL” at the end of the barrel address. Some foreign government buyers objected to this wording, and an alternate marking ending in a “REISSUE [patent date]” was made.

Comment on Russian Model values: 1st Model Russians tend to bring the same good values as 2nd Model Americans, and sometimes a bit more. However 2nd and 3rd Model values tend to be quite variable, and rare variations can sometimes go for less than might be expected for such an historically significant and interested large frame 1870s-vintage single action six-shooter.

Russian Model Serial Numbers

The serial numbering of the Russian Models is notoriously confusing. The best way to sort it out is by carefully studying the Neal & Jinks and Jinks books. Note that the serial number range introduced for American Models was continued with the Russian Models for commercial guns throughout production. In addition, each Russian contract batch (usually 20,000 guns) appears to have had its own serial number range starting with 1, and there were separate serial number ranges starting with 1 for special runs such as Turkish contract and “Reissue” marked guns. Finally, it appears that some military contract serial number range guns were sold as commercial models, and vice versa.

First Model Russian

(Old, Old Model Russian or Model No. 3 Russian 1st Model)

Caliber: .44 S&W Russian. Single-action revolver built on a top-break frame. Identical to American Models except chambered for .44 Russian cartridge instead of .44 American, and civilian commercial guns are marked “Russian Model” on barrel. 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.42”. Has smooth walnut grips, with blue or nickel finish. Eight-inch barrel standard, with 6” and 7” also produced; round blade front sight with the rear sight is a notch that projects on top of barrel latch, this model has a butt swivel. They are found with either features of the Transitional American or the Second Model American. Weight of this model with 6” barrel is 38 oz.

Commercial guns numbered with the American models in serial number range 6000 - 32800 were manufactured c. 1871 – 1874. Russian contract guns serial number 1 – 20000.

ID Key: Same as American models, but with stepped chambers and marked “Russian Model”

Historic Notes:

• Serial number 25274 is attributed to John Wesley Hardin.

PRICE CHECK

1st Russian, provenanced to Kansas lawman Sylvester Davis, documentation “85%”, listed at $7,500 – David Carroll – 2006.

1st Russian “90%”, listed at $8,500 – David Carroll – 2006

1st Russian “excellent plus…92-95%” listed at $6,850 – Old Town Station Dispatch, 2005

Variations

• Russian Contract Version: 20,000 made for Russian government, in their own serial number range, barrel markings are in Cyrillic, with double headed Russian eagle at breach. Subjected to hard usage, few found their way back to the U.S. and are very scarce today. Double value.

• Reject Version: Approximately 500 manufactured for Russian government, but rejected and sold commercially; these guns will have serial numbers on all parts (as opposed to assembly numbers on most commercial guns). Most had the Cyrillic markings removed and were re-marked with the English markings and are worth about the same as standard commercial guns, perhaps with a slight premium. The few that were sold commercially in the U.S. with Cyrillic markings still intact lack the Russian eagle at the end of the barrel address, and are closer in value to the Russian Contract guns.

• Shoulder stocks: Rare and valuable – see comments under 2nd Model American.

Second Model Russian

(Old Model Russian or Model No. 3 Russian 2nd Model)

Caliber: .44 S&W Russian and .44 Rimfire Henry (rare). Single action revolver built on a top-break frame, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.42”, 7” barrel length is standard, walnut grips, blue or nickel finish, spurred trigger-guard, round butt frame, humpback gripstrap (extreme knuckle or prawl at top of grip where the web of the thumb contacts the grip when holding the gun), altered hammer, butt swivel. Russian contract models have Cyrillic markings and the Russian Double Eagle. Each of three Russian contracts believed to have had their own serial number range starting with 1. Commercial guns were continued in the American serial number range, c. 32800 - 39000.

Yet another serial number range of 1 - 9000 included commercial guns along with the Japanese and Turkish contracts, with the barrel address ending in the REISSUE patent date instead of the words “RUSSIAN MODE”L (both Old and New Model Russians were made in this serial number range). 85,200 manufactured in all variations c. 1873 – 1878. Another 6,200 Standard Commercial Model in .44 S&W Russian caliber manufactured.

ID Key: Round butt, extreme knuckle, trigger-guard spur, long ejector housing, 7” barrel, pinned front sight, small screw on topstrap.

Variations

• Rare barrel lengths of 5-1/2", 6", 6-1/2", and 8" will add substantial premium if original.

• Russian Contract Model: Caliber .44 S&W Russian, Cyrillic markings, the Russians called this Old Model Russian the “Infantry Model” or “1873 model,” found with or without serial numbers at end of barrel marking; 70,000 produced, slight premium.

• Japanese government variation: 5,000 manufactured in the serial number range 1 - 9000, shipped through distributor Ahrens, barrel marking ends with “REISSUE July 25, 1871” instead of “Russian Model.” Found both in blue and nickel, and 7” or 6-1/2” (worth additional premium) barrel. Usually found with Japanese navy anchor with two wavy lines on the butt or army marking of Japanese character in circle at breech end of barrel, 25% premium.

• Caliber .44 Rimfire Henry commercial: 500 produced, 50% to 100% premium.

• Special Turkish Model: Caliber: .44 Rimfire Henry. 1,000 manufactured in 1 - 9000 serial number range; 50 – 100% premium.

• Second Turkish order: Caliber: .44 Rimfire made by altering standard commercial guns, and in same serial number range as commercial; 2,000 manufactured, 50 - 100% premium.

• Schuyler Hartley Graham: 2nd and 3rd Model commercial Russians will not infrequently be found with the mark of this distributor (the letters “SH”) in a diamond stamped on the butt.

• Shoulder stocks: Probably around 1,000 2nd and 3rd Model Russians were factory cut for shoulder stock. On a gun alone that is factory cut for stock, add slight premium. Gun with stock worth at least double what gun alone would bring. The more common shoulder stock for the New Model Number Three will “sort of” fit on a 2nd or 3rd Model Russian. An original shoulder stock for a 2nd or 3rd Russian has a small rectangular protrusion that fits into a corresponding small slot on the backstrap of the revolver, which is not present on the New Model Number Three shoulder stock system. Also, the buttplate on the Russian Model stock is metal, as opposed to hard rubber on the New Model Number Three stock.

Third Model Russian (New Model Russian or Model No. Three Russian 3rd Model)

Caliber: .44 S&W Russian or .44 Rimfire Henry. Single action revolver built on a top-break frame with 6-shot fluted cylinder, 6-1/2” barrel length, walnut grips, blue or nickel finish. Changes from the Second Model include shorter extractor housing than its predecessor and integral front sight forged as part of barrel rather than a pinned-on separate blade. Butt swivel. Total production approximately 60,638 manufactured for all contracts. Each Russian contract for the 3rd Model is believed to have started over with serial number 1. Commercial guns are usually in a continuation of the American and Russian model serial number range 39000 - 53500. Yet another serial number range of 1 - 9000 was made with the “REISSUE [patent date]” at the end of the barrel marking instead of the words “Russian Model,” and included both Old and New Model Russians. Standard Commercial Production 13,500 manufactured in .44 S&W Russian c. 1874 – 1878.

ID Key: Round butt, extreme knuckle, trigger-guard spur, medium ejector housing, 6-1/2” barrel, front sight forged integral with barrel, large thumb screw on topstrap.

Model Threes with detachable shoulder stocks, top to bottom: 1) American with factory type stock; note long bottom piece on attachment piece of stock to accommodate the square butt frame. 2) Russian with factory type stock; the rare Russian model stock is quickly distinguished from the similar New Model #3 stock by the extra protrusion in the mounting arm to fit into the slot in the middle of the backstrap of the factory cut-for-stock Russians (the New Model #3 stock attachment piece lacks this protrusion). 3) New Model Number Three with factory type stock; this one is an Australian Colonial Police variation, shown with the accompanying holters for both revolver and stock. 4) Non-factory period-stocked Schofield; no known factory stocked Schofields exist; this type of stock and attachment has also been observed on an American Model 5) .44 DA adapted outside the factory for attachment of a New Model #3 style stock; this adaptation reportedly done outside the factory for some Australian Colonial Police usage; there are no known .44 DAs factory cut for stock. Supica photo.

Historic Notes

Serial number 1096 owned by Pat Garrett; serial number 40369 attributed to outlaw Sam Wells, aka Charlie Pitts.; serial number 39197 attributed to Col. John K Rankin; serial number 48506 inscribed “Col. D. B. Case/4th PA.”

Variations

Short barrel: A very few made with 5-1/2” barrel, pinned front sight, 50 - 100% premium.

Shoulder stocks: See discussion of shoulder stocks at the 2nd Model Russian listing, above. Seven were factory engraved, and will bring substantial premium.

AUCTION BLOCK

3rd Model Russian with shoulder stock, both “99% old period nickel plating” - $6,325 - Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

• Schuyler Hartley & Graham: Old and New Model Russians often found with a “SH” in a diamond marked on the butt. This marking by distributor Schuyler Hartley & Graham is interesting, but does not add substantially to the value of the gun.

• Russian Contract Cyrillic: .44 S&W Russian with KO or HK inspectors, Cyrillic barrel markings. Russians called it the “Cavalry Model” or “1874 model,” found with or without serial numbers at end of barrel marking, and with or without a boxed 1874 on the left side of the knuckle. 41,138 manufactured, slight premium.

• Japanese Model: 1,000 manufactured with same added Japanese markings as on the 2nd Model, 25% premium.

• 44 Rimfire commercial: 25 - 50% premium.

Detail of taller triangular rimfire hammer firing pin, and corresponding slot in frame. The general pattern will be seen on rimfire Americans, Russians, and New Model. #3s. Supica photo.

Various Russian Model barrel markings.

• Turkish Model: .44 Rimfire Henry with “W” inspector’s mark; 5,000 manufactured in serial number range of 39100-52500 by converting standard .44 Russian models, triangular firing pin and plugged firing pin hole recut to slot configuration, may have Arabic numerals under grips. Quite rare. Usually rough condition, slight premium.

AUCTION BLOCK

3rd Model Russian, Turk., “good” - $1,265 – James D. Julia Auction, March 2003.

• Ludwig Loewe copies: Not made by S&W but a copy of the 3rd Model Russian made by the German firm of Ludwig Loewe for the Russian government. Cyrillic barrel markings will bring almost as much as a S&W Cyrillic Russian contract gun. Commercial Ludwig Loewe revolvers with the markings in English are more scarce, and may bring a bit more. It has been reported that Ludwig Loewe copies marked with “RA” inside the letter “Q” on the rear of the barrel rib may have been revolvers made for the Argentine military. It is also known that Ludwig Loewe made copies in .44 rimfire, and .44-40-chambered models have been reported (although the design would have to be modified considerably to accept the latter cartridge). Values similar to S&W-produced guns.

• Russian Tula Arsenal copies: The Russian government also produced their own copies at their Tula arsenal, again Cyrillic marked. Very rare in the U.S., and reportedly quite scarce in Russia as well; 50% premium. However, of course this premium would be reduced if a large number of Tula guns were discovered and imported from Russia.

• Other copies: Other European copies of S&W Russian models tend to bring about half or less of what an original S&W would bring.

• Gold damascene: Sometimes S&W Russian Models, or Tula or Ludwig copies, or other Russian copies will be found with very ornate gold damascene decoration, often including fancy grips, sometimes Turkish attributed.

SCHOFIELD MODELS

The S&W Schofield (usually pronounced SKO-field rather than SHOW-field) revolver is probably the best known by the general public of any of the Model Threes, and the one most associated with the Old West in the collective American imagination. Such is its popularity that some gun enthusiasts who are not familiar with the older S&Ws will tend to call any large frame S&W top-break a “Schofield.” It has received some exposure in movie and TV westerns, most notably and recently in Clint Eastwood’s Unforgiven, but also in earlier efforts such as Nevada Smith, Trackdown and Alias Smith & Jones.

The Schofield originated with the efforts of Col. George Schofield to improve the American Model Three for military usage. As noted earlier, the American was the first cartridge revolver adopted by the military in 1870, with a purchase of 1000. However, in 1874 the Army purchased 8000 Colt Single Action Army models, noting a preference for their strength and simplicity. In Army tests of this era, S&W Americans and Russians passed the firing and functioning criteria, but were criticized for their complexity and number of parts. The greater ease and speed of reloading was noted, but was not given much credence as a tactical advantage. The Russian model was criticized for the awkwardness of its grip, hammer, and trigger guard spur.

First and Second Model Schofields. Note differences in latch configuration. Supica photo.

As early as 1871, Schofield had been working on improvements to the S&W American that he felt would render it more suitable for military usage. The most obvious of these consisted of changing the latch from barrel mounted to frame mounted. The Schofield model was tested and met with military approval. They requested that it be produced for the .45 Colt cartridge. S&W demurred, noting that the rim of the .45 Colt was inadequate for positive extraction in the S&W design, and no doubt considering that the cylinder and frame of the Model 3 would have to be lengthened to accommodate the long round. Instead, S&W offered to redesign the military cartridge to a .45- caliber round that would function in both types of revolvers. This was found acceptable, and 3000 S&W Schofields were initially ordered in 1875. Further minor modifications were made, and an additional 5000 in the Second Model configuration were delivered in 1877. By the end of 1877, the Army had purchased around 8000 S&W Schofields, and around 15,000 Colt SAAs. A few guns were made for the civilian market, but the vast majority of Schofields were military guns.

Markings

Patent dates are found on either side of the ejector housing under the barrel. The left side reads “Smith & Wesson Springfield Mass. U.S.A. Pat. Jan. 17th/and 24th 65. July 11th 65. Aug. 24th 69. July 25th 71”; the right side “Schofield Pat. Apr. 22d 1873” with a “June 20th 71” patent date added to later guns. On government purchase guns, a large “U.S.” is marked on the butt. This appears on the toe of First Models, was moved to the heel on the early Second Models (up to about serial number 6000), and back to the toe on subsequent Second Models. Small military inspection and acceptance marks are found in the metal in three places on each gun: the top of the frame bottom strap, the rear face of the cylinder, and the bottom rear of the barrel. They consist of the letters P and L on First Models and P with either E, C, or W on Second Models. Mixed inspector initials are often found on Second Models, and should not be considered incorrect. The smooth wood grips bear a cartouche on the left grip only for First Models, either “JFEC” or “SBL.” A wider variety of cartouches appear on Second Models, with the right grip either plain or marked CW and the left either “JRJ” with a date, CW with a date, or “DAL 1877.”

The more scarce civilian guns made for commercial sale lacked these military markings, with the possible exception of the “P” on the frame. The government contract called only for blued guns, but there are reports of nickel-plated guns prepared for individual officers as well as nickel civilian revolvers. All guns were serial numbered in their own range beginning with 1. The serial number appears on the butt, rear face of the cylinder, both latch pieces, latch screw, barrel under the latch, and inside of the right grip.

There has been some debate concerning finish of Schofield revolvers. It appears that all military purchase guns (the vast majority of those manufactured) were originally finished in blue. Nonetheless, several nickel-plated Schofields in otherwise correct military configuration are encountered. Some of them give every appearance of factory finish. It has been speculated that perhaps individual officers wanted to purchase nickel guns, and new or as-new guns were stripped of their bluing and professionally plated. Of course, many of the guns that were purchased as surplus by dealers such as Bannerman or Schuyler Hartley and Graham were professionally refinished in nickel, often for sale to the Western market, as early as the 1880s.

Military Usage

Many Schofields were issued to active units, reportedly including the 4th, 9th, and 10th Cavalry. The 4th was involved in the Geronimo campaign. The 9th and 10th comprised the famous “Buffalo Soldiers”: African-American troops stationed in the American Southwest. There they fought in the Indian Wars, including campaigns against the Apaches, and served in civil disturbances such as the Lincoln County War.

Other Schofields went to state militias. New York received 2000 in 1877; Michigan 536 in 1878 and 1879; Indiana 300 in 1878 and 1879; Territory of Washington 180 in 1882 and 1891; California at least 100 and possibly 300 in 1880; Kansas 100 in 1879; West Virginia 79 in 1878; with lesser quantities going to Arkansas, Colorado, Georgia, Illinois, and Tennessee. Florida, Maine, Nevada, North Carolina, Oklahoma, and Pennsylvania received fewer than seven guns each. It’s probable that some of the guns sold to state militias had been previously issued to regular army units.

A Schofield believed to have been used at the Battle of the Little Big Horn is owned by the Smithsonian Institution, although it has never been clear which side its owner was fighting on. After the annihilation of Custer and his men, there was some argument in print that the outcome might have been different had the troops been armed with Winchester repeaters and the fast loading Schofields instead of single-shot Trap-doors and slow-reloading Peacemakers.

Col. Charles Pate, noted authority on S&W military revolvers, writes that the big S&W was still in use by regular army units as of 1887. Several Pate articles on Schofields will be found in the 25th Anniversary reprints of the SWCA Journal. Springfield Research Service reports that some Schofields were apparently still in service with volunteer units in 1898 during the Spanish American War. However, many had been retired earlier.

As noted above, the .45 Schofield round would function in either the army-issue Colt or S&W. However, one can imagine the disconcerting effect of trying to chamber a Colt cartridge in a Schofield and finding the nose of the bullet poking out the front end of the cylinder. Bad for morale, especially in the heat of battle. This rather complicated ammunition supply problem supposedly was a major reason that many Schofields were withdrawn from service and sold as surplus during the 1880s.

The story of the long cartridges and the short cylinders may be more folklore than truth, however. Pate reports that the Army was trying to order more Schofields in 1878 but Smith & Wesson was not interested in producing any more. It should be noted that 1878 was the year that S&W introduced its New Model Number Three, replacing the American, Russian, and Schofield, and perhaps the factory wanted to focus its large frame single action revolver production on its new and improved model.

Western Usage

Many of the surplus Schofields were purchased by dealers such as Bannerman and Schuyler, Hartley & Graham. They were then offered for sale, often with the barrel cut to a handier 5” length and the gun nickel-plated to withstand the rigors of Western usage. The combination of quick reloadability and big .45-caliber power made them popular with lawmen, outlaws, and others who were serious about their sidearms.

Schofields were reportedly favorites of the James Gang, with serial numbers 3444 and 5476 attributed to Frank James and serial number 2341 to Cole Younger. Jesse James carried serial number 366, and serial number 273 is reported to have been used by a James Gang member, possibly Jesse. Famous lawman Bill Tilghman and Frank McLowery of O.K. Corral fame are among others who are reported to have carried Schofields.

Wells Fargo

It’s estimated that several hundred Schofields with the cut-down 5" barrels were purchased by Wells Fargo to arm its messengers. The guns were marked by the company on the right side of the under-barrel ejector housing by stamping over the Schofield patent. The marking reads “W.F. & COS EX” along with a re-stamping of the gun’s serial number. The “S” was dropped from the company name in 1898, and guns are found marked both ways, suggesting the period of use. It’s believed that all authentic Wells Fargo Schofields known to date have serial numbers under 6000. Schofield serial number 1 was among those used by Wells Fargo.

Three different sizes of numerals have been reported in the Wells Fargo serial number markings. Most common is the small size, about the same size as the company name abbreviation. A medium size was reportedly marked by the Chicago office, with a large size numeral being the scarcest.

Unfortunately, whenever a relatively simple marking adds interest and value to a gun, there is a temptation to forgery. This is the case with Wells Fargo Schofields, with faked markings not uncommon. A quick tip-off to some fakes is the stamping of the company name. It is believed that on all authentic WF guns a line-stamp was used. “W.F. & CO EX” stamped in uneven individual letters should raise immediate suspicion. The numerals in the stamping, on the other hand, were individually stamped, and their spacing may be uneven.

San Francisco Police

Schofields are sometimes found with a large two- or three-digit number, usually under 300, stamped on the backstrap. These have been called “San Francisco Police” Schofields. It is believed that these guns were shipped to San Francisco at the time of the Sandlot Riots, and eventually wound up with the California militia. An article by Charles Pate in Man at Arms magazine discusses this variation.

Variations of Wells Fargo markings believed to be authentic, top to bottom. 1) Late italic, singular “CO.” company marking, with small type numerals. Wells Fargo repeated the gun’s serial number as their company number, even with Schofield serial number 1, shown here. 2) Early block letter, plural “CO’S” companies marking with medium size numerals. 3) Early companies marking with largest size numerals. 4) Late company marking with small numerals; large “S” is believed to be a later property marking from Hollywood’s Stenbridge prop gun rental company.

First Model Schofield

Caliber: .45 S&W, named after Col. George Schofield; single-action revolver built on a top-break frame, 7” barrel, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.42”, blue finish, barrel catch attached to the frame, plain walnut stocks on a square butt, round blade front sight, with a notch cut in the rear barrel latch, top-break action, with an iron frame generally patterned after the Model No. 3 American. Military markings include “U.S.” on butt, cartouche on grips, and “L” and “P” on barrel and cylinder, and frame marked “L.” Weight of this model is 38.5 oz. with a 7” barrel. Serial number range 1 - 3035, manufactured c. 1875.

ID Key: Square butt, frame mounted latch, groove down top of barrel, Schofield markings on right ejector housing, latch shape viewed from side has a circle around the screw head at the bottom of the latch and comes to a point at the top.

AUCTION BLOCK

High condition 1st Model Schofield, “95%” - $29,900 - Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

Variations

• Civilian Version: Very rare, only 35 made, lack military markings. If paying a premium for a civilian model, be careful to be sure that it’s not a military gun with markings removed. As with many rare variations, a factory letter would be highly desirable. Too rare to price.

• Wells Fargo marked: Barrel cut to about 5”. Marked “W.F. & CO [or COS] EX” followed by serial number on right side of the extractor housing. Many fakes exist. If authentic, may bring more than a Schofield with an uncut barrel and comparable finish.

• Cut barrel Schofields: Will bring about half of what an uncut example would bring.

• San Francisco Police: Large two- or three-digit number on backstrap. Worth 25 to 50% premium.

Second Model Schofield

Caliber: .45 S&W, single action revolver built on a top-break frame, improved version of First Model with a steel frame. The most immediately apparent difference between First and Second model is the shape of the latch. Blue finish standard, nickel reported. 7” barrel length, top of barrel catch is knurled. Square butt with plain walnut stocks, with cartouches on both grips of army issue guns, left grip dated 1876 or 1877. U.S. Army Issue: “U.S.” on butt. Serial number range 3,036 - 8969 with 5,934 manufactured c. 1876-1877.

ID Key: Square butt with a frame mounted latch; similar to first model, most obvious difference is serial number range and shape of latch – viewed from side, it has a rounded circle at the top of the latch.

AUCTION BLOCK

Schofield, “excellent…92%” - $39,725 – Greg Martin Auctions, April 2006.

2nd Schofield, “superb…93%” - $27,600 – Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

To illustrate the importance of condition to Schofield values, note that the following lesser condition Schofields sold on the same day at the same auction as the previous one:

• “70%” - $8,050

• San Francisco Police, “quite nice…40%” - $7,188

• Civilian, “traces of nickel…fair” - $1,495

• Cut barrel, “25%” - $1,495

• “Brown patina…10% blue” - $2,760

• “20%” - $2,530

Variations

• Civilian version: Scarce; only 650 made. Although significantly more rare than the military model, it can be difficult to get a premium for the rarity, since many buyers prefer to have the martial model. Lacks military markings, except possibly “P” on frame. Remember that, as with other martial guns, military property markings may have been removed by nervous previous owners.

• Wells Fargo-marked: Barrel cut to about 5”. Marked W.F. &CO (or COS) EX followed by serial number on the right side of the extractor housing. Many fakes. If authentic, will bring about the same as an original Schofield with an uncut barrel. A very small number believed to exist with original uncut 7” barrel and authentic Wells Fargo markings.

• Cut barrel Schofields: Will bring about half of what an uncut example would bring.

• San Francisco Police: Large two- or three-digit number on backstrap. Worth slight premium.

• Kelton Thumb safety: A very few known to have been fitted by the factory with an experimental manual safety. Very rare, worth substantial premium.

Schofield Model of 2000

Caliber: .45 S&W: Introduced in Jan of 2000, this “3rd Model Schofield” is a modern top-break, single action revolver from the S&W Performance Center chambered in its original caliber of 45 S&W a.k.a. .45 Schofield. It features the design concepts of the original Model 3 Schofield and incorporates the technical and engineering advantages the last 125 years have made possible. Built very much like the original but with a modern hammer block safety. 6-shot capacity with a 7” barrel, color case hardened hammer with a .315” smooth case colored trigger. Built with the 1st Model style latches, which are color case hardened. Sights are a fixed notch rear with a pinned half moon post in front with “Performance Center” on the half moon. Walnut grips on a carbon steel frame in a polished blue finish. The first 125 manufactured were to be shipped in cherry wood presentation cases and were offered through an online auction by S&W in 2000. Weight is 40 oz. with a length of 12.5 inches overall. Special serial number prefix of GWSxxxx. Produced 2000 – 2002.

COLLECTOR’S TIP

Fakery. While replicas are great fun to shoot, and increase general interest in the originals, experience has shown that when a reproduction is offered, it is not long before some unscrupulous individuals may be tempted to use them as the basis for altered and artificially aged fakes of the originals. The beginning collector may want to get a second opinion on a potential purchase. Fraudulently aged repros seem to be more common at flea markets, poorly supervised gun shows, “as is, where is” auctions, and other cash ‘n’ carry semi-anonymous type forums. Avoiding such situations is one of the advantages of dealing with an established reputable dealer or gun-specialist auctioneer with specific product knowledge who will stand behind the authenticity of the items he sells.

Modern Schofield Reproductions by Other Firms

The first Schofield reproduction, made primarily for the cowboy action shooting market, was introduced by Navy Arms in the mid-1990s. This revolver is manufactured for Navy Arms by Uberti in Italy, and has a Second Model style latch. It has been made in .44-40 and .45 Colt calibers, with barrel lengths of 7” (Cavalry), 5” (Wells Fargo), and 3-1/2” (Hideout). Retail on most variations usually runs in the $650 to $750 range. Deluxe engraved versions are also available. To accommodate the longer modern cartridges, the frame and cylinder of the Navy Arms Schofield are a bit longer than the original.

In 1999, Navy Arms added a copy of the 3rd Model Russian chambered for .44 Russian to its line, priced similar to their Schofield copy.

Cimarron Arms offered a copy of the Schofield with a First Model style latch, manufactured in Italy by Armi San Marco, which as since been discontinued. Calibers listed were .44- 40, .45 Colt, .44 Special, .44 Russian, and .45 Schofield; with barrel length of 5” or 7”, and blue or nickel finish. A “Military Model” was offered with military style markings. Cimarron did not lengthen the frame and cylinder in their interpretation, and some sources list the Cimarron parts as interchangeable with the original. The Cimarron copies seem to bring a bit less than Navy Arms.

New Model Number Three. Supica photo.

NEW MODEL NUMBER THREE

Cataloged from 1878 to 1908, the New Model Number 3 was the pinnacle of S&W large frame single action revolver design.

Standard configuration is .44 Russian caliber, 6-1/2” barrel, fixed sights, wood or hard rubber grips, nickel or blue finish. Barrel lengths from 3-1/2” to 8”, target sights, fancy grips, fancy finish, detachable shoulder stock, engraving, and chambering for other cartridges were available on special order.

It spawned related models, based on the same configuration and frame, including the New Model Number 3 Target Model in .32-44 and .38-44 caliber, the New Model Number 3 Frontier in .44-40, the New Model Number 3 in .38 Winchester, the Turkish Model in .44 Rimfire, and the .320 cal. Revolving Rifle.

In 1878, the S&W New Model Number 3 followed hard on the heels of its popular Model 3 predecessors, the American, Russian, and Schofield models. Its improved handling characteristics and mechanical improvements made it an instant success, and arguably the finest single action revolver design of the 19th century. It dominated target competition in the late 1800s, and was purchased for military or police usage by the U.S., Japan, Turkey, Australia, Argentina, and Spanish colonial Cuba. Guns went to England, France, Germany, Italy, China, Switzerland, and elsewhere.

A Family of Related Models

It’s important to note that there are several models based on the basic New Model Number 3 frame and configuration. Where a model of gun has its own serial number range, we have listed it as a separate model. In several cases, the primary difference between these models and the standard New Model 3 is that the related model was made for a different cartridge. A quick check to see whether you may have a related model rather than a standard New Model No. 3, is to compare the serial number to the features of the gun. A gun with a relatively low serial number (under 5500) and any of the late production features, such as short ejector housing, no teeth on extractor gear visible at hinge, single line barrel marking, and/or long cylinder, indicate the gun is one of the related models rather than a standard New Model Number 3. A rimfire gun with early features should be looked at as a probable Turkish Model.

New Model Number Three

Caliber: .44 S&W Russian standard, also chambered in .32 S&W, .32-44 S&W, .320 S&W Revolving Rifle, .38 S&W, .38 Colt, .38-40, .38-44 S&W, .41 S&W, .44 Rimfire Henry, .44 S&W American, .44-40, .45 S&W Schofield, .450 Revolver, .45 Webley, .455 Mark I and .455 Mark II. All calibers other than .44 Russian are scarce to rare in the original New Model Number 3 serial number series (most New Model Number 3 type guns in a caliber other than .44 Russian are one of the related models; see “Family of Related Models” comments under “New Model Number 3 Background Information” above). Single-action revolver built on a top-break frame, 6-shot fluted cylinder, barrel lengths of 3-1/2”, 4”, 5”, 6”, 6-1/2”, 7”, 7-1/2” and 8” are found with the 6-1/2” length as standard. Hard rubber or walnut grips on a round butt frame are found, with blue or nickel finish.

The front sight is a round blade with a small notch rear sight cut in a raised lug on the barrel latch and a smooth backstrap and forestrap. Serial numbers found on the butt, cylinder face, latch, and barrel. Top-break action, many variations found. Early production has a slightly longer ejector housing and a toothed gear extraction cam. Middle to later production has a shorter ejector housing and a circular extractor cam with a single finger. Later production variations include longer topstrap and cylinder (lengthened from 1-7/16” to 1-9/16”) and single line barrel address (lacking patent dates included on earlier production). Weight of this model is around 39 oz. with the standard 6-1/2” barrel. Serial number range 1 to 35796 with all 35,796 manufactured c. 1878 - 1912.

Note: Although the New Model Number 3 was cataloged into the early 1900s, all frames were manufactured by 1898, making the gun an antique.

ID Key: Single action, round butt, moderate knuckle on backstrap, short ejector housing. See related models below for their distinguishing characteristics.

Historic Notes

In addition to some of the variations listed below, New Model No. 3s were sold or presented to the following:

• One to the Greek Minister of War, Athens.

• One to three guns to Annie Oakley along with two to her husband, exhibition shooter Frank E. Butler.

• Several to various firms and groups, some possibly for testing or cartridge development, including: Two to Union Metallic Cartridge Co.; one to Creedmore Ctg. Co.; two to Am E Powder Co.; one to S&W Revolver Club; Leonard Smokeless Powder Co.; one to W.C. Scott via M.W. Robinson for British patent, another to Chafin & Co. for Russian Patent; one for D.B. Wesson.

• Numerous guns to champion target shooters, including at least the following quantities: six to F.E. Bennett, 22 to Walter Winans, nine to Ira Paine; five to champion target shot Oscar Olson; Creedmore Ctg. Co.; two to Sgt. W.E. Petty; A.S. Jones, secy., NRA; D.H. Sayres, writer; and A.S.A. Himmelwright.

AUCTION BLOCK

New Model No. 3 prepared for Ira Paine, then to Walter Winans after Paine’s death, “97%” - $43,125 - Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

Walter Winans attributed New Model No. 3, “90%” - $17,250 – same auction.

New Model No. 3 built for Dr. D.H. Sayres, “97-98%” - $17,835 – same auction.

New Model No. 3, Gustave Young factory engraved, used as a factory display and then sold to W.W. Bennett, “90%” - $18,400 – same auction.

Two Gus Peret attributed New Model No. 3s (neither shows direct shipment to him in factory records) – one “97%” (probably factory reblue - $6,613; the other less well documented, “30%” - $1,610 – same auction.

W.F. Sheard shipped New Model No. 3, “20%” - $2,588 – same auction.

Ad Topperwein New Model No. 3, with documentation stating it was the gun “Plinky” Topperwein learned to shoot with - $8400 - Little John’s – June, 2004.

Double cased New Model No. 3 and .22 Single shot with “Walter Winans” plaque on case (no documentation), “excellent…99-97%” - $9520 - Little John’s – Jan., 2006

Presentation from Buffalo Bill Cody to Pawnee Bill - $30,800 - Little John’s, June 2004.

• Serial number 32661 in .38 U.S. Service Cartridge, engraved and shipped to Col. Theodore Roosevelt.

• A New Model #3 is reported as the gun used by Bob Ford to kill Jesse James (serial number 3766).

AUCTION BLOCK

The Bob Ford/Jesse James assassination revolver was sold at auction by Little John’s for $392,000 in November 2003. Ten years earlier, it had been sold at auction in England for $163,000.

• New Model No. 3 inscribed “Chas. C. Allen, USM” from the citizens of Springfield MO, ca. 1880. Auction block: Sold for $7280 - Little John’s, Jan. 2006.

• Other New Model No. 3 owners – Virgil Earp; Serial number 13303 shipped to William F. Buffalo Bill Cody; serial number 35634 shipped to “Montana Jack”; serial number 21060 reported given to Henry Cabot Lodge by Theodore Roosevelt; serial number 19647 inscribed “Wm. Sweeney from W.F.C.” (Sweeney was the band leader for Buffalo Bill’s Wild West); 13301 & 13302 shipped to F.W. Currier, Ft. Bayard NM (any info on Currier would be appreciated).

PRICE CHECK

New Model No. 3, factory presentation inscribed to Harold O. Austin, “100%”, listed at $7,000 – David Carroll, 2006.

Variations

• Russian Model style finger guard spur available on special order, worth slight premium.

• Unusual barrel lengths: 6", 7", add 10%. 5", 8" add 10 - 25%. 7-1/2", add 25-50%. 4" add 50 - 100%. 3-1/2" very rare and worth three times to five times standard value, possibly more. Note that barrels for the .44 DA model are more or less interchangeable with the New Model #3, and it is believed that sometimes the factory may have used .44 DA barrels (with the patent dates ending in 1880) on a New Model #3, especially late in production. If paying a premium for a rare barrel length on a New Model #3, and the barrel has the 1880 patent date, check to see if the serial number on the barrel matches the rest of the gun. It would also be wise to confirm by factory letter in such a circumstance.

New Model Number Three variation features: 1) Early long ejector housing with toothed gear extractor (top) vs. later short ejector housing and fingered extractor. 2) Optional adjustable rear and bead on blade front target sights, top, usual configuration. Bottom shows unusual configuration special order target sights, including Bisley style rear. 3) Rimfire (rare, left) vs. centerfire (standard) firing pin configurations. 4) Henry Nettleton U.S. inspector marking found on rare Maryland militia martial variation. 5) Japanese military purchase markings (not present on a majority of Japanese purchase guns), left Japanese Navy anchor with wavy lines, center Japanese Navy plain anchor, right rare Japanese “Artillery” marking. 6) Caliber markings, introduced late in production. .44 S&W designates standard Russian chambering. .44 Winchester marking as found on some Frontier Models. .38-44 (also found as .32-44) from Target Model. .38 Winchester from rare .38-40 WCF model. 7) Various distributor markings, usually for French firms, may be found on some European shipped guns. Supica photo.

AUCTION BLOCK

New Model No. 3, 5", “very minty…99%” - $13,800 – Amoskeag, Sept. 2005.

Some of the factory barrel lengths found on New Model No. 3s, counterclockwise from top left: 8" - scarce; 7.5" – rare; 7" – a bit scarce; 6.5" – standard; 6" – a bit scarce; 5" – scarce; and 4" – rare. Quite rare 3" barrels also made; quite rare 4.5" and 5.5" barrels reported.

• Unusual Calibers: Will bring premium, depending on rarity, when found in the main New Model Number 3 serial number range. (For example, a New Model Number 3 chambered for .44-40 and showing late production features such as a short ejector housing, with a serial number under 2000, would be a Frontier Model and priced as such rather than as a New Model Number 3 in a rare caliber. The same gun with a serial number in the 30000 range would be considered a standard New Model Number 3 in a rare caliber.) Anything other than .44 Russian is at least scarce in the main production series, and will bring a premium if confirmed by a factory letter. Among those that are found, .32-44 and .38-44 seem to be the most often encountered, possibly followed by some of the .45 caliber British rounds. Among the rarest would probably be .38 S&W, .38 Colt, and .41 S&W. It is believed that guns with serial numbers 27942 - 28017 are all chambered in .32-44 and .38-44 calibers, and other unusual chambering have shown up around that serial number range. Premium value depends on rarity and could range from 20% premium to multiples of standard caliber values.

• Target sights will bring 10% premium, slightly more for unusual configurations. Most common type consisted of a screw adjustable blade mounted on the rear latch, with a pinned somewhat rectangular front sight topped with a long bead. The New Model Number 3 was the first revolver offered by S&W with factory target sights. Although not cataloged until 1887, they were available as early as the late 1870s.

• State of Maryland: U.S. military purchase, reportedly for the Maryland militia. 280 manufactured in nickel in .44 Russian, purchased by the U.S. Govt. with 6-1/2" barrel, marked “U.S.” on butt, “HN” on cylinder, frame, barrel and right grip; and "DAL 1878" on left grip. Includes all serial numbers 7126 - 7405. Will bring about triple standard value.

AUCTION BLOCK

Maryland U.S. New Model No. 3, “80%” - $8,338 - Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

• Japanese Navy: Nearly a third of all New Model Number 3s produced were exported to Japan, most for military usage. The first two shipments totaling around 800 guns went through distributor Ahrens in 1879. Many Ahrens Japanese guns will be found with 7” barrels, trigger guard spurs and factory installed lanyard rings. Subsequently, Takata & Co. handled a number of shipments through the 1880s and 1890s totaling 8,754 more guns. The Takata guns were supposedly standardized as 6-1/2” with a blue finish and wood grips. A variety of Japanese military markings are found on many of these guns. Perhaps most often seen is one of two types of anchors – either a plain anchor, believed to be the acceptance mark of the Toyokawa Naval Base, or an anchor with two wavy lines through it, believed to be the acceptance mark of the Kure Naval Base. The location is most commonly on the bottom of the frame in front of the trigger guard, followed by the butt, and occasionally on the knuckle of the grip backstrap. A Japanese character inside a circle is seen at the rear of the barrel address on some guns, and this is reportedly a Japanese army marking. The addition of non-factory swivels is common on Japanese military New Model 3s. Mismatched serial numbers, especially mismatched cylinders, are fairly common on Japanese military NM#3s, and will not diminish the value much so long as the mismatched part is from another Japanese shipped gun. Some collectors feel that a lighter color bluing combined with a lighter orangish shade of refinished grips indicate a Japanese arsenal refinish.

• Japanese guns are found scattered throughout the serial number range, but clusters may be expected in the following ranges:

• Many of serial number 5426-5702, first Ahrens shipment, about 230 guns in 1879. All of 9001 - 9600, second Ahrens shipment, in 1879.

• Some of 15105 - 15198, 15304 - 15397, 15490 - 15599, 15901 - 15993,16106 - 16256, and most of 16301 - 16401, in first Takata shipment, dated 4/17/1884.

• Nearly all of 16901 - 16999, in various Takata shipments, mostly in 1887.

• Most of 21701 - 23856, including all of 21987 - 22107, shipped to Takata.

• Many of 23301 - 23698, shipped to Takata.

• Many of 24315-25000, shipped to Takata, Feb/6/1889.

• All of 26467 - 26566 and 26718 - 27107, shipped to Takata, Oct/4/1890.

• All of 27018 - 27300 and 27380 - 27475 and most of 27480 - 27575, shipped to Takata, Jan/31/1891.

• All of 28111 - 29668, 29869 - 29950, 30001 - 30100, and 30151 - 30232, shipped to Takata, in 1896 and 1897.

• Nearly all 30263 - 30392, shipped to Takata, 1896.

• Many of 32243 - 32540, shipped to Takata Aug/7/1899.

• All of 32668 - 33197, shipped to Takata Sept/1/1898.

• Many of 33501 - 33642, shipped to Takata May/16/1904.

• Most of 34181 - 35079, 35320 - 35500, and 35657 - 35791, shipped to Takata, from 1904 to 1908.

Japanese marked guns may bring a small premium, depending on the scarcity of the marking. Unmarked Japanese shipped guns may actually bring a bit less than U.S. shipped guns.

• “Japanese Artillery” Model: Scarcest of the Japanese purchase variations, primarily identified by a series of Japanese characters on the left extractor housing, non-factory swivel, and an added three-digit number. Other features of this variation include 7" barrel, 25XXX serial number range, and the late style hook extractor mechanism in an early style long ejector housing. Rare, will bring two to three times standard Japanese purchase value.

AUCTION BLOCK

Two Japanese Artillerys sold – one “extremely fine…90%” - $5,463; the other “very good…60-70%” - $4,600 – James D. Julia Auction, March 2003.

• Australian Model: About 310 total (250 in first shipment) manufactured in nickel with 7" barrel and detachable buttstocks, 30 manufactured in nickel without extension stocks in a 6-1/2" barrel for the Australian Colonial Police in .44 S&W Russian. A broad arrow proof mark is found on the butt. The stocks were marked with a broad arrow and the matching gun’s serial number by the Australians. However, gun and stock were not kept together, and rarely will match when found today. Guns and stocks used in Western Australia may lack broad arrow markings. Australian stocks usually, but not always, differ from standard production New Model No. 3 stocks in that the screws enter the wood from the right side of the stock rather than the left. They were used with an unusual double flap holster that allowed the gun to be holstered with the stock attached, and a matching rectangular leather pouch for the stock alone when not attached to the gun. Serial numbers are mostly between 12202 - 13199 with a few in the 23000 range. Serial numbers and much more information may be found in Charles Pates article in the May 1988 Man at Arms Magazine. Gun alone worth 20% premium. Stock brings $1000 to $1500. Gun and stock together, with both holsters, may bring double the value of a standard gun alone. Fifteen guns were sent to the Australian Exhibition in 1880 prior to this purchase, and probably resulted in the government purchase.

AUCTION BLOCK

New Model No. 3 Australian with stock, “very good … 30%” -$2,588 – Rock Island Auction, April 2006

Another with stock “near mint as factory refinished” - $3,738 – Rock Island Auction, Dec. 2005

New Model No. 3 Australian with stock, “95%...excellent” - $10,350 – Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

Consecutive pair with stocks and leather, “good…renickel” & “very fine…90%” - $8,050 – James D. Julia Auction, March 2003.

• Other stocked New Model Number 3s: Similar in value to Australian, possibly a little less. Look for them especially in the 12000 serial number range and from serial number 25132 to 25732.

• Argentine Model: 2000 manufactured stamped “EJERCITO ARGENTINO” on the bottom of the grip frame just forward of the trigger guard. Shipped through Hartley &Graham January 10, 1881. Nickel finish, subjected to hard usage, very rare in the U.S. today. Serial number range 50 - 3400. May bring up to three times standard value.

AUCTION BLOCK

Two New Model No. 3 Argentine sold - one “good…no finish” -$2,875; the other “good…traces” - $2,703 – James D. Julia Auction, March 2003

• U.S. Government Revenue Cutter Service (Coast Guard Model): Apparently standard issue to the U.S. Revenue Cutter Service, predecessor of the U.S. Coast Guard. No markings, found with 5”, 6” and 6-1/2” barrels. Known serial numbers include 17548, 18555, 18623, 18677, 18681, 18690, 18695, 18696, 18746, 18752, 18755, 18770, 18774, 18801, 19147, 19236, 19253, 19301, 19319, 19331, 19412, 19424, 19914, 19921, 19929, 19932, 19936, 19939, 20095, 20096, 20762, 23754, 23795, 23810, 23876, 23878, 23880, 23881, 23884-23887, 23889, 23891, 23893, 23895, 23909, 25744, 25745, 25748, 25749, 25753, 25758, 25761, 25772, 25775, 25777, 25781, 25788, 25789, 25791, 25796-25800, 25833, 25836, 25842-25845, 25847, 25905, 25921, 26139-26146, 26162, 26163, 26166-26168, 26171-26175, 26177, 26178, 26180-26182, 26184-26189, 26192-26210, 26248, 26272, 26651, 26655, 26662, 26670, 26676, 26681, 26688, 26691-26693, 26698, 26699, 27302, 27305, 27328-27330, 27332, 27333, 27339, 27352, 27353, 27355-27357, 27359, 27360, 27362-27370, 27865, 27866.

• May bring up to three times standard value.

AUCTION BLOCK

RCS New Model No. 3, “excellent…85%” - $8,625 - Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

PRICE CHECK

RCS New Model No. 3, “fine…50%”, listed at $2,750 – ArmchairGunShow.com, 2006.

RCS New Model No. 3, “about good…20%”, listed at $3,500 – Old Town Station Dispatch, 2004.

Two RCS New Model No. 3s sold, one not cataloged as such, “very good as refinished” - $4,523; another “fine…92-93%” - $2,473 – James D. Julia Auction, March 2003.

• Treasury Department shipped: Ten shipped in 1882 to the U.S. Treasury Dept., delivered to Capt. George Cook, U.S.P.M. (U.S. Postmaster?). Serial numbers fall in the range of 17,1XX.

AUCTION BLOCK

Treas. Dept. New Model No. 3, “90%” - $10,350 - Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

At the same auction, serial number 10736 with a factory letter indicating it was a “special sample gun for the U.S. Treasury Department,” shipped in 1881, listed as “superb…97%” sold for $25,300

Col. Charles Pate is in the process of additional research that will no doubt shed further light on this interesting military variation. Worth double to triple standard value.

• Spanish Colonial Cuba: A very large shipment of guns was made to Don Jose Vallero of Cuba on September 22, 1880. These are believed to have seen military usage, possibly during the Spanish American War, and many of them were returned to the U.S. after that war through such surplus dealers as Bannerman. Most known examples show hard usage, many have non-factory lanyard rings, and some are known to have large unusual characters marked on the butt. Serial numbers are scattered, but include some of the guns in ranges 5 - 99, 9705 - 9775, 9900s, 10103 - 10189, 10308 - 10400, 10502 - 10600, 10702 - 10800, 12355 - 12390; and most of the guns in ranges 10901 - 11000, 11102 - 11199, 11301 - 11399, 11701 - 11798, 12701 - 12797. Worth small premium.

• Thumb safety: Serial numbers 24512 - 24517 equipped with a manual safety, very rare, too rare to value.

AUCTION BLOCK

New Model No. 3 with Kelton thumb safety, “excellent as refinished” - $5,462 – James D. Julia Auction, March 2003.

Rare Kelton thumb safety equipped New Model #3. David Carroll, photo by Paul Goodwin.

New Model Number Three Target Model

“No. 3 Target revolvers dominated the Bisley target shooting scene until the advent of smokeless cartridges.” – David Penn, Imperial War Museum

The Target Model version of the New Model Number 3 was introduced for competitive shooting to allow a smaller caliber, lower recoiling alternative to the remarkably accurate .44 Russian cartridge. Special .32 and .38 caliber rounds were designed for this gun, and both used long brass cases with the bullet seated completely within the case.

While significantly less common than the New Model 3, the Target Model does not bring a premium, probably due to the romance of the big-bore .44 and the fact that many target models received better care than holster guns, and a larger number are found in excellent condition.

Confusing Terminology

This probably marks the beginning of S&W’s hyphenated caliber cartridge or model designations (.32-44, .38-44, etc.). It is most often used to indicate a model in a caliber smaller or larger than what is usually standard on that frame size. Here, for example, it denotes a .32 or .38 caliber gun on a .44 caliber-sized frame.

The .38-44 can be especially confusing since a totally different .38-44 cartridge and revolver were introduced in the 1930s. The .38-44 Target round for the New Model Number 3 Target was a low powered black powder round in a long brass case with the bullet seated entirely inside the brass case. The .38-44 Heavy Duty round, introduced in 1930 for the .38-44 Heavy Duty hand ejector model, was a souped-up .38 Special round and the predecessor of the .357 Magnum. Its case was of a slightly smaller diameter than the old New Model Number 3 .38-44 Target round. Hence the following:

WARNING: The modern .38-44 Heavy Duty round was not designed for this gun and would be extremely hazardous to shoot in it.

New Model Number Three Target

Caliber: .32-44 S&W Target or .38-44 Target. Single-action revolver built on a top-break frame similar to New Model # 3. Standard 6-1/2” round barrel with other lengths believed to have been available on special order, black hard rubber or checkered walnut grips, blue or nickel finish, extension stocks available. This was the first S&W to be manufactured with adjustable target sights as standard. The front sight usually consisted of a square blade topped with a bead and inserted in a groove cut into the barrel rib, while the rear was an adjustable target type mounted in the barrel catch. Later production variations include a longer topstrap and cylinder (lengthened from 1-7/16” to 1-9/16” c. serial 3644) and a single line barrel address (lacking patent dates included on earlier production). Production of .32/44 caliber was 2930; production of .38/44 caliber was 1413. Between the two calibers, 689 had the later 1-9/16” long cylinder. Barrel markings sometimes include “32-44 S&W CTG” or “38-44 S&W CTG.” The side plate is on the left side of the frame. Serial number range 1 - 4333 with all 4,333 manufactured c. 1887 – 1910.

ID Key: New Model No. 3 configuration in .32 or .38 caliber, target sights, serial number below 4334.

Historic Notes

• Serial number 3653 shipped to Annie Oakley.

PRICE CHECK

New York engraved New Model No. 3 Target, “exceptional …97%”, listed at $10,500 – David Carroll, 2006.

New Model No. 3 Target Models were offered in their own serial number range in either .32-44 or .38-44 chambering. Top blued gun is a very rare combination gun shipped from the factory with cylinders and barrels in both calibers. Walter Winans picture from Himmelright’s Pistol & Revolver book. Supica photo.

Variations

• Reported percentages of production:

• Short topstrap .32-44 – 60%

• Short topstrap .38-44 – 23%

• Long topstrap .32-44 – 6%

• Long topstrap .38-44 – 9%

• Add 10% for .38-44.

• Stocked guns: See comment on standard model New Model #3.

• Conversions to .22 rimfire: Such conversions of both standard and target model New Model Number 3 are known, including revolver conversions by Harry Pope, and single-shot conversions by A. Niedner and others.

• Two barrel sets: At least one New Model No. 3 Target Model is believed to have been special ordered with a spare barrel of a different length. At least one is known to have been shipped with a spare barrel and cylinder in a different caliber.

AUCTION BLOCK

New Model No. 3 with 3.5” and 6.5” barrels, “excellent to as new” - $6,050 - Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

New Model Number Three Turkish

Caliber: .44 Rimfire Henry. Single-action revolver built on a top-break frame; 6-shot fluted cylinder, 6-1/2” barrel length, blue finish, with butt swivel, checkered walnut grips, round blade front sight, similar to New Model 3, with a rectangular hammer nose. Inspector’s mark “AFC” on left grip. It is believed that most or all of these were originally produced with the Russian style trigger guard spur. Other typical Turkish model markings include “U” on the barrel and “P” on the cylinder and frame bottom strap. Serial number range 1 - 5461 with all 5461 manufactured c. 1879 – 1883.

ID Key: New Model Number 3 configuration with large triangular firing pin and corresponding slot in frame, along with indicated special markings.

AUCTION BLOCK

Turkish New Model No. 3, “40%” - $3,738 – Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

Two Turkish Models sold – one “fair to good” - $2,013; the other “good…40-50%” - $1,725 – James D. Julia Auction, March 2003.

PRICE CHECK

Turkish New Model No. 3, “very good plus”, listed at $2,750 – Old Town Station Dispatch, 2005.

New Model Number Three Frontier

Caliber: .44-40 Winchester. Single-action revolver built on a top-break frame, 6-shot fluted cylinder, 4”, 5” or 6-1/2” barrel lengths, blue or nickel finish, checkered hard rubber grips or checkered walnut, normally with fixed sights, adjustable target sights by order, 1-9/16” length cylinder, some marked “44 Winchester Ctg.” on the barrel. Serial number range 1 - 2072 with all 2072 manufactured c. 1885 – 1908. Note: 786 were converted to .44 S&W Russian for shipment to Japan but are usually not found with Japanese markings.

New Model #3 Frontier Models, including scarce target sight and short barrel configurations. Supica photo.

ID Key: New Model Number 3 configuration with long 1-9/16” cylinder in .44 caliber with serial number below 2073.

PRICE CHECK

New Model No. 3 Frontier, “fine condition,” listed at $3,650 – Old Town Station Dispatch, 2005.

Quick ID Tip: All guns: In differentiating .44-40 from .44 Russian, look in the chambers of the cylinder. .44 Russian chambers will have a distinct line circling the chamber where the cartridge mouth rests. .44-40 cartridges are slightly bottlenecked and will either have no distinct circles in the chamber or two milder subtler steps to accommodate the bottleneck. (You can feel the ridge in a .44 Russian chamber with a pencil or probe, whereas a .44-40 chamber will feel smooth.)

Historic Notes

• Serial number 711 shipped to Walter Winans.

• Serial number 1653 and 1654 shipped to Ira Paine.

Variations:

• Unusual barrel lengths: See comments under New Model Number 3 standard model.

• If converted back to .44 Russian, brings a slight premium over standard production NM#3 revolvers, and less than non-converted Frontier Models.

New Model Number Three .38 Winchester

Caliber: .38-40 Winchester. Single-action revolver built on a top-break frame, 4” or 6-1/2” barrel lengths, 5” also known, blue or nickel finish, black hard rubber grips on a round butt, service or target sights, round blade front sight. Because of the cartridge used, this model has a longer top-strap with a 1-9/16” cylinder. Most marked “38 Winchester Ctg.” One of the rarest production models. Serial number range 1 to 74 with all 74 manufactured c. 1900 - 1907.

ID Key: New Model Number 3 configuration with the long 1-9/16” cylinder, .40-caliber bore, with serial number below 75.

Note: Too rare to price. Most specimens would probably change hands in the four- to low five-figure range.

AUCTION BLOCK & PRICE CHECK

New Model No. 3, 38 WCF, with spare barrel, “excellent plus…98%” - $8,800 - Supica’s Old Town Station auction, Oct. 2003.

New Model No. 3, 38 WCF, “96% old silver plate,” pearls, target sights, listed at $7,500 – Old Town Station Dispatch, 2004.

.44 DOUBLE ACTION)

.44 Double Action First Model (New Model Navy No. 3 Revolver)

Caliber: .44 S&W Russian, double action revolver built on a top-break frame, 6-shot fluted cylinder 4”, 5”, 6” or 6-1/2” barrel lengths, top-break action, blue or nickel finish, ribbed barrel, double action revolver, target or service sights, red or black hard rubber stocks on a round butt frame. The Wesson Favorite is also numbered in this series. Serial number range 1 - 54668 with 53,590 manufactured c. 1881 – 1913.

.44 DA 1st Model (right in scarce Target Sighted variation), and Frontier Model (left, engraved). Note difference in cylinder lengths. The longer cylinder is found on .44 DA Frontier Models and high serial number .44 DA 1st Models. Supica photo.

ID Key: Large frame Double Action, .44 caliber, either 1-7/16” cylinder with any serial number, or 1-9/16" cylinder with serial number above 15340.

Historic Notes

• Serial number 352 attributed to John Wesley Hardin. Serial number 47550 was shipped to Gen. Leonard Wood of Rough Rider and Philippine insurrection fame.

Note: Although cataloged into the twentieth century, all frames were manufactured prior to 1899, making this gun an antique.

AUCTION BLOCK

Tiffany engraved and silver/ivory stocked .44 DA (pictured on page 165 on the second edition of this book), World’s Fair exhibition gun presented to Walter Winans - $302,400 – Greg Martin Auctions, June 2002.

PRICE CHECK

Engraved 44 DA 1st Model, “about fine…NY scroll,” listed at $3,850 – Old Town Station Dispatch, 2005.

.44 DA 1st Model in original box, “excellent plus”, listed at $4,750 – same.

Variations

• Target Model 50% premium.

• Early production has shorter frame opening with 1-7/8" cylinder; later long frame production has 1-9/16" cylinder.

• Rare calibers: A very few – possibly five – were made in .38 Colt. Serial number 36670 has been reported in this caliber. Reported that possibly around ten were made in .38 S&W caliber. Serial number 28197 letters as .38-44 S&W Gallery. Any rare caliber would be worth a substantial premium (however, note that .44 WCF & .38 WCF are their own models, in their own serial number ranges, discussed below).

• An article by Roy Jinks in the SWCA Journal, 25th Anniversary reprint, Book 1, pg. 73, discusses the possibility that some .44 DA revolvers were produced as early as 1872 for consideration by the Russian Government.

.44 Double Action Wesson Favorite

Caliber: .44 S&W Russian. Double-action revolver built on a top-break frame, 6-shot fluted cylinder, appears to only have been available in 5” barrel length; factory nickel finish with blue finish rare. Designed like the .44 Double Action First Model with numerous changes: designed to be lighter in weight than standard 44 DA 1st, see characteristics listed at “ID Key” below. Numbered in the same series with the First Model Revolver. Highly sought variation, not much known; suspected that many were shipped to foreign destinations. Rather rare in the U.S., many of the few known examples have been re-nickeled. A wide serial number range from 8900 - 10600. Known examples of grips are pearl, ivory, checkered walnut and black rubber. Estimated about 1000 manufactured c. 1882 - 1883.

ID Key: .44 Double Action configuration with groove down top of barrel, patent dates on cylinder, groove on bottom sides of frame, lightweight barrel, interior of frame cut to reduce weight, serial number range.

Value: Too rare to estimate, worth substantial premium. Refer to examples below.

AUCTION BLOCK

Wesson Favorite, possible the only one to letter as factory blue, “15%” - $9,488 – Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

Wesson Favorite, “good…gray patina…moderate pitting” - $2,588 – Rock Island Auction, Dec. 2005.

Two Wesson Favorites sold – one “fair” - $2,588; the other “refinished” - $2,990 – James D. Julia Auction, March 2003.

Wesson Favorite, “excellent as factory refinished,” in oak case -$5,775 – Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

Wesson Favorite. ArmchairGunShow.com photo.

.44 Double Action Frontier

Caliber: .44-40 Winchester. Double action revolver built on a top-break frame, 6-shot fluted cylinder, 4”, 5”, 6” or 6-1/2” barrel lengths, blue or nickel finish, top-break action, walnut or black hard rubber grips with S&W monogram, service or target sights, 1-9/16” cylinder to accommodate the longer cartridge. Later production may be marked “44 Winchester Ctg.” About 1900, barrel markings changed from two line with patent dates to single line address without patent dates. Serial number range 1 - 15340 with 15,340 manufactured c. 1886 – 1913.

Note: Although cataloged until 1913, all frames were manufactured prior to 1899, making this gun an antique.

ID Key: .44 Double Action configured with long 1-9/16” cylinder, serial number below 15341, .44 caliber-barrel.

Historic Notes

• Serial number 6932 was chambered in “.45 Special” made to allow the U.S. Army to examine a specimen in .45 caliber c. 1898. Realizing that the ejector was not long enough to complete ejection, S&W requested return of the sample.

AUCTION BLOCK

Two high condtion 44 DA Frontiers, one “near mint…99% plus” - $6,900; the other “very minty…99% plus” - $7,762 – Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

.38 Winchester Double Action

Caliber: .38-40 Winchester. Double-action revolver built on a top-break frame, 4”, 5” or 6-1/2” barrel lengths, blue or nickel finish, round butt with walnut or black rubber grips, target or service sights, top-break action with auto shell extractor, designed identical to the .44 Double Action Frontier except for caliber. Most marked “38 Winchester Ctg” on barrel. Serial number range 1 - 276 with all 276 manufactured c. 1900 - 1910.

ID Key: .44 Double Action configuration with long 1-9/16” cylinder, serial number below 277, .40 caliber barrel.

Values: Scarce; may bring about double what a standard .44 DA would bring.

New Model #3 in .38 Winchester (top) with .38 Winchester Double Action. Both are rare models. Supica photo.

AUCTION BLOCK

.38 Win. DA, “fine, 40%” - $2,875 – Rock Island Auction, April 2006.

Note: The .320 Revolving Rifle was based on the New Model No. 3 frame with an extended barrel and detachable stock, and is listed in the “Long Guns” Section.

Chapter IV

SINGLE-SHOT PISTOLS

Single Shot Pistols: 1st Model retains recoil shield on frame. 2nd Model does not have recoil shield. 3rd Model has a double action trigger. 4th Model is in “Straightline” configuration (shown with metal case). ArmsBid.com photo.

CONTENTS

First Model (Model of 1891)

Second Model

Third Model (Perfected Target Pistol)

Fourth Model (Straight Line Target)

First Model (Single-Shot Model of 1891)

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle, .32 S&W or .38 S&W. 6”, 8” or 10” barrel; top-break action. Single-shot pistol made on a revolver type frame, with recoil shield left intact; black hard rubber extension grips standard, smooth or checkered walnut and ivory also available. The front sight is a Paine Target Blade pinned in the barrel rib; rear target sights mounted in the barrel latch are adjustable for windage and elevation. Blue or nickel finish. Also sold as combination sets as the .38 SA 3rd Model revolver with accessory single-shot barrel(s) (approximately 92 sets made), usually in a presentation case. Serial number located on front strap of the grip with matching number on the latch and barrel. Serial number range 1 - 28107 in the .38 Single Action 3rd Model series. See also comments under that model. Detailed serial number tables indicating original caliber and combination sets can be found in Neal & Jinks.

Manufactured c. 1893 - 1905 (known quantities, although more may have been manufactured: 862 in .22 Long Rifle, 229 in .32 S&W, 160 in .38 S&W). Exact quantities uncertain, with .38 SA 3rd Models, combination sets, and .38 SA Mexican Models sharing this serial number range.

AUCTION BLOCK

1st Model Single-Shot, scarce 6” barrel, in original box, “98% plus” - $5,462 - Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

1st Model Single-Shot, scarce 6”, nickel, “99%” - $6,038 – same auction.

Variations

• “H.M. POPE” marked barrel worth premium. See “Auction Block,” 2nd Model.

• 32 and .38 caliber worth 50 - 75% premium.

• Combination sets: Cased set with Model 1891 revolver barrel and cylinder and one or more single-shot barrels on 1891 frame (.38 SA, 3rd Model) worth four to eight times above values, if original. Beware of sets put together after the fact: look for matching serial numbers on single-shot and revolver components. Expert opinion and factory letter recommended. Case were oak or Morocco brown leather with a French-fitted chamois lined interior. Usually a set would include both standard revolver style and extended target hard rubber grips. At least one factory assembled combination set based on a .38 DA frame is known to exist.

Rare combination set. ArmsBid.com photos.

AUCTION BLOCK

Two cased 1891 Single Action revolver/single-shot sets sold, each with hollow handle brass screwdriver set and two sets of grips: Revolver with 6” .22 Single-shot barrel, “wonderful…99%”

- $23,000; the other a revolver with 10” .22 Single-shot barrel, “95-97%” - $18,975 – Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

Three cased 1891 Single Action revolver/single shot sets sold, each including a hollow handle brass screwdriver set, and two sets of grips – Revolver with .32 s.s. bbl., blue, oak case “excellent plus condition” - $8,525; revolver with .22 single-shot barrel, nickel, oak case “excellent condition” - $5,775; and a revolver w .22 s.s. bbl., blue, leather case, “excellent factory refinished” - $4,125 - Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

Rare combination set. ArmsBid.com photos.

Rare .38 Double Action combination set, DA revolver with 6” .22 and 10” .38 Single-Shot barrels, two sets of grips, oak case, hollow handle screwdriver; “Excellent condition…99%” - $14,300 – Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

“Model of 91” Marked Barrels: The “Model of 91” marking will be found in the middle of the barrel address and patent markings of most 1st Model Single Shots. The same marking may also be occasionally found on later 2nd and 3rd Models. So long as the serial number of the barrel matches the rest of the gun, this does not seem to have a major impact on value, since the barrels were more or less interchangeable between the 1st, 2nd and 3rd Models, and it seems probable the factory would have used up remaining “Model of 91” marked barrels on later production.

Second Model Single Shot

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Top-break action, made without the recoil shield, hand and stop slots. Relief grooves cut in sides of the frame; 10” barrels standard, 6” rare. Blue or nickel finish; may be found with 1st Model barrels on 2nd Model frames. Black hard rubber grips of the extension type with S&W monograms. The trigger guard is still a separate piece from the frame. Serial number range 1 - 4617 in an original series with 4,615 manufactured circa 1905 - 1909.

AUCTION BLOCK

Cased pair 2nd Model Single-Shots, believed to have been assembled by a shooter using an oak chamois lined case, available from the factory, “excellent condition” - $3,300 - Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

Engraved, monogrammed nickel 2nd Model Single-Shot, “excellent…100%” - $5,600 – Greg Martin Auctions, June 2002.

Variations

• “H.M POPE” marked barrels worth premium.

AUCTION BLOCK

Three Pope barreled single shots sold: 1st Model, “very fine…70%” - $1,265; 2nd Model, “excellent as customized” - $1,035; 2nd Model, “custom reblued” - $1,150 – Rock Island Auction, Dec. 2005.

Third Model (Perfected Target Pistol)

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. 10” barrel standard, 6” or 8” scarce, blue finish. Has the trigger centered in the trigger guard, which is now part of the frame. This model will fire double action as well as single action. Walnut extension type grips with or without S&W monograms. Modeled from the .38 Perfected Model using 32 HE parts. Barrels from the 1st and 2nd Model will not fit the 3rd model. Serial number range 4618 - 11641 continued from 2nd model with 6,949 manufactured c. 1909 - 1923. Lavender colored factory boxes are found marked “.22 Target Perfect” (rather than “Perfected”) on inside lid label, and with end label marked “.22 Single Target Barrel” (even though the box is for the gun, not just the barrel).

Engraved 3rd Model. David Carroll, photo by Paul Goodwin.

AUCTION BLOCK

3rd Model Single-Shot in scarce original purple box, “very fine…98%” - $3,163 – Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

Factory cased pair, in chamois lined oak case similar to that used for combination sets, “about as new” - $12,100 - Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

Variations

• Some versions found with Olympic Barrels; these engage the bullet nose into the grooves and lands and consequently require the cartridge to be pushed in the last 1/8". Worth premium.

Fourth Model (The Straight Line Target)

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Single-shot made with a 10” side-swing barrel. Blue finish; adjustable target sights consisting of a Patridge front sight with rear sight adjustable for windage and elevation. This model is shaped like an autoloader. Originally supplied with a green felt-lined blued metal case with the S&W trademark stamped on top. Tools consist of a two-piece cleaning rod and screwdriver and a rarely-found test target. The straight line has a thumbpiece which slides rearward to release the catch and turn the barrel sideways to the frame. As the frame opens, the fired case auto extractor pushes out the fired case and the next cartridge is loaded. The smooth walnut wood grips are held on with three screws. Observed top barrel markings are “Smith & Wesson Springfield Mass. U.S.A. PAT’D. DEC. 4, 1923.” “Smith & Wesson” is on the barrel’s left side with “22 Long Rifle CTG” on the right side. “Made in USA” is on the frame’s right side, with the S&W trademark on the left side. The hammer is cocked by pulling rearward and is of a rebounding style but not with a safety notch. Four production changes were made in 1928. Serial number range 1 - 1870 with all 1,870 manufactured c. 1925 - 1936.

AUCTION BLOCK

Straight Line in metal case with accessories, “99%...minty” - $2,875 - Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

Variations

• Most cases are blue metal. There is some question as to whether any cases were ever originally finished by the factory in nickel. If so, they are very rare.

Chapter V

EARLY HAND EJECTORS

(NAMED MODEL REVOLVERS, 1896 - 1957)

CONTENTS

Note: Many early Hand Ejector models are continued after 1957 as Numbered Models. These Numbered Models are listed in the next section of this book.

This section is generally organized by caliber, then frame size, then chronologically within frame size.

.22 Caliber

• M Frame .22s -Ladysmith 1st, 2nd, and 3rd Models

• I and J Frame .22s

— Bekeart and .22/32 Target Models

— Kit Gun Models

• K Frame .22s

— K-22 Outdoorsman Models

— K-22 Masterpiece Models

— .22 Military & Police

Experimental small- to medium-caliber revolvers

• .22 Hornet N Frame

• .256 Winchester (K-256)

• .30 Caliber M-1 Carbine N Frame

• 9mm Caliber Revolver

.32 Caliber

• I and J Frame .32s

— .32 HE 1st Model (Mod. 1896),

Models of 1903 (2nd), 3rd Models

— .32 Regulation Police Models

• K Frame .32s

— .32 Military & Police

— K-32 HE Models

.32-20 Winchester Caliber

• .32-20 Hand Ejectors 1st Model

• Models of 1902 (2nd)

• Models of 1905 (3rd)

.357 Magnum Caliber

• N Frame .357

— Registered Magnum

— .357 Magnums

• K Frame .357

— The .357 Combat Magnum

.38 S&W and .38 S&W Special Caliber

• K Frame .38

— .38 Military & Police 1st Mod. (Mod. 1899)

— Models of 1902 (2nd)

— Models of 1905 (3rd)

— .38/200 British

— .38 Military & Police Victory Model

• K-38 Masterpiece Models

— .38 Military & Police

— Aircrewman

• I Frame .38 S&W (continued as J frames)

— .38 Regulation Police Models

— .38/32 Terrier

• J Frame .38 Specials

— Chiefs Special Models

— Bodyguard Airweight

— Centennials

• N Frame .38 Specials

— .38/44 Heavy Duty

— Outdoorsman

.44 Special Caliber

• .44 Hand Ejector: 1st (Triple Lock), 2nd, 3rd (1926), and 4th (1950) fixed-sight and Target Models

.44 Magnum Caliber

• The .44 Magnum

.45 Caliber

• .45 Hand Ejector U.S. Model 1917

• Model 1950

• Model 1955

.455 Caliber

• .455 Mark II Hand Ejector 1st and 2nd Models

Target Triple Lock with Ladysmith. ArmchairGunShow.com photo

Notes:

• Where the same model was made in more than one caliber, it is listed under the caliber most commonly encountered.

• Many of these guns were continued as numbered models (see next section). Collectors of post-war named models may also want to read the introductory material at the beginning of the Numbered Model Revolvers section, as some of it also applies to these named models.

• Most I frame models were continued as Improved I frames and then J frames.

• Basic characteristics:

— Solid framed revolvers with swing out cylinders.

— No model number designated on the frame

under the yoke (open cylinder and look at

left side of frame under rear of barrel).

— Made prior to 1957, when S&W began

giving each model a number.

EARLY HAND EJECTOR BACKGROUND INFORMATION

The Hand Ejector is the style of handgun that epitomizes S&W to the world.

Just as the concept of revolvers firing self-contained metallic cartridges had a rather anemic beginning with the Model One, the S&W Hand Ejector (HE) line was launched with the slightly awkward 1896 First Model .32 Hand Ejector. By 1899, however, the first K frame .38 caliber Smith &Wesson Hand Ejector was made. It became the revolver that would define the police handgun for the next 100 years.

Another 19th century S&W pattern that would be repeated in the 20th was that of developing new cartridges that would dramatically expand handgun capabilities. Early S&W-developed cartridges such as the .32 S&W, .38 S&W and .44 Russian were eventually eclipsed by the cartridges developed for the Hand Ejectors: .38 Special, .44 Special, .357 Magnum, and the .44 Magnum.

Collectors of Hand Ejectors will be alternately delighted and frustrated by the many variations. While there is a brisk and sometimes pricey market for the largest and smallest, the big N frames and tiny Ladysmiths, a collector who wishes to enjoy the hobby without mortgaging the house may find the opportunity in the early .32 and .38 I, J and K frames. Please note that many of the various changes in these models are differentiated only by fairly subtle internal modifications and serial number range.

As you use this section, please remember that many of these models were continued after 1957 when S&W began assigning model numbers to all its products. To get the complete picture on a particular variation, it may be helpful to check the information on its numbered model successor listed in the next section.

.22 CALIBER

M FRAME .22s

(THE ORIGINAL LADYSMITHS) BACKGROUND INFORMATION

The smallest Hand Ejectors ever made by S&W, these tiny guns are loved by collectors. The Ladysmith is the only gun made on the smallest Hand Ejector frame, designated the M frame. These seven-shot .22s should not be fired with modern ammunition.

An old story that has circulated for many decades concerns the discontinuance of the model. It seems that Mr. Wesson was shocked to learn that this was the gun of choice for ladies of the evening. Being of a stern Yankee puritanical bent, he ordered the production ended. True story? Probably not, since he died in 1906 and the gun was continued in production until 1921 and most probably was ended by his son. But it’s good enough that if it isn’t true, it should be.

COLLECTOR’S TIP

Do not confuse these with the LadySmith line of modern firearms currently manufactured by S&W. Ladysmith was just too good a name to let die, and has been applied to selected current models along with subtle design modifications to reach the women’s handgun buying market. The old M frames are generally written a small “s” thus: Ladysmith, while the more recent women’s market guns have the S capitalized: LadySmith. The original designation of the Ladysmith Models would be Model 22 Hand Ejector (First, Second or Third Model). The series is also referred to as Model M Hand Ejector or Model 22 Perfected Three models are listed below. Total of 26,152 manufactured c. 1902 – 1921.

.22 Ladysmith 1st Model

Caliber: .22 Long, double action revolver built on the round butt M frame, 2-1/4", 3" or 3-1/2" barrel lengths (we have observed a box factory labeled for a 2" barrel, as well as what appears to be an original factory barrel – not attached to a gun – measuring just under 2"), checkered hard rubber grips. A frame-mounted cylinder release is found on the left side, blue or nickel finish, pinned barrel, 7-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of .975"; round blade front sight with a notch cut rear sight in the top strap. Weight is 9.5 oz. Serial number range 1 - 4575 manufactured c. 1902 – 1906.

ID Key: 7-shot, tiny M frame, round butt, small round cylinder release button on side of the frame.

Engraved 1st Model Ladysmith. Note cylinder release button. David Carroll collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

AUCTION BLOCK

1st Ladysmith, factory engraved, medallion pearl grips, “excellent to fine” - $14,560 – Greg Martin Auctions, June 2002.

Variations

• Significant premium for original barrels shorter than 3".

.22 Ladysmith 2nd Model

2nd Model Ladysmith. ArmchairGunShow.com photo.

Caliber: .22 Long, double-action revolver built on the round butt M frame, 3” or 3-1/2” barrel lengths; changes include the cylinder locking device being placed on the barrel bottom with a knurled knob and removed from the frame’s left side. 7-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of .975”. Blue or nickel finish, pinned round barrel, fixed sights consisting of a forged round blade front sight with a notch cut in the top strap for a rear sight. A few were made with target sights. Black hard rubber grips on a round butt frame; also found with pearl or ivory grips. No cylinder release button on the side of the frame; the cylinder opens by pulling on front end of ejector rod under the barrel. A small S&W trademark is found on the frame’s left side. Serial number range 4576 - 13950 with 9374 manufactured c. 1906 – 1910.

ID Key: 7-shot, tiny M frame, round butt, no cylinder release button.

.22 Ladysmith 3rd Model (.22 Perfected)

Caliber: .22 Long. Double-action revolver built on the square butt M frame with 5 screws, 2-1/4” (rare), 3”, 3-1/2” or 6” barrel lengths, plain smooth walnut grips with gold S&W medallions on a square butt design frame; blue or nickel finish, .180” checked rebounding hammer, smooth trigger, pinned round barrel, 7-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of .975”. Target versions have 6” barrels with a pinned Paine front sight on a raised boss and rear sight adjustable for windage and elevation. Matching serial numbers are found on the butt, cylinder, behind the star extractor, on the face of the yoke and the barrel bottom. Target models also have the serial number under the rear sight leaf.

Patent dates of Aug. 4, 1896; Oct. 8, 1901, Nov. 10, 1903; and Sept. 14, 1909 marked on the top of the barrel. Barrel is marked “.22 S&W CTG.” Cylinder opens as the previous model by pulling forward on the rod. This model has a four-screw sideplate with a trigger guard screw. A small S&W trademark is found on the sideplate or the frame. Weight for a 3” model is 10 oz. Serial number range 13951 - 26154 with 12,203 manufactured c. 1911 – 1921.

ID Key: 7-shot, tiny M frame, square butt.

3rd Model Ladysmiths. Rare fixed sight 6" barrel top; scarce target sight 6" barrel middle; standard configuration in box bottom. ArmsBid.com photos.

PRICE CHECK

Club Gun 3rd Ladysmith, serial number 0, “fine…90%”, listed at $2,950 – Old Town Station Dispatch, 2004.

Variations:

• 6" barrel with target sights: Double to triple

AUCTION BLOCK

3rd Ladysmith, 6" target, “excellent to fine…98%” - $4,200 – Greg Martin Auctions, June 2002.

• 6" barrel with fixed sights: Triple plus

AUCTION BLOCK

3rd Ladysmith, 6” fixed sights, nickel, “excellent to fine…95%” -$4,500 Greg Martin Auction, June 2002.

• 10 inch barrel variation known to have been produced.

• Original 2-1/4" barrel rare, worth significant premium.

AUCTION BLOCK

Two 2.25” barreled 3rd Model Ladysmiths sold – one “excellent plus, checkered ivory medallion grips” - $9,900; the other a 2.25” target sighted gun not confirmed by factory with extensive factory rework marks, “excellent as reworked” - $6,875 - Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

Three 6” barreled 3rd Model Ladysmiths sold – one fixed sights, medallion pearls, “excellent factory refinished” - $1,540; one target sights, “excellent” - $2,420; the last target sights, “fine to excellent”

- $2,200 – same auction as above.

I AND J FRAME .22s

BACKGROUND INFORMATION

S&W distributor Phil Bekeart is credited with originating the concept of a .22 caliber revolver on a .32 Hand Ejector frame. Prior to that, S&W .22 revolvers had been tiny guns – either the Model One tip-up or the M-frame Ladysmith. Probably the best known and loved member of this family is the Kit Gun, so named as an ideal size and caliber to pack along on a fishing or camping trip in the tackle kit.

.22/32 Hand Ejector (.22/.32 Bekeart Model or .22/.32 Heavy Frame Target)

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Double-action revolver built on the .32 Hand Ejector I frame with a 6-shot fluted cylinder having a nominal length of 1.25”. 6” round pinned barrel, blue finish, adjustable rear sights for windage and elevation, 5-screw round butt frame with checkered walnut extension type grips; .240” smooth trigger with .240” checked hammer. The front sight is a thin blade (either 1/10" or 1/8") with a bead top pinned in a raised boss, flat faced hammer with floating firing pin, knurled round end extractor rod. A small S&W trademark is found on the left side of the frame below the thumbpiece.

This model is named after San Francisco dealer Philip Bekeart who originally contracted S&W to manufacture this revolver. A full discussion of the origins of this model can be found in Roy Jinks’ article in the Journal of the SWCA, reprinted beginning at page 158 of Book 1 of the 25th Anniversary edition.

Our first edition doubtless contributed to some confusion as to what constitutes a “True Bekeart.” To try to straighten this out, we’d like to suggest that there are probably at least four levels of “Bekeartness” which can claim to be “True Bekearts.” Ranked from “Truest” to “Still sorta true” Bekeart, these are:

1) First Bekeart Shipment: Most desirable are the 292 guns contained in the first shipment which went to Bekeart in 1911. Serial numbers for this shipment can be found in the Jinks article listed above. Boxes marked for Philip Bekeart are rare.

2) First Bekeart-Pattern Production Run: When the Bekeart order was received, S&W made 1,044 .22- caliber target sighted revolvers on the .32 frame with target extension grips, although this was not introduced as a cataloged model. The guns included in the First Bekeart Shipment were in this production run, but many of the others went to other dealers. These fall in the serial number range of 138226 to 139275 in the .32 HE serial number series.

3) Bekeart Grip Numbered Revolvers: A distinguishing feature of the first production run was a separate serial number stamped in the bottom of the wood grips. This began with “1.” This was continued on Bekeart pattern revolvers produced after the initial production run, up through “3000.”

4) Bekeart-shipped .22/32 HEs from later production: A case could certainly be made that any pre-war .22/.32 that letters as shipped to Bekeart could be considered a “True Bekeart.”

In 1915, the Bekeart Model was introduced as a regular cataloged model, the .22/.32 Heavy Frame Target Model, at about serial number 160000 (in the .32 HE Mod. 1903 5th change series). The Bekeart Model has the rear sight elevation screw threaded into the frame, while those on later target models are threaded into the rear leaf, with a T slot cut in the frame much as on today’s production. Cylinder chambers recessed for the case head began in 1935 – reportedly at serial number 525600 – but collectors report recessed chambers as low as 384570. The serial number is viewed on the forestrap without grip removal. Weight is 23 ounces and the guns were made c. 1911 – 1941.

True Bekeart, with numbered grips and scarce Bekeart marked box. ArmsBid.com photo.

ID Key: I frame, .22 caliber, square butt, serial number on front strap, serial number range, 6 inch barrel, extension stocks.

PRICE CHECK

.22/.32 Target New York master engraved, ivories, “100% factory refinish,” listed at $3,150 – David Carroll, 2006.

.22/.32 Target, Gough engraved, “80-90%”, listed at $1,950 – ArmchairGunShow.com, 2006.

.22/.32 Target, Roper grips, “95-97%”, listed at $1,250 – Old Town Station Dispatch, 2005.

Variations

• First Bekeart Shipment: worth two times to three times standard values.

• First Production Run (but not Bekeart shipped): Add 50 - 100%.

• Early Bekeart numbered grips, but not first production run: Add 25 - 75%.

• Bekeart shipped (but not first shipment): Add 10 - 50%.

.22/.32 Target Model

(Postwar Or Transitional)

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. The authors have not been able to confirm the existence of a “Transitional” Model postwar .22/.32 Target Hand Ejector. If they exist, we expect them to be similar to the above, with the addition of the hammer safety block, in the serial number range of 551123 - 590000. They would not have the features introduced in the successor model, the 1953 .22/.32 Target listed below. Knowledgeable collectors say they exist.

Model of 1953 .22/32 Target

(“Pre-Model 35”)

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Double-action revolver now built on the improved I frame with a hammer safety block and coil mainspring that deleted the strain screw and also the trigger guard screw. Features a 6” pinned barrel with a serrated top rib, blue finish, micrometer click rear sight, 1/10” Patridge front sight, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.25”, walnut grips with diamond insert, flat latch thumbpiece in the three variations. This post-war model is now built on the improved I frame with four screws or three screws and later the J frame circa 1961 and has a smooth backstrap and forestrap. Although it is reported that the upper sideplate screw was deleted early in the serial range (1955: reported as serial number 11000), many four-screw frames are found in higher serial numbers. Serial range 101 - 135465 in the original 1953 Kit Gun series produced c. 1953 – 1969.

ID Key: Similar to above with improved I frame, 6” barrel, serial number range.

Production Changes

• 1953: Introduced as “Improved I Frame” with hammer block (deletes trigger guard screw and strain screw).

• 1955: Deletion of upper sideplate screw authorized.

• 1957: Continued as the Model 35 (see next section)

.22/.32 Kit Gun (Prewar)

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Double-action revolver built on the round butt I frame with 5 screws, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.25”, 4” round pinned barrel, blue or nickel finish, round butt frame with either round or extension type square butt grips, checkered walnut grips with S&W monograms and diamond inserts, 1/10” Patridge or a U.S.R.A. pocket revolver front sight with an adjustable rear sight for windage and elevation, heat-treated cylinder with recessed head chambers. Originally built on the 32 Hand Ejector I frame. A small S&W trademark is found on the frame’s left side. Weight: 21 oz.

Serial number range 525670 - 536684 in the .32 Hand Ejector series manufactured c. 1935 – 1941.

Kit guns, top to bottom: Rare nickel; square butt with King front sight (USRA front sight, inset); scarce Transitional. Tom Horwedel collection; Paul Goodwin photo.

ID Key: I frame .22 with round butt, 4” barrel, serial number range.

Variation

Substantial premium for nickel.

AUCTION BLOCK

Pre-war Kit Gun, in red box, “excellent…99%” - $2,310 – Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

PRICE CHECK

Pre-war Kit Gun, “97-98%”, listed at $2,500 – David Carroll, 2006.

Pre-war Kit Gun, engraved by Vern Wagoner, round butt “98%”, listed at $2,850 – ibid.

.22/32 Kit Gun (Postwar or Transitional)

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Double-action revolver built on the round butt I frame with five screws, 4” barrel, blue or nickel finish, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.26”, 1/10” Patridge or USRA pocket revolver front sight with adjustable micrometer click rear sight for windage and elevation, stocks are checkered walnut with S&W monograms or small square butt or special target stocks. Initial postwar production identical to prewar, except for serial number range and the new slide action hammer block. It is speculative that they were also built on the Improved I frame with four screws. Serial number range beginning 536685 – c. 590000 within the .32 Hand Ejector series. Produced c. 1946 – 1952.

ID Key: As above, except hammer block and serial number range.

Variations

• Original 2" barrel scarce, worth premium.

Note: A general discussion of post-WWII “Transitional Models” can be found at the beginning of the .38 N Frame listings of this book.

Model of 1953 .22/32 Kit Gun “Pre-Model 34”

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Double-action revolver built on an improved I frame with a hammer safety block and coil mainspring which deleted the strain screw and also the trigger guard screw. Features a 2” or 4” pinned barrel with a narrow top rib, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.25”. The 2” barrel has what appears to be a high profile 1/10” serrated ramp front sight (actually this is the same height as the 4” barrel version and has a micrometer click rear sight). .312” serrated trigger that was later changed to a smooth trigger, .375” checked semi-target hammer, blue or nickel finish. The flat latch thumbpiece is found in the three variations; walnut grips with a diamond around the screw escutcheon. Built on the improved I frame with four screws or three screws with round or square butt frame and later on the three screw J frame c. 1961. Smooth backstrap and forestrap. A small S&W trademark is found on the frame’s left side. Two-inch versions with fixed sights are known to exist as a training gun. The serial number is found on the butt, cylinder face, yoke, right grip panel and barrel flat. Although it is reported that the upper sideplate screw was deleted early in the serial range (1955; reported as 11000), many four screw frames are found in the higher serial numbers. Serial range 101 - 135465 in the original 1953 22/32 Kit Gun series produced c. 1953 – 1969.

Post-war Kit Guns: 4” square butt; 4” nickel round butt; 2” fixed sight round butt. Tom Horwedel collection. Paul Goodwin photos.

ID Key: Similar to above, except improved I frame or J frame and serial number range

Production Changes

• 1953: Introduced as improved I frame (deletes trigger guard screw and strain screw).

• 1955: Deletion of upper sideplate screw authorized.

• 1957: Continued as the Model 34 (see next section).

Kit guns: 4” round butt and 2” round butt standard steel frame Kit Guns, with a 4” square butt Airweight Kit gun. Armsbid.com photo.

1955 .22/32 Kit Gun Airweight – “Pre-Model 43”

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Double-action revolver built on the square butt aluminum alloy J target frame with three screws and aluminum alloy 6-shot fluted and counterbored cylinder with a nominal length of 1.44”. Features a 3-1/2” barrel with rare 2” versions known to exist, 1/10” serrated ramp front sight with micrometer click rear sight. Four-screw frames are not thought to exist since no known examples have been found or reported, (examination of frame serial number 5009 reveals it to be a three screw frame). Blue finish (factory nickel scarce but known to exist), narrow serrated top rib on a pinned barrel, walnut grips with diamond around the screw escutcheon, .260” serrated trigger with .360” checked hammer. The flat latch thumbpiece is found in three versions. Smooth backstrap and forestrap. A small S&W trademark is on the frame’s left side; this Model, unlike other Airweights, is not “Airweight” marked on the barrel. Also found chambered in .22 WMR in limited production with nickel or blue finish (rare; the authors recommend verification before purchase on a gun chambered in 22 WMR). The serial number is found on the butt, cylinder face, yoke, right grip panel and barrel flat. Original serial number range 5000 - 135465 in the 1953 Kit Gun series produced c. 1954 – 1974.

Production Changes

• 1957: Continued as the Model 43 (see next section).

Variations

• 2" barreled version serial number 25724 shipped to D. B. Wesson III (great-grandson of D.B. Wesson), February 13, 1957.

• Original nickel triple premium, if confirmed by factory letter.

• Original 2" barrel double premium, if confirmed by factory letter.

K FRAME .22

BACKGROUND INFORMATION

There have been three main concepts driving the manufacture of K frame .22s:

1) They make an ideal outdoorsman’s small game hunting or plinking revolver.

2) For the first half of the 20th century, K frame revolvers dominated traditional bullseye target shooting. The K frame .22 Target models made ideal companions to the K-32 and K-38 revolvers.

3) K frame .22s make ideal training guns for police officers or other individuals whose carry gun is a .38- caliber K frame. The low cost of .22 ammunition, along with its milder report and recoil, allow for more training rounds.

K-22 1st and 2nd Models. Note differences in sights and old long action vs. new short action. Old Town Station photo.

Model K-22 Outdoorsman

(K-22 1st Model)

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle, double action revolver built on the square butt K frame with five screws, 6-shot fluted cylinder with counterbores, blue finish or nickel finish (special order). 6” round pinned barrel with no rib, Patridge front sight, K target frame with a floating firing pin and flat faced hammer, Circassian walnut grips with small silver medallions on a square butt frame, non-shrouded extractor rod, smooth semi-round topstrap with an adjustable rear sight for windage and elevation. Built on the .38 Hand Ejector frame and numbered within the M&P 1905 4th change series in a serial range beginning 632124 and running through about 682419. The first example of this revolver was presented to Douglas Wesson on January 3, 1931, reported as serial number 632132. Weight of this model is 35.5 oz. 19,500 manufactured c. 1931 – 1940.

ID Key: K frame .22, pre-micrometer adjustable sights, long action.

AUCTION BLOCK

K-22, 1st with box, “excellent plus…99%” - $1,128 – Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

PRICE CHECK

K-22, 1st, humpback, “95%”, listed at $2,250 – Lyle Larkworthy, GunsAmerica.com, 2006.

K-22, 1st with box and related accessories, “99+%”, listed at $1,875 – David Carroll, 2006.

Variations

• Coast Guard Issue: Twenty-five with service sights shipped to the Coast Guard at Curtis Bay, MD, in 1935 in a serial range of 650929 - 650953. May bring as much as 10 times standard value or more.

AUCTION BLOCK

Fixed sight K-22 1st Model, “good…50% thin blue” - $6,095 – James D. Julia Auction, March 2003.

• Earliest production had only one screw holding on the rear sight.

• A small quantity was shipped to the U.S. Army for use in the 1932 Olympics.

Model K-22 Masterpiece

(Prewar, K-22 2nd Model):

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Double-action revolver built on the square butt K target frame with five screws, blue finish or nickel (special order). 6” round pinned barrel with no rib, diamond walnut grips with small silver medallion or diamond walnut Magnas on a square butt frame, short cocking action with anti-backlash trigger, 6-shot counterbored and fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.6”. The micrometer click rear sight was first introduced on this model; front sight is 1/8” or 1/10” plain Patridge, Call gold, or plain bead. A large S&W trademark is found on the sideplate. Features which distinguish this K-22 2nd Model from the K-22 First Model include the taller rear sight mechanism and the short action hammer (with visible “frame stop notch” on hammer body behind and below hammer spur). Serial number range among the 1905 4th Change M&P series in a range of 682404 - 696952 with 1067 manufactured c. 1940 - 1941. See Neal and Jinks for specific serial numbers.

ID Key: K target frame .22, micrometer click adjustable sights, short action, no barrel rib.

AUCTION BLOCK

K-22, 2nd, “Excellent…98%” - $3,450 – Rock Island Auction, April 2006.

K-22, 2nd, “as new…about 100%” – $4,290 - Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

PRICE CHECK

K-22, 2nd, “98+%”, listed at $5,000 – David Carroll, 2006.

Model K-22 Masterpiece

(Postwar, 3rd Model) – “Pre-Model 17”

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Double-action revolver built on the square butt K target frame with five screws and 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.6”. Similar to the K-22 Masterpiece 2nd model with early production having a narrow serrated top rib with a slight taper on the barrel, later changing to a full width serrated rib with no taper. This model was the beginning of the K serial prefix range at K101. 1/10” or 1/8” plain Patridge front sight. Rear sight is a micrometer click for windage and elevation. Standard blue finish, made with the post war slide action hammer block, checkered walnut stocks with S&W monograms and diamond around the screw escutcheon. Has 6-groove forestrap and backstrap on the frame. The hammer is checked and is .375” wide with a .265” wide serrated trigger with an adjustable stop. Serials numbers are found on the butt of the frame, cylinder face, yoke, behind the star extractor and on the barrel flat. “Smith & Wesson” is on the barrel’s left side, with “22 Long Rifle CTG” on the right side. A large S&W trademark is found on the side plate. Pre-1948/ post-1946 frames can be found with just “Made in U.S.A.” Beginning in 1948 the frame was stamped with the four address lines and is found on the frame’s right side above the trigger guard. Serial range K101, to the end of the K series and starting over again with the three-letter serial prefix. Many examples are found with a hole drilled in the frame under the grips, possibly to accommodate a lanyard pin. See also the Model 17 made c. 1946 – 1989.

ID Key: Similar to the 2nd model, with a ribbed barrel.

Production Changes

1952: Delete 1/10” Patridge Front Sight.

1955: Delete Upper Sideplate Screw.

1957: K-22 Masterpiece Continued As Model 17 (see next section on model numbered Hand Ejectors).

K-22 Masterpiece (top) and K-22 Combat Masterpiece. ArmchairGunShow.com photo.

The K-22 Combat Masterpiece – “Pre-Model 18”

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Double-action revolver built on the square butt K target frame with five screws, 4” pinned barrel, blue finish (nickel scarce), combat style 1/8” Baughman Quick Draw on plain ramp base front sight, micrometer click adjustable rear sight, short action, walnut grips with diamond around the screw escutcheon, four-line “Made in USA” address. Counterbored 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.6”, narrow serrated rib on the barrel, target hammer, target trigger, K serial prefix, 6-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap. Produced c. 1949 – 1985.

ID Key: As above, with 4” barrel.

Variations

• Nickel guns that letter as factory worth about double blued value.

Production Changes

• 1955: Delete upper sideplate screw; change to 10-groove tangs.

• 1957: Continued as the Model 18 (see next section).

The .22 Military And Police

(“Post Office Model”) – “Pre-Model 45”

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Double action revolver built on the square butt K frame with five screws. Designated as a training gun for the U.S. Postal Service, the only K frame produced in .22 LR without target sights (other than special orders – the 1935 Coast Guard K-22 Outdoorsman order, for example). Blue finish, 6-shot counterbored cylinder with a nominal length of 1.6”, serrated trigger, checked hammer spur, 4” round pinned barrel, round blade front sight or serrated ramp with square notch rear; serial numbered concurrently with the Model 10, 11, and 12 in the M&P series. A listing of the serial numbers of 150 guns from a 1958 shipment to the Post Office (described as Model 10s in .22 caliber) can be found in the SWCA Journal, 25th Anniv. reprint, Book 2, pg. 342. Not cataloged by S&W. Produced c. 1948 – 1978.

ID Key: .22 K frame with fixed sights.

AUCTION BLOCK

.22 M&P, “New in box” – one for $2,588 and another for $2,070 - Rock Island Auction, April 2006

Variations

• Boston P.D.: 20 units shipped in April 1957 to Boston Police Dept. Boston, Mass. with 6” barrel with blue finish with Magna walnut stocks and marked “B.P.D.” with number on the smooth backstrap. One example is C379431.

• New York P.D.: Reported that a small quantity with 4” barrels shipped to the NYPD.

Production Changes

• 1948: Introduction at serial S982000.

• 1948-1957: Serial range prefix changed to “C” in a range of C1 to approximately C407527.

• 1957: Continued as the Model 45 (see next section).

COLLECTOR’S TIP

Models chambered in .22 Long Rifle were continued after 1957 and are listed in the next section, “Numbered Model Revolvers.”

• Model K-22 Masterpiece (see Model 17).

• Model K-22 Combat Masterpiece (see Model 18).

• Model of 1953 .22/32 Kit Gun (see Model 34).

• Model of 1953 .22/32 Target (see Model 35).

• Model of 1955 .22/32 Kit Gun Airweight (see Model 43).

• Military & Police .22 Heavy Barrel (Post Office Model: Model 45).

EXPERIMENTAL SMALL TO MEDIUM CALIBER REVOLVERS

.22 Hornet Caliber Experimental Revolver

Caliber: .22 Hornet. Double-action revolver built on an alloy N target frame. At least one test revolver (X-156) was made in 1955 on an alloy N frame chambered in .22 Hornet, with an alloy barrel 8-3/8” long fitted with a steel .22 caliber rifled insert. This barrel is marked X157 as its serial number. The first test cylinder was reported as alloy and factory notes indicate that it failed upon the first test firing. The second cylinder was steel and further test results are vague; however this handgun still remains fully intact, bearing the number “4” stamped in the yoke cut. There is a short record from William Gunn’s notebook to indicate that it is one of 12 or so alloy N frames made. Another frame numbered X157 is configured with a fixed rear sight and is numbered “10” in the yoke cut. The barrel marking is “S&W .22 Magnum” rather than .22 Hornet as would be expected. The gun is fitted with a target hammer and target trigger and a pinned Patridge on a ramp base front sight with the micrometer click rear sight. The authors must say this handgun example is rather impressive to hold, to examine, and to try t “quantify that which is not readily quantifiable” about this most unusual revolver and the history of what we believe to be the 12 N-frame alloy revolvers.

Other .22 Hornet test revolvers were reported by S&W factory historian Roy Jinks as being made on the 547 frame, but reports of severe flame cutting prevented any from passing a 2000-round test, and production is not in the near future. Still other records in the Connecticut Valley Museum indicate several .22 Hornet N frames were made. N-frame .22 Hornet Cylinders have been found coming from the model shop but other complete guns are not as yet reported. Also see the .38/44 alloy N frame.

Model K-.256

Winchester Test Revolver

Caliber: .256 Winchester. Double-action revolver built on the K target and N target frames. Made as a test gun in the trials between the .22 Centerfire Magnum (Jet) cartridge and the standard .256 Winchester cartridge, this is essentially a K-22 frame with a cylinder chambered for this cartridge. Serial number K438857 (which was shipped to Winchester) has a non shrouded 8-3/8” barrel with markings of “.256 Winchester CTG.” Built on a four-screw K frame; six were built as prototypes c. 1960 using the same length cylinder as the Model 53, which is 1.67”. This example also has a standard hammer and trigger with a trigger stop. In 2000 an example chambered in .256 Winchester that was built on an N frame (X-182) came up for auction at Devines in New Hampshire; this gun, serial number X-182, sold for $5500 on Aug 27, 2000. No K frame sales have been reported.

.22 Hornet experimental. Nahas collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

.30 Caliber Carbine Test Revolver

Caliber: .30 M1 Carbine. Double action revolver built on the N target frame with five screws. S&W did produce, on a test basis, several revolvers with fixed and target sights and chambered in .30 Carbine that were built on the N frame. Some of these were submitted to the Army for evaluation and tested on Jan. 17, 1944. These revolvers passed an endurance test with no breakages, but shooters objected to the severe muzzle blast and the Army did not see a military requirement for further purchase. The military report also states that the shooters did not wear hearing protection. In this case it is apparent that muzzle blast would be excessive. Recoil was reported to be about that of a .45 ACP round fired from a revolver. Average velocity from a 5” revolver barrel was 1277 fps.

At least three examples are known to still exist in private collections. Serial number 4 is of a prewar target configuration with a cylinder length of 1.6” long using half moon clips when needed. It has a barrel 5” long with a Patridge front sight and prewar features with post-war grips on a frame with a 6-groove backstrap and forestrap. In 2003 serial number 2 was auctioned by James D. Julia in October of that year. Reports are that this and two others were ordered by General “Hap” Arnold; further details are unknown. Serial number S270729 is of a postwar target configuration built on a three-screw frame with a cylinder numbered X25. A very few were also reportedly built on the M&P K frame, which proved too light for this cartridge. Spare cylinders are reported coming from the model shop but barrels or other complete guns are not as yet reported. Records in the National Archives about this revolver are scarce, but research is still ongoing by Charles Pate.

Any of these revolvers is extremely rare among collectors and would probably bring in the low five figures.

.30 Carbine test revolver. Photo courtesy of Gary Keithly.

9mm Caliber Test Revolver

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Double-action revolver built on the N frame. A small number of test revolvers were built on a prewar N frame. Serial number 3 and possibly serial numbers 6 and 9 were made on a test basis for the Chinese government in June of 1945. Originally requested to be in 8mm Mauser, S&W did not have an 8mm reamer but instead supplied a sample chambered in 9mm. Due to the timing of delivery and the end of the war, this sample was never delivered due to a delay in the baggage of the Army captain given the duty to deliver this gun to the Chinese. Serial number 3 as an example is fitted on the prewar N frame with a nominal cylinder length of 1.54” and a barrel length of 5”. The grips are smooth walnut without the S&W medallions. Also fitted with a lanyard swivel on the butt. The right grip panel is serial numbered to the frame as is the cylinder, rear of the star extractor, barrel, but not the yoke.

It is built with a five-screw frame with the S&W trademark on the sideplate and “Made in U.S.A.” and has a serrated trigger and checked hammer. The barrel is marked “9 M.M. CTG.” on the right side with “Smith & Wesson” on the left side.

This rare 1940s vintage prototype should not be confused with the production 9mm revolvers that were regular cataloged items in later decades. You will find those listed in the Numbered Model Revolver section under Models 547 and 940. No sales reported.

.32 CALIBER

The I frame (and later the J frame) is considered the traditional size for S&W .32-caliber revolvers. Like the .22, .32s were also made on K frames for those who preferred a larger handgun. In the early 20th century, the .32 S&W saw considerable service as a police round but later came to be considered insufficiently powerful for this purpose. Its mild recoil led many to promote it as a good chambering for a “lady’s gun.” The round enjoyed some popularity in compact self-defense revolvers, but the advent of the J frame .38 Special reduced this usage. The .32 S&W cartridge has waned in popularity as the 20th century progressed.

This has a couple of ramifications for collectors. First, .32 caliber S&Ws can sometimes be picked up at bargain prices, simply because consumer preferences run to .22 rimfires for cheap practice and plinking or .38 Special as a minimum defensive caliber. Secondly, several later variations introduced in .32 caliber were not particularly popular and accordingly saw limited production, resulting in rare and valuable models.

Target Models: Most .32 Hand Ejectors were issued with fixed sights. When one of these is found with factory original adjustable sights it will bring a premium. This will range from 25 to 50% in the lower grades to triple, quadruple or more in the higher grades.

COLLECTOR’S TIP

This is a good field in which to look for sleepers.

I AND J FRAME .32s

Model 1896 Background Information

This is the first S&W solid frame revolver with a swing-out cylinder – the Hand Ejector configuration that continues even today as the backbone of the S&W product line. It also is the first S&W Hand Ejector purchased by a police department, with 169 units going to the Jersey City, NJ, police, marked “JCP” on the backstrap. Also, guns will be found marked “Newark Police” on the backstrap.

Other interesting features on this key evolutionary model include the method of opening the cylinder by pulling on the end of the ejector rod, and the cylinder stop mounted on the top of the frame (a throwback to the old tip-up designs) rather than in the bottom of the frame as in all subsequent Hand Ejector models. Also, the patent dates are marked on the cylinder rather than on the top of the barrel. It was also the first S&W made with a circular trigger guard integral to the frame rather than as a separate piece. Finally, this marked the debut of the .32 S&W Long cartridge.

.32 Hand Ejector I frame models. ArmsBid.com photo.

.32 Hand Ejector 1st Model Double Action Revolver (Model 1 or Model 1896)

Caliber: .32 S&W Long. Double-action revolver built on the I frame. This was S&W’s first swing-out cylinder revolver or “Hand Ejector.” Its cylinder is unlocked by pulling forward on the extractor rod. Two styles of extractor rod are found. 3-1/4”, 4-1/4” or 6” barrel lengths are found. Blue or nickel finish, round butt or extension type square buttstock of black hard rubber with the S&W monogram. This model has no locking lug under the barrel and has no thumb latch. 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.25”, pinned round blade front sight while the rear service sight was pinned forward in the topstrap above the cylinder. Target sights (rare) are a square cut front blade, with the rear being adjustable patent dates are stamped on the cylinder between the flutes: “May 21, 95; July 16, 95; March 27, 94; May 29, 94; July 1, 84; April 9, 89.” Four-screw sideplate with an additional screw above the trigger guard forward of the sideplate to retain the yoke. The cylinder stop is in the top strap rather in the frame. The yoke has a spring loaded plunger to assist holding the cylinder fully open and fully closed. The mainspring is a single piece leaf with a second leaf spring for the trigger return. The S&W monogram is stamped on the sideplate. Most examples have no barrel markings.

This model became the basis for the I frame. Serial numbers are located on the face of the cylinder, barrel flat and butt of the frame. The right hand grip usually has serial number scratched in or marked with chalk or pencil. Serial range of this model is very similar to that of the 2nd model. Serial number range 1 - 19712 with all 19,712 manufactured c. 1896 - 1903.

ID Key: .32 Hand Ejector with patents on cylinder and cylinder stop on topstrap. No thumbpiece, no locking lug.

Variations

• Short hammer police model worth slight premium.

• JCP (Jersey City Police) or Newark marked police guns worth premium. One example (serial number 8740) is marked “Newark Police No 168” on the backstrap. “Philadelphia PD” marked guns reported.

• Target model rare, worth premium.

.32 Hand Ejector Model Of 1903

(.32 Hand Ejector, 2nd Model)

Caliber: .32 S&W Long. Double-action revolver built on the round butt I frame; 3-1/2”, 4-1/4” or 6” round barrel lengths, blue or nickel finish, round butt or extension type square buttstock of checkered black hard rubber with S&W monograms. Service or target sights, round blade front sight forged into the barrel. This is the first model to have a locking lug for the extractor rod under the barrel and also appears to be the first model with a pinned barrel. The cylinder stop is also moved to the center of the bottom strap of the frame from the top strap, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.25”, with S&W trademark stamped on the sideplate. Serial range is similar to the first model. Serial number range 1 - 19425 with all 19,425 manufactured c. 1903 - 1904.

I.D. Key: Serial range with thumbpiece and locking lug distinguishes this from the 1st model.

Variation

• Target model worth perhaps as much as five times premium.

.32 Hand Ejector Model of 1903 – 1st Change

Caliber: .32 S&W Long. Double-action revolver built on the round butt I frame with five screws; 3-1/4”, 4-1/4” or 6” round pinned barrel lengths, blue or nickel finish, black hard rubber stocks, service or target sights (the target version had extension stocks of black rubber or walnut with an adjustable rear sight, designed like the first model with minor changes). 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.25”. A small S&W monogram is stamped on the left frame side. At about serial number 48000 the hammer nose rivet was changed from solid to hollow with flared ends. Serial number range 19426 -51126 with 31,700 manufactured c. 1904 – 1906.

Variation

• Target model worth premium.

.32 Hand Ejector Model of 1903 – 2nd Change

Caliber: .32 S&W Long. Double-action revolver built on the round butt I frame with five screws, 3-1/4”, 4-1/4” or 6” round pinned barrel lengths with “32 Long CTG” on the left side, with the right side usually being observed as blank, designed like the First Change model with minor changes. A small S&W monogram is found on the frame under the thumbpiece with no other frame markings observed; patent dates are found on the top of the barrel of “March 27 1894, August 4, 1896, December 22, 1896, October 8, 1901, December 17, 1901, February 8, 1906.” Available in blue or nickel finish, with either service or target sights, black rubber stocks or walnut extension type stocks on the target version, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.25”. Target sights consist of a pin on a raised boss in the front, adjustable for windage and elevation on the rear, while the service sights are a forged round blade front sight with a notch cut rear sight. Serial numbers are located on the butt, cylinder face, yoke, barrel flat and back of the star extractor. Checked hammer and smooth trigger. Weight is 18.5 oz with a 4-1/4” barrel.

Serial number range 51127 - 95500 with 44,373 manufactured c. 1906 – 1909.

Variations

• Target model worth premium.

.32 Hand Ejector Model of 1903 – 3rd Change

Caliber: .32 S&W Long. Double-action revolver built on the round butt I frame with five screws; 3-1/4”, 4-1/4” or 6” round barrel lengths, designed like the 2nd Change version with minor internal changes. Service or target sights were available. .240” smooth trigger with a .240” checked hammer spur. Patent dates of “March 27 1894, August 4, 1896, December 22, 1896, October 8, 1901, December 17, 1901, February 8, 1906” are found on the top of the barrel. The authors have confirmed a patent date of “Feb. 6, 06” on the rebound slide. The S&W trademark is found on the frame’s left side. Identical in external appearance to the 2nd Change model. Blue or nickel finish, pinned round barrel, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.25”. A barrel marking of “32 Long CTG” is observed on the left side with the right side blank. Serial numbers are observed on the barrel flat, cylinder face, yoke, and frame. Serial number range 95501 - 96125 with 624 manufactured c. 1909 – 1910.

Variations

• Target model worth premium.

.32 Hand Ejector Model of 1903 – 4th Change

Caliber: .32 S&W Long. Double-action revolver built on the round butt I frame with five screws; 3-1/4”, 4-1/4” or 6” round barrel lengths, designed like the 3rd Change version with very minor internal changes and identical in external appearance. Blue or nickel finish, pinned barrel, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.25”. “32 Long CTG” is found on the barrel’s left side. Serial number range 96126 - 102500 with 6,374 manufactured c. 1910.

Variations

• Target model worth premium.

.32 Hand Ejector Model of 1903 – 5th Change

Caliber: .32 S&W Long. Double-action revolver built on the round butt I frame with five screws; 3-1/4”, 4-1/4” or 6” pinned round barrel lengths. Designed like the 4th Change version with major internal changes in the trigger, hammer and sear, two-piece extractor rod, blue or nickel finish, service or target sights. A small S&W trademark is found on the left side of the frame, with a few having the trademark on the sideplate. 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.25” and two extractor locator pins. Serial number range 102501 – c. 263000 with about 160,499 manufactured c. 1910 – 1917.

PRICE CHECK

Factory Oscar Young engraved, presentation inscribed, medallion pearls, “95%”, listed at $3,150 – David Carroll, 2006.

Variations

• Target model worth premium.

.32 Hand Ejector Third Model

Caliber: .32 S&W Long. Double-action revolver built on the round butt I frame with five screws; 3-1/4”, 4-1/4” or 6”round barrel lengths, blue or nickel finish, 6-shot cylinder with a nominal length of 1.25”, service sights with round blade front sight, a new hammer block arm was introduced on this model. Heat-treated cylinders began in 1920 with serial 321000. Identical in external appearance to Model of 1903, Fifth Change. Serial number found on the butt, cylinder and barrel. A small S&W trademark is found on the left side of the frame. .240” smooth trigger, .240” checked hammer spur. Some early examples did not have the four-line address marking on the frame. Walnut wood grips with a diamond around the screw escutcheon have been observed as well as black rubber stocks. The rubber stocks all had the S&W monogram while all the wood stocks had the monogram missing. Barrel markings are “Smith & Wesson” on the right side with “32 Long CTG” on the left side. Identical in appearance to the 1903, 5th Change model. Serial numbered concurrently with the .32 Regulation Police. One examined box was the one-piece with hinged lid design, dark purple in color with a patent date of Dec. 20, 1920, numbered to serial number 438605. Serial range 263001 - 536684 with 271,531 manufactured c. 1917 – 1942.

Variations

• Target model worth premium.

The .32 Hand Ejector (Postwar) – Pre-Model 30

Caliber: .32 S&W Long. Double-action revolver built on the round butt I frame with five screws, or the improved I frame with four screws. It is reported that the upper sideplate screw was deleted in 1956 at serial number 640980; examples are found in upper serial ranges with the fourth screw. Similar to the 3rd Model with postwar improvements: new style rebound hammer block and a change in the extractor rod. 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.25”, blue or nickel finish; 3-1/4”, 4-1/4” or 6” barrel lengths (2” also observed), 1/10” round blade front sight with square notch rear sight, checkered walnut stocks with S&W monograms. .240” smooth or serrated trigger, .240” checked hammer spur. Normal production thumbpiece is observed until production of the J frame, at which time the thumbpiece was changed to the flat latch. Barrel markings are “.32 S&W CTG” on the right with “Smith & Wesson” on the left side. A small S&W trademark is found on the frame under the thumbpiece. Serial numbered concurrently with the .32 Regulation Police. Became the Model 30 in 1957. Serial range 536685 - 712953 made c. 1946 – 1960.

.32 Hand Ejectors: Regulation Police Target top, pre- and post-war HEs middle; post-war Regulation Police bottom. From Paul Goodwin photos.

Production Changes

• 1948: Postwar production with 3-1/4”, 4-1/4” and 6” barrel.

• 1949: Introduce 2” barrel.

• 1953: Improved I Frame (deletes trigger guard screw and leaf style mainspring with strain screw).

• 1956: Eliminate upper sideplate screw at approximately serial number 640980.

• 1957: .32 Hand Ejector continued as the Model 30 (see next section).

.32 Regulation Police (Pre-War)

Caliber: .32 S&W Long. Double-action revolver built on the square butt I frame with five screws, 3-1/4”, 4-1/4” or 6” round pinned barrel, blue or nickel finish. Service sights are a round blade front sight with a square notch rear; target sights are a square cut on a raised boss with the rear sight adjustable for windage and elevation mounted in the top strap. Some variations have been found with target front sight and service rear sight. The frame is made with a shouldered backstrap to accept a new style of square-butt checkered walnut medallion buttstocks with a patent date of “Pat. June 5 1917” stamped lightly in the wood on the bottom of the left panel. The round butt grip frame is enclosed by wood, with the upper portion of the grip frame backstrap exposed. These unique stocks are not interchangeable with previous models. Knurled round extractor knob, case colored .235” smooth trigger with .235” checked hammer. The barrel is marked “*32 Long CTG*” on the right side with “Smith & Wesson” on the left side. Fitted with a 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.25”. Cylinders are reported as heat treated in 1920, with some production of this model fitted with target sights. Unlike the .38 Regulation Police Model, these .32s are not “Regulation Police” marked and have also been observed without the S&W monogram on the frame but with the monograms in the stocks. The serial number is located on the front tang, cylinder face, barrel flat and the front of the yoke. Serial numbered concurrently with .32 HE Third Model in a minimum range of about 260000 – c. 536000, with the serial number located on the front tang. Weight 18oz. Made c. 1917 - 1942.

Variations

• Target model worth three to six times above values.

• Massachusetts State Police: Forty-eight guns shipped to Massachusetts State Police in 1929, 4” blue, marked “State Police” on backstrap, serial numbers in 508000s and 509000s, worth premium.

.32 Regulation Police

(Postwar) – Pre-Model 31

Caliber: .32 S&W Long. Double-action revolver built on the round butt I frame with five screws, or the improved I frame with four screws, and it is reported that the upper sideplate screw was deleted in 1956 at serial number 640980. However, examples are found in upper serial ranges with the fourth screw. Similar to previous model with postwar design changes: a new design rebound slide hammer block was introduced at serial 536685 for postwar production. 1/10” round blade front sight with a square notch rear, built on the I frame and the improved I frame until 1961 when the J frame was introduced. The serrated ramp front sight was introduced about 1956. 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.25”. Available barrel lengths were 3-1/4”, 4-1/4” or 6”; a 4” barrel has been observed on a Target Model. Grips were checkered walnut stocks with S&W monograms and diamond around the screw escutcheon (see previous listing for description) with blue or nickel finish. Serial numbered within the .32 Hand Ejector 3rd Model series from about 536000 – c. 712953. Manufactured c. 1946 - 1960. Became the Model 31 in 1957.

Variations:

• .32 Regulation Police Target: 196 made in 1957; some serial numbers reported in the low 657xxx range; worth substantial premium.

AUCTION BLOCK

.32 Regulation Police Target, “as new in box” - $3,080 – Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

Production Changes

• 1948: Postwar production with 3-1/4”, 4-1/4”, and 6” barrel.

• 1949: Introduce 2” barrel.

• 1953: Improved I Frame (deletes trigger guard screw and leaf style main spring with strain screw).

• 1956: Eliminate upper sideplate screw at approximately serial number 640980; introduce ramp front sight.

• 1957: 196 units built with target sights; .32 Regulation Police continued as Model 31 (see next section).

K FRAME .32s

K-32 Hand Ejector First Model (K-32 Target)

Caliber: .32 S&W Long. Double-action revolver built on the square butt K target frame with five screws; 6” round and pinned barrel, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”, blue finish. 1/8” or 1/10” Patridge front sight were cataloged, with gold bead available, adjustable rear sight for windage and elevation. Both Magna and standard walnut grips with a diamond around the screw escutcheon on a square butt frame were available. Rare gun. Weight 34 oz. Built on the .38 M&P frame of the 1905, 4th Change in an approximate serial number range of 653388 - 682207. About 94 manufactured c. 1936 – 1941.

AUCTION BLOCK

K-32, 1st Model, Club gun with 0 serial number prefix, “as new in box,” $11,825 – Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

K-32, heavy barrel and light barrel configurations, from Paul Goodwin photos.

K-32 1st Model, “Fine…95%” - $3,163 – James D. Julia Auction, March 2003.

K-32 Hand Ejector (Postwar)

K-32 Masterpiece – “Pre-Model 16”

Caliber: .32 S&W Long. Double-action revolver built on the square butt K target frame with five screws, short cocking action, anti-backlash trigger, 6-groove tangs and serrated trigger; 1/8” or 1/10” Patridge front sights were cataloged, now fitted with the micrometer click rear sight. Narrow ribbed 6” barrel, checkered walnut stocks with S&W monograms. A large S&W trademark is found on the sideplate. Quite a scarce gun, with serial number ranges hard to pin down. Known serial numbers include all of K58921 through K58970 and K67601 – 67670, along with some of the guns in K767574 - K767599 and K68470 - K68530 ranges. All of these have the narrow rib. In 1950, the wide rib was introduced, and some K-32s from 1956 will be found in the K271792 - K271836 serial number range. Additional known serial number ranges listed under Model 16. Weight 38.5 oz. Manufactured c. 1946 – 1974.

AUCTION BLOCK

Two K-32s, one “very good as professionally refurbished” - $1,955; the other “excellent…98%” – $3,162 - Rock Island Auction, April 2006.

PRICE CHECK

Pre-16, gold box, “95%”, listed at $2,150 – David Carroll, 2006.

Pre-16, “excellent plus…98-99%,” listed at $1,975 – ArmchairGunShow.com, 2005.

Variations

• Limited run of 4" barrels in 1949 have been reported as a K-32 Combat Masterpiece; may bring four to five times regular value.

• It’s been reported that a 5" barrel variation may exist, but it has not been observed.

• Note: Unlike most models, the gold cardboard box for the K-32 is far more common than the gun, and it is easier to find a box than a gun. Accordingly, there is not much of a premium for the box.

Production Changes

• 1949: Introduced heavy barrel to Match the K-17 and K-38 in weight.

• 1952: Delete 1/10” Patridge front sight from catalog.

• 1955: Delete upper sideplate screw.

• 1957: K-32 Masterpiece continued as the Model 16 (see next section).

.32 Military & Police

Caliber: .32 S&W Long. Double-action revolver built on the square butt K frame with five screws; 2”, 4” barrel lengths are found and approximately 910 with a 5” barrel are reported. This model comprises a small group of M&P revolvers built to fire the .32 Long rather than the .38 and built on the larger .38 M&P K frame. Fixed sights with round blade front and square notch rear. 6-shot cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”. “Smith &Wesson 32 Long CTG” on the barrel’s left side, with the right side blank. “Made in U.S.A.” on the frame next to the trigger guard. Large S&W monogram on the sideplate. .240” serrated trigger and checked hammer spur. Serial prefixes of “S” and “C” are found mixed in the 38 M&P series with 4,813 manufactured c. 1948 - 1950.

Variations

• Between 10 and 11 are reported to have been manufactured in 1949 with a micrometer click rear sight and a ramp front sight with 4" barrel. See also previous model variations.

.32-20 CALIBER

Target Models: All 32-20 Hand Ejector Models were standard issue with fixed sights. When one of these is found with factory original adjustable target sights it will bring a premium. This will range from 25 to 50% in the lower grades, to triple, quadruple or more in the higher grades.

Scarce .32-20 Target configuration. David Nowak Collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Caution: Do not use modern ammunition designated for rifles in these handguns!

.32-20 Hand Ejector

– 1st Model

Caliber: .32-20 Winchester. Double-action revolver built on the round butt K frame with four screws. 4”, 5”, 6” or 6-1/2” round pinned barrel lengths, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”, blue or nickel finish. This first model has no locking lug under the barrel. Checkered hard rubber grips with S&W monogram or walnut without the monogram. Fixed sights were a round front blade sight with square notched rear; target sights were a square cut blade mounted and pinned in a raised boss with an adjustable rear mounted in the top strap. The S&W trademark is stamped on the sideplate. Barrel markings of “32 Winchester CTG” on the left side. Smooth trigger with checked hammer spur. This model also has a spring loaded pin in the yoke (yoke stop) to assist in holding open the cylinder (not normally visible except by removing the yoke). Serial number range 1 - 5311 with all 5,311 manufactured c. 1899 - 1902.

Variations

• Target model worth 50% to 100% premium.

.32-20 Hand Ejector Model 1902

(.32-20 Hand Ejector Second Model)

Caliber: .32-20 Winchester. Double-action revolver built on the round butt K frame with four screws. 4”, 5” or 6-1/2” round pinned barrel lengths, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”, blue or nickel finish. Similar in design to first model but made with a locking lug under the barrel and a knurled round extractor knob threaded to the rod. Serial number range 5312 - 9811 with 4,499 manufactured c. 1902 - 1905.

Variations

• Target model worth 50 - 100% premium.

.32-20 Hand Ejector Model 1902 –

1st Change

Caliber: .32-20 Winchester. Double-action revolver built on a round or square butt K frame with four screws. 4”, 5” or 6-1/2” round pinned barrel lengths, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”. Similar to the Second Model with a slightly larger barrel diameter and frame front where the barrel threads in. Slight changes were also made in the yoke cut. Square butt target versions were manufactured in late 1904; otherwise a round butt frame with hard rubber or walnut grips, square butt with checkered walnut only. Blue or nickel finish. Serial number range 9812 - 18125 with 8,313 manufactured c. 1903 - 1905.

Variations

.32-20 Hand Ejectors. Old Town Station photo.

• Target model worth 50 - 100% premium.

.32-20 Hand Ejector Model 1905

(.32-20 Hand Ejector Third Model)

Caliber: .32-20 Winchester. Double-action revolver built on a round or square butt K frame with five screws, 4”, 5” or 6-1/2” round pinned barrel, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”. Very similar to preceding model with many internal changes including the addition of the trigger guard screw to become the first five-screw frame model in .32-20 caliber. Identical to the 38 M&P model of 1905 except for caliber; target versions were square butt only. Serial number range 18126 -22426 with 4,300 manufactured c. 1905 - 1906.

Variations

• Target model worth 50 - 100% premium.

.32-20 Hand Ejector Model of 1905

– 1st Change

Caliber: .32-20 Winchester. Double-action revolver built on a round or square butt K frame with five screws, 4”, 5”, 6” or 6-1/2” round pinned barrel; 6 -shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”. Similar in external appearance to the previous model but with various internal changes, this model incorporated a rebound slide, the date of the introduction of which is not exactly known. Round butt frame for fixed sight versions or square butt frame for target variations. Blue or nickel finish. Serial number range 22427 - c. 33500 with nearly 11,073 manufactured c. 1906 - 1909, overlapping with the 1905, 2nd Change Model.

Variations

• Target model worth 50 - 100% premium.

.32-20 Hand Ejector Model of 1905

– 2nd Change

Caliber: .32-20 Winchester. Double-action revolver built on a round or square butt K frame with five screws; 4”, 5”, 6” or 6-1/2” round pinned barrel lengths, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a length of 1.56”. Similar to preceding model with various internal changes including the addition of two dowel guide pins on the star extractor. Round or square butt frame for fixed sight versions or square butt frame with checked diamond walnut stocks for the target sight variations. Serial number range 33501 - 45200 with 11,699 manufactured c. 1906 - 1909, overlapping with 1905, 1st Change Model.

Variations

• Target model worth 50 - 100% premium.

.32-20 Hand Ejector Model of 1905

– 3rd Change

Caliber: .32-20 Winchester. Double-action revolver built on a round or square butt K frame with five screws; 4” or 6” round pinned barrel lengths, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”. Similar to 2nd change model with various internal changes including a longer double action throw. Patent dates were removed from the side of the barrels. Round or square butt frame for fixed sight versions and square butt frame only for target variations. Serial number range 45201 - 65700 with 20,499 manufactured c. 1909 - 1915.

Variations

• Target model worth 50 - 100% premium.

.32-20 Hand Ejector Model of 1905

– 4th Change

Caliber: .32-20 Winchester. Double-action revolver built on the square butt K frame with five screws; 4”, 5” or 6” round pinned barrel lengths, blue or nickel finish, forged round blade front sight, with a flattened top strap with a square notch cut rear sight for service sights. Target sights consisted of a square cut blade mounted and pinned in a raised boss with an adjustable rear mounted in the top strap. Target models have serrated front and rear tangs with six grooves and were only available with a square butt frame with a 6” barrel, beginning in 1923. Checked black hard rubber or checked diamond walnut stocks without medallions, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”. Serial numbers found on the butt, cylinder face, behind the star extractor, on the yoke and on the barrel flat. Heat treated cylinders began at serial number 81287. Barrel markings of “32 W.C.F. CTG” on the right side, “Smith & Wesson” on the barrel’s left side are observed. Has a smooth trigger with .265” checked hammer spur with smooth backstrap and forestrap on service model. Weight is 30 oz. with a 4” barrel. The S&W trademark is found on the frame’s left side with no other observed markings on the frame on our examples. Serial number range 65701 -144684 with 78,983 manufactured c. 1915 - 1940.

Variations

• Target model worth 50 – 100% premium.

Note: S&W handguns chambered in .32-20 were discontinued prior to WWII and have never resumed.

Registered Magnums. ArmsBid.com photo.

.357 MAGNUM CALIBER

N FRAME .357

The .357 Magnum

by Ray A. Cheely

The introduction of the .357 Magnum in 1935 was a profound event for the handgun world and Smith & Wesson. At the time, it was the most powerful handgun ever produced. Law enforcement, hunters and sportsmen all took note of previously unheard-of performance levels. It was the beginning of the age of magnum handguns.

During the late 1920s, there were calls for the development of something more potent than this venerable .38 Special, particularly from law enforcement personnel. Smith & Wesson responded with the large frame .38/44 Heavy Duty in 1930 and .38/44 Outdoorsman in 1931. Both were capable of firing hotter loads of .38 Special, but still fell short of expectations. Colonel Douglas B. Wesson, grandson of S&W co-founder Daniel B. Wesson, worked in conjunction with such noted hand loading experts as Phil Sharpe and Elmer Keith on the development of a revolver cartridge that would travel over 1400 fps. and deliver over 700 ft./lbs.of muzzle energy. The result was the .357 Magnum cartridge and the introduction of the Smith & Wesson .357 Magnum revolver.

S&W Initially offered the .357 Magnum only on a custom order basis, with the purchaser specifying sights, barrel length, finish and grips of his choosing. Later options included humpbacked hammer, Magna stocks and engraving. Each new gun was delivered with a numbered registration card and return envelope that would allow the owner to obtain a registration certificate bearing his name and specifications of the gun. Only about half of the guns produced resulted in requests for certificates.

Related items which could have come with these guns – such as the registration certificate, shipping tube for registration certificate, screwdriver, brochures and paper, spare sight blade in envelope, grip adapter and registration card with envelope – are all of considerable value, particularly when matched with the appropriate gun.

Most serious gun collecting is based on the concept of finding variations of a basic model. Due to the rich assortment of options available, one rarely finds two identical prewar .357 magnums! Options included:

• 23 different barrel lengths.

• Six main sight choices plus any King sight combination (dozens of additional choices).

• Blue, nickel and engraved finishes.

• Standard or magna grips.

• Optional humpbacked hammer.

• Optional grip adapter.

• Several other non-cataloged sight and grip variations.

This incredible assortment of possible combinations means that a collector’s quest for prewar .357 variations will never end. Authors’ Note: Any prewar magnum collector’s wife will quickly verify (and bemoan) the accuracy of this statement.

Smith & Wesson initially believed that virtually all .357 Magnum sales would be in the 8-3/4” variation. Accordingly, all early boxes (through Reg. No. 700-800?) are of the largest size (15-1/4” X 5-1/4”) bearing a picture of the gun with standard stocks and a grip adaptor. These early boxes, usually referred to as “Type I,” were printed with a darker blue ink than later variations. With the addition of Magna grips, subsequent boxes (Type II) carried the picture of the gun equipped accordingly. They appeared in three sizes (dimensions approximate):

Large         15-1/4” X 5-1/4”

Medium      13” X 4-7/8”

Small          11-5/8” X 4-3/8”

Registered Magnum boxes had a small white label on the bottom of the box that indicated the serial number and registration number. On non-Registered Magnum boxes this label indicated the serial number and usually the barrel length. In most instances, this label is missing or unreadable. Better condition boxes can easily bring $1000.

Early Test Guns

A few prototypes or “club” guns bearing “0” numbers were assembled in 1934 and 1935. These were given to VIPs for evaluation. Numbers 0372 and 0373 were given to Col. Douglas Wesson for use in his well-documented big game handgun hunts in 1935. Serial number 45808, with no registration number, was sent to the Springfield Armory for testing in early 1935. It was soon returned and given to Frank Baughman (close friend of J. Edgar Hoover and inventor of the Baughman front sight) at the FBI.

First Production

• Registration #1 was delivered to J. Edgar Hoover on April 17, 1935 (current whereabouts of this gun is unknown; it was not in his estate at the time of his death in 1974).

• Registration #2 was delivered to Philip B. Sharpe on April 17, 1935 (Phil Sharpe was a noted handloading expert and is credited for doing significant developmental work on the .357 Magnum).

• Registration #6 was delivered to Emil Hurja on May 7, 1935 (Emil Hurja was communications director and political pollster in the Franklin D. Roosevelt administration).

• Other prominent individuals receiving low registration numbers include Ed McGivern; Charles Hopkins of Western Cartridge Co.; John M. Olin of Western Cartridge Co.; Sasha A. Siemel, big game hunter; Major W. E. Witzel of Remington; and General George S. Patton.

The .357 Registered Magnum

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Registration numbers were stamped on the yoke cut preceded by “Reg” thus “Reg XXXX.” This was the first S&W revolver to use a counterbored cylinder to protect the cartridge rim. All frames are target with pinned barrel and extractor shroud. The barrel rib is checkered, with finely checkered topstrap and serrated backstrap and forestrap. “S&W .357 Magnum” is on the barrel’s right side. Early specimens have a small trademark on the left side, while later guns have a large trademark on the right side. Available with blue or nickel finish, target frame with serrated backstrap and forestrap, checkered diamond walnut on square butt grips or Magna type with an S&W monogram. This model has a spring-loaded locking ball bearing in the yoke to assist in locking open the cylinder. The cylinder is a 6-shot fluted with a nominal length of 1.62”. Other features include a finely checkered topstrap, checked barrel rib and .400” checked hammer spur, and a .265” grooved or .312” serrated trigger. “S&W .357 Magnum” is marked on the barrel’s right side. Numbered in the .44 Hand Ejector 3rd model series. Serial number range 45768 - 62489 (another source reports end of serial number range for Registered Magnums as lower than this). About 5,224 manufactured c. 1935 - 1939.

Registered .357 Magnums with the longest (8-3/4”) and shortest (3-1/2”) barrel lengths. Ray Cheely photo.

Note: In the last few years, realized prices of prewar magnums have risen dramatically, and this trend shows no sign of slacking. At this writing, Registered Magnums and related guns may be the hottest S&W collecting field. The combination of the strong historical significance and the incredible assortment of variations has made these guns highly desirable acquisitions for collectors. The prices above reflect an average of sales of guns with limited or no special features. A large number of these guns do have one or more special attractions in the form of registration certificate, shipment to a famous individual, law enforcement use, special sights, special finish or an original box with some of the accessories listed above. These guns will bring premium prices significantly in excess of those stated.

Variations

• Add $1000 to $1500 for original registration certificate accompanying gun. Forgeries known: CAUTION.

• Premium for certificate shipping tube.

• In general, Registered Magnum boxes and accessories are highly sought-after and will bring significant premiums.

• Barrel Lengths: In order of production quantities: 6-1/2", 5", 6", 8-3/4", 3-1/2", and 4". Other lengths bring premium prices, particularly 1/4" variations, which may bring multiples of standard value. Combination of rare barrel length and other rare features may bring a multiple of what a comparable-condition, more common configuration would bring. Among the more common barrel lengths, some collectors report that the shorter barrels enjoy some popularity and may bring a small premium.

• Nickel finish brings premium prices, perhaps double; probably fewer than 200 were manufactured.

• 4” barreled versions were shipped to Kansas City Police.

• Humpbacked hammer: Introduced in 1937; approximately 25% had this option.

• Special features worth premiums: Original factory pearl, ivory, or stag grips. Factory inscribed (47 made). Full factory engraving (11 made).

• One gun was custom made in .22 Long Rifle caliber, 8-3/8" with registration number 1591.

• It is reported that two were made with detachable shoulder stock for the U.S. Government.

• Fifteen were shipped to Postal Service in 1935. Another source notes that these may have been purchased through the Army and puts the date at 1938. See discussion in Pate.

• Registered Magnum # 506 attributed to General George S. Patton, Jr.

• Serial number 47769 with registration number 897 attributed to General George Van Orden.

• Serial number 57042 with registration number 4365 attributed to City of Cincinnati. Jan-24-1939.

• Serial number 53325 with registration number 2801 attributed to Springfield Armory NHS.

• It is reported that 15 were shipped to the City of Indianapolis Police Dept. Reported example with registration number #4862 is nickel with 5” barrel and humpback hammer. The others are believed to have adjacent registration numbers.

AUCTION BLOCK

• Registration number 4444, rare 8-3/8" barrel, excellent-plus condition - $12,100 – Kull & Supica Firearms Auction, April 2006.

• Several Registered Magnums - “Excellent 95%” - $3,450. “Excellent, over 95%” - $4,887. “Excellent, over 90%” - $3,162. “Excellent, over 99%” - $2,875. – all at Rock Island Auction, April 2006.

• Two Registered Magnums – one “93%” - $2,760; the other “98%” possible factory refinish, $2,875 – Amoskeag Auction, Sept. 2005.

Various Registered .357 Magnum related items:

informational brochure with order form; type I box; certificate mailing tube; registration certificate; cleaning brush, swab and paper sleeve; multilingual caution note; envelope for sight blade; sight adjustment tool; and registration certificate request card and envelope. Ray Cheely photo.

• Three Registered Magnums, all in boxes – one 5”, “about excellent…97%” - $2,750; one 8.75”, “excellent…98%” - $3,300; and one 6” “about as new in box” - $5,500 – Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

• Registered Magnum, “Extremely fine…98%” - $2,703 – James D. Julia Auction, March 2003.

PRICE CHECK

Seven Registered Magnums listed for sale – “98%”, w/ box, $6,500; “97-98%” with factory gold inlaid inscription and history, $9,350; “98%” $6,450; 90% $3,150; 90% $3,150; 98.5 - 99% with box, $7,750; and KCMO police 65 - 75% 1,950. – David Carroll, 2006.

Three Registered Magnums listed for sale – “93-95%” $4,850; experimental test gun “96-97%” $5,750; Springfield Armory shipped $8,750 – Old Town Station Dispatch, 2005-2006.

Note: A considerable number of the guns produced toward the end of the run of Registered Magnums had registration numbers stamped in the yoke cut but were not recorded as Registered Magnums in the factory records. Apparently, there was little interest in the “registration” process at this time. These guns would be considered as non-Registered Magnums (see next listing).

Prewar .357 Magnum Non-Registered

These guns are the same as above except that they have no registration number stamped in the yoke cut and barrel lengths were standardized as 3-1/2”, 5”, 6”, 6-1/2”, and 8-3/8”. These are even more rare than Registered Magnum models, with only about 1400 produced. In general, they were more likely to be heavily used than the Registereds, and accordingly high condition guns are notably scarce. Boxes are the same as used with Registered Magnums c. 1935 - 1941.

Variations

• Non-standard barrel lengths and non-standard sights command very substantial premiums.

• Nickel finish is extremely rare and will bring a very substantial premium.

• The last Non-Registered Magnum and the only wartime production Magnum was produced in 1942 with a 4-1/2" barrel, small logo on the left side and a large logo on the right side, serial number 62489.

.357 Magnum Transitional Postwar

The first post-war magnum was produced December 5, 1946, with a total of 142 completed by the end of 1949. Postwar transitional guns were similar in appearance to prewar with the exception of the new micrometer click rear sight. An “S” was added as a prefix to the serial number. Apparently, most transitional magnums were ordered by police departments; thus longer barrel lengths are very scarce. There were perhaps six or fewer produced with barrel lengths of 8” or longer. Boxes are the same as used with prewar Registered Magnums until the factory began using gold boxes somewhere around 1947 - 1948.

Sales of transitional magnums occur so rarely that prices are difficult to determine. A high-condition specimen in any configuration would bring at least $8000 - $10,000. Other conditions would be at proportionate levels.

Noteworthy Examples

• Serial number S71655 with an 8-3/8" barrel was shipped to Remington Arms Company as a test gun.

• Serial number S71893 with an 8-3/8" barrel was given to President Harry S. Truman and is now located in the Truman Library. It is engraved “Col. Harry S. Truman.”

• Serial number S71972 with an 8-3/8" barrel was given to Major General Julian S. Hatcher at the NRA. It is engraved “Julian S. Hatcher.”

.357 Magnum

– “Pre-Model 27”

During 1950, at approximately serial number S75000, the .357 Magnum was modernized with the incorporation of the short-throw hammer. One source puts the first .357 Magnum short action as serial number S75514, c. Nov. 13, 1950. However, see conflicting information on that serial number at the listing for the .38/44 Heavy Duty Model of 1950. This model was offered with the choice of blue or nickel finish (rare), any standard target sights, checkered walnut stocks with S&W inlaid medallions (target stocks available about 1954 and thereafter), finely checkered topstrap with matching barrel rib and grooved forestrap and backstrap. Barrels were standardized at 3-1/2”, 5”, 6”, 6-1/2”, and 8-3/8” with the five-screw target N-frame. The “S” prefix was continued until 1969 when it was changed to “N.” The upper sideplate screw was eliminated in 1956 with serial numbers in the range of S172000. The 357 Magnum became the Model 27 in 1957.

Pre-Model 27’s; 5” and 3-1/2” barrels. from Paul Goodwin photos.

AUCTION BLOCK

Factory A engraved Pre-27, “Excellent plus…over 98%” - $2,588 – Rock Island Auction, April 2006

Variations

• 3.5” barrel may bring 25% premium.

• Slight premium for nickel in higher condition grades.

AUCTION BLOCK

Nickel Pre-27, “excellent, 98-99%” - $2,255 – Kull & Supica Auction, April 2006.

Production Changes

• 1950: Begin “S” serial prefix c. serial number S75000.

• 1956: Delete upper sideplate screw c. serial number S172000.

• 1957: The .357 Magnum continued as the Model 27 (see next section).

The Highway Patrolman

– “Pre-Model 28”

Caliber: .357 Magnum/.38 Special. Introduced in April 15, 1954. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N target frame with five screws as the Highway Patrolman, a utility version of the pre-Model 27 with a satin blue finish. This model is the only N frame with an adjustable rear sight leaf that is non-serrated as well as having no serrations on the barrel rib. Six-shot fluted and counterbored cylinder with a nominal length of 1.62”. 4” or 6” pinned and ribbed barrel without serrations, Magna style or target walnut grips with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon. This model has a 6-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap and “Highway Patrol” stamped on the barrel, 1/8” Baughman Quick Draw front sight with adjustable micrometer click rear sight, shrouded extractor rod, .400” semi-target hammer, .265” serrated trigger or .400” smooth trigger. Original test production marked “PATROLMAN.” The name change was suggested by Mrs. Florence Van Orden of The Evaluators Ltd. to then-president Carl Hellstrom. 8,427 manufactured in the first year of production. Produced c. 1954 – 1986.

Production Changes

• 1954: Begin “S” serial prefix at S103500; 8,427 manufactured in 1954.

• 1956: Delete the upper sideplate screw at approximately S171584.

• 1957: Highway Patrolman continued as the Model 28 (see next section).

Highway Patrolman. Old Town Station photo.

K FRAME .357

Well-known border patrolman, writer and exhibition shooter Bill Jordan, among others, urged S&W to offer the power of the .357 cartridge in a more compact package than the big N frame. The result was the K frame “.357 Combat Magnum,” which was introduced in 1955 and continued as the Model 19.

The .357 Combat Magnum

– “Pre-Model 19”

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Double-action revolver built on the square butt, four-screw K target frame that is slightly larger than a standard K frame in the yoke area. Available in blue or nickel finish and originally available in 4” barrel length only with a 1/8” Baughman Quick Draw on plain ramp base front sight with an adjustable micrometer click rear sight. 6-shot fluted and counterbored cylinder with a nominal length of 1.67”. Manufactured c. 1955 – 1999.

Variation

• Initial production was shipped in dark blue presentation cases, marked “COMBAT MAGNUM” on top.

Production Changes

• 1955: Introduction at serial number K260001.

• 1957: The .357 Combat Magnum continued as the Model 19 until 1999 (see next section).

.38 CALIBER

Listed chronologically within frame size.

The .38 Special cartridge could easily lay claim as the most all-around popular and useful revolver round of the 20th century – especially for military, police, and personal protection applications. It was introduced by S&W in 1899, with the full name of .38 S&W Special.

It is important to note that the .38 Special is a completely different round from the earlier .38 S&W round introduced for S&W’s top-breaks back with the Baby Russian of 1876. The .38 S&W is usually a lower-powered loading and has a slightly larger case diameter than the .38 Special. The two cartridges are NOT interchangeable, and ruptured cases or worse can result from trying to fire the wrong cartridge in the wrong gun. Some revolvers that have been supposedly converted from .38 S&W to .38 Special have not been properly converted and may be unsafe to fire. Any such conversion should be inspected by a gunsmith prior to shooting.

Modern high velocity loadings of the .38 Special cartridge have become very popular as effective modern self-defense and police rounds. Some such loadings are designated “+P” (“plus P”) or “+P+” to show that they develop higher pressure than is allowed in standard pressure .38 Special cartridges. It’s important to remember that the original .38 Special cartridge was introduced over 100 years ago – long before such pressure levels were anticipated. Loads rated +P or +P+ should generally not be fired in older revolvers.

COLLECTOR’S TIP

Many .38 Special and .38 S&W revolvers were introduced as descriptively named model Hand Ejectors prior to 1957 and continued as numbered models in the S&W product line after 1957. These will be continued in the next section, and include:

• .38 M&P: See the Model 10.

• .38/200 British Service: 1947; see the Model 11.

• M&P Airweight: 1952; see the Model 12.

• K-38 Target Masterpiece: 1946; see the Model 14.

• K-38 Combat Masterpiece: 1949; see the Model 15.

• .38/44 Heavy Duty: 1946; see the Model 20.

• .38/44 Outdoorsman: 1946; see the Model 23.

• .38/32 Terrier: 1946; see the Model 32.

• .38 Regulation Police: 1946; see the Model 33.

• .38 Chiefs Special: 1950; see the Model 36.

• .38 Chiefs Special Airweight: 1952; see the Model 37.

• Bodyguard Airweight: 1955; see the Model 38.

• Centennial: 1953; see the Model 40.

• Centennial Airweight: 1952; see the Model 42

• Chiefs Special Target: 1955; see the Model 50.

• Target Models: Most .38 Hand Ejectors models were issued with fixed sights. When one of these is found with factory original adjustable target sights it will bring a premium. This will range from 25 to 50% in the lower grades, to triple, quadruple or more in the higher grades.

K FRAME .38

The introduction of the .38 HE Military & Police marks the beginning of what would become the quintessential police handgun of the twentieth century and the workhorse of S&W production for many decades – the K-frame revolver chambered for a .358” diameter bullet. Also especially significant is the introduction of what has probably become the most used centerfire cartridge in America, the .38 Special. The basic design of this gun has been continuously improved over nearly a century, and in its current variations such as the Models 10, 19, and 66, is still considered by many expert authorities to be the finest personal defense or police handgun available.

.38 Military & Police 1st Model (Model of 1899 Army-Navy Revolver)

Caliber: .38 S&W Special or .38 Long Colt (U.S. service cartridge). Double-action revolver built on the round butt K frame with four screws; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”. Barrel lengths: 4” , 5” , 6” or 6-1/2” round pinned barrels, earliest of the S&W models with a swing-out cylinder in this caliber. No locking lug is present on the barrel bottom of this first model. Service or target sights were available; blue or nickel finish, checkered hard rubber stocks with S&W monograms or plain walnut. Target versions are a square cut round blade front sight on a raised boss with adjustable rear sight. Color case hardened hammer and trigger. This barrel is marked “38 S&W Special CTG & U.S. Service CTG” on the left side. Believe it or not, this gun can be considered a “pre-five-screw four-screw model” since the 5th frame screw was added to the basic Hand Ejector design about 1905. Serial number range 1 - 20975 with 20,975 manufactured c. 1899 – 1902.

Early .38 M&P Models, with distinguishing characteristics and details of early martial markings. ArmsBid.com photo.

ID Key: K-frame .38 M&P lacking locking lug at front of ejector rod.

Variations

• Target model worth two to three times premium.

• U.S. Navy Model: .38 Long Colt with 6” barrel; 1,000 marked “U.S.N.” with an anchor and Navy serial number on the butt without a lanyard ring. Navy serial number range 1 - 1000, S&W serial number range 5001 - 6000, 1900. Worth 50% to 100% premium.

• U.S. Army Model: 38 Long Colt with 6” barrel; 1,000 marked “U.S. ARMY MODEL 1899” on the butt. Army Issue has the inspector’s initials in the grip circles, “KSM” on the right side (for Kelly S. Morse) and “JTT” on the left side (for John T. Thompson) with lanyard ring. S&W serial number range 13001 - 14000, 1901. Worth 50% to 100% premium.

AUCTION BLOCK

Three martial 1899s sold: Army, “90%” - $1,380; Army, “93% plus” -$1,955; Navy, “90% plus” - $1,725 - Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

PRICE CHECK

1899 Army, “absolute finest example…98%”, listed at $5,500 – David Carroll, 2006.

• Revenue Cutter Service (Coast Guard) Models: See variations listed under next model.

.38 Military & Police 2nd Model

(Model of 1902)

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the round butt K frame with four screws; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”. Barrel lengths of 4”, 5”, 6” or 6-1/2” with round pinned barrels. Blue or nickel finish, checkered hard rubber grips or walnut, .265” smooth trigger, .260” checked hammer. Built similar to the First Model and now fitted with a locking lug on the barrel bottom and an increased extractor rod diameter to allow an internal locking rod, with other minor internal changes. Observed with a large S&W monogram on the sideplate while no other markings on the frame are observed. This model also has an additional leaf spring and a spring-loaded ball bearing in the yoke to assist in locking open the cylinder. The barrel markings are “38 S&W Special & U.S. Service CTG” on the left side. Service or target sight variations are found. This model weighs 31 oz. with 6-1/2” barrel. Serial number range 20976 - 33803 with 12,827 manufactured c. 1902 - 1903.

Variations

• Target model worth two to three times premium.

• U.S. Navy Model of 1902: 38 Long Colt, Navy serial number range 1001 - 2000 continued from 1st order in 1900. Marked “U.S.N.” with an anchor on the butt and initials “JAB” for inspector John A. Bell. S&W serial number range is 25001 - 26000 and is found on the front tang. Other markings include an arrow through an “S” found on the cylinder face, on the barrel flat, and in the yoke cut. Caliber markings of “S&W .38 Mil” were also observed on several examples. Worth double to triple standard value.

AUCTION BLOCK

Navy 1902, “92%” - $1,725 – Amoskeag Auction, Sept. 2005.

PRICE CHECK

Navy 1902, “90%”, listed at $1,875 – David Carroll, 2006.

• Revenue Cutter Service (Coast Guard) shipment: Serial numbers range from 20752 – 20801. Shipped to the U.S. Coast Guard Revenue Cutter Service in 1902. Total of 50 guns, worth substantial premium. Although the serial numbers are within the Model 1899 serial number range, it is reported that these are actually Model of 1902 configuration.

.38 Military & Police Model of 1902

– 1st Change

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the round butt K frame with four screws; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”. Barrel lengths of 4”, 5” or 6-1/2” with round pinned barrels. Checkered hard rubber grips with S&W monograms, or checkered diamond walnut; blue or nickel finish. Round blade front sight with square notch rear sight. Changes are an enlarged barrel thread diameter and the corresponding change to the frame, as well as changes to the yoke and yoke cut. Barrel marked “38 S&W Special CTG & U.S. Service CTG.” Target models have a rear sight leaf contoured to the frame with an adjustable sight for windage only. The yoke has a small spring-loaded plunger to help hold open the cylinder. Our example serial number 43953 has a small leaf spring for the trigger return and a smooth trigger with a finely checked hammer spur. The first square butt K frames show up in the middle of this model serial number range at about 58,000. Serial number range 33804 - 62449 with 28,645 manufactured c. 1903 - 1904.

Variations

• Target model worth two to three times premium.

.38 Military & Police Model of 1905

(.38 Hand Ejector M&P, 3rd Model)

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on a round or square butt K frame with five screws; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”, similar to 1902 1st change with round or square butt but with changes in the cylinder stop cut and the frame stop cut. A trigger guard screw is now added, making this the first five-screw model in this series. Serial number range 62450 - 73250 with 10,800 manufactured c. 1905 - 1906.

Variations

• Target model worth premium.

.38 Military & Police Model of 1905

– 1st Change

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on a round or square butt K frame with five screws; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”. Barrel lengths of 4”, 5”, 6” or 6-1/2” are found as standard. Designed like the previous model with various internal changes; available with blue or nickel finish. Serial number range 73251 - 146899 overlapping with the 1905, 2nd Change model. 73,648 manufactured between 1st and 2nd change c. 1906 - 1909.

Variations

• Target model worth 50 - 100% premium.

.38 Military & Police Model of 1905

– 2nd Change

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on a round or square butt K frame with five screws; identical to 1st Change with minor changes, manufactured with 4”, 5”, 6”or 6-1/2” barrel lengths. Two dowel pins are generally found in the star extractor. Serial number range 73251 - 146899, overlapping with the 1st change of 1905 model. This model was built c. 1906 - 1909.

Variations

• Target model worth 50 - 100% premium.

.38 Military & Police Model of 1905

– 3rd Change

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on a round or square butt K frame with five screws; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”. Barrel lengths of 4” or 6” are found; available with blue or nickel finish. Minor internal changes were made, including the knurled extractor knob becoming a solid piece. Smooth trigger, .260” checked hammer spur. A large S&W trademark is found on the sideplate. Barrel has patent dates on the right side with “38 S&W Special CTG.” Many examples have been examined with no other frame markings other than the trademark. Serial number range 146900 - 241703 with 94,803 manufactured c. 1909 - 1915.

Variations

• Target model worth 50 - 100% premium.

.38 Military & Police Model of 1905

– 4th Change

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the K frame with five screws; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”. Barrel lengths of 2”, 4”, 5” or 6” are found. Round butt or square butt (scarce) frame with service sights or a square butt only frame with target sights, hard rubber or walnut stocks with a diamond around the grip screw escutcheon and gold S&W monograms. Changes from the 1905 3rd Change were primarily internal; heat treated cylinders began at approximately serial number 316648. Fitted with a .265” smooth trigger on the service version or fitted with a serrated trigger on the target version with a .265” checked hammer. Target models are observed without serrated front and rear tangs until about 1923, when they were introduced. Front target sights are a square cut blade on a raised boss while the rear sight is adjustable and is contoured to match the curve of the frame and top strap. Service sights are a round blade front sight, with a notch cut rear in the top strap. Barrel markings observed are “S&W” on the left side and “38 Special CTG” on the right side. Some are found with both markings on the left side with right side blank. Target models have been observed without any frame markings whatsoever (including the S&W trademark normally on the sideplate) except for serial numbers. Otherwise will be marked “Made in U.S.A.” on the frame’s right side. Has the early style hammer block. Weight is 30 oz. with a 6” barrel.

Serial number range 241704 - 1000000 with 758,296 manufactured c. 1915 - 1942.

Variations

• Target model worth premium.

• Square butt frame worth two times value.

• Nickel finish worth premium.

• Texas State Prison: Nickel, 5” barrel, well-used, a small number of handguns purchased 1927 - 1930 scattered between serial numbers 500000 and 630000, marked “Texas State Prison,” worth premium; examples usually show heavy use.

• Original 2" barrel worth premium; 2" round butt +50% to double value; 2" square butt double to triple value. Original nickel on these will bring a further premium.

AUCTION BLOCK

2” round butt .38 HE 1905 4th, “as new in box” - $1,540 - Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

PRICE CHECK

2” .38 HE 1905 4th, UPD marked (possibly Utica Police Dept.), “95%” – Lyle Larkworthy, GunsAmerica.com, 2006.

• USNCPC marked: 3,000 handguns total in the 748000 - 760000 serial number range; U.S. Naval Civilian Police Corps abbreviation on the backstrap, worth double to triple standard values. Most shipped in 1941.

• USMC: In 1932, 1000 handguns shipped to the U.S. Marine Corps, 6” barrel with blue finish on square butt frame in a very broad serial number range, markings not reported. Worth premium.

• Other “U.S.” marked: 4", 5" and 6" handguns were bought by the Army in 1941 - 1942. Often marked “U.S.” on the left side of the frame or on the butt. Worth 50 - 100% premium.

• 25 M&P revolvers with 4" barrels, blue finish, square butt, purchased by the Coast Guard in 1934. Serial range of 646994 - 648882.

• 50 shipped to the U.S. Army A.E.F. shooting team in 1920 with 6" barrels. Two with target sights.

• 36 M&P revolvers shipped to U.S. Secret Service in 1935 in the 651500 serial number area.

• Small quantity shipped with chrome finish.

• Small quantity shipped to Newport News, Va., Police Dept. 6" barrel blue finish, fixed sights with serrated backstrap and frontstrap. One example is marked “Pol. Dept. Newport News, Va. No. 5” on the sideplate. This variation has the small S&W trademark on the frame, without S&W medallions in the wood grips. (Our example was serial number 583499.)

• Serial number 642357 attributed to Herman Goering c. 1934 and was turned over to Allied soldiers at his surrender on May 7, 1945, and currently is at the West Point Military Academy.

.38/200 British Service Revolver

(Model K-200)

Caliber: .38 S&W with 200-grain bullet. Double-action revolver built on the square butt K frame with five screws. Available with 4”, 5” or 6” pinned barrel lengths; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”. Available in bright blue, sandblast brush blue, or sandblast black magic finish. 1/10” round blade front sight and notch cut rear service sights; square butt frame with checkered diamond walnut grips with S&W monograms for the commercial version, smooth walnut without monograms with lanyard ring for the military service version. It is reported that 110,379 K-200s were sold to the British with Black Magic finishes, using both the carbonia and Black Magic processes, beginning at around serial number 680,000. The serial range continues within the M&P series 1905 4th Change, in a range of c. 700,000 - 1,000,000. Then the revolver was numbered with a “V” serial prefix (for Victory) in the same serial number range as the .38 Special Victory Models starting over from V-1 – c. V-769,000. Early Lend Lease guns were marked “UNITED STATES PROPERTY” or “U.S. Property” on the top strap. “Made in U.S.A.” appears on the right side of the frame in front of the trigger guard with the S&W trademark on the sideplate, usually with “G.H.D.” or “W.B.” inspector marks. Later production guns were marked the same as the Victory Model. When a new style hammer block was introduced in Dec. 1944 (due to an accidental discharge aboard a Navy ship when a gun was dropped, killing a sailor), the serial prefix was again changed, this time to “SV” to indicate this new change hammer block. This serial number range runs from c. SV769,001 – c. SV811,119 and is numbered concurrently with the Victory Model chambered in .38 S&W Special. It is reported that a “VS” serial prefix exists but the authors have never confirmed this (possibly on low-numbered guns where there is room to stamp an “S” ahead of the “V”). 568,204 guns were reported manufactured c. 1940 – 1945.

PRICE CHECK

RAF marked 38/200 British, “97-98%”, listed at $1,275 – David Carroll, 2006.

Variations

• Recent import markings reduce value.

• Non-factory converted to .38 Special: Will detract from the value, and should be checked out by a competent gunsmith, as some of these conversions are poorly and unsafely done. Note that the .38 Special cartridge is slightly smaller in diameter than the .38 S&W (38-200), and a .38 Special will usually crack or bulge the case if the conversion was not properly done. Many were done by Parker-Hale in England.

British .38/200 (top two guns) and Victory Model (bottom) revolvers. Although some refer to the .38 S&W chambered British Model as a “Victory Model,” that term is more properly applied to the .38 Special version. Inset details include “United States Property” and post-war British civilian proof marks; variations in serial number markings (no prefix, “V” prefix, “SV” prefix, and “S” on frame); and U.S. Navy markings. Old Town Station photo.

• Reported that the last revolver in this series was delivered to British Ambassador Lord Inverchapel, 4/16/1947, serial number 0775885, high polish carbonia blue, 5" barrel.

Production Changes

Note: Post-war changes follow those of the .38 M&P, pages 143-144. With the introduction of the short-action, they may be called the "Pre-Model 11."

• 1946: Begin ‘S” serial prefix.

• 1948: Begin “C” serial prefix.

• 1955: Delete upper sideplate screw.

• 1957: Continued as the Model 11 (see next section).

COLLECTOR’S TIP

Military Finish: In previous editions, we had described a type of finish used on .38/200 British and Victory Models as “parkerizing.” Our current understanding is that parkerizing was a proprietary phosphate type finish used on many military guns, many of which were given a less cosmetically fine finish as a result of wartime expediency (with the added benefit of reducing tell-tale reflective glare from military weapons). Other than possibly for a very brief period of as few as five days in May of 1942, the parkerizing process was not officially used by that name on S&W revolvers, although the appearance is very similar in late war production guns.

The S&W revolvers very generally had the bright commercial blue through about 1941, a brief period of sandblast blue (or “brush blue”) beginning March 3, 1942, followed by sandblast “Black Magic” (similar to parkerizing) through the war’s end. The Black Magic and other parkerized type finishes tend to be rather fragile and thin, so finish coverage appears to deteriorate more rapidly, even with only minor handling, than with commercial blue finishes. This results in fewer “As New” or 100% finish guns in circulation. Also note that military weapons are routinely subject to arsenal rework and refinish. Such arsenal refinished pieces certainly are legitimate historical variations, but will generally bring less from a collector than original factory finish. Detecting such refinish may be difficult.

Victory Model, with markings observed on Victory Models and the similar British 38/200 Models. Clockwise from top left: Naval Civilian Police Corps; Canadian military broad arrow inside C (with “Made in U.S.A.”); Austrian Police; typical British military markings (including broad arrow); Bavarian Municipal Police; U.S. flaming ordnance bomb; and New Zealand backstrap marking. ArmsBid.com photo.

.38 Military & Police “Victory” Model

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the square butt K frame with five screws, so named for the “V” placed in the serial prefix for “Victory” against the Axis powers in WWII. Normally found with a 4” round pinned barrel, (2” scarce); 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”. Lanyard ring usually found on the butt; sandblast blue or sandblast Black Magic finish (similar to parkerizing), non-shrouded extractor, 1/10” forged round blade front sight with square notch rear sight. Smooth wood grips without S&W medallions on a square butt frame, introduced with a “V” serial prefix from V1 to V769,000, at which time a new design hammer block was introduced and the serial prefix became an “SV” added to indicate this change.

It is reported that a “VS” serial prefix exists but the authors have never confirmed this. An accident with this model forced an important step for S&W concerning hammer blocks. A revolver was dropped on the deck of a U.S. Navy ship and accidentally discharged, killing a sailor. This prompted the Navy to investigate and request, through the Springfield Armory, a better hammer block design. The former hammer safety was a shoulder on the rebound slide forced against a shoulder on the hammer. These “shoulders” kept the hammer nose off the cartridge in the down position. Enough force would shear the hammer pivot and the hammer nose would strike the primer, discharging the cartridge. A new design was introduced in Sept. 1944, known as the “slide action hammer block,” which placed a sliding arm between the hammer face and the frame unless the hammer was properly pulled to the rear. Approximately 40,000 revolvers were sent back to S&W for modification with this new design hammer block. This required slight modification of the hammer rebound slide and a groove cut into the side plate to accommodate the safety slide. Revolvers returned and modified are found with a small “s” near the rear sideplate screw, as well as a “S” found on the butt along side the serial number. This new design hammer block is still continued today in all S&W revolvers. Markings consist of “U.S. Property” stamped on the topstrap with a “GHD” inspector’s stamp indicating Guy H. Drewry (inspector from 1930 - 1957) elsewhere on the frame. The “G.H.D.” stamping usually occurs in a serial range of V85000 to very close to the end of production. Serial numbers range from V1 - V769000 and SV769001 - SV811832 (as the highest recorded number to date on a nickel variation for a commercial order), numbered concurrently with the 38/200 British Service Model. About 242,291 were manufactured c. 1942 - 1945.

Variations

• 2" barrel scarce, worth 4 - 5 times premium if lettered from the factory. It is known that 300 with 2" barrels went to the Dept. of Justice.

• A very few reported with Israeli markings, worth premium.

• “U.S. NAVY” Marked: Worth premium – add 50 - 100% if marked on topstrap; double to triple value if marked “PROPERTY OF U.S. NAVY” below thumb release. Beware of fake markings.

• Many interesting variations and markings found: USMC, Bavarian Rural Police, Australia, New Zealand, South Africa, etc. Check for counterfeit markings as many are in circulation.

• Unmarked: Many were sold to civilian users (Defense plants, Post Office, etc.) and do not have U.S. or inspector markings.

• A small quantity of approx 86 “Victory Models” were made in the last of the “SV” serial range with a nickel finish but having the lanyard ring removed and the hole plugged. These occurred at what appears to be the end of production of the Victory series and were to fill a commercial order. Blued commercial variations are also found without the lanyard ring and the hole also plugged.

• One correspondent reports Victory Models still in active government service as late as the 1980s, when they were reportedly issued to National Park Service Rangers in California.

• At the time the “V” was first used as a serial number prefix, a small number of revolvers were reportedly special finished with polish, bright carbonia blue, and select figured smooth walnut stocks for special presentation purposes; serial numbers 1000000 and V1 - V5. V1 went to Chief of Wartime Production Lt. Gen. Wm. Knudsen, and was later presented to President Harry Truman.

The authors highly recommend for further research and reading a volume titled U.S. Handguns of World War II, The secondary Pistols & Revolvers by Charles W. Pate, printed in 1998 by Andrew Mowbray publishing, Lincoln, RI. This is an excellent book that contains extensive research on the Victory Models.

Some additional Victory Model tips from Eric H. Archer:

Late Production Victory Revolvers assembled with the new style hammer safety block are of special interest. The butts were marked with an S V on one side of the lanyard swivel. A small letter “S” on the sideplate denotes factory fitting of the new safety block. These newest and safest Victory revolvers were most likely to have been used in later conflicts in Korea, Vietnam and Desert Storm.

Postwar Commercial Victory Revolvers were assembled using frames and other components leftover from wartime production, but not purchased as spare parts by the U.S. government. Characteristics include “SV” prefix, serial in the 800000 range, a factory fitted plug in the hole where the lanyard loop swivel would otherwise be found, a brushed blue finish, and commercial diamond magna grips similar to prewar production. Careful examination of frames usually reveals surface irregularites due to minor forging flaws or hurried removal of excess metal, acceptable while there was a war going on. Contemporary Smith & Wesson ads highlighted upcoming release of these revolvers to meet unfilled orders for law enforcement. Oshmans Sporting Goods in Houston received many of thsee commercial Victory revolvers.

Preferential issue of revolvers to aviators and military dog handlers continued for decades after World War II. Regulations prohibited carry of M1911 and M1911A1 pistols with a loaded round in the chamber, but you can’t drop your dog’s leash or fly a helicopter hands-free while you cycle the slide to load a .45. Victory revolvers remained in use by Army aviators until second-generation double-action mm pistols became available for aircrew use. Thereafter, some of the finest Victory revolvers remaining at the Army helicopter school at Fort Rucker were transferred to the Naval Historical Center.

United States Air Force Air National Guard tanker and transport crews were issued Victory revolvers during Desert Storm. Unfortunately, there is no way to differentiate USAF Victory revolvers from those used by the other armed services.

Pantograph Engraved Markings on Victory revolvers should always be viewed with suspicion. Skepticism is particularly appropriate when the revolver has been reparkerized, or where the markings are not documented in SCSW or Charlie Pate’s book. To cite one example, many 4” .38 Special revolvers reportedly imported from Taiwan in the 1980s were pantographed engraved with the letters “U S” above “M C” at the rear of the frame above the backstrap. Firearms engraved with the name of a Coast Guard cutter, or marked to imply association with the FBI or the CIA or any of its proprietaries such as Air America, are almost certainly evidence of fraud.

Crude etched markings have been observed on Victory revolvers used by miscellaneous governmental agencies such as the National Park Service and Indian tribal police. These markings are often authentic, but unlikely to increase collector value.

Victory Officer’s Model was the term applied in United States Marine Corps ordnance publications to postwar long-action Military & Police revolvers with 4” barrels, lanyard loops, magna grips, and commercial blue finish. Backstrap is roll-marked “U.S. PROPERTY.”

.38 Military & Police (Postwar)

– “Pre-Model 10”

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the square butt K frame with five screws. A continuation of the previous model without the “V” serial prefix or the lanyard ring. A contemporary source indicates the “S” prefix postwar guns began as early as Dec. 27, 1944 at around serial number S769000. Others report Sept. 1945 beginning at S811120. It’s reported that at S990184, Apr. 7, 1948, the new short throw hammer action was introduced, becoming the now familiar Model 10 in 1957. Many postwar frames will have the hole in the side of the frame for the access to the lanyard ring lock pin. Postwar production frames will also have the four address lines of “Made In U.S.A., Marcus Registradas, Smith & Wesson Springfield, Mass.” on the right side.

After the production of the second million M&P revolvers, the serial prefix was again changed to a “C” prefix on March 22, 1948, starting over at C1, and was also numbered concurrently with the M&P Airweight and the M&P .22 or pre-Model 45. The “C” prefix continued until 1967 when a “D” serial prefix was introduced after C999999. Available in 2”, 4”, 5” or 6” round pinned barrel lengths with a 1/10” fixed round blade front sight and a square notch rear sight (later changed to 1/8”). Available in blue or nickel finish. The 6-shot fluted cylinder has a nominal length of 1.56”. Case colored .240” serrated trigger with finely checked hammer with .265” spur, checkered diamond walnut grips with S&W monograms, S&W trademark on the sideplate. Barrel markings are “Smith & Wesson” on the left side and “.38 S&W Special CTG.” on the right side. Smooth backstrap and forestrap. Serial numbers are found on the butt, cylinder face, barrel flat, yoke face (viewed through a charge hole), the rear of the star extractor, and on the right grip panel. The round butt frame variation became available in late 1947. The 2” variation will have “Smith & Wesson” and the caliber marking on the left side of the barrel. Weight is 29.5 oz for the 4” version. Became the Model 10 in 1957. Manufactured c. 1946 - date.

Pre-Model 10s. Top two “S” prefix, bottom two “C” prefix. Note variations in hammer spur configuration. ArmsBid. com photo.

Production Changes

• 1945: Begin “S” serial prefix at S811120 - S999999.

• 1948: Begin “C” serial prefix at C1 - C999999.

• 1952: Change front sight from round blade to ramp.

• 1955: Delete the upper sideplate screw.

• 1957: Continued as the Model 10 – see next section.

Variation

• 1946 (Mexican) Target: 2901 units shipped in 1945 and 1946 in serial number range 812000 – 817000.

• 25% premium for “S” serial number prefix in higher condition grades.

• Add 25% for 2" barrels.

Transitional Models

See discussion of Transitional Model concept in general at the beginning of the .38 N frame section. A similar transition process can be observed in post-war .38 M&P’s, beginning with the first “S” prefix commercial gun with the new hammer block at about S769000 on 12/27/1944. The same source offers two conflicting dates on the introduction of the short action, noting the first “K38” short action and new hammer at serial number S924878 on 10/21/47; but also noting the “1st M&P” short action as serial number S990184 on 11/13/50. There is probably a premium for such transitional models.

The K-38 Target Masterpiece

– “Pre-Model 14”

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the square butt K target frame with five screws, this original postwar model has a 6” barrel with a narrow rib; 1/8” or 1/10” Patridge front sight with the new micrometer click rear sight. Blue finish. The narrow ribbed barrel has markings of “38 S&W Special CTG” on the right side, “Smith & Wesson” on the left. 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”, anti-backlash trigger with adjustable stop, short cocking action, .375” short throw hammer, checked Magna style diamond walnut grips with S&W monograms, K serial prefix. A large S&W monogram is stamped on the sideplate; 6-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap. Companion gun to the K-32 and K-17. Became the Model 14 in 1957. Weight: 38.5 oz. Introduced at serial K1661. Manufactured c. 1946 – 1982.

Variations

• Police Guns: Kansas City, Kansas, Police Department purchase of 4” Masterpieces and Illinois State Police purchase of 5” Masterpieces, both in 1957, are reported in the SWCA Journal, with serial numbers listed. Not specified whether model marked. KCPD information is in 25th Anniversary Book 1, pg. 265; ISP information is in Book 2 on pp. 342 and 366. Either may bring two to three times standard value.

• Premium for nickel finish.

• Army purchase may bring double standard value.

Production Changes

• 1947: Begin production at serial K1661.

• 1949: Manufacture heavy barrel to match K-17 and K-32 in weight.

• 1951: Target grips available.

• 1952: Delete 1/10” Patridge front sight from catalog.

• 1955: Delete upper sideplate screw.

• 1957: Continued as The Model 14 – see next section.

Note: The major distinction between the K-38 Target Masterpiece and the K-38 Combat Masterpiece is the barrel length and front sight.

The K-38 Combat Masterpiece

– “Pre-Model 15”

K-38 Masterpiece (top) & K-38 Combat Masterpiece. ArmsBid.com photo.

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the square butt K Target frame with five screws; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”; 4” pinned and ribbed barrel with markings of “38 S&W Special CTG” on the right side, available in blue or nickel finish, .375” or .500” target hammer, 1/8” Baughman Quick Draw on plain ramp base front sight with micrometer click adjustable rear sight. Square butt frame with diamond walnut grips. A large S&W monogram is found on the sideplate; 6-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap. Original K serial prefix. Manufactured c. 1949 - 1999.

Variations

• See variations listed at K-38 Masterpiece above.

Production Changes

• 1955: Delete upper sideplate screw.

• 1957: K-38 Combat Masterpiece continued as the Model 15 – see next section.

.38 Military And Police Airweight

– “Pre-Model 12”

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the round or square butt K aluminum alloy service frame with five screws; similar to the Model 10 but made with an alloy frame and originally an alloy cylinder, which was later changed to steel due to problems with cylinders cracking. Built on the KA frame with short action, with a 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.62”. Offered in blue or nickel finish, with a 1/10” serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear fixed sight; 2”, 4”, 5” or 6” pinned barrels were catalogued but the 5” and 6” variations were possibly not in actual production as they are not found. Round or square butt frame with checkered walnut Magna style grips with diamond around the screw escutcheon and S&W medallions. Original five-screw frame and flat latch thumbpiece, .240” hammer and trigger that is narrower than the regular production K frame hammer and trigger, which is .258”. Numbered with the Model 10, 11, 45 and Aircrewman revolvers in production. This alloy frame is slightly thinner than a standard K frame by .080”. Has a smooth backstrap and forestrap. With all alloy frame and cylinder and 2” barrel weight is 14.5 oz. Produced c. 1952 - 1986.

Variations

• Slight premium for nickel.

• Slight premium for early square butt frame.

• Slight premium for early guns with bug screw.

• Serial X124 is a 3" square butt frame with a wide hammer for test and evaluation, steel cylinder, five-screw frame, “Airweight” marked serrated ramp front sight. Shipped to Evaluators Limited 4/23/53.

Airweight Production Changes

• 1952: Introduction at A218567 (early prototype; standard production began around C223999).

• 1954: Alloy cylinder changed to steel due to cracking.

• 1955: Delete upper sideplate screw.

• 1957: Continued as the Model 12 – see next section.

Variations

• Early production with alloy cylinder worth premium, but should not be fired.•

A SHORT BACKGROUND OF AIRCREWMAN REVOLVERS

.38 Military & Police M13

Aircrewman Revolver

As a result of new conflicts and the lessons learned from World War II, many new armaments and test weapons were produced by the various armories and arms factories. One such weapon was the Air Force “Aircrewman” revolver built by Colt and Smith & Wesson.

Both companies supplied samples of .38 Special caliber revolvers with alloy frames and cylinders with 2” and 3” barrels: the Colt’s “Detective Special” and the Smith and Wesson “Chiefs Special.” Smith and Wesson later also supplied a 6-shot version of the .38 Military & Police model with an alloy frame and cylinder to be known in 1957 as the Model 12.

After considerable testing and evaluation, the War Department chose to purchase a quantity from both Colt and Smith and Wesson for further evaluation in the field.

The Colt revolvers were specially marked with a serial number range of “A.F.NO. 1” to “A.F.NO. 1189.” This was Colt’s first and only production lot purchased.

Smith and Wesson’s first production lot was a quantity of 605 6-shot revolvers serial-numbered in sequence after the Colt lot from “A.F.NO. 1190” to “A.F.NO. 1794.” This was followed with a second lot of 5-shot J-frame revolvers, serial “A.F.NO. 1795” through “A.F.NO. 2399,” also a quantity of 605. Four examples of each frame size out of the numerical sequence went to the Springfield Armory, for a total of 609 each in J and K frame size.

The distinguishing marks of both of these early Smith &Wesson 5-shot and 6-shot revolvers are as follows:

1) “AIRCREWMAN” stamped on the barrel’s right side with “.38 SPECIAL CTG.” stamped underneath. “SMITH & WESSON” is stamped on the barrel’s left side.

2) “PROPERTY OF U.S. AIR FORCE” marked on the smooth backstrap.

3) Air Force Medallions in the grip circles on a round butt; diamond checked walnut grip.

4) A small “P” proof mark is found over the trigger guard on the left side of the frame.

5) An “A.F.NO.xxxx” serial number prefix found on the butt.

These early 6-shot K-frame Aircrewman revolvers have a five-screw frame with a small removable bushing in the center of the recoil shield. This bolster bushing was a bearing surface for the bolt and extractor rod to ride on. The 5 shot Aircrewman (J-frame) revolvers had a four-screw frame and a smaller removable bolster bushing. A five-screw J frame has been observed as a prototype for the Air Force contract. Examination of these early Aircrewman J and K frames shows that the frame, cylinder, yoke and barrel had matching serial numbers (without the “A.F.NO.” prefix).

The grips were the standard checked diamond walnut grips of the period except for the Air Force medallions in the grip circles. These Air Force Medallions are only found on the A.F.NO. numbered guns. (Colt had a medallion that looked similar to an Air Force coat button.)

The early 6-shot Aircrewman revolvers were in every way identical to the then-current commercial production M&P Airweight except for distinguishing markings. The M&P Airweight was introduced to the product line at approximately serial number C223,999 of the then current M&P numbering system in Sept. 1952. They were numbered concurrently along with the pre-Models 10, 11 and 45 in a serial number sequence that went to C999,999 (and then started over with a “D” serial prefix in 1967).

After the first production lot of 605, no additional J-frame revolvers were purchased. The Air Force preferred a 6-shot revolver and the Army had no other requirements for the smaller revolver. Upon further testing the lightweight 6-shot M&P, the Army felt that the cylinder lock bushing on the recoil plate was not needed (Colt never used the bushing). The Army also believed that removal of the upper side plate screw (also not used on Colts) would provide a better appearance and fewer components and so requested Smith & Wesson to delete the “fifth” screw and the bolster bushing. This request was made in March 1953. The authors do not as yet know why, but only Smith & Wesson was awarded production contracts for the Aircrewman Revolvers. The “M13” is a military designator as is assigned to each standard weapon in the U.S. Arsenal.

Archive documents indicate that the Colts and perhaps the early Smith & Wessons may have been marked with an “M12” designator, but samples in the Springfield Armory do not indicate this and none of the Smith and Wessons there are so marked.

The M13s followed in serial sequence a large lot of Military & Police Airweights that factory records indicate were shipped to various dealers and hardware stores in the country. The authors believe all of the commercial M&P Model 12 Airweights are five-screw frames with the recoil plate bolster bushing, and “Airweight” marked on the barrel’s right side. Other than the military markings and the barrel markings, a four-screw frame with no bolster bushing in the recoil plate is the most obvious difference between an M&P Airweight and an M13 Aircrewman. As alloy will usually break before it bends, reports of using higher pressure cartridges resulted in frequent failure of the cylinder.

Both the S&W and the Colt revolvers were tested for use with the M41 ball cartridge ammunition, which had a standard chamber pressure of 16,000 psi. It is interesting to note that the alloy cylinder was widely reported to have been replaced with steel in 1954, but inspection of over 300 guns over a very wide serial range shows alloy cylinders matched to the frames on all but one. The authors have found only one replacement cylinder in steel.

In 1956 the Army printed a Technical Manual for the Colt and Smith and Wesson revolver as a joint services publication. The manual’s nomenclature is “TM 9-2027” dated July 1956; it is 60 pages in length.

The holster used with this revolver is also a collector’s item. It is stamped “55D3513” and is intended to hold a 2” revolver worn with a shoulder strap or around the waist.

It is known that the government chose to destroy most of the alloy revolvers in excess of their requirements. In letters received dated Sept. 21, 1959 (R&M letter 59-60 and 65) the U.S. Air Force issued a directive to consider all aluminum S&W and Colt revolvers as unsafe and to be mutilated to prevent further use as a weapon! Most destroyed handguns were either crushed, torched or saw-cut and sold as scrap metal.

Many thanks to Charles Pate for his assistance in researching Aircrewman revolvers.

Production Variations

• J-frame “Baby Aircrewman,” 5-shot, one production run of 609, with “A.F.NO.xxx” serial prefix, four-screw frame (also see Pre-Model 37).

• K frame 6-shot with serial prefix of “A.F.NO.xxx”; 609 units; five-screw frame with removable bolster bushing.

• K frame with “C” serial prefix – same mechanical frame as above with change in roll markings and barrel markings. Space in the words “Light Weight” and “M 13.”

• K frame with “C” serial prefix with a four-screw frame and bolster bushing removed. No spaces in roll markings except for an early small quantity.

• K frame with “C” serial prefix with small change in shape of the original flat latch to 2nd variation of thumbpiece.

• K frame with “C” serial prefix; deleted serial number stamping on the yoke and barrel flat; some serial numbers still found on the cylinder.

• K frame with “C” serial prefix; move barrel markings (interchanged from left and right side with an addition of “*” on the barrel).

• K frame with “C” serial prefix with a more ramped flat latch or 3rd variation thumbpiece.

• K frame with “C” serial prefix with no backstrap markings or only stamped “U.S.”; scarce, worth premium.

• Steel cylinders are not known in military sales but are found as replacement cylinders from S&W.

Aircrewman. Nahas collection, from Paul Goodwin photos.

USAF M13 (The Aircrewman)

Caliber: .38 Special. Double-action revolver originally built on the round butt alloy K frame with five screw. About .080” thinner than a standard K frame of that era, with an alloy 6-shot cylinder having a nominal length of 1.62”, blue anodized finish, 2” pinned barrel, .240” checked hammer with .240” serrated trigger. Diamond insert walnut grips, 1/10” serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear. A flat latch thumbpiece with the three variations has been found on many models, similar to the Model 12; has “Revolver, Lightweight, M-13” stamped on the topstrap and “Property of U.S. Air Force” stamped on the backstrap. Most were destroyed by the government. Has a “C” serial prefix in a range of C247000 - C405363. Numbered concurrently with Model 10, 11, 12, and 45.

A production run of 605 early versions were serial-numbered with an A.F.NO prefix (A.F.NO.1190 - A.F.NO.1794) These are a five-screw variation with “Aircrewman” on the barrel, but with no topstrap markings. Air Force medallions in the grip circles with a smooth backstrap. A “P” inspector’s stamp is found on the left side of the frame above the trigger guard. These early Genuine Aircrewmans have all matching serial numbers on the frame, cylinder face, grips, and barrel. Many were repaired by military armorers, who interchanged parts, especially cylinders, with non-matching numbers. Weight 14.5 oz. Approximately 40,000 manufactured (but most destroyed) c. 1951 – 1957.

COLLECTOR’S TIPS

• Counterfeit and reworked Aircrewmans are commonplace. See above text.

• Unlike the Model 12, few original examples with steel cylinders are known to exist.

PRICE CHECK

• A pair of crushed M13 Aircrewmans was listed for sale for $125 for both (by one of the authors). After lingering unpurchased for many months, they were finally sold at a further reduced price (to the other author). On close inspection the buyer discovered that one was held together by rubber cement. No refund was offered. There’s no real point to the story, other than as an instructive tale as to the depths to which this S&W addiction can sink.

AUCTION BLOCK

M13, “97%” - $2,300 – Amoskeag Auction, Sept. 2005.

Another, “traces” - $489 – same auction.

Variations

• Guns with an “AF” prefix may bring four times to five times standard value and typically bring $4500 - $5400.

• Nine production variations known.

• Correct guns that are unmarked or have “U.S.” only on backstrap may bring double standard value.

I FRAME .38

The .38 Regulation Police and the .38/32 Terrier are five-shot revolvers chambered for the .38 S&W round, which is shorter, older and less powerful than the .38 Special round. The .38/32 model designation refers to a .38-caliber chambering on a frame designed for .32 caliber. The I frame was too small for the .38 Special round and was eventually discontinued and replaced by the J frame, which would accommodate both 5-shot .38 Special and 6-shot .32 configurations. Also note that the average .38 Special cartridge will not fit within the frame opening of an I frame or the Improved I frame, which has a nominal frame opening of 1.52” X 1.33”. All examined I frames and improved I frames have a nominal cylinder length of 1.25”, thereby requiring the new J frame with a larger frame opening to fire the .38 Special cartridge. This new frame window is a nominal 1.65” X 1.35” with a longer cylinder having a nominal length of 1.525”, thereby accommodating the .38 Special.

COLLECTOR’S TIPS

Differentiating I from J Frame

• I Frame: Five screws, short cylinder, strain screw on the frame.

• Improved I Frame: Four or three screws, short cylinder, no strain screw.

• J Frame: Five, four or three screws, longer cylinder, no strain screw.

If it looks confusing that the J frames had five-, four- and three-screw frames, keep in mind that the early J and I frames were in production at the same time and that the J frame spawned the creation of the improved I frame when the J frame became a four-screw frame, i.e, when the J frame became a three-screw, so did the Improved I frame.

The .38 Regulation Police (Pre-war)

Caliber: .38 S&W. Double-action revolver built on the five-screw square butt I frame; 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.25”. Built on the .32 Hand Ejector I frame with a larger cylinder cut for the increased diameter; 4” round pinned barrel. The frame is made with a shouldered backstrap to accept a new style of square-butt checkered walnut medallion buttstocks with a patent date of “Pat. June 5 1917” stamped lightly in the wood on the bottom of the left panel. The round butt grip frame is enclosed by wood, with the upper portion of the grip frame backstrap exposed. These unique stocks are not interchangeable with previous models. .240” smooth trigger and a finely checked .240” hammer spur; blue finish, round blade front sight, with a notch cut rear sight. Many examples did not have the S&W trademark. The serial number is found on the front tang or forestrap. “Regulation Police” with “.38 S&W CTG” marked on the barrel’s right side, with the then-standard production thumbpiece. Serial number range 1 - 54474 with 54,474 manufactured c. 1917 – 1940.

Regulation Police. Old Town Station photo.

ID Key: 5-shot .38 S&W square butt I frame, 4” barrel.

Variations

• Target model worth substantial premium, maybe three times standard value.

• .38 Regulation Police Post Office Version: 38 S&W; 500 were made with a 2” barrel and a small steel plate fastened to the grip butt to add weight; blue finish, marked”R. M.S. P.O. DEPT” on the backstrap. Serial range 47440 - 48127 in the .38 Regulation Police series; 500 manufactured. Shipped in Jan. 1938. 50 - 100% premium.

The .38 Regulation Police (Postwar)

– Pre-Model 33

Caliber: .38 S&W. Double-action revolver built on the square butt I frame with five screws, similar to prewar production with postwar design hammer block, now fitted with the “flat latch” thumbpiece; 4” barrel, 1/10” round blade front sight with a square notch rear, blue or nickel finish, 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.25”. Checkered diamond walnut stocks with S&W monograms (see previous listing for description of stocks and grip frame configuration). Post-war versions are found built on the I frame with five screws and the Improved I frame with four screws and three screws with a coil mainspring rather than the leaf main spring. Later built on the slightly longer J frame. Regulation Police markings were deleted as existing stock was used. Became the Model 33. Serial number range 54475 - 122678. Manufactured c. 1949 - 1969.

Variations

• Target Model, rare, worth probably three times standard value.

AUCTION BLOCK

Target Model Regulation Police, “as new in box” - $3,080 - Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

• Premium for original red box.

Production Changes

• 1949: Begin postwar production.

• 1953: Introduce Improved I Frame (four screw).

• 1956: Upper sideplate screw eliminated (three screw).

• 1957: .38 Regulation Police continued as the Model 33 – see next section.

Note: Regulation Police vs. Terrier – Generally, the Regulation Police model will have a 4” barrel with square butt grips, with the distinctive cut on the backstrap of the grip frame to fit the special grips. The Terrier has a 2” barrel with a round butt. A 2” barreled square butt .38/22 revolver in .38 S&W has been observed, and we’re unsure which model that would be considered (assuming it was factory original).

The .38/32 Terrier (Pre-War)

Caliber: .38 S&W. Double-action revolver built on the round butt I frame with five screws; 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.25”; 2” pinned round barrel. Available in blue or nickel finish, with stocks of black hard rubber and occasionally found with checked walnut with S&W monograms usually numbered to the gun; 1/10” round blade front sight, with a square notch cut rear sight. The .38/32 indicates this is built on the .32 Hand Ejector I frame in .38 S&W caliber, i.e., a 2” barreled version of the .38 Regulation Police, built on a round butt frame with the standard production thumbpiece. Serial numbers are found on the butt, cylinder face, barrel flat and yoke, with assembly numbers on the yoke, yoke cut and inside the sideplate. Barrel markings are “Smith & Wesson .38 S&W CTG.” on the barrel’s left side with no markings on the right. The S&W trademark is found on the sideplate with “Made In U.S.A.” on the right side of the frame. .240” smooth trigger with .240” checked hammer spur. Serial numbers 52241 and 54288 were the authors’ examples. Pre-war serial number range 38976 - 54474 in the .38 Regulation Police series. Produced c. 1936 - 1940.

ID Key: 5-shot .38 S&W round butt I frame with 2” barrel.

Premium for factory nickel.

Pre-war and post-war Terriers. Tom Horwedel collection; Paul Goodwin photo.

The .38/32 Terrier (Postwar)

– “Pre-Model 32”

Caliber: .38 S&W. Double-action revolver built on the round butt I frame with five screws. Previously produced as the .38/32 Terrier pre-war but now fitted with the post-war hammer block; 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.25”. Later post-war versions are found built on the Improved I frame with four screws and three screws and a coil mainspring rather than the leaf main spring. Later built on the slightly longer J frame; 2” pinned barrel marked “38 S&W CTG.” on the right side, checked diamond walnut grips, available in blue or nickel finish. The frame has a small S&W trademark on the left side; 1/10” serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear. Found with three different styles of the flat-latch thumbpiece. Approximate postwar serial range is 54474 - 122678 in the .38/.22 Regulation Police serial number series. Weight is 17oz. Manufactured c. 1948-– 1974.

Production Changes

• 1948: Postwar production.

• 1953: Introduce Improved I frame (four screw).

• 1955: Upper sideplate screw eliminated (three screw).

• 1957: Production continued as the Model 32.

Boxes

Original prewar production shipped in a red, two-piece cardboard box. Post-war and late 1950s production shipped in a blue tw- piece box with metal corners, measuring 7-3/4” X 4-3/4”. Bottom half with statement of liability and warranty dated “April 15, 1955” printed inside. The gun is shipped wrapped in oil paper, with instructions/parts list, 5-1/2” cleaning rod with loop, brass brush and wiper.

J FRAME .38

The J frame was developed as an attempt to package the power of the .38 Special cartridge in a small, pocket-sized revolver. The I frame was too small, although it would accommodate 6-shot .32 or 5-shot .38 S&W configurations. Introduced initially with the Chiefs Special, the J frame was eventually standardized as the smallest frame modern production S&W. At that point, .22, .32, and .38 S&W caliber revolvers that had previously been produced on the I & Improved I frames were continued as J frames.

J-frame S&Ws are often cited as the smallest concealable handgun that chambers an effective defensive round. They have been immensely popular over the decades as police back-up and off-duty guns, as well as civilian concealed carry defensive handguns, and are generally the standard by which all such guns are measured.

The variations that have evolved from the original Chiefs Special have most often been attempts to further enhance the conceal ability or ease of carry of this gun. The alloy frame Airweight variations reduce the weight by several ounces, a very significant improvement in a gun that is carried daily but fired seldom. The shrouded hammer of the Bodyguard configuration keeps the hammer spur from snagging on clothing, yet allows the gun to be carefully cocked for single-action deliberate aimed fire if necessary. The stainless steel variations, beginning with the Model 60, provide rust resistance in a gun that is often carried close to the body and subject to the corrosive effect of perspiration.

The Centennial series deserves some particular commentary. The name comes from its introduction in S&W’s 100th year. Its initial configuration was basically that of a Hand Ejector version of the old lemon squeezer top-break, a “hammerless” (actually a concealed hammer) double-action-only revolver with a grip safety. When the Centennial models were discontinued in the mid 1970s, their passage was loudly lamented by many, and the little guns were eagerly sought after both by collectors and individuals wanting the best in a pocket revolver. Demand must generate supply, because the Centennials were reintroduced in the 1990s, without the grip safety device, to critical acclaim. In the mid-1990s and for the first time, the powerful .357 Magnum round was chambered in a J-frame revolver, resulting in the Model 640-1, a defensive handgun that arguably offered the most power per ounce of gun of any model on the market.

In February of 2001, this trend was continued in an even lighter weight package – the Airlite Sc series, which brought to the marketplace a 10.9-oz. S&W chambered in .357 Magnum with the Model 340. These later models are covered in detail in the next section on numbered model Revolvers.

For photos of the Chiefs Special and Bodyguard models, refer to the next section on numbered models.

SAFETY NOTE

The term “pocket pistol” does not mean it is safe or advisable to carry a loaded revolver loose in the pocket! A gun carried in such a manner will seldom stay in a convenient accessible position, and, more importantly, may be accidentally fired with fatal consequences. There are pocket holsters available that cover the trigger guard, position the revolver properly in the pocket, and enhance safety considerably.

The .38 Chiefs Special – “Pre-Model 36”

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the round or square butt steel J frame with five screws. S&W’s first introduction of a small frame revolver to fire the .38 S&W Special cartridge. This was a major frame redesign as the frame was made longer and taller using a coiled mainspring rather than the standard leaf spring. This design led to the Improved I frame for all other I frames in other calibers, and ultimately all were converted to the J frame. The 5-shot fluted cylinder has a nominal length of 1.52” to accommodate the .38 S&W special cartridge; 2” round pinned barrel with round butt or 3” barrel with square butt. Blue or nickel finish. Very early production versions are found with a round blade front sight on a five-screw round butt frame with a standard thumbpiece (which quickly changed to a flat latch thumbpiece; examples found up to serial number 61 had the standard thumbpiece) and smooth backstrap and forestrap with a somewhat rounded trigger guard. Transitional variations are found with five-, four- and three-screw frames with ramp front sight, the earliest of which is not serrated; checked diamond walnut grips, 1/10” serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear sight, .240” service hammer with .240” serrated trigger, later changed to .312” smooth combat trigger. Approximately 1,740 were manufactured with target sights (see the Model 50).

Earliest production examples had shorter grips and grip frame from the I frame (not interchangeable with slightly later production J frame grips due to overall length) with a half round front sight blade or ramped front sight and a more rounded trigger guard. Most of that had changed by 1952 or 1953 to the longer trigger guard with a serrated ramped front sight and the standard J frame size. Serial number range 1 - 786544 numbered in an original series. Produced c. 1950 – 1999.

Early Chiefs Special with features compared to later standard production. Tom Horwedel collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

PRICE CHECK

Early production, round front sight, “99%”, medallion pearls, listed at $1,275 – David Carroll, 2006.

Russ Smith engraved for factory employee, carved ivories, pre-36, listed at $2,950 – David Carroll 2006.

Variations

• Substantial premium for early variations (sometimes called “Baby Chiefs Specials”). Earliest guns with a half moon front sight and small trigger guard may bring three to four times standard values. Next variation with ramp front sight but still retaining the small triggerguard may bring a 50% premium.

3” blue and 2” nickel Chiefs Specials. Tom Horwedel collection; Paul Goodwin photo.

• Premium for early red box.

• Premium for smooth ramp front sight.

Production Changes

• 1951: Slightly larger frame and trigger guard.

• 1952: Introduction of square butt at approximately serial 21342.

• 1953: Elimination of screw in trigger guard, larger grips (four-screw).

• 1955: Delete upper sideplate screw at approximately serial 75000 (three-screw).

• 1957: Chiefs Special continued as the Model 36 (see next section).

The Chiefs Special Target

See the Model 50 in next section for details on this model.

Pre-model number Chiefs Special Target Models, similar to the Chiefs Special but with adjustable rear sight, have been found in the 55000 - 57000 serial number range. Factory letter advised.

Pre-Model number Chiefs Special Target may go for $1500 ANIB.

The .38 Chiefs Special Airweight

– “Pre-Model 37”

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the round or square butt alloy J frame with four screws and 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.52”. Originally built with alloy frame and alloy cylinder weighing 10-3/4 oz., later built with a steel cylinder due to cracks in the alloy cylinders; 2” barrel with round or square butt or 3” barrel with square butt only. Available in blue or nickel finish. Early versions have a .240” service hammer with .240” serrated trigger; later versions have a .312” smooth combat trigger. Earliest production frames were a five-screw alloy frame with a rounded trigger guard and a shorter grip and grip frame; examples of this frame are extremely rare and have been found in a serial area of 13000. (Also like those of the early Chiefs Special, these grips are about 1/8” shorter and not interchangeable with later production.) Later production is a four-screw frame with a slightly longer trigger guard and a slightly longer grip frame. These early four-screw versions also have been observed with a bent wire cylinder stop spring rather than a conventional coil spring. The barrel is pinned, with a serrated ramp front sight withsquare notch rear, original flat latch cylinder release and checkered walnut grips.

The earliest single military order was for the 5-shot Aircrewman revolvers to the U.S. Air Force for 609 units, all with four-screw frames.

About 3,777 were manufactured with an alloy cylinder. Alloy cylinders have been found up to serial 44577, with approximately 900 manufactured in square butt configuration and the remainder in round butt. Earliest production may have a small lock screw on the upper sideplate screw. “Airweight” is marked on the barrel on all known examples except the Aircrewman variation. Original serial number range approximately 13000 – 786544, numbered in the Chiefs Special series. Produced 1952 - present.

Chiefs Special Airweight with five-screw frame. Nahas collection, Paul Goodwin photos.

Variation

• Premium for original alloy cylinder - typically NIB $1500, Exc $800. Note: Do Not Fire!

• Substantial premium for early 5-screw guns.

Production Changes

• 1951: Introduced with a 5-screw frame (rare; many were X numbered), quickly changed to four-screw for first production run.

• 1952: Earliest production was the Baby Aircrewman production run of 609.

• 1954: Alloy cylinder replaced with steel.

• 1954 - 1955: 312 reported manufactured with target sights and 3-1/2” barrel but not yet observed.

• 1955: Eliminate upper sideplate screw (three-screw).

• 1957: Continued as the Model 37 (see next section).

The Aircrewman (Baby Aircrewman)

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the alloy J frame with four screws, 5-shot alloy cylinder, fixed sight; 605 Aircrewman versions, serial numbers “A.F.NO. 1795” – “A.F.NO. 2399” were shipped to the U.S. Air Force in 1953. Four others went to the Springfield Amory . Marked with “AIRCREWMAN” on the barrel and “PROPERTY OF U.S. AIR FORCE” on the smooth backstrap, P proof mark over the trigger guard with air force medallions in the grip circles. Most were destroyed; few authentic examples exist. Estimated that 10 -15 have survived. Beware of many counterfeit examples! Weight 10.5 oz. Produced c. 1952.

Baby Aircrewman. Nahas collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Also see discussion of related K-frame Aircrewman revolvers earlier in this section.

Pricing

Too rare to estimate. Typical pricing $3700 - $5500 in average condition.

The Bodyguard Airweight

– “Pre-Model 38”

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the round butt alloy J frame with four screws, very similar to the Chiefs Special Airweight with the obvious distinguishing characteristic of having the frame built up at the top rear to form an integral shroud for the hammer. The intent was to minimize the possibility of the hammer spur snagging on clothing when the revolver was drawn from concealment while still allowing manual cocking of the hammer for deliberate single-action shooting (which is impossible if the hammer is completely concealed as on the Centennial Models). The Bodyguard Airweight is also unusual in that it was introduced as an alloy frame lightweight model before the heavier steel frame counterpart (the Model 49 Bodyguard, introduced 1959). Five-shot steel fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.52”. Alloy frame with a steel barrel and steel cylinder, shrouded hammer, 2” pinned barrel with some production of 3” barrels (very rare). Alloy cylinders are not reported on this model. Blued or nickel aluminum finish, walnut diamond grips, flat latch thumbpiece in three variations, “Airweight” stamped on the barrel. Also found in combinations of nickel cylinder with blue frame and barrel (scarce). Serrated ramp front sight, .240” shrouded service hammer, .312” smooth trigger. Serial range 66000 - 786544 in the Chiefs Special series. Weight is 14 oz. Produced c. 1955 – 1999.

Variations

• Premium for nickel.

• Original 3" barrel: approximately three times standard price.

• One 1950s-era source reports that a Bodyguard prototype serial number 68519 was shipped to Police Equipment Company 8/16/1955. The same source reports the first production gun as serial number 73780, manufactured 12/16/1955.

Production Changes

• 1956: Eliminate upper sideplate screw.

• 1957: Continued as the Model 38 (see next section).

The Centennial – “Pre-Model 40”

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action-only revolver built on the round butt steel J frame with four screws. Similar to Chiefs Special but with the distinctive features of “hammerless” design (actually concealed hammer) and lemon-squeezer style grip safety on grip frame backstrap with 6-line serrations. Five-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.52”, blue or nickel finish, 2” pinned barrel, fully concealed hammer, checked diamond walnut or smooth wood high horned grips, smooth backstrap, .240” serrated trigger (some early versions with smooth trigger). Flat latch thumbpiece in three variations, 1/10” serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear. This model has a pin stored under the grip to lock the backstrap safety down but the pin is rarely found. Prototype X85 has a stippled backstrap safety and no provisions for the lock down pin in the backstrap. Numbered concurrently with the Model 42. Weight 19 oz. Serial number range in an original series 1 – 30160. Produced c. 1952 - 1974.

Centennial. ArmchairGunShow.com photo.

Variations

• Premium for guns in original red box.

• Nickel will bring 25 to 50% premium.

Production Changes

• 1955: Eliminate upper sideplate screw.

• 1957: Continued as the Model 40 (see next section).

The Centennial Airweight

– “Pre-Model 42”

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action-only revolver built on the round butt alloy J frame with four screws; a lightweight version of the Centennial Model. Five-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.52”, steel cylinder (37 manufactured with an alloy cylinder), blue or nickel finish, 2 inch pinned barrel, grip safety on the backstrap, checked diamond walnut or smooth wood high horned grips, fully concealed hammer, .240” serrated trigger. The flat latch thumbpiece is found in three variations. This model has a pin stored under the grip to lock the backstrap safety down, but, like the all-steel model, is rarely found. “Airweight” marked on the barrel. Numbered concurrently with Model 40. Very early production may have a small lock screw on the upper sideplate screw. Serial range of 1 - 30160 in an original series. Produced c. 1952 – 1974.

Variations

• Early guns with aluminum alloy cylinder worth five times standard value.

• Nickel: twice blue value.

• Nickel/blue “two tone”: scarce, worth two to three times premium.

Production Changes

• 1955: Eliminate upper sideplate screw.

• 1957: Continued as the Model 42 (see next section).

N FRAME .38

When S&W began development of a more powerful round than the standard .38 Special (a process that eventually culminated in the development of the .357 Magnum), they wanted a stouter platform than the standard K frame. The obvious choice was the big N frame, originally developed for .44 Special caliber rounds. The .38/44 (.38 caliber on a .44 frame) Heavy Duty and Outdoorsman series was the result. The .38/44 round was basically a hot-loaded .38 Special and was later renamed the .38-.44 S&W Special and later called the .38 Special High Velocity. This round should not be confused with the older .38/44 target round developed for the New Model No. 3 Target Model (see comments under that model listing in the top-break section). This cartridge is also not recommended for the lighter frame S&Ws. The Heavy Duty is a fixed-sight revolver; the Outdoorsman is the adjustable-sight version.

Transitional Models

Previous editions of this book did not fully explain the early Post-WWII Transitional N-frame models. More and more collectors are recognizing the rarity of these variations, and paying accordingly.

Generally speaking, the Transitional revolvers were those first produced in the late 1940s when S&W returned to production for the civilian market after WWII, with the addition of the new safety hammer block (as indicated by an “S” serial number prefix on K and N frames).

Generally they were about identical to corresponding prewar models, with the exception of post-war matte or “satin” finish (less highly polished than pre-war guns). Beginning around 1950, S&W design improvements including the short action began to be incorporated in their N-frame revolvers. A factory document from the era notes the first N frame wide spur target hammer, typical of 1950 Models, introduced on Jan. 13, 1950. Then in the late 1950s, these same designs were assigned model numbers rather than descriptive names.

Accordingly, the evolutionary path for most N-frame models during the mid-20th century would be:

1) Up through about 1941: Pre-war model.

2) Wartime production: Most non-military production was more or less discontinued during WWII.

3) 1945 to about 1950 - Transitional Model (Post-war): Pre-war features with post-war finish and post-war serial number range. Improvements may be phased in on some models.

4) About 1950 to about 1957 – Post-war, Pre-Model #XX: Incorporates the 1950 design improvements, but before model numbers were assigned. Many collectors will call these “pre-models” – “Pre-Model 27,” “Pre-Model 29,” etc.

5) Beginning about 1957, Numbered Models: Model number stamped on the frame under the cylinder yoke.

Identifying characteristics of Transitional N-Frames: The usual quick visual clue for a Transitional will be the combination of both:

• A pre-war long action including distinctive flat sided pre-war style hammer without the flared side on the cocking spur, combined with…

• A post-war matte or satin finish and “S”-prefix postwar serial number and a hammer block safety.

Other characteristics vary. Many of these were phased in, so the exact characteristics of Transitional Models may show variations. Since guns were not necessarily assembled in serial number order: older features may appear on higher numbered guns. Some features to consider on Transitionals include:

• One line “Made in U.S.A.” frame marking (no “Marcas Registradas”).

N-frame .38s: On the left Prewar .38-.44 Heavy Duty (top) and .38-.44 Outdoorsman (bottom). On the right, Model of 1950 Heavy Duty (pre-Mod. 20) and Outdoorsman (pre-Mod. 23). Insets show differences in pre-war vs. Model 1950 features – hammer configuration and long vs. short action. ArmchairGunShow.com photo.

• Ejector head slightly larger than rod diameter.

• Grips may be of pre-war configuration, but with a smaller checked area, coarser lines, and postwar medallions. Post-war K frames may have prewar grips, especially on round butt models.

• Postwar Transitional target models will generally have the micrometer click style adjustable rear sight.

Note: In addition to the N-frame Transitional Models, there are also post-war Transitional Model .22/.32 Kit Guns, on the Improved I frame. In that case, the design changes were introduced c. 1953 instead of 1950. Post-war K frame ‘S” series M&Ps also will have Transitional Models.

The .38/44 Heavy Duty (Prewar)

Caliber: .38 S&W Special or .38/44 S&W Special. Introduced April 1930. Double-action revolver built on the larger square butt N frame with five screws; 6-shot cylinder with a nominal length of 1.57”, diamond walnut service grips changed to Magna style by 1938. Available with blue or nickel finish. Standard barrel length was a 5” round pinned barrel, with limited production of 4” or 6-1/2” length barrels. Longer and shorter barrels have been discussed in the factory literature but no examples have been observed. Shrouded extractor rod, fixed sights consisting of a forged 1/10” round blade front sight, with a square notch rear sight cut into the top strap; smooth backstrap and forestrap. “.38 S&W Special CTG” on the right side of the barrel, “Smith & Wesson” on the left barrel side and patent dates and address on the top for 5” and 6-1/2” models. 4” models do not have any patent date or address markings on top of the barrel. This model has a small spring loaded plunger on the yoke to assist in locking it open, visible by disassembly only. A small S&W trademark is on the frame’s left side and has been also observed on the sideplate generally after 1936 production. “Made in U.S.A” is on the right side of the frame; .265” serrated trigger with checked hammer spur. Twelve are documented to be chambered in .45 Colt, some of which were shipped in 1937, 1938 and 1939 to law enforcement.

Originally built for a high-powered .38 Special round, at times called the .38 Super Police, predecessor of the .357 Magnum. Serial number range 35037 (3/10/1930) - 62335 in the .44 Hand Ejector 3rd Model series. Guns manufactured from 1930 - 1935 shipped in maroon boxes and from 1935 - 1940 in blue picture boxes. Weight is 41 oz. 11,111 manufactured c. 1930 – 1941.

Variations

• .38/44 Police Target Model: Reported, but not verified, that during 1930 some .38/44 HDs were factory-fitted with adjustable target rear sight and Call gold bead front sights, and sold by special order as “.38/44 Police Target Models.” This was before the introduction of the adjustable-sighted .38/44 Outdoorsman in 1931. The one reported was in the 351xx serial number range.

• British Columbia Police: It appears that in Oct. 1940, approximately 100 .38-44 Heavy Duties with 5” barrels and lanyard rings were supplied to the British Columbia police. More information and some serial numbers can be found in the SWCA Journal, 25th Anniv. reprint, Book 2, pg. 468.

• 4" and 6-1/2" barrel lengths bring a three to four times premium.

• .45 Colt version brings substantial premium when found; reported around a dozen made in the late 1930s with multiple guns reported shipped to the Imperial Co., CA, Sheriff. A couple of recent sales reported over $10,000 but under $15,000.

• Premium for Magna grips.

• 50% premium for nickel.

• It is reported that the first “S”-prefix .38/44 Heavy Duty was serial number S62589, delivered 5/17/1943; one of very few commercial revolvers assembled from parts on hand during WWII.

The .38/44 Heavy Duty Transition

(Postwar Transitional)

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Reintroduced in June of 1946; double-action revolver built on the square butt N frame with five screws, having 4” or 5” barrels (6-1/2” rare). Reintroduced postwar with an “S” serial prefix beginning at approximately S62496, incorporating a new slide action hammer block. A short throw hammer was introduced in 1948 at approximately serial number S72300. Front sight is a 1/10” forged round blade with a square notch rear sight. Typically a polished blue or nickel finish; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.57”. The extractor rod has a knob that is found in diminishing diameters until it is standard as the same diameter as the rod and is only a knurled end at the end of the tube. This postwar model has the spring-loaded locking ball bearing or plunger in the yoke deleted. Most postwar transitional guns will have the long cocking action hammer and trigger. Checked Magna-style diamond walnut grips; shrouded extractor rod. Some early postwar guns are known with prewar Magnum barrels with checkered ribs. This postwar model has the “Made in U.S.A.” marking in early models and will be found with the four-line address as it is produced closer to 1950. A large S&W trademark is generally found on the sideplate. Serial number range is approximately S62496 - S75206 with about 2500 manufactured c. 1946 - 1950. Guns were shipped in maroon or gold boxes.

Variations

• Premium for 6-1/2" barrel.

• Premium for nickel finish.

Production Changes

• 1948: New Hammer block and long throw hammer phased in beginning approximately serial number S72300, marking eventual end of Transition Model.

The .38/44 Heavy Duty Model of 1950

– “Pre Model 20”

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Introduced in September of 1950. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N frame with five screws with 4” or 5” barrels (6-1/2” rare). Short throw hammer and trigger. Front sight is a 1/10” forged round blade, with a square notch rear sight. Polished blue or nickel finish, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.57”. Checked Magna-style diamond walnut grips, shrouded extractor rod. This postwar model has the “Made in U.S.A.” with three additional lines marking. A large S&W trademark is found on the sideplate. The extractor is the same diameter its entire length. A factory document from the era notes the first short action HD as serial number S75514, 11/18/1949. However, that same number is listed elsewhere in the same document as being the first short-action .357 Magnum on 11/13/1950. The 1950 Model became the Model 20 in 1957. Serial number range is spread over a wide range of from approximately S75000 - S256133 with 9,493 manufactured c. 1950 - 1966.

PRICE CHECK

.38/44 HE, gold box, “excellent…99%”, listed at $1,250 – Old Town Station Dispatch, 2005.

Variations

• 6-1/2" barrel brings premium.

• Austin Police Dept.: 249 4” nickel handguns shipped 1952 - 1964, including 50 Model marked 20-2. The range of serial numbers is in the S88XXX, S89XXX, S1480XX, S154xxx, S147xxx, S149xxx, S150xxx, S151xxx and S255xxx ranges. Specific serial numbers of two shipments can be found in the SWCA Journal, 25th Anniv. reprint, Book 1, pg. 476.

Production Changes

• 1956: Delete upper sideplate screw.

• 1957: The .38/44 Heavy Duty continued as the Model 20 (see next section).

The .38/44 Outdoorsman (Prewar)

Caliber: .38 S&W Special or .38/44 S&W Special. Introduced in November of 1931. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N target frame with five screws. Target version of the Heavy Duty; 6-1/2” round pinned barrel with extractor shroud and markings of “Smith & Wesson” on the left and “38 S&W Special CTG” on the right with patent dates on the top; .265” serrated trigger and checked hammer. 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.57”. Blue or nickel finish, with checked diamond walnut service grips going to Magna style by 1936; Patridge front sight. The adjustable rear sight leaf is rounded and contoured to the frame. A small S&W trademark is found on the frame’s left side, with “Made in U.S.A.” on the frame’s right side. Serrated backstrap and forestrap with six grooves. Serial number range 38939 - 62077 in the .44 Hand Ejector 3rd Model series. Another source reports the last prewar Outdoorsman as serial number 62023 on 1/3/1941. Total production of 4,761 manufactured c. 1931 – 1941.

PRICE CHECK

• Pre-war 38/44 Outdoorsman, in box, “finest condition to be found,” listed at $2,500 – David Carroll, 2006.

• Another, this one a zero serial number “Club Gun,” built for Danny Wesson, “97%”, listed at $6,500 – same source.

Variations

• Premium for Magna grips.

• Original grip adapter, add $800 to $1,000 in higher conditions.

• Special order 5" barrels reported, with serial number 58100 shipped to the City of Wheeling, WV. One collector reports the 5" barrel variation is sometimes, but not always, called the “McGivern Model”; not verified.

The .38/44 Outdoorsman Transition

(Postwar-Transitional)

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Reintroduced with a new slide hammer block and an “S” serial prefix beginning at approximately S62940 in August 1946; double-action revolver built on the square butt N target frame with five screws. Similar to the prewar model with postwar improvements; 6-1/2” pinned barrel with a shrouded extractor (4” rare, with a small production run of 5” barrels produced and estimated at 50 - 100); 1/8” or 1/10” Patridge front sight, micrometer rear sight click-adjustable for windage and elevation. The barrel is marked with “Smith & Wesson” on left side, “38 S&W Special” on the right side. 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.57”; .265” grooved trigger. Blue finish that is usually flat in appearance (nickel rare); checked Magna diamond walnut grips with S&W monograms. Most transitional guns found with the “Made in U.S.A.” mixed with the three additional address lines. Some early postwar guns are known with Prewar Magnum barrels with checked ribs. Serrated backstrap and forestrap with six grooves. A large S&W trademark is found on the sideplate. Approximate serial number range S62940 -S75000. Approximate production is 2,326 manufactured c. 1946 - 1949.

The .38/44 Outdoorsman Model of 1950

– “Pre-Model 23”

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Introduced September of 1950; double-action revolver built on the square butt N Target frame with five screws. Introduced with a raised ribbed barrel and a micrometer click rear sight and short throw hammer and trigger; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.57”. “S” serial prefix, Patridge front sight, shrouded extractor, .400” target hammer, (.500” optional) with .265” serrated trigger. The blue finish is now a polished blue or nickel finish. The extractor rod is now of uniform diameter with knurling at the end. The S&W trademark is now found on the sideplate. Magna-style diamond walnut grips. Approximate serial number range S75000 - S261999 in the N frame “S” series with a total of 6,039 manufactured c. 1950 - 1966.

Variations

• 25 - 50% premium for bright polish finish.

• Premium for special order features.

Production Changes

• 1950: Introduce ribbed barrel and micrometer rear sight.

• 1952: Delete 1/10” Patridge front sight.

• 1956: Delete upper sideplate screw.

• 1957: The .38/44 Outdoorsman continued as the Model 23 – see next section.

The .38/44 Heavy Duty/Outdoorsman Alloy Frame

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the square butt Alloy N frame with five screws. A small group (about 12) of aluminum alloy N frame handguns were made in various calibers and configurations as specials in 1955. Several of these were of a 38/44 configuration with a steel cylinder, with both 4” and 5” barrels being made. “S” serial prefix and “X” serial prefixes have been observed. It was verified that both target and fixed sight models were made in blue and nickel finish. Also known as The Light Heavy Duty, this was reportedly made for the police market on a test basis but was not widely accepted. These alloy frames are 6 oz. lighter than their steel counterparts. Five are known in private collections. Last known traded price was $14,000 in 1996. See also .22 Hornet caliber.

Very rare alloy frame Outdoorsman. Nahas collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Engraved Triple Lock Target. David Carroll collection, photo by Paul Goodwin.

.44 SPECIAL

The .44 caliber has always been S&W’s first choice in full-size service revolvers. All of the big .44s seem to have a special appeal for collectors. The .44 Triple Lock in particular has something of a cult following. A number of knowledgeable individuals have called it the finest revolver ever made. It also marked the introduction of the acclaimed .44 Special cartridge, predecessor of the .44 Magnum.

Target Models

.44 Hand Ejector First, Second and Third models were standard issue with fixed sights. When one of these is found with factory original adjustable target sights it will bring a premium.

Details of Target Model sights, and of third locking lug area on Triple Lock. ArmchairGunShow.com photo.

Pre-war .44 HE variations: 1st Model Triple Lock with detail of locking lug area; 2nd Model lacking ejector shroud, including 2nd Model Target Model (modified hammer spur); 3rd Model brings back the ejector shroud but lacks the third locking lug of the 1st Model.

The .44 Hand Ejector 1st Model

(a.k.a. New Century; Triple-lock; .44 Military, Model of 1908)

Caliber: Various calibers including: .44 S&W special, .44 S&W Russian, .44-40 Winchester., .455 Mark II, .38-40 Winchester., .45 S&W Special. Twenty-three reported manufactured in .45 Colt; 1226 reported manufactured in .450 Eley; 13,753 reported manufactured in .44 S&W Special. Also reported that a small quantity were made in .22 Long Rifle. This model has a third very distinctive lock at the yoke, thus giving this revolver its unique name. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N frame with five screws; 4”, 5”, 6-1/2” or 7-1/2” pinned barrel lengths are found.

Features a 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.575” when chambered in .44 Special. This is the first side-swing cylinder handgun in the .44 Hand Ejector series. Offered in blue or nickel finish on a square butt N frame with smooth backstrap and forestrap. Checked diamond walnut grips with S&W medallions , service or target sights. Five-screw frame with a shrouded extractor rod, this being a distinctive feature when combined with the third lock. The front sight is a round blade with a square notch rear on fixed sight versions, .260” checked hammer, .312” smooth trigger. This model also has a spring loaded plunger in the yoke to assist holding the cylinder open. Use caution – the plunger and spring can fly out when the yoke is removed.

The third lock is held in place with a small screw in the yoke cut of the frame and is easily removable. Serial numbers are found on the cylinder, barrel, frame butt and the yoke.

The serial numbering of this model is bit complex, especially when considered in conjunction with the similar .455 Hand Ejector First Model revolver serial numbering system. For a full discussion, please see Neal & Jinks. Weight is 38 oz. for a 6-1/2” barrel model. Serial number range 1 - 15375 in the .44 Hand Ejector series with 15,375 manufactured c. 1907 – 1915.

PRICE CHECK

44 HE 1st, “excellent plus…99%”, listed at $2,650 – Old Town Station Dispatch 2004.

Variations

• Unusual chamberings: Calibers other than .44 Special or .455 are worth multiples of the standard model values. In the 12000 - 13000 serial number range some .45 caliber handguns will be found, most believed to be originally .455, some converted to .45 Colt, possibly by the factory. Others that may have been converted to .45 Colt by the factory are listed in Neal & Jinks, in the 98xx serial number range with guns from that group having been observed in both .455 &.45 Colt. A number of Triple-locks originally shipped in .455 will be found today converted to .45 Colt, so a factory letter is important in that caliber. Some documents from the 1950s suggest that perhaps 90% of the production was originally chambered for .44 Special. The same source also indicates almost 8% were originally chambered for .450 Eley; and fewer than two dozen originally in .45 Colt, along with a few special order guns in .44 Russian & .44-40. Other sources report .38-40 Winchester and .22 Long Rifle as original chamberings, presumably a few special order guns.

• .455 Caliber Triple-locks: A number of .44 HE 1st Models were converted to the .455 Mark II caliber for shipment to England. A list of the serial numbers of 666 of these guns converted for the British military will be found in Neal &Jinks, which also indicates over 800 total were converted with the balance going to commercial sales. Note that many .455 & .45 caliber Triple-lock style revolvers encountered will actually be .455 Mark II HE 1st Models (see listing later in this section). Even those chambered for .455 which are in the .44 HE 1st Model serial number range seem to bring a bit less than if they were still .44 Special, despite the relative scarcity of the .455 chambering. We haven’t seen any indication of what these revolvers were chambered for before conversion; the .450 Eley seems to be so seldom encountered today that one would wonder if those were logical candidates for the in-factory conversion, but that is pure speculation.

• Barrel lengths other than 6-1/2" will bring a premium, often 50% or more.

• Premium for nickel finish.

• Target model: Target versions have a Paine pinned front sight, or bead front sight, smooth backstrap and smooth front tang, with a smooth trigger and smooth rear sight blade leaf contoured to the frame. Reportedly checked or grooved triggers were available on special order. Target models worth around three times the standard model. Target versions are scarce.

AUCTION BLOCK

.44 HE 1st Target Model, “excellent… over 90%” - $4,025 – Rock Island Auction, April 2006.

PRICE CHECK

.44 HE 1st Target, “99% factory refinish,” listed at $2,500 – Lyle Larkworthy, GunsAmerica.com, 2006.

Several .44 HE 1st Target Models: “excellent,” listed at $4,850; “very good…80%” listed at $2,950; “99% factory reblue” at $2,500; “excellent as factory reworked…99%” at $4,500 – Old Town Station Dispatch, 2004.

Club Gun .44 HE 1st Target, serial number 010, “excellent plus…97%”, listed at $7,850 – ArmchairGunShow.com, 2005.

.44 HE 1st Target, “excellent…95%”, listed at $3,950 – Old Town Station Dispatch, 2006.

• A small number will be found with auxiliary cylinders such as .44-40 caliber and numbered to the frame. Serial number 924 was our example with the main cylinder in .44 Special with an auxiliary cylinder in .44-40 caliber. This is a target model with an ivory bead front sight with an adjustable rear sight numbered to the frame with a 6-1/2" barrel and smooth tangs.

• A very small number are found with a drift adjustable rear sight for the Bisley Target Matches in Great Britain.

• Pre-production Triple-lock in .45 Special caliber, serial number 09, actually thought to be chambered in .45 Frankfort caliber built for U.S. Government tests in 1906 (note that this is prior to the Triple-lock commercial introduction). Serial number 09 is a four-screw frame with the trigger guard screw plugged. The .45 Frankfort was an experimental cartridge before the .45 ACP.

The .44 Hand Ejector 2nd Model

Caliber: Standard caliber was the .44 S&W Special; some also made in .44-40 Winchester, .45 Colt or .38-40 Winchester. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N frame with five screws. Similar to the .44 First Model New Century but without the triple lock feature and the shrouded extractor rod housing. 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.57” when chambered in .44 Special. Barrel markings are “Smith &Wesson” on the left with “44 S&W Special CTG” on the right and patent dates on the top. Smooth backstrap and forestrap with smooth trigger. Blue or nickel finish, (4” rare), 6-1/2” (standard) and 5” (scarce) round barrel lengths, checked diamond walnut stocks and later with magna style grips about 1936 production. Service sights consist of forged round blade front sight with notch cut rear sight., .260” checked hammer spur. Most but not all are found with a lanyard ring on the butt. Target versions have a Patridge blade front sight on a raised pinned boss with adjustable rear sight rounded and contoured to the top strap and frame. Serial number range begins around 15376 with examples reported into the 59XXX range, in the .44 Hand Ejector series with 17,510 manufactured c. 1915 - 1940.

Variations

• Calibers other than .44 Special worth 75 - 100% more. Only 565 made in .44-40, including 32 5" blued in serial number range 30052 - 30204 and 23 6-1/2" nickel in serial number range 33763 - 33834. Partial listing of serial numbers can be found in the SWCA Journal, 25th Anniv. reprint, Book 2, pg. 430. Reportedly 727 were manufactured in .45 Colt with a 6-1/2” barrel.

• Nickel worth premium.

• Barrel lengths other than 6-1/2" will bring a substantial premium.

• Target Models: Patridge front sight on a raised and pinned boss. Late Target Models have a serrated backstrap and serrated front grip tang. Smooth trigger with checked hammer. Pre-1931 examples may be found with a two-screw adjustable rear sight leaf contoured to the frame and some after 1931 may be found with a third screw at the rear of the sight leaf. A small S&W trademark is found on the frame’s left side, with “Made in U.S.A.” on the right side, Barrel markings are “Smith & Wesson” on the left side, with caliber on the right side and patent dates on the top. Target Models will bring two to three times standard values.

PRICE CHECK

.44 HE 2nd, Target, “excellent…95-97%”, listed at $1,750, Old Town Station Dispatch, 2005.

Two .44 HE 2nd Targets, one “excellent…97%”, listed at $1,950; the other shipped to Alaska, “excellent 95-97%” @ $1,950 – same source, 2004.

• Early serial numbers: Some 4" barrel 2nd Model 44 HEs will be found in the 144XX serial number range (a range usually associated with the earlier 1st Model Triple-lock).

• Some will be observed built on military inspected frames, probably originally for the 1917 model, with the eagle head mark on the crane cutout and with a factory lanyard ring.

The .44 Hand Ejector 3rd Model

(Prewar) (a.k.a. Model 1926 Hand Ejector, Prewar; “Wolf & Klar Model”)

Caliber: .44 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N frame with five screws. This 3rd Model reintroduced the shrouded extractor barrel due to requests from the dealer Wolf & Klar of Fort Worth, TX, and also has a change in the extractor rod. Note that both 2nd and 3rd Models were produced simultaneously. 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.57”, round pinned barrel lengths of 4” or 5” with 6-1/2” barrels scarce, blue or nickel finish, checkered diamond walnut stocks with silver S&W medallions. Service sights were a forged 1/10” round blade front with a notch cut in the top strap for a rear sight (target sights are rare, see below), shrouded extractor rod, some found with lanyard ring. Serrated trigger with smooth backstrap and forestrap. A small S&W trademark is found on the frame’s left side with “Made in U.S.A.” on the right. Usually this model was available on special order only and not catalogued until 1940 when it officially replaced the 2nd Model. Serial number range 28358 - 61412 in the .44 Hand Ejector series overlapping the 2nd model. 4,976 were reported manufactured c. 1926 – 1941.

Variations

• It is estimated about 300 were shipped to Wolf & Klar for the Houston Police Dept. in March 1931 with 5" barrels. Stamped with “H.P.D.” and an issue number on the backstrap.

• Small group shipped to Providence Rhode Island Police marked “P.P.D.[#].”

• Target Model Prewar: 6-1/2” round pinned barrel, target sights. An unknown quantity, possibly fewer than 200, were built on the .44 Hand Ejector frame 3rd model of 1926; this target version has a shrouded extractor housing normally with the serial number inside as well as on the butt and cylinder face. This frame has a six-line serrated backstrap and forestrap; 1/10” Patridge front sight pinned on a slightly raised boss. This model has a round barrel with the rounded rear sight leaf contoured to the top strap, adjustable for windage and elevation; .255” wide hammer, .265” serrated trigger. Patent dates are found on top of the barrel, with “Smith & Wesson” on the barrel’s left side, while “.44 S&W Special CTG” appears on the right of the barrel. “Made in U.S.A.” is on the frame above the trigger guard. A small S&W Trademark is found on the left side of the frame under the thumbpiece while the sideplate is blank. The grips are either checked walnut with a diamond around the screw escutcheon with silver S&W medallions or diamond checked Magnas fitted to a square butt frame. The 6-shot fluted cylinder has a nominal length of 1.57”. Weight is 38 oz. Serial range 28358 - 61412 in the .44 Hand Ejector series. Produced c. 1926 - 1941. Worth double to triple premium.

Note: See information on Transition N-Frames at the beginning of the section on .38 caliber N-frames.

The .44 Hand Ejector 3rd Model

(Postwar-Transitional)

(a.k.a. 1926 Model .44 Military)

Caliber: .44 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N frame with five screws, long action hammer and trigger. Reintroduced June of 1946 with a new slide-activated hammer block and is so indicated with an “S” serial prefix; 4” or 5” round pinned barrel lengths with 6-1/2” very scarce. Matte blue or nickel finish, 1/10” forged round blade front sight with square notch cut rear sight; checked Magna style diamond walnut grips with S&W monograms. A small S&W trademark is found on the left of the frame. “Made in U.S.A.” is found mixed with the three additional address lines. Serial range S62489 - S75000. 1,473 reported manufactured c. 1946 – 1949.

AUCTION BLOCK

44 HE 3rd Transitional, gold box, “96%” - $2,415 – Amoskeag Auction, Sept. 2005.

44 HE 3rd Transitional, “97%...fine” - $2,530 – same auction.

Variations

• Target Model: Nominal 6-1/2” pinned barrel length (although cataloged in Dec. 1945, the 4” and 5” barrel lengths are considered very rare), blue finish, 1/8” or 1/10” pinned Patridge front sight with Micrometer click adjustable rear sight for windage and elevation, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.57”. N Target frame with .260” checked hammer spur, “S” serial prefix indicating a new postwar hammer block, grooved tangs and serrated trigger. It is estimated that fewer than were 50 produced (one knowledgeable collector estimates around 30). A large S&W trademark is found on the sideplate with “Made in U.S.A.” on the frame. Serial range S62489 - S75000 in the postwar .44 Hand Ejector series, with most having been found in the 71035 - 71970 serial number area. Produced c. 1946 - 1949. Worth double to triple standard value of fixed sight variation.

AUCTION BLOCK

44 HE 3rd Target, “Excellent…over 98%” - $10,350 – Rock Island Auction, April 2006.

PRICE CHECK

44 HE 3rd Target, “Mint,top quality”, listed at $13,500 – David Carroll, 2006.

The .44 Hand Ejetor 4th Model Military

(a.k.a. Model of 1950 .44 Military)

– “Pre-Model 21”

Caliber: .44 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N frame with five screws; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.57”, forged round blade front sight and fixed rear sight. Round pinned barrel with lengths of 4” and 5” (6-1/2” scarce), polished blue or nickel finish, shrouded extractor rod with a uniform diameter with a knurled end. Checked diamond walnut Magna-style grips on a square butt frame. Became the Model 21 in 1957. The S&W trademark is now found on the sideplate. Serial number range S75000 -S263000 with 1,200 reported manufactured c. 1950 - 1966.

AUCTION BLOCK

.44 HE 4th, scarce 6.5” barrel, “Excellent…98%” - $4,312 – Rock Island Auction, April 2006.

PRICE CHECK

Pre-Model 21, Micro sights added, “near new appearing,” listed at $3,000 – David Carroll, 2006.

Variations

• Model marked guns will bring premium

– see Model 21 listing.

• Target version brings less – see next listing.

Production Changes

• 1956: Delete upper sideplate screw.

• 1957: Model 1950 .44 Military continued as the Model 21 (see next section).

The .44 Hand Ejector 4th Model Target

(a.k.a Model of 1950 .44 Target)

– “Pre-Model 24”

Caliber: .44 S&W Special. Introduced September 1950. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N frame with five screws; 6-1/2” shrouded and pinned barrel standard with a serrated rib (4” scarce, 5” rare with 5-1/2” extremely rare), all with Baughman front sight. 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.57”, micrometer click rear sight with Patridge front sight and short throw hammer introduced at serial S75000. Barrel markings of “.44 S&W SPECIAL CTG,” serrated backstrap and forestrap with six lines; .400” target hammer, .265” serrated trigger. A large S&W trademark is found on the sideplate. Made in USA and address markings are the standard four lines of text on the frame. Became the Model 24 in 1957. Serial number range S75000 - S263000 in the .44 Hand Ejector series. 5,050 reported manufactured c. 1950 - 1966.

.44 HE 4th Model variations. Top pair are Model 1950 Military (pre-Mod. 21) with scarce long barrel on top gun. The bottom two are Model 1950 Target (pre-Mod. 24) with scarce short barrel on bottom gun. From Paul Goodwin photos.

PRICE CHECK

Pre-24, gold box, “very good to excellent…96-97”, listed at $1,250 – Old Town Station Dispatch, 2005.

Variations

• Premium for rare barrel lengths – 4” (200%), 5” (300%), 5-1/2” (400% or more).

PRICE CHECK

Pre-24, rare 4” barrel, “98.5%”, listed at $3,750 – David Carroll, 2006.

• Bright blue finish will bring 25% premium.

• Model marked guns will bring premium (see Model 24 listing).

Production Changes

• 1956: Delete upper sideplate screw at approximate serial S-175000

• 1957: Model of 1950 .44 Target continued as the Model 24 (see next section).

.44 MAGNUM

THE .44 MAGNUM

by Bob Radaker

The S&W .44 Magnum was a joint development by Smith & Wesson and Remington Arms Company. Many big-bore shooters such as Elmer Keith were pushing the performance of .44 Special handloads in N-frame Hand Ejectors. Keith encouraged S&W president Carl Hellstrom to have S&W produce a revolver capable of withstanding increased pressures, and Hellstrom discussed the feasibility of such a cartridge with R.H. Coleman of Remington Arms Company. Dimensions of a new .44-caliber cartridge called the “.44 Magnum” were finalized in 1954. S&W produced five specially heat-treated prototypes in early 1955. These revolvers were numbered sequentially beginning at S121835.

The first production .44 Magnum, serial number S130927, was completed on Dec. 15, 1955. S&W called this model the NT-430 for N-frame, Target, .430 bore diameter. The second revolver (S130806) was completed December 29 of that year and presented to Coleman. Five additional .44 Magnums were completed in January of 1956 with S130942 being shipped to Julian Hatcher of the NRA and fourth going to Elmer Keith (serial number S147220) on January 27, 1956.

The “Most Powerful Handgun in the World” was announced to the shooting public on January 19, 1956, with a special telecast from Springfield, MA. The NT-430 was initially offered in both a 6” and 4” barrels, blue or nickel finish, at a price of $135.00. Approximately 3100 .44 Magnums were produced in 1956.

The new .44 Magnum quickly gained popularity with shooters and handgun hunters. The .44 Magnum became the Model 29 when S&W assigned model numbers in 1957. The release of the movie Dirty Harry starring Clint Eastwood made the .44 Magnum and the Model 29 known around the world. The “Most Powerful Handgun in the World” acquired a mystique unequaled by any other modern handgun. Interest in the .44 Magnums increased to the point where demand far exceeded supply.

Although the Model 29 is not currently a standard production item, 50 years of manufacture with continuous improvements, engineering changes, multiple configurations, commemoratives and numerous special editions have made the S&W .44 Magnum of special interest to collectors. From the Pre-Model 29 to the Fiftieth Anniversary Model 29-10, a complete collection can become a lifelong pursuit. Prices on the early guns and rarer variations continue to rise.

Pre-29, believed to be one of the first few produced. Photo courtesy of Chuck Odom, Paul Goodwin photo.

The .44 Magnum – “Pre-Model 29”

Caliber: .44 Magnum. Introduced in January 1956 as a 6-shot, double-action revolver built on the square butt, five-screw N-Target frame in blue or nickel finish. Initially cataloged in a 4” or 6-1/2” barrel, .500” target hammer, .500” target trigger and target sights consisting of a red ramp insert front sight and a micrometer click rear sight adjustable for windage and elevation with a white outline rear sight blade. The revolver had a typical half lug barrel with a shrouded extractor rod and a fluted, counter-bored cylinder. The grips were diamond checkered goncola alves and had a slight palm swell. Collectors refer to these style grips as “Coke Bottle” grips. Early revolvers also had a serrated backstrap with six grooves while latter pre-29s after S167000 had 10 grooves.

The early NT-430s were shipped in a black or dark blue pebble grain leatherette presentation case with an S&W Insignia and “.44 Magnum” on the top. Early 1956 cases had a button slide release. The interior was lined in blue satin and contained an aluminum (or blue steel) knurled screwdriver and cleaning rod with brass brush and cotton swab. The swab and brush were made with a treaded brass base. Late 1956 first-year presentation cases had a clasp type latch.

Approximately 6500 Pre-Model 29s were produced with the five-screw frame in the serial number range of S130000 to S167500 but revolvers with serial numbers as high as S174500 have been documented as five-screw framed. The serial numbers were stamped on the bottom of the grip frame, the rear cylinder face, inside the yoke, in the ejector rod shroud and under the extractor star. About 3100 of these five-screw 44 Magnums were made in 1956. The majority of the first year production guns were produced with 6-1/2” barrels and blue finish. Four-inch guns began to ship in late 1956. This collector believes that less than 25% of the first-year 44 Magnums have 4” barrels. No 8-3/8” barreled five-screw revolvers have been documented. Nickel finish five-screw revolvers are very rare and will have an “N” stamped on the side of the grip frame and the rear cylinder face. Only a factory letter of authenticity can confirm a revolver’s shipping date, barrel length and finish.

Five-screw pre-29 .44 Magnums. Grips on top two guns have been modified. Old Town Station photo.

Five-Screw Pre-29s

AUCTION BLOCK T

hree five-screw Pre-29s sold – consecutive pair, both “excellent plus,” 99% - $2,420, 98% - $1,760; another “excellent, 96-97%” -$1,898 – Kull & Supica Auction, April 2006.

Five-screw Pre-29, “98%” with wood case - $1,035 – Amoskeag Auction, Sept. 2005.

Variations (5-Screw)

• Nickel five-screws worth two to three times values.

• First 100 early guns (S130000) worth twice values.

• Substantial premium for uncataloged barrel lengths.

• 4” barrel 25% premium.

Four-Screw Pre-Model 29s

Four-screw Pre-Model 29s are those on which the top side plate screw was eliminated. Although the engineering drawing for this modification was issued in September of 1956, four-screw revolvers began to ship in 1957 beginning around serial number S167500. Revolvers with serial numbers as high as S184000 may be found as pre-Model 29s without the model number stamped in the yoke. 6-1/2” and 4” guns in both blue and nickel finish are typical; 5” barrels began to appear in early 1958. Several hundred were produced in the S17800 to S179000 range, predominately in blue finish but 5” nickel guns have been documented. 8-3/8” barrels are known as early as December 1958 and are seldom seen with out the Model 29 stampings. Pre-Model 29s with 8-3/8” barrels were the first .44 Magnums shipped in a mahogany presentation case with blue satin interior. Later four-screw pre-model 29s will not have the serial number stamped in the ejector rod shroud or on the rear cylinder face.

PRICE CHECK

Four-screw pre-Model 29, scarce 5” barrel, “98+%”, listed at $3,650 – David Carroll.

Variations (Four-Screw)

• Nickel worth 50% premium.

• Original 5” barrels in blue twice value; three times in nickel.

• Unusual barrel lengths bring substantial premium. Reported that around a dozen were made with 5-1/2” barrels and could bring around 10 times standard value.

• Coke Bottle grips are bringing $350 - $400 and black cases are bringing over $200 on E-Bay, so reduce ANIB values by those amounts if these are missing.

Production Changes

• 1956: Delete upper sideplate screw c. serial number S1675000.

• 1958: Continued as Model 29. See next section.

.45 CALIBER

The .45 Hand Ejector U.S. Army

– Model 1917

Caliber: .45 ACP or .45 Auto Rim. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N frame with five screws; 5-1/2” round pinned barrel, blue finish. Fixed sights consisting of a 1/10” forged round blade front sight, rear sight is a notch cut into the topstrap. Supplied with half moon clips and a lanyard ring. The cylinder is heat-treated for strength and is a fluted 6-shot having a nominal length of 1.55” with a square cut shoulder to allow the use of the rimless .45 ACP cartridge without use of the half moon clips, when necessary, and is also head-spaced to allow the use of the .45 Auto Rim cartridge. Approximately 163,600 were made for the U.S. Army between Sept. 17, 1917 to Jan. 1919. The frame is stamped “U.S. ARMY MODEL 1917” in four lines on the butt. “UNITED STATES PROPERTY” is stamped on the bottom of the barrel on the flat. “S&W D.A. 45” is stamped on the barrel’s right side. The U.S. Army serial range is approximately 1 - 169959. The bluing on military guns is a lighter shade than the standard commercial bluing. Usually a U.S. Ordnance flaming bomb mark is found on the left side of the frame in front of the hammer. Various inspector’s markings have been observed and usually include an eagle’s head stamp with a letter and number combination.

Early issue revolvers in a serial range of 1 - c. 42000 usually will have a “GHS” marking indicating Major Gilbert H. Stewart as inspector. Middle issue revolvers in a range of 42000 until April 1918 usually have a Springfield Armory flaming bomb. Late issue from April 1918 to the end of military war time production are found with the eagle’s head and an “S” number. The letter/number combinations S1, S2, S3, S4, S6, S9, S24, S27, and S34 have been observed on various examples of Model 1917s. These numbers indicate various assistant inspectors. Plain walnut stocks on U.S. issue models may have “U.S.” stamped inside the grips. The top of the barrel is marked “Smith &Wesson Springfield Mass U.S.A. Patented Dec. 17, 1901. Feb. 6, 1906. Sep.14, 1909.” Checkered diamond walnut grips with the S&W monogram are found on commercial models. Magna-type stocks were supplied after 1938.

At serial number 185000 a new hammer block was added to this model. The serial number is found on the butt, cylinder face, barrel flat, yoke, and back of the extractor star. The S&W trademark was not stamped on military frames but is observed on commercial variations. Serial number range 1 - 209791 produced c. 1917 - 1946.

Model 1917, U.S. military. Upper left inset shows marking on Brazilian purchase 1917s. Other insets are details of U.S. military 1917 markings.

PRICE CHECK

U.S. 1917, “virtually mint,” listed at $2000 – David Carroll.

Variations

• Slight premium for early variation with serrated hammer and/or concave grips.

• Target model variation: Very rare. Our information on these is not entirely clear. To the best of our knowledge: Estimated fewer than five produced. Has a round 5-1/2” pinned barrel, with a pinned Patridge front sight (possibly found with a Call Gold Bead) on a raised boss with a rounded rear sight leaf contoured to the frame, adjustable for windage and elevation. The backstrap and forestrap are smooth, the frame also having a lanyard ring. It is thought that these were made for an Army shooting team. This version is also missing the S&W trademark and has all other markings of the standard military model, including a small eagle’s head with an S2 inside the yoke cut, on the barrel flat and the face of the cylinder. Grips may be stamped “U.S.” on both halves. Worth premium. Beware of fakes. We have also received a report of a “Commercial 1917 Target Model” reported as very rare and worth substantial premium. However, it is unclear to us whether this is the same variation discussed above, a different variation, or possibly even a variation of the postwar 1917. Further information would be appreciated.

Price check

Model of 1917 with target sights, serial number 75263, with factory letter showing returned to factory to be fitted with target sights, described as 98+% and extremely rare; reportedly offered in an online forum for $14,500 asking price.

• Commercial variation: Considered rare. A few shipped with nickel finish worth additional premium. A small S&W trademark is stamped on left side of the frame indicating commercial production. May also have a lanyard ring. Commercial shipping box is a one-piece maroon cardboard having a cloth hinge with “S&W .45 DA” inside the lid. Two styles of box are reported. One variation is a maroon two-piece 12” long with a blue end label that reads “U.S. ARMY 45 Model, Blued 5-1/2”, Smith & Wesson, Springfield Mass.” Inside the cover are instructions in English and Spanish. Has a patent date of Dec. 28, 1920. The other is also maroon, about 13” long with no writing at all inside or out.

• Denver Police Dept.: Reported that fewer than 100 commercial 1917s went to the Denver Police in 1932.

PRICE CHECK

Pre-war commercial 1917, in box “near mint…99%”, listed at $2,250, David Carroll, 2006

Commercial Denver P.D. 1917, inscribed to a particular officer, with documents and miscellany, “95%”, listed at $2,500 – Lyle Larkworthy, GunsAmerica.com, 2006.

• Brazilian Contract: 25,000 Model 1917s were made for the Brazilian government and stamped with the Brazilian crest on the sideplate bearing the date “1937.” Although a Brazilian-marked 1917 has been report as early as serial number 16974x, a large 1938 shipment included most guns in serial number range 181983 - 207043, and a 1946 shipment included most guns in serial number range 207196 - 207989. A small S&W trademark is found on the frame’s left side with “Made in USA” on the right side. Supplied with lanyard ring, smooth wood grips and serrated trigger. The hammer has a checked spur. A large quantity were imported in 1990 and usually bear an importer’s mark. Patent dates are found on the top of the barrel with “S&W D.A.45” on the barrel’s left side. These Brazilian-marked 1917s tend to bring about 50 - 75% of what a comparable U.S.-issue 1917 would bring, and average ones can be found in the $350 to $500 range.

• Serial #09 is considered the Frankfort Arsenal Test revolver for the 1906 .45 trials.

• Several known in .45 Colt caliber, worth substantial premium. One example is serial number 180445 shipped Feb. 7, 1929 with nickel finish with 5-1/2" barrel. Later attributed to a Texas Ranger.

• At least one made in 9mm, shipped via BOAC to the UK in 1944 for testing, there fired with British Service 9mm, WRA 9mm, and British .380 ammunition.

• Probably the most infamous Model 1917 revolver was used by John Dillinger in his reign of terror. It is thought to be an original military issue since the frame has evidence of an over-stamp of the Army acceptance marking. It presently resides in the FBI Firearms Lab (Hoover Bld) having all traces of the serial numbers obliterated by Dillinger or his reported gunsmith.

The authors recommend the book by Charles W. Pate titled U.S. Handguns of World War II: The Secondary Pistols and Revolvers for very detailed information about the Model 1917.

Other Pre-War .45 Caliber Hand Ejectors

Other than the Model 1917, pre-war Hand Ejector type revolvers chambered for .45-caliber rounds are sometimes considered to be special chamberings of the .44 Hand Ejector series and may be found in 1st, 2nd, or 3rd Model configurations. See listings earlier in this section. The other possibility for a .45 cal. Pre-war HE is the .455 Mark II HE, 1st or 2nd Model – sometimes as a caliber conversion. The .455 HE listings follow the .45-caliber model listings in this section.

The 1917 Army (Postwar - Transitional)

Caliber: .45 ACP or .45 Auto Rim. Reintroduced May of 1946. Double-action revolver built on the square butt five-screw N frame with 5-1/2” barrel; 1/10” forged round blade front sight, with a square notch rear. Non-shrouded extractor rod, supplied with half moon clips, Magna-style checked diamond walnut grips with S&W monograms, blue commercial finish, .265” checked hammer spur with serrated trigger. Basically a commercial version of the 1917 Army. At the conclusion of WWII 10,000 frames and spare parts stamped in the 1930s were purchased back from the government, assembled and sold as late as 1949 and 1950 again as the Model 1917 Army. Believed that fewer than 1000 commercial versions were made in a serial number range of S209792 - S210782 with an “S” serial prefix to indicate the new postwar hammer block and continued within the 1917 serial number range. One knowledgeable collector reports that these guns are sometimes encountered without the “S” serial number prefix. These commercial versions had the S&W trademark on the sideplate and may or may not have a lanyard ring. Produced c. 1946 - 1950.

Post-war commercial 1917. Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

PRICE CHECK

Post-war commercial 1917, “98+%”, listed at $2,000, David Carroll.

The .45 Hand Ejector Model of 1950, Military (a.k.a. 1950 Army)

–“Pre-Model 22”

Caliber: .45 ACP. Introduced November 1951. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N frame with five screws, similar to the 1917 Model with a new shorter throw hammer and trigger with a new slide action hammer block as indicated with an “S” serial prefix. 5-1/2” round barrel. The lanyard ring is discontinued; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.53”. Magna-style walnut grips, 1/10” forged round blade front sight with square notch rear sights. 203 were reported chambered in .45 Colt at serial S103000, but only one has been found. This model can be marked “45 CAL MODEL 1950” or “S&W D.A. 45” on the barrel’s right side. Became the Model 22 in 1957. The four standard address lines now appear on the frame’s right side, with a large S&W trademark on the sideplate. Serial number range S85000 - S236000 in the N frame series and possibly as high as S263000. One collector reports a serial number in the S2558xx serial area. 3,976 reported manufactured c. 1951 - 1966.

.45 Model 1950 Military. Photo courtesy of Sam Mason.

Variations

• Bright blue finish considered rare, will bring premium.

• Model marked rare, will bring premium. Approximately 178 manufactured with model stamping.

• Reported that around 200 were chambered in .45 Colt c. 1952. At least one has been reported as surfacing. Another source reports a few may exist around serial number S130000 range. Worth substantial premium.

Production Changes

• 1956 Delete upper sideplate screw.

• 1957 Model 1950 .45 Army continued as the Model 22 (see next section, Numbered Model Revolvers).

THE 1950 .45 TARGET MODEL

(Light Barrel) – “Pre-Model 26”

Caliber: .45 ACP (standard) or .45 Colt (scarce). Introduced February 1950. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N Target frame with five screws; 6-1/2” ribbed and pinned barrel, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.55” when chambered in .45 ACP, 1.67” when chambered in .45 Colt. Blue finish, Patridge front sight with a micrometer click rear sight, .400” semi-target hammer, .265” grooved trigger standard with .500” target trigger optional. Shrouded extractor rod with uniform diameter. Barrel marked “.45 CAL MODEL 1950.” 200 were chambered in .45 Colt over several years of production. Checked Magna-type diamond walnut stocks or smooth rosewood target stocks on a square butt frame, “S” serial prefix. The .45 ACP version with the tapered barrel became the Model 26. Earliest production may lack caliber marking on the side of barrel. Serial number range S76212 - S211000 with 2,768 reported manufactured c. 1950 - 1961.

PRICE CHECK

Pre-26, “99%”, listed at $1,350 – David Carroll, 2006.

Pre-26, “excellent,” listed at $1,750 – ArmchairGunShow.com, 2005.

.45 Model 1950 Target. ArmchairGunShow.com photo.

Variations

• Bright blue available on special order, will bring premium.

• .45 Long Colt worth two to four times the standard .45 ACP values.

AUCTION BLOCK

Mod. 1950 Target, .45 Colt, “as new in box…99-100%” - $4,180 – Kull & Supica Auction, April 2006.

• Experimental 6-1/2" heavy barrels supplied to select shooters. Also 4" and 5" barrels have been reported, extremely rare, worth substantial premium if verified.

• At least a couple are reported as original nickel – worth substantial premium if confirmed by factory letter.

Production Changes

• 1953 – 1957: 200 chambered for .45 Colt.

• 1956: Delete upper sideplate screw.

• 1957: 1950 Model .45 Target Light Barrel continued as the Model 26 (see next section).

The 1955 .45 Target Model

(Heavy Barrel) - “Pre-Model 25”

Caliber: .45 ACP. Introduced March of 1955. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N target frame with five screws and a 6-1/2” pinned barrel. Heavy barrel version of the 1950 Target Model, with .500” target hammer and .500” target trigger, target stocks, shrouded barrel marked “45 CAL. MODEL 1955.” Supplied with half moon clips. Patridge front sight with micrometer click rear sight, “S” serial prefix; designated the Model 25 in 1957. Serial number range is S143XXX - S333454, and continued with the “N” serial prefix in 1969. Approximately 1000 units had barrels marked “.45 Caliber Model of 1950” c. 1976. Produced c. 1955 - 1992.

.45 Model 1955 Target; bottom gun has rare 5” barrel. from Paul Goodwin photos.

Variations

• Sometimes found with a “W” or “U” shaped mainspring. Interesting variation, may bring a slight premium.

• Reported that around 15 were made in .45 Colt; we’re aware of one that has surfaced. Perhaps five times standard value.

Production Changes

• 1955: Introduction at approximate serial number S150000.

• 1956: Delete upper sideplate screw.

• 1957–1955: Model Target Heavy Barrel continued as the Model 25 (see next section).

.455 CALIBER

.455 Mark II Hand Ejector 1st Model

(British .455 Mark II Caliber)

Caliber: .455 Mark II cartridge. Introduced September of 1914. Double-action Triple-lock pattern revolver built on the square butt N frame with five screws having a 6-1/2” round pinned barrel, blue finish, square butt checkered walnut stocks. Fixed sights consist of a 1/10” forged round blade front sight; rear sight is a notched cut in the rear of the topstrap. Shrouded extractor rod, smooth trigger and checked hammer spur with color case hardening; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.58”. Lanyard ring or butt swivel. This model was designed identical to the .44 Hand Ejector First Model frames (Triple-lock) with a .45-caliber barrel; few will have any caliber stamping on the barrel, more typically the company name and patent dates. Many were converted to .45 Colt as war surplus; these conversions usually are identified by frames having British proof markings, caliber overstampings and machine marks on the face of the cylinder to allow for cartridge spacing. Many have been refinished, but modified revolvers may also have the face of the cylinder left “in the white.” The remainder of production is thought to be military.

The serial numbering of this model can be confusing due to production of similar revolvers in the .44 Hand Ejector 1st Model serial number production range. Note that at least 660 .44 HE 1st Models were converted to .455 caliber for shipment to England and that there is some overlap of serial numbers with the .455 Mk II HE 1st Model serial number range. Refer to Jinks, and Neal & Jinks, for details. Serial number range 1 - possibly c. 6,000 with all reported manufactured c. 1914 - 1915.

.455 Hand Ejectors: 1st Model (Triple-lock) top, 2nd Model bottom. Insets show typical military markings including Canadian crossed penants, British military broad arrow, and point to point deaccession broad arrows. ArmchairGunShow.com photo.

Variations

• Commercial model worth premium.

• British Target version: A knowledgeable collector reports that a few .455 HE 1st Models were made in a pattern for Bisley range target competition with a drift-adjustable rear sight and 6-1/2” or 7-1/2” barrels, usually found in the 41XX or 43XX serial number range. It is unclear to the authors whether these should be considered as from the .455 Mk II HE 1st Model production or from the .44 HE 1st Model production.

.455 Mark II Hand Ejector 2nd Model

Caliber: .455 Mark II. Introduced 1915. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N frame with five screws and a 6-1/2” round pinned barrel; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.58” but being just slightly shorter than the 1st model to correct a condition of cartridge cases being too close to the recoil plate. Similar to the First Model except without the extractor shroud. Inside frame dimensions were also slightly increased. Caliber marking of “Smith & Wesson .455” may be observed on the barrel; other observed barrel markings are “Smith & Wesson Springfield Mass. USA.” “Patented Oct. 8, 1901. Dec. 17, 1901. Feb. 6, 1906.” The extractor rod was also changed. Forged round blade front sight with notch cut rear sight. Smooth .265” trigger with a .265” hammer with case colors. The grips are checked diamond walnut with a gold S&W medallion. This model has a butt swivel for a lanyard cord. As with the first model, many were converted to .45 Colt caliber by S&W or other gunsmiths, with the new caliber being stamped over the .455 markings. An obvious telltale mark is the absence of the serial number on the face of the cylinder and a thinner star extractor where the cylinder was cut down. Many were also converted to .45 Auto Rim. Most observed examples have extensive British proof markings and the stamping “NOT ENGLISH MADE” in very small letters. A large S&W trademark is found on the sideplate. Approximately 691 1st Model frames were assembled and stamped in the 2nd Model serial range. From both Models, 59,150 were manufactured for English service and 14,500 for the Canadian service. A few commercial guns were made, with 13 known in the late 13000 - early 16000 serial number range. Serial number range probably begins between 5000 and 6000, continuing the range of the .455 Mk II 1st Model, to 74755 with 69,754 manufactured c. 1915 - 1917.

Variations

• 724 reported manufactured in .45 Colt for Canadian government.

• Approximately 666 were manufactured in .455 caliber in the 1908 serial range and are duplicates in the serial range 1104 - 10417.

• Often found with unit markings or specific individual names inscribed that may be historically interesting and increase value in accordance with the associated history. For example, serial number 21232 attributed to Major Jeffery Bull (Canadian WWI hero).

Chapter VI

NUMBERED MODEL REVOLVERS

MODERN HAND EJECTORS, 1957-PRESENT

The models discussed in this chapter are catalogued by order of model number.

Beginning in 1957, Smith and Wesson started to identify its products with more than a descriptive name and stamped a model number inside the yoke cut of all revolvers. Many of these revolvers retained their descriptive names as well as a model number assignment. The serial number may be found on the butt end of the revolver and the yoke cut for K frames, N frames as well as L frames. J frames have the serial only on the butt or as space allowed. Engineering changes are designated by a model number with a hyphen (-) and a number stamped in the yoke cut. Example: Model 53-2.

Product codes are listed for models in production as of 1984, when this method of identification was introduced by S&W. Product codes have been the main way for the authors to identify and compile many of the various models and their many variations. Note that the authors have found duplicate product codes on the same models in some instances.

CONTENTS

NUMBERED MODEL REVOLVERS (MODERN HAND EJECTORS, 1957)

• Model 10: The .38 Military & Police; Specials and Commemoratives

• Model 11: The .38/200 Military & Police

• Model 12: The .38 Military & Police Airweight

• Model 13: The .357 Magnum Military & Police

• Model 14: The K-38 Masterpiece; the K-38 Full-lug

• Model 15: The K-38 Combat Masterpiece

• Model 16: The K-32 Masterpiece; the K-32 Full-lug

• Model 17: The K-22 Masterpiece; the K-22 Full-lug

• Model 18: The K-22 Combat Masterpiece

• Model 19: The .357 Combat Magnum

• Model 20: The .38/44 Heavy Duty

• Model 21: The Model 1950 .44 Military

• Model 22: The Model 1950 .45 Army

• Model 23: The .38/44 Outdoorsman,

• Model 24: The Model of 1950 .44 Special Target

• Model 25: The 1955 Model .45 Target Heavy Barrel; 125th Anniversary Model

• Model 26: The 1950 Model .45 Target Light Barrel

• Model 27: The .357 Magnum; Specials

• Model 28: The Highway Patrolman

• Model 29: The .44 Magnum; the Silhouette; the Classic; the Classic DX; the Magna Classic; Specials & Variations

• Model 30: The .32 Hand Ejector

• Model 31: The .32 Regulation Police

• Model 32: The .38/32 Terrier

• Model 032 The .32 Magnum Centennial Airweight

• Model 33: The .38 Regulation Police

• Model 34: The Model of 1953 .22/32 Kit Gun

• Model 35: The Model of 1953 .22/32 Target

• Model 36: The .38 Chiefs Special;

• Model 36LS: The .38 Ladysmith

• Model 37: The .38 Chiefs Special Airweight

• Model 38: The Bodyguard Airweight

• Model 40: The Centennial

• Model 42: The Centennial Airweight

• Model 042: The .38 Centennial Airweight

• Model 43: The 1955 .22/32 Kit Gun Airweight

• Model 45: The .22 Military & Police

• Model 48: The K-22 Masterpiece Magnum Rimfire

• Model 49: The Bodyguard

• Model 50: The .38 Chiefs Special Target

• Model 51: The 1960 .22/32 Kit Gun Magnum Rimfire

• Model 53: The .22 Center-fire Magnum (Jet)

• Model 56: KTX-38 USAF

• Model 57: The .41 Magnum Target

• Model 58: The .41 Magnum Military & Police

• Model 60: The .38 & .357 Magnum Chiefs Special Stainless; Variations and Specials

• Model 63: The 1977 .22/32 Kit Gun Stainless

• Model 64: The .38 Military & Police Stainless

• Model 65: The .357 Military & Police Heavy Barrel

• Model 65LS: The .357 Magnum Ladysmith

• Model 66: The .357 Combat Magnum Stainless; Commemoratives and Specials

• Model 67: The .38 Combat Masterpiece Stainless

• Model 68: The .38 Special California Highway Patrol

• Model 73: The .38 Special 6-Shot “C” frame

• Model 242: The .38 Special Centennial “Airlite” Ti

• Model 296: The .44 Special Centennial “Airlite” Ti

• Model 317: The .22 Long Rifle “Airlite”

• Model 325: The .45 ACP “Airlite Sc”

• Model 327: The .357 Magnum “Airlite Sc” 8 Shot

• Model 329: The .44 Magnum “Airlite Sc” Personal Defense

• Model 331: The .32 Magnum “Airlite Ti” Chiefs Special

• Model 332: The .32 Magnum “Airlite Ti” Centennial

• Model 337: The .38 Special “Airlite Ti” Chiefs Special

• Model 340: The .357 Magnum “Airlite Sc Centennial”

• Model 342: The .38 Special “Airlite Ti” Centennial

• Model 351: The .22 WRM Personal Defense

• Model 357: The .41 Magnum “Airlite Sc” Personal Defense

• Model 360: The .357 Magnum “Airlite Sc Chiefs Special”

• Model 386: The .357 Magnum “Airlite Sc MountainLite”

• Model 396: The .44 Special “Airlite Ti MountainLite”

• Model 431: The .32 Magnum Chiefs Special Airweight Personal Defense

• Model 432: The .32 Magnum Centennial Airweight Personal Defense

• Model 442: The .38 Special Centennial Airweight

• Model 460: The Performance Center Airweight

• Model 460: The .460XVR S&W Magnum Revolver

• Model 500: The .500 S&W Magnum Revolver

• Model 520: The .357 Military & Police – NYSP

• Model 520: The .357 Target – 2005 Production

• Model 544: The Texas Wagon Train Commemorative

• Model 547: The 9mm Military & Police

• Model 581: The .357 Distinguished Service Magnum

• Model 586: The .357 Distinguished Combat Magnum

• Model 610: The 10mm Stainless

• Model 617: The K-22 Masterpiece Stainless Full-lug

• Model 619: .357 L frame 7-Shot Service Magnum

• Model 620: .357 L Frame 7-Shot Target Magnum

• Model 624: The Model of 1985 .44 Target Stainless

• Model 625-2 The Model of 1989 .45 ACP Stainless

• Model 627: The .357 Magnum/.38 Super Stainless

• Model 629: The .44 Magnum Stainless; the Classic; the Classic DX; the Magna Classic; Specials & Variations

• Model 631: The .32 Magnum Target Stainless

• Model 632: The .32 Magnum Centennial Airweight Stainless

• Model 637: The .38 Chiefs Special Airweight Stainless

• Model 638: The .38 Bodyguard Airweight Stainless

• Model 640: The .38 Centennial Stainless; Specials

• Model 640-1 The .357 J Magnum Frame Centennial Stainless

• Model 642: The .38 Centennial Airweight Stainless

• Model 646: The .40 S&W Performance Center

• Model 647: The .17 Hornady Magnum Rimfire Stainless

• Model 648: The .22 Magnum Rimfire Stainless

• Model 649: The .38 Bodyguard Stainless

• Model 649-3 The .357 Bodyguard J Magnum Frame

• Model 650: The .22 Magnum Rim Fire Service Kit Gun

• Model 651: The .22 Magnum Rim Fire Target Kit Gun

• Model 657: The .41 Magnum Stainless

• Model 681: The .357 Distinguished Service Magnum Stainless

• Model 686: The .357 Distinguished Combat Magnum Stainless; Specials & Commemoratives

• Model 696: The .44 Special 5-Shot L Frame

• Model 940: The 9mm Centennial Stainless; Specials

• Model 942: The 9mm Centennial Airweight (prototype)

REVOLVER FRAME SIZE FACTORY DESIGNATIONS

We are sometimes asked what how you can tell if a gun is a particular frame size. The answer is the term “Window Opening.” The window is the space the cylinder has to fit in, between the recoil shield and the frame (i.e., not to the rear end of the barrel protruding into the frame window). The frame window is different on every frame size.

While the J, K, L and N frame sizes are generally used by collectors, shooters, and dealers, a more specific frame designation is reported as having been used within the factory. Usually, this factory designation will consist of one to three letters showing the specific frame features, followed by a dash and the caliber size. The letters in the frame designation start with the letter showing frame size (J, K, L, or N for carbon steel or alloy guns; E, F, H or G for stainless), with subsequent letters indicating special features (T for Target, A for Alloy, S for Shrouded, etc.) For example, the Model 10 frame was designated K-38, indicating a K-frame .38 Special; or the Model 11, KR-38 (R standing for Regular caliber, dating back to a time when the .38 S&W was more standard than the .38 Special). We do not know the extent to which this system is still used, but here is a partial listing of the factory frame designations previously used, with some of the Models they applied to:

Carbon Steel and Alloy Frames

• M Frame: Early Ladysmiths – discontinued before model numbering.

• I frame: Predecessor of the J frame with leaf mainspring and strain screw.

• Improved I frame: Successor to the I frame with coil main spring.

• J frame: Smallest current production steel frame with fixed sights (Examples are the M30, M31, M36).

JAS frame: Shrouded hammer with aluminum alloy frame (M38 = JAS-38).

JS frame: Shrouded hammer with carbon steel frame (M49 = JS-38).

JA frame: Aluminum alloy frame with fixed sights (M37 = JA-38).

JAT frame: Aluminum alloy frame with target sights (M43 = JAT22).

JC frame: Fully concealed hammer (M40 = JC38).

JAC frame: Fully concealed hammer with alloy frame (M42 = JAC38).

JR frame: Carbon steel J frame for .38 S&W (M32, M33 = JR38).

JT frame: Carbon steel J frame with target sights (M34 and M35).

JTM frame: Carbon steel J frame, target sights, .22 Magnum (M51).

J Magnum: Larger J for .357 in alloy or steel FS or AS.

• C frame: Between J & K frame size - used only for the non-cataloged Model 73 in carbon steel.

• K frame: Carbon steel frame with fixed sights (M10 = K38).

KA frame: Aluminum alloy K frame with fixed sights (M12 = KA38).

KAT frame: Aluminum alloy K frame with target sights.

KR frame: K frame for the .38 S&W (Model 11 = KR38).

KT frame: Carbon Steel frame with target sights (M14, M15, M16, and M19).

KTC frame: Target Centerfire .22 Magnum (M53).

KTM frame: Target Rimfire magnum (M48).

• L frame: Larger and heavier than a K frame, with a full underlug barrel on a carbon steel frame with fixed sights (M581).

LT frame: Steel L frame full-lug with target sights (M586).

• N frame: Largest of the current frames, carbon steel frame with fixed sights (M20, M21, M22).

• NAT frame: Aluminum alloy N frame with target sights.

• NA frame: Aluminum alloy N frame with fixed sights.

• NT frame: Carbon steel frame with target sights (M23, M24, M25, M26, M27, M29).

• NTM frame: Carbon steel frame with target sights for the Highway Patrolman (M28).

Stainless Steel Frames

• E frame: Stainless steel J frame size (M60 = E38).

• ET frame: Stainless J Target (M63 is ET22).

• F frame: Stainless steel K frame size (M64 = F38).

• FT frame: Stainless K Target (M-65 = FT22, M66 = FT357).

• H frame: Stainless steel L frame size (M681).

• HT frame: Stainless steel L frame with target sights (M686).

• G frame: Stainless steel N frame size.

• X frame: Stainless steel frame for the .460 and .500 S&W Magnums.

In 2003 S&W introduced a new frame for the Model 500 called the X frame – still larger yet to accommodate the largest handgun caliber at the time, the S&W .500 Magnum. In late 2004 the Model 460 XVR in .460 S&W Magnum was introduced, also on the X frame.

Revolver Feature Codes

Modern revolver feature codes used in this guide, also as used by S&W. In some instances duplicates are found here as S&W may use slightly different codes for the same feature in subsequent catalog years.

In 2004 S&W reassigned all feature codes and created duplicates, indicated with “-2004,” so look carefully. For auto features see the section on autoloaders.

05

5-Shot-2004

06

6-Shot-2004

07

7-Shot-2004

08

8-Shot-2004

09

9-Shot-2004

10

10-Shot-2004

A2

Single Action/Double Action-2004

AA

Aluminum Alloy

AA/CS

Aluminum Alloy/Carbon Steel

AA/SS

Aluminum Alloy/Stainless Steel

AA/T/SS

Aluminum Alloy/Titanium/Stainless Steel

AB

Adjustable Black Sight

AD

Double Action Only-2004

AF

Adjustable Front Sight

AG

Ahrends Finger Groove Wood Grip

AM

Ambidextrous Safety

AS

Adjustable Sights

AT

Adjustable Target Sight

AV

Adjustable Rear V-Notch Sight

AWO

Adjustable White Outline Rear Sight

B2

Two-Piece Barrel-2005

B

Blue Finish

BC

Carbon Steel Barrel-2005

BF

Full-lug Barrel-2004

BK/G

Black Grey Finish

BK

Black Finish

BK/SS

Black/Satin Stainless Finish

BSS

Brushed Stainless Steel Finish

BO

One-Piece Barrel-2005

BP

Black Patridge Front sight

BP

Power Port Barrel-2004

BR

Black Adjustable Rear sight

BS

Stainless Barrel-2005

BT

Traditional Barrel-2005

BX

Heavy Barrel-2004

c.

Circa (approximately)

CA

Aluminum Alloy Cylinder-2004

CC

Carbon Steel Cylinder-2004

CC

Case Colors

CC

Clear Cote Finish

CG

Combat Grips

CH

Concealed Hammer

CS

Carbon Steel (2002)

CS

Stainless Steel Cylinder-2004

CS

Combat Stocks

CT

Combat Trigger

CT

Titanium Cylinder-2004

CU

Unfluted Cylinder-2004

DA

Double Action Only

DAO

Double Action Only

DB

DymondWood Grip

DT

Drilled and Tapped

FA

Alloy Frame-2004

FS

Stainless Frame-2004

FC

Carbon Steel Frame-2004

FC

Fired Case or Cartridge Included

FL

Full Underlug Barrel

FN

Fixed Notch Rear sight

FS

Fixed Sights

FV

Fixed V-notch Sight

GB

Glass Beaded Finish

GC

Ct Laser Grip-2005

GR

Rubber Grips-2004

GW

Wood Grips-2004

GF

Finger Groove Grips-2004

HB

Heavy Barrel

HB

Hogue Bantam Grip

HP

High Profile Front sight

HR

Hogue Rubber Grip

HV

High Visibility Front Sight

HIVIZ/GD

High Visibility with Green Dot

HIVIZ/OD

High Visibility with Orange Dot

IFS

Interchangeable Front Sights

I

Interchangeable Front Sights

IC

Integral Compensator

IL

Internal Lock

ISBR

Interchangeable Serrated Black Ramp Sight

LE

Law Enforcement

LG

Large Frame Size-2004

LP

Low Profile Front Sight

LS

LadySmith Marked

MD

Medium Frame Size-2004

MIM

Metal Injection Molding

MS/G

Matte Stainless/Gray Finish

MCS

Micrometer Click Sight

N

Nickel Finish

P

Patridge Sight

PBB

Pinned Black Blade Front Sight

PBP

Pinned Black Patridge Front Sight

PBSR

Pinned Black Serrated Ramp Sight

PC

Plain Clothes Grip

PP

Power Ported Barrel

RB (or RBG)

Round Butt Frame

RMC

Reversible Magazine Catch (internal factory use only)

RR

Red Ramp Front Sight Insert

S

Stainless Finish

SA

Single Action

SA

Sights Adjustable-2004

SA/DA

Single Action/Double Action

SA/T/SS

Scandium Alloy/Titanium/Stainless Steel

SNS

Satin Stainless Finish

SB (or SBG)

Square Butt frame

SB

Black Blade Front Sight-2004

SC

Interchangeable front sight-2004

Sc

Scandium Trademark

SD

White Dot Front Sight-2004

SF

Fixed Sight-2004

SG

Gold bead Front Sight-2004

SG

Synthetic Grips

SH

High-Visibility Adjustable Sight-2004

SH

Shrouded Hammer

SI

Integral Front Sight-2005

SKU

Stock Keeping Unit, i.e. Product Codes

SLD

Spring Loaded Decocker (internal factory use only)

SM

Scope Mount

SM

Small compact frame size-2004

SP

Patridge Front Sight-2004

SR

Red Ramp Front Sight-2004

SR

Serrated Ramp Sight

SS

Stainless Steel

ST

Semi-target Trigger

SW

White Outline Adjustable Rear Sight-2004

SX

High-Visability Fixed-2004

Ti

Titanium Trademark

TT

Target Trigger

TH

Target Hammer

TG

Target Grips

TS

Target Stocks

UC

Unfluted Cylinder

UMB

Uncle Mike’s Boot Grip

UMC

Uncle Mike’s Combat Grip

UMR

Uncle Mike’s Rubber Grip

WC

Wood Combat Grips

WG

DymondWood Grips

WTS

Walnut Target Stocks

WO

White Outline on the Rear Sight Blade

XL

Extra Large Frame Size-2004

ZB

Blue finish-2004

ZC

Clear Cote Finish-2004

ZG

Grey Finish-2004

ZM

Matte Finish-2004

ZS

Satin Stainless Finish-2004

ZK

Black Finish-2004

Please refer to the previous section for background information on numbered model Hand Ejectors that were introduced as named models prior to 1957. Also note that many special versions of numbered model revolvers have been produced by the S&W Performance Center, and more detailed listings will be found in that section of this book.

Around 1988, S&W introduced some engineering changes called the “Endurance Package” that were especially significant for the .44 Magnum models.

Beginning 1992 S&W changed the way serial numbers are applied to the frame of revolvers. Previous to this time, serial numbers were stamped firmly and clearly into the butt. After this time serial numbers were applied by a “pin machine,” giving the serial number a dot matrix appearance. This process finally was done with a laser on most models and is still stamped on others.

Beginning in late 1993 and currently in production, S&W made a few obvious changes to the frames of the target handguns (K, L, and N frames). The most easily spotted change is the rounding of the rear sight leaf toward the muzzle. Under this new leaf are now a pair of drilled and tapped holes for scope mounting. S&W has introduced CNC machining to their manufacturing process and now the sideplate lines are as tight-fitting as ever.

The second most noticeable change is the shape of the star extractor. The extractor rod is also now made without the guide groove and instead has a flat side to guide it. Other changes are not so readily noticeable and are mostly internal. Also, by mid-1996 S&W had eliminated square butt revolvers and was exclusively producing the round butt and using round butt-to-square butt conversion grips at times.

A revolutionary change for Smith & Wesson was the introduction of its new “J Magnum” frame to fire the .357 Magnum in 1995. This new frame is a complete new design, similar in appearance only to the existing J Frame. The most obvious and quickest identifier is that the cylinder stop lug is now machined into the frame, rather than a pressed-in pin with a flat surface for the cylinder face to ride against. The new J frame is slightly longer to accommodate the .357 round and has a floating firing pin and a flat face hammer. The thumbpiece cylinder release was also changed along with this frame and is called a MIM (Metal Injection Molded) thumbpiece; another innovation is the CNC machining of the one-piece frame (with the exception of the pins).

During the 1990s the cylinder release thumb latch on most S&W revolvers has been changed to a more triangular shape with the top rear of the latch relieved. It is also MIM manufactured.

Beginning in 1997 all other existing frame sizes were redesigned to accommodate CNC machining. The obvious external appearance changes are similar to those of the J frames: i.e., the removal of the cylinder stop stud, a floating firing pin and a flat face hammer). These changes were completed and in the field by August of that year.

In 2001 S&W introduced the Scandium (Sc) series of handguns, which had two major machine changes. First they were built with an internal key lock system that required a small key in order to operate the gun. This lock prevented the trigger and hammer from moving. The lock access was situated above the thumbpiece and has a small arrow (looks like a small scratch) indicating which way to turn the key to lock the mechanism. Second, they were made with a two-piece barrel design that used a barrel shroud that was fitted to the frame with an index lug. The actual barrel was put through the shroud and tightened to the frame.

In 2002 S&W started to incorporate the internal lock system in all other revolvers in current production with the exception of Performance Center products. This change is evident in the product code by the second digit changing to a “6” which indicates the internal lock. Performance Center products followed a short time later but did not change their product codes. By the end of 2002 the address markings that had been on all revolvers for the last 50 years also started to change on the alloy frame revolvers. The new markings are “SPFLD. MA S&W U.S.A.” taking the place of “Made in U.S.A. Marcus Registradas, Smith & Wesson, Springfield, Mass.” Thus the famous four lines are now a thing of the past on the aluminum frame handguns. Previously the four address lines had been laser etched, but ATF declared the lines must be at least .003” deep. When this was done with the four lines they melted together, thus the two-line address was introduced the correct depth to eliminate this problem.

In the late part of the 1990s several states required a fired cartridge case to be certified by all firearms manufactures and shipped with the gun as a condition of sale in those states. S&W first started this with the Performance Center guns and soon a fired cartridge case was shipped with all handguns. This fired case is placed in a small envelope, sealed and signed by the shooter in the factory during the firing test. It has the serial number of the gun, date of the test firing and the name of the person who collected the casing. S&W tells the authors that this case is recovered within 6 - 8 hours before the gun is placed into the vault ready for shipment. Thus it constitutes a record for the owner of date of manufacture but not date of shipment.

For the past several years, there have been excellent buys available in .38 and .357 caliber Hand Ejectors as some police agencies switched to semi-autos and traded in their service revolvers. Many of these may show extensive holster wear but remain in excellent to very good mechanical condition. In addition to their value as shooters, a fascinating collection could be assembled of various department-marked or -issued guns. A few of these variations have been mentioned throughout this book as they came to the author’s attention, but these represent only the tip of the iceberg.

Note that due to durability of finish, most stainless steel guns will be found in excellent to very good condition. In fact, most guns produced in the last twenty years or so will usually be found in good or better condition.

Note: Many of these numbered model revolvers were introduced prior to 1957 as descriptive named models. When researching an early numbered model revolver, be sure to check the information under its descriptive model name in the previous section on early Hand Ejectors.

COLLECTOR’S TIP

Readers should note that in ANIB or Excellent condition, five-screw guns will nearly always bring a premium over later versions, while four-screw guns will bring a lesser premium over later three-screw guns. Pinned and recessed guns will bring a small premium over current production counterparts. Collectors of more recent guns tend to pay premiums only for rare variations on higher condition guns.

S&W product codes are listed for models in production beginning in 1984. These codes will help identify a specific model variation as to its features, e.g. finish, trigger, barrel length, butt shape, etc. However product codes do not always change with an engineering change, even when the change is considered major.

Internal Lock: Some collectors and shooters believe that for current production revolvers, those which were manufactured before the introduction of the keyed internal look may bring a slight premium over more recent guns that include this feature.

Serial Numbers: Early Hand Ejector serial numbers may be found in the following locations: on the butt, on the face of the cylinder, behind the star extractor, on the yoke face, on the barrel flat, inside the extractor shroud (on shrouded barrels), and usually on the inside of the right grip, either stamped or usually written in chalk or pencil. More modern handguns have the serial number only stamped on the butt and the yoke cut or laser etched under the topstrap. Around 2000 S&W put the serial number on the left side of the frame below the cylinder, in the yoke cut, and in very small numbers under the grips on the frame, and eliminated the serial number on the butt. By the end of 2002 all of that changed again with the serial number once again on the butt and in the yoke cut and the small number under the grips was eliminated; this coincided with the new markings on the frame near the yoke retention screw.

Assembly Numbers: These were small hand stamped numbers stamped on the most critical of hand fitted parts to allow them to follow a handgun through the assembly process. On modern Hand Ejectors these numbers are found on the frame under the grips, on the frame at the yoke cut, on the yoke and on the inside of the sideplate. For collectors, in a lot of instances these small numbers help with establishing whether a handgun has all its original pieces. This also can establish a base line for genuine military guns. Case in point: All known Baby Aircrewman revolvers have a three-digit assembly number, so when guns bearing five-digit numbers started to appear on the market, they were beyond a doubt bogus.

It is rare that a sideplate will fit any other frame other than its own, but on some more expensive collectibles it may be worth a look, but first consider how to remove it and replace it without damage. Most sellers will strongly object to this. Most non-matching numbered parts will be in other ways easy to spot. A sideplate should have perfect lines around the curved portion next to the recoil shield. Yokes when viewed from the muzzle should fit tight against the yoke cut. Wartime guns may be an exception to matching assembly numbers due to high volume. In late 1950s production, assembly numbers started to disappear from the yoke cut and were found only on the yoke itself, inside the sideplate and under the grips on the frame. In the middle 1980s, for lack of a more precise date, the appearance of the assembly number began to change from very small precision stamped characters to a dot matrix style. Also the number of characters went from five or six down to three or four and appear to be used over again on various models, apparently on small production runs of handguns.

Weird Serial Number 3 revolvers: Uncle Ed reports that some years ago, a number of S&W revolvers were made at the factory but without company authorization, marked with unusual low serial numbers and delivered to a specific distributor at that time. It seems that a number of times the serial number consisted of a single letter and the numeral “3.” Now you know all we know about these.

Model 10: The .38 Military & Police

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the round or square butt K service frame with five screws, as a continuation from the postwar .38 Military & Police Victory Model. This popular model is now fitted with a new style slide hammer block safety and is so indicated with an “S” serial prefix, later changed to a “C” serial prefix. Early postwar variations are found with a forged round blade front sight and square notch rear sight as continued from the wartime .38 M&P series. The front sight was changed to a 1/10” serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear sight and then to a 1/8” serrated ramp. Originally available with a 2”, 4”, 5” or 6” pinned barrel; 3” barrels were available by special order early on and later regularly cataloged in the 1980s - 1990s, with 2-1/2” barrels also made for special contracts.. Round or square butt frame, in blue or nickel finish, fitted with a 6-shot fluted cylinder having a nominal length of 1.56”. Square butt grips are checked walnut Magna style with S&W medallions and a diamond around the screw escutcheon around the grip screw. “Made in USA” appears above the trigger guard on the frame’s right side; this was added to at a later date to create the “four lines” and a large S&W trademark is stamped on the side plate.

The original five-screw frame was later changed to a four-screw frame by deleting the upper side plate screw and finally to a three-screw frame by deleting the trigger guard screw. This model has a smooth back strap and forestrap. Early production has a .265” checked hammer and a .265” serrated trigger. Later versions have a .312” smooth combat trigger and a .265” service hammer. Barrel markings are “Smith & Wesson” on the left side with “.38 S&W Special CTG.” on the right side. Some production may also read with both markings on the left barrel side only, especially 2” guns or those that are commemorative using the sideplate for markings. The gas ring has been observed on many examples either on the cylinder or the yoke within the same engineering dash numbers. It appears the gas ring moved very quickly through production from cylinder to yoke and back to cylinder again. Frames are slightly different between heavy barrel and tapered barrel variations. The Model 10 and the Pre-model 38 M&P is numbered concurrently with the Model 11, 12, 45 and Aircrewman revolvers and their pre-model variations. Last production in 1998 incorporates a 10-groove serrated round butt frame, covered with synthetic grips hiding the serrated backstrap and forestrap, limited to the 4” heavy barrel with a new design of thumbpiece that is somewhat hollow (MIM). This continued until the Model 10-11 that has a new design frame and new internal lockworks. This change incorporates a cylinder stop lug machined in the side of the frame rather than a pressed-in stop stud. The most noticeable change is in the hammer and firing pin. The hammer is now a flat face that strikes a floating firing pin much like the .22 Long Rifle handguns by S&W. Also noticeable is a MIM design (Metal Injection Molded) hammer and trigger. This latest variation (M10-11) has a smooth backstrap and frontstrap on a round butt frame with synthetic grips. Weights are 30.5 oz. with 4” standard barrel, 34 oz. with 4” heavy barrel, 26 oz. with 2” barrel. In 2002 S&W incorporated the internal key lock mechanism in the Model 10 production. Produced c. 1946 - date.

Some basic Model 10 configurations. ArmsBid.com photo.

Pricing Variations

Five screw brings 60% premium; four screw 30% premium; nickel worth premium.

Engineering and Production Changes

• Before 1957, produced as the .38 M&P (see previous section).

• 10 (1957): Stamping of the model number.

• 10-1 (1959): Introduction of 4" heavy barrel

• 10-2 (1961): Change extractor rod thread, right hand to left hand thread on standard barrel.

• 10-3 (1961): Change extractor rod thread on heavy barrel and front sight changed from 1/10" to 1/8" on heavy barrel.

• 10-4 (1962): Trigger guard screw eliminated on tapered barrel frame

• 10-5 (1962): Sight width changed from 1/10" to 1/8" on tapered barrel models

• 10-6 (1962): Trigger guard screw eliminated on heavy barrel model.

• 1967: Begin “D” serial prefix at D1.

• 1968: Delete diamond grips.

• 10-7 (1977) Gas ring change from yoke to cylinder on tapered barrel.

• 10-8 (1977) Gas ring change from yoke to cylinder on heavy barrel model.

• 1981: Logo moved from the sideplate to the left side of the frame to facilitate sideplate engraving. (Smith &Wesson offers to any Police department in the country or world a commemorative marked revolver.)

• 1982: Eliminate pinned barrel, start 3-letter serial prefix.

• 10-9 (1988): New yoke retention system/ radius stud package/floating hand hammer nose bushing on tapered barrel model.

• 10-10 (1988): New yoke retention system/ radius stud package/floating hand hammer nose bushing on heavy barrel model.

• 1992: Blue finish only.

• 1993-94: Introduce synthetic grips/change extractor system.

• 1995-96: Delete square butt and tapered barrel.

• 1996: Begin shipments in blue plastic case. Begin serrated backstrap and forestrap on round butt frame for about 18 months, then discontinue.

• 1997: 4" heavy barrel only/change to MIM thumbpiece/ ship with Master trigger locks/change to MIM trigger.

• 10-11 (1997): Changes to frame design: Eliminate cylinder stop stud/change to MIM hammer with floating firing pin/MIM trigger/change internal lockworks/tapered barrel.

• 10-12 (1997): Changes to frame design: Eliminate cylinder stop stud/change to MIM hammer with floating firing pin/MIM trigger/change internal lockwork/heavy barrel.

• 2001: Begin shipping with fired case.

• 10-13 (2002): 1899 Commemorative for 100th Anniversary (limited production of 38).

• 10-14 (2002): Introduce internal key lock system.

Model 10 Specials & Variations

Numerous examples and variations of this popular sidearm are found. The following is a continuing partial listing.

Premium for 5-screw (40%) 4-screw (20%).

• Slight premium for nickel.

• Premium for two-tone revolvers (nickel cylinder and barrel on a blue frame).

• Brazilian Contract: Model 10-10 with full-lug 3” barrel and full length extractor rod, round butt, special production 1994. Product code 100135.

• Canadian Calgary Police Commemorative: Marked “Calgary Police Service” “1885 Centennial 1985” on a 4” barrel; Police Department seal on the sideplate and on the top of the presentation case. Blue finish, smooth wood grips, M10-8, 300 reported manufactured.

• Rhode Island State Police: 29 shipped in 1964, 6” blue with SB, serial number range C707629 - C712998. Serial numbers can be found in the SWCA Journal, 25th Anniversary reprint, Book 2, pg. 410.

• Chattanooga, Tenn., Police Department: Nickel finish, 5-screw frame, with 4” barrel Marked “Chatta. P.D.” “C” serial prefix.

•1967: Special run of 3" guns with standard barrel, square butt, distributed by H. H. Harris, Chicago.

• FBI and Michigan State Police Issue: Approximately 780 2-1/2” heavy barrel versions were sold to the FBI (c. 500) and Michigan State Police (c. 280) in 10-6 and 10-8 marked models with a round butt frame. Pinned heavy barrel with a pinned serrated ramp front sight; .400” smooth trigger, with a .270” hammer spur, with a full length extractor rod. In 1998 101 units were made available to the public from Michigan police surplus in the 3D75xxx serial range in the 10-8 variation. Scarce.

• Detroit Police: Model 10-5, 5” pencil barrel with nickel finish on a square butt 3-screw frame, pinned barrel, marked “Detroit Police” with - digit number on the backstrap. .265” serrated trigger, .265” hammer. Grey, metal corner, Bangor Punta box. “S&W” on the sideplate. An example reported in the D387988 and 3D011XX serial number range.

• Hong Kong Police: This version stamped “RHKP” and number on the backstrap, fitted with lanyard ring, 4” standard barrel, blue finish; about 1983 many found in ANIB condition while others are well worn. Some 13,000 were traded in toward the purchase of new guns. Many then purchased by AcuSport in Ohio for resale on the used gun market. May also be marked “C&E” with number and lanyard ring.

Royal Hong Kong Police marking. Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

• Military Purchase: Over a period of 12 years, over 133,000 Model 10s have been purchased by the U.S. military. Markings if any are unknown. See military small arms book by Charles Pate for further details.

• Military Test Guns: Several Model 10-5 were considered for military purchase, marked with “U.S.” on the backstrap and small “P” on left of frame. Found in 2” and 4” versions in round and square butt versions. April, 1967. Serial range is wide mostly in C880xxx -C90xxxx range. Confirm before purchase!

• Arabic Marked: Model 10-5, 4”; interpreted as “National Police Force of Iran.” Possibly several hundred delivered.

• Model 10-5, 4", marked “MPDC,” round butt with standard barrel.

• Model 10-5, 3" barrel with square butt, box marked “R.C.M.P.”

• Model 10-5, 2" barrel with round butt with trigger stop.

• Model 10-5, 3" tapered barrel for French Police, D828xxx range.

• Model 10-5, 6", marked “N.Y.S.C.D,” New York State Corrections Department.

• Model 10-5, 5" nickel marked “Property of Volusia County, Florida.”

• Model 10-6, 4" barrel, nickel finish with trigger stop.

• Model 10-7, 3" square butt, Australian Police.

• Model 10-8, 3" round butt, marked “NYS DMV,” New York State Department of Motor Vehicles.

• Model 10-8, 4" heavy barrel, marked “BPD” for Boston Police Department.

• Model 10-10, 3" heavy barrel with butt swivel, for Malaysia.

• Model 10-10, laser marked “CDC” for California Department of Corrections, 4" heavy barrel, Uncle Mike’s grips, blue finish, serrated backstrap and forestrap, MIM thumbpiece, smooth trigger, product code 100124.

• Fairfax County, Va., Police Commemorative: 282 manufactured with 4” heavy barrel, blue, square butt “1940-1990,” shield on sideplate, “1940 Fairfax County 1990 50th Anniversary” on the barrel, Model 10-10, 100124.

• IRS-CID: Shipped in April 1986 to the Accounting Section; 106 were sent to the Internal Revenue Service on a model 10-8 frame with 3” barrel and round butt grip. The “IRS-CID” Treasury logo is marked on the sideplate. Serial prefixes are dispersed within the letters of ALC, AFU, AEB, AHE.

• New York State Police: In 1972 several thousand were chambered in .357 Magnum for the N.Y.S.P. with 4” heavy barrel with pinned barrel. Predecessor to the Model 13 with a counterbored cylinder measuring 1.67” in length with a somewhat flattened top strap and a sandblast blue finish. This variation is fitted with a smooth .400” combat trigger and .375” checked hammer. Fitted with plainclothes grips. Notched front sight, frame marked 10-6, “.357 Magnum” on the barrel. No known police markings.

Model 10s in rare chamberings: Top, .357 Magnum Model 10-6. Bottom .32 H&R Magnum Model 10-10. Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

• .32 H&R Magnum: Model 10-10; a small quantity were chambered in .32 H&R Magnum for a marketing test, manufactured with full-lug barrel and fixed sights, approximately five made and thought to be sent to the Taiwanese Government for test and evaluation. Serial number BFL4194 is one example. Considered very rare.

• Ohio Highway Patrol Commemorative: 4” barrel with wood presentation case, blue finish, 2025. Manufactured 1973.

• Ohio Adult Parole Authority Commemorative: Wood and glass case; 50 manufactured.

• Peruvian Police: Model 10-7; Peruvian police crest stamped on the side plate, 2” barrel, round butt, blue finish, smooth trigger. Marked “Policia de investigaciones del Peru.” Product code 100101, AEV 9xxx, 1984.

• Post Office Department: 150 manufactured in 1958; 4” blue finish, top strap stamped “PO DEPT” in serial range C428783 – 478929. See also Model 45.

• “RCMP”: 5” tapered barrel revolvers in blue finish reported.

• Saudi Arabia: Model 10-5, Saudi crest marked, 4” pencil barrel, square butt, blue finish, “D” serial prefix.

• Model 10-8 with heavy barrel variation also found, marked with the crossed swords and palm tree of the Ministry of Defense on the sideplate.

• Turkish Republic Police: Model 10-9, 3” barrel, square butt, narrow white stripe on the ramp front sight, two small white dots on the rear sight, marked “T.C. POLIS” on the left side of the frame, “BFR” serial prefix, plainclothes grips; 1250 manufactured, 88 in USA reported in the overrun. Product code 100134.

• Warner Robins Air Force Base: 922 manufactured in 1960; 2” with round butt. Serial range C510000 - C530000. Serial numbers listed in the SWCA Journal, 25th Anniv. reprint, Book 2, pg. 437 - 438 and 448 - 450.

• Washington (D.C.) Metropolitan Police Commemorative: Model 10-8, 4" heavy barrel with barrel marked “1861-1986”/“125th YEAR COMMEMORATIVE.” Metro police seal on the sideplate. Frame stamped “MPDC” and property number, with wood presentation case.

• Model 10 revolvers are occasionally found with wide target trigger and wide target hammers with heavy barrels. Usually as police trade-ins.

• Model 10 Color Case Hardened Frames: Limited production for Lew Horton Distributing. These special Model 10 frames feature color case hardening on a square butt frame with 4-1/4” blue barrel, blue cylinder and blue standard thumbpiece. Square butt wood grips with standard hammer and trigger. All examples are shipped with a fired shell case included in a small manila envelope, signed and sealed by the shooter. Model stampings of 10-7 and 10-9 have been observed, with reports of a round butt variation available in small quantity but yet to be observed. Product code 178006 with serial prefix of CRSxxxx. Shipped May, 2001.

• Model 10-13 “The 1899 Commemorative”: 34 manufactured very similar to the original 1899 production revolver. Features 4” pinned blue barrel with no front locking lug, .265” smooth MIM trigger with checked hammer with a floating firing pin, 1/10” round blade front sight with notch rear sight, four screw frame. The thumbpiece is of the postwar design; CNC-made modern cylinder. Our example was serial number M&P0012 with assembly number 000, frame part number 22903 of the pre-integral lug design. The serial number is located on the butt and under the grip panel; the stocks are wood with no medallions. Barrel is marked “38 S&W Special CTG” with the top of the barrel marked “Smith & Wesson Springfield Mass. USA Pat’d July 1 84, April 9 89, May 21 95, July 16 95, Aug 4 96, Dec 22 96, Oct 4 98.” This appears to be the only production of the engineering change 10-13. Most of the guns were shipped to J&G Rifle ranch in Arizona, apparently by accident. A special wood presentation case was made for this gun in a limited quantity that were sold at auction at the 2003 annual S&WCA meeting. The guns and cases were never sold together for some reason. Product code 100139. Made in 2002, distributed in 2003.

10-13 Mod. 1899 commemorative, with case. The Michael Wozniak (the Woz) collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

• Model 10-11: A small quantity of 2" barreled handguns with product code 100102 are cataloged in April 2002. CDJ7545 was our example.

• United States Park Police Bicentennial Commemorative Revolver: Model 10 with 4” heavy barrel with lanyard fitting and smooth Goncalo Alves grips. “200 Year Anniversary Model” is etched and filled with gold on the sideplate. The Park Police Bicentennial Badge is also on the sideplate with a banner with the inscription “United States Park Police 1791 - 1991” across the barrel. Made in 1992 with a small production run of only 30 revolvers with a solid oak case. Serial prefix of BJC (22), BJB (2), BJA (4), BHY (1), BHN (1) Original purchase price was $456.50 to Park Police officers.

Product Codes and Features by Year

100101

2” B RB 1984 Special for Peru police.

100102

2” B RB 1984-95 28 oz.

100102

2” B RB SG 2003 10-11 in limited quantity.

100104

2” B SB 1984-86.

100107

4” B SB with small lanyard swivel.

100108

4” B SB 1984-96 30.5 oz.

100109

5” B SB “RCMP GRC” with large lanyard swivel.

100114

2” N RB 1984-86.

100115

2” N SB 1984-87.

100117

4” N SB 1984-86.

100121

3” HB B RB 1984-87 30.5 oz.

100123

4” HB B RB 1984-91 33.5 oz.

100124

4” HB B RB, SB 1997 California Department of Corrections (CDC) and Fairfax Co.

100125

4” HB B SB 1984-95.

100125

4” HB B RB 1996-01 with SB grips - 2001 retail $481

100127

3” HB N RB 1984-87

100129

4” HB N SB 1984-91

100133

4” HB B SG RB 10-10 U.S. Marshall Service CBK4281 and CBR2829.

100134

3” HB B SB Special for Turkish Police.

100135

3” B FL 1994 Special for Brazilian contract.

100139

4” B 1899 Commemorative with “M&P” serial prefix 2002.

103545

4” B SB 1988 Manufactured for Acu-sport.

160125

4” B SB-SG-6SH-HB-IL 2002-04.

160125

4” ZB-06-CC-A2-MD-BX-GR-SF/SB-FC-IL 2004-06.

178006

4-1/4” SB case color frame 2001.

600125

Used gun code model 10-11.

Model 11: The .38/200 Military & Police

Caliber: .38 S&W, Double-action revolver, built on the square butt K service frame with five screws, for the 200-grain roundnose .38 S&W cartridge. This handgun was manufactured mainly for the British Commonwealth countries. K frame production with 4”, 5” or 6” pinned barrel; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”. Original production was a five-screw frame with a round blade front sight with notch cut rear sight. Early versions were bright blue; later versions a sandblast parkerized finish with smooth walnut wood grips and later with Magna style checked grips with S&W medallions. Most frames are found fitted with lanyard ring. 568,204 manufactured from 1938 - 1945, and again from 1947 - 1965 in various quantities. This model has been observed with and without British proof markings. 1938 - 1945 serial range 700000 - 1000000 in the 38 M&P serial range and V1 - V800000 in the Victory series, then changed to a “SV” prefix to indicate a new style slide hammer block was fitted in the range of SV800001 - SV850000. This model was manufactured and serial numbered concurrently with the U.S. Victory Model. The postwar serial range is numbered with the Model 10, 12, 45, and Aircrewman revolvers. This model was never cataloged. A popular collector’s model but numbered models are scarce. Weight is 30.5 oz with 4” barrel. Manufactured c. 1938 - 1965 with ship dates as late as 1970.

Model 11-4. Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Engineering and Production Changes

Before 1957, produced as the 38-200 British service revolver (see previous section).

• 11 (1957): Stamping of model number.

• 11-1 (1961): Change extractor rod, right hand to left hand thread.

• 11-2 (1962): Change front sight blade from 1/10" to 1/8".

• 11-3 (1962): Eliminate trigger guard screw.

• 11-4 (1962) Exact change not clearly understood.

• 1965: Model 11 Discontinued.

The gas ring may be found on some variations on the yoke or the cylinder and then was moved back to the cylinder.

Variations

• Model 11-4 South African Police: Sales to Jonas Arms &Aircraft Co. of New York City in 1962. Backstrap Marked “S.A.P.” for South African Police. Barrel marked “Cal 38 GR 178” or “.38 S&W CTG 178 GR” with lanyard ring on butt. Checked Magna grips. Blue S&W box with cleaning rod, brush, wiper and literature. Found in a wide serial range from approximately C569xxx - C574xxx. A small number were sold at auction in July 1996 from the collection of S&W at Butterfields and were ANIB.

• Very rare factory examples are found with a “double zero” numbered series started in WWII, with 5" barrel.

USAF-M13: The “Aircrewman”

See previous .38 Special Hand Ejector section.

Model 12:

The .38 Military & Police Airweight

Model 12-4, Nahas collection, from Paul Goodwin photos.

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the round or square butt K alloy service frame with five screws, similar to the Model 10 but made with an alloy frame and originally an alloy cylinder, which was later changed to steel due to problems with cylinders cracking. Built on the KA frame with short action, with a 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.62”. Offered in blue or nickel finish, with a 1/10” serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear fixed sight; 2”, 4”, 5” or 6” pinned barrels were catalogued but the 5” and 6” variations were possibly not in actual production as they are not found. Round or square butt frame with checkered walnut Magna style grips with diamond around the screw escutcheon and S&W medallions, original five-screw frame and flat latch thumbpiece, .240” hammer and trigger that is narrower than the regular production K frame hammer and trigger (.258”). Numbered with the Model 10, 11, 45 and Aircrewman. This alloy frame is slightly thinner than a standard K frame by .080”, which was increased in 1984 to the regular K frame thickness with the introduction of the model 12-4. Has a smooth backstrap and forestrap. A .265” serrated hammer and .312” smooth combat trigger were added in 1984 with the frame thickness change. Grips from a regular K frame will not fit properly on these models before the Model 12-4. With grips not specifically fitted to a model 12, a gap of .040” will be on each side due to the narrower frame width. Weight with alloy frame and cylinder with 2” barrel is 14.5 oz. Steel cylinder variation weights 18 oz. with 2” barrel. As with the model 10 the gas ring is found mixed among engineering models. Not to be confused with the M-13 Aircrewman but is a common error with round butt alloy cylinder guns. Produced c. 1952 – 1986.

Variations

• Slight premium for nickel.

• Up to double value for alloy cylinder (do not shoot).

• French Police (1966): Model 12-2 special production with safety latch Mounted into the sideplate for the French police. Estimated 12 - 18 in the USA as a production overrun. 2” or 3” barrels with round butt, blue finish. The safety device locks the hammer and trigger when pushed forward. Value about $4200 ANIB.

• Swedish Air Force Contract: Approximately 1500 were shipped in 1958 marked Model 12 with steel cylinders and standard production Airweight markings, found with three small crowns stamped on the frame. Serial number in range of C448xxx.

• 5" and 6" inch barrels have been reported and cataloged. If made at all, they have never been confirmed.

• The wide hammer spur is rare prior to the Model 12-4. Example: Serial X124 is a 3" square butt frame with a wide hammer for test and evaluation. Steel cylinder, 5 screw frame, “Airweight” marked serrated ramp front sight. Shipped to Evaluators Limited (April 23, 1953).

French Police Mod. 12-2. Note safety latch on right side of frame. Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Engineering and Production Changes

Before 1957, produced as the .38 M&P Airweight (see previous section).

• 12 (1957): Stamping of model number.

• 1959: Introduce 4", 5" and 6" barrel in catalog.

• 1960: Delete 5" and 6" barrel lengths from catalog.

• 12-1 (1962): Eliminate trigger guard screw; extractor rod changed from right to left hand thread.

• 12-2 (1962): Front sight changed from 1/10" to 1/8" ramp.

• 1966: Flatlatch thumbpiece changed to standard thumbpiece.

• 1967: Begin “D” serial prefix.

• 1968: Delete diamond grips.

• 12-3 (1977): Change to put the gas ring from yoke to cylinder.

• 1982: Delete pinned barrel.

• 12-4 (1984): Change to standard K frame thickness and standard grips.

• 1986: Model 12 discontinued.

Product Codes and Features by Year

100202

2” B RB 1984-85 18.5 oz.

100204

2” B SB 1984-85.

100206

4” B RB 1984-85 19.5 oz.

100208

4” N RB 1984-85.

100210

2” N RB 1984-85.

100211

2” N SB 1984-85.

100212

2” B RB 1986 only.

100215

4” B SB 1986 only.

100217

4” N SB.

Model 13: The .357 Magnum

Military and Police Heavy Barrel

Model 13: 4” square butt and 3” round butt. Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Double-action revolver built on the round or square butt K service frame with three screws. Continued from the Model 10-6 prototype introduction with a heavy barrel and a non-shrouded extractor rod normally found on all magnum calibers; 3” pinned barrel with round butt or 4” pinned heavy barrel with square butt. Blue finish, service type Magna walnut grips with S&W medallions, 6-shot counterbored and fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.67”. 1/8” serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear sight, .312” smooth combat trigger, .265” service hammer, original “D” serial prefix. Smooth backstrap and forestrap. Popular F.B.I. issue sidearm in 1974 and 1986-87. Successor to Model 10-6 in .357. Note: Not to be confused with the M-13 Aircrewman, listed in the previous section. Weight is 31 oz. with 3” barrel, 34 oz. with 4” barrel. Produced c. 1974 - 1999.

Variations

• Premium for nickel (20%) or for N.Y.S.P. marked gun (50%; 1200 manufactured).

• Double action only variation for Royal Canadian Mounted Police.

• Found in 13-1,-2,-3 configurations, 4" heavy barrel blue finish with bobbed hammer, no visible markings other than importer’s marking of “VT.”

• Model PC-13 .357: Caliber .357 Magnum, production of 400 units from the Performance Center for Lew Horton. “A very serious carry revolver.” Four Magna ports on a 3” barrel, fixed rear sight with ramp front sight, Secret Service boot grips on a K frame, 6-shot, bobbed hammer, double action only, matte blue finish with beveled cylinder latch, trigger and charge holes. Shrouded extractor rod, trigger has an overtravel stop. Product code: 170059 and 170063, 1995.

• Thailand Police: Small quantity chambered in .38 Special for Thailand police order, this unusual order has a serrated backstrap and forestrap hidden under Uncle Mike’s synthetic grips, round butt, fixed sights. Product Code 100312, marked Mod 13-4.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 13-1 (1974): Introduced this year for N.Y.S.P. with model number stamping.

• 13-2 (1977) Change gas ring from yoke to cylinder.

• 13-3 (1982) Eliminate cylinder counterbore and pinned barrel; small change in cylinder length to 1.62".

• 13-4 (1988): New yoke retention system/ radius stud package/radius stud package/ floating hand/hammer nose bushing.

• 1994: Synthetic grips; change extractor.

• 1995-96: Delete square butt features.

• 1996: Begin shipments in blue plastic case; begin serrated backstrap and ffrontstrap on a round butt frame for about 18 months, then discontinued.

• 1997: Discontinue 3" barrel/Change to MIM thumbpiece/ ship Master trigger locks/change to MIM trigger.

• 13-5 1997: Changes to frame design; cylinder stop stud eliminated/change to MIM hammer with floating firing pin/changes to internal lockwork.

• 1999: Few produced as a 13-5 before the Model 13 is discontinued.

Product Codes and Features by Year

100304

3” HB B RB, 1984-95 31 oz.

100306

4” HB B SB, 1984-95 34 oz.

100306

4” HB B RB, 1996-98 with SB grips.

100308

3” HB N RB, 1984-86.

100310

4” HB N SB, 1984-86.

100312

4” HB B RB .38 Special, Thailand Police.

Model 14: The K-38 Target Masterpiece

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the square butt K target frame with five screws. This target model is continued from the postwar K-38 Target Masterpiece; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”, originally only with a 6” pinned and ribbed barrel with the 8-3/8” barrel being available in later production. Blue finish (nickel rare), 1/10” or 1/8” Patridge front sight with micrometer click adjustable rear sight. Checkered walnut Magna style grips with diamond around the screw escutcheon and S&W medallions. .265” or .500” serrated trigger with adjustable travel stop, .375” or .500” target hammer; early postwar has a six-groove backstrap and forestrap, with later production having a 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap. As with other K frames, the gas ring varies among engineering models. Matched in weight with K-22 Masterpiece and K-32 Masterpiece and offered as a matching companion target competition gun. Weight is 38.5 oz. for 6” barrel and 42.5 oz. for an 8-3/8” barrel. This model was produced c. 1947 - 1982.

In 1991 this model was reintroduced with a 6 inch full-lug ribbed barrel and 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”. Features a .500” target hammer, .312” smooth combat target trigger, smooth wood combat grips, blue finish, pinned Patridge front sight on a ramp base with micrometer click adjustable rear sight. 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap. Produced c. 1991 - 1999.

Model 14s. Dave Nowak collection, photos by Goodwin and from Old Town Station.

Variations

• 20% premium for five-screw model.

• Slight premium for single action only variation.

• Production of 1040 with a 4" heavy barrel with red ramp front sight reported shipped to Dayton (Ohio) Police Supply, serial number range of K623337 - K624496.

• Slight premium for nickel.

• Premium for 5" barrel variation.

• Small quantity with 4" barrel having Patridge front sight and “AFPG” markings, serial number K339292 as one example. “AFPG” stands for “AIR FORCE PREMIUM GRADE” and were marked by Air Force Armorers at Lackland AFB for the shooting team.

• Six chambered in .38/200 in 1960 for H.H. Harris Co. Chicago, K80914 - K80954 but returned to S&W in 1961.

• Special 1995 production of 4" barrel for police pistol teams. Accurized from the Performance Center. Limited production. See Performance Center listings.

• “Last Stand”: See “Twelve Revolvers” under Commemorative and Specials. Product code 100311.

Engineering and Production Changes

Before 1957, produced as the K-38 Target Masterpiece (see previous section).

• 14 (1957): Stamping of model number.

• 14-1 (1959): Change extractor rod from right-hand to left-hand thread.

• 1959: Introduce 8-3/8" barrel.

• 14-2 (1961): Cylinder stop changed, delete trigger guard screw.

• 1965: Production of 1040 with a 4" heavy barrel with ramp front sight reported serial number range of K623337 - K624496.

• 14-3 1(967): Relocation of the rear sight leaf screw.

• 1968: Begin D serial prefix, delete diamond insert grips.

• 14-4 (1977): Change to put gas ring from yoke to cylinder.

• 1982: Delete pinned barrel/Model 14 discontinued until 1991.

• 14-5 (1991): Full-lug barrel initial run of 2,000 at introduction with new yoke retention system.

• 1992: Full-lug barrel becomes standard production.

• 14-6 (1994): Synthetic grips, drill and tap frame, change extractor, change rear sight leaf.

• 1995-96: Delete square butt features.

• 1996: Begin shipments in blue foam filled plastic case.

• 1997: Change to MIM thumbpiece/ship Master trigger locks/Change to MIM trigger.

• 14-7 (1997): Changes to frame design: cylinder stop stud eliminated/eliminate serrated tangs/change to MIM hammer with floating firing pin and change internal lockworks c. September, 1998.

• 1999: Model 14 discontinued November 1999 with low production of 14-7 frames.

Product Codes Features by Year

100340

8-3/8” two-tone, blue and nickel 1998.

100338

6” B FL SB AS SG 1991-95 47 oz.

100338

6” B FL RB AS SG 1996-99 with SB grips.

100811

8-3/8” “Last Stand.”

170154

4” B FL SB AS PBP Performance Center.

Model 14: The K-38

Masterpiece Single Action

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. As described above but deletion of internal parts allows single action only. Pulling the trigger only rotates the cylinder but does not lift the hammer. Available with wide or standard width hammer and trigger. Manufactured c. 1961 - 1982.

Note: 20% premium for 8-3/8” barrel.

Model 15: The K-38 Combat Masterpiece

Model 15-3. ArmchairGunShow.com photo.

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the square butt K target frame with five screws. Continued from the postwar K-38 Combat Masterpiece; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”, originally offered with a 4” pinned barrel and then offered with a 2” pinned barrel (5” rare) and later offered in 1986 with a 6” or 8-3/8” barrel, all of which were machined with a narrow rib on the barrel. Available in blue or nickel finish; .375” semi-target or .500” target hammer, 1/8” Baughman Quick Draw front sight on a plain ramp base with micrometer click adjustable rear sight. Square butt with walnut Magna style grips with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon. .312” smooth combat trigger on 2” or 4” barrels with an adjustable trigger stop available (at least one 2” reported with serrated trigger, but not verified). .265” serrated service trigger on 6” and 8-3/8”, .400” target trigger on 4” barrel. The 2” frames have slight differences along with the rear sight leaf apart from other barrel lengths. A single-action variation was also available on special order. Early postwar production had a six-groove backstrap/forestrap; later production had a 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap. Some early postwar guns have been found with plastic medallions in the grips. Original “K” serial prefix. Produced c. 1949 - 1999.

Variations

• U.S.A.F. Issue: From 1960 - 1969 the Air Force bought large numbers of Model 15-1, 15-2 and 15-3 revolvers with 4” barrel. The only distinctive markings are “U.S.A.F.” on the left side of the frame. All were shipped with target trigger, target hammer and Magna grips. Originally all were blued, but some were reparkerized while in Air Force service. Most were shipped to Warner Robins Air Force Base, home of the Air Force Logistics Command, manager of small arms procurement and maintenance. Since fakes are known, a factory letter should be obtained to authenticate Air Force shipment. Sales have been reported from $750 to $3500.

Detail Model 15-3 Air Force marking. Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

• U.S.A.F. Issue: In 1968 5000 were shipped to Warner Robins AFB as Model 15-3.

• 1989: 4" heavy barrel, with red ramp, manufactured for Washington, D.C. police.

• Single action only; available on special order.

• 20 Model 15s made in stainless steel as experimental products to show durability of stainless steel handguns in the early part of 1960 in a serial range from approximately K397810 - K397830. Of these only six were known to have been shipped: #21 to Carl Hellstrom in 1960, #23 to James Olberg in 1974, #25 to H.H. Harris in 1963, #26 and #28 to Jesse Harp, #27 to Bill Gunn in 1965 and one to the police commissioner in St. Lucia. The others’ whereabouts are unknown.

• Historic Note: The Baughman Quick Draw front sight was reportedly suggested by Capt. T. Frank Baughman of the F.B.I. and was introduced into Smith & Wesson’s selection of front sights in 1938 and on this model at its introduction. This model as delivered to the FBI also prompted S&W to move the forward rear sight leaf screw from directly above the cylinder-barrel gap due to flame cutting.

• Factory letter from Carl Hellstrom to George Van Orden indicates that one model 15 was chambered in .357 Magnum for Henry L. (Hank) Sloan of the FBI on a test basis about April 1955, and released thru Evaluators Ltd. of Quantico, VA.

• West Palm Beach Police: 4" barrel with yellow insert front ramp and wide hammer and trigger, nickel finish, five-screw.

• Model 15-3, 4" square butt, marked “Property of Sacramento Sheriff.”

• Model 15-3, 4" marked “THPxxxx” for “Tennessee Highway Patrol.”

• Reported but unverified: a 2-1/2" barrel .357 Magnum Model 15-3 marked “DPS-XXXX (numbers).” (Texas Department of Public Safety[?])

• IRS-CID Commemorative: Reportedly serial numbers CID0001 through CID1172 were originally sold only to active or retired Treasury Agents: Model 15-4, 4”, nickel, RR, WO, TS, CID badge on sideplate, “US Treasury IRS-CID/1919 - 1984” marked on barrel, in wood case with matching serial number buckle.

• Model 15-8, 4-1/4" heavy barrel, round butt frame, standard MIM hammer and MIM smooth trigger. Fitted with Hogue grips requiring a special spreader tool to remove the grips (no screws). Thought to be special built in an attempt to use up certain parts in inventory. Distributed by Lew Horton. Product code: 149185 Julian date 0304, Oct. 2000.

• Lew Horton Heritage Series Model 15s from the Performance Center: See Performance Center section.

Engineering and Production Changes

Before 1957, produced as the K-38 Combat Masterpiece (see previous section).

• 15 (1957): Stamping of model number.

• 15-1 (1959): Change extractor rod, right hand to left hand thread.

• 15-2 (1961): Delete trigger guard screw, change cylinder stop.

• 1964: Introduce 2" heavy barrel.

• 15-3 (1967): Relocation of rear sight leaf screw.

• 1968: Delete diamond grips.

• 15-4 (1977): Change to put gas ring from yoke to cylinder.

• 15-5 (1982): Pinned barrel eliminated.

• 1986: Introduction of 6" and 8-3/8" barrel.

• 15-6 (1988): New yoke retention system/radius stud package/hammer nose bushing.

• 1988: Discontinue 8-3/8" and 2" barrel.

• 1992: Discontinue 6" barrel, blue finish only.

• 15-7 (1994): Synthetic grips introduced, drill and tap frame, change rear sight leaf, change extractor.

• 1995-96: Delete square butt.

• 1996: Begin shipments in blue plastic case.

• 1997: 4" barrel only/Change to MIM thumbpiece/Shipped with Master trigger locks/change to MIM trigger.

• 15-8 (1997): Changes in frame design: cylinder stop stud eliminated/Eliminate serrated tangs/ Change to MIM hammer with floating firing pin and change internal lockworks.

• 1999: Model 15 discontinued Nov. 1999.

• 2001: Model 15-8 from the Performance Center introduced (178xxx).

• 15-9 (2002): Performance Center Specials (McGivern Models).

Product Codes and Features by Year

100402

2” B SB, 1984-87 30 oz.

100404

4” B SB, 1984-86 32 oz.

100405

4” B SB TT TH, 1984-86.

100407

2” N SB, 1984-86.

100409

4” N SB, 1984-87.

100411

6” B SB, 1986-92 35 oz.

100413

8-3/8” B SB, 1986-87 39 oz.

100419

4” B SB CT TH SG, 1987-95.

100419

4” B RB CT TH with SB grip, 1996-99.

149185

4-1/4” B RB HB Special, 2000.

170217FC

5” N RB Heritage Series McGivern Model.

170216FC

5” CC RB Heritage Series McGivern Model.

170199FC

5” B RB Heritage Series McGivern Model.

178009FC

4” CC RB Heritage Series, Aug. 2001.

178008FC

4” N RB Heritage Series, Sept. 2001.

Model 16: The K-32 Masterpiece

Caliber: .32 S&W Long. Double-action revolver built on the square butt K Target frame with five screws. Previously produced as the K-32 Masterpiece. This postwar model incorporated a new hammer block and a serrated barrel rib with an adjustable micrometer click rear sight, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”, 6” pinned barrel with rib, checkered walnut Magna style grips with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon. Available in blue finish only. The 4” barrel is rare and is designated as the .32 Combat Masterpiece. Non-shrouded extractor rod, 1/8” or 1/10” plain Patridge front sight. Weight the same as the K-22 and K-38 Masterpiece. This postwar model has a six-groove backstrap/ forestrap, later changed to a 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap. Available with a wide trigger and adjustable trigger stop. “K” serial prefix. Scarce gun with serial numbers hard to track. See listings under K-32 Hand Ejector in previous section. Also, some Model 16-2s known in serial number range K827718 - 827829 and some 16-3s known in serial number range 3K29411 - 30791. Weight 38.5 oz.; 3630 manufactured c. 1947 - 1974.

In 1989 S&W reintroduced this model chambered in .32 H&R Magnum as a Double-action revolver built on the square butt K target frame with three screws available with 4”, 6” or 8-3/8” with a full-lug ribbed barrel. Features a 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”. Blue finish only. Target hammer and target trigger available. Goncalo Alves wood Combat grips with S&W medallions, 1/8” Patridge front sight with adjustable micrometer click rear sight. 4” version with .375” semi-target hammer and .312” smooth combat trigger; 6” and 8-3/8” version with .500” target hammer and .400” serrated target trigger; 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap. Three-letter serial prefix. Total production about 8800 in the three combined barrel lengths. Full-lug variations were produced c. 1989 - 1992.

Production 1957 - 1974:

Early Model 16. .32 S&W Long, top, photo courtesy of Dave Ballantyne. Later full-lug Model 16, .32 H&R Magnum, below, Old Town Station photo.

Engineering and Production Changes

Before 1957, produced as the K-32 Masterpiece (see previous section).

• 16 (1957): Stamping of the model number.

• 16-1: This variation has not been observed and may not exist. If it does exist, it should indicate the 1959 change extractor rod, right to left hand thread.

• 16-2 (1961): Delete trigger guard screw, change cylinder stop.

• 16-3 (1967): Relocation of rear sight leaf screw.

• 1968: Delete diamond insert grips.

• 1974: Model 16 discontinued in catalogs.

• 16-4 (1989): Reintroduction with full-lug barrel chambered in .32 H&R Magnum.

• 1992: Discontinue 4" and 8-3/8" barrel.

• 1993: Model 16 discontinued.

Product Codes and Features by Year

100558

4” B CS SB ST CT FL, 1990 42 oz.

100560

6” B CS SB TH TT FL, 1990-92 47 oz.

100562

8-3/8” B CS SB TH TT FL,1990 54 oz.

Model 17: The K-22 Masterpiece

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Double-action revolver built on the square butt K target frame with five screws. Previously produced as the K-22 Masterpiece. This postwar model incorporated the new hammer block and 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.62”. Blue finish (nickel scarce). Originally manufactured with a 6” ribbed and pinned barrel (5” rare). Walnut Magna grips with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon; 1/10” or 1/8” Patridge front sight with adjustable micrometer click rear sight. All variations have a counterbored cylinder and are fitted with .375” semi-target or .500” target hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger or .400” and .500” serrated trigger with an optional adjustable stop. Early postwar frames have a six-groove backstrap and forestrap with later production having a 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap. Early postwar examples may be found with no barrel rib and standard stocks but with a “K” serial prefix. Original “K” serial prefix. Very popular model. Produced c. 1946 – 1989.

In 1990 S&W introduced this model in a full-lug barrel variation as a double-action revolver built on the square butt K target frame with three screws. Features a 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.62” with 4”, 6” or 8-3/8” full-lug and ribbed barrel. Blue finish only; wood combat style grips with S&W medallions, .375” semi or .500” full target hammer, .400” target or .312” smooth combat trigger. Counterbored cylinder; pinned 1/8” Patridge front sight on ramp base with adjustable micrometer click rear sight. Early 17-6 variations are found without the full-lug but with 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap. The full-lug barrel variation was cataloged 1990 - 1995.

Variations

• Rare Features: In 1975, 15 made in 6” with nickel finish, square butt, with target hammer and target trigger, in serial number range 1K3034 - 1K3655.

• .224 Harvey Kay-Chuk: This model was the original basis for conversions to the centerfire wildcat .224 Harvey Kay-Chuk round, the predecessor of the Model 53 Jet. Thirty were manufactured, with only two having a caliber marking on the barrel, by Jim Harvey & Don Cassavant, who then sold the rights to Bennett Gun Works. Bennett continued and made 300 more, each with “.224 Harvey Kay-Chuk” stamped on the barrel with a roll die. Brass is made from .22 Hornet in good condition and is trimmed .050”, loaded with 9 grains of 2400 using a .223” Hornet bullet. Overall length is 1.6” loaded. When fired it will assume the new shape of the chamber with no extraction problems. This frame has a six-groove backstrap and forestrap.

• “The Revolver”: See “Twelve Revolvers” in Specials and Commemorative section; product code 100572.

• 36 reported manufactured with 7-1/2" barrels.

• 200 assembled with a stainless cylinder with two-tone features, with 6" full-lug barrel; Model 17-7, serial prefix of “BRF” and “BRC”; product code100509, 1994.

• 14 assembled with stainless steel cylinder with 4" barrel, also with “BRF” serial prefix. Product code 100507, 1994.

• Model 17-3: Reported as used by the Royal Canadian Mounted Police as a training gun. Marked as “Aux R.C.M.P. B.C.”

Engineering and Production Changes

Before 1957, produced as the K-22 Masterpiece 3rd Model (see previous section).

• 17 (1957): Stamping of the model number.

• 1958: Introduce 8-3/8" barrel (four-screw).

• 17-1 (1959): Change extractor rod, right to left hand thread (scarce).

• 17-2 (1961): Delete trigger guard screw, change cylinder stop.

• 17-3 (1967): Relocation of rear sight leaf screw.

• 1968: Delete diamond grips.

• 17-4 (1977): Change to move gas ring from yoke to cylinder.

• 1982: Eliminate pinned barrel.

• 1986: Introduce 4" heavy barrel with serrated ramp on ramp base in place of the Model 18.

• 17-5 (1988): New yoke retention system/radius stud package.

• 1989: Model discontinued for model 17-6, full-lug version.

• 17-6 (1990): Full-lug barrel with new yoke retention system.

• Some early 17-6s reported without full-lug.

• 1993: Discontinue 8-3/8" barrel

• 17-7 (1994): Drill and tap frame, change rear sight leaf, change extractor

• 1996 Model 17-7 discontinued for introduction of 10-shot alloy cylinder version, Model 17-8 (see below).

Product Codes and Features by Year

100502

6” B SB, 1984-86 39 oz.

100503

6” B TS TT TH, 1984-86.

100505

8-3/8” B SB, 1984-86 43 oz.

100506

8-3/8” B TS TT TH, 1984-86.

100507

4” B Special with stainless cylinder 1994, c. 14 manufactured.

100508

4” B SB HB, 1986-89 36 oz.

100509

6” B TT TH SB CS FL, 1994, special with stainless cylinder.

100510

6” B SB, 1987-89.

100512

6” B TS TT TH, 1987-89.

100516

8-3/8” B TS TT TH, 1987-89.

100538

4” B CT ST SB CS FL, 1990-94 42 oz.

100540

6” B CT ST SB CS FL, 1990.

100542

6” B TT TH SB CS FL, 1990-94, 48 oz.

100544

8-3/8” B TT TH SB CS FL, 1990-92, 54 oz.

100572

6” “The Revolver.”

Model 17-8 reintroduction 10-shot, top, Nahas collection, from Paul Goodwin photo. Early Model 17, lower, Jamie Supica photo.

Model 17-8: Ten Round Model

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Double-action revolver built on the round butt K target frame with three screws; 6” full-lug barrel, blue glass bead finish only. K target frame with a round butt, fitted with a 10-shot lightweight aluminum alloy fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.62”. Fitted with target hammer, target trigger, drilled and tapped for scope mount, square butt synthetic grips. New MIM thumbpiece, 1/8” pinned Patridge front sight with micrometer click rear sight. The small S&W trademark is found on the frame side of the revolver under the thumbpiece. 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap. Cataloged and produced c. 1996 -1999.

Variations

• Model 17-8 from Lew Horton as part of the Heritage Series (Performance Center section).

Engineering and Production Changes

• 17-8 (1996): Introduce 10-shot frame with an alloy cylinder; 42 oz.

• 1996: Begin shipments in foam-filled blue plastic case.

• 1997: Ship with Master trigger lock/Change to MIM trigger.

• 1998: A change in frame design would have occurred here in this time frame, but no evidence exists to suggest that it did (other than the Heritage Series).

• 1999: Discontinued in late 1999.

• 17-8 (2001): Model 17-8 Heritage Series; 6-shot; new frame design. The authors’ example is stamped 17-8 and upon examination of the internal parts they are not interchangeable with the 10-shot, which is also stamped 17-8. The authors have not found a 17-9 and none have been reported. They therefore believe this Heritage Series gun should have been stamped 17-9 in keeping with the frame design.

Product Codes and Features by Year

104522

6” 10SH B TT TH SB SG DT GB FL, 1996-99.

170198

6” Blue RB Heritage Series, 2001.

170212

6” Case Color Heritage series, 2001.

Model 18: The K-22 Combat Masterpiece

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Double-action revolver built on the square butt K target frame with five screws; 4” narrow ribbed and pinned barrel. Blue finish, combat style 1/8” Baughman Quick Draw on plain ramp base front sight with micrometer click adjustable rear sight, 6-shot fluted and counterbored cylinder with a nominal length of 1.62”. Short action. Walnut Magna style grips with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon. Usually found with a flat faced .500” wide target hammer and a .400” wide target trigger or .265” serrated trigger and narrow checked hammer, also found with optional adjustable trigger stop. “K” serial prefix. Early postwar product has a 6-groove backstrap/forestrap with later production having a 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap. An interesting variation was made in the early 1970s in stainless steel. Approximately 17 were made and are stamped Model 65. Reports are that all but one were destroyed in 1978. Produced c. 1949 - 1985.

Model 18, Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Variations

• 17 manufactured In stainless steel marked Model 65; all but one reported destroyed.

• Five-screw frame, add 20%.

• Nickel finish not cataloged but produced; add 50 - 75%.

Engineering and Production Changes

• Before 1957, produced as the K-22 Combat Masterpiece (see previous section).

• 18 (1957): Stamping of the model number.

• 18-1 (1959): Change extractor rod from right hand to left hand thread.

• 18-2 (1961): Cylinder stop changed, delete trigger guard screw.

• 18-3 (1967): Relocation of rear sight leaf screw.

• 1968: Delete diamond grips.

• 18-4 (1977): Gas ring moved from yoke to cylinder.

• 1982: Eliminate pinned barrel.

• 1985: Model 18 discontinued and replaced by the Model 17 with 4" barrel.

Product Codes and Features by Year

100602

4” B SB 36 oz., 1984-85.

100603

4” B SB TT TH, 1984-85.

Model 19: The .357 Combat Magnum

Caliber: .357 Magnum/.38 Special. Double-action revolver built on the square butt K Target frame with four screws. Blue or nickel finish, originally available in 4” ribbed barrel only, with a 1/8” Baughman Quick Draw on a plain ramp base front sight with micrometer click adjustable rear sight. Later production had a 2-1/2” or 6” pinned barrel with a Patridge front sight, (3” barrels are scarce with first production thought to be serial number K544682 in 1965; 5” rare) found with .400” target trigger, .265” service trigger or .312” smooth combat trigger. An optional trigger stop was available with the wide trigger. .375” semi or .500” full target hammer, oversize walnut target stocks with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon. Later versions with red ramp front sight and white outline rear sight. Round butt available on 2-1/2” version only, shrouded extractor rod, 6-shot fluted and counterbored cylinder with a nominal length of 1.67”. Early production frames are found with a six-groove backstrap and forestrap with later production having a 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap. The Model 19 is built on a frame that is slightly larger than a standard K frame in the yoke area. Produced c. 1955 – 1999.

Model 19-2, Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Variations

• Model 19 serial number K33333 attributed to J. Edgar Hoover, engraved by Alvin White. Presented to Mr. Hoover by Bill Sweet and at present is locked in a bank vault.

• California Highway Patrol Commemorative (C&R): 5000 made 1978 - 1979, 6” blue. ANIB $650.

• City of Los Angles 200th Anniversary (C&R): Reportedly blue with 6” barrel; production limited to 1,981 units (unknown how many actually produced). Originally cost $350 in 1981.

• Connecticut State Police: Model 19-5, 2-1/2” round butt, matte blue, no markings.

• Dayton (Ohio) City Police: 4” barrel, blue, square butt, department shield on the sideplate.

• Fairfax Co. VA Police Commemorative.

• Fraternal Order of Police: Engraved with “Law Enforcement Heroes Memorial,” 1986 Limited Edition. S&W 357 Magnum. 4” with presentation case; 381 manufactured, 1986.

• “Hands Off”: See “Twelve Revolvers” in Commemorative and Specials section; 100730.

• Bill Jordan Commemorative: 4” blue, laser etched with image of Jordan and his signature and “USMC * BORDER PATROL * NRA.”

• Kentucky State Police Commemorative: 4” blue, 917 manufactured, 1978-1979.

• Maryland State Police Commemorative: 50th Anniversary: 6” barrel, gold inlays, presentation cased.

• New York State Conservation Commemorative: Commemorates 100 years of service (1880 – 1980); wood case; gold inlaid with police badge belt buckle; 425 manufactured.

• New Mexico State Police: Model 19-4, 4” blue, 400 manufactured in 1975 with wood presentation case.

• Office of Naval Intelligence (ONI) Issue: .357 Magnum, 1965, blue finish, 4” barrel with round butt, service trigger, standard hammer, red ramp front sight with white outline rear sight. “ONI” stamped on the left side of the frame. 1000 manufactured and issued to the ONI and FBI with service trigger, standard hammer and grip adapter; found in serial number range K544000 - K624000.

• Naval Investigative Service: In Feb. 1966, the Law Enforcement and Counter-intelligence component of ONI was made into a separate agency, the Naval Investigative Service. An additional 200 of the 4” round butt Model 19 revolvers marked NIS with a yellow front ramp insert, white outline rear sight and smooth combat triggers were issued to NIS Special Agents. In 1972, approximately 450 revolvers variously marked ONI and NIS were transferred to the FBI. A few of these revolvers remained in service with the NIS and FBI until the late 1990s.

• Massachusetts State Police: It’s been reported that an early batch of 2-1/2” Model 19s were made from round butt frames in the serial number range of K544672 - K544721. Reportedly these frames were originally intended for the Navy ONI with 4” barrels (see above). Apparently many of these wound up having the shorter barrel installed for the Massachusetts State Police, and a few 3” barrel guns may also be found in that serial number range.

• Oregon State Police Commemorative: Presentation case with belt buckle, 6” blue, 1100 made in 1981, ANIB $900.

• Pennsylvania State Police Commemorative: Model 19-4, 75th Anniversary, 1905 - 1980. Gold inlays, wood presentation case, 4”, 3000 manufactured, 1980.

• South Carolina Law Enforcement Division: Reported as Model 19-5; 1987, 4” or 6” barrel. South Carolina Law Enforcement Division(SLED) gold seal on sideplate. Barrel reads in gold, “S.L.E.D. J.P. Strom, Chief/30 YEARS 1956-1986,” with presentation case. 130 produced.

• Tennessee Highway Patrol: 19-4, 4”, 600 manufactured in 1979 with wood presentation case.

Deluxe engraved version of the Texas Ranger commemorative set. Jamie Supica photo.

• The Texas Ranger Commemorative 1823-1973 (C&R): .357 Magnum, 4” barrel, red ramp, white outline, target hammer, smooth trigger, counterbored cylinder and pinned. “Texas Rangers” marked on barrel, rosewood or walnut grips. Accompanying knife’s serial number matches that of revolver; presentation case with the Texas Ranger seal on case top, trigger guard narrowed on right side. Production overruns with a narrow trigger guard were sold as a Model 19-3. Eight thousand sets sold with the Bowie knife; 1,950 sold with a presentation case only, 50 were class A engraved with a knife and case. Model 19-3 serial number range TR1 - TR10000. New in the case with knife value $650. Add 10% premium for serial numbers under 1000 and those sold through the Texas Ranger Commission. Deluxe version with extensive engraving brings higher premium.

PRICE CHECK

Deluxe Tex. Ranger commemorative set, “as new in box,” listed at $3,150 - Old Town Station Dispatch, 2005.

• Two-Tone: Variations in 2-1/2” and 3” and 4” barrels on Models 19-2 and 19-3; blue frame with nickel cylinder and barrel.

• U.S. Customs Commemorative: Model 19-4, 4” blue, 813 manufactured in 1978 with wood presentation case.

• U.S. Secret Service: 2-1/2”, Model 19-3, matte finish.

• U.S. Secret Service Commemorative: Reported approximately 2,000 made c. 1981; original purchase limited to retired or active U.S.S.S. employees; Mod. 19-5, 4”, blue, TH, TT, TS, RR, WO. Right side marked “US Secret Service 1865-1965”; Secret Service star on right side of frame and case lid; in addition to serial number these were sequentially numbered “USSS-XXXX.”

• U.S. Dept of State: 4”rRound butt, Model 19-5, no known markings, 680 pieces shipped March of 1988. Serial prefix of “AYYxxxx”: product code 100704.

• Virginia Sheriffs Association: 4” blue, “50th Anniversary,” 1933 - 1983 seal on the sideplate.

• Washington State Penitentiary Commemorative: 100 Years, 1886-1986, 6” with case.

• Walther marked: 19-8 reported from Europe with “For Carl Walther/Ulm” added under standard “Made in the USA” marking, along with Walther banner and leaping deer LeChasse logo markings.

• West Virginia State Police Commemorative: 60th Anniversary, 4” blue, gold filled on the barrel; state seal on the sideplate, gold-filled dates of 1919 - 1979; rosewood grips, mahogany case. 627 manufactured in 1979.

• Model 19, 9mm: It has been suggested that a Model 19 variation exists either as a small production or prototype chambered in 9mm; a forerunner of the Model 547 for European export. No examples known.

• Model 19-P: Variations were built in a fixed sight for export to Peru in limited quantities with 2-1/2” barrel with round butt or 4” barrel with square butt. Product code 100701; 4” had “AWF” serial prefix; 1987.

• 1995 Special for Lew Horton: 3” Magnaported full-lug barrel. Approximately 75 manufactured, product code 100701.

• Model 19-3 with optical sight: 4” barrel, several made on a test basis.

PRICE CHECK

Mod. 19, optical sight, “excellent,” listed at $2,000 - Old Town Station Dispatch, 2006.

Model 19-3 with experimental optical sight. Old Town Station photo.

• One example is known with an 8-3/8" barrel, possibly a “lunch box” gun.

• Serial number K544682 is thought to be the lowest number with a 3" barrel and round butt frame as a test gun for the Massachusetts State Police; gold ramp insert; the group K622xxx is the first production run.

• Model 19-3, 2" Barrel: Round butt in .38 Special caliber without barrel shroud.

• Model 19-8 Chambered in .38 Special: 2-1/2” or 4” barrel, square butt, product code 148926; special order 0055 or 0056. 2000.

• Performance Center .357 Magnum “K Comp”: See Performance Center section.

Engineering and Production Changes

Before 1957, produced as the .357 Combat Magnum (see previous section).

• 19 (1957): Stamping of model number.

• 19-1 (1959): Change extractor rod, right hand to left hand thread.

• 19-2 (1961): Cylinder stop changed, deleted trigger guard screw.

• 1963: Introduce 6" barrel in 1963; 50 manufactured with 2-1/2" barrel in a serial range of K544672 - K544721.

• 1966: Introduce 2-1/2" barrel as standard.

• 19-3 (1967): Relocation of rear sight leaf screw.

• 1968: Delete diamond grip.

• 19-4 (1977): Gas ring moved from yoke to cylinder.

• 19-5 (1982): Eliminate cylinder counterbore and pinned barrel; small change in cylinder length to 1.62".

• 19-6 (1988): New yoke retention system/radius stud package/floating hand/hammer nose bushing

• 1992: Blue finish only is cataloged.

• 19-7 (1994): Change to Uncle Mike’s Combat synthetic grips; drill and tap frame; change extractor; change rear sight leaf.

• 1995-96: Delete square butt features.

• 1996: Discontinue 6" barrel production; begin shipments in blue foam filled plastic cases.

• 1997: Change to MIM thumbpiece/ship with Master trigger locks/change to MIM trigger.

• 19-8 (1998): Change in frame design: cylinder stop stud eliminated/eliminate serrated tangs/ change to MIM hammer with floating firing pin/change internal lockwork, Sept. 1998.

• 1999: Discontinue 2-1/2" barrel/Model 19 discontinued Nov. 1999.

Product Codes and Features by Year

100701

2-1/2” FL B RB Special, 1987.

100702

2-1/2” B RB SB 1984-98, 30.5 oz.

100703

2-1/2” B RB RR WO, 1984-91.

100704

4” B RB State-Dept 1988, Model 19-5.

100705

4” B TS SB 1984-95, 36 oz.

100705

4” B RB SG DT 1996-99, with SB grips.

100706

4” B TS TT TH, 1984-86.

100707

4” B TS SB RR WO, 1984-94.

100708

4” B TS TT TH RR WO, 1984-86.

100710

6” B TS SB, 1984-99 39 oz.

100711

6” B TS TT TH, 1984-86.

100712

6” B TS TT TH RR WO, 1984-91.

100714

2-1/2” N RB, 1984-86.

100715

2-1/2” N RB RR WO, 1984-86.

100717

4” N TS, 1984-91.

100718

4” N TS RR WO, 1984-86.

100719

4” N TS TT TH RR WO, 1984-86.

100721

6” N TS, 1984-91.

100722

6” N TS TT TH, 1984-86.

100723

6” N TS TT TH RR WO, 1984-86.

100727

4” B Peru Export, 1987, Fixed Sight.

100728

2-1/2” B RB 19-5 Conn. State Police.

100730

6” N “Hands Off.”

148926

4” B SB .38 Special chambering.

148929

4” Marked .38 Special but chambers .357 #CDP9361.

170025

3” B “K Comp,” 1994.

Model 20: The .38/44 Heavy Duty

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Reintroduced in 1950 as the Model of 1950 .38/44 Heavy Duty. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N service frame with five screws. This postwar model incorporates a new slide action rebound hammer block as indicated with an “S” serial prefix. Blue or nickel finish; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.57”; 4”, 5” or the rare 6-1/2” round pinned barrel. This model has a shrouded extractor rod usually reserved for magnum calibers only. The extractor rod is now a uniform diameter its entire length; 1/10” or 1/8” round blade front sight with a square notch rear sight. Checkered walnut Magna stocks with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon. Smooth backstrap and forestrap. Model 20-1 is a scarce variation. Serial numbers fall in the range of S185000 - S263000. Weight is 40 oz. with 5” barrel. Knowledgeable N-frame collectors report that fewer than 100 were model marked in any way 1958 - 1963. Produced c. 1958 - 1966. Earliest confirmed model marked gun 1960. Model 20-2 marked guns are known c. 1964.

Too rare to estimate value. Most specimens would probably sell in the low four figure range.

Variations

• Austin Police: See listing under .38/44 Heavy Duty Model of 1950 in previous section.

Engineering and Production Changes

Before 1957, produced as the 38-44 Heavy Duty Model of 1950 (see previous section).

• 20 (1957): Stamping of the model number.

• 20-1 (1960) Change extractor rod, right hand to left hand thread.

• 20-2 (1961) Cylinder stop changed, eliminate trigger guard screw.

• 1966: Model 20 discontinued.

Model 21: The Model 1950 .44 Military

Caliber: .44 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N service frame with five screws. Successor to the 1926 .44 Military with new postwar design hammer block and so indicated with an “S” serial prefix; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.57”. Blue or nickel finish (factory nickel scarce); 4”, 5” or the scarce 6-1/2” round pinned barrel. This model has a shrouded extractor rod normally reserved for magnum calibers; 1/10” or 1/8” round blade front sight with square notch rear sight. Checkered walnut Magna stocks with S&W monograms and diamond around the screw escutcheon. Model 21-1 is a scarce variation. Weight is 39.5 oz. with 6-1/2” barrel. Serial number range S185000 - S263000 with approximately 1,200 manufactured. Exact number produced unknown, but possibly fewer than 20 model marked guns made 1958 - 1963. Produced c. 1950 – 1966.

Too rare to estimate value. Most specimens would probably sell in the low four figure range.

Engineering and Production Changes

Before 1957, produced as the 44 HE 4th, Model 1950 Military (previous section).

• 21 (1957) Stamping of the model number.

• 21-1 (1960): Change extractor rod, right hand to left hand thread.

• 21-2 (1961): Cylinder stop changed, eliminate trigger guard screw.

• 1966: Model 21 discontinued.

• 21-3: This model not reported.

• 21-4: 2004 model reintroduction: see following listing.

Model 21-4 Reintroduction:

“Thunder Ranch Special”

• In August of 2004 S&W introduced the Model 21-4 as the “Thunder Ranch Special” on a round butt N frame with the internal lock system with the newest CNC-made frame with the following features: 4" barrel with pinned half-moon service front sight (which is quite wide) with square notch rear sight; 6-shot fluted cylinder, .400" checked hammer, .312" trigger, shrouded extractor rod, blue finish, wood grips. Special serial prefix of “TRS.” Shipped with presentation case and has an engraved sideplate with 24-kt. gold plating. Serial number TRS0498 was our example (JD 4344). Product Codes: 161237 2004; 150013 Nickle finish, 2006. 225 manufactured.

Model 21-4, Thunder Ranch reintroduction. Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 21-4 (2004): Model reintroduced with new frame design. Approximately 2600 manufactured in two variations with internal lock.

Model 22: The Model 1950 .45 Army

Caliber: .45 ACP. Introduced in November of 1951. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N service frame with five screws. Similar to the Model of 1917 with 5-1/2” pinned barrel, short throw hammer, Magna walnut grips with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon. New design postwar hammer block indicated with an “S” serial prefix. The lanyard ring was largely discontinued. Blue finish, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.53”, 1/10” round blade front sight with square notch rear sight. “.45 CAL MODEL 1950” stamped on the barrel, with non-shrouded extractor rod. Knowledgeable collectors report that approximately 178 were stamped with a model number from 1957 to 1963. Model 22-1 is a scarce variation. The Model 22 is a bit unusual in that these later model marked guns will bring a premium over earlier pre-model production. Weight is 36-1/4 oz. with 5-1/2” barrel. Serial number range S185000 - S263000. Exact quantity unknown, but possibly fewer than 200 model marked guns were made c. 1958 - 1963.

Model 22., photo courtesy of David Ballantyne.

Variations

• Unlike most other models, a three-screw would bring a premium over an earlier four-screw.

Engineering and Production Changes

Before 1957, produced as the .45 HE Model 1950 Military (see previous section).

• 22 (1957): Stamping of model number.

• 22-1 (1960): Change extractor rod, right hand to left hand thread.

• 22-2 (1961): Cylinder stop changed, eliminate trigger guard screw.

• 1966: Model 22 discontinued.

• 22-3: This model not reported.

Model 22-4 Reintroduction:

"Thunder Ranch Special"

Caliber: .45 ACP. In October of 2005 S&W introduced the Model 22-4 as the “Thunder Ranch Special” on a true square butt N frame with the internal lock system. Made with the newest CNC frame with the following features: 4” barrel with pinned half-moon service front sight (which is quite wide) with square notch rear sight; 6-shot fluted cylinder, .400” checked hammer, .312” trigger, shrouded extractor rod. Blue finish, checked wood grips with Thunder Ranch logo and a large diamond around the screw escutcheon. Four-screw frame with older style thumbpiece. The barrel is marked “45 cal Model 1950” on the left side. Supplied with full-moon clips. Shipped with a green gun rug with the Thunder Ranch trademark in a plain white box with end label. Special serial prefix of “TRR.” Serial number TRR0114 was our example (JD5300). Product code 161239, 2005.

Model 22-4 Thunder Ranch reintroduction, custom grips added, photo courtesy of Sam Mason.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 22-4 (2005): Thunder Ranch Model introduced with new frame design with square butt and internal lock.

Model 23: The .38/44 Outdoorsman

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Reintroduced in 1950. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N target frame with 5 screws; 1/10” or 1/8” Patridge front sight with micrometer click adjustable rear sight. Blue finish, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.57”; 6-1/2” pinned barrel (4” and 5” rare), walnut Magna stocks with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon. This model has a shrouded extractor rod normally reserved for magnum calibers and a new postwar slide action hammer block indicated with an “S” serial prefix. Early postwar production had barrels without ribs with the exception of those few (suggested at about 100) made with checked rib barrels from the Registered Magnum.

In 1950 the barrel had a serrated top rib added like other current target production barrels. Early postwar production has a six-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap with later production having a 10-groove backstrap and forestrap. Model 23-1 is a scarce variation. Total serial number range S62484 - S263000. Exact quantity unknown, but possibly between 50 and 100 were model marked from 1957 to 1963. Produced c. 1957 – 1966.

Too rare to estimate value. Most specimens would probably sell in the four-figure range.

Model 23, Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Engineering and Production Changes

Before 1957, produced as the 38-44 Outdoorsman Model of 1950 (see previous section).

• 23 (1957): Stamping of model number.

• 23-1 (1960): Change extractor rod, right hand to left hand thread.

• 23-2 (1961): Cylinder stop changed, eliminate trigger guard screw.

• 1966: Model 23 discontinued.

Model 24: The Model of 1950

.44 Special Target

Caliber: .44 S&W Special. Reintroduced in September of 1950. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N target frame with five screws. Successor to the 1926 Model .44 Target with a new short throw hammer and new postwar slide action hammer block; so indicated with an “S” serial prefix. 6-1/2” pinned and ribbed barrel (4” and 5” rare; 5-1/2” rumored but not confirmed). Blue finish, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.57”; 1/10” or 1/8” Patridge front sight with micrometer click adjustable rear sight. This model has a shrouded extractor rod normally reserved for magnum calibers. Checkered walnut Magna stocks with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon; .400” checked semi-target hammer with .265” grooved trigger. Early post-war production has a six-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap, later production a 10-groove backstrap and forestrap. The Model 24 is a bit unusual in that these later model-marked guns will bring a premium over earlier pre-model production. Approximate serial number range S185000 - S263000. Produced c. 1950 – 1967.

Model 24, photos courtesy of Bill Cross.

Too rare to estimate value. Most nice specimens would probably sell in the low four-figure range.

Engineering and Production Changes

• Before 1957, produced as the 44 HE 4th, 1950 Target (see previous section.).

• 1956: Upper sideplate screw deleted.

• 24 (1957): Stamping of the model number.

• 24-1 (1960): Change extractor rod right hand to left hand thread, scarce and worth premium.

• 24-2 (1961): Cylinder stop changed, eliminate trigger guard screw.

• 1967: Model 24 discontinued and reintroduced in 1983 as Model 24-3.

Model 24-3 Through 24-5:

1950 .44 Target Reintroduction

Caliber: .44 S&W Special. Reintroduced in 1983. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N target frame with three screws; 4” (2,625 reported manufactured) or 6-1/2” barrel (4,875 reported manufactured); 5” and 5-1/2” lengths are rare. Blue finish, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.57”. The barrel pin is deleted on this model. Goncalo Alves target stocks on a 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap; .265” serrated target trigger with .400” target hammer on 4” barrel with 1/8” Baughman front sight; .500” target hammer with .400” target trigger on 6-1/2” barrel with 1/8” Patridge front sight with micrometer click adjustable rear sight. The 4” barrel has a 1/8” Baughman front sight and shrouded extractor rod. The first 100 were factory engraved with smooth walnut stocks and silver S&W medallions in the grips; of these 25 were nickel finished and engraved. Three-letter serial range of ABZ0000 - ABZ9999 with 7,500 manufactured c. 1983 - 1984.

Model 24-3s, Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Variations

• Combat Variation: Model 24-3; 1983 introduction with no barrel pin, as a Lew Horton Special: 3” barrel, round butt, red ramp front sight, micrometer adjustable rear sight with white outline. Blue finish, limited edition, supplied with special black holster. 5,000 reported as manufactured with 1000 shipped with black holster. Product code 100787. Manufactured c. 1984 - 1985. Retail was $380.00

• “Through the Line”: See “Twelve Revolvers” in the Commemorative and Specials section. Model 24-4, product code 100750, 1990.

• Heritage Series from Lew Horton: see Performance Center section.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 24-3 (1983): Pinned barrel is deleted.

• 24-4 (1990): New Yoke retention system for the “Through the Line” special.

• 24-5 (2001): Four screw frame: Performance Center Heritage Series Model.

Product Codes: Features by Year

100750

6-1/2” B TS, 1990, “Through the Line,” 375 manufactured.

100782

4” B TS, 1984, 41.5 oz.

100785

6-1/2” B TS TT TH, 1984, 43 oz.

100787

3” B RB, 1983, Lew Horton Special.

170185

6-1/2” CC, 2001, Heritage Series.

170189

6-1/2” B, 2001, Heritage Series.

Model 25: The 1955 Model

.45 Target Heavy Barrel

Caliber: .45 ACP or .45 Colt. Reintroduced in March of 1955 and originally chambered in .45 ACP or .45 Auto Rim only. Few were produced in .45 Colt until 1977 with the 125th Commemorative. Double-action revolver built on the N Target frame with five screws, quickly changed to a four-screw frame with the removal of the upper sideplate screw. Available in bright blue or nickel finish with a 6-shot fluted cylinder having a nominal length of 1.67” when chambered in .45 Colt and a nominal length of 1.53” when chambered in .45 ACP. 6-1/2” ribbed and pinned barrel, .500” target hammer, .400” or .500” target trigger. Checkered target style grips with S&W medallions and diamond inserts, shrouded extractor rod, 1/8” Patridge front sight with 6-1/2” barrel in .45 ACP. Later versions were cataloged with 4”, 6” or 8-3/8” barrels with an 1/8” red ramp insert on ramp base with white outline rear sight. Chambered in .45 Colt c. 1978. Half-moon clips are supplied with the .45 ACP version. Early production marked “45 CAL. MODEL 1955,” later production marked “.45 Colt CTG.”

“S” serial prefix and muzzle brake options are found. The 5” barrel length is rare. Six-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap changed to 10 groove. Model 25 Commemoratives are Curio and Relics as defined by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms. Model 25-1 is a scarce variation. Produced c. 1955 - 1991.

Model 25s: Standard model (top), Model of 1989 (center), Mountain Gun (bottom). Dave Nowak collection, from Paul Goodwin photos.

Variations

• Early four-screw: worth 25 - 50% premium.

• Significant premium for nickel or special order barrel lengths.

• .45 Colt caliber will bring significant premium in early production guns.

• Reported that around 1000 to 1500 were shipped with barrels incorrectly roll-marked “.45 CAL. MODEL 1950.”

• Montana Centennial Commemorative: 200 guns in 1988, logo on sideplate, wood case.

• The Smith & Wesson 125th Anniversary Commemorative: .45 Colt; commemorates the 125th year of Smith & Wesson. This model was made in three editions with smooth tangs and is considered a C&R.

125th Anniversary, David Supica photo.

• Standard Edition: 9948 units, 6-1/2” barrel, bright blue finish, barrel marked “Smith & Wesson 125th Anniversary,” gold filled. Sideplate marked with 125th commemorative seal. Gold-filled smooth Goncalo Alves target grips with nickel plated S&W medallions, red ramp front sight with white outline rear. Mahogany presentation case with rosewood finish; nickel silver 125th Anniversary medallion. Book included by Roy G. Jinks: 125 Years with Smith & Wesson. Serial number range S&W00001 - S&W10000, except as allocated below.

• Deluxe Edition: 50 units, class A engraved, ivory stocks with nickel plated S&W medallion, 125th anniversary seal hand engraved on the sideplate. Anniversary medallion is sterling silver; book is leather-bound. Serial number range is every ten units: e.g., S&W00010, S&W00020 etc. to S&W00500. Retail $1500.

• Custom Deluxe Edition: Only two units manufactured, class A engraved with gold inlays, genuine ivory stocks with nickel plated S&W medallions; 125th sideplate seal is gold inlaid. Serial numbers S&W00001 and S&W00125. Both engraved by Alvin White and are in the company store or the Connecticut Valley Historical Museum.

Retail $25,000 (not for sale).

• Tennessee Department of Safety Commemorative Revolver: 60th Anniversary Model 25-5 (25-9 also reported) chambered in .45 Long Colt with 4” barrel. Sideplate is inscribed with trooper’s badge in 24k gold. Barrel is inscribed with “Tennessee Department of Safety” on the right side. Fitted with Goncalo Alves Magna grips. Butt is fitted with a lanyard ring as found on the original issue in 1929. “THP” serial prefix. Blue finish with presentation case. Sold to sworn members of the Department of Safety by the Anniversary Committee. Made in 1989. A color data sheet was printed for this model in 1989.

• Richard Petty Commemorative: Reported as Mod. 25-9, gold inlaid, presentation box, serial number with “RLP” prefix, 802 made, originally retailed around $560.

• It has been reported and verified that a production run was made with both cylinders for the .45 Colt and the .45 ACP having the same length. This is an unusual find as the cylinders are normally a different length to avoid a dangerous interchange. For some reason these are rarely found.

• “The Horse Thief”: See “Twelve Revolvers” in the Commemorative and Specials section. Model 25-5, product code 100905, .45 Colt, 1990.

• It is reported by members of the FBI that a small quantity were made for the Bureau on a round butt frame with 4" barrel. we saw it (looks great) but at this date it has not been factory-verified.

• Fixed Sight Variation: Made from a Model 25-4 (with product code 100902); 4” barrel, matte blued finish, round butt, in .45 ACP. Serial number BDZ8954 was our example; several are known in the BDZ89xx serial range, an RSR Special product. Some reported marked “Model 25” with no dash. Product code 179000, 1990.

• Model 25-13: Introduced as a stocking dealer special in .45 Colt as a limited production model with Cocobola wood grips, 4” tapered barrel, black ramp front sight. Announced at the 2004 SHOT Show. Product code 160929.

• Also produced is a variation with a 5" full-lug barrel and a stainless cylinder. This is a special “Western Edition” of a Rocky Mountain Sheep theme with a ram’s head in full curl etched on the side plate. Barrel marked “Rocky Mountain Ram.” c. 300 manufactured in 2004. A Colorado Commemorative Special. Serial prefix is CTA21xx. Retail was $750. Product code 160928.

Engineering and Production Changes

Before 1957, produced as the 1955 .45 Target Model (see previous section).

• 25 (1957): Stamping of model number (.45 ACP).

• 25-1 (1960): Change extractor rod from right to left hand thread. Scarce production with “-1” marking.

• 25-2 (1961): Eliminate trigger guard screw.

• 1968: Delete diamond grip.

• 1969: Begin “N” serial prefix.

• 1979: 6" replaces 6-1/2" as standard cataloged length.

• 25-3 (1977): .45 ACP 3" round butt version manufactured for Lew Horton; c. 100 manufactured.

• 25-3 (1977): .45 Colt Anniversary Edition (short cylinder not used on 25-5).

• 25-4 (1977): .45 Colt Deluxe Anniversary Edition (short cylinder not used on 25-5).

• 25-5 (1978): .45 Colt caliber standard production, long cylinder now available with 4", 6" or 8-3/8" barrel.

• 1982: Delete pinned barrel.

• 25-6 (1988): New yoke retention system/ radius stud package/floating hand/unfluted cylinder/glass bead finish/.45 ACP.

• 25-7 (1988): New yoke retention system/ radius stud package/floating hand/unfluted cylinder/glass bead finish/.45 Colt.

• 25-8 (1990): Longer stop notch in cylinder; .45 ACP.

• 25-9 (1990): Longer stop notch in cylinder; .45 Colt.

• 1991: Model 25 discontinued in catalogs; special production only.

• 25-10 (1993): Drill and tap frame/ new rear sight leaf/.45 ACP.

• 1999: Model 25 discontinued in catalog.

• 25-11 (2001): Model 25 reintroduced: new frame design with floating firing pin/extended cylinder stop lug/MIM hammer and trigger/change internal lockwork/.45 Colt. Shipped with fired case.

• 25-11 (2001): Color case frame, four-screw sideplate, .45 Colt in Heritage series.

• 25-12 (2001): Blued and color case finish; fixed sights with lanyard ring; 5-1/2" barrel. .45 ACP Heritage series.

• 25-13 (2004): Blued finish, 4" barrel, internal lock system; stocking dealer special in .45 Colt.

Product Codes and Features by Year

100901

4” Special.

100902

4” B TS TT TH RR WO .45 Colt, 1984-91 44 oz.

100903

6” Special.

100904

6” B TS TT TH RR WO .45 Colt, 1984-91 46 oz.

100905

8-3/8” “The Horse Thief.”

100906

8-3/8” B TS TT TH RR WO .45 Colt, 1984-91 50 oz.

100906

Also reported as the product code on the 4” proof gun for the Tenn. Dept. of Safety commemorative.

100907

4” N TS TT TH RR WO .45 Colt, 1984-87.

100908

6” N TS TT TH RR WO .45 Colt, 1984-87.

100909

8-3/8” N TS TT TH RR WO .45 Colt, 1984-87.

100924

25-7 5” B GB unfluted cylinder, manufactured in 1987/.45 Colt, laser engraved, “.45 Cal Model of 1989” M-25-9, 1989.

160929

4” .45 Colt Mountain Gun, IL, Stocking Dealer, 2004.

160928

5” .45 Colt, Full-lug, stainless cylinder, IL, 2004.

170179

6” Performance Center, 2001 “Hand Ejector.”

670179

6” Factory Used Gun Code for above.

170186

6-1/2” Performance Center-Heritage Series-.45 Colt.

170197

5-1/2” Performance Center-Heritage Series-.45 ACP, 1917 Model in Blue.

170211

5-1/2” Performance Center-Heritage Series-.45 ACP, Color Case.

179000

4” Fixed sight Variation in .45 ACP for RSR.

Model 26: The 1950 Model

.45 Target Light Barrel

Caliber: .45 ACP. Introduced in February of 1950. “No-dash” Model 26-marked guns are rare. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N target frame with five screws, 6-1/2” ribbed tapered barrel (4” and 5” rare), short throw hammer, shrouded extractor rod, .400” checked semi-target hammer, .265” grooved trigger. Early production has a six-groove backstrap and forestrap later changed to 10-groove. Blued finish, marked “.45 CAL MODEL 1950,” 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.53”, 1/10” or 1/8” Patridge front sight with micrometer click rear sight. Checkered walnut Magna style stocks with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon. Serial number range is approximately S185000 - S211000 c. 1957 - 1960.

Model 26, photo courtesy of Bill Cross.

Too rare to estimate value. Most specimens would probably sell in the mid four-figure range.

Engineering and Production Changes

Before 1957, produced as the 1950 .45 Target Model (see previous section).

• 26 (1957): Stamping of the model number.

Model 26-1: The 1950 Model Reintroduction: Georgia State Patrol Commemorative

Caliber: .45 Colt. Special production for Georgia State Highway Patrol, with lanyard ring, 5” tapered barrel with rib, nominal cylinder length of 1.67”; 1/8” Baughman front sight, adjustable micrometer click rear sight, three-letter serial prefix of “BBY0xxx.” Markings are the Georgia state seal on the sideplate and “1937 Georgia State Patrol 1987.” Not caliber marked. Approximately 40 were available outside the contract without the commemorative markings. Blue finish only. Smooth rosewood grips. Marked 26-1 (chosen by distributor, but this variation actually has all the engineering changes and updates as standard production N frames at that time). 800 manufactured, 40 are contract overrun (reportedly in BBY0xxx serial number range). Product code 100920 B AS 5” .45 Colt. Produced c. 1988-89.

Model 26-1, Ga, Highway Patrol overrun, Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Engineering and Production Changes

26-1 (1988): Reintroduction in 1988 for the Georgia Highway Patrol Commemorative.

Model 27: The .357 Magnum

Caliber: .357 Magnum/.38 Special. Reintroduced in December 1948. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N target frame with five screws. This postwar model now incorporates a new hammer block and postwar improvements and is so indicated with an “S” serial prefix. 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.62”, blue or nickel finish. Original barrel lengths were 3-1/2” and 5” . The 4”, 6”, 6-1/2” and 8-3/8” barrels were available in later production. Micrometer click rear sight, walnut Magna stocks with S&W medallions and a diamond around the screw escutcheon (later changed to oversize target stocks), shrouded extractor rod, ribbed and pinned barrel, finely checkered topstrap on all versions with a choice of any front sight. Original counterbored cylinder has a nominal length of 1.62” which was changed to 1.57” when the counterbore was deleted in 1982. Early postwar production has a six-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap, later changed to 10-groove backstrap and forestrap. .265” grooved service trigger (1948-1975), .500” grooved target trigger (1975-1980), .400” grooved trigger (1981-1994), .400” semi-target hammer (1948-1975), .500” target hammer (1975-1994). Red ramp on ramp base with white outline rear sight on 4” version, Patridge front sight on 6” and 8-3/8” with plain rear blade. Also see the Registered Magnum and related models in previous section. Produced c. 1948 - 1994 with special production 1997 – 2000.

Boxes

Post-war models were shipped in pre-war .357 magnum (blue-purple with red interior) and later in a gold two-piece metal-cornered cardboard box with screwdriver and instruction sheet and finally the two-piece blue box of many variations. In 1980 this was changed to a larger one-piece folded cardboard box. The last shipments were in a foam-filled blue plastic hinged case.

Four-Screw

Four-Screw Variations

• Premium for 3-1/2" and 5" barrels; slight premium for 6-1/2".

• 25% premium for original nickel.

Recent production Model 27s, standard configuration (top, photo courtesy of Smith & Wesson), and 50th Anniversary (bottom, David Supica photo)

Three-Screw

Three-Screw Variations and Commemoratives

• Premium for Model 27-1.

• Slight premium for three-screw “S” prefix serial number.

• Premium for three-screw 4" barrel; slight premium for 3-1/2".

• Texas Department of Public Safety Commemorative: 400 made in 1979, 5” blue.

• The .357 Magnum 50th Year Commemorative (C&R): 5” barrel, target hammer, target trigger, 6-shot, blue finish with gold inlay, smooth wood grips, ramp on ramp base front sight, adjustable rear sight, finely checkered topstrap, wood presentation case with a registration certificate. “50th Anniversary 1935 - 1985” stamped on barrel, sideplate stamped “The First Magnum - April 8 1935.” Model 27-3, serial number range REG0000 - REG2500, product code 101021; 2501 manufactured in 1985.

• The .357 Magnum 3-1/2" and 5" Reintroduction: A special production run of 3-1/2” and 5” barrels, blue finish only, 6-shot, “like the original,” or so says the color data sheet printed for this reintroduction. .400” semi-target hammer, N target frame, .312” smooth combat trigger, pinned black front ramp sight, Morado wood target stocks. Production run of 1,500. Model 27-5. Special production for 1991. Product codes: 100998 (3-1/2”) B 43.5 oz.; 100996 (5”) B 44.5 oz.

• The F.B.I. Commemorative: Model 27-3 with special serial range prefix of “FBIxxxx” commemorating 50 years; marked “1934 Federal Bureau of Investigation” on the right side of the 5” barrel. FBI seal on the sideplate. Target hammer, target trigger, “FBI” on left side of the frame, Baughman front sight, basswood case with FBI seal. 3200 manufactured in 1983.

• “Outnumbered”: Model 27, see” Twelve Revolvers” in Commemorative and Specials section. Product code 100999, 7” barrel.

• Stainless Steel: A S&W memo dated Oct. 16, 1989 from D. Shorb, VP of Sporting Goods Sales, indicates that two stainless steel Model 27s were made, referred to as Model M27SS, and stamped Model 27. These were reportedly sold at auction to support the Olympic Shooting Team c. 1979. Other details of these two guns are unknown.

• Model 27-7: New for 2000. Two models made for Bangers Distributing, 100 with 4” barrel with 8-shot cylinder (product code 170166, serial range BAG0001 - BAG0100) and 100 with 6-1/2” barrel (product code 170167, serial range BNG0001 - BNG0100), both from the Performance Center. Built on the new frame with floating firing pin, extended stop lug, MIM hammer and trigger.

• Report of 110 Model 27-5s made for Lew Horton with 6" barrel and blue finish, “BPZ” prefix, 1997.

• Performance Center “Classic Series”: The last 6-shot Model 27s made were composed of frames and barrels from 50th Anniversary Commemoratives with the recessed cylinder from “Outnumbered.” 14 were manufactured with 5” barrels and sold through Lew Horton in June 1999. “AVU” serial prefix, product code 170151.

Engineering and Production Changes

Before 1957, produced as The 357 Magnum (see previous section).

• 27 (1957): Stamping of model number continued as the Model 27.

• 27-1 (1960): Change extractor rod, right hand to left hand thread.

• 27-2 (1961): Cylinder stop changed, eliminate trigger guard screw.

• 1967: 6 1/2" barrel discontinued.

• 1968: Delete diamond grip.

• 1969: Change to “N” serial prefix.

• 1975: Target trigger, target hammer, Patridge front sight on 6" and 8-3/8" barrels, introduced with Goncalo Alves target stocks and case.

• 1979: 3-1/2" and 5" barrel discontinued, 4" introduced with red ramp and white outline rear sight.

• 1980: Target stocks standard.

• 27-3 (1982): Eliminate cylinder counterbore and pinned barrel (27-3 made 1982 - 1988 plus 14 guns in 1999). Small change in cylinder length to 1.57"

• 1986: Discontinue nickel finish.

• 27-4 (1988): New yoke retention system/ radius stud package/floating hand.

• 27-5 (1990): Longer stop notch in cylinder (27-5 reported made 1989 - 1992, plus 110 guns in 1997).

• 1992: Discontinue 4" and 8-3/8" barrel.

• 27-6 (1993): Hogue grips, drill and tap frame, change rear sight leaf, change extractor.

• 1994: Model 27 discontinued.

• 27-7 (2000): Performance Center version/8-shot, built on the new N frame, with floating firing pin and extended frame lug–Special.

Product Codes and Features by Year

100996

5" B Reintroduction, 1991.

100998

3-1/2" B Reintroduction, 1991.

100999

7" B “Outnumbered,” 1990.

101002

4" B TS TT TH RR WO, 1984-91 41 oz.

101004

6" B TS TT TH, 1984-94.

101006

8-3/8" B TS TT TH, 1984-91 47 oz.

101008

4" N TS TT TH RR WO, 1984-86.

101010

6" N TS TT TH, 1984-86 44 oz.

101012

8-3/8" N TS TT TH, 1984-86.

101021

5" B 50th Anniversary, 1985.

170151

5" B A Classic Serie,s 1999.

170166

4" B Bangers 8 shot, 2000 100 Manufactured 42 oz. Perf. Center.

170167

6-1/2" B Bangers 8 shot, 2000 100 Manufactured 45 oz. Perf. Center.

Model 28: The Highway Patrolman

Model 28s, top with special barrel length. Top two from Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photos. Bottom, Old Town Station photo.

Caliber: .357 Magnum/.38 Special. Introduced in April of 1954. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N target frame with five screws. Named “Highway Patrolman,” this is a utility version of the Model 27 with a satin blue finish. This model is the only N frame with an adjustable rear sight leaf that is non-serrated and has no serrations on the barrel rib, sharing this feature with the Model 56. 6-shot fluted and counterbored cylinder with a nominal length of 1.62”; 4" or 6" pinned and ribbed barrel without serrations; Magna or target walnut grips with S&W medallions and diamond insert. This model has a 6-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap, which later changed to a 10-groove backstrap and forestrap. Has “Highway Patrolman” stamped on the barrel, 1/8” Baughman Quick Draw front sight with adjustable micrometer click rear sight, shrouded extractor rod, .400" semi-target hammer, .265" serrated trigger or .400" smooth trigger. The original test production was marked “PATROLMAN.” The name change was suggested by Mrs. Florence Van Orden of The Evaluators Ltd. to then-president Carl Hellstrom. 8,427 manufactured in first year of production. Produced c. 1954 - 1986.

Variations

• Florida Highway Patrol: Twenty-five guns with 5" barrels with nickel finish marked “F.H.P.” #32 through #56 shipped in 1959. Serial range S189071 - S192687, specific serial numbers listed in the SWCA Journal, 25th Anniversary reprint, Book 2, pg. 401.

• Washington State Police Commemorative: 762 guns in 1981, 6" blue.

• Model 28-2: 4" variations found with red ramp front sight and white outline rear sight for New York State Police. Stamped “NYSP” under the cylinder on the left side. N546xxx serial number range.

• Fewer than 100 reported as manufactured with an 8-3/8" barrel.

• Satin Nickel: A few (5) reported made with satin nickel finish, reportedly as a sales sample for Adolph Blaick Inc.

• Approximately five stamped with the Performance Center trademark in 2000. Model 28-2 serial number N951647 was a salesman’s sample discovered in 2004; red ramp with white outline sights, 4" barrel with recessed cylinder.

Engineering and Production Changes

• Before 1957, produced as the Highway Patrolman (see previous section).

• 28 (1957): Stamping of the model number.

• 28-1 (1960): Change extractor rod, right hand to left hand thread.

• 28-2 (1961): Cylinder stop changed, eliminate trigger guard screw.

• 1968: Delete diamond grip.

COLLECTOR’S TIP

re: “Coke Bottle Grips”: From about 1956 through 1965, the .44 Magnum and its successor, the Model 29, was produced with distinctive grips nicknamed “Coke Bottle” grips by collectors. These grips have a subtle palm swell resembling a Coca-Cola bottle or a girlish figure when viewed from the rear of the grip frame. Some other N frames manufactured during that era also had Coke bottle grips (hereinafter referred to as “CBGs”). It has become a regrettable and short-sighted practice for some folks to strip CBGs off the guns they originally came on in order to sell them on an online auction site or by another method, replacing them with incorrect grips on the gun from which they were removed. The authors think this practice is churlish. Please stop it. Any gun which was originally produced with CBGs but has them stripped off and replaced should be reduced in value by the cost of a pair of CBGs – probably around $200 at the time of this writing. If this practice catches on, the seller of the gun may actually have to give you the gun and some cash to take it, assuming the value of CBGs continue to increase. Likewise, the seller of a gun being sold with mismatched Cokes stripped off some other gun should be given scathing looks and have their price negotiated downward (unless, of course, it’s one of the authors in which case, hey, we didn’t do it: we found the gun like that and are more to be pitied than censured). The authors are also pretty sure that Coke® and Coca-Cola® are registered trademarks and should be treated with due respect.

• 1969: Change to “N” serial prefix.

• 28-3 (1982): Eliminate cylinder counterbore and pinned barrel; small change in cylinder length to 1.57".

• 1986: Model 28 discontinued.

Product Codes and Features by Year

101102

4” B SB, 1984-86 42 oz.

101103

4” B TS, 1984-86.

101105

6” B SB, 1984-86 44 oz.

101106

6” B TS, 1984-86.

Model 29: The .44 Magnum

Caliber: .44 Magnum (all .44 Magnum revolvers are also capable of safely firing .44 Special ammunition). Introduced in December of 1955; double-action revolver built on the square butt N target frame with five screws; 4”, 6-1/2” or 8-3/8” (5” and 5-1/2” rare) pinned barrels were available with a shrouded extractor rod. Blue or nickel finish; 1/8” red ramp front sight with white outline micrometer click rear sight blade. Originally shipped in a navy blue/dark blue pebble grain leatherette presentation case with a slide lock and later changed to blue/ black smooth-grain case. Original production with six-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap, later changed to the standard 10-groove. 6-shot fluted and counterbored cylinder with a nominal length of 1.74”. Oversize walnut target stocks with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon, .500” target hammer with a .400” (1981 - 1999) or .500” target trigger. 6,500 were manufactured with a four-screw sideplate in a serial number range of S130000 - S167500 and are classified as Curios and Relics. The Model 29 was discontinued in January 1999; the last regular production handgun was sold on April 10, 1999 through the S&W company store in Springfield, Mass. In 2000 a small quantity of specials was made with stainless steel cylinders with 29-7 features. Since being discontinued in the all-model circular, the Model 29 has been made in small quantities from time to time. Produced c. 1958 - 1999 (the name change was authorized in 1957, but it is believed the first Model 29 marked gun was produced early 1958). Beginning serial number c. S184000.

Boxes

Earliest shipments are reported in a navy blue, almost black, presentation case, later in the two-piece metal-cornered cardboard box. In 1980 shipments began in the largest one-piece folded cardboard box #4836 with a folded cardboard insert, wax paper, flat sight adjustment tool, instruction sheet and general parts breakdown pictorial. This was followed by a large blue plastic case in 1996, with a two-piece foam insert in the lid and bottom half with S&W wax paper. Also shipped with generic revolver instructions but no parts breakdown and no sight adjustment tool.

Important: Models 29 (no dash), 29-1, 29-2, and 29-3 and up all bring different values:

Four-screw Model 29, Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Four-Screw Model 29 (no dash)

Variations (Four-screw, No Dash)

• 5" barrel brings three to five times standard value.

• Non-cataloged unusual barrel lengths bring substantial premium.

• Non-original grips – reduce by value of cost of replacement.

• Premium for nickel.

Model 29-1

Model 29-1, rare 5” barrel, Bill Cross collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Variations – Model 29-1

• 5" barrel brings three to five times standard value.

• 4" barrel worth premium.

• Nickel brings two to three times standard value.

• At least one four-screw Model 29-1 has been reported (most are three-screw).

Three Screw Model 29-2

AUCTION BLOCK

Cased factory engraved 29-2, “near new in box” - $2,300 – Rock Island Auction, April 2006.

Variations – Model 29-2

• Slight premium for nickel.

• 5" barrel three to four times standard value.

• 6-1/2" barrel may bring 10% premium, even though 6" is more scarce.

• Special order non-cataloged barrel length worth substantial premium.

Model 29-3 and Higher

Please Note: Product codes for all Model 29s – along with Commemoratives, specials, and variations for all Model 29s – are listed after the Silhouette, Classic, Classic DX, Magna Classic, and SWCA variations listed below.

Engineering and Production Changes

Before 1957, produced as the .44 Magnum (see previous section).

• 1957: The .44 Magnum is continued as the Model 29.

• 29 (1957): Stamping of model number at approximate serial number S179000.

• 1958: 8-3/8" barrel introduced, 500 5" barrels manufactured.

• 29-1 (1962): Change extractor rod; thread changed to left hand to prevent unscrewing under recoil at approximately serial S220000. Note that most -1 production is found as a three-screw frame.

• 29-2 (1962): Cylinder stop changed, eliminate trigger guard screw.

• 1968: Delete diamond around screw escutcheon on grip.

• 1969: Change to “N” serial prefix at serial number S333454.

• 1979: 6-1/2" barrel length dropped in favor of 6" as standard barrel length.

• 29-3 (1982): Eliminate cylinder counterbore and pinned barrel with small change in cylinder length to 1.69".

• 1983: “N” serial prefix ends and starts three-letter serial prefix. Introduction of the Silhouette in 10-5/8" barrel length.

• 29-3E (1987): Endurance Package: early markings of the -4.

• 29-4 (1988): New yoke retention system/radius stud package/floating hand; early models marked 29-3E for endurance package.

• 1990: Longer stop notch in cylinder, new bolt block. Introduction of the Magna Classic.

• 1991: Introduction of the .44 Classic.

• 1992: Introduction of the .44 Magnum Classic Deluxe.

• 29-6 (1993): Hogue grips, drill and tap frame top strap, change rear sight leaf, change extractor.

• 1995-96: Delete square butt features, change to MIM thumbpiece, begin shipments in blue plastic case.

• 1996: S&W Collectors Association 25th Anniversary Edition.

• 1997: Ship with Master trigger locks; change to MIM triggers.

• 29-7 (1998): Change in frame design about August 1998: eliminate cylinder stop stud, eliminate serrated tangs/ change to MIM hammer and floating firing pin/change internal lockworks; production of this engineering change is very low. Some reported blue with stainless cylinder; some all blue.

• 1999: Model 29 is officially discontinued January 1999, with a small production run made in 2000, shipped with stainless cylinders.

• 29-8 (2001): New frame design with internal lock system and fired case; four-screw sideplate, 150th Year Commemorative of S&W manufacturing and production overruns.

• 29-9 (2002): Performance Center variations in blue and nickel with four-screw sideplate. Part of the Heritage Series.

• 29-10 (2006) 50th Anniversary Edition with serrated backstrap, four-screw sideplate and square butt frame.

Product Codes and Features by Year

101204

4” B TS TT TH RR WO, 1984-92 44 oz.

101206

6” B TS TT TH RR WO, 1984-95.

101206

6” B TS TT TH RR WO, 1996-99 RB frame with SB grips. “The Attack” 1990.

101208

8-3/8” B TS TT TH RR WO, 1984-95 51.5 oz.

101208

8-3/8” B TS TT TH RR WO, 1996-99 RB frame with SB grips.

101210

4” N TS TT TH RR WO, 1984-91.

101212

6” N TS TT TH RR WO, 1984-91 47 oz.

101214

8-3/8” N TS TT TH RR WO, 1984-91.

149190

6” B SG TT TH RR WO RB Stainless Cylinder, 2000 (M29-7).

Note: Compiled product codes for the Model 29 are listed following the Silhouette, Classic, DX, Magna Classic, and SWCA variations below.

Model 29: The Silhouette

Caliber:.44 Magnum. Double-action revolver. Built on the square butt N target frame with three screws; 10-5/8” ribbed barrel with adjustable four-position front sight, the adjustable rear sight a black blade with a narrow and deep notch; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.69”. Checkered Goncalo Alves target grips with S&W medallions, N target frame with 10-groove serrated backstrap, .400” target trigger, .500” target hammer, shrouded extractor. The first prototype was serial number N905892 and was sold at auction on July 24, 1996 by Butterfields. Special presentation case available. First guns had “N” prefix serial numbers that quickly changed to the three-letter serial prefix. Guns with pinned barrels or counterbored cylinders have not been substantiated. Produced c. 1983 – 1991.

Engineering & Production Changes

• 29-3 (1983): Product introduction.

• 29-4 (1988): New yoke retention system/radius stud package – early models marked “29-3E” for Endurance Package.

• 29-5 (1990): Longer stop notch in cylinder, new bolt block.

• 1991: Silhouette Model 29 discontinued.

Model 29 sub-models, top to bottom: Silhouette (with adjustable front sight), Classic, Classic DX. From Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photos.

Product Codes and Features by Year

101202 10-5/8” B TS TT TH, 1984-91 57.5 oz.

Model 29: The .44 Classic

Caliber: .44 Magnum. Similar to standard Model 29 but with the full-lug barrel. Double-action revolver built on the round butt N target frame with three screws; 5”, 6-1/2” or 8-3/8” barrel, blue finish, 6-shot fluted and chamfered cylinder with a nominal length of 1.69”. Interchangeable front sights that are easily changed by hand were not included as in the Classic Deluxe version; this interchangeable front sight is easily identified as a small hole viewed from the muzzle. White outline micrometer click rear sight, .500” target hammer, .400” serrated target trigger, N target frame with Hogue rubber grips on a round butt frame with 10-groove serrations, Lasersmith engraved markings, drilled and tapped for scope mount under the rear sight top strap. Laser marked “29 Classic” on the barrel’s right side with “Smith & Wesson 44 Magnum” on the left side in two lines. Serial number was also laser etched under the topstrap or on the grip strap in small characters. Produced c. 1991 - 1994.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 29-5 (1991): Introduction with Endurance Package.

• 29-6 (1994): Change rear sight leaf, drill and tap top strap, change extractor; in 1994, the Model 29 Classic was discontinued.

Product Codes and Features by Year

101274

5” B FL SB IFS SG WO, 1991-94 51 oz.

101276

6-1/2” B FL SB IFS SG WO, 1991-94 52 oz.

101270

8-3/8” B FL SB IFS SG WO, 1991-94 54 oz.

1012702

Gold cylinder from Lew Horton.

Model 29: The .44 Classic DX

Caliber: .44 Magnum. Double-action revolver built on the round butt N target frame with three screws. A Deluxe version of the .44 Classic with all the features of the Classic; 6-1/2” or 8-3/8” full-lug barrel with combat hardwood (Morado wood) grips or Hogue square butt conversion grips on a 10-groove serrated round butt frame. On this model all five interchangeable front sights were included. This frame is drilled and tapped for scope mount beneath the rear sight leaf, Lasersmith engraved. Produced c. 1991 - 1992.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 29-5 (1992): Introduce 5" barrel.

• 1992: Model 29 Classic DX discontinued.

Product Codes and Features by Year

101266

5” B FL IFS SG WO CS, 1992 51 oz.

101278

6-1/2” B FL IFS SG WO CS, 1991-92 52 oz.

101272

8-3/8” B FL IFS SG WO CS, 1991-92 54 oz.

Model 29-5:

The .44 Magna Classic

Caliber: .44 Magnum. Double-action revolver built on the round butt N target frame with three screws, with all of the features of the Classic DX but with a 7-1/2” full-lug barrel, .500” target hammer, .400” serrated trigger with trigger works, 6-shot non-chamfered cylinder. Cherrywood presentation case with a black leather box to contain the five interchangeable front sights, “1 of 3000” Lasersmith engraved on the barrel. Accurized with a test target and registration certificate. Special serial number range MAG0001 - MAG3000 concurrent with the 629 Magna Classic. Production run of 1,800 in high polish blue. “Model 29-5” marked. Manufactured c. 1990.

Magna Classic, Old Town Station photo.

Product Code and Features by Year

101264

7-1/2” B TT TH, 1990.

Smith & Wesson Collectors Association 25th Anniversary Edition

Caliber: .44 Magnum. Double-action revolver, 4” tapered barrel, bright blue finish, with pinned ramp on ramp base front sight. Model 29-6. Commemorates the 25th anniversary of the Smith & Wesson Collectors Association. Marked “1970 * 25th Anniversary * 1995” on the barrel, special SWCA logo on the side plate, .265” smooth trigger, .400” hammer, new thumbpiece; 10-groove serrated round butt frame with square butt wood grips. Oak presentation case with the distinct S&WCA trademark; S&WCA 25th anniversary logo on the wood finger grips. Sold only to the membership. Serial range SWC0001 - SWC0186. Fewer than 10 are found outside the S&WCA order without the S&WCA embellishments in this special serial prefix of “SWC.” Manufactured 1995 with ship date of 1996 in a blue plastic case with the wood case as part of the package. Serial number SWC0001 was deluxe engraved. SWC0130 – SWC0136 were not engraved. Product code 101287.

One of a kind SWCA Mod. 29 serial number SWC0001 (top), with standard SWCA Anniversary Edition (bottom). Bill Cross collection, Paul Goodwin photos.

MODEL 29 CUMULATIVE LISTINGS

Commemorative, Specials and Variations Inclusive for the Model 29

Details on some variations will be found in the section on Performance Center, Commemorative, and Special models. Also see the special Model 29 variations with their own model listings, immediately following this list.

Alaskan 25th Anniversary Commemorative: 6”, 1959 - 1984, 300 mfd. ANIB $750

Alaskan 25th Anniversary Mod. 29, ArmChairGunShow. com photo.

• Alaska Statehood Silver Anniversary: 1959 - 1984 with presentation case and bronze bear on a wooden platform; 1996; 10 mfd.; serial number ADY0078 was our example. ANIB $4500 - $5000.

• Alaska State Troopers 40th Anniversary Commemorative 1941-1981: Only 250 manufactured with a case with the Alaska Trooper patch on top; holds a pewter buckle with the Trooper seal.

• Chrome Finish Reported: At least two Model 29s were shipped with a chrome finish; built in the 1980s for the John Jovino Co. Approximately three times standard value if confirmed by factory letter.

• “Hostiles”: See “Twelve Revolvers” in Commemorative and Specials section. Product code 101207. ANIB $700.

• “The Attack”: See “Twelve Revolvers” in Commemorative and Specials section. Product code 101207. ANIB $700.

• The Tunnel Gun: This highly modified Model 29-2 frame is not an S&W product. Made with a 1.3” smoothbore barrel, blue finish, chambered for a very special .500” noiseless shot shell. Manufactured for armed forces use in Southeast Asia by the A.A.I. Corp in 1969. Also called the Tunnel Weapon or QSPR (Quiet Special Purpose Revolver). Two are now on display at the Military Ordnance Museum, Aberdeen, MD, the latest addition being the prototype donation by AAI Corporation; c. 17 manufactured.

• Military Model 29s: Although no specific U.S. military contracts of Model 29s are known to the authors, one correspondent reports that Model 29s have been assigned a specific NATO Stock Number (believed to be NSN 1005-00-853-7087), which suggests that there are some in the U.S. Army inventory. If these exist, it is not known whether they might be the Tunnel Guns mentioned above or some more standard form of the Mod. 29.

• North Carolina Highway Patrol Commemorative: Model 29-2, 6” barrel with wood presentation case, “1929 - 1979” with seal on sideplate, red ramp with white outline, nickel finish, 1200 manufactured in 1979. ANIB $1000 - $1500.

• South Carolina Wildlife and Marine Resources Department: “70 Years 1910 - 1980.” Departmental gold seal on sideplate, barrel reads as above. With presentation case. Model 29-2 with 6” barrel.

• Lew Horton Special: M29-3 Combat Magnum 3” barrel, contoured wood grips, adjustable white outline rear sight, red ramp front sight, smooth combat trigger, semi-target hammer. Product code 101224. Approximately 5000 manufactured 1984 - 1985. ANIB $700.

• Model 29-4 “1852 - 1989 137 Years” laser etched on sideplate with laser etched bust of Horace Smith & Daniel Wesson. 6" or 8-3/8" barrel lengths. ANIB $700.

• Lew Horton Special: 6” barrel, extensive engraving in 24-kt. gold fill, limited production of 100, blue finish, Hogue grips. ANIB $850.

• Elmer Keith Commemorative Edition 29-3 (C&R): Blue finish, 6-shot, target hammer, target trigger, red ramp on ramp base front sight, adjustable rear sight, 4” barrel, engraved picture on sideplate, “1899 – 1984”, “Outstanding Handgunner,” and “Salmon Idaho” on the cylinder. Serial number range EMK001 - EMK2500; 2,500 manufactured 1985. ANIB $850.

Elmer Keith commemorative, compiled from photos by Paul Goodwin.

• Elmer Keith Deluxe Edition: Similar to above but with gold inlays and ivory Magna grips. Serial number EMK001 - EMK100; worth two to three times above value. ANIB $1700

• Wyoming Centennial Commemorative: “1890 – 1990”;

100 manufactured with wood presentation case.

• The Classic Hunter: Lew Horton Special, Model 29-3, 6-shot non-fluted cylinder, 6” full-lug barrel, adjustable four-position front sight, white outline rear blade, blue finish, Hogue rubber combat grips, N target frame, square butt. Product code 101230; 5,000 manufactured in 1987. ANIB $650.

• 29-4 Full-Lug 5" Barrel: Unfluted cylinder, square butt, Hogue grips, manufactured for Hill Country Distributors Product code 101249; 500 manufactured in 1989. ANIB $650.

• 29-4 Full-Lug 3" Barrel: Unfluted cylinder, Pachmayr SKGR grips, .500” target hammer, .400” serrated target trigger, red ramp front sight with white outline rear sight, 43.5 oz. Product code 101251; 2532 manufactured in 1989. ANIB $650.

• Classic Hunter 29-4: 8-3/8” Full-lug barrel, unfluted cylinder with red ramp front, white outline rear sight, .400” target trigger, .500” target hammer, square butt with Hogue grips. Product code 101254; 2500 manufactured in 1989. ANIB $650.

Model 29 variations, top to bottom: Classic Hunter, Classic Magnum II, barrel broached for S&W scope mounting system. Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

• Classic Magnum II: Model 29-5. Full-lug 7-1/2” barrel, unfluted and counterbored cylinder, manufactured for AcuSport, red ramp front sight with white outline rear sight, blue finish, target hammer, target trigger, round butt frame with hogue grips. Marked “Classic Magnum II” on the barrel’s right side with “Smith & Wesson” and “44 Magnum” on the barrel’s left side. A stainless steel version of the 629-2 was manufactured as the Classic Magnum. BFC8548 was our example. Product code 101256; 500 manufactured in 1990. ANIB $650.

• Classic Hunter Reintroduction: Model 29-5, 6” barrel, .400” target trigger, .500” target hammer, full-lug barrel, non-fluted cylinder, red ramp front sight with white outline rear sight, Hogue soft rubber combat grips. Product code 101282; 51.75 oz. Limited production, 1991. ANIB $650.

• Model 29 with Scope Mount: M29-4, 8-3/8” barrel with factory broaching to accommodate S&W scope mounting system, .500” target hammer, .400” serrated target trigger, red ramp front sight with white outline rear sight, rings and bases included. Product code 101233. 54.5 oz. Manufactured in 1989. ANIB $750.

• Model 29-5 with 6" Tapered Barrel: Ramp on ramp base front sight, target hammer, target trigger, Hogue grips, blue finish, unfluted cylinder, with counterbored cylinder. Product code 101205. Approximately nine manufactured in 1994. ANIB $2000.

• Model 29-6 “Hunter”: Two examples of a blue Model 29 with a slabside barrel were delivered in late 1999. Made by the Performance Center, these are probably the most rare of the Model 29s made to date. One example has a 5-1/2” barrel with serial number RBR0029. Truly a classy-looking Model 29.

• Last cataloged Model-29 sold April 1999 by the S&W factory store.

• Model 29-6 “Dale Earnhardt Trophy Hunter Edition”: This variation is produced by Artistic Arms, Inc. in cooperation with Dale Earnhardt Enterprises, Inc. The frame is marked “Trophy Hunter Edition,” “7 Time WCC Champion” with dates of 1980, 1986, 1987, 1990, 1991, 1993 on the cylinder flutes with “1994” on the frame. The right barrel is marked with a moving #3 car, “Intimidator” on the shroud and a likeness of Earnhardt on the sideplate. The left barrel side is marked “Dale Earnhardt #3” with his signature. Built on the Model 29-6 frame with 8-3/8” barrel with a red ramp front sight and mounted Leupold scope, with target trigger, target hammer, round butt blue frame with synthetic stocks. It is in a fitted presentation case with a red felt liner, shipped with a letter of authenticity from Artistic Arms. Reported that 700 were made with the first 100 actually shot by Dale himself and sold at the Charlotte Motor Speedway. Our example was serial number CAE2053 shipped in 1995. Product code 101208. ANIB $650.

• Model 29-7 with Stainless Steel Cylinder: A small quantity were assembled with stainless steel cylinders on the new frame design as parts were made available for assembly in October of 2000. The only reported production of a Model 29 with the new frame design at that time. Fitted with Hogue grips on a round butt frame with 6” barrel, target trigger and target hammer, red ramp front sight with white outline rear sight. Product code 149190 with serial number CDF8992 was one example; product code 149191 is also found. ANIB $650.

• Model 29-8 150th Anniversary Edition: In 2002 S&W built special Model 29s to commemorate their 150th year as a handgun manufacturer. These models were specially engraved and had a 6-1/2” barrel, .400” smooth trigger, .500” target hammer, and red ramp front sight with black blade rear sight. Grips are Herrett’s smooth walnut on a round butt frame with high polish blue finish and a four screw sideplate. Internal key lock system. Shipped with a sculptured scroll work presentation case. Product code 161232. Manufactured in 2002. ANIB $1100.

• Model 29-8 150th Anniversary Edition Contract Overrun: ANIB $750.

• Model 29-8: This variation has a four-screw sideplate with the new frame design and the internal lock system installed. 6-1/2” barrel with red ramp front sight and black outline rear sight. Round butt frame with Ahrends Cocobolo square butt wood grips. Serial numbers CFM8851 and CFN4215 were our examples, frame part #29461, manufactured in October 2002 and distributed by RSR. These appear to be the production overrun of the 150th Anniversary Edition. Shipped with warranty papers, owners manual of 31 pages, cable lock, oil paper, fired cartridge case. Product code 161234; manufactured in 2002.

• Model 29-8 Mountain Gun: 4” tapered barrel, blue finish, round butt frame with the internal lock system. Features a .400” semi-target hammer with .312” smooth target trigger,. Pinned black ramp front sight with micrometer click rear sight. Shipped with Ahrends wood finger groove grips and a Hogue rubber Monogrip. 39.5 oz. Stocking dealer special with limited availability; shipped in a black S&W plastic case. Product code 161236FC; manufactured in January 2003. ANIB $700.

Model 29 Mountain Gun, photo courtesy of Smith &Wesson.

• Dirty Harry Edition: Model 29-8 with four-screw sideplate and replica of Inspector Callahan’s badge. Marked with “Inspector S.F. Police 2211”; 6-1/2” barrel, 6-shot fluted cylinder. Internal key lock system. CFT3374 was our example. Product code 161234 B IL 6-1/2” RB wood grips (JD3015). Manufactured in 2003. ANIB $700.

• Heritage Series Model 29s for Lew Horton: See Performance Center section.

• 50th Anniversary Edition: Model 29-10. As a tribute to the .44 Magnum, S&W introduced a Special Anniversary Edition Model 29 with 24-kt. gold plated anniversary logo inlaid on the sideplate. The 29-10 is a square butt four-screw frame with serrated backstrap and forestrap. Features a 6-1/2” barrel with red ramp front sight and white outline rear sight. Serrated trigger and checked hammer, 6-shot fluted cylinder, internal lock system, high polish blue finish. Shipped with a mahogany presentation case, cleaning kit and screwdriver, fitted with African Cocobolo wood grips. Serial number MGM0125 was our example. Product code 161240FC. Weight is 48.5 oz. Manufactured in 2006. ANIB $950.

Model 29 50th Anniversary Edition, photo courtesy of Smith & Wesson.

Product Codes and Features by Year

101202

10-5/8” Silhouette, 1984-91 57.5 oz.

101204

4” Blue, 1984-92.

101205

6” Special, 1994.

101206

6” Blue, 1984-99.

101206B

6” With Etched Bust of H. Smith & D. Wesson.

101206W

6” with Etched 137th Anniversary Wreath.

101207

7-1/2” Blue, 1990 “Hostiles” and “The Attack”

101208

8-3/8” Blue, 1984-99.

101208B

8-3/8” With Etched Bust of H. Smith and D. Wesson.

101208W

8-3/8” with Etched 137th Anniversary Wreath.

101210

4” Nickel, 1984-91.

101212

6” Nickel, 1984-91.

101214

8-3/8” Nickel, 1984-91.

101224

3” Blue RB 200 Mfd. for Lew Horton, 1985.

101230

6” Classic Hunter, 1987.

101233

8-3/8” Scope Mount, 1989.

101249

5” Hill Country, 1989.

101251

3” Special, 1989.

101254

8-3/8” Classic Hunter, 1989 Unfluted.

101256

7-1/2” Classic Magnum II, 1990.

101264

7-1/2” Magna Classic, 1990.

101266

5” Classic DX 1991-92.

101270

8-3/8” .44 Classic, 1991-94.

101272

8-3/8” .44 Classic DX, 1991-92.

101274

5” . 44 Classic, 1991-94.

101276

6-1/2” .44 Classic, 1991-94.

101278

6-1/2” Classic DX, 1991-92.

101282

6” Classic Hunter, 1991 Unfluted cylinder/Full-lug.

101285

7-1/2” FL IFS also called “The Magna Specials.”

101286

6” Special Lasered “.44 Target Champion.”

101287

4” Special for Smith & Wesson Collectors.

130015

8-3/8” withTasco Scope, 1997.

149190

6” Model 29-7 Stainless Cylinder, 2000.

149573

6-1/2” Model 29 Stainless Barrel RSR, 2003.

161232

6-1/2” B RR RB “1852-2002” 150th Commemorative, 2002.

161234

6-1/2” B RR RB IL 4-screw, Internal lock, 2002.

161236

4” B RB IL Mountain Gun, 2003.

161240FC

6-1/2” B SB IL WO RR 50th Anniversary, 2006.

178005

8-3/8” RR WO TT TH Wood Grips RB 29-5 SCR0002, 1997.

170213

6-1/2” B Tapered Barrel 29-9 200 Manufactured Heritage, 2002.

170214

6-1/2” N Tapered Barrel 29-9 200 Manufactured Heritage, 2002.

170131

7-1/2” Perf. Center Classic series 20 Manufactured, 1999.

170253

6-1/2” Perf. Center American Pride Blue Finish, 2005.

Model 30: The .32 Hand Ejector

Round butt and square butt Model 30s. Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Caliber: .32 S&W Long. Double-action revolver. Previously produced as the .32 Hand Ejector built on the Improved I frame; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.25”. 2”, 3”, 3-1/4”, 4”, 4-1/4” or 6” pinned barrel lengths were available in the postwar years. Blue or nickel finish. Diamond walnut stocks with S&W medallions or hard rubber grips. This model was originally built on the five-screw I frame, then the improved I frame with a coil mainspring with four screws, then three screws and finally the slightly longer three-screw J frame. Small S&W trademark on the frame under the thumbpiece; .240” smooth trigger, later changed to a .240” serrated trigger and .240” wide hammer. Found with the three variations of the flat latch thumbpiece. The round blade front sight was later changed to a 1/10” serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear sight in late 1956 to early 1957. Postwar serial number range 536685 - 826977 in the .32 Hand Ejector series with postwar improvements. Weight is 18 oz. with 4” barrel. Produced c. 1948 - 1976.

Engineering and Production Changes

Before 1957, produced as the .32 Hand Ejector (post-war) (see previous section).

• 30 (1957) Stamping of model number/ continued as Model 30.

• 1957: Model 30: 2", 3" and 4" barrel lengths now standard.

• 30-1 1961 Begin J frame production c. serial 712954; increase frame size and change cylinder length to 1.4".

• 1966: Change thumbpiece.

• 1968: Delete diamond grip.

• 1969: Begin “H” serial prefix.

• 1976: Model 30 discontinued.

Model 31:

The .32 Regulation Police

Caliber: .32 S&W Long. Previously produced as the .32 Regulation Police on the Improved I frame; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.25”; 2”, 3”, 3-1/4”, 4” or 4-1/4” pinned barrel lengths were available in the postwar years. Blue or nickel finish, round blade front sight later changed to a 1/10” serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear sight in late 1956 to early 1957. Checkered walnut grips with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon, .240” service hammer, .312” smooth trigger. Some 196 variations were built with target sights. Built on the square butt I frame, improved I frame and the J frame, all with combinations of the flat latch thumbpiece. Original pre-war production serial number range 331320 - 536685 beginning in the original .32 Hand Ejector series. Weight is 18-3/4 oz. with 4” barrel. Postwar serial number range 536685 - 826977. Produced c. 1948 - 1991.

Model 31-1, ArmsBid.com photo.

Engineering and Production Changes

Before 1957, produced as the 32 Regulation Police (postwar) – see previous section.

• 31 (1957): Stamping of model number continued as Model 31.

• 1957: Model 31, 2", 3", 4" barrel lengths now standard.

• 31-1 (1961): Begin J frame production c. serial 712954. Increase frame size and change cylinder length to 1.4".

• 1966: Change thumbpiece.

• 1968: Delete diamond grip.

• 1969: Begin “H” serial prefix.

• 1978: Delete 4" barrel.

• 1982: Delete pinned barrel.

• 31-2 (1988): New yoke retention system/radius stud package

• 31-3 1990 New sight width of 1/8" on frame and barrel.

• 1991: Model 31 discontinued in catalog.

Product Codes and Features by Year

101302

2” B SB, 1984-91 19 oz.

101304

3” B SB, 1984-91 20 oz.

Model 32: The .38/.32 Terrier

Caliber: .38 S&W. Previously produced as the .38/.32 Terrier; 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.25”, which was changed with the J frame production to 1.4”. 2” pinned barrel marked “38 S&W CTG.” on the right side, black rubber grips on original production changing to diamond walnut with S&W medallions. Blue or nickel finish; five-screw round butt frame with the small S&W trademark on the left of the frame; 1/10” serrated ramp front sight with fixed square notch rear. Found with the three styles of the flat latch thumbpiece. Built on the I frame, the improved I frame and the J frame, with five, four- and three-screw variations. Original serial range 38976 - 122678 in the .38 Regulation Police series; post-war serial range from 54474 - 122678. Weight is 17 oz. Produced c. 1948 - 1974.

Boxes

Original postwar production shipped in a red, two-piece cardboard box. Post-war and late 1950s production shipped in a blue two-piece box with metal corners measuring 7-3/4” X 4-3/4”. Bottom half with statement of liability and warranty dated “April 15, 1955” printed inside. Shipped wrapped in oil paper with instructions/parts list, 5-1/2” cleaning rod with loop, brass brush and wiper.

Engineering and Production Changes

• Before 1957, produced as the .38/.32 Terrier (post-war) – see previous section

• 32 (1957): Stamping of model number-continued as the Model 32.

• 32-1 (1961): Begin J frame production, increase frame size and cylinder length to 1.4".

• 1966: Change thumbpiece.

• 1968: Delete diamond grip.

• 1969: Begin “R” serial prefix.

• 1974: Model 32 discontinued.

Model 032:

.32 Magnum Centennial Airweight

Caliber: .32 H&R Magnum/.32 S&W. Double-action-only revolver built on the alloy J frame with three screws; 6-shot fluted steel cylinder with a nominal length of 1.4”, 2” barrel, steel barrel with “Airweight” marked. Round butt JA frame with Uncle Mike’s combat grips, usually found with a flat or matte blue finish or a scarce polished blue finish; .312” smooth trigger, fully concealed hammer, serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear sight, serial number laser etched under the topstrap. Marked “MOD. 032.” Contoured thumbpiece. Limited production of about 180, shipped in the one-piece cardboard S&W blue box #3392. Not cataloged. This model is believed to consist of cosmetically imperfect Model 632s with a blue finish, as “632” is found in some yoke cuts. Produced in 1992 only.

Model 032, from Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photos.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103678

2” B RB FS 1992.

103676

2” B RB FS Export-only, marked MOD332.

Model 33: The .38 Regulation Police

Caliber: .38 S&W. Previously produced as the .38 Regulation Police; 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.25”, later changed with J frame production to 1.4”. Blue or nickel finish, 4” pinned barrel with round blade front sight later changed to a 1/10” serrated front ramp with fixed square notch rear. All three styles of the flat latch thumbpiece are found on this model. Walnut stocks with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon. Built on the I frame, the Improved I frame, and the J frame. Late post-war production has “Regulation Police” markings deleted. .312” serrated trigger. Smooth backstrap and forestrap. The small S&W trademark is found on the left of the frame. “Smith & Wesson” on the barrel’s left side with “38 S&W CTG” marked on the right side. Pre-war serial number range 1 - 54473 in the original .38 Regulation Police series. Post-war serial number range is 54474 - 122678. Weight is 18 oz. Produced c. 1949 - 1974.

Boxes

Post-war shipped in a red two-piece box. 1950s shipments and afterwards in two-piece blue box until the end of production.

Engineering and Production Changes

Before 1957, produced as the 38 Regulation Police (postwar) – see previous section.

• 33 (1957): Stamping of the model number.

• 33-1 (1961): Begin J frame production, increase frame size and cylinder length to 1.4".

• 1966: Change thumbpiece.

• 1968: Delete diamond grip.

• 1969: Begin “R” serial prefix.

• 1974: Model 33 discontinued.

Model 34:

The Model of 1953 .22/.32 Kit Gun

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Previously produced as the Model .22/.32 Kit Gun; 2” or 4” pinned barrel with square butt or round butt, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a length of 1.32” on an improved I frame, or a cylinder length of 1.44” in J frame production. 2” barrel variation appears to have a high profile 1/10” serrated ramp front sight but due to its short length it is really a standard height front ramp. Micrometer click adjustable rear sight. Early production triggers were serrated and case colored with later production changed to a .312” smooth trigger; .375” semi-target case color hammer. Blue or nickel finish. The flat latch thumbpiece is found in three variations. Walnut grips with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon, originally built on the improved I frame and then the J frame. Small S&W trademark on the frame; 2” versions with fixed sights are known to exist as training guns. Barrel markings are “.22 L.R. CTG.” on the right and “Smith & Wesson” on the left. Original serial number range 101 - 135465 in the 1953 Kit Gun series. Weight is 24 oz. with 4” barrel. Produced c. 1953 - 1991.

Model 34 Kit Guns, top, Paul Goodwin photo; bottom ArmchairGunShow.com photo.

Variations

• Approximately 15 chambered in .22 Long Rifle with fixed sights in March of 1972. Serial range M48240 - M48254: only four were assembled and shipped.

Engineering and Production Changes

Before 1957, produced as the .22/.32 Kit Gun Model of 1953 (see previous section).

• 34 (1957): Stamping of model number.

• 1957: Introduce 2" barrel.

• 34-1 (1960): Begin J frame production c. serial number 70000; slight change in cylinder length to 1.44"

• 1966: Change thumbpiece.

• 1968: Delete diamond grip.

• 1969: Begin “M” serial prefix at M1.

• 1982: Eliminate pinned barrel.

• 34-2 (1988): New yoke retention system/radius stud package.

• 1991: Model 34 discontinued.

Product Codes and Features by Year

101402

2” B RB, 1984-91.

101404

2” B SB, 1984-86 22 oz.

101406

4” B RB, 1984-86.

101408

4” B SB, 1984-91 24 oz.

101410

2” N RB, 1984-86.

101412

2” N SB, 1984-86.

101414

4” N RB, 1984-86.

101416

4” N SB, 1984-86.

Model 35:

The Model of 1953 .22/32 Target

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Double-action revolver built on the square butt improved I frame with four- or three-screw frames. Features 6” pinned barrel with narrow rib, blue finish, 1/10” Patridge front sight with micrometer click rear sight; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.32” with an improved I frame, or 1.44” in J frame. Walnut grips with diamond around the screw escutcheon; serrated trigger and .375” checked hammer. A small S&W trademark is found on the frame; the flat latch thumbpiece is found in three variations. Built on the improved I frame and the J frame. Serial range 101 - 135465 in the 1953 Kit Gun series. Weight is 25 oz. with 6” barrel. Produced c. 1953 - 1973.

Top – early Model 35, Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo. Bottom – later model 35, Old Town Station photo.

Engineering and Production Changes

• Before 1957, produced as the Model of 1953 .22/32 Target (see previous section).

• 35 (1957): Stamping of model number.

• 35-1 (1960): Begin J frame production c. serial number 70000 with longer cylinder length of 1.44".

• 1966: Change to standard thumbpiece.

• 1968: Delete diamond grip.

• 1969: Begin “M” serial prefix at M1.

• 1973: Model 35 discontinued.

Model 36: The .38 Chiefs Special

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the round butt J frame with five screws. Previously produced as the .38 Chiefs Special; 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.53”; 2” pinned barrel with round butt or 3” pinned barrel with a square butt. Blue or nickel finish. First S&W model in production on the J frame. Small S&W trademark on the frame’s left side, later slightly enlarged. Very early production variations are found with a round blade front sight and a five-screw frame, with a standard thumbpiece on a round butt with smooth backstrap and a rounded trigger guard; most of that had changed by 1952. The earliest production five-screw variations have a shorter butt length and also have a shorter grip by about 1/8” (later production grips will not interchange). Early production quickly changed to a flat latch thumbpiece (found in the three variations). Transitional variations are found with three-screw, four-screw and five-screw frames with a 1/10” ramp front sight that may or may not be serrated. Walnut grips with diamond around the screw escutcheon; 1/10” serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear sight was finally standard production. .240” service hammer with .240” serrated trigger, later changed to .312” smooth combat trigger. Approximately 1,740 manufactured with target sights (see the Model 50). Serial number range 1 - 786544 numbered in the original Chiefs Special series. Weight is 19 oz. with 2” barrel.

In 1989 Smith & Wesson introduced a “LadySmith” marked variation of the Model 36 with a 2” regular or 3” heavy barrel and blue finish. Grips are anatomically designed for women, round butt grips on 2” barrel, wood combat grips on 3” barrel, J frame, .312” smooth combat trigger with beveled edges, .240” service hammer, 1/8” serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear. Redesigned double action, with “LADYSMITH” engraved on the frame. Early production shipped with a hard plastic case, later production with a softside “LadySmith” case. Produced c. 1950 - 1999.

Boxes

Early boxes are a two-piece red, later changed to blue two-piece and later to blue with markings of Bangor Punta. In 1980 the box was changed to a small one-piece folded cardboard box with markings of “Lear Sigler” and “Bangor Punta,” which were later deleted. In 1996 changed to a large oversized foam-filled plastic box and then to a smaller sized plastic box in late 1996.

LadySmith Boxes: Shipped in a large white cardboard box with S&W LadySmith markings and just large enough to accommodate the plastic case or the softside LadySmith case.

Some Model 36 Chiefs Special variations, top to bottom: 3” barrel with banana grip (Horwedel collection, Goodwin photo); rare .22 caliber (Horwedel collection, Goodwin photo); early LadySmith (Goodwin photo); and recent production LadySmith (photo courtesy of Smith & Wesson).

Variations

• Premium for flat latch models.

• A Model 36 with 6" barrel in blue finish with square butt has been observed in the 337xxx serial number range. Our current understanding is that this barrel length was not “officially” offered by the factory, but that some, perhaps around two dozen, may have been so altered before shipping. Accordingly, they may be difficult if not impossible to authenticate. Reported value in the $1500 range.

• Two-Tone variations: Premium for blue and nickel on a round butt frame.

• Premium for round trigger guard and smaller five-screw frame with standard thumbpiece.

• Small group shipped to Massachusetts State Police with 2" barrel, blue finish, square butt, stamped “Mass. State Police” on the backstrap.

• U.S. Marked: A small group (about 2,000) of Model 36s were marked with U.S. on the backstrap and fitted with a lanyard ring c. 1977 and sold to the U.S. Army. Production overruns (about 112) are found with “Made in U.S.A.” on the backstrap. Serial number was relocated to the yoke cut.

• USAF Office of Special Investigations: 3” heavy barrel, stamped “OSI” on sideplate and frame.

• Chiefs Special Target versions were produced marked Model 36-1 and as Model 50 in random and limited production (see Model 50) from 1955 - 1974 and not again until 1989 as the 36-6 with a full-lug 3" barrel.

• New York City Police Department: From 1967 to 1973 at least 1500 square butt 3” heavy barrel Model 36s were purchased by the New York City Police Dept. and used by members of the Bureau of Police Women.

• In 1950 a small quantity were shipped to the Japanese Government.

• Masachusettss Police Commemorative: “1887 – 1987,” 2” barrel with blue finish, gold inlay on side plate, etched glass presentation case, 100 manufactured in 1987.

• Lew Horton Special: 2nd Amendment Issue; 300 manufactured.

• One chambered in .22 Long Rifle with 2" barrel; serial number 29800 with target trigger, target hammer on a round butt; blue finish; flat latch, shipped in August 1963. This frame also has a duplicate serial number in .38 Special.

• Historic Note: Serial number 337 shipped to J. Edgar Hoover of the FBI and engraved with his name. Blue finish. Verified in 1997 as still ANIB! Last known traded price was “up there.”

• Unconfirmed report that a small run was made chambered for .357 Magnum c. 1997. (Note that the stainless version of the Chiefs Special, the Model 60, was offered in .357 Magnum beginning in 1996, but the standard carbon steel Chiefs Special Model 36 has never been cataloged in that caliber as yet.)

• Serial number 38185 attributed to actor Jack Webb of the popular TV series “Dragnet” shipped with nickel cylinder and rosewood grips on 6/4/1954. Sold at auction in 2000 for $6000.

• Model 36-6 Target Variation: Approximately 615 were manufactured with a 3” full-lug barrel with adjustable sights with a blue glass bead finish. Product code 101549. Serial number BEA5648 was our example. Made in 1989.

• In 2002 S&W reintroduced the Model 36 with gold features calling it the “Model 36 Gold”; the gold color was actually titanium titride on the hammer, thumbpiece, extractor rod and trigger. Has the internal key lock system. An S&W exclusive for TALO Distributing, Product code 161491.

• In 2005 S&W introduced a special variation of the Model 36 called the “Texas Hold ‘Em” with Blue finish with imitation bonded ivory grips, 24K gold plate engraving. Shipped with a glass-top presentation case and S&W poker chips and playing cards; special serial number range starting at TEX0000. Retail range was approximately $1,080 to $800. A color data sheet was printed for this model. Product code 161492.

Engineering and Production Changes

• Before 1957, produced as the Chiefs Special (see previous section).

• 36 (1957): Stamping of model number at serial number 125000.

• 1962: Internal hammer alteration at serial number 295000.

• 1966: Thumbpiece change.

• 36-1 (1967): Indicates 3" heavy barrel.

• 1968: Delete diamond grip.

• 1969: Begin “J” serial prefix at J1.

• 1975: Heavy barrel standard.

• 1982: Eliminate pinned barrel.

• 36-2 (1988): New yoke retention system tapered barrel.

• 36-3 (1988): New yoke retention system heavy barrel.

• 36-4 (1989): LadySmith version 2" standard barrel.

• 36-5 (1989): LadySmith version 3" heavy barrel.

• 1992: Discontinue 3" barrel on LS; ship with softside LadySmith case.

• 1994: Laminate rosewood grips, change extractor.

• 36-6 (1989): Target version special production, 3" full-lug, with ribbed barrel, ramp on ramp base, wide smooth trigger.

• 36-7 (1990): New sight width on standard frame and barrel from 1/10" to 1/8"

• 36-8 (1990): New sight width for heavy barrel frame: change to 1/8".

• 1991: Limited edition with full-lug and target sights.

• 1992: 2" and 3" HB in round butt only.

• 1994: Uncle Mike’s grips, change extractor.

• 1995-96: Delete square butt features, 2" barrel only in production; shipments began in foam filled-blue plastic case.

• 36-9 (August,1996): J Magnum frame introduction: rated for 38+P. with 1.6" cylinder/change to MIM hammer and trigger/change internal lockworks. Beginning in September shipped with Master trigger lock.

• 1997: Change to MIM thumbpiece.

• 1999: Model 36 discontinued in November except for specials.

• 36-10 (2001): Internal key lock System for LadySmith version; fired case included.

• 36-10 (2002) Model 36 “Gold” introduced for TALO Distributing with internal lock.

• 36-10 (2005): “Texas Hold ‘Em” special production in blue finish.

• 36-10 (2006): special production in nickel; 225 manufactured.

Product Codes and Features by Year

101490

2” B RB LS with soft case 1992-2001 20 oz.; 2001 retail $502.

101502

2” B RB 1984-99 19.5 oz.

101504

2” B SB 1984-91.

101506

2” N RB, 1984-92.

101508

2” N SB, 1984-87.

101510

3” HB B RB, 1984-94 21.5 oz.

101512

3” HB B SB, 1984-91.

101514

3” HB N RB, 1984-86.

101516

3” HB N SB, 1984-86.

101517

3” HB B RB LadySmith with case, 1989-91 23 oz.

101518

2” B RB LadySmith with case, 1989-91.

101520

2” DA RB CS Bobbed Hammer, 1989 Special Edition.

101522

3” DA RB SG Bobbed Hammer, 1989 Special Edition.

101524

2” RB AS SG Bobbed Hammer 1989 Special Edition.

101549

3” HB FL AS SG Glass Bead, 1989 Special Edition.

101554

3” LadySmith version without case, 1991.

101556

2” LadySmith version without case, 1991.

101558

3” HB Two Tone, Nickel Frame, Blue Barrel & Cylinder 75 Mfd. 1999.

150012

1-7/8” Nickel Finish 36-10, 2006; 225 Mfd.

161490

1-7/8” B LadySmith 5SH IL RB, 2001-2003.

161490

1-7/8” ZB-05-A2-SM-GW-BT-SF-SB-FC-CC 2004-06; 2005 Retail $568.

161491

1-7/8” Blue, Internal Lock, “Gold” 2002 for TALO.

161492

1-7/8” Blue IL “Texas Hold ‘Em,” 2005.

Model 37:

The .38 Chiefs Special Airweight

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the J alloy frame with five screws, 5-shot fluted alloy cylinder with a nominal length of 1.53”, originally built with an alloy frame and an alloy cylinder weighing 10-3/4 oz., later built with steel cylinder. JA frame, 2” and 3” barrel with round butt or square butt frame, blue or nickel finish, early versions have a .240” service hammer with .240” serrated trigger. Later versions have a .312” smooth combat trigger. Earliest production is built on a five-screw frame with a round trigger guard and short grip that was quickly changed to a four-screw alloy frame with a longer trigger guard and longer grip, both having a clothespin type cylinder stop spring, later changed to a coil type. Pinned barrel, 1/10” serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear, original flat latch thumbpiece with the three variations. Checkered walnut grips with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon. 3,777 are reported manufactured with an alloy cylinder. Highest serial number with an alloy cylinder reported to the authors to date is 44577. Earliest production may have a small lock screw on the upper sideplate screw; this is to lock the larger screw in place since it has but a few threads to grip in the alloy frame. “Airweight” is marked on the barrel. Original serial number range 1 - 786544 numbered in the Chiefs Special series. Weight is 12.5 oz. with 2” barrel and steel cylinder. As of press time the Model 37 is the only revolver without an internal lock system. Produced 1951 – date.

Model 37 Chiefs Special Airweights, showing some combinations of barrel length, finish, and butt configuration. Tom Horwedel collection, from Paul Goodwin photos.

Variations

• The Aircrewman (Baby Aircrewman): See listing in previous section

• “Peru Police” marked on sideplate (Model 37).

• Two-Tone Variations: Blue/nickel finish on a round or square butt.

• Historic Note: Four-screw shipped to J. Edgar Hoover with named engraved on the sideplate. Serial number unknown as yet.

• Target variation with 3-1/2" barrel length reported, considered rare but not as yet verified as existing; 312 reported manufactured between Dec. 1954 - Oct. 1955.

• Large order made for Japan: This variation had a lanyard ring attached and the serial number relocated to the frame under the cylinder and smaller serial number located under the grips, possibly as a result of the “Clinton agreement” rather than the order. A portion of the contract was cancelled and the guns were sold to a wholesaler with Uncle Mike’s Combat Grip. Product code 601615. Entered the used gun market June of 2001 as Model 37-2.

Some Model 37 variations, top to bottom: Peruvian contract; Mod. 37-3; Mod. 37-2 Double Action Only with bobbed hammer spur. Nahas collection, from Paul Goodwin photos.

Boxes

Original shipments were in two-piece red boxes, changed to blue, and again changing about 1980 to a small one-piece cardboard box #3392; finally changed to a plastic case, larger than necessary in 1996, then smaller as needed in late 1996; then finally to a larger foam-lined blue plastic case with a new latch in 2003.

Engineering and Production Changes

Before 1957, produced as the Chiefs Special Airweight (see previous section).

• 37 (1957): Stamping of model number.

• 1962: Internal hammer alteration.

• 1966: Thumbpiece change.

• 1968: Delete diamond grip.

• 1969: Begin J serial prefix.

• 1982: Eliminate pinned barrel.

• 1988: Delete 3" barrel from catalog.

• 37-1 (1988): New yoke retention system/radius stud package.

• 37-2 (1990): New sight width on frame and barrel to 1/8" from 1/10".

• 1992: Introduce flat matte blue and satin nickel finish.

• 1993: Delete “Airweight” markings on barrel.

• 1994: Laser inscribe Airweight on sideplate, Uncle Mike’s grips, change extractor/slight contour to thumbpiece.

• 1996: Delete nickel finish for the Model 637/Begin shipments in foam-filled blue plastic case.

• 1997: August ‘97: Change to MIM thumbpiece.

• 37-3 (1997): Change to J Magnum frame rated for .38 +P (CNC made); shipped with Master trigger lock/Change to MIM hammer and trigger/ floating firing pin/change internal lockworks.

• 1999: Move caliber markings to barrel’s left side with S&W.

• 2001: July: Move serial number to left of frame, yoke and under the grip; markings moved again to frame and yoke, fired case included.

• 2002: Production of the -3 stopped for a large order.

• 37-2 (2002): Production of the -2 variation for a large order for Japan.

• 2003: Two-line markings on -2; markings moved to barrel.

• 37-2 (2005): Special assembly of Double Action Only with bobbed hammer.

• 2006: Model 37 dropped from catalog.

Product Codes and Features by Year

101601

2” B RB 1984 Special for Peru police, 250 mfd.

101602

2” B RB 1984-2003 13.5 oz. – 2001 retail $507.

101602

1-7/8” ZB-05-A2-SM-GR-BO-SF-SB-FA-CC, 2004-2005.

101604

2” B SB, 1984-87.

101605

3” B RB, 1984-86 14.5 oz.

101607

3” B SB, 1984-86.

101609

2” N RB, 1984-96.

101611

2” N SB, 1984-87.

149968

2” B RB DA only 2005 bobbed hammer – special assembly.

601615

2” B RB Japanese order.

601602

Used Gun Code 37-2.

Model 38: The Bodyguard Airweight

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the shrouded hammer alloy J frame with four screws; 5-shot fluted steel cylinder with a nominal length of 1.53”. Alloy frame with 2” steel pinned barrel with some production of 3” barrels reported. Blue or nickel aluminum finish, walnut Magna style grips with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon. Three versions of the flat latch thumbpiece are found, round butt JAS frame, “Airweight” stamped on barrel. Also found in combinations of nickel cylinder with blue frame and barrel, 1/10” serrated ramp front sight, .240” shrouded service hammer, .312” smooth trigger. Early production has a clothespin-type cylinder stop spring. Serial number range 66000 - 786544 in the Chiefs Special series. Produced c. 1955 - 1999.

Model 38s: Top, scarce 3” barrel; bottom, recent production, Nowak & Nahas collection. From Paul Goodwin photos.

Variations

• Two-Tone Variation: Blue frame with stainless cylinder built for Michigan Police Supply.

• Historic Note: Serial number 512236 owned by Clyde A. Tolson, Special Assistant to J. Edgar Hoover, and engraved with his name on the right side in a natural cut alloy finish.

Clyde Tolson’s Mod. 38, Nahas collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Engineering and Production Changes

Before 1957, produced as the Bodyguard Airweight (see previous section).

• 38 (1957): Stamping of model number.

• 1962: Internal hammer alteration

• 1966: Thumbpiece change

• 1968: Delete diamond grips.

• 1969: Begin “J” serial prefix: Sales to Michigan Police Supply with stainless cylinder.

• 1982: Eliminate pinned barrel.

• 38-1 (1988): New yoke retention system/radius stud package.

• 38-2 (1990): New sight width on frame and barrel to 1/8" from 1/10".

• 1993: Change to matte blue and satin nickel finish; delete “Airweight” markings on barrel. “Airweight” markings are deleted for a short period in production.

• 1994: Laser inscribe “Airweight” on sideplate; change extractor; add Uncle Mike’s grips.

• 1996: Change thumbpiece/delete nickel finish for the Model 638; begin shipments in foam-filled blue plastic case.

• 38-3 (1997): August: Change to J Magnum frame rated for .38+P/ship with Master trigger lock/change to MIM hammer and trigger/change internal lockwork; CCDxxxx serial range.

• 1999: Model 38 discontinued Jan. 1999.

Product Codes and Features by Year

101702

2” B RB, 1984-99 14 oz.

101704

2” N RB, 1984-96.

101706

2” B RB Special without “Airweight” markings; polished blue finish.

Model 39

See “Autoloaders” section.

Model 40: The Centennial

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action-only revolver built on the concealed hammer steel JC frame with four screws; 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.53”. Blue or nickel finish, 2” pinned barrel, built with a grip safety on the backstrap. Checked walnut Magna style grips with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon or smooth high horned wood grips. .240” serrated trigger (some early versions with smooth trigger); three versions of the flat latch thumbpiece are found. 1/10” serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear. This model has a pin stored under the grip to lock the backstrap safety down, but this is usually missing. Numbered concurrently with the Model 42 in an original serial number range of 1 - 30160 until 1968, then changed to an “L” prefix and continued to L9861 in 1974. Total production was about 40,000 units for both the Model 40 and 42. Weight is 19 oz. Produced c. 1952 - 1974.

Boxes

Early guns shipped in red box; later models shipped in a two-piece blue cardboard box with metal corners. Slight variations of this box are found.

Model 40 Centennials: Top, rare nickel 3”, Tom Horwedel collection; bottom, early Mod. 40. From Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photos.

Engineering and Production Changes

Before 1957, produced as the Centennial (see previous section)..

• 40 (1955): Delete upper sideplate screw.

• 1957: Stamping of model number.

• 1966: Change thumbpiece.

• 1968: Delete diamond grip.

• 1971: Begin “L” serial prefix at L1.

• 1974: Model 40 discontinued.

Model 41

See “Autoloaders” section.

Model 42: The Centennial Airweight

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action-only revolver built on the concealed hammer alloy J frame (also known as the JCA frame) with four screws. 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.53”; alloy frame with a steel cylinder (only 37 were manufactured with an alloy cylinder). Blue or nickel finish, 2” pinned barrel with grip safety on the backstrap. Checked walnut Magna grips with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon or smooth wood high horned grips; fully concealed hammer, 1/10” serrated front sight, .240” serrated trigger. Three variations of the flat latch thumbpiece are found on this model. “Airweight” is marked on barrel. A small S&W trademark is found on the frame’s left side. This model has a pin stored under the grip to lock the backstrap safety down, but this is seldom found. Very early production may have a small lock screw on the upper sideplate screw. Numbered concurrently with Model 40 in a serial number range of 1 - 30160 in an original series, which in 1971 was changed to an “L” serial prefix and continued to L9861. Weight is 13 oz. Produced c. 1952 - 1974.

Boxes

All models were shipped with tools in a blue two-piece cardboard with metal corners with slight variations, except those in nickel finish, which were in grey boxes.

Model 42 Centennial Airweight, ArmchairGunShow.com photo.

Variations

• Nickel: Two times blue value; scarce.

• Premium for Two-Tone: Nickel barrel, cylinder and thumbpiece and/or backstrap safety.

• Alloy cylinder may be found in the early 41xx serial area.

• One reported known with adjustable sights shipped to H.H. Harris in early ‘60s.

• A very special Centennial was submitted to the Navy for testing on January 17, 1953 as part of the “Test of Survival Weapons.” It is pictured in that report as a hammerless aluminum frame revolver with a 2" barrel and alloy cylinder with “AIRCREWMAN” marked on the barrel.

Engineering and Production Changes

Before 1957, produced as the Centennial Airweight (see previous section).

• 42 (1955): Delete upper sideplate screw.

• 1957: Stamping of model number.

• 1966: Change thumbpiece.

• 1968: Delete diamond grip.

• 1971: Begin “L” serial prefix at L1.

• 1974: Model 42 discontinued.

Top, Model 42 with alloy cylinder. Bottom, Model 042. Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photos.

Model 042: Centennial Airweight

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action-only revolver built on the concealed hammer alloy J frame with three screws. Reintroduced as the beginning model of a full line of Centennial revolvers in alloy frames. (The Model 640 was the first reintroduction of the Centennials and had a stainless steel frame.) Matte or polished blue finish; JA frame with .312” smooth trigger, 5-shot fluted steel cylinder with a nominal length of 1.53”. Alloy frame with 2” steel barrel and concealed hammer. Fitted with Uncle Mike’s Combat grips. This is a transition model and is not Airweight marked. 1/8” serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear, serial number also laser etched under the topstrap on some examples. This model does not have the original design grip safety and is marked “MOD. 042.” This model uses a floating firing pin fixed in the frame and a flat-faced hammer rather than a hammer with a hammer nose; all other Centennial models to follow have this feature. Some variations have a “MOD 642” overstamp in the yoke cut. Speculation is that the 642 had color and finish problems and were blued and overstamped to fix the problem. This model was never cataloged.

Also see Model 442. Produced in 1992 only.

Product Code and Features by Year

103792

2” B RB 92, 1992 15.8 oz.

Model 43:

The 1955 .22/.32 Kit Gun Airweight

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Double-action revolver built on the square butt (very rare round butt variations are known to exist); aluminum alloy J target frame with three screws and alloy cylinder. JAT alloy target frame, 3-1/2” barrel with rare 2” versions known to exist. 1/10” serrated ramp front sight with micrometer click rear sight, 6-shot fluted and counterbored alloy cylinder with a nominal length of 1.44”. Blue or nickel finish was offered (nickel finish is very scarce); narrow top rib with a pinned barrel. Walnut Magna grips with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon. Three versions of the flat latch thumbpiece have been observed; smooth backstrap. A small S&W trademark is found on the frame; this model is not “Airweight” marked. Also reported that this model is found chambered in .22 WMR but is not as yet verified. Original production serial number range 5000 - 135465 in the 1953 Kit Gun series. Weight is 14-1/4 oz. Produced c. 1954 - 1974.

Boxes

Earliest shipments were in a two-piece red box measuring 10” X 4-1/2”, marked for the gun and later changed to a blue box with metal corners, also marked for the gun.

Model 43 Airweight Kit Guns, Tom Horwedel collection, from Paul Goodwin photos.

Variation

Small quantity known shipped with 2” barrels in nickel or blue finish; round butt or square butt.

Engineering and Production Changes

• Before 1957, produced as the .22-32 Kit Gun Airweight (see previous section).

• 43 (1957): Stamping of model number.

• 1958: Introduce nickel finish.

• 1959: Catalog the round butt frame.

• 1962: Delete round butt from catalog.

• 1966: Change thumbpiece.

• 1968: Delete diamond grip.

• 1969: Begin “M” serial prefix at M1.

• 1974: Model 43 discontinued.

Model 44

See “Autoloaders” section.

Model 45:

The .22 Military & Police (Post Office)

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Double-action revolver built on the square butt K service frame with five screws. Previously produced as the .22 M&P designated as a training gun for the U.S. Postal Service, Coast Guard and other government agencies as well as police departments. This is the only K frame produced in .22 Long Rifle without target sights (other than special orders; the 1935 Coast Guard K-22 Outdoorsman order, for example), blue finish, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.62” with counterbores, .376” checked hammer, .265” serrated trigger. S&W trademark on the sideplate, 4” pinned barrel (6” scarce), 1/10” notched serrated front ramp with square notch rear, checked walnut Magna grips with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon. Smooth backstrap and forestrap. Serial numbered concurrently with the Model 10, 11 and 12 M&P series. Weight 34 oz. This model was never cataloged. Produced c. 1948 - 1978.

Model 45s, top gun with scarce 6” barrel. Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

AUCTION BLOCK

Mod. 45-2, “near new in box” - $2,875 – Rock Island Auction, April 2006.

Variations

• 150 in 1958 shipped to U.S. Postal Service. Stamped on the backstrap “PO Dept” in a serial range of C428783 - C478929. Letters from the Post Office indicate at least 13 were destroyed on June 5, 1991 at a weapons destruction facility in Perth Amboy, N.J.

• Sales as a training handgun to various agencies; police department-marked guns reported. Several found marked “FRPD#” for Fall River, Massachusetts, Police Department.

• 20 Model 45s sold with a 6" barrel went to the Boston Police Department. Marked “BPD-16T” to “BPD-35T” inclusive on the backstrap. Shipped in 1957. Four-screw frames: C379xxx serial area. 6" barrel worth 50 to 100% premium.

• Approximately seven were bright nickel plated with PC grips, semi-target hammer, standard trigger, and still fewer factory engraved. Manufactured about 1962 in C8833xx serial number range.

• Highest serial number observed to date is C883775.

• 135 made in 1978 with no model markings in C883xxx serial number range.

• 45-1 and 45-3 marked models have not been observed and may not exist.

Engineering and Production Changes

Before 1957, produced as the 22 M&P (see previous section).

• 45 (1957): Stamping of model number.

• 45-2 (1962): Eliminate trigger guard screw; 500 manufactured at approximate serial number range starting at C622641.

• 1966: Unknown quantity manufactured C-800xxx serial number range.

• 1968: Delete diamond grip.

• 1978: Model 45 discontinued.

Model 46

See “Autoloaders” section.

Model 47

Experimental: also see Model 147A in the “Autoloaders” section.

Model 48:

The K-22 Masterpiece Magnum Rimfire

Caliber: .22 Winchester Magnum Rimfire. Double-action revolver. Built on the square butt K target frame with 4 screws, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.62” with cylinder counterbores. 4”, 6” or 8-3/8” pinned barrel with serrated top rib, blue finish, 1/8” Patridge front sight on 6” and 8-3/8” barrels with micrometer click rear sight or Baughman quick draw on ramp base on 4” barrel. 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap, auxiliary .22 LR cylinder and yoke also available as an option. Walnut Magna grips with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon, .312” smooth combat trigger with 4” barrel with optional adjustable stop or .265” serrated service trigger with 6” or 8-3/8” barrel, .375” semi-target hammer. Optional .400” serrated trigger and .500” wide hammer was also available. Barrel markings are “.22 M.R.F.” and “Smith & Wesson.” Production reportedly began 5/21/1959 at serial number K348746. Produced c. 1959 - 1986.

Model 48, Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Variations

• Four-screw, add 25%.

• Nickel finish examples exist, not cataloged, worth premium

• Auxiliary .22 Long Rifle cylinder available as an option.

• See the Model 648 for the stainless steel version.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 48 (1959): Begin production at serial number K350000.

• 48-1 (1959): Change extractor rod thread from right hand to left hand.

• 48-2 (1962): Eliminate screw in trigger guard, change cylinder stop.

• 48-3 (1967): Relocation of rear sight leaf screw.

• 1968: Delete diamond grip.

• 48-4 (1977): Gas ring moved from yoke to cylinder.

• 1982: Delete pinned barrel.

• 1986: Model 48 discontinued.

Product Codes and Features by Year

101902

4” B SB, 1984-86 36 oz.

101904

6” B SB 1984-86, 39 oz.

101906

8-3/8” B SB 1984-86, 43 oz.

Model 49: The Bodyguard

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the round butt J shrouded hammer frame with three screws. Identical to the Model 38 except made with the heavier steel frame. 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.53”. JS round butt frame, blue or nickel finish, flat latch thumbpiece found in the three variations. Fitted with a 2” barrel with 3” barrels rare. Walnut Magna grips with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon. .240” shrouded service hammer, .312” smooth trigger, 1/10” serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear. Weight is 20 oz. Serial number range 163051 - 786544 in the Chiefs Special series. Produced c. 1959 - 1996.

Model 49s: Top, Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo; bottom scarce nickel 3”, Old Town Station photo.

Variations

• A 2" with blue finish with stainless cylinder version was manufactured for the Michigan Police Supply Co.

• Saudi Arabia Crest Marked: 2” barrel with blue finish, round butt, crest marked on the sideplate, wood grips, Model 49-2, Product code 102001, “BKC95” serial prefix, produced April, 1991.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 49 (1959): Introduction.

• 1966: Change thumbpiece.

• 1968: Delete diamond grip.

• 1969: Begin “J” serial number prefix at J1.

• 1982: Delete pinned barrel.

• 49-1 (1988): New yoke retention system/radius stud package.

• 49-2 (1990): New sight width on frame and barrel: increased to 1/8".

• 1993: Change to matte blue and matte nickel finish.

• 1994: Synthetic grips, change extractor.

• 1996: Begin shipments in blue plastic case.

• 49-3 (1996): Possible production in .357 Magnum with J Magnum frame, as some factory notes indicate parts in .357 Magnum.

• 1997: Model 49 discontinued for the Model 649 in .357 Magnum.

Product Codes and Features by Year

102001

2” B RB, 1991 Saudi marked.

102002

2” B SG RB, 1984-96 20 oz.

102004

2” N RB, 1984-86.

Model 50: The .38 Chiefs Special Target

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the steel J target frame with four screws. Target version of the Model 36; 2” or 3” pinned barrel lengths are found with either round or square butt frame. Walnut Magna grips with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon; .240” service hammer, .240” serrated trigger, blue or nickel (scarce) finish; 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.53”. 2” barrel has a 1/10” high profile serrated ramp front sight. The 3” barrel version has a 1/10” ramp on a ramp base front sight; either barrel length is found with a micrometer click rear sight, smooth backstrap and forestrap. Also found with red ramp and white outline rear sight and wide target trigger. Three- and four-screw frames are mixed in production; five-screw frames are not known. Random and limited production of about 2136. The highest percentage of Chief Special targets are marked M36 or M36-1 or have no designation at all, leaving the remainder marked model 50s. The S&W trademark is usually on the frame rather than the sideplate. The target version was discontinued in 1975 until 1989 when S&W again made a Chiefs Special Target in a limited run of 3” full-lug barrels. Never cataloged. Produced c. 1955 - 1975.

Model 50 Chiefs Special Target, Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Variations

• Although considered discontinued as of 1975, 37 were shipped in 1978 with 2" barrel and square butt; serial number prefixes in 933J - 936J range.

• 3" target with red ramp and white outline rear sight/wide trigger.

• Early production (c. 1955 - 1959) worth premium; usually marked as M36.

• Nickel finish is scarce in the pre-Model 50 production (M36). In the Model 50 production, three nickel frames are factory lettered as Model 36-1 production; thought to be the final three serial numbers produced.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 1955: 100 manufactured serial number range 55050 - 57919.

• 1955: Upper sideplate screw eliminated on J frame at serial number 75000.

• 1956: 14 manufactured, possibly with four-screw frame.

• 36 (1957): Stamping of model number 36 in Chief Specials.

• 36 (1959): 198 manufactured serial range number 149811 – 150133.

• 36 (1965-75): Stamping of model number 50.

• 36 (1966): Change thumbpiece.

• 36 (1966): 1006 manufactured in serial number range 391773 - 392778.

• 1968: Delete diamond grip.

• 50 (1969): Begin “J” serial prefix.

• 50 (1973): 568 manufactured in serial number range 930J45 - 936J19.

• 36-1 (1975): 213 manufactured with 3" square butt with Model 36-1 stamping. in a serial number range of 2J3134 - 2J3347.

• 1975: Model 50 discontinued.

• 1978: Shipment of Model 37.

Model 51: 1960 .22/32 Kit Gun Magnum Rimfire

Caliber: .22 Winchester Magnum Rimfire. Double-action revolver built on the square butt J Target frame with three screws. 3-1/2” pinned barrel, 6-shot fluted and counterbored cylinder with a nominal length of 1.44”. Blue or nickel finish, walnut Magna grips with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon. Usually built on a square butt J frame; approximately 600 were manufactured on a round butt frame but are rarely seen. The flat latch thumbpiece is found in the three variations; 1/10” serrated ramp front sight with micrometer click rear sight. Also found with .22 Long Rifle auxiliary cylinder. Two-tone revolvers are found with blue frames with nickel cylinders and barrels and are considered rare while a nickel frame with blue barrel and blue cylinder is rarer yet. Serial number range 52637 - 135465 in the 1953 Kit Gun series. Produced c. 1960 - 1974.

Model 51s, various configurations, from Dave Nowak and Tom Horwedel collections, photos by Paul Goodwin &OTS.

Variations

• Auxiliary .22 Long Rifle cylinder, add $50.

• Nickel finish, add 50%.

• Round butt worth two times to three times standard value.

• Two-tones worth premium.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 51 (1960): Introduction.

• 1966: Change thumbpiece

• 1968: Delete diamond grip.

• 1969: Begin “M” serial prefix at M1.

• 1974: Model 51 discontinued.

Model 52

See “Autoloaders” section.

Model 53: The .22 Centerfire Magnum: the “Jet” (C&R)

Background: This high speed .22 centerfire cartridge and revolver were developed after conversions of the Model 17 to the Wildcat .224 Harvey Kay Chuck had proven popular. Developed by the late Jim Harvey of Lakeville Arms Co. in Lakeville, Conn., about 1956-57, and passed on to Bennett Gun Works. However, the Jet’s popularity suffered when it was discovered that the chambers had to be kept scrupulously clean and dry to prevent the bottlenecked cartridges from backing out of the chambers against the recoil shield when fired and tying up the revolver.

Model 53 Jets, top to bottom: Two tone engraved; 8”, 6”, and 4” nickel Jets; all from Nahas collection, Goodwin photos. 5” barrel blue, Goodwin photo. Bottom, two engraved Jets, photos courtesy of Charles Pate.

Caliber: .22 Remington Jet/.22 Long Rifle. Double-action revolver built on the square butt K target frame with four screws. Blue finish; 4”, 6” or 8-3/8” barrels (5” rare: usually a factory-cut 6” barrel). 6-shot fluted and counterbored cylinder with a nominal length of 1.67”, oversize walnut target grips with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon or smooth rosewood stocks. An auxiliary .22 LR cylinder was available on special order that is not interchangeable with the models 17 or 48 as their cylinder length is 1.62” (too short). Shrouded extractor rod. All Jets were supplied with nickel wash-coated steel inserts to fire the .22 Long Rifle cartridge with reports of .22 Rimfire magnum inserts also manufactured but not confirmed, possibly experimental. The authors experimented with 24 inserts bored to .22 Magnum and they were a miserable failure as the cases bulged and stuck in the insert or split it when fired. The inserts have a cutout along the rim to allow a fingernail or knife edge to remove the spent .22 Long Rifle cartridge. A very few number of the early inserts do not have this cutout. A large S&W trademark is found on the sideplate. This K Target Centerfire frame is manufactured with a “switch” on the hammer to select one of the dual firing pins for either centerfire or rimfire. “.22 Magnum” stamped on the ribbed and pinned barrel; serrated backstrap and forestrap with 10 grooves each.

Also found with a red ramp insert and white outline rear sight, target hammer and target trigger options are also found. 1/8” Baughman Quick Draw front sight. Two styles of front ramp have been noted, with the early 4” barrel having a ramp base integrated with the barrel serrations and later 4” barrels having a ramp base pinned to the barrel with two pins (similar to other 4” revolvers known as combat length revolvers) and all with the micrometer click rear sight. Documented factory nickel finish is rare but does exist, while most other nickel guns will be found with the “R-N” marking under the grip with a date. Unlike other K frame target revolvers, the rear sight leaf screw was already forward of the forcing cone and cylinder gap and a change was not made in 1967; therefore a Model 53-3 is not found in 1967 as in other “K” target Models. Model 53-1 is not found due to extractor rod change prior to manufacture in 1960. A total of 14,956 manufactured. Weight is 40 oz. with 6” barrel. Produced c. 1961 – 1974.

Boxes

A special cardboard box was provided for the “Jet” with cardboard punch-outs for the auxiliary cylinder, cylinder inserts and gun outline (tools optional).

Variations

• Add $150 for auxiliary .22 LR cylinder. Deduct $75 from ANIB or excellent guns that do not include individual chamber inserts.

• Nickel finish 53s are found, but are thought to be refinished by S&W after the original blue. This is indicated by “RN” markings on the frame on most examples examined. Since the last edition appeared, several nickel finish guns have been lettered as shipped from the factory as nickel.

• A tapered wiper for the tapered Jet cartridge cylinder was supplied with early shipments.

• Believed seven sets manufactured with a Model 29 as a “Persona Non Grata” pair. The 53 has a narwhal on the sideplate.

• See also the .256 Winchester entry.

• At least one N-frame cylinder was manufactured by the model shop for test and evaluation and was discovered on March 23, 2000 in Wayne Novak’s shop.

• Two-Tones, while rare, are known to exist as well as Class A engraved Model 53s.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 53 (1961): Introduction at approximate serial K429000.

• 53-1: Not found in production.

• 53-2 (1962): Eliminate screw in trigger guard.

• 1968: Delete diamond grips.

• 1974: Model 53 discontinued.

• 1989-90: Jet ammunition discontinued by Remington.

Model 54

Experimental.

Model 55

Experimental.

Model 56: KTX-38 USAF (C&R)

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the square butt K target frame with three screws. Features include a 2” heavy barrel, target sights, non-serrated rear sight bar extends to the base of the front sight, which is a serrated ramp on a ramp base; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”. Blue finish, pinned barrel, walnut Magna grips with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon. This model became the basis for the Model 15-2. “U.S.” marked on the smooth backstrap (this is an exception where the backstrap is smooth on a target revolver rather than serrated). Believed that most were destroyed by the government in Brunswick, Georgia, but this has never been confirmed. Four are archived in the Springfield Armory Museum N.H.S. and are ANIB(!) The special label is made of brown paper on a plain blue metal corner box. Serial number range K500001 - K515205. 15,205 manufactured; most are reported as destroyed. Exceptional military collector’s item. Produced c. 1962 - 1963.

Model 56, Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo

Too scarce to estimate value; might bring in the $2500 - $7500 range. A couple of sales in Excellent condition have been reported around $4000 - $5000.

AUCTION BLOCK

Model 56, “Very good … 85-90%” - $4,600 – Rock Island Auction, April 2006.

.41 MAGNUM BACKGROUND INFORMATION

The .41 Magnum was originally conceived as an ideal police round, offering a larger diameter bullet than a .357 Magnum without the overpenetration and heavy recoil of the .44 Magnum. After its introduction, however, the mid-velocity police loading was overshadowed by the full power magnum loading, and it never really caught on as a police round. Some handgun hunters like the round, believing it to be adequate for most medium game and easier on the shooter than the .44 Magnum.

Perhaps the .41 Magnum was just ahead of its time. The .40 S&W round comes close to the original concept (although applied to autoloaders instead of revolvers) and is making tremendous inroads in the law enforcement market. S&W .41 Magnum revolvers include the adjustable sight Model 57 and its stainless steel counterpart, the Model 657, and the fixed sight Model 58,.

Model 57: The .41 Magnum Target

Caliber: .41 Magnum. Introduced in February of 1964. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N Target frame with three screws. Blue or nickel finish; 6-shot counterbored cylinder with a nominal length of 1.75”. 4”, 6” or 8-3/8” barrel lengths, 1/8” red ramp on ramp base front sight with micrometer click white outline rear sight, special oversize Target Goncalo Alves stocks with S&W medallions. Pinned barrel with raised serrated rib, shrouded extractor rod, .500” target hammer, .400” or .500” target trigger, original “S” serial prefix. 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap. Originally with a large S&W trademark on the sideplate. First gun was serial number S236941 (another correspondent reported one with a lower serial number, S227750; bear in mind that S&Ws are not necessarily produced in chronological serial number order). Produced c. 1964 - 1993.

Model 57s, top with adjustable front sight, from Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photos

Variations

• “S” prefix serial number, add 25 - 75%.

• “Last Cartridge”: See “Twelve Revolvers” in Commemorative and Specials section. 6" barrel. Product code 102203.

• Two Model 57s were made with a 10-5/8" barrel with a four-position front sight as factory prototypes, serial numbers N899040 and N899039. Number 39 has gold inlays and was factory shortened to 7-1/2" at the request of its owner.

• It is reported that five prototypes produced as the “U.S. Bicenntenial Commemorative”, nickel, 6", engraved sideplate, ordered by Zale Corp., Tex., in 1974.

• In 2005 at the NRA Annual meeting,s a Model 57 Mountain Gun with a 4" tapered barrel was reintroduced. Built with the internal lock on the latest CNC-made frame. Features a 6-shot fluted cylinder with blue finish made of carbon steel with finger-groove wood grips, pinned black ramp front sight with adjustable black rear sight, drilled and taped for scope mount, shrouded extractor rod. Weight 43 oz. Product code 161300.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 57 (1964): Commercial introduction at serial number S227750.

• 1968: Delete diamond grips.

• 1969: Change to “N” serial number prefix at S333454.

• 57-1 (1982): Eliminate cylinder counterbore and pinned barrel; slight change in cylinder length to 1.67".

• 1986: Nickel finish discontinued.

• 57-2 (1988): New yoke retention system/ radius stud/floating hand.

• 57-3 (1990): Longer stop notch in cylinder.

• 1992: Delete 4" and 8-3/8" barrels, blue finish only.

• 57-4 (1993): Production with new rear sight leaf, drilled and tapped frame.

• 1993: Model 57 discontinued.

• 57-5 (2005): Reintroduction of 4" Mountain Gun with internal lock, new frame design; limited production.

Product Codes and Features by Year

102202

4” B TS TT TH RR WO, 1984-91 44.2 oz.

102204

6” B TS TT TH RR WO, 1984-93.

102206

8-3/8” B TS TT TH RR WO, 1984-91 52.5 oz.

102208

4” N TS TT TH RR WO, 1984-86.

102210

6” N TS TT TH RR WO, 1984-86 48 oz.

101212

8-3/8” N TS TT TH RR WO, 1984-86.

Model 58:

The .41 Magnum Military & Police

Caliber: .41 Magnum. Introduced in July of 1964. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N service frame with three screws; 6-shot fluted and counterbored cylinder with a nominal length of 1.75”. Blue or nickel finish; 4” pinned barrel, walnut PC-style grips with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon, .265” service hammer, .265” serrated trigger. Flat matte finish top strap with smooth backstrap and forestrap, 1/8” serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear fixed sight. Unlike the model 57, this model has a non-shrouded extractor rod. Original introduction serial number range of S256500 - S260632. Weight is 41 oz. Total production about 20,287 c. 1964 - 1977.

Model 58, Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Variations

• Slight premium for two-tone (rare).

Engineering and Production Changes

• 58 (1964): Introduction at S256500.

• 1968: Delete diamond grips.

• 1969: Model 58 discontinued.

Model 59

See “Autoloader” section.

STAINLESS STEEL REVOLVER BACKGROUND INFORMATION

Before the introduction of the Model 60, revolvers were made of carbon steel (with the exception of some Airweight models, which were made with an aluminum alloy frame to reduce weight). They were either blued or, if additional corrosion resistance was desired, nickel plated. In 1965, S&W began a revolution in handgun marketing with the introduction of a stainless steel Chiefs Special. Although there was some initial resistance from traditionalists, the reduced maintenance and increased finish durability of stainless steel has since resulted in its becoming the material of choice for most handgun buyers.

The only exception to this trend right now in the S&W revolver line is in the alloy frame Airweight models. It is reported that S&W found it impossible to match the color of the alloy frame to the stainless steel barrel and cylinder on such models as the 642 Airweight Stainless Centennial and discontinued the guns due to unacceptable cosmetics. Its passing has been lamented by many, who found the combination of light weight, corrosion resistance and snag-free hammerless design to make the Model 642 possibly the finest pocket revolver ever made.

Smith & Wesson stainless steel revolvers have “6” as the first digit in their model number. In many models, the stainless model uses the carbon steel model number with a “6” in front of it (for example, the Model 29 is a carbon steel .44 Magnum while the Model 629 is the same design in stainless).

Model 60: The .38 Chiefs Special Stainless

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the stainless round butt J frame with three screws. 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.53”, 2” pinned barrel with round butt J frame, satin stainless finish, checkered walnut Magna grips with S&W medallions and diamond around the screw escutcheon. 1/10” serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear sight, .240” service hammer and .240” service trigger, later changed to .312” smooth combat trigger. Small S&W trademark on the frame’s left side. This is the first production example of a stainless steel revolver manufactured by S&W. Numbered within the Chiefs Special series to 786544, (the first group being in a range of 401754 - 401792) until 1969, when an “R” serial prefix was assigned. Weight is 19 oz. with a 2” barrel. In 1990 S&W made a special production run with a 3” full-lug barrel, pinned black ramp front sight with black adjustable rear sight, Uncle Mike’s Santoprene grips. It was +P rated and fitted with .375” semi-target hammer and .347” serrated trigger. Weight 24.5 oz. This variation became standard production in 1992. Produced 1990 - 1999.

Model 60 Stainless Chiefs Special variations; most from Tom Horwedel collection from photos by Paul Goodwin; some courtesy of Smith & Wesson or OTS.

In 1989 Smith & Wesson produced a “LadySmith” variation with a 2” regular or 3” heavy barrel with a frosted stainless finish. Its grips are anatomically designed for women. Round butt frame with wood combat grips on the 3” barreled version. Serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear, .240” service hammer, .312” smooth trigger with beveled edges, “LadySmith” engraved on the frame. First production was supplied with a burgundy hard plastic case in 1992; later production was shipped with a soft-side Bob Allen case. “LDY0001” introduction serial prefix. Produced c. 1989 - date.

As of April of 1996, this model is chambered in .357 Magnum and built on the slightly larger “J Magnum” frame with a 3” full-underlug barrel with adjustable sights; stamped “60-10” for the adjustable sight version. Also available with 2-1/8” barrel with fixed sights stamped “60-9.” Both with stainless finish. Features a .240” service hammer, .312” smooth trigger. Major changes include the 5-shot fluted cylinder with an increased length to a nominal length of 1.6” and a new floating firing pin and flat-face hammer. The cylinder stop lug is now part of the frame and has a new MIM thumbpiece. Variations may be found with a new MIM hollow trigger or the standard solid trigger and also fitted with Uncle Mike’s Combat grips. Also available in a LadySmith Version early in 1996 with smooth wood grips. In November of 1997 S&W reintroduced this popular handgun again chambered in .38 Special only. Produced 1965 - date.

Variations

• Serial number ranges 401754 - 401792 and 409802 - 410698 usually are a bright polished finish with a polished hammer and trigger. Retail $431 - $458.

• Serial number range 475001 - 480000 is usually a bright finish with case colored hammer and trigger.

• Serial number range 490001 - 712250 is usually a satin finish with flash chromed trigger and hammer. However, exceptions are not scarce.

• Model 60 Carry Comp: +P rated. From the S&W Performance Center with ported barrel, dovetail front sight, 3” full-lug barrel with adjustable rear sight, round butt frame with rosewood laminate grips or pearl inlaid synthetic grip, blue hard case, contoured thumbpiece. Distributed by Lew Horton. Product code 170029. 300 manufactured in 1993.

• Boston “Metropolitan District Commission” marked.

• Model 60-3 Conrail Police Department: Stamped “CRPD.” Approximately 50 marked in the “BBF” and “BBZ” serial number prefix range.

• Missouri State Highway Patrol Commemorative.

• Kentucky State Police: Model 60 in 2” manufactured for “Kentucky State Police” with logo on the sideplate. Manufactured June 1985; our sample is serial numbered AHR0667.

• Missouri State Highway Patrol: Issued with logo on sideplate; 2” barrel, round butt, “1931 – 1981” and “MSHP” markings and number on left above trigger guard.

• Model 60 with Saudi Arabian Crest on sideplate; manufactured in 1976.

• Model 60-7, 2" stainless with bead blast finish for Swiss contract.

• Fairfax, VA, Police Commemorative: “1932 – 1987,” 180 manufactured in 1987.

• Virginia State Police 55th Anniversary Commemorative: 180 manufactured.

• Lew Horton Special: Model 60 in .357 Magnum, 3” full-lug barrel with Mag-Na-Port, adjustable sights, custom rosewood burgundy grips, new thumbpiece. Model 60-10 manufactured in 1996 and 1997 with Uncle Mike’s grips.

• Model 60-14 with “Don't Tread on Me” and “United We Stand” on the sideplate PC 162420 Special editions. Manufactured in March of 2004, serial numbers CHB0983 and CHB6522 were our examples.

• Model 60-18: New for 2005 with a 5” two-piece barrel with extractor shroud, red ramp front sight with micrometer click rear sight, rosewood finger groove grips, internal key lock, fired case, satin stainless finish.

• NY-1 New York Police Guns: Refer to R. M. Vivas’ article at the end of the Model 64 listings in this section.

• NY-1 New York Police Guns: See R.M. Vivas article at the end of Model 64 listings in this section.

Other Noted Specials by Product Code

• Product code 102305: 2” barrel with round butt and adjustable sights. Limited special production of 660 for Ashland, 1986. ANB5318 as example. “ALU” prefix.

• Product code 102314: 2” barrel with double action only, synthetic grips, round butt and bobbed hammer; 2000 manufactured in 1989.

• Product code 102316: 2” barrel with round butt, unfluted cylinder, wood grips, special for Michigan Police Supply: 3” barrel, double-action only, Hogue synthetic grips, round butt, bobbed hammer. Model 60-3. 2000 manufactured in 1989.

• Product code 102320: 3” barrel, double-action only, Hogue synthetic grips, round butt, bobbed hammer. 2000 manufactured in 1989.

• Product code 102326: 2” barrel with “Airweight” marking, double-action only, chrome trigger and hammer, .38 Special. 45 manufactured in 1998.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 60 (1965): Introduction of first stainless steel revolver.

• 1968: Delete diamond grips.

• 1969: Begin “R” serial number prefix at R1.

• 60-1 (1972): 3" square butt heavy barrel version, limited production of 171 in a serial range of R56962 - R57239.

• 1982: Delete pinned barrel.

• 1986: Special run of Model 60 with adjustable rear sight.

• 60-2 (1987): Per Robert Vivas, expert on NYCPD firearms, all approximately 2500 of this variation were originally DAO with 2" barrels possibly for the NYCPD. It is believed that all were returned to S&W and resold, probably after conversion to traditional SA/DA operation, and at least some rebarreled to 3".

• 60-3 (1988): New yoke retention system.

• 60-4 (1990): Limited production of target model with full underlug and new yoke retention system.

• 60-5 (1990): DA only for NYCPD and new yoke retention system.

• 60-6 (1989): LadySmith version introduced. Introduction at LDY0045 (possibly starting at LDY0001).

• 60-7 (1990): New sight width increase to 1/8", heat treated package.

• 60-8 (1990): New sight width for NYCPD, heat treated package.

• 1992: Discontinue 3" barrel; continued with 2" only on LS.

• 1994: Rosewood laminate grips on LadySmith.

• 1994: Change extractor; introduce Uncle Mike’s synthetic grips.

• 60-9 (1996): Change to J Magnum frame and cylinder for all fixed sight 2" frames in .357 Magnum; begin shipments in blue plastic case.

• 1996: Model 60 in .38 Special discontinued in .357 Magnum.

• 60-10 (1996): Target variation in .357 Magnum on J Magnum frame.

• 60-11 (1996): New frame design for .38 Special version only.

• 60-12 (1996): New frame nose cut.

• 60-13 (1996): New frame for .38 Special only target version.

• 1997: .38 Special reintroduced/ship with Master trigger locks.

• 1999: .38 Special version (102423) discontinued.

• 2001: Fired case shipped with all guns.

• 60-14 (2001): LadySmith version with internal key lock in .357 Magnum for 2" variation.

• 60-15 (2001): Internal key lock in .357 Magnum on 3" Target.

• 60-16 (2001): Internal key lock in .38 Special only on 2" barrels.

• 60-17 (2001): Internal key lock in .38 Special on 3" Target variations.

• 60-18 (2005): Internal key lock in .357 Magnum on 5" Target with new design two-piece barrel.

Product Codes and Features by Year

102290

2” S LS with soft case, 1992-94.

102298

3” S TH TT FL AS SG RB, 1990-95.

102302

2” S RB 1984-95 19 oz.

102304

3” S HB SB, 1988.

102309

3” HB S LS with case, 1989-91 23 oz.

102310

2” S LS with case, 1989-91 20 oz.

102314

2” S DA only, LS only bobbed hammer, 1989.

102316

2” S unfluted cylinder, wood grips, 1989.

102318

3” HB DA only, LS Bobbed Hammer, 1989.

102320

3” S RB DA only, Bobbed Hammer, 1989.

102322

3” HB S LS without case, 1991.

102324

2” S LS without case, 1991.

102326

2” S DAO Chrome Trigger and Hammer _ “Airweight” marked; 45 mfd., 1998.

102420

2-1/8” FS Special for 1996 Chambered in .357 Magnum; Magna Porting offered by various distributors.

102420

2-1/8” .357 RB SG FS, 1996-00 23 oz.

102423

2” .38 Special only, reintroduced Sept. 1997.

102430

3” S TH TT FL AS SG RB .357 Magnum, 1996-99, 24.5 oz.

102414

2-1/8” Special for 1996 Chambered in .357 Magnum 23 oz. LadySmith, 1996-2000 with Case.

102423

2” Chambered in .38 Spl only Nov. 1997, Discontinued 1-1999.

102432

3” .357 Magnum with Full-lug ported barrel “Small Hunter.”

162414

2-1/8” S 5SH RB LS GB IL, 2001-2003.

162414

2-1/8” ZM-05-A2-SM-GW-BF-SF- SB-FS-CS, 2004-Date.

162420

2-1/8” .357 5SH RB SG Internal Lock, 2001-2003.

162420

2-1/8” ZS-05-A2-SM-GR-BO-SF-SB-FS-CS-IL, 2004-Date.

162430

3” .357 5SH FL SG RB AS Internal Lock, 2001-2004.

162430

3” ZS-05-A2-SM-GR-BO-SA-SB-FS-CS-IL, 2005-Date.

162440

5” ZS-05-A2-SM-GR-B2-SA-SB-FS-CS-IL 2005-Date.

602432

Used Gun Code with Import marks – “Small Hunter.”

Model 61: Pocket Escort

See “Autoloaders” section.

Model 62: Experimental

Model 63: 1977 .22/32 Kit Gun Stainless

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Double-action revolver built on the square butt J target frame with three screws. Features a 4” pinned barrel with serrated top rib, 1/8” red ramp on ramp base front sight with black stainless adjustable rear sight; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.44” with checkered Magna walnut grips with S&W medallions and smooth backstrap. Satin stainless steel finish, .312” smooth combat trigger, satin stainless steel .375” semi-target hammer. The first 100 units were a pilot lot, serial numbers M101699 - M101798. Full production began at serial number M103577. Produced c. 1977 - 1998.

Variations

• 5" barrel known to exist. Worth premium.

• Two are reported with a 6" barrel as test and evaluation units. One example is serial number M141426; square butt with pinned barrel (letter dated March 18, 1982 from R.L. Carraher. The other unit is known chambered in .22 WMR, serial number M159443; round butt with pinned barrel, red ramp front sight.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 63 (1977): Introduction of “M” serial prefix at M99999.

• 63-1 (1982): Delete pinned barrel.

• 63-2 (1989): Special production for Lew Horton with 2" barrel, Hogue grips.

• 63-3 (1989): New yoke retention system/radius stud package.

• 1990: Increase sight width to 1/8".

• 1991: Introduce 2" round butt special production, 1000 manufactured.

• 1992: 2" barrel with round butt, which became standard production.

• 1994: Uncle Mike’s grips, extractor changed.

• 1996: Begin shipments in foam-filled blue plastic cases.

• 1997: Change thumbpiece/ship with Master trigger lock.

• 63-4 (1998): Change to J Magnum frame/Discontinued 1-1999. Note: This change may have not have occurred in production before this model is discontinued.

Product Codes Features Year/ Comment

102402

4” S SB RR AS, 1984-86 24.5 oz.

102404

4” S SB RR AS, 1987-93.

102404

4” S RB RR AS, 1994-98.

102405

2” S RB RR AS, 1989 Special 500 manufactured for Lew Horton.

104000

2” S RB RR AS, 1991-98 22 oz.

Model 64:

The .38 Military & Police Stainless

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the stainless steel K service frame with three screws. This model is essentially a stainless steel version of the Model 10, with a 2” standard barrel with round butt or 4” tapered barrel with square butt. About 1974 the 4” version was available in heavy barrel only with a 3” version also available on a square butt frame with a smooth backstrap. 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”, 1/8” serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear, checked walnut service stocks with S&W medallions, .265” service hammer, .265” serrated or .312” smooth combat trigger. Heavy barrel frame and tapered barrel frame have slight differences at the yoke. Early heavy barrel variations that were chambered in .357 Magnum became the Model 65. Originally built for the Oklahoma Highway Patrol with a 1.67” counterbored cylinder chambered in .357 Magnum. Produced c. 1970 - date.

Model 64, ArmsBid.com photo.

Variations

• Oklahoma Highway Patrol Commemorative: Model 64-1, 750 made in 1973, 4” heavy barrel, chambered in .357 Magnum as prototype for the model 65, no known markings.

• Model 64-4, 2", built for Brinks, double action only; 150 manufactured.

• Model 64-5 Marked “Detroit Police,” 4" heavy barrel.

• Model 64-2, 2", “Delaware State Police.”

• Model 64-3, “Metro District of Columbia,” 4", marked “M.D.C.”

• Prince William County, VA.: Police issue gun, not marked.

• Many of this model are found police marked, in 2" as well as 3" and 4" barrel lengths.

• Model 64-3, 4" heavy barrel, marked “PXPD” for Phoenix, AZ Police Department.

• Several heavy barrel lengths (2", 3", 4") made for the NYPD in double action only, with a matte finish marked “NY-1” in the yoke cut with bobbed hammer. Please refer to R.M. Vivas’ article on NY-1 guns at the end of the Model 64 listings.

• Model 64-3, round butt, 3" heavy barrel marked “Ga. Parole Board.”

Engineering and Production Changes

• 64 (1970): Introduction with tapered barrel in 4" barrel length.

• 64-1 (1972): 4" Heavy barrel introduction, made for Oklahoma Highway Patrol, chambered in .357 Magnum; later became the M-65.

• 1973: Heavy barrel only.

• 64-2 (1977): Change to put the gas ring from the yoke to the cylinder on 2" tapered barrel versions.

• 64-3 (1977): Change to put the gas ring from the yoke to the cylinder on heavy barrel versions.

• 1982: Delete pinned barrels.

• 64-4 (1988): New yoke retention system/radius stud package/hammer nose bushing/ floating hand/on 2" tapered barrel version.

• 64-5 (1988): New yoke retention system on heavy barrel 3" and 4"/hammer nose bushing/floating hand.

• 1991: 3" heavy barrel became standard production.

• 1994: Change star extractor, change to synthetic grips.

• 1995-96: Delete square butt model.

• 1996: Begin shipments in blue plastic cases.

• Begin serrated backstrap and forestrap on a round butt frame for about 18 months, then discontinued.

• 1997: Change thumbpiece/ship with Master trigger lock/change to MIM trigger.

• 64-6 (1998): Change frame design: eliminate cylinder stop stud/change to MIM hammer with floating firing pin/change internal lockwork.

• 2001: Ship with fired case.

• 64-7 (2002): Introduce internal key lock system.

• 64-8 (2004): New two-piece barrel design.

Product Codes and Features by Year

102501

2” DA S RB 1987-93 in various lots; special for N.Y.C.P.D., bobbed hammer, matte finish, laser etched.

102502

2” S RB 1984-2001 30 oz. - 2001 retail $511.

102504

3” HB S RB 1984-2001 33.5 oz.- 2001 retail $521.

102506

4” HB S SB 1984-95 35 oz.

102506

4” HB S RB 1996-2001 with SB grips -2001 retail $521.

102505

4” HB S SB.

102507

4” DA Only (NY-1) Special order #7166 (reported serial number AWT29xx).

102508

4” SB S DA Only (NY-1).

102509

3” DA Only (NY-1).

102510

2” RB S DA only.

102516

2” RB S DA only, bobbed hammer (64-4).

102602

4” S SB 1993 33.5 oz. Special.

162502

2” S 6SH RB SG IL, 2002-2003.

162502

2” ZS-06-CS-A2-MD-BX-GR-SF-FS, 2004-.

162504

3” S 6SH HB RB SG IL, 2002-2003.

162504

3” ZS-06-A2-MD-GR-B2-SF-SI-FS-CS, 2004-Date.

162506

4” S 6SH HB RB SG IL, 2002-2003.

162506

4” ZS-06-A2-MD-GR-B2-SF-SI-FS-CS, 2004-Date.

602506

Used Gun Code 64-5.

NY-1 NEW YORK CITY POLICE MODEL 64s AND 60s

by R.M. Vivas

One of the largest non-military purchasers of S&W firearms has always been the New York City Police Department. While a variety of S&W handguns have been used by the NYCPD since the early 20th century, the most prevalent models have been the Military & Police/Model 10 and the Chiefs Special/Model 36.

In 1987 the New York City Police Department amended its regulations to require that all newly purchased handguns have a stainless steel finish and fire Double Action Only (DAO). These regulations led to the adoption of the Model 64 NY-1 and the Model 60 NY-1, both non-cataloged factory variations of the stainless steel versions of the M10 and M36.

The Model 60 NY-1 differed from the standard Model 60 in the following regards:

• Had to be capable of firing DAO.

• The finish had to be matte or frosted.

• The Model 64 NY-1 had the same requirements as the Model 60 NY-1 well as a couple more:

• The serial number had to appear on the frame below the cylinder window.

• For the first time a 3" barreled gun would be permitted for on-duty use.

Since these guns were to be purchased by the individual officers as personal weapons, the guns bore no NYCPD property markings. They were marked with the model number and then NY-1 on the frame in the cylinder yoke cut-out. These guns were all shipped to the NYCPD Equipment Bureau at One Police Plaza, NYC, or to the Outdoor Range at Rodman’s Neck, Bronx. After examination they were placed in an arms locker at the Equipment Bureau and sold to individual officers.

There were five models of the M64 NY-1: 2" RB, 3" RB, 3" SB, 4" RB and 4" SB; there was one model of the M60 NY-1 and that was a 2" RB.

Model 64 NY-1

Among the five variations of the M64 NY-1 there are several minor variations.

The most obvious variation is in finish. Early guns had a stainless finish that was lightly “brushed” to give a non-reflective appearance. In use it was determined that this finish, when subjected to some wear, would start to take a “shine.” In later models the finish on the gun was switched to a much more matte “frosted” sort of appearance that held up better.

On some of the earliest guns, the serial number was applied only to the butt and the frmae cylinder yoke cut-out. For inspection purposes the NYCPD wanted the serial number in a third location: on the left side of the frame below the cylinder window (this would allow for serial number verification without opening the cylinder or removing oversized private purchase grips). Early production guns with this third serial number placement have the serial number stamped into the frame using traditional stamping methods. On later guns the third serial number placement is be means of a “decal” or acid etch type of numbering method.

Of the five different barrel length/butt shapes, the most common is the 4” SB of which approximately 2,469 were made. This is followed by 932 of the 4” RB; 516 of the 3” RB; 478 of the 2” RB; and 96 of the 3” RB. Additionally, there are 1,013 for which no information is available as to configuration. The total production is estimated at 5,504 guns.

These guns were authorized for on-duty use from 1987 to 1993 when they were discontinued in favor of 9mm pistols. At that time the M64 NY-1s remaining in inventory were returned for a credit to S&W, who resold the guns. In some cases the guns were converted back to SA/DA before being resold. A number of contract overrun guns are said to have been sold by the factory during the production life of this model.

These guns were the last S&W revolvers to be authorized for on-duty use, as well as being the first stainless steel S&W revolvers used by the NYCPD. They guns cost $184.34 when first purchased in 1987. By 1993 the price was $238.99.

Model 60 NY-1

The Model 60 NY-1 had a very short service life. It was first made available in the summer of 1987 and by late 1988 was withdrawn from service. Unlike the M64 NY-1s, the M60 NY-1s had no special serial number placement or finish. They were all manufactured in a 2” RB configuration and were marked “NY-1” on the frame in the cylinder yoke cut-out.

In 1988 there were a series of problems with the M60 NY-1 that resulted in all of them being taken out of service and examined by S&W armorers. Guns that were re-examined have a stamp on the frame near the NY-1 stamping that looks like an outline of a human silhouette target. Guns that passed this re-examination were returned to the officers and put back into service.

Despite the re-examination, some problems continued and the guns were removed from the authorized weapons list. This created a considerable problem, since all of the guns were purchased by the individual officers from the Department, who had ordered the guns for resale. Smith & Wesson offered to refund the officers the cost of the Model 60 NY-1 or trade it for a Model 64 2” barrel round butt and a S&W gift certificate for $25.

On June 23, 1989, the Equipment Bureau’s unsold inventory of revolvers, totalling 1,253 guns, was returned to Smith & Wesson.

The Smith & Wesson designation for this particular contract variation, as it appeared on invoices and references, was “M60 38 2” RB NYCPD*SP DA.” The total received by the police department was 3,670 revolvers. The guns were packed in regular Smith & Wesson blue and white, lift top, one-piece cardboard boxes. Serial numbers were stamped on the butt and generally ran in the BAA6000 - BAA8000 range. A small number of guns were in the BAF2000-3000 range, while a very few had the BAC or AWP prefix. This is based on an examination of 500 serial numbers. A number of guns were found to be in sequential order within the same shipment.

The price for these guns throughout their service was $205.98.

A fascinating variation of the M60 NY-1 are the “Initial Guns.” When the M60 NY-1 was first being shipped, S&W took four guns and had them manufactured with special serial numbers to recognize the contributions of four NYCPD officers who had helped come up with the M60 NY-1 concept and evaluation. A factory letter for one of these guns describes them thusly:

“On July 10th, 1987 four Model 60 NY-1 revolvers were transported to the New York City Police Department’s Training Facility at Rodman’s Neck, New York. The serial numbers of these guns are GTC0001, RCK0001, JCC0001, and RPR0001. These four guns are the first Model 60s to leave the Smith & Wesson plant in Springfield, Massachusetts that have the special New York City modifications as designed by the following men and officers of the New York City Police Department:

PO Gerry T. Casson

PO Ronald C. Kennedy

Lt. Richard P. Rosenthal

Capt. John C. Cerar”

Collectors should be aware that of the 1,253 guns that were returned to S&W, a number were modified and resold through commercial channels. At least some of these guns were rebarrelled to 3” and resold. The presence of the NY-1 stamping on these 3” guns has given rise to the mistaken belief that the NYCPD had ordered 3” M60s; such was not the case.

Police and miscellaneous markings observed on various models of S&W revolvers.

Model 65: The .357 Military & Police Heavy Barrel Stainless

Caliber: .357 Magnum/.38 Special. Double-action revolver built on the stainless steel K service frame with three screws. Stainless steel version of the Model 13 without the extractor shroud normally found on magnum calibers; 3” inch heavy barrel with a round butt frame or 4” heavy barrel with a square butt frame, .312” combat trigger, .265” service hammer. Checked walnut service stocks with S&W medallions, 6-shot fluted and counterbored cylinder with a nominal length of 1.67”. Pinned barrel, 1/8” serrated ramp front with square notch rear sight, smooth backstrap and forestrap, original “D” serial prefix. Manufactured 1972 – 2004.

Variations

• (Model 65) .357 Magnum F Comp: 3” full-lug barrel with compensator, dovetailed tritium front night sight with dot, tuned action, round butt with rubber grips, counterbored cylinder, contoured cylinder latch, from the S&W Performance Center. Distributed by Lew Horton. Serial number introduction at LHF00xx. Product code 170024. Approximately 300 manufactured 1993.

• “357 Hunter Smith”: 3” barrel with shrouded extractor, Uncle Mike’s grips, laser etched. Product code 102611.

• Model 65, 3" barrel with double action only. Square butt with Morado combat wood grip, chrome trigger and bobbed hammer. Product code 102616. Ten manufactured in 1998.

• Model 65-2, 4" Heavy barrel, Massachusetts State Police. Model 65-2. Mass. State Police issue gun also reported in 3" RB pinned and recessed configuration.

• Model 65s issued to South Carolina Department of Highway and Public Transportation. Marked “S.C.D.H.P.T.” Can also be marked “S.C.D.P.S.” for South Carolina Department of Public Safety.

• Model 65-3, 3" heavy barrel with bobbed hammer for U.S. Customs; 7D77xxx serial number range.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 65-1 (1972): Introduction.

• 65-2 (1977): Change to move gas ring from yoke to cylinder.

• 65-3 (1982): Eliminate cylinder counterbore and pinned barrel; slight change in cylinder length to 1.62".

• 65-4 (1988): New yoke retention system/ floating hand/hammer nose bushing - radius stud package on 4" square butt.

• 65-5 (1988): New yoke retention system/ floating hand/hammer nose bushing- radius stud package on 3" round butt.

• 1994: Change extractor, synthetic grips.

• 1995-96: Delete square butt features/begin serrated backstrap and forestrap usually found on target models on a round butt frame for about 18 months, then discontinued/Begin shipments in blue plastic cases.

• 1997: Change thumbpiece/ship with Master trigger locks/change to MIM trigger.

• 65-6 (1997): Change to frame design:eliminate cylinder stop stud/change to MIM hammer with floating firing pin/change internal lockworks.

• 2001: Fired case.

• 65-7 (2002): Introduce internal key lock system.

• 2005 Model 65 discontinued; product dropped from catalog. (See Model 619 entry.)

Product Codes and Features by Year

102602

3” HB S RB, 84-00 31 oz.

102604

4” HB S SB, 84-95 34 oz.

102604

4” HB S RB, 96-2001 with SB grips - 2001 retail $526.

102611

3” “.357 HunterSmith” laser etched with shrouded extractor.

102615

4” barrel, Venezuelan contract.

102616

3” DAO SB WG, Chrome Trigger, Bobbed Hammer; 10 Manufactured 1998.

162604

4” 6SH SB SG IL, 2002-2003.

162604

4” ZS-06-CS-A2-MD-BX-GR-SF-FS, 2004-.

170024

3” FL “F” Comp 93.

Model 65LS: The .357 LadySmith

Caliber: .357 Magnum/.38 Special. Double-action revolver built on the stainless steel K service frame with three screws. Round butt K frame with smooth rosewood laminate grips and S&W medallions, .312” smooth combat trigger with beveled edges, .265” service hammer, 1/8” serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear. 3” barrel with shrouded extractor rod, unlike the previous Model 65 that has no extractor shroud; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a length of 1.62”. Frosted stainless finish. Shipped in a burgundy with silver Bob Allen softcase and cleaning kit; “LadySmith” laser engraved on the sideplate. Original introduction with “LDY” serial prefix. Weight is 31 oz. Produced 1991 – 2004.

Variations

• 65LS for “1993 National Women’s Police Service Revolver Championship.”

Engineering and Production Changes

• 65-5 (1991): Introduction as “LadySmith.”

• 1994: Change extractor system.

• 1996: Found with serrated tangs for a short period.

• 1997: Change thumbpiece/ship with Master trigger locks/change to MIM trigger.

• 65-6 (1998): Change in frame design to eliminate cylinder stop stud/change to MIM hammer with floating firing pin/change internal lockworks.

• 1999: Ship with fitted jewelry case.

• 2000: Ship with deluxe soft case.

• 2001: Fired case.

• 65-7 (2002): Introduce internal key lock system.

• 2005: Model 65LS discontinued from catalog but still in production.

• 65-8 (2005): Two-piece barrel introduced.

Product Codes and Features by Year

102608

3” S RB GB with soft case 1992-2001; jewelry case in 1999 - 2001 retail $568.

162608

3” 6SH RB GB IL, 2002-2003.

162608

3” ZM-06-CS-A2-MD-BX-GW-SF-FS, 2004-2005.

Model 66:

The .357 Combat Magnum Stainless

Caliber: .357 Magnum/.38 Special. Double-action revolver built on the stainless steel K target frame with three screws. Stainless steel version of the Model 19, 2-1/2” barrel with round butt, 4” or 6” barrel with square butt. 1/8” serrated red ramp front sight with adjustable micrometer click white outline rear sight. First production models are found with a stainless steel rear target sight rather than black, .400” target triggers, .312” smooth combat or .265” service trigger. .375” semi or .500” target hammer, target stocks. Originally fitted with a 6-shot counterbored cylinder with a nominal length of 1.67”, later changed to a non-counterbored cylinder resulting in a new cylinder length of 1.62” with an “F” stamped on the cylinder face. A large S&W trademark is found on the sideplate that was later moved to the left side of the frame and made much smaller. 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap. K Target frame with Goncalo Alves target grips with S&W medallions, shrouded extractor rod, pinned barrel with rib. Produced c. 1970 - 2004.

Model 66s (top two), including Shreveport Police marked, with a Model 67 (bottom). ArmsBid.com photo

PRICE CHECK

Class A factory engraved 66, “as new in box,” listed at $1,650 - Old Town Station Dispatch, 2005.

U.S. Marshall documented engraved Mod. 66, plus Mod. 36, “excellent condition,” listed at $3,850 – Old Town Station Dispatch, 2006.

Variations

• A small group made in 1970s with 6-1/8" barrels. (Note: The nominal 6" barrel is actually closer to 5-7/8".) Worth 20% premium.

• A special order group of ten from Feb. 1978 is reported with serial numbers in the SWCA Journal, 25th Anniv. reprint, Book 2, pg. 448, with serial numbers listed but no further details as to the nature of the special-order features.

• Arizona Highway Patrol: Caliber: .357 Magnum. Fifty-year commemorative seal on sideplate, 1931 - 1981. Numbered “AHP xxx,” 1981.

• Bureau of Alcohol Tobacco and Firearms: Caliber: .357 Magnum, 4” barrel. 1,012 manufactured.

• Chicago Police: Caliber: .357 Magnum, 4” barrel, 125th year, presentation cased.

• Connecticut State Police: Model 66 in blued stainless, 4” barrel; reported that 750 - 800 were made, marked “Conn State Police” (or possibly “CSP,” we are uncertain which) with a three-digit number on the frame below the cylinder. Also reported that some have been sold as surplus with the black coloring polished off the stainless steel. target hammer, .265” trigger, red ramp, white outline rear sight.

• “Critical Moment”: See “Twelve Revolvers” in Commemorative and Specials section. Product code 102708.

• Dallas Police Department: “1881 - 1981.” Caliber: .357 Magnum, 6”, cased with belt buckle.

• Georgia Alcohol Tobacco Tax Unit: Model 66 Marked “GA.T.T.U.” 4”; stainless rear sight.

• Indiana State Police Commemorative: Caliber: .357 Magnum, 4”, with wood presentation case. 800 manufactured in 1975.

• Indiana State Police 50th Anniversary Edition: 6” barrel with “1933 - 50th Anniversary – 1983” barrel rollmark. 500 manufactured.

• Iowa Highway Patrol: Caliber: .357 Magnum, 66-1, 4” barrel with wood presentation case. 250 manufactured in 1982.

• Kansas Bureau of Investigation: Marked “KBI.” About 50 so marked with 2-1/2” barrel on a round butt. Model 66-1.

• Kansas Highway Patrol: 4”, Model 66-3.

• Kentucky Coal Operations: Reported c. 1986 as marked “We Dig Coal.”

• Maine Warden Commission: Caliber: .357 Magnum.

• Missouri Highway Patrol: “Fifty Years,” Caliber .357 Magnum, 4” barrel, cased with Bowie knife and badge. 900 manufactured in 1981. Model 66-1. $450.

• Minnesota State Patrol: Caliber: .357 Magnum, 4” barrel. 450 manufactured. Shield on sideplate, “State Patrol” on the frame.

• Model 66 for RSR: Caliber: .357 Magnum, 3” Mag-Na-Ported barrel, 6-shot, .375” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger, pinned black ramp front sight, with black blade rear sight, KT round butt frame, stainless glass bead finish, laminate wood finger grove stocks, 34.5 oz. Product code 102715, 1996.

• Montana Highway Patrol: Caliber: .357 Magnum, 66-1, 4” barrel, belt buckle, commemorates 44 years of service. 213 manufactured in 1979.

• Montana Fish and Game: 130 issue guns in 1975, serial number range 6K93186 - 93320, seal on sideplate, stamped “MFG001” – “MFG130.”

• Naval Investigative Service (NIS): (C&R) Caliber: .357 Magnum, 4” barrel, red ramp front sight, white outline rear sight, numbered “[#] of 333” on frame, N.I.S. Special Agent badge etched on the sideplate with “Naval Investigative Service Special Edition 1988” inscribed on the right side of the barrel. Sold only to members of the Association of Retired NIS Special Agents through a normal law enforcement dealer channel. Supplied with a cherrywood case with the NIS badge etched on the glass top of the case. Special order #8078. Product code 102705. 333 manufactured in 1988.

• New Hampshire State Police: “N.H.S.P.” Model 66-1, 4” barrel.

• North Carolina Highway Patrol: Model 66-1.

• Oklahoma City Police Department Commemorative: 782 with 4” barrel made in 1979.

• Rhode Island State Police Issue Handgun: 6” barrel; marked “RISP,” with butt swivel.

• Shreveport Police Department Issue Handgun: Marked “SPD” or “S’Port PD La,” 2-1/2” barrel Model 66-1, stainless H&T.

• South Carolina Highway Patrol: Caliber: .357 Magnum.

• Treasury Department: 2-1/2”, stamped with Treasury Dept. seal, special serial number.

• Tulsa Police: Caliber: .357 Magnum.

• U.S. Border Patrol: (C&R) Caliber: .357 Magnum, 50th Anniversary, 1924 - 1974, border patrol badge etched on the frame. “USBP” serial prefix, 4” barrel, 3138 manufactured in 1976.

• Virginia State Police Commemorative: 4” barrel, 1500 manufactured in 1982. Model 66-1.

• Virginia Game Warden Commemorative: 4” barrel, shield on sideplate with shield engraved on the case. 84 manufactured in 1984.

• Washington State Patrol: Model 66-2, 4”, “WA State Patrol.”

• Model 66 LadySmith: Caliber: .357 Magnum, 2-1/2” barrel red ramp front sight, white outline rear sight, 6-shot fluted cylinder, stainless finish, Hogue grips on a round butt frame, drilled and tapped, adjustable sights, “LADYSMITH” laser engraved on the sideplate and packed in a “LadySmith” marked softside carry case by Bob Allen. Limited production. Product code 102714, 1996.

• The Super K: Caliber: .357 Magnum. 3” specially contoured barrel with two-port Mag-na-porting, white synthetic grip with S&W medallions, Performance Center tuned action and overtravel trigger stop. From Lew Horton Distributors, 1997.

• The Model 66 will be found with Mag-Na-Porting beginning in 1997 and offered by many distributors.

• Model 66-5, Fitted with Blue Cylinder: Red ramp on 2-1/2” barrel with white outline rear sight. Oct. 2000. Product code 149188.

• Model 66-5, fitted with blue cylinder, red ramp on 3" barrel with white outline rear sight. Oct. 2000. Product code 149189.

• Model 66-5, Stocking Dealer Special: Fitted with green hi-viz front sight and a V-notch rear sight black blade. Barrel length is 3.2”. Manufactured in 2001. Product code 102720.

• Model 66-6 Performance Center “F” Comp: Reintroduced at the 2003 SHOT Show, this model features a 3” full-lug ported barrel with drift adjustable dovetailed ramp front sight with Micrometer click rear sight, 6-shot cylinder with chamfered charge holes. The front sight is set behind the ported barrel; glass bead finish; shipped with walnut combat grips and an additional Hogue Bantam monogrip. Product code 170024. Manufactured in 2003; retail price $798.

• Model 66-6, Davidsons Special: 3.25” barrel, green hi-viz front sight, V-notch rear sight. Smooth target trigger, black rubber finger groove grips. Product code 162720. Manufactured in 2004.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 66 (1970): Introduction at serial number K949100.

• 1974: Introduce 2-1/2" with round but.

• 66-1 (1977): Change of gas ring from yoke to cylinder.

• 1978: Introduce 6" barrel as cataloged length (previously available on special order only).

• 66-2 (1982): Eliminate cylinder counterbore and pinned barrel; slight change in cylinder length to 1.62".

• 1985: Special production of 3" barrel for Ashland Arms, 5000 manufactured, “ALU” serial number prefix.

• 66-3 (1986): New yoke retention system/radius stud package/hammer nose bushing/floating hand.

• 1988: Special 3" full-lug version with full-length extractor rod.

• 1994: Uncle Mike’s grips on 2-1/2".

• 66-4 (1994): Change rear sight leaf, drill and tap frame, introduce Hogue grips, change extractor.

• 1995-96: Delete square butt; begin shipments in foam-filled blue plastic cases.

• 1997: Change thumbpiece/ship with Master trigger locks/change to MIM trigger.

• 66-5 (1998): Change in frame design: eliminate cylinder stop stud/eliminate serrated tangs/change to MIM hammer with floating firing pin/change internal lockwork.

• 2001: Fired case.

• 66-6 (2002): Introduce internal key lock system.

• 2005: Model 66 discontinued; product dropped from catalog. (See the Model 620 entry).

Product Codes and Features by Year

101711

6” TS TT TH RR WO, 1984-92.

102702

2-1/2” S RB RR, 1984-93 30.5 oz.

102703

2-1/2” S RB RR WO SG 1984-,2001- 2001 retail $572.

102704

4” S Wash. State Patrol.

102705

4” S TS RR, 1984-93 36 oz.

102706

4” S TS RR WO SB, 1984-95.

102706

4” S TS RR WO RB, 1996-2001 with SB grips - 2001 retail $579.

102707

4” S TS TT TH RR WO, 1984-91.

102708

6” S “Critical Moment.”

102709

6” S TS RR SB, 1984-95 39 oz.

102709

6” S TS RR RB 1996-01 with SB grips - 2001 retail $579.

102710

6” TS RR WO, 1984-91.

102712

3” FL RR Special 1988 & 1996 & 1999, for RSR.

102714

2-1/2” RR WO AS SG DT LadySmith, 1996.

102715

RSR Special 500 Units, 1996.

102719

3” 66-5, RR WO RB, service style faux-ivory grips with no medallions.

102720

3-1/4” RSR Special, Hi Viz with notch rear sight.

149188

2-1/2” RR WO with blue cylinder, Oct. 2000.

149189

3-1/4” RR WO with blue cylinder, Oct. 2000.

162703

2-1/2” S 6SH RB RR WO SG DT AS IL, 2002-2003.

162703

2-1/2” ZS-06-CS-A2-MD-GR-SA/SR-FS, 2004.

162706

4” S 6SH RR WO SG DT AS IL, 2002-2003.

162706

4” ZS-06-CS-A2-MD-GR-SA/SR-FS, 2004.

162720

3-1/4” Green Hi-Viz IL 66-6, 2004.

Model 67: The .38 Combat Masterpiece Stainless

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the square butt K target frame with three screws. Stainless steel version of the Model 15; 4” barrel with pin and top rib, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.56”, red ramp front sight on ramp base with stainless steel adjustable micrometer click rear sight, later changed to a black rear sight. Walnut Magna style stocks with S&W medallions, non-shrouded extractor, 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap, .375” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger. Produced c. 1972 - date.

Recent production Model 67-6, photo courtesy of Smith & Wesson.

Variations

• Model 67-1, 4" barrel, “Louisville Division of Police” on the sideplate.

• Model 67s are found with the “CHP” or “OHB” overstamp on the left side of the frame in small quantities, usually in rough shape.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 67 (1972): Introduction.

• 67-1 (1977): Change to move gas ring from yoke to cylinder.

• 1982: Delete pinned barrel.

• 67-2 (1988): New yoke retention system/radius stud package/floating hand/hammer nose bushing.

• 67-3 (1993): Change extractor, drill and tap frame, introduce Hogue grips, change rear sight leaf.

• 1996: Delete square butt/begin shipments in blue plastic case.

• 1997: Change thumbpiece/ship with Master trigger locks/change to MIM trigger.

• 67-4 (1998): Change in frame design to eliminate cylinder stop stud /eliminate serrated tangs/change to MIM hammer with floating firing pin/change internal lockwork.

• 2001: Fired case.

• 67-5 (2002): Introduce internal key lock system.

• 67-6 (2004): New two-piece barrel design.

Product Codes and Features by Year

102802

4” S SB RR, 1984-95, 34 oz.

102802

4” S RB RR SG DT, 1996-01 with SB grips; 2001 retail $573.

162802

4” S 6SH SB RR SG DT AS IL, 2002-2003.

162802

4” ZS-06-A2-MD-GR-B2-SA-SR-FS-CS-IL, 2004-2006 - 2005 retail $642.

Model 68: .38 Special California Highway Patrol

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the square butt K target frame with three screws, rated +P, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a length of 1.56”; 6” pinned and ribbed barrel, red ramp front sight with black stainless rear target sight, walnut service stocks with S&W medallions; 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap, shrouded extractor rod, .275” service trigger, .375” service hammer. Manufactured for the California Highway Patrol and later for the Los Angles Police Department in 1983. “CHP” originally stamped on the left of the frame above the trigger guard, overstamped “OHB” when sold. S&W trademark on the sideplate, cylinder face stamped with a “V” to indicate a .38 Special cylinder. Produced when the California Highway Patrol was not permitted to carry .357 Magnum sidearms. Identical in appearance to a Model 66 except that the barrel is stamped .38 Special and the cylinder is shorter. “K” serial prefix and three-letter serial number prefix. Product code 102892 with approximately 6,055 manufactured c. 1977 - 1988.

Model 68, CHP, photo courtesy of Michael Smith.

Variations

• California Highway Patrol Commemorative: 1984. Caliber: .38 Special; a limited edition commemorative version of the CHP Model 68 offered in May 1984, engraved with the CHP “Winged Wheel” on the sideplate, with “California Highway Patrol” engraved on the barrel, with belt buckle, laser engraved walnut presentation case.

• “Los Angles Police Department”-marked Model 68-2 , red ramp front sight with black outline rear sight. Chambered in .38 Special, 6" barrel. Product code 102891. Serial number AJH7108 was our example.

• Prototype Model 66-2 with 68-2 overstamp serial number AES0001 with “Los Angeles Police Department” on the right side of the barrel, with maple stocks in 6” barrel configuration in .38 Special.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 68 (1977): Introduction.

• 68-1: Example has been reported but not verified.

• 68-2 (1982): Eliminate pinned barrel, three-letter serial prefix.

Model 69

Experimental.

Model 73: .38 Special “C” Frame

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the round butt C frame with three screws. A 6-shot revolver built on a newly-developed frame known as a C frame using a coil mainspring rather than the customary leaf spring, with a 2” heavy barrel and blue finish. The C frame was designed to compete with Colt’s Detective Special and was sized between a J and K frame and is covered under patent #3874104 dated 1975. This model has the cylinder stop off set in the frame, the only model to have been built this way, while the cylinder stop notches are in between charge holes. 5000 units were built with all but 20 or fewer reported to have been destroyed because the off set cylinder stop created assembly and testing problems. Smith & Wesson sold two complete guns and one frame at auction at Butterfield & Butterfield from their vault on July 23, 1996. Serial numbers P9, P214 and P382 are known to be complete guns while X314 was a frame only. The highest bid was $4500. “P” serial prefix (1973). Too rare to estimate value; ANIB may approach low five figures.

Rare Model 73, on the C frame. Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Model 242Ti: .38 S&W Special Airlite Ti Centennial L Frame

Caliber: .38 S&W Special +P. Double-action-only revolver built on a newly-developed round butt alloy Centennial L frame with three screws. Introduced in February 1999 at the SHOT Show and made available in mid-March 1999. This model is built on the L frame with a fully concealed hammer and fixed sights. This makes it the first “Centennial” built on anything larger than a J frame in the company’s history, introduced together with the Model 296, both of which have 2-1/2” barrels. Features include .312” smooth combat MIM trigger, pinned black ramp front sight using a roll pin. Aluminum alloy frame with a 7-shot titanium cylinder with a nominal length of 1.625”. This model is also rated for .38 Spl +P ammunition. Marked “.38 S&W SPL.+P” on the left side of the barrel shroud with “SMITH &WESSON” on the right side. This model has a two-piece barrel design with a barrel shroud and a threaded barrel inside and is not attached in the normal manner. The shroud is fitted to the frame with an alignment pin. The barrel is threaded through the shroud and tightened to the frame with a special wrench that engages the rifling. The frame has a lanyard pin on the butt and is fitted with Uncle Mike’s L frame Boot Grip. Shipped in a black fitted lockable jewelry-type case with gold lettering within a thin white cardboard box with end label, instruction sheets and blue Master trigger lock. Our example was serial number CDE7036. This model was discontinued in January 2000 and manufactured for only one year. Product code 104191 RB FS SG. Weight is 18.9 oz. Produced 1999 - 2000.

Model 242 Ti, Nahas Collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

425

375

295

Model 296Ti: .44 S&W Special Airlite Ti Centennial L Frame

Caliber: .44 S&W Special. Double-action-only revolver built on the round butt alloy Centennial L frame with three screws. Introduced at the February 1999 SHOT Show and made available in mid-March 1999. This is the second model built on an alloy L frame with a concealed hammer in a “Centennial” variation with fixed sights. Features include an aluminum alloy frame with a 5-shot titanium cylinder with a nominal length of 1.625”. .312” smooth combat MIM trigger, pinned black ramp front sight with a roll pin. This model has a lanyard loop pin at the butt with Uncle Mike’s L frame Boot Grip. Marked “.44 S&W SPECIAL CTG. MAX BULLET 200 GRAIN” on the right side of the barrel shroud and “SMITH & WESSON” on the left side. This model has a 2-1/2” barrel shroud with a threaded barrel inside and is not attached in the normal manner: the shroud is fitted to the frame with an alignment pin and the barrel is threaded through the shroud and tightened to the frame with a special wrench that engages the rifling. Shipped in a black fitted lockable jewelry-style case with gold lettering within a white cardboard box with end label, instruction sheets and blue Master trigger lock. Our example was serial number CDE3510. This model was discontinued in December 2001. Produced 1999 - 2001.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103135

2-1/2” RB FS SG 18.9 oz., 1999-01, 2001 retail $754.

Model 296-Ti, Nahas Collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

ANIB

Exc

565

500

Model 317: .22 Airlite Revolver

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Double-action revolver built on the round butt aluminum alloy J magnum frame with three screws. Introduced in February of 1997 as the latest in the Airweight series of S&W revolvers but now called the “Airlite” series. This model has an 8-shot alloy cylinder with a nominal length of 1.51” with an all alloy frame and alloy barrel with a steel sleeve insert. Weighing in at just over 10.9 oz. when fitted with Uncle Mike’s rubber stocks and with a loaded weight of 11.4 oz. The hammer is a departure from the standard S&W hammers, being borrowed from the “Bodyguard” series with a straight spur. Satin brushed alloy finish with S&W “Clear Cote” process. One distinguishing feature are the weight-reducing grooves cut into the backstrap and under the trigger guard. It also has a machined recess with a lanyard pin at the heel of the butt. “AIRLITE” is marked on the side plate in solid letters on early production (“ULT” is the introductory serial prefix) and is just silhouette outlined on “LGT” serial prefix and later production. This model also sports the new MIM thumbpiece. 1/8” forged ramp front sight and square notch rear sight. 2” barrel; .240” hammer used from the Model 38; .312” smooth combat trigger with a double-action pull of 13.5 pounds.

The earliest production serial prefix was “ULT000x” to “ULT0xxx,” which was then changed to an “LGT00xx” serial number prefix, the original intent being to call it the “Ultralite” with a similar serial number prefix. The early production had a standard trigger while the “LGT” prefix may be found with a new style trigger that is hollow (MIM trigger) when viewed from the backstrap. In August 1997 a LadySmith version was released with an 8-lb. trigger pull and a more conventional spurred hammer packaged in a padded burgundy jewelry-style display case with a Master trigger lock included with its own cutout. The keys were stamped with an “SW.” In November 1997 S&W introduced this model as a 317-1 variation in a 3” Target Kit Gun also with a conventional hammer and the MIM triggers with pinned black blade front sight and micrometer click rear sight. .240” service hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger, available with Uncle Mike’s Combat Grips weighing 12.5 oz. or fitted with DymondWood grips weighing 11 oz. This target model also has the lanyard pin attachment point on the butt but is covered up by the grips. 2” versions are shipped in a foam-filled blue case while the Ladysmith variation is shipped in a burgundy fitted case. Early 1997 shipments did not have the Master trigger lock. A small quantity were shipped without any markings except for the serial number in the “LGTxxxx” prefix c. March of 1997. DymondWood grips were discontinued in 1999 except for the LadySmith Version. In 2000 this model was shipped with a fired case. In 2001 all “Airlite” production was fitted with the internal trigger lock and in 2002 frame markings began to change from the “four lines” to “SPLD, MA S&W U.S.A.” Produced 1997 – date.

Model 317s, top to bottom: First production, target-sighted models with standard vs. hi-vis front sights, LadySmith. Nahas Collection, from Paul Goodwin photos.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 317 (1997): Introduction of model with 2" barrel.

• 317-1 (1997): Target version with 3" barrel with black ramp (Kit Gun).

• 317-1 (2000): Target version with 2" stainless barrel red ramp/120 manufactured.

• 2001: Fired case.

• 317-1 (2001): Target version with 3" barrel with green hi-viz front sight.

• 317-2 (2002): Internal key lock system on fixed sight 2" variation.

• 317-3 (2002): Internal key lock system on target sight 3" variation; change markings of the four lines to “SPFLD, MA S&W U.S.A.” on remaining variations in production.

Product Codes and Features by Year

100221

3” Target Kit Gun with green Hi-Vis front sight, “V” notch rear sight. 1997-01 2001 retail $582.

100222

2” with Uncle Mikes Boot Grips RB FS SG 10.9 oz., 1997-01 - 2001 retail $533.

100224

3” Target Kit Gun with DymondWood Grips 11 oz., 1998-99.

100225

3” Target Kit Gun with Uncle Mikes Combat Grips 12.5 oz., 1998-00.

100227

2” Ladysmith Version with DymondWood Grips 1997-01 - 2001 retail $596

100228

2” with DymondWood Boot Grip 9.9 oz., 1997-99.

149101

2” Target Kit Gun with 2” stainless steel barrel. Uncle Mike’s Combat Grip, with Red Ramp front sight Special for 2000.

160221

3” Kit Gun S 8SH RB AS SG HV IL, 2002-03. Internal Lock added.

160221

3” ZC-08-A2-SM-GR-B2-SA-SH-FA-CA-IL, 2004-06.

160222

1-7/8” S 8SH RB FS SG Internal Lock, 2002-03.

160222

1-7/8” ZC-08-A2-SM-GR-B2-SA-SH-FA-CA-IL, 2004-06 160227 1-7/8” Internal Lock LadySmith, 2002; discontinued 2003.

600225

Used Gun Code for 100225.

Note: DymondWood grips were hard to get due to the closing of the Ace Grip Co. in April 1997. Another vendor was sought.

Model 325PD: Airlite Sc

Caliber: .45 ACP. Double-action revolver. Introduced in February of 2004 at the SHOT Show. Built on the scandium/ aluminum alloy N target frame with a 2-3/4” barrel with a hi-viz light-gathering orange dot front sight and an adjustable V-notch black rear sight. 6-shot fluted titanium cylinder with a nominal length of 1.54”. Matte black finish frame with natural dark grey titanium cylinder, black .400” smooth trigger and black .500” checked target hammer. This model has the internal key lock system. Drilled and tapped for scope mount under the rear sight leaf. A lanyard pin is located at the base of the grip and is fitted with smooth Ahrends Cocobolo grips. Marked with scandium’s atomic symbol on the sideplate with “AirLite PD” “SPFLD, MA S&W U.S.A.” Barrel is marked “.45 ACP” on the right side with “Smith & Wesson” on the left. This model has a barrel shroud with a threaded barrel inside and is not attached in the normal manner: the shroud is fitted to the frame with an alignment pin, and the barrel is threaded through the shroud and tightened to the frame with a special wrench that engages the barrel rifling. (Now known as the two-piece barrel design.) A small metal flame shield is just above the barrel and under the top strap to reduce flame cutting at the cylinder/barrel gap. The S&W trademark is laser etched under the thumbpiece. Frame part number 29499. In August of 2004 S&W released a special production of a “Clear Cote” version of the Model 325 with a red ramp front sight insert with white outline rear sight with case color hammer and trigger, frame part number 29607. Weight is 21.5 ounces with an overall length of 7-1/4”. Suggested retail was $939. In June 2005 a 4” “PD” variation with hi-viz light-gathering green dot front sight was introduced. Features Ahrends finger groove wood grip and adjustable V-notch rear sight. Weight 26.5 oz. Produced 2004 - date.

Model 325s. Note variations in finish, barrel lengths, and front sights. Nahas Collection, from Paul Goodwin photos.

ANIB

Exc

VG

700

600

525

Product Codes and Features by Year

163415FC

2-1/2” Black ZB-06-A2-LG-GW-B2-SA-SH-FA-CT-IL, 2004-2006.

149757FC

2-1/2” Clear Cote finish; c. 300 manufactured 2004 only.

163416FC

4” ZB-06-A2-LG-GW-B2-SA-SH-FA-CT-IL, 2005-2006.

Model 327: Airlite Sc

See “Performance Center” section.

Model 329PD: Airlite Sc

Caliber: .44 Magnum. Double-action revolver built on the round butt scandium/aluminum alloy N frame. It was bound to happen! Smith & Wesson put the famous .44 Magnum on a lightweight non-steel frame that weighs in at 26 oz. This revolver is reported to be a “handful” when fired due to recoil. Introduced at the SHOT Show in February 2003 with a 6-shot titanium cylinder with a nominal length of 1.7” as a personal defense revolver (PD) with a 4” full-lug barrel. Features a hi-viz light gathering orange dot front sight with a V-notch adjustable rear sight over a serrated 4” barrel shroud attached to the frame with a threaded barrel insert. Shipped with Ahrends finger groove wood grips and also an extra Hogue square butt rubber grip. The frame is laser etched with the scandium atomic symbol on the sideplate with “Airlite PD” and “SPFLD,MA S&W U.S.A.” and has a lanyard pin on the frame under the grip. Fitted with a checked .500” target hammer and a smooth combat trigger. The S&W trademark is under the thumbpiece. The frame is drilled and tapped for scope mount. A small metal flame shield is just above the barrel and under the top strap to reduce flame cutting. Barrel markings are “.44 MAGNUM” on the right side and “SMITH & WESSON” on the left side. Matte black finish with internal key lock system and fired case. Frame part number is 29425. Serial number CFY3973 was our example. Retail price in 2003 was $900. Produced 2003 - date.

Model 329 PD, photo courtesy of Smith & Wesson.

ANIB

Exc

VG

700

675

550

Engineering and Production Changes

329 (2003): Product introduction.

329-1 (2003): Performance Center variations 3” black and clear. All recalled.

Product Codes and Features by Year

163414FC

4” BK 6SH WG HV IL 2003 -; 26.5 oz.

163414FC

4” ZB-06-A2-LG-GW-SA-SH-FA-CT-IL, 2004-2006.

170233FC

3” Clear Performance Center with 99 reported manufactured Oct. 2003.

170232FC

3” Black Performance Center with 206 reported manufactured Oct. 2003.

Model 331Ti:

.32 Magnum Chiefs Special Airlite Ti

Caliber: .32 H&R Magnum. Double-action revolver built on the round butt alloy J magnum frame with three screws, released for production in March of 1999. This model has a 6-shot titanium cylinder with a nominal length of 1.59”, built like the base model 337 with an exposed hammer a la the Chiefs Special. Features a .240” checked hammer with a .312” smooth combat trigger. This model was pictured in the 1999 catalog as having a pinned black ramp front sight; however, after testing S&W found that the point of aim and point of impact did not match and changed the front sight to a forged front sight with a lower profile to match point of impact to point of sight. Pinned front sight revolvers were prototypes only. This model has a barrel shroud with a threaded barrel inside and is not attached in the normal manner. The shroud is fitted to the frame with an alignment pin and the barrel is threaded through the shroud and tightened to the frame with a special wrench that engages the rifling. The barrel shroud is marked “.32 H&R MAG” on the right side with “Smith & Wesson” on the left and has titanium’s atomic symbol on the sideplate with “Airlite Ti.” Shipped in a black jewelry-style fitted case with gold lettering with Uncle Mike’s Boot Grip or a DymondWood grip. A 3” version was planned but never produced. In 2001 the internal key lock system was introduced on the -1 variation. Our example was serial number CDE9870. Produced 1999 - 2003.

Model 331-2, Uncle Mike’s Boot Grips, Nahas Collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

475

400

350

Engineering and Production Changes

• 331: 1999 introduction.

• 331-1 2000: 3" target barrel (never released).

• 2001: Fired case.

• 331-2 (2001): Internal key lock system on 1-7/8" version.

• 331-3 (2001): 3" target barrel with internal key lock, never produced.

• 2002: Change markings from four lines to two.

• 2003: Fired case. Model discontinued.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103667

1-7/8” Uncle Mikes Grip RB FS SG 11.9 oz., 1999-01; 2001 retail $716.

103673

1-7/8” DymondWood Grip RB FS WG 11.2 oz., 1999-99.

163667

1-7/8” 6SH RB FS SG IL Internal Lock system, 2001-2003.

Model 331Sc:

.32 Magnum Chiefs Special Airlite Sc

Caliber: .32 H&R Magnum. Double-action revolver built on the round butt J Magnum scandium alloy frame with a 6-shot fluted aluminum/scandium alloy cylinder. S&W found the scandium cylinder was suitable with the .32 Magnum cartridge and dropped the titanium cylinder from production. 1/8” red ramp front sight with square notch rear sight. Black Hogue Bantam rubber monogrip on an anodized satin black frame. This model replaces the Airlite Ti with the titanium cylinder. The frame is laser marked with “Airlite Sc.” Weight 10.5 oz. Shown with a fitted jewelry style case. This model was shown at the NRA 2000 show but not put into production. Built as a prototype only.

Model 332Ti:

.32 Magnum Airlite Ti Centennial

Caliber: .32 H&R Magnum. Double-action-only revolver built on the round butt alloy J magnum frame with 6-shot fluted titanium cylinder with a nominal length of 1.59”. Released in February 1999 at the SHOT Show, this model was the fourth in the Airlite family using a titanium cylinder and built like the Model 342 but with a 6-shot cylinder. As with the Model 331, pinned front sight revolvers were prototypes only. Shipped in a grey fitted jewelry-style case with blue liner or black case with grey liner. About 100 manufactured with blue finish for export. Produced 1999 – 2003.

Model 332-1 Ti, Nahas Collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

475

400

350

Engineering and Production Changes

• 332 (1999): Introduction.

• 2001: Fired case.

• 332-1 (2001): Internal key lock system.

• 2002: Change markings from four lines to two.

• 2004: Model discontinued.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103679

1-7/8” Uncle Mikes Grip RB FS SG 12 oz., 1999-01 - 2001 retail $734.

103675

1-7/8” DymondWood Grip RB FS WG 11.3 oz., 1999-99.

163679

1-7/8” 6SH RB FS SG IL Internal Lock System, 2001-2003.

Model 332Sc:

.32 Magnum Airlite Sc Centennial

Caliber: .32 H&R Magnum. Double-action-only revolver built on the round butt J Magnum Airlite Sc Centennial frame with a 6-shot fluted cylinder also made of aluminum/scandium alloy. 1/8” red ramp front sight with square notch rear sight. On this variation the titanium cylinder was dropped in favor of a scandium alloy frame and cylinder strong enough for the .32 Magnum. Satin black finish with Hogue Bantam rubber monogrip. This variation replaces the 332 Ti. Laser marked “Airlite Sc” on the frame. Shown in a fitted jewelry-style case. Weight is 10.3 oz. This model was shown at the NRA 2000 show but not put into production. Built as a prototype only.

Model 337Ti: .38 Chiefs Special Airlite Ti

Caliber: .38 S&W Special +P. Double-action revolver built on the round butt J magnum frame with three screws. Released for production about December 1, 1998, as third newest addition to the Airlite Ti family. This model has relief cuts around the frame and trigger guard with a pin for a lanyard loop at the heel of the frame. The sideplate has the symbol of the titanium atom with the appropriate number of electrons present. The barrel has a shroud around it with a barrel liner through it that is inserted by S&W with a very special tool to engage the lands and groves to tighten it into the frame; this is a characteristic of all of the Ti and Sc series revolvers with the exception of the 329-1 Performance Center Guns. The barrel shroud also has a flattened profile on the side of the barrel with the markings “.38 S&W SPL. +P JACKETED” on the right side. The standard “SMITH & WESSON” is on the left side. This new model is built on a much lightened J Magnum frame with the MIM hammer and trigger as well as the other newly designed internal parts. 5-shot fluted titanium cylinder with a nominal length of 1.59”. Very similar to the Model 637 except for darker cylinder color and lightening groves around the frame. Internally it has a few lightening cuts in the frame. 1/8” pinned black ramp on the barrel shroud. Available in two grip styles. In 1999 S&W produced this model in a target Kit Gun version with a 3.2” barrel and target sights with a hi-viz red front sight with micrometer click rear sight with Uncle Mike’s combat grip. (The frame is not drilled and tapped for scope mount.) A second variation with a 3.2” barrel was produced with a serrated front ramp and wood laminated grips. Shipped in a grey fitted jewelry-type case. In January 2000 S&W announced a Model 337 “Personal Defense” (PD) variation with a black finish and 1/8” red ramp front sight with Hogue Bantam grips shipped in a black fitted case. This model has the natural light grey titanium color on the cylinder. In 2002 the internal lock system was added and made the frame slightly bigger in the hammer area. The frame part number on the PD is 22983. Produced 1998 - 2004.

Model 337s: Note variations in sights, barrel lengths, grips, and finish. Nahas collection, Paul Goodwin photos.

ANIB

Exc

VG

550

450

375

Quick ID: . 38 Special on Chiefs Special frame with titanium cylinder.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 337 (1998): Introduction.

• 337-1 (1999): Introduced in October of 1999; a target variation with a 3.2" barrel is available with two grip styles.

• 337PD (2000): Black and gray finish introduced with red ramp, “PD” marked.

• 2001: Fired case.

• 337-2 (2002): Internal lock system on 1-7/8" fixed sight variation, “PD.”

• 337-3 (2002): Internal lock on 3.2" Kit Gun variation.

• 2002: Change markings from four lines to two.

• 2002: Fired case.

• 2003: Kit Gun variation discontinued.

• 2004: Model 337 discontinued.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103052

1-7/8” DymondWood Grip RB FS WG 11.2 oz., 1998-99.

103053

1-7/8” Uncle Mikes Grip RB FS SG 11.9 oz., 1998-01 - 2001 retail $716.

103054

3-1/8” Target-Kit Gun-Syn Grips- Hi-Viz Red 1999-02 - 2001 retail $779 Discontinued July 2002.

103055

3-1/8” Target-Kit Gun-withWood Grips 1999-02, - 2001 retail $779. Discontinued July 2002.

103056

1-7/8” PD version “Personal Defense,” 2000-01 - 2001 retail $740.

163053

1-7/8” Internal Lock system, 2002-03.

163054

3-1/8” Target Version with Internal Lock, 2002.

163056

1-7/8” PD BK 5SH RB FS RR SG Internal Lock, 2002-03.

Model 337Sc: .38 Chiefs Special Airlite Sc

Caliber: .38 Special +P. Possible future development, prototype only; not currently in production.

Model 340Sc & 340PD:

.357 Magnum Airlite Sc Centennial

Caliber: .357 S&W Magnum. Double-action-only revolver built on the round butt J Magnum Airlite Sc frame with three screws and a 5-shot fluted titanium cylinder with a nominal length of 1.59”. Matte stainless finish on the frame with natural grey titanium color on the cylinder. This model has a small stainless steel “flame shield” clipped above the cylinder-barrel gap to reduce flame cutting by the .357 Magnum rounds. The frame is laser marked with “Airlite Sc” and has the scandium symbol with 21 electrons on the sideplate. Features a .312” smooth target trigger and internal hammer. Fixed sights consist of 1/8” pinned black serrated ramp front sight and square notch rear with a 1-7/8” barrel, Hogue Bantam rubber Monogrip. Fitted with a lanyard pin at the butt of the frame. Scandium alloy frame, barrel shroud and yoke with titanium cylinder. Shipped in a black fitted jewelry-type case with a red felt liner and Master trigger lock and fired case. A personal defense version is available with a satin black finish and grey cylinder with a red ramp insert front sight. Weight is 12 oz. Actual production release was in July of 2001 with the following additions. Markings on the barrel read “No less than 120 Gr. Bullet.” A lockable safety was added in the frame (internal key lock) and shipped with two small keys (stamped with “Smith Wesson”) to disallow unauthorized use. A small arrow and the letter “L” indicated which way to lock the action is laser engraved next to the lock. The serial number is laser engraved on the frame below the trigger guard, in the yoke cut and under the grips in very small characters but was removed from the butt in its traditional location and in later production moved back to only the butt and yoke cut. In 2002 the four-line marking was changed to two lines. “SCAxxxx” introductory serial number prefix. Produced 2001 - date.

Model 340s. Clear finish Sc with ramp front sight and black finish PD with hi-viz front sight. Photos courtesy of S&W.

ANIB

Exc

VG

600

550

500

Quick ID: .357 Magnum on Centennial frame with titanium cylinder.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 340 (2001): Product introduction at SHOT Show.

• 340 (2002): Change markings from four lines to two.

Product Codes and Features by Year

163060FC

1-7/8” S 5SH RB PBB SG IL FS DAO, 2001-03.

163060FC

1-7/8” ZM-05-CT-AD-SM-GR-SF/SB-FA, 2004-06.

163061FC

1-7/8” BK 5SH RB RR SG IL FS DAO PD Version, 2001-05.

163061FC

1-7/8” ZK-05-CT-AD-SM-GR-SF/SR-FA, 2004-06.

163062FC

1-7/8” BK 5SH RB HV SG IL FS DAO PD Green Hi-Viz, 2002-05; 2002 retail $785.

163062FC

1-7/8” ZK-05-CT-AD-SM-GR-SX/SH-FA PD Green Hi-Viz, 2004-06.

Model 342Ti: .38 Special Airlite Ti Centennial

Caliber: .38 S&W Special +P. Double-action-only revolver built on the round butt aluminum alloy J magnum frame with three screws. Released c. December 1, 1998, with a 5-shot fluted titanium cylinder with a nominal length of 1.59” with a natural dark grey finish. This is the second model added to the Airlite Ti family. This model has the relief cuts around the frame and a pin at the butt of the frame for a lanyard cord. This model is rated for .38 Special +P using jacketed ammo only. The barrel is marked “.38 S&W SPL. +P JACKETED.” Due to the low mass of the frame, when +P ammo is fired and mixed with lead bullets it is possible for the lead bullet to become unseated around the crimp and move forward to lock the cylinder from rotating because of a bullet protruding out of the cylinder charge hole. Very similar to the Model 642. Features include 1-7/8” two-piece barrel with a removable stainless steel barrel liner using a special tool, .312” smooth combat trigger, fully concealed hammer, aluminum alloy frame with clear satin finish, aluminum alloy barrel shroud and yoke. In January 2000 S&W introduced a 342 “PD” variation (for Personal Defense) with a black finish and an 1/8” red ramp front sight and Hogue Bantam grips. In 2001 the internal lock system was added to all Model 342 variations by S&W. In 2002 the famous four lines were replaced with laser etching reading “SPFLD. MA S&W U.S.A.” in two lines only. Frame part number for the -1PD is 22986 while that of the clear -1 frame is 22985. Produced 1998 – 2004.

Model 342s. Photos courtesy of Smith & Wesson.

ANIB

Exc

VG

500

475

400

Engineering and Production Changes

• 342 (1998): Product introduction.

• 342PD (2000): Personal Defense “PD” variation introduced.

• 2001: Fired case introduced.

• 342-1 (2001): Internal lock system introduced.

• 2002: Markings changed from four lines to two.

• 2004: Model 342 discontinued in catalog.

Quick ID: .38 Special on Centennial frame with titanium cylinder.

Variations

Bangers with Ahrends Cocobolo wood grips and an orange (red) hi-viz front sight on a 1-7/8” barrel, with the internal lock and a fired casing. Our example (CFS6487) of this variation is marked “342PD” in the yoke cut. The barrel is marked “.38 S&W SPL.” Shipped in a black “Ti” case.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103813

1-7/8” Airlite Ti DymondWood Grip 11.3 oz., 1999-99.

103814

1-7/8” Airlite Ti Uncle Mikes Grip 12 oz., 1999-01; 2001 retail $734.

103816

1-7/8” Airlite PD RR 10.8oz with Hogue Bantam, 2001 - 2001 retail $750.

149556

1-7/8” Cocobola Grips with Hi-Viz Red Bangers Special, 2002.

163814

1-7/8” 5SH S RB FS SG IL PBSR Internal lock added 2002-04.

163816

1-7/8” 5SH BK RB FS SG IL RR PD Internal lock added 2002-03.

Model 342 Sc:

.38 Special Airlite Sc Centennial

Caliber: .38 Special +P. Possible future development with a scandium frame, not currently manufactured. SHOT Show sample only.

Model 351PD Airlite .22 M. R. F.

Caliber: .22 MRF. Introduced at the 2004 SHOT show, this is a PD variation similar to the Model 317 but in .22 Magnum Magnum Rimfire with a 1-7/8” two-piece barrel having a fixed rear sight with a hi-viz red front sight. Early production of this model has a flat black PD finish with Ahrens Cocobola wood Boot Grips on the J Magnum round butt aluminum alloy frame with a lanyard pin at the base of the grip. About six months later production shifted to the one piece Hogue rubber monogrip. 7-shot fluted aluminum cylinder with a nominal length of 1.51”, .240” checked hammer with .275” smooth trigger. Laser etched markings are “Smith & Wesson” on the barrel’s left side with “.22 M.R.F. CTG” on the right side. The barrel is the two-piece style with an extractor shroud and the barrel threaded through it to the frame. Our example was serial number CHL9676 and our barrel measured 2” minus the crown. The S&W trademark is under the thumbpiece and has the internal key lock system. Marked “AirLite PD” on the lower edge of the sideplate with “SPFLD,MA S&W U.S.A.” on the frame. A color data sheet was printed for this model and featured the Hogue rubber grips. Shipped in a blue lockable foam-filled plastic case with fired case, two keys, master cable lock with keys and warranty papers. Frame part number is 29537. Weight is 10.6 oz. Produced 2004 - date.

Model 351PD. Photo courtesy of Smith & Wesson.

ANIB

Exc

VG

475

400

375

Product Codes and Features Year

160228FC

1-7/8” ZK-07-CA-A2-SM-GF-SF/SR-FA, 2004.

160228FC

1-7/8” ZB-07-A2-SM-GW-B2-SF-SI-FA-CA, 2005-06.

Model 357PD:

The 41 Magnum Personal Defense

Caliber: .41 Magnum, Double-action revolver built on the round butt scandium/aluminum alloy N frame. Introduced at the 2005 NRA Annual Meeting with a 6-shot titanium cylinder with a nominal length of 1.67” as a personal defense revolver (PD) with a 4” full-lug barrel. Features a hi-viz light gathering orange dot front sight with a V-notch adjustable rear sight over a serrated 4” barrel shroud, which is attached to the frame with a threaded barrel insert. Shipped with Ahrends finger groove wood grips and also an extra Hogue square butt rubber grip. The frame is laser etched with the Scandium atomic symbol on the sideplate with “Airlite PD” and “SPFLD, MA S&W U.S.A.” and has a lanyard pin on the frame under the grip. Fitted with a checked .500” target hammer and a smooth .400” combat trigger. The S&W trademark is under the thumbpiece. The frame is drilled and tapped for scope mount. A small metal flame shield is just above the barrel and under the top strap to reduce flame cutting. Barrel markings are “.41 MAGNUM” on the right side and “SMITH & WESSON” on the left side. Matte black finish with internal key lock system and fired case. Frame part number is 29673. Serial number CJE2503 was our example. Retail price in 2005 $960. Produced 2005 - date.

Model 357 PD. Photo courtesy of Smith & Wesson.

ANIB

Exc

VG

700

630

575

Product Codes and Features by Year

160230

4” ZB-06-A2-LG-GW-B2-SA-SH-FA-CT, 2005-2006.

Models 360Sc & 360PD:

357 Magnum Chiefs Special Airlite Sc

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Double-action revolver built on the round butt J Magnum “Airlite Sc” frame from an aluminum/ scandium alloy with a fluted 5-shot titanium cylinder with a nominal length of 1.59”. This model has a small stainless steel “flame shield” clipped above the cylinder-barrel gap to reduce flame cutting by the .357 Magnum rounds. The frame is laser marked with “Airlite Sc” and has the scandium symbol with 21 electrons on the sideplate. Fixed sights consist of 1/8” pinned black serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear. Matte stainless finish with grey titanium cylinder. Features a .312” smooth target trigger with .240” semi-target hammer. 1-7/8” two piece barrel, Hogue Bantam monogrip, scandium alloy frame, barrel shroud and yoke with titanium cylinder.

A “PD” (personal defense) variation was shown at NRA 2000 and built as a prototype only and was later put into production in January 2002 with the black PD frame finish and a red ramp front sight. A second PD variation was put into production in January 2002 with a red hi-viz front sight. A Kit Gun variation is available with a 3-1/8” barrel with orange hi-viz front sight and black micrometer click V-notch rear sight with Uncle Mike’s Combat grip. Early 3-1/8” kit guns did not have the “-1” marking. Each model has the internal lock with two keys and is shipped with a fired case in a sealed envelope from Smith & Wesson in a black vinyl case with red felt liner with “Airlite Sc” on the outside in gold letters, later changed to the blue plastic lockable case. The Kit Gun variation is shipped in a metal lockable case with strap and the S&W with the scandium trademark on top of the lid, or just the S&W trademark. May be marked “Do not use less than 120 GR Bullet” on the barrel’s right side. Cataloged 2001 - date.

Model 360s. Nahas Collection, from Paul Goodwin photos.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 360 (2001): Product introduction at SHOT Show.

• 360-1 (2002): “Kit Gun” (target version) marking.

• 2002: Change markings from four lines to two.

ANIB

Exc

VG

600

550

475

Quick ID: .357 Magnum on Chiefs Special Frame with titanium cylinder.

Product Codes and Features Year/Comment

163063FC

1-7/8” S 5SH RB FS SG RR IL PD Finish, 2002-03.

163063FC

1-7/8” ZK-05-CT-A2-SM-GR-SF/SR-FA, 2004-06.

163064FC

1-7/8” S 5SH RB FS SG HV IL PD Finish Hi-Viz Red, 2002-05.

163064FC

1-7/8” ZK-05-CT-A2-SM-GR-SX/SH-FA, 2004-06.

163065FC

1-7/8” S 5SH RB FS SG PBB IL 12 oz. retail $745, 2001-05.

163065FC

1-7/8” ZM-05-CT-A2-SM-GR-SF/SB-FA, 2004-06.

163067FC

3-1/8” S 5SH RB AS SG HV IL HI-VIZ Kit Gun 14.5 oz., 2001-05

2001 Retail

$876 2004 Retail $847.

163067FC

3-1/8” ZM-05-CT-A2-SM-GR-SA/SH-FA, 2004-06.

663063FC

Used Gun Code for 163063.

149986

1-7/8” 5SH RB FS SG IL .38 Special blue steel cylinder 2004, thought to be a prototype assembled for a Japanese order.

Model 386Sc & 386PD:

.357 Magnum Airlite Sc “Mountain Lite”

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Double-action revolver built on the round butt L Airlite Sc target frame made from a scandium/ aluminum alloy with a 7-shot titanium fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.625”. Adjustable sights consist of a hi-viz green dot front sight and the micrometer click rear sight with V notch. 3-1/8” stainless steel two-piece barrel insert with an alloy barrel shroud and yoke. The frame is drilled and tapped for a scope mount and fitted with the Hogue Bantam rubber monogrip. This model has a small stainless steel “flame shield” clipped above the cylinder-barrel gap to reduce flame cutting by the .357 Magnum rounds. The frame is laser marked with “Airlite Sc” and has the scandium symbol with 21 electrons on the sideplate. .312” smooth target trigger with .375” target hammer. “Mountain Lite” is laser engraved on the barrel. A personal defense (PD) variation is the 386PD with a 2-1/2” barrel with a satin black finish with adjustable sights consisting of a 1/8” red ramp insert and standard micrometer click rear sight. In 2002 a 2-1/2” version with hi-viz orange front sight was added to the product line. Cataloged 2001 - date.

Models 386Sc and 389PD. Nahas Collection, from Paul Goodwin photos.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 386 (2001): Product introduction.

• 2002: Markings change from four lines to two.

ANIB

Exc

VG

650

600

575

Product Codes and Features by Year

163687FC

3-1/8” S 7SH RB AS SG HV IL Mountain Lite 18.5 oz., 2001-03; 2001 Retail $830.

163687FC

3-1/8” ZM-07-CT-A2-MD-GR-SA/SH-FA, 2004-06.

163069FC

2-1/2” BK 7SH RB AS SG IL Black Finish RR 17.5 oz., 2001-05; 2001 Retail $791.

163069FC

2-1/2” ZK-07-CT-A2-MD-GR-SA/SR-FA, 2004-06.

163697FC

2-1/2” BK 7SH RB AS SG IL PD withHi-Viz Red 17.5 oz., 2002-03; 2003 Retail $839; 2004 Retail $864. Discontinued 2005.

163097FC

2-1/2” ZK-07-CT-A2-MD-GR-SA/SH-FA, 2004.

663687FC

3-1/8” Used Gun Code.

Model 396Ti:

.44 Special Airlite Ti “Mountain Lite”

Caliber: .44 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the round butt aluminum alloy L target frame with three screws. Introduced in April 2000 as the newest member of the Airlite Ti Family, with a 3.2” barrel with extractor shroud and serrated top rib. This barrel is a two-piece design held in place by the steel liner insert, and will be damaged if removed in the conventional manner. “Mountain Lite” is on the barrel’s right side with “.44 S&W Special Ctg. Max Bullet 200 Grain” on the left side. The rear sight is a standard micrometer click with the front sight being a pinned hi-viz green dot on a ramp base. The frame’s top strap is drilled and tapped for a scope mount. 5-shot fluted cylinder made from titanium with a nominal length of 1.625” in a dark grey satin finish with the frame having a lighter matte satin finish. Hogue Bantam grips are shipped with a removal tool. Fitted with a .312” smooth combat trigger and checked .375” semi-target hammer. A lanyard pin is fitted at the base of the frame. Shipped in a foam filled lockable aluminum carry case (11” X 7 1/2”) with the titanium symbol attached to the lid and a carry strap. All of this is in a bubble-pack liner inside a white cardboard box with its end label, warranty papers and Master trigger lock. In 2001 the internal key lock system was added. Produced 2000 - 2004.

Model 396-1 Mountain Lite. Nahas Collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 396 (2000): Product introduction.

• 2001: Fired case.

• 396-1 (2001): Introduce internal key lock system.

• 2002: Markings change from four lines to two.

• 2004: Shipments in blue plastic case.

• 2005: Model discontinued from catalog.

ANIB

Exc

VG

650

575

475

Product Codes and Features by Year

103688FC

3-1/2” S 5SH AS RB SG GB HV 18 oz., 2001 -2001 retail $788.

163688FC

3-1/2” S 5SH AS RB SG GB HV IL, 2002-03.

163688FC

3-1/2” ZM-05-CT-A2-MD-GR-SA/SH-FA, 2004.

Model 431PD:

.32 Magnum Chiefs Special Airweight

Caliber: .32 H&R Magnum. Double-action revolver. Introduced in April of 2004 and built on the three-screw J Magnum Chiefs special style alloy frame with a 6-shot fluted carbon steel cylinder with a nominal length of 1.59”. This model has an alloy frame marked “Airweight” on the sideplate, with two address lines on the frame with a matte blue finish. “SPFLD, MA S&W U.S.A.” markings. Features include a .275” smooth trigger, .240” checked hammer, internal lock, lanyard pin at the base of the butt with the Hogue Bantam monogrip and a grip removal tool. This model is made with a two-piece barrel, a shroud and a threaded barrel insert with a length of 1-7/8”. Shipped in a S&W blue plastic case. Frame part number is 29573. Barrel markings are “.32 H&R MAG” on the right side with “Smith & Wesson” on the left side. This model has the S&W trademark under the thumbpiece and on the sideplate. Serial number CHK9127 was our example. This model is thought to be the last production of any Chiefs Special-style handgun by S&W in .32 Magnum. Cataloged in mid-2004; a color data sheet was printed for this model in 2004. Formally discontinued in 2006. Produced 2004 - 2005.

Model 431PD. Nahas Collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

475

400

380

Product Codes and Features by Year

163664FC

1-7/8” ZB-06-A2-SM-GR-B2-SF-SB-FA-CC-IL, 2004-2005.

Model 432 PD:

.32 Magnum Centennial Airweight

Caliber: .32 H&R Magnum. Double-action-only. Introduced in April of 2004 and built on the three-screw J Magnum Centennial style alloy frame with a 6-shot fluted carbon steel cylinder with a nominal length of 1.59”. Our first example was not marked “Airweight” on the sideplate, unlike the Model 431, but has the two lines on the frame with a matte blue finish. “SPFLD,MA S&W U.S.A.” markings. Our second example was marked with both the S&W trademark and “Airweight” on the sideplate. Features include a .275” smooth trigger, internal hammer, internal lock, lanyard pin at the base of the butt with the Hogue Bantam monogrip and a grip removal tool. The S&W trademark is under the thumbpiece only. This model is made with a two-piece barrel, a shroud and a threaded barrel insert with an overall length of 1-7/8”. Shipped in a S&W foam-filled blue plastic case. Frame part number is 29574. Barrel markings are “.32 H&R MAG” on the right side with “Smith & Wesson” on the left side. This model is thought to be the last production of a Centennial-style revolver in .32 Magnum. Our example was serial number CHK9150. Cataloged in mid-2004; a color data sheet was printed for this model in 2004. Formally discontinued in 2006. Produced 2004 - 2005.

Model 432PD, Nahas Collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

475

400

380

Product Codes and Features by Year

163666FC

1-7/8” ZB-06-AD-SM-GR-B2-SF-SB-FA-CC-IL, 2004-2005.

163669FC

Crimson Trace Laser grips, 2005.

Model 442:

.38 Special Centennial Airweight

Caliber-.38 S&W Special. Double-action-only revolver built on the round butt J frame with three screws; 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.53”; 1-7/8” barrel, concealed hammer, alloy frame with steel barrel, yoke and cylinder, fitted with Uncle Mike’s Boot Grips. Features a .312” smooth trigger, matte blue or satin nickel finish, serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear sight. The S&W trademark is laser etched on the sideplate. Early 1993 production is “Airweight” marked on the barrel with later production markings deleted for a short time and returning in 1994 with “Airweight” laser inscribed on the sideplate. (This is the production successor to the Model 042.) Barrels marked ‘Smith & Wesson” on the left side with “.38 S&W. Spl.” on the right side. The introduction of the J Magnum frame increased the cylinder length to 1.59” and required a slightly larger frame. Unlike other frames, the introduction of the internal lock system did not result in a slightly larger frame in the hammer area as the internal parts were reduced slightly in size. Frame part numbers observed are 22681 on “CAF” prefix, 22477 on “BRR,” 22474H on “BSH” and “BPF,” 22682 on “CBA,” 22980 on “CFC” with the internal lock. Produced 1993 - date.

Model 442-2, photo courtesy of Smith & Wesson.

ANIB

Exc

VG

365

325

280

Variations

• It was reported, photographed and verified that a few (approximately 10) with a modern alloy cylinder were made for the U.S. Secret Service as prototypes, but were never sold or released to the general public. These prototypes have no markings on the sideplate, and have a matte or polished blue finish. One observed serial number is BSS4500 with Eagle grips with a non-fluted cylinder and no S&W trademarks. Both fluted cylinders and non-fluted cylinders are reported to have been manufactured. These cylinders passed the 5000-round test with no failures, using +P ammo. Built on the original J 442 Centennial frame. This variation is actually lighter than the Ti series because of the all-alloy cylinder. This is the first use of Modern Aircraft Alloys since 1951 in an S&W cylinder. Actually slightly lighter than the Ti series. From the Performance Center. Product code 170023 “Ultralight.”

• A small quantity of transition frames are found with the new frame size, but with the old style thumbpiece and satin nickel finish; manufactured in late 1996.

• Serial number CFJ1628 shipped to Old Town Station with 150th Anniversary Banner with laser markings “1852 An American Tradition 2002,” Model 442-2, September 2002.

• One special Model 442 from the Performance Center with an alloy cylinder and no front ramp, serial number BKP0624 with Performance Center Trademark laser etched on the sideplate. Shipped with extra steel cylinder.

• Mag-Na-Ported with Trijicon Night sights offered by Mag-Na-Port.

• “Street Fighter” with night sights offered by Weigand Pistolsmiths in blue or satin nickel finish.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 442 (1993): Introduction as newest alloy J frame Centennial.

• 442 (1994): Change extractor.

• 442-1 (1996): Change frame and cylinder to J Magnum frame, change thumbpiece, rated for .38 +P with new frame.

• 1996: Begin shipments in blue plastic cases.

• 1997: Delete satin nickel finish. September: Begin shipments of Master trigger locks, change to MIM triggers.

• 1999: Move caliber markings to left of barrel with “S&W” (laser).

• 442-2 (2001): Internal key lock system with new MIM internals.

• 2002: Address markings changed from four lines to two; roll mark barrels.

• 2004: Change to Ahrens wood grips.

Product Codes and Features by Year

102810

1-7/8” B DA SG GB RB 15.8 oz., 1993-2001; 2001 retail $525.

102812

1-7/8” N DA SG GB RB, 1993-1995.

162810

1-7/8” B RG RB DA SG GB IL, 2001-2003.

162810FC

1-7/8” ZB-05-AD-SM-GW-BO-SF- SB-FA-CC, 2004-2006.

602810FC

1-7/8” B 5SH DA SG GB RB IL Used Gun Code, 2002-04.

Model 460: Performance Center Centennial Airweight

See “Performance Center” section.

Model 460XVR:

460 “Extreme Velocity Revolver”

Caliber: .460 S&W. New for 2005 and introduced at the 2005 SHOT show, this is a new caliber resulting from the combined efforts of S&W, Hornady, and Cor-Bon. The velocity of this cartridge exceeds 2300 feet per second using a 200-grain bullet with 2400 ft. lbs. of energy, exceeding that of the .454 Casull. Built on the stainless steel double-action X-Frame with a five shot cylinder, initially with an 8-1/2” full-lug barrel with muzzle brake (7-1/2” plus 1” compensator). This model will also shoot the .45 Colt and .454 Casull cartridge from the same cylinder. Features include 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 2.3”, gold bead black Patridge or hi-viz green dot interchangeable front sight with adjustable black blade rear sight. The barrel has a gain twist rifling (starting slow at one turn in 100 and increasing in twist rate to one in 20) to handle this high velocity cartridge. The forcing cone has a high polish finish to prevent erosion from the hot gases. The firing pin bushing is also the diameter as the case head of the .460 cartridge. Fitted with Hogue rubber grip with S&W monogram, satin stainless finish, removable and interchangeable compensator that is easily removable with a supplied tool. Marked “460XVR” on the sideplate, this model also has the internal key lock. Suggested retail was $1253 at introduction. Factory paperwork suggests some examples were actually distributed for field testing in late 2004. Weight 73 oz. Produced 2005 - date.

Model 460XVR, photo courtesy of Smith & Wesson.

ANIB

Exc

VG

850

750

675

Product Codes

163460FC

8-1/2” ZS 05 A2 XL GR B2 SA SH FS CS, 2005.

163465FC

5” ZS 05 A2 XL GR B2 SA SR FS CS, 2006.

170262FC

10-1/2” Performance Center Version, 2005.

170263FC

6-1/2” Performance Center Version, 2005.

170267FC

6-1/2” Performance Center Version, 2005.

170268FC

3-1/2” Performance Center Version, 2005.

170280FC

12” Performance Center Variation, 2006.

170281FC

3-1/2” Performance Center Variation, 2006.

170282FC

14” Performance Center Variation, 2006.

Model 500: The 500 S&W Magnum

Caliber: .500 S&W Magnum. Introduced in February of 2003 at the SHOT Show, this was Smith & Wesson’s newest introduction in their own caliber. Original ammo was made by Corbon at $2.38 per round in a 12-round box. Since the introduction, several other manufactures have introduced ammunition. Corbon announced in the summer of 2005 a “.500 Special” cartridge, a shorter version of the Magnum with lower power. Built on a new and larger single/double action frame called the X frame; stainless steel construction with a satin stainless finish and a barrel length of 8-3/8” with muzzle compensator. The barrel is of the two-piece design with a barrel shroud and barrel liner threaded into the frame from the muzzle with a special tool. This allows the shroud to be indexed to the frame with proper alignment to the sights and less stress on the barrel. However, the barrel cannot be removed by twisting it off as this will break the index pin and the frame. Grips are Hogue Sorbothane for absorbing recoil. Features a 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 2.3”, long enough to accommodate future development and use of other cartridges. Weight is 72.5 oz. with an overall length of 15”. This model has the internal key lock with a four-screw sideplate. Interchangeable Patridge black blade front sight with micrometer click white outline blade rear sight. “S&W 500” is laser marked on the sideplate. The extractor rod has no front locking lug like other S&Ws but instead has a ball detent lock on the frame and yoke. Fitted with a .430” hammer and .400” smooth combat trigger. Marked “500 S&W Magnum” on the barrel’s left side with “Smith & Wesson” on the right. The S&W trademark is under the thumbpiece. In 2004 S&W introduced a 4” barrel variation with a red ramp front sight. Retail price for 2003 is $987. Also see the “Performance Center” variation.

Historical Note: Finally Smith & Wesson put their famous trademark on a NASCAR on November 8, 2003. Smith &Wesson presented to Kerry Dale Ernhardt a highly-polished and engraved Model 500 to debut the Smith & Wesson car #74 at Rockingham, N.C. However, it went no further and the car was never seen with the trademark due to rainouts. The following year, car #30 ran in the Busch series. Revolver serial number KDE0001 was presented to Kerry while four others were made available in a serial range of KDE0002 - KDE0005. Called the “Masters Edition,” this gun is hand engraved with a gold inlay of the Smith & Wesson car on the sideplate and the number “74” in the side roll of the frame. Price was $5,000. A “Limited Edition” was also available in a serial range of KDE0006 - KDE0200 but is laser engraved instead of hand engraved. Price was $1450. In January 2004 S&W introduced the 500 with a 4” barrel and two interchangeable muzzle brakes as well as a Performance Center variation with a 6-1/2” barrel. In 2005 S&W introduced a variation with a red dot hi-viz front sight interchangeable with a black ramp with 8-3/8” barrel with removable compensator. By July of 2005 S&W had shipped 45,000 model 500s. Produced 2003 - date.

Model 500, photo courtesy of Smith & Wesson.

ANIB

Exc

VG

800

750

700

Product Codes and Features by Year

149696FC

8-3/8” 5SH RB Hi Polish & Engraved 2004, Lew Horton. Retail $2200.

163500FC

8-3/8” 5SH RB DA SG AS IL 72 oz., 2003.

163500FC

8-3/8” ZS-05-CS-A2-B2-XL-GR-SA/SC-FS, 2004-2006. Retail $1017.

163501FC

8-3/8” HI-Viz Red Front Sight, 2005-2006.

163504FC

4” ZS-05-CS-A2-B2-XL-GR-SA/SR-FS ,2004-2006. Retail $1150.

170231FC

10-1/2” Performance Center 500 Hunter, Features: 05, A2, XL, GR, B2, SA, SR, FS, CS, ZS; 2003.

170246FC

6.5” Performance Center-Comped Hunter, 2004.

170255FC

7.5” Performance Center-Black-Comped Hunter, 2005.

Model 520: The .357 Magnum Military & Police

Caliber: .357 Magnum/.38 Special. Introduced in May of 1980. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N service frame with three screws. 6-shot counterbored and fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.62”, blue finish, 4” pinned barrel, non-reflective topstrap, N frame square butt with checkered PC style walnut grips, shrouded extractor rod, .265” grooved service trigger, .265” grooved service hammer, serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear fixed sight, smooth backstrap and forestrap. Originally ordered for the New York State Police but never delivered. The only .357 Magnum manufactured on an N frame without target sights. Weight 40 oz. “N” serial range of N557750 - N560860 with 3,000 manufactured in 1980. Usually found in ANIB condition.

Model 520 (1980 version), Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Model 520:

The Model of 2005 .357 Magnum

Caliber: .357 Magnum/.38 Special. Introduced at the NRA 2005 Annual Meeting with a 7-shot fluted titanium cylinder with a nominal length of 1.625”. Features a 4” two piece barrel system with shrouded extractor rod and light gathering hi-viz orange dot front sight with adjustable V-notch rear sight. MIM hammer, trigger and thumbpiece. Carbon steel round butt frame with titanium cylinder. Built on the new medium or L frame with black finish and titanium grey cylinder with internal lock system and Ahrends finger groove wood grips. Barrel markings are “Smith & Wesson” on the right side with “S&W .357 Magnum” on the left side. The S&W trademark is found under the thumbpiece. Frame part number is 29677. Weight is 37.9 oz. Cataloged 2005 - date. (See note at Model 619.)

Model 520 (2005 version), Paul Goodwin photo.

ANIB

Exc

500

485

Product Codes and Features by Year

164297

4” ZB-07-A2-MD-GW-B2-SA-SH-FC-CT, 2005-2006.

Model 544: The Texas Wagon Train Commemorative (C&R)

Caliber: .44-40 Winchester. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N target frame with three screws. 5” barrel, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.66”, .500” target hammer, .400” target trigger, red ramp front sight with white outline rear sight, shrouded extractor rod, top rib, smooth Goncalo Alves target stocks with S&W medallions. 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap. Basswood presentation case with “Texas” etched markings and blue cloth lined, marked “1836 Texas 1986” on barrel to commemorate the Texas Sesquicentennial (150 years). This model is one of the relatively few .44-40 caliber revolvers shipped since 1940. The first Model 544 was shipped May 6, 1986. Although the reserved serial number range was TWT0001- TWT7800 there were large gaps in this range with the last Model 544 shipped being serial number TWT5100. A total of 4782 of these revolvers were manufactured. Manufactured in 1986.

Model 544, standard, Old Town Station photo.

ANIB

550

Product Codes

103195

5” HB Commemorative.

103196

Special – Reported as a special deluxe engraved edition, only 150 produced, possibly with glass case and Texas longhorn bronze.

103197

Low Number TWT0001-TWT0020.

Model 544, deluxe version, photos courtesy of Winchester Gallery.

Model 547: The 9mm Military & Police

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Double-action revolver built on the square or round butt K service frame with three screws. 3” heavy barrel with round butt or 4” heavy barrel with square butt, blue finish, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.67” and a special spring-loaded finger-type extractor that engages the extractor groove on the cartridge. Walnut Magna grips with S&W medallions on the square butt frame or round butt target grips with a speed loader cutout on the 3” round butt frame. 1/8” serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear fixed sights, .265” flat face short throw semi-bobbed hammer, .312” smooth trigger. This frame has a special cartridge retainer pin in the frame above the firing pin to keep the shell casing in place during firing and a floating firing pin rather than the standard firing pin on the hammer. Non-shrouded extractor rod, smooth backstrap and forestrap. Early production has a pinned barrel. “9MM CTG PAT 4127955” marked on barrel’s right side. Believed that most standard production began in the “6D” serial prefix range, although earlier guns in the “2D” to “5D” serial number range have been reported but not verified. Production was about 10,270 units, with approximately 6486 in round butt configuration. Produced c. 1980 - 1985.

Model 547, 9mm revolver, ArmsBid.com photo.

Variations

In March of 1990 S&W announced and printed a data sheet on a Model 547 variation chambered in .357 Magnum called the 547M, in an effort to use up existing 547 frames. The data sheet announced it was available in 3” barrel with a round butt or 4” heavy barrel with a square butt frames. Features were to be .265” service hammer with .312” smooth combat trigger. Fixed sights with Goncalo Alves round butt combat style grips. This revolver was reported as never manufactured or brought to market due to some technical difficulties, but longtime fitters employed at S&W report that a small quantity were assembled and possibly returned with some remaining in the U.S. marketplace. The fitters also report the problems concerned the mainsprings’ having to be just right. No known examples as yet.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 547 (1980): Introduction.

• 547 (1982): Begin “AAF” serial prefix and delete pinned barrel.

• 1985: Model 547 discontinued.

• 547-M (1990): 547-M announced with 4,000 units to be chambered in .357 and advertised. Production was canceled with no examples known to exist.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103202

3” HB B RB, 84-85 32 oz.

103204

4” HB B SB, 84-85 34 oz.

103206

4” HB B SB, 1990 35.5 oz. Chambered in .357.

103208

3” HB B RB, 1990 33.5 oz. Chambered in .357.

L FRAME REVOLVER BACKGROUND INFORMATION

The K-frame .357 Magnums became immensely popular as police revolvers. However, some felt that extensive firing of full power .357 ammunition in the relatively light framed guns was wearing on both gun and shooter. There appeared to be a demand for a .357 that handled like a K frame but offered the heft and durability of an N frame. The L frame was introduced as this compromise size, with design input from Roy Jinks, and quickly established itself in the law enforcement and hunting markets. L frames also generally feature a full-length under-barrel lug, which adds recoil absorbing weight to the gun. The under-barrel lug has since been offered as a special feature on selected models in other frame sizes.

The L frame models are the 580s and 680s: carbon steel Models 581 in fixed sight and 586 with adjustable sight, with the stainless counterparts being the 681 in fixed sight and 686 in adjustable sight. The newest steel L frame Model is the 696 5-shot in .44 Special introduced in December 1996. The newest L frame in alloy is the Model 386 Airlite Sc introduced in May at NRA 2000. Titanium L frame Model 396 was also introduced in 2000 at the SHOT Show.

Model 581:

The .357 Distinguished Service Magnum

Caliber: .357 Magnum/.38 Special. Double-action revolver built on the square butt L service frame with three screws in carbon steel. Blue or nickel finish, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.62”, 4” full-lug barrel only, .312 smooth trigger, .265” service hammer, 1/8” serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear, checkered walnut service stocks with S&W medallions, smooth backstrap and forestrap. Although examples are found with the “AAA” serial number prefix, regular production begins at about serial number AAD2120. Produced c. 1980 - 1988.

Model 581, Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Variations

• Model 581 chambered in .38 Special for the New York Transit Authority.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 581 (1980): Begin regular production.

• 581-1 (1986): Radius stud package, floating hand.

• 581-2 (1987): New hammer nose and associated parts

• 581-M (1987): Product warning by S&W: “M” overstamped to signify a modification by the factory or warranty station for Models 581 and 581-1 to install a new hammer nose and associated parts.

• 581-3 (1988): New yoke retention system.

• 1988: Model 581 discontinued.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103402

4” B SB, 1984-86, 38 oz.

103404

4” N SB, 1984-86.

103405

4” B SB, 1987.

Model 586:

The .357 Distinguished Combat Magnum

Caliber: .357 Magnum/.38 Special. Double-action revolver built on the square butt L target frame with three screws in carbon steel. Blue or nickel finish, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.62”, L target frame with 4”, 6” or 8-3/8” full-lug barrels. The 4” barrel has a 1/8” Baughman front sight and the longer barrels have a 1/8” red ramp front sight or plain Patridge with a white outline rear sight. .375” semi-target hammer, .400” target trigger or .312” smooth trigger on 4” and 6” barrel with the 6” version having an adjustable trigger stop. An adjustable four-position front sight was available on the 6” and 8-3/8” barrels. Checkered target Goncalo Alves stocks with S&W medallions and speed loader cutouts on a square butt frame with serrated 10-groove backstrap and forestrap. Production of this model marks the first use of the three-letter, four- digit serial numbering system starting with AAA0001 in June of 1980. Lowest known example of this model is AAA0003, which has a 6” barrel. Earliest shipments were in a one-piece folded cardboard box with some in the two-piece cardboard box with metal corners. Produced c. 1980 - 1999.

Model 586s, various barrel lengths. Note adjustable front sight on top gun. From Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photos.

Variations

• INS Commemorative: United States Immigration &Naturalization Service 100 Year Anniversary, 1891 - 1991; 4” barrel with blue finish. INS centennial logo on the sideplate in gold etch with “U.S. Immigration &Naturalization Service 1891 – 1991” on the barrel. Red ramp front sight, Goncalo Alves wood grip, oak case with plexiglas window with INS logo. Serial prefix of “BEE,” “BED,” “BDR,” “BJD,” “BJC” for a total of 183 revolvers. Product code 103534. Manufactured 2002.

• Kansas Highway Patrol Commemorative: Reported as fully engraved and cased, with a gold badge inlay; c. 300 made.

• Missouri Department of Conservation: Case and belt buckle, 250 manufactured in 1987.

• Nebraska State Patrol 50th Anniversary: Blue finish with gold inlay, walnut case, with patrol emblem. 4” barrel. 364 manufactured.

• New Mexico Highway Patrol: reported, but no details available.

• Distinguished Combat Magnum: In 1981 an especially well-engraved 586 was on display at the NRA annual meetings and offered at auction, with the proceeds going to the International Shooter Development Fund for support of the U.S. Shooting Team. Embellished with the NRA trademark on the sideplate. The names of six famous American shooters are inlaid in gold on the cylinder.

• BART: Model 586; 4”. Blue with nickel sideplate, Marked “BART Police,” “Bay Area Rapid Transit.”

• Model 586 Overseas Contract: This model with 2-1/2”, 4” and 6” barrels chambered in .38 Special were manufactured for export to Brazil.

Product Codes for Brazilian Export:

103497

2-1/2”, 158 shipped to U.S. distributors, red ramp front sight.

103498

4-1/4”, 200 shipped to Brazil, 23 to U.S. distributors.

103499

6”, quantity unknown.

• National Police Revolver Championship Commemorative: 6” barrel, Patridge front sight, blue with gold etching on the sideplate: “NPRC” and logo. Barrel is marked “Bloomington- Jackson-Des Moines” “Limited Edition” “1962-1968 1969-1980 1981-“Issued in 1983.

• Massachusetts State Police Commemorative: Acid etched badge, serial number MSP0001 - MSP0631, 120th commemorative year. 631 manufactured in 1986. Product code 103504.

• Pennsylvania Game Commission Commemorative: “100 Years,” 2500 manufactured with 4” barrel.

• 586-L Comp: From the Performance Center. Full-lug 3” ported barrel with tritum dot front sight and micrometer click rear sight, Altamont rosewood grips, 7-shot cylinder recessed for moon clips, black finish, shipped with locking aluminum case and Master gun lock. Camfour Distributors; first blued finish 7-shot revolver offered by S&W. Product code 170170. Weight 37.5 oz. Manufactured in 2000.

• The General Patton Commemorative: .357 Magnum. In 1994 a collector edition of the General Patton Model 586-4 was manufactured for the American Historical Foundation in Richmond, VA, with 4” barrel. One hundred deluxe editions manufactured with sterling silver plating and full engraving, serial range P001D - P100D. 950 collector editions were also manufactured with a blue frame and silver plated cylinder with military insignia and General Officer’s rank. Serial range P001C - P950C on the side of the frame. The standard S&W serial number is on the butt; “BRF0999 was our example.” General Patton’s original sidearms are in the Patton Museum at Fort Knox, KY.

• “Cleveland Police Dept.” Marked.

• Prince William Co. Va., Police Commemorative: Model 586-3, 4” barrel, red ramp/white outline, smooth wood grips, marked: “Prince William Co. Police” “20th Anniversary” “1970 – 1990” on the barrel. Shield on the sideplate; c. 25 manufactured.

• Tennessee State Parks 50th Anniversary 1937 - 1987 Commemorative: 4” barrel, wood case, reportedly fewer than 100 manufactured.

• Georgia Bureau of Investigation Commemorative: 4” barrel with factory presentation case with buckle.

• In October of 2004 S&W released a 7-shot version with 4" or 6" full-lug barrel lengths with red ramp front sight and white outline rear sight. This is the first standard production 7-shot in this model other than the L Comp in 2000 from the Performance Center. Approximately 300 manufactured.

• Model 586-3 with broaching for scope mount: 8-3/8" full-lug barrel, .375" semi-target hammer, .400" serrated target trigger, red ramp front sight with white outline rear sight, Goncalo Alves combat stocks. Product code 103593. 1,000 manufactured in 1989. MSRP was $482.

• 586-4 French Police Samples: See “Performance Center” section.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 1981: Introduction at AAA000x serial number prefix.

• 586-1 (1986): Radius stud package, floating hand.

• 586-2 (1987): Change hammer nose and associated parts.

• 586-M (1987): Product warning by S&W: M over stamped to signify a modification by the factory or warranty station for Models 586 and 586-1.

• 586-3 (1988): New yoke retention system.

• 1992: Delete 8-3/8" barrel and four-position front sight; delete nickel finish

• 586-4 (1993): Drill and tap frame, synthetic grips, change rear sight leaf, change extractor.

• 586-5 (1993): Brazil contract in .38 Special.

• 1995-96: Delete square butt.

• 1996: Begin shipments in blue plastic cases.

• 1997 Delete 8-3/8" barrel/change to MIM thumbpiece; ship with Master trigger locks.

• 586-6 (1997): Change in frame design to eliminate cylinder stop stud; eliminate serrated tangs; change to MIM hammer with floating firing pin;change to MIM trigger; change internal lockwork.

• 1999 (November): Model 586 discontinued.

• 2000: Special 7-shot with internal lock, October 2004, 4" & 6" RR WO WG RB.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103494

6” 586 “Target Champion.”

103495

3” B RR RSR Special for 1996.

103497

2-1/2” .38 Special for Brazil, 1994.

103498

4-1/4” .38 Special for Brazil, 1994.

103499

6” .38 Special for Brazil, 1994.

103500

2-1/2” B RR, 1993.

103502

4” B TS RR, 1984-86, 41 oz.

103503

4” B TS RR WO, 1984-86; product code on Tenn. State Parks commem.

103504

6” B Mass Police Comm., 1986.

103505

6” B TS LP, 1984-86 46 oz.

103506

6” B TS RR, 1984-86.

103507

6” B TS HP, 1984-86.

103508

6” B TS RR WO, 1984-86.

103509

8-3/8” B TS TT LP, 1984-86 53 oz.

103510

8-3/8” B TS TT RR WO, 1984-86.

103512

4” N TS RR, 1984-86.

103513

4” N TS RR WO, 1984-86.

103514

6” N TS RR, 1984-86.

103515

6” N TS RR WO, 1984-86.

103516

6” B TS Early SKU, 80.

103526

6” B TS AF, 1986.

103528

8-3/8” B TS TT AF, 1986.

103533

4” B TS RR, 1987-94.

103534

4” B TS RR WO, 1987-95 40 oz.

103534

4” B SG RR WO RB DT, 1996-99 with SB grips.

103535

6” B TS RR, 1987-94.

103536

6” B TS RR WO, 1987-95 44 oz.

103536

6” B SG RR WO RB DT, 1996-99 with SB grips.

103537

6” B TS AF, 1987-91.

103538

8-3/8” B TS TT RR WO, 1987-91.

103539

8-3/8” B TS TT AF, 1987.

103540

4” N TS RR, 1987-91.

103541

4” N TS RR WO, 1987-91.

103542

6” N TS RR, 1987-91.

103543

6” N TS RR WO, 1987-91.

103544

4” B TS RR WO Special.

103545

6” RR WO Pach Grip.

103567

3” B TT Unfluted.

103591

4” SG Glass Bead, 2500 mfd., Special Production, 1989.

103592

6” SG Glass Bead, 2500 mfd., Special Production, 1989.

103593

8-3/8” Scope Mount, Glass Bead, 1000 manufactured, Special, 1989.

163567

6” 7-shot RR WO IL B, Oct. 2004.

163568

4” 7-shot RR WO IL B, Oct. 2004.

170113

GIGN 586-4

170170

3” Ported, L-Comp for Camfour Dist. 2000.

Model 610: 10mm Stainless Revolver

Caliber: 10mm Auto/.40 S&W. Double-action revolver built on the round butt N target frame with three screws. 5” or 6-1/2” full-lug barrel marked “10 MM” on the right side and “Smith & Wesson” on the left side with a serrated top rib. Fitted with smooth Goncalo Alves finger grooved combat round butt wood grips with S&W medallions, .400” smooth target trigger, .500” target hammer. The round butt frame has a 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap. 1/8” pinned serrated black ramp front sight with micrometer click adjustable rear sight, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.57”. Supplied with 4” half moon clips which will also fire the .40 S&W caliber. This model was not cataloged until 1998. Stainless Steel construction with satin stainless steel finish. The S&W trademark is found under the thumbpiece. Limited production of 4,560 c. 1989 - 1992 and reintroduced in 1998 and 2001. Serial number BFA3667 was the authors’ example. A color data sheet for this model was printed in March of 1990, January of 1998 and November of 2000. Produced 1989 – 2004.

Model 610-2, David Supica photo.

Variations

• Model 610-2 Classic Hunter: Reintroduced in 1998 and built on the N target frame with a round butt and Hogue rubber finger groove grips. 6-1/2” full-lug barrel, 6-shot unfluted cylinder .500” target hammer, .400” serrated target trigger. The front sight is interchangeable for matching the characteristics of ammunition and target and is shipped with a red ramp insert with white outline micrometer click rear sight, shipped with Master gun lock and three full-moon clips for use with the 10mm and the .40 S&W auto cartridges. Marked “610 Classic” on the barrel’s right side with “Smith & Wesson” and “10 mm” on the left side. Product code 103575. Weight 52 oz. Produced 1998 – 2001.

• Model 610-2: 300 manufactured with 3” barrels on a round butt frame in 1998 with an unfluted cylinder and rosewood grips. Distributed by Lew Horton. Product code 148120.

• Model 610-2 10mm Classic: 4” full-lug barrel marked “610 Classic” (also reported as “Classic 610” but not verified) with interchangeable black ramp front sight with micrometer click adjustable black rear sight, .500” target hammer with .400” smooth target trigger with 6-shot unfluted cylinder, Hogue rubber combat grip. Product code 103571. Introduced in 2001.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 610 (1989): Product introduction.

• 610-1 (1998): Reintroduction of 10mm “Classic” with 6-1/2" barrel with drilled and tapped frame and new rear sight leaf.

• 610-2 (1998): Change frame design to eliminate cylinder stop stud; eliminate serrated tang; change to MIM hammer with floating firing pin; change to MIM trigger; change internal lockwork.

• 2001: Introduce 4" barrel with unfluted cylinder as standard production.

• 610-3 (2002): Internal key lock system.

• 2005: Model 610 discontinued from catalog.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103571

4” S FL AS SG DT 2001 50 oz. with unfluted cylinder, 2001-2003 retail $785.

103575

6-1/2” S FL AS SG DT unfluted cylinder, 1998-2000 52 oz.

103576

6-1/2” S FL AS 1989-1992, 45 oz.

103578

5” S FL AS 1989-1992, 42.5 oz.

148120

3” Special Production 1999 for Lew Horton.

163571

4” Classic S 6SH FL IFS SG WO DT UC IL, 2002-2003.

163571FC

4” ZS-06-CS-A2-LG-BF-GR-SA/SC-CU-FS, 2004.

170109

6-1/2” Performance Center, 2000.

Model 617:

K-22 Masterpiece Stainless Full-lug

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Double-action revolver built on the square butt stainless K target frame with three screws. A stainless steel version very similar to the Model 17 full-lug. 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.62”; 4”, 6” or 8-3/8” full-lug ribbed barrel, straight 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap, .312” smooth combat or .400” serrated trigger, smooth combat wood grips with S&W medallions, .375” semi-target or .500” target hammer, pinned Patridge front sight with micrometer click adjustable rear sight. 4” and 6” variations are also found without the full-lug in limited production in 1991 as a special for Ashland Shooting Supplies.

In 1996 Smith & Wesson introduced an aluminum alloy 10-shot fluted cylinder variation with a nominal length of 1.62”. Built on the stainless steel K target round butt frame with Hogue rubber grips with the S&W monogram. Stainless steel 6” full-lug barrel, .375” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger, drilled and tapped for scope mount. 1/8” pinned black Patridge front sight with micrometer click adjustable rear sight, new MIM thumbpiece. 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap. Reintroduced in October of 1997 with an all-stainless steel 10-shot cylinder due to poor sales with the alloy cylinder. One very special Model 617 was made with a 6” slabside barrel cut for scope mount with an alloy cylinder by the Performance Center for a customer as a prototype but not put into production, serial number JMS2002. This rare one-of a kind variation has the Performance Center trademark on the frame with a Patridge dovetail front sight. Produced c. 1989 - date.

Model 617s with 10-shot alloy cylinders. Nahas Collection, from Paul Goodwin photos.

Variations

• 6" full-lug barrel, square butt frame with glass bead finish, Morado wood finger groove grip, 10-shot alloy cylinder; 17 manufactured in 1998. Product code 103573.

• 4" stovepipe barrel, round butt frame with glass bead finish, Goncalo Alves wood grip, 10-shot alloy cylinder; 17 manufactured in 1998. Product code 103595.

• 4" stovepipe barrel with Patridge front sight, square butt frame with glass bead finish, 10-shot alloy cylinder; 23 manufactured in 1998. Product code 103597.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 617: 1989 introduction.

• 617-1 (1993): Change rear sight leaf, drill and tap frame, change extractor, synthetic grips introduced.

• 617-2 (1996): Introduction of the 10-shot alloy cylinder version; 10-shot glass-beaded stainless steel frame with alloy cylinder.

• 617-3 (1998): Change in frame design to eliminate cylinder stop stud; eliminate serrated tang; change to MIM trigger; change internal lockwork for the 6-shot stainless steel version.

• 617-4 (1998): Change in frame design to eliminate cylinder stop stud; eliminate serrated tangs; change to MIM trigger; change internal lockwork for the 10-shot stainless steel cylinder version of 617-3.

• 617-5 (2001): Internal key lock system on 6-shot frame.

• 617-6 (2001): Internal key lock system on 10-shot frame.

• 2002: 8-3/8" barrel discontinued.

• 2003: Introduce new design star extractor system.

Product Codes and Features by Year

100561

6” S CS CB CT ST AS Laser Etched “.22 Target Champion.”

100563

4” S CS SB CT ST AS 200 Manufactured 1991 Special Non-lug.

100564

4” S CS SB CT ST AS FL, 1990-95 42 oz.

100564

4” S CS RB CT ST AS FL DT, 1996-01 with SB grips.

100565

6” S CS SB CT ST AS, 116 manufactured in 1991, Special Non-Lug 41.5 oz.

100566

6” S CS SB CT ST FL, 1990-94 48 oz.

100567

6” S CS SB TT TH, 1991 Special non-lug.

100568

6” S CS SB TH TT FL, 1990-92 48 oz.

100568

6” SB SG TH TT FL DT, 1993-01 6-Shot stainless, 2001 retail $600.

100569

1992 Cased set with Model 686 For Zanders ZZK0000-ZZK0199.

100570

8-3/8” S CS SB TH TT FL, 1990-95 54 oz.

100570

8-3/8” S CS RB TH TT FL DT, 1996-01 with SB grips. (Note: Non-full-lug barrels mfd. for Ashland Shooting Supplies).

100573

6” S CS CB CT ST RB Laser Etched “617 Target Champion.”

100574

6” S CS CB CT ST RB Round Butt Non-fluted.

100576

6” SB SG ST TT DT 10SH Alloy Cylinder 42 oz., 1996-98. Discontinued in late 1998.

100578

6” 10-Shot Stainless cylinder 1997-98. Discontinued in late 1998.

100583

8-3/8” 10SH Stainless Cyl Nov/1998-01; 2001 retail $662.

100584

4” SS 10SH Stainless Cyl Nov/1998-01; 2001 retail $613.

103573

6” SB Morado Wood grip, 10SH Alloy Cyl, 17 mfd. 1998.

103595

4” RB Goncalo Wood grip, 10SH Alloy Cyl, 17 mfd. 1998.

103597

4” SB Patridge FS, WG, 10SH Alloy Cyl, 23 mfd. 1998.

160584

4” Classic S 10SH SB SG DT AS IL; $683 Retail 2002-03.

160584

4” ZS-10-CS-A2-MD-BF-GR-SA/SP-FS, 2004-06.

160568

6” S 6SH SB SG DT AS IL; $663 Retail 2002-03.

160568

6” ZS-06-CS-A2-MD-BF-GR-SA/SP-FS, 2004-06.

160578

6” S 10SH SB SG DT AS IL; $709 Retail 2002-03.

160578

6” ZS-10-CS-A2-MD-BF-GR-SA/SP-FS, 2004-06.

160583

8-3/8” S 10SH SB SG DT AS IL, 2002.

170122

New Profile Barrel for Export Perf Center, 6/1999.

Note on Models 520, 619, and 620

These three models were introduced in 2005, each a .357 Magnum 7-shot L frame, using S&W’s latest design innovations such as two-piece barrel and internal lock. The models vary in materials (Model 520 is carbon steel with titanium cylinder the other two are stainless) and sights (Model 619 has fixed sights; the other two have adjustable). It is reported that they are intended to fill the places in the product line previous held by the six-shot .357 Magnum K-frame Models 19, 65 and 66, all of which were popular law enforcement revolvers in their day.

Model 619 .357 L Frame 7 Shot

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Introduced at the 2005 SHOT show with a 7-shot fluted cylinder and fixed sights. Features a 5” two piece barrel with ramp front sight with notched rear sight, Uncle Mike’s rubber grips with S&W monogram and internal key lock system. Built on the L frame. Stainless steel material with satin stainless finish. Suggested retail was $615.00 Produced 2005 - date.

Model 619, photo courtesy of Smith and Wesson.

ANIB

Exc

525

475

Product Codes and Features by Year

164301

5” ZS-07-A2-MD-GR-B2-SF-SI-FS-CS, 2005-2006.

Model 620: .357 L Frame 7-Shot

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Features a 7-shot fluted cylinder and adjustable sights. This model is built on the stainless steel L frame with a two-piece 5” barrel system with extractor shroud and red ramp front sight with adjustable white outline rear sight. Uncle Mike’s rubber grip with S&W monogram and internal key lock system. Suggested retail was $669. Produced 2005 - date.

Model 620, photo courtesy of Smith & Wesson.

ANIB

Exc

525

475

Product Code: Features Year/Comment

164401

5” ZS-07-A2-MD-GR-B2-SW-SR-FS-CS, 2005-2006.

Model 624:

The Model of 1985 .44 Target Stainless

Caliber: .44 S&W Special. Introduced February of 1985. Double-action revolver built on the square butt N target frame with three screws and 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap. 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.58”, 4” or 6-1/2” barrel with extractor shroud, .400” semi target or .500” target hammer with 6-1/2” barrel. .312” smooth combat trigger or .400” serrated trigger on the 4” barrel, 1/8” pinned black ramp on ramp base front sight with adjustable micrometer click rear sight. Checkered Goncalo Alves target stocks with S&W medallions. Twenty-five special editions were full factory class A engraved with gold bead front sight and factory certificate. Last catalogued 1985 - 1988. Factory documents indicate -2 and -3 models were made or planned for, but neither has been reported. Known serial number prefixes “AHB” and “ALV.” Produced c. 1985 - 1988.

Model 624, ArmchairGunShow.com photo.

Variations

• 624 Lew Horton Combat Special: 3” barrel with round butt, red ramp/white outline sights; includes a special fitted holster, Goncalo Alves combat grips. 5000 manufactured 1985 – 1987. “AHT” and “ALW” known serial prefixes. Product code 103580.

• 1st 100 3" combat guns, some reported with “ALU” serial number prefixes. Laser engraved “1985 LIMITED EDITION MODEL 624 COMBAT 1st 100” with a small amount of scroll work. Fitted cherry case with red velvet interior special S&W black holster. Manufactured 1985. Product code 103583.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 624 (1985): Introduction.

• 624-1 (1988): New yoke retention system; radius stud package; floating hand.

• 624-2 (1990): Longer stop notch in cylinder.

• 624-3 (1993): New rear sight leaf; drill and tap frame.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103580

3” RB RR WO.

103581

4”, 1985-1988 41.5 oz.

103582

6-1/2”, 1985-1988 43 oz.

103583

3” Lew Horton; 1st 100 Engraved 1985.

103586

6-1/2” TT, TH, Pinned Black front sight.

Model 625:

The Model of 1989 .45 Stainless

Calibers: .45 ACP or .45 Colt (not interchangeable). Double-action revolver built on the round butt N target frame with three screws. 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.55”. Original introduction had 5” full-lug barrel, later production with 3” and 4” barrel, round butt N Target frame with 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap with Pachmayr SN/GR grips, later changed to the Hogue monogrip, pinned serrated black ramp on ramp base front sight with micrometer click adjustable rear sight, .400” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger, half moon clips, non-glare glass beaded matte finish.

The authors are quite befuddled by varying information surrounding the introduction of this model. It’s not confusing enough that the first introduction of this model is a dash two (-2) model designation. Early variations will be found marked both “Model of 1988” and “Model of 1989,” this despite the fact that some information indicates 1989 introduction. We have come up with varying production quantities for both 1988 and 1989 variations, so have deleted quantities from this book until the matter can be clarified. Also we find that calibers seem to be mixed between engineering changes, thus creating further confusion. Looking at a Model of 1988 and a Model of 1989 specimen side by side, the following differences are observed: the 88 has roll stamped barrel marking while the 89 has etched; the 88 has a ramp front sight while the 89 has a Patridge. Beyond that, and of course the markings, they look about identical. Any information that will help us sort this out would be most appreciated. Produced 1989 - date.

Model 625, Model of 1989, rear, and Jerry Miculek version in front. Photos courtesy of Smith & Wesson.

Variations

• Model 625-4 Springfield Armory Bicentennial Edition: .45 ACP; Special production from the Performance Center for Lew Horton Distributors. A specially designed commemorative for the Arsenal of Democracy, the Springfield Armory N.H.S., Springfield, MA. Stainless steel with 4” barrel, in mountain revolver size with gold etched bicentennial logo on the sideplate and “Arms for the Nation” etched on the barrel. 500 manufactured with special serial number, SAC0000 - SAC0500 serial range. The prototype for Lew Horton was a Model 629 mountain gun with “Springfield Armory Commemorative” markings chambered in .44 Magnum Product code 100931. Produced in 1994.

• Model 625-4 American Historical Foundation Bank Note Edition: 100 manufactured and engraved.

• Model 625-5 5" barrel with Blue Cylinder/Stainless Frame: Approximately 48 manufactured in CLS0000 - CLS00047 serial range for AcuSport. Chambered in .45 Colt.

• Model 625-5: 1550 manufactured as a stocking dealer special in 1993. Serial number prefix “SDSxxxx”; chambered in .45 Colt.

• Model 625-6 4" Mountain Gun in .45 Colt: Manufactured in 1996. Serial number prefix “CAN45xx.” Product code 130045.

Model 625-6 Mountain Gun, Old Town Station photo.

• Model 625-6 with 6" slabside barrel, .45 Colt, ported with chamfered cylinder, red ramp dovetailed front sight, round butt frame, serrated backstrap and forestrap. Will accept Weaver-style scope mount on the integral rail system. This model has weights and spacers internal to the barrel that are removable with a small Allen wrench. Most were sent to Germany with about 50 remaining in the U.S. From the Performance Center. Distributed by Lew Horton. Serial number prefix “LHDxxxx.” Product code 170081. Manufactured in 1997.

• Model 625-6 Hunter: 6” ported slabside barrel, non-fluted cylinder, very similar to the model above (product code 170081) but without the integral weight system. Marked “45 Colt CTG.” Product code 170085. Manufactured Fall of 1997.

• Model 625-6 V Comp: 45 ACP. Introduced in 1999 by the Performance Center for RSR Distributors, this model has a 4” slabside barrel with a removable compensator and is fitted with a replacement muzzle to protect the crown. 6-shot non-fluted cylinder has a ball detent lockup in the yoke. Millet dovetailed red ramp front sight with micrometer click rear sight. Hogue combat wood grips, .300” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger with overtravel stop. Shipped with double combo lock Aluminum carry case. Product code 170136. Weight 43 oz.

• Model 625-7 Light Hunter: Caliber: .45 Colt. Introduced in 1999 by the Performance Center for RSR, this 6-shot model has a 6” Mag-Na-Ported slabside barrel with Millet red ramp dovetailed front sight and micrometer click rear sight. .300 semi-target hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger with overtravel stop. Hogue wooden combat grips. Aluminum carry case, weight 43 oz. Product code 170132.

• Model 625-6 Jerry Miculek Design for 2001: 45 ACP. This model is a Performance Center special introduced in 2001 for Camfour Distributors. It features a 5-1/4” barrel with Patridge front sight with gold bead, reduced cylinder freebore, 6-shot fluted cylinder with chamfered charge holes, deep-cut broached rifling, hand honed bore, adjustable black blade rear sight, stainless steel material with satin stainless finish, “Jerry Miculek” Hogue laminate combat grip, Performance Center lockable aluminum case. Product code 170176, weight 42 oz.

• Model 625-7: Approximately 150 manufactured with 3” barrel on round butt frame with RR/WO in 1998 or 1999 in .45 Colt for Lew Horton. Product code 148121.

• Model 625-8 Classic: .45 ACP. Features a 4” full-lug barrel with Patridge front sight, black micrometer click rear sight, .400” target hammer, .312” smooth target trigger, Hogue rubber grips, glass bead stainless finish, new frame design. Product code. 160935 Retail price $767 in 2003.

• Model 625-10: Performance Center Scandium Titanium Model. See “Performance Center” section.

• Model 625-11: Performance Center Scandium Titanium Model. See “Performance Center” section.

• Model 625JM: Jerry Miculek Professional Series. 45 ACP. Introduced at the 2005 SHOT Show, this model has the following features: JMP serial number run, Miculek style .265” grooved speed trigger, special wood grip designed by Jerry Miculek with “JM” trademark. Shipped with five full-moon clips. 4” full-lug barrel with gold bead Patridge front sight with adjustable rear sight. Stainless steel with matte bead blast finish with “JM” trademark on the sideplate. Internal key lock. Product code 160936, weight 43 oz.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 625-1: Production not found or known.

• 625-2 (1989): Marked “Model of 1988,” introduced in .45 ACP only.

• 1989: Marked Model of 1989.

• 1989: Marked “Bowling Pin 88,” 5" full-lug; 2500 manufactured.

• 625-3 (1990): Longer stop notch in cylinder.

• 625-3 (1990): .45 Colt caliber.

• 625 (1991): 625 Classic in .45 Long Colt, 5" barrel; 1500 manufactured.

• 1992: Discontinue 3" and 4" barrel.

• 625-4 (1993): Change rear sight leaf, drill and tap, change extractor, Hogue grips, .45 ACP.

• 625-5 (1993): Stocking dealer special in .45 Colt.

• 1995-96: Delete square butt.

• 1996: Begin shipments in blue plastic cases.

• 1997: Change thumbpiece; ship Master trigger locks.

• 625-6 (1997): Change in frame design to eliminate cylinder stop stud; eliminate serrated tangs; change to MIM hammer with floating firing pin; change to MIM trigger; change internal lockwork to .45 ACP caliber.

• 625-7 (1998): New frame design as above but for .45 Colt.

• 625-8 (2001): Internal key lock system for .45 ACP.

• 625-9 (2001): Internal key lock system for .45 Colt.

• 625-10 (2003): Scandium frame with 2" barrel; introduced at SHOT Show.

• 625-11 (2005): .45 Colt Scandium by Performance Center.

Product Codes and Features by Year

100430

5” S RB FL PG GB .45 Colt Stocking Dealer 1550 manufactured 1993.

100921

5” S RB FL PG GB Marked Model of 1988, 1989 45 oz.

100923

3” S RB FL PG GB Marked Model of 1989, 1989 41 oz.

100924

5” S Unfluted Cylinder, 1989 45 oz.

100925

4” S RB FL PG GB Marked Model of 1989, 1989 43 oz.

100927

5” S RB FL PG GB Marked Model of 1989, 1989 45 oz. - 2001 retail $730.

100930

5” S RB FL PG GB IFS .45LC. 1,500 manufactured 1993 51 oz.

100930

5” S RB FL PG .45 ACP Blue Cylinder; 48 manufactured 1995.

100931

4” S RB Mtn. Bbl., Hogue grips, GB .45 ACP. Special: Springfield Armory: Arms for the Nation.

100932

4” .45 Colt “Mountain Gun” Black Ramp FS Rosewood Finger Grip (CCF5889).

100933

6-1/2” S RB FL Power Port .45 Colt, 1999.

100934

4” S RB .45 ACP Mountain Gun, 2000.

130045

4” S RB .45 Colt Mountain Gun,1996 39.5 oz.

148121

3” S RB .45 Colt “Classic Carry” 200 manufactured 1998 or 1999.

149141

3” FL, two tone – satin cyl. with glass bead bbl & frame, reported, not verified.

160927

5” S 6SH RB FL SG GB DT AS IL, 2002-03.

160927

5” ZM-06-A2-LG-GR-BF-SA-SP-FS-CS, 2004-06.

160932

4” S 6SH RB Mountain Gun, Cocobola Grips; Bangers Special.

160935

4” S 6SH RB FL SG GB DT AS IL Classic Hunter, 2002-03.

160935

4” ZM-06-A2-LG-GR-BF-SA-SP-FS-CS, 2004-06.

160936JM

4” ZM-06-A2-LG-GR-BF-SA-SP-FS-C.S 2006-06; Jerry Miculek Series.

170056

4” S RB .45 ACP V-Comp Perf Center, 1998 43 oz.

170056

6” S RB .45 Colt Light Hunter for RSR, 2000.

170070

5” S Performance Center.

170071

3” S Performance Center.

170081

6” S RB .45 Colt Performance Center, 1996.

170085

6” S RB .45 Colt Performance Center, 1997.

170132

6” S RB .45 Colt Ported LT WT RSR Special 1999.

170136

6” S RB .45 Colt Performance Center RSR, 1998.

170161

4” S .45 ACP.

170176

5-1/4” S RB .45 ACP Performance Center, 2001.

170226

2” Clear Sc RB .45 ACP Performance Center, 2003.

670226

Demo Gun Code for 170226.

170252

2” Black Sc RB .45 ACP Performance Center, 2004.

170266

2” Clear Sc RB .45 Colt Performance Center, 2005.

Model 627: The .357 Magnum Stainless Classic Hunter

Caliber: .357 Magnum/.38 Special. Double-action revolver built on the round butt N target frame with three screws. Originally a special edition stainless steel version of the Model 27. Full-lug 5-1/2” barrel, 6-shot non-fluted cylinder, red ramp front sight with black stainless adjustable rear sight, .500” target hammer, .400” smooth target trigger. Goncalo Alves combat wood grips with S&W medallions, finely checkered topstrap and rib, 10-groove serrated and curved backstrap, “BEF” serial prefix in initial production run of 278. Marked “.357 Magnum Model of 1989” on the barrel. 5276 manufactured in serial number prefix “BEF,” “BEK” and “BFP.” At least one was manufactured as early as 1987 as part of an auction package for the anniversary of the Model 27. Special production in 1989. Production later resumed as an 8-shot Performance Center handgun in many variations. Weight 50 oz. Produced 1989 - date.

Model 627s, photos courtesy of Mark Calzaretta and Frank Miller.

Variations

Also see “Performance Center” section.

• 1998 Lew Horton Special: 8-shot with 6” barrel. “LHV0001,” “.357 Magnum 8 times” with floating firing pin. Model 627PC.

• Model 627 Lew Horton Special for 1998: “Hunter Style” featuring unfluted cylinder, slabside 6-1/2” barrel with Mag-Na-Porting, beveled cylinder edges, contoured thumb latch, integral scope mount and weight system, adjustable sights, rosewood grips.

• 1998 Lew Horton Special: 8-shot with 6-1/2” special tapered barrel, interchangeable front sights, flash chrome teardrop hammer, radiused smooth combat trigger with overtravel stop pin. From the Performance Center. Model 627-2 PC. Retail $1,025.

• Model 627-2: 6-shot with unfluted cylinder, Patridge front sight with gold bead, Hogue grip, 6” barrel, yoke cut marked “627-2.” New frame design. From Lew Horton Dist. Thought to be assembled from spare parts. Does not have the Performance Center trademark. Product code 149140. Introduced in 2000.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 627 (1989): Introduction as special production; 6-shot; 274 manufactured.

• 627-0 (1989): Longer stop notch; 4998 manufactured.

• 627-1 (1993): New rear sight leaf, drill and tap frame.

• 1997: Prototype 8-shot with standard hammer nose firing pin.

• 627-2 (1998): New frame design; 8-shot with floating firing pin; flat hammer face.

• 627-3 (1998): New frame design to eliminate cylinder stop stud; eliminate serrated tang; change to MIM hammer with floating firing pin; change to MIM trigger; offered by Performance Center.

• 627-4 (2002): .38 Super; introduced at SHOT Show with internal key lock.

• 627-5 (2002): .357 Magnum with internal key lock.

Product Codes and Features by Year

101024

5-1/2” FL S 50 oz.; 5276 manufactured.

101025

5-1/2” FL S 50oz Laser Etched “.357 Magnum Champion.”

101030

5” FL S 49oz Laser Etched “627 Target Champion” with Gold Bead Patridge Front sight/Export.

148327

5” 627-2 6 shot, MIM H&T, Gold bead front, box lists SB but gun reported is RB; quantities unknown, variously reported as 15 or 300, may be neither.

149140

6” 6 shot, unfluted, Gold bead FS 627-2 Lew Horton.

149193

6” 8 shot Unfluted.

170089

5” 8 shot Performance Center for Lew Horton.

170092

5” 8 shot Ported Performance Center Lew Horton.

170095

6” 8 shot unfluted Performance Center.

170102

6-1/2” 8 shot Performance Center for Lew Horton 1998.

170116

5” 8 shot unfluted.

170123

5” 6 shot Profile barrel, fluted.

170133

2-5/8” 8 shot Performance Center for Lew Horton, 1999.

170142

5” 8 shot Performance Center Special/Jerry Miculek.

170182

4” with Compensator RSR Special.

170183

4” with Compensator RSR Special.

170205

5-1/2” Angled barrel in .38 Super, 2002.

170210

5” 627-5 .357 Magnum, 2003.

170210

5” ZM-08-A2-LG-GW-SA-SG-FS, 2004-06.

Model 629: The .44 Magnum Stainless

Caliber: .44 Magnum (all .44 Magnum revolvers are also capable of safely firing .44 Special ammunition). Double-action revolver built on the stainless steel square butt N target frame with 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap. A stainless steel version of the Model 29. Pinned and ribbed barrel with extractor shroud, 6-shot fluted and counterbored cylinder with a nominal length of 1.74”, .500” target hammer, with .500” serrated trigger (1979 - 1981) .400” serrated target trigger (1981 - 1995), 1/8” red ramp on ramp base front sight withwhite outline micrometer click rear sight, oversized checked Goncalo Alves grips with S&W silver medallions. First 100 pre-production units had a special serial number range of N629062 - N629200 until May 1980 when standard production began at N748564 with a 6-inch barrel. Very few prototypes were fitted with an 8-3/8” barrel; 5” barrels are rare. Some early guns were fitted with special front sights (McGivern gold bead). The first available production Model 629, serial number N629156, was sold at auction on February 10, 1979 for $80,000. This was extensively custom engraved and highlighted with gold inlays. Proceeds went to the U.S. Olympic Committee. Produced 1979 - date.

Model 629s, top to bottom: Scoped; Mag-Na-Port “Trail Boss”; Mountain Gun. Old Town Station & Jamie Supica photos.

Important Note: See listing of Model 629 Commemoratives, Specials and Variations following the listings for the M-629 Classic, DX, and Magna models.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 629 (1979): Introduction at serial number N748564.

• 1981: Introduce 4" and 8-3/8" barrels.

• 629-1 (1982): Eliminate cylinder counterbore and pin barrel; slight change in cylinder length to 1.69".

• 629-1 (1986-87): 8,000 manufactured with round butt and 3" barrel, distributed by Lew Horton and S&W.

• 629-2 (1988): New yoke retention system; radius stud package; floating hand; integral scope mounts available on 8-3/8" barrels.

• 629-2E (1989): Endurance package; transitional changes; hardened yoke/frame.

• 629-3 (1989): Longer stop notch, bolt block added, fixed hand.

• 629-4 (1993): Change rear sight leaf, drill and tap frame, change extractor, Hogue grips introduced.

• 1996: Round butt production only; shipments in blue plastic.

• 1997: Change thumbpiece; Master trigger locks shipped.

• 629-5 (1997): Change frame design to eliminate cylinder stop stud; eliminate serrated tangs; change to MIM hammer with floating firing pin; change to MIM trigger; change internal lockwork.

• 629-6 (2001): Introduce internal key lock system.

• 629-7 (2005): New two-piece barrel design.

• 629-8 (2006): Slabside barrel.

Product Codes for the Standard Model 629

Also see compiled Product Code listings following Classic, DX, and Magna-Classic Listings.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103603

4” S TS CT TH RR WO, 1984-95 44 oz.

103603

4” S SG CT TH RR WO DT 1996- 01 with SB grips; 2001 retail $717.

103604

Alaska Iditarod Commemorative, 1987; 545 manufactured.

103606

6” S TS CT TH RR WO, 1984-95 47 oz.

103606

6” S SG CT TH RR WO DT 1996- 01 with SB grips; 2001 retail $724.

103609

8-3/8” S TS CT TH RR WO, 1984-95 51.5 oz.

103609

8-3/8” S SG CT TH RR WO DT, 1996-01 with SB grips - 2001 retail $740.

103610

3” RB 1985 5000 manufactured (reported as unfluted, smooth fingergroove wood grips, round butt, not verified).

103614

8-3/8” Full-lug Barrel, unfluted Cyl 50 Manufactured.

103619

4” Square Butt, Tapered barrel, 40 Manufactured.

163603

4” S 6SH SG RR WO DT AS IL, 2002-03.

163603

4” ZS-06-CS-A2-LG-GR-SW-SR-FS, 2004-06.

163606

6” S 6SH SG RR WO DT AS IL, 2002-03.

163606

6” ZS-06-CS-A2-LG-GR-SW-SR-FS, 2004-06.

Model 629: The .44 Classic Stainless

Caliber: .44 Magnum/.44 Special. Double-action revolver built on the round butt N target frame with three screws. Full-lug 5”, 6-1/2” or 8-3/8” barrel, 6-shot fluted cylinder, interchangeable front sight, white outline rear sight, .500” target hammer, .400” target trigger. Fitted with Hogue conversion square butt grips on a round butt frame with 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap, chamfered cylinder, drilled and tapped topstrap for scope mounting. LaserSmith engraved, shipped with red ramp front sight with micrometer click rear sight. Produced 1990 - date.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 629-3 (1990): Introduction.

• 629-4 (1993): Change rear sight leaf, change extractor.

• 1996: Begin shipments in blue plastic cases.

• 1997: Change thumbpiece; Master trigger locks.

• 629-5 (1997): Change frame design to eliminate cylinder stop stud; eliminate serrated tangs; change to MIM hammer with floating firing pi; change to MIM trigger; change internal lockwork.

• 629-6 (2001): Introduce internal lock system.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103624

6-1/2” S FL PBP SG DT PP, 1996-2001; 2001 retail $768.

103636

5” S FL IFS SG WO DT AS;2001 retail $768.

103638

6” Classic, 1991-2001; 2001 retail $768.

103640

8-3/8” Classic, 1991-2001; 2001 retail $793.

163624

6-1/2” S 6SH FL BP PP SG DT AS IL, 2003-03.

163624

6-1/2” ZS-06-CS-A2-LG-BF-GR-SA-SP-FS, 2004-06

163636

5” S 6SH FL IFS SG WO DT AS IL, 2002-03.

163636

5” ZS-06-CS-A2-LG-BF-GR-SA-SP-FS, 2004-06.

163637

5” Laser Grip 06 A2 LG GC BF SA SR FS CS, 2006.

163638

6-1/2” S 6SH IFS SG WO DT AS IL, 2002-03.

163638

6-1/2” ZS-06-CS-A2-LG-BF-GR-SA-SW-FS, 2004-06.

163640

8-3/8” S 6SH FL IFS SG WO DT AS IL, 2002-03.

163640

8-3/8” ZS-06-CS-A2-LG-BF-GR-SW-SP-FS, 2004-06.

163698

6-1/2” S 6SH FL IFS SG HV DT AS IL, 2002-03.

163698

6-1/2” ZS-06-CS-A2-LG-BF-GR-SH-SA-FS, 2004-06.

Model 629: The .44 Classic DX (Deluxe) Stainless

Caliber: .44 Magnum/.44 Special. Double-action revolver built on the round butt N target frame with three screws. With all of the features of the above Classic with an additional feature of five interchangeable front sights shipped with the gun: black ramp, red ramp, post with white dot, gold bead, and four black Patridge sights for 50, 100, 150 and 200 meters. White outline micrometer click rear blade and shipped with an extra combat grip made from Morado wood. With the 6-1/2” or 8-3/8” barrels, a proof target is provided with a group under 1-1/2” at 50 yards. Produced 1991 - 2002.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 629-3 (1991): Introduction.

• 629-3 (1992): 5" barrel introduced.

• 1993: 5" discontinued.

• 629-4 (1993): Change rear sight leaf, change extractor.

• 1996: Begin shipments in blue plastic cases.

• 1997: Change thumbpiece; ship trigger locks

• 629-5 (1997): Change frame design to eliminate cylinder stop stud; eliminate serrated tangs; change to MIM hammer with floating firing pin; change to MIM trigger; change internal lockwork.

• 629-6 (2001): Internal key lock system.

• 2002: Deluxe model discontinued and combined with the Classic.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103642

5” S FL IFS SG WO DT, 1992 51 oz.

103644

6-1/2” S FL IFS SG WO DT, 1991-2001 52 oz.;2001 retail $986.

103646

8-3/8” S FL IFS SG WO DT, 1991-2001 54 oz.;2001 retail $1,018.

Model 629-3: The Magna Classic Stainless

Caliber: .44 Magnum. Double- action revolver built on the round butt N target frame with three screws. (See also the Model 29 Magna Classic.) 1200 manufactured with .400” serrated trigger, .500” target hammer, 7-1/2” full-lug barrel, “1 of 3000” marked on barrel, eight front sights included in a cherry wood case with black leather sight box, white outline micrometer click rear sight blade, 10-groove serrated backstrap, 6-shot fluted cylinder, Goncalo Alves finger groove combat style grips with S&W medallions. Product code 103632. Manufactured in 1990.

Model 629 Cumulative Listing:

Compiled Variations of the Model 629

• Model 629 with 6" full-lug barrel and adjustable front sight; for export by European Arms. Product code 103596. 500 manufactured in March 1990.

• Model 629-1: Alaska 1988 Iditarod Race Commemorative: 1000 planned with only 545 manufactured, logo of the Iditarod on the sideplate with “1988 Iditarod 1 of 1000” on the barrel. Serial number range AKI0001 - AKI0545. Manufactured in 1987. Product code 103604.

• Model 629-1 Kentucky Coal Operators Commemorative: 66 reported manufactured 1988.

• Model 629-1 Combat Magnum: 3” standard barrel; special run of 5,000 for Lew Horton Distributors, red ramp on ramp base front sight with white outline rear sight, .312” smooth combat trigger, .400” semi-target hammer, Goncalo Alves smooth wood combat grips. “ANCxxxx” serial prefix. Product code 103610. Manufactured in 1985.

• Model 629 with Scope Mount: 8-3/8” barrel with factory barrel broaching to accommodate S&W scope mounting system, .500” target hammer, .400” serrated target trigger, red ramp front sight with white outline rear sight, two scope rings and two mounting bases included. 4810 manufactured in 1989. Product code 103615.

• The .44 Magnum Classic Hunter: Model 629-1 or 629-2, 6-shot unfluted cylinder, 6” full-lug barrel, .500” target hammer, .400” smooth combat trigger, pinned black ramp front sight with white outline rear sight, Hogue soft rubber combat grips on a square butt frame (five were manufactured with an adjustable front sight), “AVZ” serial prefix. Product code 103616. 5,000 manufactured in 1988.

• Model 629-3 Classic Hunter Reintroduction: 44 Magnum, same as above, reintroduced with a production run of 2000 in 1991. Product code 103618.

• Classic Hunter 8-3/8": Full-lug, unfluted cylinder, Hogue grips, special production as Model 629-2. Product code 103628. 2500 manufactured in August of 1989.

• Model 629-2: 7-1/2” full-lug barrel; non-fluted cylinder with counterbores, Bolowood monogrips by Hogue; manufactured for AcuSport. Product code 103649. “SWN” serial number prefix.750 manufactured in June of 1989.

• Model 629 3" Classic Hunter: Full-lug, Pachmayr SKGR grip, unfluted cylinder, .500 target hammer, .400” smooth combat trigger. Product code 103650. 3200 manufactured in September of 1989.

• The Mountain Revolver: 4” barrel, chamfered cylinder, lightweight barrel, round butt, .400” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger, pinned black front sight with black rear sight, Pachmayr SKGR round-butt grips. Model 629-2. Product code 103652. 5,000 manufactured in 1989. MSRP was $509.50.

• Model 629-3 Carry Comp II: 44 Magnum, fully adjustable rear sight, slightly different front sight, compensator system with an unfluted Classic Hunter style cylinder, 3” barrel, with hard case, 100 manufactured for Lew Horton in 1993.

• Model 629 Magna Classic Overrun: 7-1/2” barrel, 306 manufactured in April of 1992.

• Model 629 1993 Mountain Gun: 4” tapered barrel, chamfered cylinder, .400” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger, Hogue rubber monogrip, drilled and tapped, round butt, lightweight barrel. Product code 103653. Manufactured in 1993.

• Model 629 1994 Mountain Gun: 4” tapered barrel, like above but for stocking dealers. Slight change in grip medallions. Product code 130653. Manufactured in 1994.

• Model 629 Backpacker: 3” barrel, N target frame with round butt, drilled and tapped, chamfered cylinder, .400” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger, satin stainless finish, Hogue rubber grip, red ramp on ramp base, white outline rear sight. Product code 130450. Manufactured in April of 1994.

• Model 629, Lew Horton Special: Reported as square butt, unfluted cylinder, 3” full-lug barrel, ported with trigger stop, Hogue grips, and Performance Center stamp with product code 103601 and special serial number prefix of “LHM,” reportedly c. 1995. It’s unclear to us whether this is the same variation with the same product code listed later as a 4” barrel Lew Horton Special with 30 units made c. 1997.

• Mag-Na-Port Stalker: 8-3/8”, SSK rib; inverted crown; 2X Leupold scope, Mag-Na- Ported, sling and swivels; distributed through Magnum Sales, Ltd.

• “Mountain Lion”: See “Twelve Revolvers” in “Commemorative and Specials” section. Product code 103634.

• American Historical Foundation Model 629: 50 manufactured, 6” Mag-Na-Ported barrel.

• “The Avenger”: 3” barrel dual Mag-Na-Port, unfluted cylinder; c. 26 manufactured.

• Magnum Hunter Plus: An RSR special order; 7-1/2” barrel slabside barrel, Mag-Na-Ported barrel, integral Weaver scope rail, unfluted cylinder. Product code 170065. Manufactured in 1996.

• Model 629 Special: Square butt frame with 8-3/8” Classic Hunter full-lug barrel, pinned serrated black ramp front sight, satin stainless finish, unfluted recessed cylinder, roll stamped markings, Hogue rubber combat monogrip. 50 manufactured in 1998. Product code 103614.

• Model 629 Special: Mountain gun 4” tapered barrel with square butt frame, pinned serrated black ramp front sight, glass bead finish, roll stamped markings, Goncalo Alves checked service grips. Product code 103619. 40 manufactured in 1998.

• Model 629 Magnum Hunter Trail Boss from RSR: 44 Magnum, 3” Mag-Na-Ported barrel, 6-shot chamfered cylinder, .400” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger, red ramp front sight, white outline rear sight, N target frame with round butt, Hogue rubber grips with lanyard loop, satin stainless finish, special serial prefix of “RSR.” Product code 103408. Weight 40 oz. 500 manufactured 1996 - 1999.

• Model 629 Classic Power Port: .44 Magnum, 6-1/2” full-lug barrel with Power Port, .500” target hammer, .400” smooth combat trigger. A pinned black Patridge front sight is set back from the Power Port, which is at the barrel’s end. Micrometer adjustable rear sight, Hogue conversion square butt combat rubber grips on an N target round butt frame with 10-groove serrations. Product code 103624. Weight 52 oz. Manufactured 1996 – date.

• Model 629 NRA Classic: NRA logo on the sideplate, numbered 1 - 650 on the side of the barrel. Manufactured in 1997. Product code 103638.

• Model 629-4 3 Carry Comp: Dovetailed front sight with bright red stripe, unfluted cylinder, Mag-Na-Ported, with trigger stop, 1998.

• Model 629-4: 6-1/2” barrel with removable muzzle brake and replaceable end cap. Rosewood grips From Lew Horton; Performance Center logo. Manufactured in October of 1998.

• Model 629-5: 4” Mountain Gun for 1999. Built on the N target frame with the new design frame in a round butt style without serrated tangs, using a floating firing pin and the MIM flat face hammer and MIM trigger. 4” tapered barrel with “Mountain Gun” laser etched on the right side. Pinned black ramp front sight on a ramp base with micrometer click rear sight. Chamfered 6-shot cylinder, .400” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger, stainless steel material with satin stainless finish. Hogue rubber monogrip with S&W monogram. Weight 39.5 oz. Product code 103656. Manufactured in 1999.

• Model 629-6 Trail Boss Unfluted: An RSR exclusive; features .400” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth target trigger, 3” barrel with red ramp front sight, white outline micrometer click rear sight, Hogue rubber grips with lanyard loop, 6-shot unfluted cylinder, satin stainless finish, internal key lock system, California compliant. Product code 163409; manufactured in 2003.

• Model 629-6 Trail Boss Deluxe Anniversary: An RSR Exclusive; features .400” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth target trigger, 3” barrel with red ramp front sight, white outline micrometer click rear sight, Altimont wood combat grips, 6-shot fluted cylinder, high bright polish stainless finish, internal key lock system, California compliant, locking aluminum case, laser etching, Mag-Na-Ported barrel. Product code 163410. Manufactured in 2003.

• Model 629-6 Trail Boss Fluted: An RSR exclusive; features .400” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth target trigger, 3” barrel with red ramp front sight, white outline micrometer click rear sight, Hogue rubber grips with lanyard loop, 6-shot fluted cylinder, Mag-Na-Ported barrel, satin stainless finish, internal key lock system, California compliant. Product code 163411. Manufactured in 2003.

Compiled Model 629 Variations Product Codes and Features

103368

6-1/2” Magna Classic overruns TJB4001-TJB4300.

103408

3” Trail Boss for RSR, 1996-1999.

103450

3” Backpacker, 1994.

103596

6” European Arms, 1990.

103601

4” Lew Horton Special 30 Manufactured 1997.

103603

4” Std. Production, 1984-1998.

103604

Alaska Iditarod Commemorative, 1987.

103606

6” Std. Production, 1984-1998.

103609

8-3/8” Std. Production, 1984-1998.

103610*

3” RB Lew Horton, 1985. (* This code is used for many variations.)

103611

3” SB Ported Alaskan Backpacker- Gart Bros. RMA000x serial number reported.

103614

8-3/8” Classic Hunter 50 manufactured.

103615

8-3/8” Scope Mount, 1989.

103616

6” Classic Hunter, 1988.

103618

6” Classic Hunter, 1991.

103619

4” Tapered Barrel, 40 manufactured, SB.

103624

6-1/2” Power Port Classic, 1996-2001.

103627

6-1/2” Eurosport.

103628

8-3/8” Classic Hunter, 1989.

103632

7” Magna Classic, 1990.

103634

“Mountain Lion” - see “Twelve Revolvers.”

103635

5” “44 Classic Champion.”

103636

5” Classic, 1991-1994.

103636

5” Classic S FL IFS SG WO DT AS -.

103638

6” Classic, 1991-2001.

103640

8-3/8” Classic, 1991-2001.

103642

5” Classic DX, 1992.

103644

6” Classic DX, 1991-2000.

103646

8-3/8” Classic DX, 1991-2000.

103649

7” Unfluted 1989.

103650

3” Classic Hunter, 1989.

103652

4” Mountain Revolver Unfluted Cyl, GB CAP5608 629-4, 1989.

103653

4” Mountain Gun Unfluted Cyl all Laser Marked 629-4 CBK5512, 93.

103654

Made for Gart Bros., 6-1/2” RB, 300 Manufactured 1996. RMH000x serial number reported.

103656

6-1/2” Euromagnum & Mountain Gun in 4”, 1999.

103658

3” Classic Carry, 1999.

103685

4” Mtn Gun RR/WO, at least one reported with grizzly bear roll-marked on sideplate.

103839

2-1/2” for Camfour Dist., 2000.

130020

6-1/2” withTasco World Class Scope, 1997.

130450

3” Backpacker, 1994.

130653

4” Mountain Revolver, 1994.

148157

3”, 1998.

148719

3” Magna Ported, 1999.

149191

6” Model 629 Blue Cylinder Red Ramp, 2000.

149664

6-1/2” Bear Engraved for RSR, 2005.

163409

3” Trail Boss -Non Fluted, IL, 2002.

163410

3” Trail Boss -Deluxe 25th Anniversary for RSR, 2003.

163411

3” Trail Boss -Fluted-Magna Ported with IL.

163603

4” RR WO IL, 2002-06.

163606

6” RR WO IL, 2002-06.

163609

8-3/8” RR WO IL, 2002.

163624

6-1/2” S 6SH FL BP PP SG DT AS IL, 2003-06.

163636

5” S 6SH FL IFS SG WO DT AS IL, 2002-06.

163638

6-1/2” S 6SH IFS SG WO DT AS IL, 2002-06.

163638WH

6-1/2” “White Tail II” Lew Horton, 2005-06.

163638FCB

6-1/2” “United We Stand” Engraved, 2006.

163640

8-3/8” S 6SH FL IFS SG WO DT AS IL, 2002-06.

163698

6-1/2” Classic S 6SH FL SG HV DT AS IL, 2002-06.

163644

6-1/2” Classic DX IL, 2002.

163646

8-3/8” Classic DX IL, 2002.

163653

4” Mountain Gun IL, 2002 & 2005.

170012

3” Carry Comp 1992; Carry Comp II, 1993.

170026

3” unfluted, 1994.

170046

6” unfluted Classic Hunter II, 1992.

170048

3” Quad Port, 1995.

170049

5” Carry Comp Perf Center.

170050

6-1/2” Perf Center “Trophy Whitetail,” 1997.

170056

6” Light Hunter, 1995.

170058

3” Double Mag-Na-Ported.

170065

7-1/2” Light Hunter Plus unfluted, 1996.

170087

7-1/2” Scope only/Master Hunter, 1997.

170094

7-1/2” Master Hunter.

170100

6” Comped Hunter For RSR Dist., 1998.

170120

6” Competitor for Export WISCHO.

170124

6-1/2” Fluted Full-lug Comp & Cap, 1999.

170126

Comped Hunter- New Frame For RSR, 1999.

170135

2-5/8” Perf Center 300 manufactured Lew Horton, 1999.

170137

4” Perf Center V-Comp RSR-Lew Horton, 1999.

170138

7-1/2” Light Hunter For RSR, 2000.

170148

5” V-Comp RSR Special.

170149

6” Hunter, 1999.

170157

12” “Extreme Hunter” Lew Horton, 2000.

170171

7-1/2” Stealth Hunter – Camfour, 2000.

170181

7-1/2” Compensated Hunter, TALO Dist, 2001 & 2003 & 2006.

170193

7-1/2” Unfluted Green/Black, 2001.

170194FC

7-1/2” Light Hunter RSR, 2002.

170219FC

7-1/2” Unfluted Big Rock, 2002.

170228FC

7-1/2” Two Tone, 2003.

170230FC

7-1/2” Green & Black with IL, 2003.

170234FC

8-3/8” Davidsons, 2003.

170241FC

7-1/2” Scope Mount, 2004.

603653

Used Gun Code for 103653.

Model 631: .32 Magnum Target Stainless

Caliber: .32 H&R Magnum/.32 S&W. Double-action revolver built on the round butt J frame with three screws. 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.44”, stainless steel construction. 2” barrel with fixed sights, or 4” barrel with 1/8” red ramp front sight with white outline micrometer click rear sight, narrow top rib, Goncalo Alves combat stocks with S&W medallions. .312” smooth combat trigger, .240” service hammer. 631LS LadySmith version has a 2” barrel, rosewood stocks; laser etched with “LadySmith” on the sideplate. This model also found in black stainless in very scarce quantities but remains a mystery even to S&W; not cataloged. c. 5474 produced. Resale value remains high. Special production for 1990.

Special Production: .32 Magnum “Kit Gun” with round butt frame 4” barrel with red ramp insert and adjustable rear sight, satin stainless finish, .347” serrated trigger Goncalo Alves wood grips; 40 manufactured in 1998. Product code 103682.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103660

2” “LadySmith” marked, 22 oz.

103662

4” AS S RR WO, 25.5 oz.

103664

2” FS S 22 oz., 190 manufactured.

103682

4” RB RR AS .347”, serrated trigger; 40 manufactured in 1998.

Model 632: .32 Magnum Centennial Airweight Stainless

Caliber: .32 H&R Magnum/.32 S&W. Double-action-only revolver built on the round butt alloy J frame with three screws, alloy frame with stainless steel cylinder and barrel. Fully concealed hammer, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.44”, round butt JA frame, 1/8” serrated ramp front sight with fixed notch rear sight. 2” or 3” barrels, Uncle Mike’s Santoprene grips on 3” barrel version, wood grips on 2” barrel version; .312” smooth combat trigger, “Airweight” marked on barrel, S&W trademark laser etched on the sideplate and also stamped on the left frame side under the thumbpiece. Produced 1991 - 1992.

Model 632s, Nahas Collection, from Paul Goodwin photo.s

Engineering and Production Changes

• 1992: Discontinue 3" barrel.

• 1993: Discontinue product.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103666

2” S FS RB, ‘91-92 15.5 oz.

103674

3” S FS RB, ‘91 17.5 oz.

Model 637: .38 Chiefs Special Airweight Stainless

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action revolver built on the round butt alloy J frame with three screws, 1-7/8” barrel, 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.53”, JA round butt frame with walnut Magna grips with S&W medallions, clear anodized fuse alloy frame, stainless cylinder and barrel, 1/8” serrated front ramp with notch cut rear sight, S&W logo laser etched on the sideplate and also stamped on the left side of frame. .312” smooth trigger with satin finish, .240” satin finish hammer, contoured thumbpiece, new style yoke retention system. Sideplate may have a stainless steel appearance but is actually alloy. Weight is 13-1/2 oz. Not cataloged. Special production of c. 560. Special production for 1989.

This model was reintroduced in 1996 with a new design featuring the new J Magnum frame with three screws and rated for .38 Special +P. Changes include the flat face hammer, floating firing pin, new thumbpiece, slightly longer frame with a cylinder opening of 1.345” X 1.732” with the cylinder stop machined as part of the frame, longer 5-shot fluted cylinder measures a nominal 1.59”, yoke is 2.058” long. Change to extractor system, changes in the hollow MIM trigger and MIM hammer and internal lockworks are also found in mixed production. Frosted stainless finish, Uncle Mike’s Boot Grips on a round butt frame with a smooth backstrap. .312” smooth trigger, cataloged with a 2” barrel (actual length is 1.86”) with fixed sights, frame is 0.538” thick. Shipped in a blue plastic case. The S&W trademark is found on the frame under the thumbpiece and on the sideplate with “Airweight” martking. In September of 1997 shipments began with Master trigger locks. In 2002 production changes included the internal lock system and changing the four lines to “SPFLD,MA S&W U.S.A.” Mag-Na-Porting offered by various distributors. Produced 1989 and 1996 - date.

First production Model 637, top, Model 637-2 bottom. Nahas Collection, from Paul Goodwin photos

Engineering and Production Changes

• 637 (1989): Product introduction.

• 637-1 (1996): Reintroduction in J Magnum frame size rated +P.

• 637-2 (2002): Introduce internal key lock system.

• 2002: Change from four lines to two.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103790

2” FS RB S wood grip 1989, Serial prefix BKFxxxx.

103050

1-7/8” S RB SG GB FS, 1996- 2001; 2001 retail $525.

163050

1-7/8” S RB SG GB FS IL, 2002-2003.

163050

1-7/8” ZM-05-A2-SM-GR-BO-SF-SI-FA-CS, 2004-2006.

163051

Shipped with Uncle Mike’s holster, 2004-2006.

163052

Shipped with Crimson Trace Laser Grip, 2005-2006.

603050

Test and evaluation “Used Gun” code.

Model 638: .38 Bodyguard Airweight Stainless

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Special for/distributed by Ellett Bros. in 1989. Double-action revolver built on the round butt alloy J frame with three screws, clear anodized fuse alloy, 1-7/8” barrel, shrouded hammer, stainless cylinder and barrel, contoured thumbpiece. 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.53”, .312” smooth trigger in satin stainless finish, 1/10” fixed sights, JA round butt frame with walnut Magna grips with S&W medallions. S&W trademark stamped on the frame. Has new yoke retention system.

Reintroduced in 1996 in limited production with the newly designed J Magnum frame with three screws and rated for .38 Special +P. Changes include a new thumbpiece, 5-shot fluted cylinder with a new length of 1.59” and a new extractor system, floating firing pin, 2” barrel, .240” shrouded hammer with a flat face, .312” smooth trigger, frosted stainless finish, Uncle Mike’s Boot Grips. “Airweight” laser etched on the sideplate. The S&W trademark is found on the frame under the thumbpiece and on the sideplate. Production changes are also found in the hammer and trigger as well as the internal lockwork. Some examples were found without the laser engraving, having only the serial number and caliber marking on the barrel. First cataloged in 1997. Mag-Na-Porting offered by various distributors. In 2002 production changes included the internal lock system and changing the four lines to “SPFLD, MA S&W U.S.A.” Produced 1989 and 1996 - date.

Model 638s, pre- and post-internal lock. Nahas Collection, from Paul Goodwin photos.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 638 (1989): Introduction.

• 638-1 (1989) New 1/8" sight width on frame and barrel. C. 1200 manufactured.

• 638-2 (1996): Reintroduction in J Magnum Frame size rated +P.

• 1996: Shipments in blue plastic cases.

• 1997: Ship with Master trigger locks.

• 638-3 (2002): Introduce internal key lock system.

• 2002: Change from four lines to two.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103670

1-7/8” original introduction, 1989.

103070

1-7/8” S RB SG GB FS 14oz 1996- 01; 2001 Retail $564.

163070

1-7/8” S RB SG GB FS IL 2002-03; 2005 Retail $620.

163070

1-7/8” ZM-05-A2-SM-GR-BO-SF-SI-FA-CS, 2004-2006.

Model 640: .38 Centennial Stainless

Caliber-.38 S&W Special. Double-action-only revolver built on the round butt stainless J frame with three screws. Rated for +P; 1-7/8” barrel with Goncalo Alves stocks or 3” barrel with Morado wood stocks with S&W medallions; 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.53”. J frame with round butt, fully concealed hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger, square notch rear sight with serrated ramp front sight, old style extractor, 1.86” length barrel, 1.345” X 1.645” cylinder opening, .538” frame thickness. Yoke is 2.0” long (BKZ0184). Early production guns reported with serial numbers prefixed “CEN.” Produced 1989 - 1996.

Variations

• Carry Comp Model 640: See “Performance Center.” section.

• The Paxton Quigley Model 640: Caliber: .38 Special, 2-5/8” barrel with integral compensator, dovetailed adjustable front sight, tuned by the S&W Performance Center. Laminated wood grips are stylized with mother-of-pearl inlaid heart. Boyt tapestry case and letter of authenticity from Paxton Quigley, author of Armed & Female. Limited production of 150. Distributed by Lew Horton; manufactured in 1994. ANIB $725.

• NYPD Marked: Model 640-2 reported as Special Order 7135, 2-1/8” barrel, marked “ANYPD” with a “pebble gray” finish; speculated that some may be an NYPD special purchase overrun. Product code 103800.

• “Airweight” Marked: A standard stainless steel frame Model 640 (i.e., not a Model 642-type lightweight alloy) but with a 3” barrel that is marked “Airweight” nonetheless. Product code 103795. In addition, an unfluted cylinder sub-variation with these same features has been reported. Manufactured in 1994.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 640: 1989 introduction.

• 1993: Discontinue 3".

• 1994: Uncle Mike’s Boot Grip, change extractor.

• 640-1 (1996): Change to .357 caliber in the J Magnum frame.

• 640-2 (1997): Reintroduce in .38 Special for NYPD (JD7135).

Product Codes

103794

3” S, 91-92 22.5 oz.

103795

3” S “Airweight” marked special.

103796

2” S, 90-94 21 oz.

103797

Unknown.

103800

2-1/8” S RB, unconfirmed as “NYPD” marked in .38 Special.

170014

3” S Carry Comp.

170042

2” S Carry Comp.

170043

2” S Carry Comp.

Model 640-1 .357 Magnum Centennial Stainless

Caliber: .357 Magnum/.38 Special. Double-action-only revolver built on the stainless round butt J Magnum frame with three screws. Introduced in 1995; the first 5-shot .357 Magnum handgun on the smaller J frame. This is a slightly larger frame than a standard J with a reinforced cylinder stop machined as part of the frame, 5-shot fluted cylinder with a longer length of 1.59”, and a larger frame opening. 2-1/8” barrel, round butt frame, flat faced concealed hammer, pinned black ramp front sight, smooth trigger, Uncle Mike’s Boot grip. Shipped in a blue plastic case, 25 oz. In September of 1997 this model was reintroduced in .38 Special only rated for .38 Special +P. Introductory serial prefix “CNT.” Manufactured 1996 - date.

Engineering and Production Changes

640-1

(1996): Introduction of new redesigned J Magnum frame.

640-2

(1997): Reintroduce in .38 Special for NYPD.

640-3

(2003): Internal key lock on .357 Magnum.

640-4

(2003): Internal key lock on .38 Special only.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103690

2-1/8” RB DA SG FS .357 Mag, 96-01; 2001 retail $576.

103696

Night sights with Eagle grips.

103800

.38 Special for NYPD.

103804

.38 Special reintroduction September 1997, discontinued 1999.

163690

2-1/8” S RB DA SG IL .357 Magnum, 2002-2003.

163690

2-1/8” ZS-05-AD-SM-GR-BO-SF-SB-FS-CS, 2004-2006.

163690RF

Confederate Flag Engraved Lew Horton, 2006.

163699

2-1/8” S RB DA WG IL TALO, 2002.

163700

2-1/8” S RB DA SG IL AO Night Sight, 2002 23 oz.

170068

.357 Mag Comp- Power Port for Lew Horton.

170073

.357 RSR, 1996.

170078

.357 2-1/8” FL Quad Port Glass Bead-Lew Horton, 1999.

Variations

• Stainless steel variation with a high-polish finish from S&W in 1997.

• At least one is known to have been chambered in .38 Super caliber for test purposes by the Performance Center.

• Special for TALO: Model 640-3 with internal lock system called the “Model 640 Gold” featuring gold (titanium nitride) thumbpiece, extractor rod and trigger. 312” smooth trigger, silver finish with black Altamont wood Boot Grip, .357 Magnum. Weight 22.5 oz. Product code 163699. Manufactured in 2002.

• Special for TALO Distributors: Model 640-3 with AO night sight and internal lock system. Manufactured in 2002. Product code 163700.

Model 642: .38 Centennial Airweight Stainless

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action-only revolver built on the round butt alloy J frame with three screws, 2” or 3” barrel, 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.53”, stainless steel barrel and cylinder. Uncle Mike’s Boot Grips, 1/8” serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear sight, fully concealed hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger. Logo is found stamped on the frame and also laser etched on the sideplate on most examples. Produced 1990 – 1992.

Reintroduced in 1996 with the new J Magnum frame with three screws rated for +P as a hammerless Centennial with a slightly larger alloy frame and stainless steel cylinder. The firing pin was changed to a floating design; cylinder stop now machined into the frame. Frosted satin finish, “Airweight” laser engraved on the side plate with the S&W trademark found on the frame as well as the sideplate. Fitted with Uncle Mike’s Boot Grips on a round butt frame, .312” smooth trigger, flat faced internal hammer, fixed sights, 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.59”. New shape MIM thumbpiece. Weight 15.8 oz.; 1.86” barrel (actual); cylinder opening is larger than its predecessors’ at 1.345” x 1.732”. Shipped in a blue plastic case. Master trigger locks shipped in fall of 1997. The LadySmith version is marked with “LadySmith” laser engraved on the side plate instead of “Airweight” and fitted with rosewood laminated grips from the Ace Grip Co., packaged in a “LadySmith”- marked softside zipper case. This is the first Airweight so marked in a LadySmith version. Mixed early production is also noted with MIM hammers and standard non-MIM triggers. Offered with Mag-Na-Porting by various distributors. Beginning serial number range reported as CNT0001 but not verified. Produced 1990 - 1992 and 1996 - date.

Model 642, with LadySmith variation. Nahas Collection, from Paul Goodwin photos.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 642 (1990): Introduction.

• 1992: Discontinue 3" barrel.

• 1993: Model 642 discontinued.

• 642-1 (1996): Reintroduction in J Magnum frame.

• 1997: Ship with Master trigger lock.

• 1997 (August): All barrel markings move to the left side; right barrel side now blank.

• 642-2 (2002): Introduce internal key lock system.

• 2002 Change from four address lines to two.

Product Codes and Features by Year

104790

2” S DA 15.8 oz., 1990-1992.

104798

3” S DA 17.5 oz., 1990-1991.

103810

2” S DA Special for 1996-2001; 2001 retail $543.

103808

2” S SG DA RB Ladysmith, 1996-2001.

103815

2” S WG DA RB Ported Barrel RSR Special, 6/1999.

148631

2” S WG DA RB Ported Barrel RSR Special, 11/1999.

163808

LadySmith with Internal Lock, 2002-03; 2006 retail $664.

163808

1-7/8” ZM-05-AD-SM-GW-BO-SF-FA-CS, 2004-06.

163810

1-7/8” S RB DA SG IL, 2002-03; 2002 retail $469.

163810

1-7/8” ZM-05-AD-SM-GR-BO-SF-FA-CS, 2004-06.

163811

Shipped with Crimson Trace Laser Grip, 2005-06.

Model 646: .40 S&W Revolver

Caliber: .40 S&W. Double-action revolver built on the round butt stainless steel L target frame with three screws and smooth tangs, 6-shot fluted titanium cylinder with a nominal length of 1.6”. In 2003 S&W assembled approximately 300 stainless frames and titanium cylinders. These were fitted with a 4” full-lug barrel without the internal key lock, a wide target hammer and smooth trigger with a Hogue grip. Serial number VKL8123 was our example. This product was not from the Performance Center. Retail was $575.

Product Codes and Features by Year

170165

S 4” RB WG 36 oz., Performance Center, April 2000.

103749

S 4” RB FL RG 38 oz., October 2003.

Model 647: The .17 Hornady Magnum Stainless

Caliber: .17 Hornady Magnum Rimfire (HMR). Double-action revolver built on a round butt stainless steel K target frame with three screws. At the 2002 SHOT Show Hornady introduced a new cartridge named the .17 Hornady Magnum Rimfire or .17 HMR. This cartridge is based on the .22 Magnum rimfire cartridge and is touted as a high-velocity cartridge at 2550 fps with a 17-grain polymer tipped bullet. At the time only two companies made a rifle that would chamber this new cartridge. By December of 2002 more than 18 companies had rifles and handguns for the cartridge. In 2003 at the SHOT Show Smith & Wesson announced a 8-3/8” full-lug barreled stainless steel handgun for the .17 HMR. Remington, Hornady, Federal and CCI were all making ammunition for the .17 cartridge.

The 647 is built on the current K frame round butt design in production at the time with an internal lock system. Features a pinned black Patridge front sight with a black adjustable micrometer click rear sight. In 2004 a green hi-viz front sight became available. Also features a wide smooth .400” combat trigger with a checked .500” target hammer. A 6-shot fluted stainless steel cylinder with a nominal length of 1.620” having a star extractor using a new design on all rimfires for the year 2003 that greatly encompasses the cartridge rim for better extraction. The barrel is stamped “.17 HORNADY MAGNUM” on the left side with “Smith & Wesson” on the right side. Prototypes had both markings on the right side and were built on a Model 648-marked frame. The frame is drilled and tapped for a scope mount under the rear sight leaf. A small S&W trademark is etched under the thumbpiece. Hogue rubber monogrip on a round butt frame with a weight of 52.5 oz. The authors’ example was serial number CFY7414. The Performance Center also built a revolver on a 647 frame with a special 12” barrel from Walther called the “Varminter.” Frame part number is 29472 and is slightly different than the Varminter frame. In late 2004 all .17 caliber production stopped. Retail price $677. Weight 52.5 oz. Produced 2003 - 2005.

Model 647. Photo courtesy of Smith & Wesson.

ANIB

Exc

VG

575

450

375

Engineering and Production Changes

• 647 (2003): Product introduction.

• 647-1 (2003): Performance Center variation.

• 2005: Model 647 discontinued; product dropped from catalog.

Product Codes and Features by Year

160585S

8-3/8” RB SG DT IL, 2003-04.

170229S

12” “Varminter” Performance Center, 2003.

Model 648: The .22 Magnum Rimfire Stainless

Caliber: .22 Winchester Magnum Rimfire. Double-action revolver built on the square butt stainless K target frame with three screws. 6” full-lug barrel with serrated top rib, Goncalo Alves combat style wood grip with S&W medallions, 1/8” pinned black Patridge front sight on a ramp base with micrometer click adjustable rear sight. 6-shot fluted cylinder with a length of 1.62”, .312” smooth combat trigger with stain finish, .375” semi-target hammer with satin finish, 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap. Not cataloged until 1992. Reintroduced in December 2003 on the current frame design with the internal lock system and a redesigned star extractor system using the Hogue rubber monogrip. 1989 - 1994 and 2003 - 2005.

Model 648, photo courtesy of Smith & Wesson.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 648 (1989): Introduction.

• 1992: Cataloged.

• 648-1 (1994): Change rear sight leaf, change extractor, drill and tap, Hogue grips, 1996; limited production with MIM thumbpiece.

• 648-2 (2003): Reintroduction with new frame design and internal key lock system.

• Discontinued 2005.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103668

6” S FL SG CT ST 1989-94, 47 oz.

163668

6” S FL SG CT ST IL 2003-05, 45 oz. Retail 2003 $659.

Model 649: .38 Bodyguard Stainless

Caliber: .38 S&W Special +P. Double-action revolver built on the round butt stainless J frame with three screws. Checkered walnut Magna grips with S&W medallions. A stainless steel version of the Model 49 with 2” barrel. 5-shot fluted cylinder with a length of 1.53”, 1/10” serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear, .312” smooth trigger with case colors, .240” shrouded service hammer, round butt JC frame with satin stainless finish. Production serial numbers may have begun at AFN0001 but are not verified. Manufactured 1985 - 1998.

Variations

• 1985: 100 marked “Model 649/1985/Limited Edition.”

Engineering and Production Changes

• 649 (1985): Introduction.

• 649-1 (1988): New yoke retention system; radius stud package.

• 649-2 (1990): Heat treated package, change sight width to 1/8".

• 1994: Change extractor, synthetic grips, ship in blue case.

• 649-2 (1996): Model 649-2 in .38 Special discontinued in favor of the 649-3 chambered in .357 Magnum.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103750

Introductory run.

103751

2” S RB, 1985-95 20 oz.

103210

2-1/8” .357 Magnum, 1997-99.

103753

1-7/8” .38 Spl. only 1997-98, discontinued 1-1999.

Model 649, photo courtesy of Smith & Wesson.

Model 649-3: .357 Magnum Bodyguard Stainless

Caliber: .357 Magnum/.38 Special. Double-action revolver built on the round butt stainless J Magnum frame with three screws. Introduced in 1996 with a new, slightly larger J Magnum round butt frame, 2-1/8” barrel (2.16”), new style thumbpiece, floating firing pin and flat face hammer, 5-shot fluted cylinder with a slightly longer length of 1.59”. Uncle Mike’s Combat grip, .240” shrouded hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger with case colors, 1/8” pinned black ramp front sight with notch cut rear sight. Shipped in a blue plastic case. Master trigger locks shipped in Fall of 1997. Weight 20 oz. Reintroduced in November of 1997 in .38 Special only with a 1-7/8” barrel and Uncle Mike’s Boot Grip. Mixed early production is also noted with MIM hammers and triggers. Manufactured 1996 - date.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 649-3 (1996): Change to .357 J Magnum frame.

• 649-4 (November, 1997): Reintroduced in .38 Special +P only using new frame.

• 1999: Discontinue .38 Special variation.

• 649-5 (2001): Introduce internal key lock system.

• 649-6 (2003): Internal key lock system (.38 Special only).

Variations

• Lew Horton Distributors: 2 1/8” Mag-Na-Ported barrel with Eagle Secret Service Grips, 1997.

• 2-1/8" high-polish finish/engraved from S&W. Product code 103210 S RB SG 20 oz. Manufactured 1996 - 1997.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103210

2-1/8” .357 5SH S RB SG, 1996-2001; 2001 retail $576.

163210

2-1/8” .357 5SH S RB SG IL, 2002-2003.

163210

2-1/8” .357 ZS-05-AD-SM-GR-BO-SF-SB-FS-CS, 2004-2006.

163210DTOM

“Don’t Tread On Me” engraved, 2006.

Model 650: .22 M.R.F. Service Kit Gun Stainless

Caliber: .22 Winchester Magnum Rimfire. Double-action revolver built on the round butt stainless J target frame with three screws. 3” heavy barrel, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a length of 1.44”, stainless steel .240” service hammer with stainless steel .312” smooth combat trigger both having a stain finish, 1/10” serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear. Round butt J frame with small S&W trademark on the frame’s left side, checked walnut Magna grips with S&W medallions. Also found with an auxiliary .22 Long Rifle cylinder. Barrel marked “22 M.R.F. CTG.” Produced 1983 - 1988.

Model 650, Tom Horwedel collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 650 (1983): Introduction.

• 650-1 (1988): New yoke retention system.

• 1988: Model 650-1 discontinued.

• 650-2 (1990): Factory notes indicate some production with 1/8" sight.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103802

3” HB S RB, 1984-88 23 oz.

Model 651: .22 M.R.F. Target Kit Gun Stainless

Caliber: .22 Winchester Magnum Rimfire. Double-action revolver built on the square butt stainless J target frame with three screws. Target sight version of Model 650, 4” barrel, 1/10” red ramp front sight with black adjustable rear sight, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a length of 1.44”. Checked walnut Magna service stocks with S&W medallions, .375” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger. Barrel markings are “22 M.R.F. CTG” with a small S&W trademark on the left side of the frame. Also offered with an auxiliary .22 Long Rifle cylinder in early production. The first 902 units have an “R” serial prefix. Two production runs: 1983 - 1988 and 1991 - 1999.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 651 (1983): Introduction.

• 651-1 (1988): New yoke retention system and end of first production run.

• 1991: Production run of 2500.

• 651-1 (1992): Reintroduction with 1/8" sights.

• 1994: Change extractor; add Uncle Mike’s grips.

• 1996: Round butt frame only.

• 1997: Change thumbpiece.

• 1997: Ship with Master trigger lock.

• 2000: Model 651 discontinued.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103902

4” S SB RR WO, 1984-92 24.5 oz.

103902

4” S RB RR WO, 1993-98.

103900

2” S RB withBoot Grip RSR Special, 1999; 1241 reported manufactured.

103900

Same code as above; also reported for 1998 Lew Horton production.

Model 657: The .41 Magnum Stainless

Caliber: .41 Magnum. Double-action revolver built on the square butt stainless N target frame with three screws. 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.67”, .500” target hammer, .400” smooth combat trigger, 1/8” serrated black ramp on ramp base front sight pinned to the ramp base, micrometer click adjustable rear sight with white outline sight blade. 4”, 6” or 8-3/8” barrel, shrouded extractor rod, checkered Goncalo Alves stocks with S&W medallions. 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap. 1986 - date.

Recent Model 657, photo courtesy of Smith & Wesson.

Variations

• The .41 Magnum Classic Hunter Stainless: 6-1/2” full-lug barrel, N target frame, Hogue grips, 6-shot unfluted cylinder, .500” target hammer, .400” smooth combat trigger, black pinned ramp on ramp base front sight, adjustable rear sight with white outline, Hogue grips on square butt frame. Weight 52.5 oz. Product code 103820. Run of 2,000. Special for 1991.

Model 657, Classic Hunter. Old Town Station photo.

• Magnum Hunter for RSR: Caliber: .41 Magnum, 6” Mag-Na-Ported barrel, Weaver scope mount, non-fluted cylinder with chamfered charge holes, .500” smooth target hammer, polished and chromed. .312” smooth trigger, Millet front red ramp drift adjustable for windage only, fully adjustable rear sight, Hogue grips, satin finish, ball bearing lockup, adjustable trigger stop. Special serial number range. Product code 170062. Weight 48 oz. 500 manufactured 1995 - 1999.

• 200 reported manufactured with 3" barrel with round butt in 1998 for Lew Horton; actual number may be closer to 150.

• 4" Mountain Gun: Product code 103949. Manufactured in 1998.

• Performance Center Defensive Revolver for Lew Horton: See “Performance Center” section.

• Model 657-4: Introduced in January of 2001 with a 7-1/2” full-lug barrel, unfluted cylinder, pinned black ramp front sight with micrometer click black blade rear sight, .500” target hammer and .400” smooth target trigger. Hogue rubber combat grip, stainless steel with satin finish. Product code 103946. Manufactured in 2001.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 657 (1986): Introduction.

• 1988: Discontinue 4" barrel.

• 657-1 (1988): New yoke retention system; radius stud package; floating hand.

• 657-2 (1990): Longer stop notch in cylinder.

• 1993: Discontinue 8-3/8" barrel.

• 657-3 (1994): Change rear sight leaf, drill and tap frame, change extractor, Hogue grips introduced.

• 1996: Delete square butt features; begin shipments in a blue plastic case.

• 1997: Change to MIM thumbpiece; ship with Master trigger lock.

• 657-4 (1997): Change frame design to eliminate cylinder stop stud; eliminate serrated tangs; change to MIM hammer with floating firing pin; change to MIM trigger; change internal lockwork.

• 657-5 (2001): Internal key lock system.

• 657-6 (2005): New two-piece barrel design.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103820

6-1/2” unfluted, 1991.

103946

7-1/2” unfluted, 2001; 2001 retail $672.

103948

6-1/2” Classic Hunter, 1998-99.

103949

4” Mountain Gun; 1999 Stocking Dealer Special.

103950

4” Unfluted cylinder.

103951

3” RB RR/WO, 1986.

103952

4” S TS CT TH 1986-87, 44.2 oz.

103953

6” S TS CT TH, 1986-95 48.0 oz.

103953

6” S SG CT TH DT, 1996-00.

103954

8-3/8” S TS CT TH, 1986-92 52.5 oz.

103958

Reported as Classic Hunter, fluted cyl., 6.5”, rubber grips, not verified.

103959

6.5” Classic Hunter (full-lug style) with rosewood conversion grips. Has an unfluted cylinder and is round butt.

163946

7-1/2” Classic IL, 2002-05.

170062

6” Ported, unfluted, 1995-99 RSR Special 48 oz.

170114

4” “Classic Series” (657-2 BNZ4559).

170125

6-1/2” Lew Horton, 1999.

170134

2-5/8” Perf Center, 1999 39.6 oz.

170162

8-1/2” with sling.

Model 681: The .357 Distinguished Service Magnum Stainless

Caliber: .357 Magnum/.38 Special. Double-action revolver built on the square butt stainless steel L service frame with three screws, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.62”. 4” full-lug ribbed barrel, 1/8” serrated front ramp sight with square notch rear sight, .265” service hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger, checked walnut service stocks with S&W medallions. Stainless steel version of the Model 581. Although examples exist in the “AAA” serial prefix range, introduction began at serial number AAB9378 in a wide range to AAL1304 with 1,927 units shipped in April 1981. Regular production begins at serial number AAE3887. Approximately 53,180 manufactured c. 1980 - 1992.

Model 681, from the collection of David P. McGroty.

Variations

• At least one Model 681 is stamped “Mod 68-1.”

• Model 681-2, 4",“Ohio State Highway Patrol” marked.

• NYCPD: Reported that two were made in .38 Special, DAO 4” barrel c. 1988 for New York City Police Department evaluation.

• Model 681 chambered in .38 Special for ConRail Police Department marked “681-3,” square butt, 4" full-lug barrel, wood P.C. grips, smooth .312" trigger, .265" checked service hammer, barrel stamped “.38 S&W Special” (box marked “.357”). Has a shorter cylinder length of 1.62". Stamped “CRPD” over the trigger guard. Serial number range BDT0605 - BDT1069. Product code 104104. Introduced in 1989. Approximately 465 manufactured. Many purchased from Penn Police Supply in Chalk Hill, PA, and are ANIB condition.

• Model 681 for the New York State Police: Approximately 500 units shipped to John Jovino Co. in June 18, 1982 with “NYSP” below the cylinder on the left side. Found with the “M” stamping for modification in the yoke.

• Lew Horton Special: Model 681-4. See “Performance Center” section.

• Camfour Special: Model 681-5, 7-shot. See “Performance Center” section.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 681 (1980): Product introduction.

• 681-1 (1986): Radius stud package; floating hand.

• 681-M (1987): Recall by S&W and overstamped to signify a modification by the factory or warranty station, applies to Models 681 and 681-1 only and the corresponding blue variations, 586 and 586-1.

• 681-2 (1987): Change hammer nose; bushing and associated parts.

• 681-3 (1988): New yoke retention system.

• 1992: Model 681 discontinued.

• 681-4 (1996): Special production for Lew Horton; 7-shot with quad porting from the Performance Center.

• 681-5 (2001): Special production for Camfour Distributors, 7-shot with Quad-port from the Performance Center; new L frame design.

Product Codes and Features by Year

104102

4” S SB, 1984-86 42 oz.

104103

4” S SB, 1987-92.

104104

4” S SB .38 Special for ConRail & Ohio State Patrol.

170080

3” S RB Quadraport 7-shot, 1996.

170178

3” S RB Quadraport 7-shot, 2001.

170172

4” S RB Quadraport 7-shot, 2001.

Model 686: The .357 Distinguished Combat Magnum Stainless

Caliber: .357 Magnum/.38 Special. Double-action revolver built on the square butt stainless L target frame with three screws. Stainless steel version of the Model 586. 2-1/2”, 4”, 6” or 8-3/8” full-lug barrel, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.62”, square butt L target frame with 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap, .375” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger or .400” serrated target trigger; 1/8” red ramp on ramp base or available with a four-position front sight, with white outline or black rear blade. Checkered Goncalo Alves target grips with S&W medallions and speed loader cutouts. Although examples are known in the “AAA” serial range, regular production begins at serial prefix “AAD,” with the lowest known serial number AAA0665. Manufactured 1980 - date.

Model 686, ArmchairGunShow.com photo.

Model 686, ArmchairGunShow.com photo.

Variations

• Four-position adjustable front sight worth premium.

• Model 686: Also see “Performance Center” section.

• Oklahoma City Police Department Capt. Dan Combs Commemorative: 4”, RR, WO. Oklahoma state seal on sideplate, “Capt. Dan Combs Commemorative” on left side of barrel, wood case with state seal and flying wings badge #14. Quantity unknown; reported example serial number AEK54xx. Product code 104201.

• Product Code 104228: 3” barrel with round butt, manufactured for U.S. Customs, pinned black front ramp; marked “CS-1” above model marking, dull gray bead blast finish, 1988.

• Product Code 104229: 4” barrel with round butt, manufactured for U.S. Customs, pinned black front ramp, see above, 1988.

• Product Code 104248: 6” barrel, finished in midnight black stainless, .375” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger, red ramp, white outline rear sight. 2,876 believed manufactured. Retail was $445 in 1989.

• Product Code 104249: Classic Hunter with unfluted cylinder, 6” barrel, .375” semi-target hammer, .312 smooth combat trigger, white outline rear sight, Hogue combat grip. 5000 believed manufactured as Model 686-3 in 1988.

• Product Code 104250: 4” barrel, finished in midnight black stainless, .375” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger, red ramp, white outline rear sight. 1,559 believed manufactured in 1989. Retail was $445.

• Product Code 104251: 8-3/8” barrel broached with scope mount, .375” semi-target hammer, .400” serrated target trigger, red ramp front sight, white outline rear sight, Goncalo Alves combat stocks. 1100 manufactured in 1989.

• Product Code 104254: 5” barrel, made for Bill Davis, dual speed loader cutouts, unfluted cylinder, 500 manufactured in 1989. National Match.

• Model 686 Action Revolver: .357 Magnum, 6” match grade barrel, from the Performance Center with barrel compensator.

• Model 686 Hunter: Similar to the 686 Competitor with wood grips. 200 manufactured. ANIB $1150.

• Model 686 Powerport: Cal-.357 Magnum, 6” integral ported full-lug barrel, drilled and tapped, .375” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger, pinned black Patridge front sight, black blade rear sight, 46 oz. Product code 104272. Manufactured in 1994.

• “With the Wolfhounds”: See “Twelve Revolvers” in “Commemorative and Specials” section. Product code 104233.

• Burlington Northern Railroad Police Commemorative: 4” Barrel, 25 manufactured in 1986. Presentation case with BN logo.

• West Virginia State Police: Issue sidearm with 4” barrel, sideplate stamped with logo, frame stamped “WVSPxx.”

• Indianapolis State Police: 4”, red ramp with white outline, display case, PD badge on frame.

• Model 686 Compact 1984 Limited Edition: “1st One Hundred,” gold filled engraving on the sideplate “1984 Limited Edition Model 686 Compact,” Red ramp front sight, white outline rear sight, finger groove wood grips, stainless trigger and hammer, 25 walnut display cased, 2-1/2” barrel, round butt. First 100 are engraved as described above. Manufactured in 1984 for Lew Horton. Approximately 2500 manufactured. Serial number AFB0195 was our example. Product code 104212.

• Product Code 104289: Round butt frame with 6” barrel, pinned serrated black ramp front sight with adjustable rear, satin stainless finish, chrome finished hammer and .400 serrated trigger, Goncalo Alves wood grip. 30 manufactured in 1998.

• Product Code 104288: Round butt frame, 6” barrel, pinned serrated black ramp front sight with adjustable rear, unfluted cylinder, satin stainless finish, chrome finished hammer, .400” serrated trigger, Goncalo Alves wood grip. 30 manufactured in 1998.

• Idaho State Police Golden Anniversary “1939-1989”: 4” barrel with minor engraving and gold inlay. Presentation case with buckle and coin. Approximately 200 manufactured.

• Model 686-3 U.S. Dept of Treasury Commemorative: 4” barrel with red ramp front sight and white outline rear sight. Smooth wood grips with dual speed loader cutouts, smooth trigger and checked hammer. Has a special serial prefix of “UST.” Serial numbers UST0501 and UST0429 were our examples. Stamped with the seal of the US Treasury on the sideplate and “1789-US DEPT OF TREASURY-1989 Bicentennial Commemorative” on the barrel’s right side with “Smith & Wesson .357 Magnum” on the left side. Packaged with a basswood case with the seven logos of past and present departments of the Treasury, including US Customs Service, US Coast Guard, Internal Revenue, US Secret Service, US Bureau of Narcotics, Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco & Firearms, Federal Law Enforcement Training Center. Also packaged with choice of one of four belt buckles bearing the gun’s serial number from the Treasury Seal, Treasury Enforcement, ATF or IRS-CID. This 686 is to commemorate the fallen US Treasury Agents killed in the line of duty in the last 200 years. Sales restricted to active, retired or former Treasury Officers or Administrators. Serial range UST0001 - UST0631. 631 manufactured; shipped in December of 1989. Product code 104232NATA, Special Order 1625.

• Model 686-5 Export to Wischo "International DX": -Features 6” full-lug barrel, 6-shot unfluted cylinder, black trigger, hammer, thumbpiece, extractor rod; fitted with Hogue grips and Patridge front sight. Barrel is electro-etched with “Model 686 International DX” on the right with “Smith & Wesson 357 Magnum” on the right. This model has an S&W trademark with a global background on the sideplate with “International.” Serial number CDD7648 was our example. Rarely found in the USA except as a Test & Evaluation gun. Used code 604224.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 686 (1980): Begin regular production.

• 686-1 (1986): Radius stud package; floating hand.

• 686-M (1987): Recall by S&W and overstamped to indicate a modification by the factory or warranty station; applies to the 686 and 686-1 only.

• 686-2 (1987): Change hammer nose, bushing and associated parts.

• 686-3 (1988): New yoke retention system.

• 1990: 2-1/2" barrel introduced.

• 686-4 (1993): Change rear sight leaf, drill and tap frame, change extractor, introduce Hogue grips.

• 1995: Introduce power port barrel.

• 1995: Introduce 7-shot cylinder with seven flutes in 6" barrel length with round butt frame. Serrated backstrap, smooth trigger, 7-point star extractor, RR front sight, service hammer WO rear sight blade, Hogue grips with S&W logo.

• 1996: Delete square butt; begin shipments in a foam-filled blue plastic case

• 1997: Change thumbpiece; ship with Master trigger lock.

• 686-5 (1997): Change frame design to eliminate cylinder stop stud; eliminate serrated tangs; change to MIM hammer with floating firing pin; change to MIM trigger; change internal lockwork.

• 686-6 (2001): Internal hammer and trigger key lock.

• 686-7 (2002): Performance Center variation in .38 Super.

Product Codes and Features by Year

104098FC

5” S SG CT Hi-Viz 2001. Reported as 7-shot.

104192

2-1/2” S SBG SG CT RR DT, 1996-98 7-shot.

104194

4” S SBG SG CT RR DT, 1996-98 7-shot.

104198

6” S SG RR WO DT, 1995-98 7-shot.

104200

4” S SG Mountain Gun, 1998 7-shot.

104201

4” Capt. Dan Combs commemorative.

104202

4” S TS RR, 1984-86.

104203

4” S TS RR WO, 1984-86 41 oz.

104204

6”.

104205

6” S TS LP, 1984 46 oz.

104206

6” S TS RR, 1984-86.

104207

6” S TS HP, 1984.

104208

6” S TS RR WO, 1984-86.

104209

8-3/8” S SB TS TT LP, 1984-86 53 oz.

104210

8-3/8” S TS TT RR WO, 1984-86.

104212

2-1/2” S RB, 1984 Lew Horton.

104215

4” S TS AF, 1986.

104217

8-3/8” S TS TT AF, 1986.

104218

3” Satin finish 1991 for export.

104221

4” S TS RR, 1987-93.

104222

4” S TS RR WO, 1987-95.

104222

4” S SG RR WO DT RB/SB, 1996-01 -2001 retail $602.

104223

6” S TS RR, 1987-93.

104224

6” S TS RR WO, 1987-95.

104224

6” S SG RR WO DT RB/SB, 1996-01 -2001 retail $607.

104225

6” S TS AF, 1987-95.

104225

6” S SG AF DT RB/SB, 1996-98.

104226

8-3/8” S TS TT RR WO, 1987-95.

104226

8-3/8” S SG TT RR WO DT, 1996-01 -2001 retail $631.

104227

8-3/8” S TS TT AF, 1987-91.

104228

3” U.S. Customs, 1988.

104229

4” U.S. Customs, 1988.

104231

2-1/2” S RB CT RR 1987-01 37.5 oz.; 2001 retail $590.

104232

4” SB FL .38 Spl, 1988 Special Production.

104232

4” SB FL 1989 US Treasury

NATA

Commemorative.

104233

Cased set with M-617 for Zanders Sporting Goods (200 sets).

104233

“With the Wolfhounds.”

104233

6” Competitor (Perf. Center), 1991.

104248

6” Black Stainless, 1988.

104249

6” Unfluted, 1989.

104250

4” Black stainless, 1988, 1559 Manufactured.

104251

8-3/8” Scope Mount, 1989.

104254

5” Unfluted, 1988 Dual Speedloader Grips.

104257

6” Export, 1992.

104258

3” RB Lasered, 1992.

104259

4” RB Lasered, 1992.

104261

6” RB Lasered, 1992.

104264

4” Unfluted “Euro Hunter.”

104265

3” 686-4 with Full length Extractor Black Ramp FS (BRL3635) Reported as “Limited Edition” with 2500 made.

104267

4” AF Unfluted cylinder, 1992.

104268

6” Lasered “686 Target Champion.”

104269

6” RB Lasered 1 of 500.

104270

6” Unfluted “Euro Hunter.”

104272

6” S SB SG CT PP PBP DT, 1994-01.

104274

6” RB Lasered for Export.

104275

6” Lasered for Export.

104276

4” Lasered for Export.

104277

6” Rusty Wallace (RWC serial prefix).

104278

6” IFS Unfluted RB Export.

104279

6” AFS Unfluted Export.

104280

3” RB Export.

104281

4” RB Export.

104282

6” Export to Belgium “Challenger.”

104288

6” Unfluted Cylinder, Chrome hammer, .400” Serrated trigger, 30 manufactured 1998.

104289

6” Chrome hammer & .400 Serrated Trigger; 30 manufactured 1998.

104295

6” 686-DX for Export; special grips.

130010

6” withTasco World Class Scope.

149525

7” FL, 6 shot, unfluted 686-6. Reported 75 made in 2002.

148718

7” nonstandard production blue and stainless.

164192

2-1/2” IL 7 SH, 2002-04.

164194

4” IL 7 SH, 2002-04.

164198

6” IL 7 SH, 2002-04.

164222

4” RR WO 6 SH IL, 2002-05.

164222

4” ZS-06-CS-A2-MD-GR-SW-SR-FS, 2004-06.

164224

6” 6 SH IL, 2002-05.

164224

6” ZS-06-CS-A2-MD-GR-SW-SR-FS 2004-06.

164226

8-3/8” 6 SH, 2002-04.

164231

2-1/2” 6 SH, 2002-03.

164231

2-1/2” ZS-06-CS-A2-MD-GR-SW-SR-FS, 2004-06.

164272

6” PPBP IL 6 SH, 2002-05.

164272

6” ZS-06-CS-A2-MD-BP-GR-SA-SP-FS 2004-06.

164284

5” Red Hi-Viz FS WG IL CT, 2004.

164296

4” AO sights 7SH.

170009

6” RB Performance Center Carry Comp, 1994 Lew Horton.

170010

3” Carry Comp & Power Port Lew Horton Special.

170015

6” Slab Side 6 Shot “The Competitor.”

170016

4” Carry Comp.

170021

6” “The Hunter.”

170034

6” “Hunter” for Export to Brazil.

170048

6” Dovetail F.S. Performance Center.

170074

3” FL 7 Shot Carry Comp.

170077

2-1/2” AS, 7 Shot, Magna Port, DymondWood Grip, 1997.

170079

6” 7 Shot “Hunter” Lew Horton.

170082

6” “Super Target” for Export.

170086

6” 7 shot for RSR GB Hunter.

170103

6” 7 shot Profile barrel.

170111

6” 6 shot Profile barrel.

170121

6” 6 shot fluted Competitor.

170193

6” Tapered Performance Center 7-shot.

170225

4” .38 Super, 2003.

604222

4” Used Gun Code for 104222.

604224

6” Used Gun Code for 104224.

604226

8-3/8” Used Gun Code for 104226.

Model 686 Distinguished Combat Magnum “Plus” 7-Shot

Caliber: .357 Magnum/.38 Special. Double-action revolver built on the round butt stainless L target frame with three screws with a 7-shot stainless steel cylinder with seven flutes between the chambers. .375” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger, 1/8” red ramp front sight, adjustable micrometer click white outline rear sight, Hogue rubber grip on a round butt L frame with 10-groove serrated backstrap and forestrap. Available in three barrel lengths. Produced 1996 - date.

Model 686, hi-viz front sight, half-lug, recent production. Photo courtesy of Smith & Wesson.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 686-4 (1996): 7-shot cylinder.

• 686-5 (1997): Change frame design, change internal lockwork, floating firing pin with flat face hammer, MIM trigger.

• 686-6 (2002): Internal lock system.

Variations

• Model 686 Plus from Lew Horton Distributors: 2-1/2” Mag-Na-Ported barrel. Manufactured in 1997; 4” Mag-Na-Ported barrel, 1997.

• Model 686 Plus Mountain Gun: 7-shot fluted cylinder, round butt L frame with Hogue rubber grips, 4” tapered barrel with “Mountain Gun” laser etched on the side, .375” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger, black ramp front sight with black blade micrometer click rear sight, drilled and tapped for scope mount, 35.5 oz. Limited edition stocking dealer special. Product code 104200. Manufactured in 1998.

• Model 686-4 with Adjustable Sights: 2-1/2” barrel with Mag-Na-Port barrel, 7-shot cylinder, wood grips. Special production from the Performance Center. Product Code 170077. Manufactured in 1998.

• Model 686-4: 3” 7-shot, high polish stainless, Power Port, front night sight, unfluted cylinder. Reported LHP004x serial number.

• Model 686-5 DX: Customized for the competitive shooter, selected for a 1” group at 25 yds. Features a 6” full-lug barrel with Power Port barrel, non-fluted 7-shot cylinder, .375” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth trigger, black Patridge front sight with adjustable black blade rear sight, laser engraved barrel and sideplate, checkered Altamont wood Combat grip, stainless steel material with glass bead finish. Supplied with test target. Sold through the S&W company store in 2000. Product code 104292.

Product Codes for the 7-Shot 686 Revolvers

104192

2-1/2” barrel RB SG CT RR DT 34.5 oz., 1996-01; 2001 retail $612.

104194

4” barrel SB/SG CT RR WO DT 40.0 oz., 1996-01; 2001 retail $621.

104198

6” barrel SB/SG CT RR WO DT 45.0 oz., 1996-01; 2001 retail $631.

104200

4” Mountain Gun 35.5 oz.

104292

6” 686 DX 40.0 oz., 2000.

149137

3” 7 shot bead blast, unfluted, RR. Serial number CDJ4xxx reported.

164192

2-1/2” RR IL, 2002-03.

164192

2-1/2” ZS-07-CS-A2-MD-GR-SW-SR-FS, 2004-06.

164194

4” RR WO IL, 2002-03.

164194

4” ZS-07-CS-A2-MD-GR-SW-SR-FS, 2004-06.

164198

6” RR WO IL Hogue Rubber Grip, 2002-03.

164198

6” ZS-07-CS-A2-MD-GR-SW-SR-FS, 2004-06.

164284

5” Hi-Viz Half Lug, 2004 Stocking Dealer Special.

170074

3” FL 7-shot Carry Comp.

170077

2-1/2” Adjustable Sight, Performance Center, Q Ported.

170079

6” 7 shot “Hunter.”

170086

6” 7 shot GB Hunter for RSR.

170103

6” 7 shot with Profile Barrel.

170193

6” Tapered Performance Center 7-Shot.

Model 696: 5-Shot .44 Special L Frame Stainless

Caliber: .44 Special. Double-action revolver built on the round butt stainless steel L target frame with three screws. This model was introduced in December of 1996 as the first Smith & Wesson L-frame revolver chambered in .44 Special. 5-shot fluted cylinder stout enough to handle +P rated ammo with a nominal length of 1.63”. Barrel length is 3” with a stainless steel frame and stainless finish. Red ramp on a ramp base front sight with micrometer click rear sight with white outline. Fitted with a .375” semi-target hammer and a .312” smooth combat trigger. Fitted with Uncle Mike’s Combat grips. Introduction serial prefix is CBS2xxx. Shipped in a blue plastic case. This model was shipped with a Master trigger lock in the fall of 1997. Manufactured December of 1996 - 2002.

Model 696, ArmchairGunShow.com photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

495

425

365

Variations

• Lew Horton Distributors: 3” Mag-Na-Ported barrel, Uncle Mike’s Combat synthetic grips, 1997.

• .44 Special L Frame Centennial Variation with Alloy frame and Titanium cylinder: see the Models 296 and 396 Airlite Ti Series.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 696 (1996): Product introduction.

• 696-1 (1997): Change frame design to eliminate cylinder stop stud; eliminate serrated tangs; change to MIM hammer with floating firing pin; change to MIM trigger; change internal lockwork.

• 696-2 (2001): Introduce internal key lock system.

• 2003: Discontinued.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103132

3” S RB SG CT RR WO DT, 1996-2000 35.5oz; 2001 retail $602.

163132

3” S RB SG CT RR WO DT IL, 2001-2002.

Model 940: 9mm Centennial Stainless

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum.Double-action-only revolver built on the round butt stainless J frame with three screws. 5-shot fluted cylinder with a length of 1.51”; 2” or 3” barrel, 1/8” serrated ramp front sight with square notch rear sight. Fully concealed hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger, satin stainless finish, Uncle Mike’s Santoprene combat grips. Supplied with full moon clips. Cataloged 1991 – 1998.

ANIB

Exc

VG

475

425

365

Variations

• Model 940 Special: Caliber; .356 TSW. From the Performance Center, special for Lew Horton. Barrel markings are “.356 TSW” on the right and “Smith &Wesson” on the left side. Ported barrel with dovetail front sight. Also referred to as the “Pocket Rocket” by many dealers. Limited production of 300. Product code 170047. Serial range APC0001 - APC0300. Manufactured in 1994. Retail was $500.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 940 (1991): Introduction.

• 1993: 3" discontinued.

• 940-1 (1993) New firing pin.

• 1994: .356 TSW Caliber introduced (limited production).

• 1994: Uncle Mike’s Boot Grip, change extractor.

• 1996: Shipped in a blue plastic case.

• 1997 Shipped with trigger lock.

• 940-2 (1996): Change to J Magnum frame; change thumbpiece.

• 1998: Model 940 discontinued late 1998.

Product Codes and Features by Year

104796

2” S RB DA SG, 1991-98 23 oz.

104260

3” S RB DA SG, 1991-92 25 oz.

170047

2” S RB DA SG, 1994 .356 TSW.

Model 942 : Prototype Airweight 9mm Centennial

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. One was made as a prototype with a 2” ported barrel using a Model 642-1 alloy frame with a stainless steel cylinder chambered in 9mm. This variation came from the Performance Center and was numbered CAN1706. Built as a Test & Evaluation prototype, it was shipped to gunwriter Wiley Clapp in 1999 for test and evaluation, whose verdict was, “The idea has yet to catch on.”

Model 942, Nahas Collection, from Paul Goodwin photo.

Chapter VII

SEMI-AUTOMATIC PISTOLS

Also called auto-loading pistols or sometimes auto-pistols.

This section has .22 rimfire pistols listed first followed by centerfire pistols. Within each section, guns are listed in order of model number, with the exception of the named (i.e., not model numbered) models of the 1990s and 2000s introduced such as the Sigma, Chiefs Specials and SW99 models that don’t fit into the standard model numbering system. These most recent guns are listed at the end of the semi-auto pistol section. Guns that are based on existing numbered 3rd Generation Models, but which have been given descriptive names that don’t fit the 3rd Generation numbering system have generally been listed with the models upon which they were based. For example, the “Shorty Forty” will be found listed with the other compact 3rd Generation .40 pistols in the 4000 model number range series. The new Chiefs Special semi-autos, although generally based on 3rd Generation designs, are listed at the end of this section.

CONTENTS

RIMFIRE SEMI-AUTO PISTOLS

• Model 41: 22 Rimfire Target

• Model 46: 22 Rimfire Target, Economy Model

• Model 61: The Pocket Escort

• Olympic Gun (“The Staple Gun”): Prototype Only

• Model 22A: .22 Caliber Target & Sport Single Action Pistols

• Model 22s: .22 Caliber Target & Sport Single Action Pistols In Stainless Steel

• Model 422: Economical .22 Carbon Steel Lightweight

• Model 622: Economical .22, Stainless Steel Lightweight

• Model 2206: Target Pistol

• Model 2213: Sportsman

• Model 2214: Sportsman

CENTER-FIRE SEMI-AUTO PISTOLS:

Clement Design Early Pocket Semi-Autos

• .32 Semi-Automatic .32 ACP

• .35 Semi-Automatic .35 S&W

First Generation Models:

• Model 39: Early Steel Frame 9mm DA, Single Column

• Model 39-2 Alloy Frame 9mm DA, Single Column

• Model 44: 9mm Single Action

• Model 52A: The .38 AMU

• Model 52: The .38 Master

• Model 59: 9mm Double Action, Double Column

• Model 62: Experimental .45 ACP

• Model 147A: 9mm

Third Generation No-Frills .40 Cal. Models

• Model 410: .40 S&W

• Model 411: .40 S&W Third Generation DA .40 Cal., No Frills

Second Generation Double-Actions, Carbon Steel or Alloy Frame

• Model 439: 9mm, Alloy Frame Single Column

• Model 449: 9mm, Experimental

• Model 457: .45 ACP Compact

• Model 459: 9mm, Alloy Frame Double Column

• Model 469: 9mm, Compact Alloy Double Column

• Model 539: 9mm, Steel Frame Single Column

• Model 559: 9mm, Steel Frame Double Column

Second Generation Double-Actions, Stainless Steel

• Model 639: 9mm, Single Column

• Model 645: 45 ACP, Double Action

• Model 659: 9mm, Double Column

• Model 669: 9mm, Compact Double Column

Second Generation Single Action .45 ACP

• Model 745: .45 ACP IPSC

• Model 845: .45 ACP Bullseye

900 Series: Third Generation Double Action 9mm, No-Frills

• Model 908: 9mm, Single Column

• Model 909: 9mm, Single Column

• Model 910: 9mm, Double Column

• Model 915: 9mm, Double Column

Performance Center Single Action Match Models

• Model 945: .45 ACP Performance Center

• Model 945: .40 S&W Performance Center

• Model 952: 9mm Performance Center

1000 Series: Third Generation 10mm

• Model 1006: Traditional Double Action

• Model 1026: Decocking

• Model 1046: Double Action Only

• Model 1066: Short Barrel TDA

• Model 1076: Short Barrel, Decocking

• Model 1086: Short Barrel, DAO

1911 Series: The 1911 .45 ACP Design by S&W 3566 Series: Third Generation Caliber .356 TSW 3900 Series: Third Generation Single Column Compact 9mm

• Model 3904: TDA, Alloy Frame

• Model 3906: TDA, Stainless

• Model 3913: TDA, Compact, Lightweight Stainless, LS & NL

• Model 3913 TSW Tactical

• Model 3914: TDA, Compact, Lightweight, LS & NL

• Model 3953: DAO, Compact, Lightweight Stainless

• Model 3953 TSW Tactical

• Model 3954: DAO, Compact, Lightweight

• Model 3958: Special

4000 Series: Third Generation .40 S&W

• S&W Shorty Forty

• Model 4003: TDA, Lightweight Stainless

• Model 4003 TSW, Full Size, TDA

• Model 4004: TDA, Lightweight

• Model 4006: TDA, Stainless

• Model 4006 TSW Full Size TDA

• Model 4013: TDA, Compact, Lightweight Stainless

• Model 4013 TSW, Compact TDA

• Model 4014: TDA, Compact, Lightweight

• Model 4026: Decocking, Stainless

• Model 4043: DAO, Lightweight Stainless

• Model 4043 TSW, Full Size DAO

• Model 4044: DAO, Lightweight

• Model 4046: DAO, Stainless

• Model 4046 TSW, Full Size DAO

• Model 4053: DAO, Compact, Lightweight Stainless

• Model 4053 TSW Compact DAO

• Model 4054: DAO, Compact, Lightweight

• Model 4056: TSW, Compact DAO

4500 Series: Third Generation .45 ACP

• The .45 Recon

• Model CQB: Close Quarter Battle

• Shorty 45

• The 45 Limited

• Model 4505: TDA, Full Size

• Model 4506: TDA, Stainless

• Model 4513 TSW, Compact TDA

• Model 4516: TDA, Compact, Stainless

• Model 4526: Decocking, Stainless

• Model 4536: Decocking, Compact, Stainless

• Model 4546: DAO, Stainless

• Model 4553 TSW, Compact DAO

• Model 4556: DAO, Compact, Stainless

• Model 4563 TSW, Full Size, TDA

• Model 4566: TDA, Semi-Compact, Stainless

• Model 4566 TSW, Full Size, TDA

• Model 4567: TDA, Semi-Compact, Two-Tone

• Model 4576: Decocking, Semi-Compact, Stainless

• Model 4583 Tsw, Full Size, DAO

• Model 4586: DAO, Semi-Compact, Stainless

• Model 4586 TSW, Full Size, DAO

• Model 4596: TDA, Compact Slide, Standard Frame, Stainless

• Models 4690 & 4691: See RSR Transitionals Below

5900 Series: Third Generation 9mm Full-Size Double Column

• Model 5903: TDA, Lightweight Stainless, & SSV

• Model 5903 TSW, Full Size, TDA

• Model 5904: TDA, Lightweight

• Model 5905: Special

• Model 5906: TDA, Stainless

• Model 5906: The Super 9

• Model 5906 TSW, Full Size, TDA

• Model 5924: Decocking, Lightweight

• Model 5926: Decocking, Stainless

• Model 5943: DAO, Lightweight Stainless, & SSV

• Model 5943 TSW, Full Size, DAO

• Model 5944: DAO, Lightweight

• Model 5946: DAO, Stainless

• Model 5946 TSW, Full Size, DAO

• Model 5967: TDA, Short Barrel, Two-Tone

6400, 6500, 6600, & 4600 Series: RSR Transitionals

6900 Series: Third Generation 9mm Compact Double Column

• Model 6990: Transitional

• Model 6904: TDA Lightweight

• Model 6906: TDA Lightweight Stainless

• Model 6924: Decocking

• Model 6926: Decocking, Lightweight Stainless

• Model 6944: DAO, Lightweight

• Model 6946: DAO, Lightweight, Stainless

Polymer Frame & Sigma Series

• Model Smith & Wesson M&P

• Model SW9C: 9mm Compact

• Model SW9E: 9mm Enhanced

• Model SW9F: 9mm Full Size

• Model SW9G: 9mm Full Size

• Model SW9M: 9mm Sub Compact

• Model SW9P: 9mm Ported

• Model SW9V: 9mm Compact

• Model SW9VB: 9mm Value Blue

• Model SW9VE: 9mm Value Enhanced

• Model SW40C: .40 S&W Compact

• Model SW40E: .40 S&W Enhanced

• Model SW40F: .40 S&W Full Size

• Model SW40P: .40 S&W Ported

• Model SW40V: .40 S&W

• Model SW40VE:.40 Value Enhanced

• Model 357V: .357 SIG

• Model SW380: .380 Compact

CHIEFS SPECIAL AUTOS FOR THE 21ST CENTURY

• Model CS9: Chief Special 9mm

• Model CS40: Chief Special .40 S&W

• Model CS45: Chief Special .45 ACP

• Model SW99 & SW990l: A Cooperative Effort: Carl Walther & S&W

THIRD GENERATION ACTION TYPES

TDA: Traditional Double Action

• Safety lever decocks hammer and puts gun on safe.

• First shot is double action: heavy trigger pull cocks the hammer and fires the gun.

• Subsequent shots are single action slide action cocks the hammer, light trigger pull fires the gun.

Decocking

• Decocking lever decocks hammer only: does NOT act as a safety.

• Otherwise operates as Traditional Double Action first shot, Single Action on subsequent shots.

DAO: Double Action Only

• No safety or decocking lever.

• Every shot is DA: heavy trigger pull cocks the hammer and fires the gun.

THE SMITH & WESSON AUTOLOADER MODEL NUMBERING SYSTEM

Generally, a two-digit model number is a First Generation pistol, a three-digit model number is a second Generation pistol (or in some cases a no-frills Value Series third Generation), and a four-digit model number is a Third Generation autoloader. When Smith & Wesson announced the new Third Generation product line of 9mm and .45 ACP autoloaders in the Fall of 1988, they credited the majority of the ergonomic improvements to West Virginia Pistolsmith Wayne Novak.

Wayne Novak’s relationship with S&W started in 1983 at the S&W Academy while attending the Amoror’s school. From there he had the opportunity to provide S&W with prototype autoloaders drawing on his experience with the 1911 and other custom pistols turned out of his shop. Wayne had well established himself with competition shooters in various locations around the globe. Modifications Wayne provided and suggested to S&W included recurving the backstrap, using thinner grips, radiusing the front of the frame, redesigingn the ambidextrous safety, beveling the magazine wells, extending the floor plate of the magazine beyond the frame, eliminating sharp edges and providing a dull sandblast finish to eliminate glare. These modifications were done to six pistols and presented to S&W for review.

These modifications and recommendations were soon a reality as his shop was producing sales samples of an improved automatic pistol also fitted with the Novak sight system. The Novak Lo Mount Carry Rear sight was very well received by departments that had evaluated the improved S&W autoloaders completed by Wayne Novak’s company. The first 10 mm S&W pistol was a 645 serial #TAK7210 built by Wayne’s shop. This innovative pistol was named the “Novak Elite.” Several such projects were completed by Wayne’s company; among them were cut-down single-column 9mm pistols and cut-down .45- caliber pistols. The off spring of these can be seen in the market place today. It was during these Test and Evaluation times for the modified pistols that effort was made to put Wayne’s sight on S&W Third Generation pistols. Many avenues were explored including the sights manufactured by another source under license agreement between Novak and S&W. Engineering samples of the sights were provided to Smith & Wesson and then began the long haul to produce a product suitable to all concerned. Many aspects were considered including the length of the longitudinal notch, the placement of “Novak’s” and the patent number. The sight produced under sublicense did not appear on any pistols until 1989. However Novak’s company continued to supply sight systems as requested. The enthusiasm generated by firearms journalists about S&W new products and the appearance of Novak’s sight system was a tremendous influence on S&W’s decision to use the Novak Lo Mount Carry sight system on many current production autoloaders, especially the Tactical Series.

UNDERSTANDING THIRD GENERATION PISTOL NUMBERS

The first two digits indicate the caliber:

• 39: 9mm

• 59: 9mm

• 69: 9mm

• 10: 10mm

• 40: .40 S&W

• 45: .45 ACP

• 35: .356 TSW

The third digit indicates the type of model:

• 0: standard model

• 1: compact

• 2: standard with decocking lever

• 3: compact with decocking lever

• 4: standard with double action only

• 5: compact with double action only

• 6: nonstandard length barrel

• 7: nonstandard length barrel with decocking lever

• 8: nonstandard length barrel with double action only

The fourth digit indicates the type of material:

• 3: aluminum frame with stainless steel slide

• 4: aluminum frame with carbon steel slide

• 5: carbon steel frame and slide

• 6: stainless steel frame and slide

• 7: stainless steel frame with carbon steel slide

PREMIUM FOR NIGHT SIGHTS

Tritium glow-in-the-dark night sights were offered as options on some models of S&W auto-pistols. On new pistols, the cost of adding this option was often around $100. On used autopistols, night sights on a model that did not have them standard may add around $25 to the value of the pistol.

FEATURE CODES FOR MODERN AUTOLOADERS

Note: These codes may change from year to year in sales publications.

AA

Alloy Frame

AIP

“Automatic Improvement Program” (reportedly). Serial number prefixes assigned to some early production 3rd Generation pistols.

AMSF

Ambidextrous Safety

ATS

Adjustable Target Sights

AS

Adjustable Sights

B

Blue Finish

B/S

Blue with Stainless

BPF

Black Polymer Frame

BULL

Bull Barrel

CB

Curved Backstrap Grip

DAO

Double Action Only

DT

Drilled and Tapped

ER

Equipment Rail

FA

Alloy Frame

FS

Stainless Frame

FC

Carbon Steel Frame

FP

Polymer Frame

SM

Small Frame

MD

Medium Frame

LG

Large Frame

XL

Extra Large Frame

FS

Fixed Sights

FNS

Fixed Night Sights

GR

Rubber Grips

GW

Wood Grips

GP

Polymer Grips

HB

Heavy Barrel

LS

LadySmith

MNSF

Manual Safety (Single Side)

NLMC

Novak Lo-Mount Carry Fixed Sight

RMC

Reversible Magazine Catch

PF

Polymer Frame

#SH

Magazine Capacity/Rds.

S

Satin Stainless Finish

SA

Adjustable Sights

SB

Black Blade front Sight -2004

SC

Interchangeable Front Sight

SD

White Dot

SF

Fixed Sights

SG

Gold Bead Front Sight 2004

SH

Hi-Viz Adjustable

SL

Novak Low Mount Carry

SN

Night Sights Front & Rear

SP

Patridge Front

SR

Red Ramp Front

SV

Black Post

S1

Night Sights Front Only

SG

Synthetic Grips

SB

Straight Backstrap Grip

STD

Standard Barrel

TDA

Traditional Double Action

TS

Target Stocks

#SH

Magazine Capacity

VR

Ventilated Rib

WG

Dymondwood Grip

ZK

Black Finish

ZS

Satin Stainless Finish

ZG

Grey Finish

ZB

Blue Finish

ZN

NATO Green

ZW

Camo

ZL

Melonite Slide

c.

circa (approximately)

IMPORTANT NOTE ON MAGAZINE CAPACITY AND VALUES

Published magazine capacity is stated as the firearm was manufactured. From 1994 to 2004, an ill-advised federal law restricted magazine capacity on pistols sold to the “civilian” (i.e., non-military, non-LEO) market to 10 rounds. High capacity magazines manufactured 1994 to 2004 are marked “Law Enforcement Only” and were not available through normal channels of trade. Shooting buyers will nearly always prefer the high capacity magazines, which are once again being made and available since the expiration of the Clinton Gun Ban in 2004 (thank you, NRA!).

Any auto-pistol models which were produced during the period of the restricted magazine capacity era will bring a bit more with the high capacity magazines than with the magazines which were restricted to ten rounds, if selling to a shooter. It’s possible that purist collectors buying an ANIB example of an auto-pistol made during the ban might want the original restricted mags, although we haven’t yet really observed this.

.22 SEMI-AUTOS

Russell Smith engraved Model 41, ca. 1957. Photo courtesy of David Hemmeter.

Model 41: The .22 Rimfire Single-Action Target Pistol

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Single-action match target pistol, 10-shot magazine, adjustable rear sight, checkered walnut grips with a modified thumb rest, blue finish only (although rare nickel finish is documented) on an all carbon steel frame and steel slide, 5-1/2” or 7” barrel; early versions are found with a muzzle brake on the 7-3/8” barrel (or a rarely seen muzzle brake on a 5-1/2” heavy barrel). This model had an internal removable weight made of alloy or steel, the muzzle brake was attached to the weight by a small screw and the weight is threaded into the bottom of the barrel. 5-1/2” heavy barrel versions may have an extended front sight; early slide versions have a cocking indicator on the rear of the slide in the form of a small protruding pin. Patridge undercut front sight, concealed hammer, .365” wide trigger with S&W grooving and adjustable stop. Action opens by locking back the slide and swinging down the trigger guard, allowing the barrel and slide to be lifted off the frame. Accessories include adjustable Olympic counterweights, alloy and steel counterweights clamped onto the barrel recess; oversize trigger guard also available. A drop-in conversion kit for .22 Short was also available. At about serial number 16000 relief cuts at the rear of the trigger guard were added. At about serial number 27500 the model number was moved from the left side of the frame to the right side. Slides and barrels are not numbered to the frames. Serial number range is part of the Semi-Auto series. Production was moved from Springfield to Houlton, Maine. Produced 1957 - date.

Model 41, recent production, photo courtesy of S&W.

Variations

• Three times premium for tool room guns marked with “T” serial prefix. Known examples are T1001-T1011. Slight variations exist in manufacturing and tooling such as placement of serrations or checkering and in the size and shape of the slide lock lever.

• Premium for early guns. Cocking indicator adds 10%.

• Add 25% for extendable front sights.

• Full set of steel and aluminum barrel weights worth $350 - $500.

• .22 Short conversion unit worth $1000.

• Military Purchase: Considered one of the world’s finest target pistols and is purchased for military marksmen. Military markings have been observed. A documented military gun will bring double to triple standard value. Author’s Note: The “P” on the butt near the magazine well is a factory proof, not a military mark.

• Coast Guard : Nineteen in 1971, serial numbers in range of A130587 - 130623. Two to three times value.

• Extra barrels are available from S&W at retail of around $250 (2006).

• 10 Special Model 41s were produced in the Performance Center in 1998 and called the “Classic 41.”

• Lovelace Modifications: These could be considered the “extreme extent” of modifications to a handgun from a normal production gun. It is estimated that 70 have been modified by Mr. Lovelace and in some cases have almost no resemblance to a standard Model 41, except for the location of the serial number. High premium.

Production and Engineering Changes

• 41 (1957): Commercial introduction at serial number 1401.

• 1959: 5" lightweight barrel introduced.

• 1960: Introduce the Model 41-1 in .22 Short only.

• 1963: 5-1/2" heavyweight barrel introduced.

• 1965: 5-1/2" with extendable front sight introduced.

• 1970: Begin “A” serial number prefix at A115001.

• 1976: 5" and 5-1/2" barrels with extendable front sight dropped from the catalog.

• 1978: 7" barrel introduced, 7-3/8" barrel and cocking indicator reportedly deleted.

• 1984: Begin “TAA” serial number prefix.

• 1992: 12-shot magazine introduced; slight change in finish.

• 1994: Millet series (MS) 100 adjustable sights; 10-shot magazines; barrels drilled and tapped for scope mount.

• 1996: 5" optics-only version available with Weaver base.

• 1997: Laminated hardwood stocks.

Product Codes and Features by Year

101802

5-1/2” HB B 10SH AS 1984-1994 44 oz.

101804

7” B 10SH AS 1984-1994 41 oz.

130500

5-1/2” HB B MS 12SH/10SH D&T 1995-1999 44 oz.

130508

7” B MS 12SH/10SH D&T 1995-1999 42 oz.

130510

5” Optics only with Weaver base 1996-1997, 36.5 oz.

130511

5-1/2” HB B 10SH ATS TS DT 2000-2006; 2001 retail $958 - 2004 retail $1026.

130512

7” B 10SH ATS TS DT 2000-2006; 2001 retail $958 - 2004 retail $1026.

Model 41-1: .22 Short Target Model (C&R)

Caliber: .22 Short only. Similar to the Model 41, made for International target shooting, which is restricted to the .22 Short cartridge. Manufactured with a lighter spring, an aluminum alloy slide and a different extractor/slide stop. Five-round magazine supplied. The -1 model indicator is not always found with the 41 stamping. This magazine has a plug for the shorter .22 Short. Guns numbered in the Model 41 serial number range. In 1986, 28 were assembled from parts on hand. A genuine 41-1 barrel will not chamber a .22 Long Rifle cartridge. Very few with 5” heavy barrels. Serial number range 20000 - 350000. Fewer than 1,000 manufactured c. 1960 - 1973.

Alloy slide .22 Short Model 41-1s. From Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Values run double or more those of standard Model 41s.

Model 46: .22 Rimfire Target, Economy Model (C&R)

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Similar in appearance to the Model 41 without the fine blue finish or the extensive machining, most noticeable by square cuts rather than radiused corners. Also missing are the number of parts that are normally serrated on the Model 41. 5-1/2” or 7 3/8” barrel, no muzzle brake or cocking indicator, red nylon grips, 10-round magazine, adjustable rear sight, 1/8” Patridge undercut front sight, adjustable trigger stop. The slide/barrel assembly of this model can interchange with that of the Model 41 but not the reverse. Slight variations of this model are found. Also available was an oversize trigger guard and a counterweight system. 42 ounces with 7” barrel. 4,000 manufactured c. 1959 - 1968.

Model 46s, ArmchairGunShow.com photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

800

700

500

Rarely found in low condition.

Variations

• Military Issue: Markings for U.S. Army and Navy contracts have been observed (also was sold to the Air Force). A documented military gun will bring at least double standard value. Author’s Note: As with the Model 41, the “P” on the butt near the magazine well is not a military proof mark. This is a S&W proof mark.

• 5" sport barrel, add 25%.

• 5-1/2" heavy barrel, add 25 - 75%.

Engineering and Production Changes

•46 (1959): 7” barrel introduced, 2500 manufactured. 1959: 5” light field barrel introduced, 1000 manufactured.

•1964: 5-1/2” heavy barrel introduced, 500 manufactured.

•1968: Model 46 discontinued.

Model 61: Pocket Escort

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. 5-shot, blue or nickel finish, 2-1/8” barrel, plastic grips, semi-auto, fixed ramp front sight, square notch rear, zippered gun rug carrying case included in box, manual safety, serial number range B1 - B65438. Ranges B1 - B500 and B500 - B1000 were special presentation groups. Produced c. 1970 - 1973.

Escorts, Jamie Supica photos.

ANIB

Exc

VG

325

250

150

Rarely seen in low condition.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 61 (1970): Serial range B1001 - B7800.

• 61-1 (1970): Magazine safety added, serial number range B7801 - B9850.

• 61-2 (1970): Addition of barrel nut, serial number range B9851 - B40000.

• 61-3 (1971): Forged aluminum frame, serial number range B40001 - B65438.

Model 22-A: Target &Sport Single-Action

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Introduced in December of 1996. These models are low-cost .22s that feature four interchangeable barrels with lengths of 4”, 5-1/2”, 7” and a 5-1/2” (bull barrel), all with a Weaver-style base for optics and also with a fully adjustable rear sight. The Target Model has “Dymondwood” target stocks with a standard 5-1/2” bull barrel. The Sport version has a 4” field barrel with two-piece polymer grips. The 5-1/2” version has a soft touch two-piece grip. The 7” version has a two-piece soft touch grip with a thumb rest. The 5-1/2” bull barrel has a DymondWood grip with a thumb rest. Both have an ambidextrous magazine release and are supplied with two stainless steel single column 10-round magazines. Single side external safety. Aluminum alloy frame with blue stainless slide. Patridge front sight. .312” serrated trigger. Easily broken down for cleaning, but the authors caution the reader to follow the instructions as the slide can fly off the frame if not held in place with the hands. In 2001 S&W introduced a 5-1/2” bull barrel with a hi-viz green dot front sight. In 2005 S&W introduced a black stainless steel slide and barrel assembly with high-polished sides of the barrel and slide, a two-tone effect with better balance and a hi-viz green dot front sight. Produced 1996 – date.

ANIB

Exc

VG

300

225

175

Engineering and Production Changes

• 22A-1 (2004): Improvement to barrel assembly mechanics to prevent breakage when field-stripped.

Product Codes and Features by Year

107400

4” Sport Barrel 29.0 oz.; 1996-2006; 2001 retail $264.

107410

5-1/2” Sport Barrel 32 oz. 1996-2006; 2001 retail $292.

107412

5-1/2” Black Barrel, 2005-06.

107420

5-1/2” Bull Barrel, Wood Grips 39 oz., 1996-2001; 2001 retail $367.

107423

5-1/2” Bull Barrel, Syn Grips 1998-2000.

107426

5-1/2” Bull Barrel, Hi-Viz green, 2001-2005; 2001 retail $387.

107430

7” Target Barrel, 33.5 oz., 1996-2006; 2001 retail $331.

107431

5-1/2” Wood grips, 2003-2004.

107433

5-1/2” Wood grips 22A-1 2004.

107435

5-1/2”, 2004-2006.

107437

5-1/2” Black with High Polish Slide, 2005-06; 2005 retail $401.

149906

7” Carbon Fiber Finish, 2006;1000 Manufactured for Camfour.

Model 22-A, 22-S, and 22-A high polish slide, photos courtesy of Smith & Wesson.

Model 22-S: Target & Sport Single-Action Stainless

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Introduced in January of 1997 as a stainless steel companion to the 22A, this model is identical except for materials of stainless steel frame and slide and stainless satin finish. Extra barrels that can be mixed and matched in finish are available from S&W and are interchangeable between the 22A and the 22S. In 2001 S&W introduced a 5-1/2” bull barrel with a hi-viz orange dot front sight. Extra barrels retail $84 - $101 (as of 2006). Manufactured 1997 - date.

ANIB

Exc

VG

320

235

195

Engineering and Production Changes

• 22S-1 (2004): Improvement to barrel assembly to prevent breakage when field-stripped.

Product Codes and Features by Year

107300

5-1/2” Sport Barrel SS SG 41 oz., 1997-2006; 2001 retail $358.

107310

5-1/2” Bull Barrel SS WG 48 oz., 1997-2001; 2001 retail $434.

107311

5-1/2” 2004.

107312

5-1/2” Bull Barrel SS Syn Grips 48 oz., 1998-2000.

107313

5-1/2” Bull Barrel with Hi-Viz orange, 2001-2004; 2004 retail $485.

107320

7” Target Barrel SS 42 oz., 1997-2004; 2001 retail $395.

Model 422: .22 Single-Action Field/Target Pistol

Model 422s, from photos by Goodwin and Supica.

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Single-action only, 4-1/2” or 6” barrel, aluminum frame with steel slide, 10-shot magazine (12- shot magazine introduced from 1992-1993), fixed sights with black plastic grips, matte blue finish, .131” blade serrated front sight, concealed hammer, .312” serrated trigger. The Target version is identical to the 422 Field but with .125” serrated blade front sight and adjustable rear sights and with checkered walnut grips with S&W medallions, matte blue finish. Originally retailed at $290. The Model 422 design is reported as based on an improved stretched version of the Escort Model 61, intended to allow S&W to offer an inexpensive .22 auto pistol. Serial number TAP0001 is engraved and gold inlaid and was auctioned at the SHOT Show in January of 1987. Production was moved to Houlton, Maine. Produced 1987 - 1996.

NIB

Exc

VG

225

175

150

Variations

• Fifteen units in First Edition engraved by Paul Piquette, fitted with simulated ivory grips, with certificate.

• Adjustable sights add $25.

Engineering and Production Changes

• (422) 1987: Introduction; boxed with ammo, oil and targets.

• 1992: 12-shot magazine introduced.

• 1994: 10-shot magazine in shipments.

• 1997: Model 422 discontinued.

Product Codes and Features by Year

102821

4-1/2” B 10SH FS AA, 87-96 22 oz.

102825

6” B 10SH FS AA, 87-96 23 oz.

102823

4-1/2” B 10SH AS AA, 87-96 22 oz.

102827

6” B 10SH AS AA, 87-96 23 oz.

Other product codes from 1987 only:

102831

4-1/2” B 10SH FS.

102833

6” B 10SH FS.

102830

4-1/2” B 10SH AS.

102832

6” B 12SH AS.

Model 622 & 622VR: .22 Single-Action Field/Target Pistol Stainless

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Single-action, stainless alloy finish, 4-1/2” or 6” barrel, 10-shot magazine (12-shot magazine introduced 1992 - 1993), fixed sights with black plastic grips, .250” internal hammer, .312” serrated trigger, serrated ramp with .125” blade front sight, black colored groove rear sight, alloy frame with stainless steel slide. The Target version (622VR) is identical to the 622 Field except with adjustable sights and checkered walnut grips. Re-styled for 1996 with the same features as the 622 but with a ventilated rib in 6” barrel. The Model 622VR was discontinued after one year in 1997. Produced 1989 - 1996.

ANIB

Exc

VG

300

200

175

Engineering and Production Changes

• 622 (1989): Introduction.

• 622 (1992): 12-shot magazine introduced.

• 622 (1994): 10-shot magazine in shipments.

• 622 (1996): Model 622VR introduced.

• 1997: Discontinued.

Product Codes and Features by Year

102836

4-1/2” S 10/12SH FS SG, 1989-96 22 oz.

102840

6” S 10/12SH FS SG, 1989-96 23 oz.

102838

4-1/2” S 10/12SH AS WG, 1989-96 22 oz.

102842

6” S 10/12SH AS WG, 1989-96 23 oz.

102846

6” Ventilated Rib 23 oz., 1997 only.

Model 2206: .22 Single-Action/ Target Rimfire Pistol

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. All stainless steel construction, 4-1/2” or 6” barrel, 10-shot magazine, Patridge undercut front sight, fixed or adjustable micrometer click rear sights, black plastic grips, internal hammer, .312” serrated trigger with adjustable stop. A small pin on the butt protrudes when cocked (this is an extension of the spring arm, not a cocking indicator). Retail $385 - $327. Produced 1990 - 1996.

Model 2206s, ArmchairGunShow.com photos.

ANIB

Exc

VG

285

200

175

Variations

• Add $40 for adjustable sights.

• Add $100 for target model.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 2206: 1990 introduction.

• 1992: 12-shot magazine.

• 1993: Discontinue 4-1/2" barrel.

• 1994: Target Variation: production with Millet 100 series sight, drilled and tapped for scope mount, Herrett walnut grips.

• 1997: Model 2206 discontinued.

Product Codes and Features by Year

107000

4-1/2” S FS, 1990-1993 35 oz.

107002

4-1/2” S AS, 1990-1993.

107004

6” S FS, 1990-1996 39 oz.

107006

6” S AS, 1990-1996, Discontinued 1996.

107010

6” TGT MS SM DT, 1994-1996 42 oz.

Model 2213: Sportsman Stainless

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Single-action, stainless steel frosted finish, 8-shot magazine, 3” barrel, a small pin protrudes on butt like the 2206 when cocked (not really a cocking indicator), black neoprene grips, .312” serrated target trigger, two white dot fixed .131” rear sight, with a Patridge white dot front sight dovetailed for windage, supplied with soft side detachable holster and a zippered case as a first promotional issue of 1500. Original retail $314. In 1992 it became standard production. Produced 1991 – 1999.

Model 2213, Jamie Supica photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

250

185

165

Product Codes and Features by Year

107198

3” S 8SH FS AA, 1991-1999 18 oz.

Model 2214: Sportsman

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. 3” barrel, 8-shot magazine, blue finish, alloy frame with steel slide, Patridge white dot front sight dovetailed for windage, fixed .131” notch two white dot rear sight, black plastic grips, Single-action, .250” internal hammer, .312” serrated trigger, blue finish version of the 2213. Original Retail $269. Produced 1990 – 1999.

ANIB

Exc

VG

250

185

165

Product Codes and Features by Year

107200

3” B 8SH FS AA, 90-99 18 oz.

108350

3” Nickel finish (LMT serial prefix).

OLYMPIC GUN: “The Staple Gun” (Prototype Only?)

Reportedly a one-of-a-kind International Rapid Fire style target pistol made for the U.S. Olympic Team for the 1988 summer games in Seoul. Announced in a 1987 press release, unusual appearing design reportedly had negative recoil – the barrel traveled slightly down rather than up when fired and included a series of levers to adjust trigger pull weight. Blued 5-shot .22 Short, Weight 2.6 lbs., with aluminum frame, titanium moving parts, and steel barrel. None known to be circulating in the private collecting market.

Olympic gun (a.k.a. “Staple Gun”), S&W photo courtesy of Kenneth Walters.

CENTERFIRE SEMI-AUTO PISTOLS

CLEMENT DESIGN EARLY POCKET SEMI-AUTO BACKGROUND INFORMATION

Smith & Wesson’s first venture into the semi-auto pistol field consisted of a design based on the Belgian-made Clement pistols. Initial production was for a S&W proprietary cartridge, the .35 S&W Auto. This was followed by a .32 ACP version. An experimental .30 caliber version was made at one time but was not introduced as a production item. A prototype was also made in .380.

.35 (top) and rare .32 Auto, photo courtesy of Michael Smith.

.32 Semi-automatic Pistol

Caliber: .32 ACP. This model was a result of an engineering effort of the Model 35 automatic to use more standard ammunition and to streamline its appearance. This model has a finger safety under the trigger guard. 7-shot magazine, 3-1/2” barrel, smooth walnut grips with the S&W medallions, blue finish. Being an improved version of the .35 Automatic, it has some parts that are interchangeable that model. Barrel fixed to the frame instead of hinged. Serial number range 1 – 957. Manufactured c. 1924 - 1936.

AUCTION BLOCK

Three .32 autos sold, one “about as new in box” - $2,750; another “about excellent…97%” - $1,210; the last “excellent…98%” - $1,540 – Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

Two .32 autos sold, one “Extremely fine…97-99%”- $1,955; the other “Good to very good…92-94%” - $805 – James D. Julia Auction, March 2003.

.35 Semi-Automatic Pistol (Model of 1913)

Caliber: .35 S&W Auto. 7-shot magazine, 3-1/2” barrel, fixed sights, blue or nickel finish, smooth plain walnut grips. Eight variations of manufacture, the most noteworthy concerning the magazine release. The original release operated from side to side with the second style operating front to back, engaging the magazine itself. This change occurred between serial numbers 3000 and 3149. This model has a grip and a manual safety, but has no magazine disconnect safety. Marked “35 S&W AUTO CTG” on the barrel’s left side with the S&W trademark on the rear of the frame above the safety slide button. Serial number range 1 - 8350. Manufactured c. 1913 - 1921.

AUCTION BLOCK

.35 auto, “99%” in box with booklet - $1,150 - Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. of 2005.

Variations

• Add about $300 for nickel in higher condition grades.

• Saskatchewan police marked guns reported.

• There were a number of design changes during the production of this pistol, and collectors recognize eight different types. A detailed discussion of these will be found in Neal & Jinks. As with many S&W changes, the serial number ranges for these types are approximate only and the ranges overlap. Very general serial number ranges as summarized from Neal & Jinks are: 1st Type: 1 - 230; 2nd Type: 167 - 1000; 3rd Type: 935 - 3149; 4th Type: 3000 - 3800; 5th Type: 3149 - 5415; 6th Type: 3874 - 6601; 7th Type: 5914 - 7494; 8th Type: 7192 - 8350.

• Rarer types will bring a premium from collectors trying to accumulate all eight variations.

FIRST GENERATION DOUBLE-ACTION 9MMS BACKGROUND INFORMATION

After the ill-fated introduction of the Clement-based pocket autos, it would be nearly twenty years before S&W took another try at autoloading pistols. When they did, however, they came up with a classic design.

The Model 39 is the beginning of the First Generation of S&W Centerfire semi-autos. It was the first American-made DA 9mm semi-auto, and as such is the predecessor of the “wonder-nines,” which began to figure prominently in the U.S. market in the 1980s and 90s. The related Model 52 .38 Master became a prominent target pistol chambered for .38 Special wadcutters. An informative article on the Model 39’s development by Richard McMillan can be found in the Journal of the S&W Collectors Association, Vol. 40.

Model 39: Early Steel Frame and Steel Slide

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. This is the first commercial 9mm double-action auto manufactured in the U.S. with 927 steel frames made c. mid-1950s but not assembled or sold until c. 1966. Alloy frames were actually made after the steel frames but alloy frames were sold first and started the numbering at 1001. Features an 8-shot single stack magazine, 4” barrel, walnut stocks, blue finish, adjustable rear sight. Few found with an alloy backstrap instead of steel. Early guns (pre-Model 39) are different in the following respects to numbered models: smaller safety, short tang, long extractor, unique frame back strap, unique left grip, no trigger play spring and no model number stamping. Steel frame guns fall in the range of 39000 and 60000 - 64000 and again from 81000 - 82000. The very first group of guns shipped falls in the range of 1001 - c. 2600 with no steel frames in this group but only alloy frames with steel slides.

Variations

• Military Purchase: Some modified versions are reported by armorers as found without serial numbers. Others sold to the military in various small lots and not known to have military markings

• Hush Puppy: A special 14-shot alloy frame/steel slide version with a silencer or suppressor was used in Southeast Asia in the late 1960s. Named for one of its intended uses silencing enemy guard dogs, it included a slide lock to fire it in single-shot mode, preventing the noise of the operating slide mechanism. Called the Mark 22 Model O by the Navy. The double column Model 59 reportedly was developed from this program. Approximately 200 manufactured. See S&WCA article in Journal.

• Add $100 for detachable dust cover.

• Five verified with nickel finish with smooth rosewood grips, blue hammer, blue trigger, blue extractor, blue rear sight on steel frame. Serial number 62220 is one example.

• Model 39 Reissue: Original pre-39s returned to the factory with damaged frames; had current production frames installed with original serial number and were returned to customer.

Top to bottom: Pre-Model 39, Model 39, and nickel Model 39-2. Photo courtesy of Michael Smith.

Model 39-2: Alloy Frame and Steel Slide

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Traditional double-action; 8-shot magazine, 4” barrel. After the production of Numbered Model 39s, this model was continually manufactured with an alloy frame and a carbon steel slide with a redesigned, shorter extractor due to breakage of the longer extractor in earlier 39s. Other changes were the barrel guide rod hole and the feed ramp. The Model 39-1 was never made and is sometimes referred to by some collectors as the 52A prototype but was never marked as a 39-1, only as the 52A. This redesigned model featured checkered walnut grips, 1/8” serrated front ramp sight with a micrometer click square notch rear sight adjustable for windage. The hammer spur usually has a small hole drilled in it. Smooth forestrap, stippled backstrap. “S&W” is stamped on the frame’s right side, “9mm CTG” on the extractor port; later production after approximate serial A160000 is simply marked “9mm.” Smooth trigger, magazine safety, weight is 27 oz. The last M-39-2 shipped on February 15-1983, serial number A747148. Produced c. 1954 - 1982.

Variations

• Non-Model Numbered: Approximately 1600 early-production Model 39s did not include the model number designation. Listed without model number in the 1957 circular. Worth premium.

• Venezuela Contract: A small lot of M39s were marked with the Venezuelan crest (seal) on the right side of the slide. Overruns were sold in the US and estimated at about 20 - 30 shipped in 1975. Three times+ premium.

• Connecticut State Police Commemorative: 701 made in 1979; two-tone with blue frame and nickel finish slide with red ramp front sight . Marked “CSP 001”

- “CSP 701.” The S&W trademark is located on the frame’s left side. This is the only Model 39 factory Commemorative and also the first one to use a rear sight adjustable for windage and elevation. $500 ANIB.

• Military-style magazines have a larger viewing window for the cartridges.

• Lanyard loop is found on all 39s except those with steel backstrap inserts.

• .30 Luger: Reports of at least 500 Model 39 or Model 39-2 shipped to West Germany without barrels and fitted with .30 Luger barrels, proofed and shipped to Italy for commercial sales. Marked “7.65 Parabellum.” Four times standard value.

• ASP Variation: Before S&W offered a full-power compact autoloader, a custom chopped-down version was made from the Model 39 on a semi-custom basis by Armament Systems and Procedures. Features usually included on ASP models were shortened barrel and slide, transparent grips (marked “Patented”) with magazines cut to show rounds remaining, Teflon finish, bobbed hammer spur, and unusual Guttersnipe rear sight with no front sight. Reportedly, about 3,000 were made up through the early 1980s. They seem to sell in the $1,500 - $850 range. Similar conversions were offered by Austin Behlert, Devel, and Trapper Gun (the Scorpion). All will bring premiums.

Custom cut-down versions of Models 39 &59. Clockwise from top left: Austin Behlert, Devel Mod. 39, Devel Mod. 59, ASP, Trapper Gun PSP Scorpion. Highly sought after before S&W offered compact 9mm pistols; highly collectable today. Old Town Station photo.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 39 (1957): Stamping of the Model 39.

• 39 (1970): Begin “A” serial prefix.

• 39-1: See the Model- 52A.

• 39-2 (1971): Change extractor system due to reports of breakage.

Model 44: Single-Action 9mm

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Single-action only version of the Model 39 and first cataloged by the factory in 1956 with a model number assigned in 1958. Similar to the Model 39 with internal modifications to the sear and drawbar. The manual safety also does not drop the hammer from a cocked position when the safety is placed in the safe position. Blue finish only with wood grips and a lanyard loop on the butt. This model was advertised in S&W’s 1958-59 literature as the Model 44 although it does not have and never did have a model number stamping. The trigger is a solid piece extending rearward toward the trigger housing, and the wood grips are unique to this model in placement of the screws. Considered rare by collectors; only 10 were ever manufactured in the 1200 serial number range. Six steel frame with an “X” serial number were made for the Army for testing. Made c. 1954 and dropped from the catalog in 1959.

Too rare to reliably price. Sales have been reported in the $20,000 range.

AUCTION BLOCK

Pre-Model 44, sent to Ft. Benning for military examination “98-99%” - $18,975 – James D. Julia Auction, March 2003.

Model 52-A (.38 AMU)

Caliber: .38 AMU. The design for this unusual cartridge belongs to the armorers of the Army Marksmanship Training Unit of Fort Benning, Ga. It is derived from the .38 Special cartridge and is in effect a semi-rimless .38 Special cartridge. This cartridge was made in an effort to cure a feeding problem created by a standard .38 Special cartridge used in a Colt 1911 at the time (1958). One advantage of this cartridge was elimination of the stacking problem in a magazine often encountered with a rimmed case. The cartridge was made by both Winchester and Remington. The Smith & Wesson version of this pistol was made for the U.S. Army Marksman Training Unit. Three prototypes on a steel frame were originally made for testing by the Army and a contract was agreed upon to make additional pistols based on the Model 39 with an alloy frame rather than steel. Marked “.38 A.M.U. CTG.” on the ejection port. Has a 4” barrel and is built very similar to the Model 39 with changes in the barrel, frame and slide. Fixed ramped front sight with an adjustable rear sight for windage only. Wood grip panels with the S&W medallion. Sometimes referred to as the 39-1 variation but without any 39-1 markings. Three steel frame prototypes were made. Serial numbers T1059, T1061 and T1062. Serial number range 35850 - 35927 with 87 manufactured c. 1961 - 1964.

Model 52-A, Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Too rare to evaluate. NIB sales reported in the $4000 - $6000 range.

Model 52: The .38 Master Single-Action

Caliber: .38 Special, flushs-seated wadcutter only. Similar to the Model 39, but early production incorporates a set screw to lock out the double action function, and fire single action only. 5” barrel with a 5-shot magazine, 1/8” Patridge front sight on ramp base with adjustable rear sight for windage and elevation, .365” serrated trigger with an adjustable stop, .260” serrated hammer. Bright blue finish, checkered walnut grips with S&W monograms. Shipped with two magazines, barrel bushing wrench, screw driver, instruction sheet and cleaning kit. Serial range begins at 50,000 in the automatic pistol series. Weight 41 ozs. 3,500 of the no-dash Model 52s were manufactured c. 1961 - 1963, with additional production of Model 52-1s 1963 - 1970 and 52-3s 1971 - 1993.

Model 52s, Dave Nowak collection, from Paul Goodwin photos.

Variations

• Model 52-1: Caliber: .38 Special wadcutter only. In 1963 the lockwork was changed to true single action, and a counterweight was now offered as an accessory. Produced 1963 - 1970.

• Model 52-2: An improved version of the Model 52-1 with a more efficient extractor system added, due to reports of extractors breaking. Introduced in 1971. Features an adjustable trigger stop, serrated hammer, and a counterweight was offered as an accessory, incorporation of a coil spring style extractor. Produced 1971 - 1993.

• One Model 52 is known to be made with a 4" barrel (serial number 51511).

• Five known chambered in 9mm with 4" barrel, probably with Model 39 slides. One example is serial number 58279. Value possibly in high four figures.

• No known factory nickel finish 52s.

• The last model 52-2 is serial number “TZW9149” and was completed on July 23, 1993 and delivered to the S&W gun vault.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 52 (1961): Introduction.

• 52-1 (1963): Single-action only.

• 52-2 (1971): Change extractor system.

• 1993: Model 52-2 discontinued.

Product Codes and Features by Year

102102

5” B 5SH AS, 1984-1994 41.5 oz.

MODEL 59 BACKGROUND INFORMATION

Although the Model 39 is often cited as the first American double-action 9mm, the Model 59 is perhaps even more significant as possibly the first of the “wonder-nine” breed that eventually came to play a major role in the police and defensive handgun market in the 1980s and 1990s. “Wonder-nine” is a term coined for 9mm semi-auto pistols that combine the traditional double-action operating method, first used on the German WWII issue Walther P-38, with the double-column high-capacity magazine introduced on the Browning High Power of the same era. The Model 59 was reportedly developed partly as a result of attempts to improve the Model 39 Hush Puppy variation for Navy Seal usage. Two 15-shot stainless steel prototypes have been reported from this program.

Double column Model 59 (top) compared to single column Model 39 (bottom). ArmchairGunShow.com photo.

Model 59: 9mm 14-Shot

Autoloading Pistol

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Similar to the Model 39 but double-action feature, 14-shot double stack magazine, black nylon grips, alloy frame with steel slide. 100 early versions were manufactured with smooth front and rear grip strap starting at about serial number A170000 and scattered throughout early production. Reportedly approximately 20 guns made with both front and rear straps smooth, while another approximately 80 were retrofitted with serrated rear strap with the front strap left smooth. Otherwise serrated front and rear grip straps, “A” serial prefix. Last Model 59 shipped July 1982, serial number A747407. Produced c. 1971 - 1982.

Model 59, fixed sights, Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Variations

• Early guns with smooth grip straps will bring triple standard values. Twenty believed to exist. Early guns made with a smooth front strap and serrated back strap will bring a smaller premium; around 800 thought to exist.

• An experimental Aircrewman alloy frame 9 mm compact was reportedly made in the early 70s in a bid for an Air Force contract. It was clarified to the authors as based on the double-stack 59.

• Hush Puppy: See comments under Model 39.

Model 147A: (C&R)

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. 14-shot double stack magazine, steel frame and steel slide, 4” barrel, black nylon grips, adjustable rear sight for windage only, similar to the Model 59. The model number stamping originally started as a model “47” and was later overstamped with a “1” and an “A” to become the “147A” and sold. There were 112 manufactured in 1979.

Model 147A. Note the overstamped marking. Dave Nowak collection, from Paul Goodwin photos.

ANIB

1600 (All observed on the market have been ANIB.)

Model 410: Value Series 3rd Generation Full-Size .40S&W

Caliber: .40 S&W. Traditional double-action, 10-shot magazine, with a full-size frame, 4” barrel, .260” serrated hammer, .304” smooth combat trigger, single side external safety, straight backstrap, white dot front sight with 2-dot rear fixed sight. This new Model replaces the Model 411 in the “Value Series” line. In 2002 this model was made with a hi-viz front sight. In 2003 S&W produced this model with a stainless steel slide and a satin finish aluminum alloy frame. In 2005 this model was upgraded with an 11-round magazine after the assault weapons ban expired. Produced 1996 - date.

Model 410. Photo courtesy of Smith & Wesson.

ANIB

Exc

VG

500

425

325

Product Codes and Features by Year

104740

10SH FS MNSF AA, 1996-06 29.4 oz.; 2001 retail $591.

104742

10SH FS Two Tone, 1999 28.5 oz.

104743

HI-Viz Front Sight, 2002-03.

104744

410S Stainless Variation, 2003-06.

104747

Crimson Trace Laser Grip, 2005-06.

204740

Blue with 11 shot Magazine, 2005-06.

204744

410S Stainless with 11 shot, 2005-06.

204747

11-AT-LG-GC-BS-SF-SD-FA-DS, 2005-06.

304740

11SH LE only, 2001.

Model 411: Value Series 3rd Generation Full-Size .40 S&W

Caliber: .40 S&W. Alloy frame with blue carbon steel slide, flat blue finish, post with white dot front sight, fixed rear sight, right hand slide mounted manual decocking lever, 4” barrel, 11-round magazine, .260” serrated hammer, .304” smooth trigger, Xenoy one-piece wraparound stock with straight backstrap. Weight 29.4 oz. Retail $525. Manufactured c. 1992 - 1996.

Model 411. Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

500

425

325

Product Codes and Features by Year

108517

4” B DL TDA 11SH FS MNSF AA, 1992-1996.

108519

Similar, with clear frame finish for two-tone effect, c. 1996.

2ND GENERATION DOUBLE-ACTION,

Model 439: 9mm 8-Shot Autoloading Pistol

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Traditional double-action, 4” barrel, blue or nickel finish, alloy frame with steel slide, single column 8-shot magazine (two supplied), checkered walnut grips with S&W medallions, 1/8” serrated ramp front sight, .260” serrated hammer, .356” smooth trigger. Protected adjustable rear sight for windage and elevation or drift adjustable for windage only. Available with or without an ambidextrous safety. A 20-round magazine was available. “A” serial prefix. Early production models have frames with rounded trigger guard s and late models have squared trigger guard s. Weight 28.5 oz. First gun was serial number A670220, produced February 26, 1981. The first few thousand had short wide extractor. Produced c. 1979 - 1988.

Model 439. Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 439 (1984): Change to “TAA” serial prefix from original “A” serial prefix.

• 1985: Squared trigger guard standard.

Product Codes and Features by Year

102902

4” B 8SH AS, 1984.

102903

4” B 8SH AS AM, 1984-1988.

102904

4” B 8SH FS, 1984.

102905

4” B 8SH FS AM, 1984-1988.

102907

4” N 8SH AS, 1984.

102908

4” N 8SH AS AM, 1984-1986.

102909

4” N 8SH FS, 1984.

102910

4” N 8SH FS AM, 1984-1986.

Model 449

Caliber: Reported as 9mm Parabellum. Experimental version of Model 439, approximately 50 manufactured. This was a factory developmental model. The Model 469 was later chosen for production. None observed.

Model 457: Value Series Compact .45 ACP

Caliber: .45 ACP. New for 1996, compact frame, carbon steel slide and alloy frame with matte blue finish. Traditional double-action, 7-shot single stack magazine, 3-3/4” barrel, .260” bobbed hammer, .305” combat trigger, single side external safety on the slide, straight backstrap with a one-piece Xenoy grip, fixed sight two-dot rear sight with single white dot front sight. This model is part of S&W’s new “Value Series” released in 1996. “VCExxxx” original serial prefix. Weight is 29 ounces. In 2003 S&W produced this model with a stainless steel slide and a clear satin finish aluminum alloy frame. Produced 1996 – date.

Model 457S. S&W photo.

Product Codes and Features by Year

104804

3-3/4” B TDA FS 7SH MNSF AA 1996-06 29 oz.; 2001 retail $591.

104808

457S Stainless Variation 20 oz., 2003-06.

130120

Two Tone Variation: Black Slide & Satin Stainless Frame in 1997 for Zanders Sports. Two times standard value.

Model 459: 9mm 14-Shot Autoloading Pistol

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. A 14-shot double-column magazine version of the Model 439, traditional Double-action with checkered nylon stocks, 4” barrel, blue or nickel finish, second Generation auto with firing pin safety, 1/8” serrated ramp front sight with adjustable rear sight for windage and elevation or fixed sight version adjustable for windage only, available with or without an ambidextrous safety. A 20-round magazine was also available. .260” serrated hammer, .365” smooth trigger. Early models have a rounded trigger guard; later models have a squared trigger guard. Weight is 30 oz. Original “A” serial number prefix. Manufactured 1979 - 1987.

Model 459s, fixed and adjustable sight versions, Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 1984: Begin “TAA” as a serial prefix.

• 1985: Squared trigger guard.

Variations

• Model 459 F.B.I. Purchase: 803 manufactured for the F.B.I. with dull brushed blue finish and special high-impact grips. Premium if documented as F.B.I. (most aren’t).

• Treasury Department: “U.S.” marked on frame by serial number; matte finish; value in low four figures.

• Model 459A: A small group of Model 459s (30) were prepared for the XM-9, 9mm Military Competition in 1980-81, submitted along with pistols from other manufacturers of small arms. The guns were standard commercial blue with an ambidextrous safety, spacer in the regular slot for the rear sight with a M1911 style rear sight installed instead to meet government requirement for a fixed sight, and short extractor; no model markings. It is well known that the winner of the competition was the Beretta M92F. The serial numbers of the 30 trial guns are on record. About half are reported as having been sold to company employees. One of these will command a large premium, probably selling in the four-figure range.

• Model 459M: Reported that a few special guns with this designation were prepared for another set of trials in the 1980s after the XM-9 trials. Further specifications unknown at this time.

• See also Models 6590, 6591, and 6592 listed with RSR Transitionals.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103002

4” B 14SH AS, 1984-1986.

103003

4” B 14SH AS AM, 1984-1987.

103004

4” B 14SH FS, 1984.

103005

4” B 14SH FS AM, 1984-1987.

103007

4” N 14SH AS, 1984.

103008

4” N 14SH AS AM, 1984-1986.

103009

4” N 14SH FS, 1984.

103010

4” N 14SH FS AM, 1984-1986.

Special for RSR RSR2001-2741 Removable Bushing 3 Dot Sight 741 Manufactured.

Special for RSR RSR2742-3110 Red Ramp 369 Manufactured.

Special for RSR RSR3111-3359 Fixed Barrel 3 Dot 249 Manufactured.

Model 469: “The Mini”

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Traditional double-action, short alloy frame with steel slide, two 12-shot magazines supplied, .260” bobbed hammer, 3-1/2” barrel. Sandblast blue or special production order for Ashland Shooting Supplies in nickel finish, .365” smooth trigger, ambidextrous safety, 1/8” serrated ramp with yellow bar front sight with white outline drift adjustable rear sight for windage only, three-piece pebble grain molded Delrin grip with S&W monogram. A 20-round extension magazine was also available. Squared trigger guard, “A” serial prefix. Reportedly, this pistol was initially called the “Mini-Gun,” with its design strongly influenced by the Devel custom pistol. It marked a significant step in S&W’s development of a full-power compact-sized autoloader. Weight is 26 oz. Reported that standard production may have begun at serial number A840000 but not confirmed. Produced 1983 – 1988.

Model 469. Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103101

4690 Transitional Gun.

103102

3-1/2” B 12SH FS, 1984-1988.

103103

3-1/2” B 12SH FS AM, 1984-1988.

103105

3-1/2” N 12SH FS.

Special for RSR RSR1001-1293 3 dot sights 293 Manufactured.

Special for RSR RSR1294-1469 Red Ramp

Front Sight 153 Manufactured.

Variations

• See also Models 4690 and 4691 listed with RSR Transitionals at around Model 6450.

• Venezuela marked: Extremely rare, value in the four figures.

• Premium for nickel.

Model 539: 9mm 8-Shot Autoloading Pistol

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Traditional double-action, steel frame and steel slide version of the Model 439, 8-shot magazine, 4” barrel, blue or nickel finish, adjustable rear sight with a short production run of a fixed sight version that is considered rare, short extractor, checkered walnut grips, “A” serial prefix. 8,159 reported as produced 1980 - 1983.

Model 539, adjustable and fixed sight versions, Paul Goodwin photo.

Model 559: 9mm 14 Shot Autoloading Pistol

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Traditional double-action; steel frame and steel slide version of the Model 459, 14-shot magazine, 4” barrel, matte blue or nickel finish, 1/8” serrated ramp front sight with drift adjustable rear sight for windage only. Some fixed sight models were produced (estimated at about 24). Early models have short extractors; later models have a long extractor, ambidextrous safety, serrated back strap and forestrap, lanyard loop on butt. “A” serial prefix. Weight is 41 oz. 10,609 reported as produced 1980 - 1983.

Model 559. Inset shows adjustable sight version, Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Variations

• National Assoc. of Federally Licensed Firearms Dealers Commemorative: 250 units manufactured. Not a commemorative directly from S&W but ordered with class C engraving on a blue frame and later enhanced by Ken Hurst Firearms Engraving with special grips and satin nickel finish.

• Two known with factory chrome plate finish.

• 50 guns known with Class A factory engraving

• Approximately 15 guns known with a matte grey finish. Also reported some produced in “dull blue” in 1985, described as “dull black” by an observed product code on box reported as 55990014900; unclear as to whether these are the same guns as the matte grey.

PRICE CHECK

Factory A engraved Model 559 NIB listed for $1,250 (Harrison Carroll, 2000).

SECOND GENERATION DOUBLE- ACTIONS, STAINLESS STEEL

Model 639: 9mm 8-Shot Autoloading Pistol Stainless Steel

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Traditional double-action, stainless steel frame and slide, two 8-shot magazines, .260” serrated hammer, .365” smooth trigger, 1/8” serrated ramp front sight with fixed or adjustable rear sights for windage and elevation, 4” barrel, with or without ambidextrous safety, checkered walnut grips with S&W medallions, “TAK” serial prefix, 20-round magazine available, rounded trigger guard on early models, squared trigger guard on later production. Weight is 36 ounces. Produced 1984 - 1988.

Model 639, Old Town Station photo.

NIB

Exc

VG

500

375

325

Product Codes and Features by Year

103702

4” S 8SH AS 1984.

103703

4” S 8SH AS AM 1984-1988.

103704

4” S 8SH FS 1984.

103705

4” S 8SH FS AM 1984-1988.

Model 645

Caliber: .45 ACP. Introduced late 1985, 8-shot single stack magazine, traditional double-action, stainless steel materials, serrated ramp front sight with red ramp insert with white outline rear sight, 5 inch barrel, ambidextrous safety, .260” serrated hammer, .365” smooth trigger, black checkered nylon grips. This model was the first commercial production of a .45 auto by S&W. Squared trigger guard. An engraved pre-production model sold at auction for $67,000 for the Olympics. Weight is 37.5 oz. No real details on the transitional guns other than model number markings; our thoughts are they are mixed within fixed sight and adjustable sight variations from the Model 645 to the Model 4506 models. First production serial range TAK0001 - TAK7727. Produced c. 1985 -1988.

Model 645. Photo ArmchairGunShow.com.

ANIB

Exc

VG

600

425

350

Variations

• Twenty-five First Edition models specially engraved.

• 100 prototype investment cast guns were made for marketing samples and endurance test guns. It was decided to use a forged receiver for the production guns. The cast receiver guns were later released to S&W employees. One source indicates that these guns were in the A8833XX range, while another shows the first series denoted by an A87XXXX serial range, subsequent series were noted by A88XXXX serial range.

• See also models 6450, 6451, and 6452 listed with RSR Transitionals.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103710

Transitional 645 marked 6450, 1991.

103712

5” S 8SH FS AM, 1985-1988.

103719

5” S 8SH AS AM.

103722

5” S.

103723

Model 4506 with TCD serial prefix 5” S AS 2nd trigger guard; 2 variations.

103726

DWM Serial prefix.

103781

Model 4506 FS.

Special for

RSR RSR0001-0177 SS, RR, AS, 177 Manufactured Model 6450.

Special for

RSR RSR0178-0407 SS, RR, FS, 230 Manufactured Model 6451.

Special for

RSR RSR0408-0619 SS, FS, 3 Dot, 212 Manufactured Model 6452.

Model 659

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Traditional double-action, 14-shot magazine, stainless steel frame and slide with satin finish, available with fixed or adjustable rear sights, 4” barrel, .260” serrated hammer, .365” smooth trigger, 1/8” serrated ramp front sight, black checkered nylon grips, made with or without ambidextrous safety. Twenty-round magazine available. “9mm Parabellum” is stamped on the ejector port. Early models have a rounded trigger guard; later models have a squared trigger guard, serrated backstrap and serrated forestrap. “6592” (see these listings also) are reportedly transitional guns from the 659 to the Model 5906. “A” serial prefix, weight is 40 oz. Produced c. 1982 - 1988.

ANIB

Exc

VG

500

425

325

Variations

• See also Models 6590, 6591, and 6592 listed with RSR Transitionals.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 1984: Change to “TAA” serial prefix.

Product Codes and Features by Year

104001

4” S 14SH FS transitional 659 marked 6590, also shipped with night sights.

104002

4” S 14SH AS, 1984.

104003

4” S 14SH AS AM, 1984-1988.

104004

4” S 14SH FS, 1984.

104005

4” S 14SH FS AM, 1984-1988 transitional.

Variations

• Lanyard loop on butt for Export Police sales. Example: A783810 by Appleton Imports.

• See also Models 6590, 6591 and 6592 listed with RSR Transitionals.

Model 669

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Introduced late 1985 as a smaller version of the Model 659. Traditional double-action, 3-1/2” barrel, 12-shot finger-rest magazine or 20-round extension magazine, stainless steel slide and barrel with aluminum alloy frame, .260” bobbed hammer, .365” smooth trigger, ambidextrous safety, 1/8” serrated ramp with red bar front sight with rear sight drift adjustable for windage only, serrated forestrap with stippled backstrap, S&W trademark stamped on the right of frame, “9mm Parabellum” stamped on the extractor port, black pebble grain molded Delrin stocks with S&W monograms, “TAK” original serial prefix. Weight is 26 oz. First 100 engraved for Lew Horton Distributors c. October of 1985 Produced c. 1985 - 1988.

ANIB

Exc

VG

500

400

325

Variations

• See also Models 6690 and 6691 listed with RSR Transitionals.

Product Codes and Features by Year

104050

3-1/2” S 12SH FS AM.

104051

3-1/2” S 12SH FS AM, 1986-1988.

Special for RSR RSR4001-4853 SS, RR, FS, 853

Manufactured Model 6690 (possibly product code 108590).

Special for RSR RSR4854-4946 SS, FS, White

Dot, 93 Manufactured Model 6691.

Model 745: IPSC .45 Single-Action 10th Anniversary Commemorative

Caliber: .45 ACP. Single-action only, 5” barrel, stainless steel frame with satin finish, blue carbon steel slide, hammer and trigger in a blue finish, checkered walnut grips, two 8-shot magazines supplied, 1/8” serrated ramp on ramp base front sight, with Novak competition dovetailed rear sight or special adjustable rear sight, .260” serrated hammer, .365” serrated trigger with adjustable stop. Also found with and without “IPSC 10th Anniversary 1976 - 1986” markings on the right side of the slide. The first model, serial number DVC0000, is highly embellished with IPSC representations in 22-kt. gold and scrimshawed grips and was raffled with proceeds going to the International Practical Shooting Confederation. Serial number range DVC0001 - DVC5000 with 5,000 manufactured c. 1986 - 1990. Weight is 38.75 oz.

Model 745, photo courtesy of Mark Calzaretta.

ANIB

Exc

VG

685

500

450

AUCTION BLOCK

Mod. 745, highly customized, used by J. Michael Plaxco to win national shooting championships - $2,200 - Supica’s Old Town Station, Oct. 2003.

Mike Plaxco’s highly modified championship 745. Old Town Station photo.

Variations

• 25 to 50 First Edition models specially engraved, two times standard value.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103712

5” B/S 8SH FS 1st Run IPSC Engraved.

103714

5” IPSC marked.

103715

5” B/S 8SH FS 2nd Run Non-engraved.

103716

5”.

103721

5” B/S 8SH FS, 1987-1990.

103724

5” Low number series.

103725

5” IPSC Marked - Novak sights.

103727

5” Adjustable sights.

103906

5” B/S 8SH AS Special, 1990.

Models 845, 945, 952

See “Performance Center” section.

900 SERIES: 3RD GENERATION “VALUE SERIES” DAs IN 9MM

Model 908: Value Series Compact 9mm

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Traditional double-action, 8-shot magazine, 3-1/2” barrel, .260” bobbed hammer, .304” smooth combat style trigger, single side external safety, straight backstrap with straight Xenoy wraparound grips, fixed two-dot rear sight with white dot post front sight. Compact alloy frame with carbon steel slide in a matte blue/black finish. Replaces the Model 3914 as part of the “Value Series.” “VCRxxxx” original serial prefix. In 1997 S&W produced a two-tone variation for Zanders Sports and other stocking dealers with a blue carbon steel slide and a clear anodized aluminum frame. In 2003 S&W introduced the Model 908 in an all stainless steel variation called the Model 908S with a bead blast stainless finish. In 2004 this model was offered with an Uncle Mike’s Kydex belt holster. Produced 1996 - date.

Model 908, photo by Smith & Wesson.

ANIB

Exc

VG

430

350

275

Product Codes and Features by Year

103882

3.5” 8SH TDA FS MNSF AA/Blue 26 oz., 1996-2006; 2001 retail $535.

103890

908S Stainless Variation, 2003-2006.

103891

3-1/2” Stainless with Holster, 2004-2006.

130108

Two-Tone for Zanders Sports 26 oz., 1997.

Model 909: Value Series Full-Size Double-Action

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. New for 1995. 4” barrel. Non-reflective blue finish on a full size frame, 9-shot single stack magazine, post with white dot front sight, fixed white two-dot rear sight, .260” serrated hammer, .304” standard trigger. Left side slide mounted manual safety/decocking lever, aluminum alloy frame with blue carbon steel slide. One-piece Xenoy wraparound curved backstrap grip. Traditional double-action. Part of the Value Series. Weight is 27 oz. Retail $443. Produced 1995 - 1996.

Model 909, Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

460

350

275

Product Codes and Features by Year

104760

4” B TDA 9SH FS MNSF AA, 1995-1996.

Model 910: Value Series Full-Size Double-Action

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. New for 1995. 4” barrel; non-reflective blue finish on a full size frame, 10-shot double stack magazine, will accept 15-shot magazine of other models made for export and law enforcement. Left side slide mounted manual safety/decocking lever, white dot post front sight, two-dot rear fixed sight, aluminum alloy frame with blue carbon steel slide. .260” spurred hammer, .305” combat style trigger, one-piece Xenoy wraparound grip with straight backstrap. In 2002 S&W produced this model with a light gathering orange dot hi-viz front sight and in 2003 a variation with a stainless steel slide and alloy frame with a stain stainless finish. The 910 is part of the “Value Series” for quality and economical handguns. In 2005 this model was upgraded with a 15-round magazine after the assault weapons bill expired. Weight is 28 oz. Retail $467. Produced 1995 – date.

Model 910, photo by Smith & Wesson.

ANIB

Exc

VG

385

320

275

Product Codes and Features by Year

104780

4”B TDA FS 10SH MNSF AA, 1995-2006; 2001 retail $535.

104782

Hi -Viz Front Sight, 2002.

104783

910S Stainless Variation, 2003-2006.

204780

15SH, 2005-06.

204783

15SH, 2005-06.

304780

15SH LE Only, 2001.

Model 915

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Alloy frame with carbon steel slide, flat blue finish, 4” barrel, right hand slide mounted decocking lever, .260” serrated hammer, .304” smooth trigger, 15-shot magazine, post with white dot front sight, fixed rear sight, black Xenoy one-piece wraparound grip with straight backstrap. Developed as an economy version of the third Generation S&W semi-auto. Weight is 27.5 oz. Retail was $467. Produced 1992 - 1994.

ANIB

Exc

VG

450

350

275

Model 915, Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Product Codes and Features by Year

104792

4” 15SH FS MNSF TDA AA B.

104833

4” 10SH FS MNSF TDA AA B Zanders Sports, 1999.

Model 945

See the “Performance Center” section.

Model 952

See the “Performance Center” section.

1000 SERIES:

3RD GENERATION 10MM

The concept for the 10mm Automatic came from the efforts of handgun advocate Jeff Cooper. The 10mm was envisioned to end the long disputed controversy of the .45 ACP vs. the 9mm with the 10mm being superior to both. By 1984, factory-made ammunition was available as well as a fine semiautomatic pistol. Dornaus and Dixon produced the first pistol for the 10mm cartridge, the Bren Ten. Production was short-lived and the cartridge was all but forgotten, except by a few shooting enthusiasts. In 1987 Colt’s Manufacturing produced a pistol chambered for the 10mm automatic cartridge, the Delta Elite, giving it new life and probably saving it from being forever forgotten. Springfield Armory (The Illinois firm) and Smith & Wesson also by now manufactured pistols for the 10mm cartridge. With a greater variety of pistols being manufactured, law enforcement agencies were taking a closer look at the potential this cartridge had to offer.

As an indirect result of a major shootout in Miami in April 1986, the FBI requested from arms makers a new cartridge and auto loading pistol. One year later the result from Smith &Wesson was the 10mm Model 1006 and for Law Enforcement use the Model 1076 to be marketed in 1989-1990.

Model 1006

Caliber: 10mm. Traditional double-action, satin stainless steel finish, 5” barrel, 9-shot magazine, Novak Lo-Mount fixed or adjustable rear sights for windage and elevation, with two white dots, post with white dot front sight, ambidextrous safety, one-piece black Delrin wraparound stocks with straight backstrap, .260” serrated hammer, .304” smooth trigger, slide mounted decocking lever. Introduction serial range is “TENxxxx.” Weight is 38 oz. Produced 1990 – 1993.

ANIB

Exc

VG

685

600

475

Product Codes and Features by Year

104800

5” S TDA 9SH AS AM SB, 1990-91 2nd trigger guard.

105004

5” S TDA 9SH FS AM SB 1990-91, 2nd trigger guard.

105005

5” S TDA 9SH FS AM SB 1990-91, 2nd trigger guard.

108234

5” S TDA 9SH AS AM SB 1992-93, 3rd trigger guard.

108237

5” S TDA 9SH FS AM SB 1992-93, 3rd trigger guard.

Model 1026

Caliber: 10mm. Identical to the Model 1006 but with a frame mounted decocking lever, straight backstrap, fixed night sights were also available. Weight is 38 oz. Produced 1990 -1991.

ANIB

Exc

VG

700

600

475

Product Codes and Features by Year

105006

5” S FS 1990-1991, 2nd trigger guard.

105021

5” S FNS 1990-1991, 2nd trigger guard.

108239

5” S FS 1990-1991, 3rd trigger guard.

Model 1046

Caliber: 10mm. A very limited production run (approximately 148) in 1992. 5” barrel with a blued stainless finish, with fixed sights and in DAO, with a bobbed hammer. One was class A engraved from S&W. “TVA” serial prefix. Weight is 38 oz. Produced 1990 - 1992.

ANIB

Exc

VG

700

600

475

Product Codes and Features by Year

104602

5” S NLMC-FS DA, 1990-1992 2nd trigger guard.

108233

5” S NLMC-FS DA, 1990-1992 3rd trigger guard.

Model 1066 and 1066-NS

Caliber: 10mm. Traditional double-action, 4-1/4” barrel, 9-shot magazine, stainless steel finish, ambidextrous safety, white dot post front sight, fixed rear sight with two white dots, straight backstrap with black Xenoy wraparound stocks, .304” smooth trigger, .260” bobbed hammer, also available as Model 1066-NS with tritium fixed night sights. Weight is 39.5 oz. Produced 1990 - 1992.

ANIB

Exc

VG

700

600

475

Product Codes and Features by Year

105500

4-1/4” S FS TDA AM SB 9SH, 1990-1992 2nd trigger guard.

108270

4-1/4” S FS TDA AM SB 9SH with FNS, 3rd trigger guard, Special, 1,000 manufactured in 1990.

Model 1076 and 1076-NS

Caliber: 10mm. Identical to Model 1066 but with a frame mounted decocking lever and 4-1/4” barrel, straight backstrap, .246” bobbed hammer, .304” smooth trigger, also available as Model 1076-NS with fixed tritium night sights, Weight is 39.5 oz. Produced 1990 - 1993.

ANIB

Exc

VG

685

600

475

Variations

• Model 1076 FBI Version: Built without a magazine disconnect. Two-dot modified sight and a special trigger group. 11-and 15-shot magazines supplied extra but never available outside the FBI contract. An original order for 10,000 was placed, but early samples were rejected by the F.B.I. and sent to S&W for rework and the contract was re-accepted in 1993. Approximately 2,400 were finally delivered, “TEUxxxx” (Test & Evaluation Unit) was the serial range prefix for FBI purchase. An FBI 1076 has also been reported, but not confirmed, in the TFK84xx serial number range. Some were returned for rework and sold on the commercial market as used guns. Another source reports that the majority of these guns were recalled and destroyed, but not verified. Worth two to three times premium if verified as FBI issue. Produced in 1990.

FBI Model 1076, photo courtesy of John D. Lawor.

Product Codes and Features by Year

Note: All have 3rd trigger guard.

105900

Early Product Code.

105901

FBI Purchase.

105018

FBI Purchase.

108248

4-1/4” 9SH FS DL S SB, 91-93.

108259

FBI Purchase.

108260

4-1/4” 9SH with FNS DL S, 1991.

108282

Commercial FBI, with magazine safety and night sights.

Model 1086

Caliber: 10mm. Identical to the Model 1066. Double-action-only, .260” bobbed hammer, .304” smooth trigger, stainless finish, weight is 38 oz. Produced 1991 - 1992.

ANIB

Exc

VG

700

600

475

Product Codes Features by Year/Comment

106004

4-1/4” DAO 9SH FS S SB 2nd trigger guard.

108251

4-1/4” DAO 9SH FS S SB 3rd trigger guard.

The Model SW1911 .45 ACP

Caliber: .45 ACP. Announced in December of 2002 and introduced in February 2003 at the SHOT Show in Orlando, FL. This model is the Smith & Wesson version of the well-known John Browning-designed 1911 .45 ACP Pistol. Magazine capacity is 8 + 1 in the chamber. Barrel length is 5” built on a full-size stainless steel frame with a satin stainless finish. The front sight is a white dot with a two-dot Novak Lo Mount carry rear sight. The grips are of a checkered black rubber. Other features include an extended beavertail for increased control, single-action S&W trigger pull, combination grip safety and firing pin block (that does not affect the trigger pull), external extractor for high autoloading reliability, two 8-round magazines, and skeleton trigger and hammer for faster lock time. First production run has “JRD” serial prefix beginning at JRD0000 (initials standing for the designer/engineer Jason R. Dubois). In 2004 an adjustable sight version was announced at the SHOT Show along with a 4-1/4” version with a Scandium alloy frame. 2002 - date.

ANIB

Exc

VG

850

750

685

In 2005 many variations of the 1911 were added to the product line.

Variations

• In mid-2004 a limited production run was made of five specially embellished 1911s: All five have fancy rosewood grips with S&W medallions. Average Retail was $1136.

1) “United We Stand”: This phrase appears on the left of the slide and the American Flag and eagle on the right side of the slide with gold and copper plating.

Some 1911 variations, left column top to bottom: Scandium PD, Gunsite Ranch, Stainless with rail, Rolling Thunder MIA. Right column: Doug Koenig, 1911PD, 1911S, Scandium PD. Photos courtesy of Smith & Wesson.

2) “Long May It Wave”: This phrase appears on the left of the slide with gold eagle and American flag and patriotic shield embellished with copper and gold.

3) “Land of The Free”: This phrase appears on the left of the slide with gold eagle and patriotic shield embellished with copper and gold.

4) “Stars and Bars”: The American flag is selectively plated in copper on both sides of the slide and highlighted with tassels in gold. The left side also has a cannon and kepi with the horn in gold. The right side features the same flag with gold tassels, kepi with gold horn and calvary saber with gold, also known as the rebel flag.

5) “Mexican Eagle”: 1 of 500 Mexican eagle and flag embellished with gold and fancy pearlite grips with S&W medallion. Weight is 39 oz.

• In January of 2006 S&W introduced several special embellished 1911s, among which are the “Rolling Thunder” which publicizes the POW-MIA issue. This 1911 features a blue carbon steel frame and slide with POW-MIA logo grips with a 24-kt. plated Rolling Thunder logo on the slide and white dot front sight with Novak Lo Mount carry rear sight. Shipped with glass top presentation case, special serial range starting with RTS0001. Product code 108306.

• In 2006 the Gunsite 1911PD was also introduced which featured a scandium alloy frame with blue carbon steel slide, 4-1/4" barrel, solid aluminum match trigger with overtravel stop, Novak brass bead front sight with Novak Lo Mount rear steel sight. The grip panels are Herrett Tactical Walnut with the Gunsite logo and S&W logo on opposite sides. Product Code 108304.

Product Code: Features Year/Comment

108282

5” Stainless Steel FS, 2003-2006; 2003 retail $960.

108282

ME” 5 Mexican Eagle Limited Edition 500, Manufactured 2004.

108282

LOF 5” Land of The Free, 250 Manufactured 2004.

108282 LMW

5” Long May It Wave, 250 Manufactured 2004.

108282

UWS 5” United We Stand, 2004.

108282RF

5” Rebel Flag, 2004-05.

108283PD

4-1/4” Scan AS SM GW SF/SD FA, 2004-06 PD variation; 2004 retail $1029.

108284

5” Stainless 8SH AS-LG-GW-SA/SB-FS, 2004-06.

108285

5” Carbon Steel Frame & Slide, 2005-06; 2005 retail $960.

108286PD

5” Scandium alloy frame Carbon steel slide 2005-06; 2005 retail $1029.

108287DK

5” Stainless Frame with Carbon steel slide, 2005-06; 2005 retail $1213.

108288

4-1/4” 8SH Matte Grey, 2005-06.

108289

5” 8SH Matte Grey, 2005-06.

108293

5” with Equipment Rail, 2005-06.

108295

5” Olive Drab with Crimson Trace Laser Grip, 2005-06.

108296

5” PD Desert Tan with Crimson Trace Laser Grip, 2005-06.

108299

5” 8SH Blue/Black, 2005.

108303

5” with Tactical Equipment Rail, 2006.

108304

4-1/4” “Gunsite,” 2006.

108306

5” “Rolling Thunder,” 2006.

149883

4” 1911SC Compact Camfour, 2006.

170243

Performance Center.

170257

Performance Center.

170258

Performance Center.

170261

Performance Center.

Model 3566

See the “Performance Center” section.

3900 SERIES: THIRD GENERATION SINGLE COLUMN COMPACT 9MM

Model 3904: Full Size 9mm

Caliber: 9mm. Traditional double-action. Aluminum alloy frame with carbon steel slide, 4” barrel with fixed barrel bushing, 8-shot magazine, ambidextrous safety, beveled magazine well, Delrin one-piece wraparound grips, available with fixed or adjustable rear sights with two white dots, white dot post front sight, blue finish, .260” serrated hammer, .365” smooth trigger later changed to .304”. A two-tone variation was produced with a satin alloy bead blast frame with a blue slide. TFD3944 was our example. Produced 1988 - 1990.

Model 3904 with adjustable sights, Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

465

375

325

Product Codes and Features by Year

102911

4” B 8SH AS AM TDA 28.5 oz. 1st trigger guard.

102913

4” B 8SH FS AM TDA 28 oz. 1st trigger guard.

102918

4” B 8SH FS AM TDA 28 oz. 1st trigger guard.

Model 3906: Full Size 9mm

Caliber: 9mm. Stainless steel version of the Model 3904, later production with Novak Lo-Mount sights. Produced 1988 - 1990.

Model 3906, with (top to bottom) fixed sights, adjustable sights, and Novak Lo-Mount sights. Photo courtesy of Joe Zielinski.

ANIB

Exc

VG

450

375

325

Product Codes and Features by Year

103706

4” S 8SH AS AM 35.5 oz. 1st trigger guard.

103708

4” S 8SH FS AM 35.5 oz. 1st trigger guard.

103737

4” S 8SH NLMC AM 1st trigger guard.

Model 3913: Compact 9mm

Caliber: 9mm. Traditional double-action. 8-shot magazine, 3-1/2” barrel, bobbed hammer, no half cock position, Novak Lo-Mount fixed sights drift adjustable for windage only, with white dot post front sight, frosted stainless steel finish, .260” bobbed hammer, .304” smooth trigger, stainless steel slide on an alloy frame, one-piece Xenoy wraparound grip with straight backstrap, ambidextrous external safety, slide mounted decocking lever. Weight is 25 oz. Retail $622. Produced 1989 - 1999.

ANIB

Exc

VG

500

400

325

Product Codes and Features by Year

103730

3-1/2” S FS TDA 8SH AM AA SB, 1991-1999.

Variations

• 1989 Prototypes: 451 guns lacking a milling cut in the trigger guard area, serial number TDF0000-0450 (although TDF0019 has been reported as a 3914, so possibly some serial number overlap between these prototype models).

• 1997 NYPD Variation: Interesting report of a group of Model 3913s produced for the NYPD for off-duty use c. 1997. These are reported as DAO slick-slide (unclear as to why such guns would not be designated Mod. 3953) with no magazine disconnect safety. Serial range NYPD00 1- NYPD010. Current status unknown. Product code 103736. 10 shipped in January of 1997.

Model 3913LS: LadySmith

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Identical to the Model 3913 NL with laser etched “LADYSMITH” on the frame side. Specially designed for the women’s market. .260” bobbed hammer, .304” smooth trigger with rounded edges, frosted stainless finish, Novak Lo-Mount rear sights, right handed manual safety, alloy frame with stainless slide, angled frame profile rather than a straight cut, 3-1/2” barrel, Traditional Double-action, gray one-piece Delrin wraparound grip, straight backstrap, with “LadySmith” softside carry case, 3rd trigger guard style. Weight is 25 oz. Produced 1990 - date.

ANIB

Exc

VG

510

400

325

Product Codes and Features by Year

103918

3-1/2” S TDA 8SH FS MNSF AA SB LS with hard case, 1990-1991.

108290

3-1/2” S TDA 8SH FS MNSF AA SB LS with soft case, 1992-2005 - 2005 retail $858.

Model 3913NL

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Traditional double-action. Model 3913 with an angled profile frame and slide rather than the straight cut frame. Identical to 3913LS without the “LadySmith” markings, .260” bobbed hammer, .304” smooth trigger, Novak Lo-Mount sights, 3rd trigger guard. Weight is 25 oz. “TEExxxx” serial number prefix. Produced 1991 – 1994.

ANIB

Exc

VG

525

400

335

Product Codes and Features by Year

103913

3-1/2” S TDA FS TDA 8SH MNSF AA SB, 1991-94.

Model 3913 TSW: “Tactical”

Caliber: 9mm. Traditional double-action on a compact frame. 7-round single stack magazine, 3-1/2” barrel, .260” bobbed hammer, .305” combat trigger. White dot front sight with a Novak Lo Mount Carry fixed two-dot rear sight, ambidextrous external safety. Black one-piece wraparound grip with a straight backstrap. Overall length is 6-5/8”. Height is 4-7/8”. Width is 1.30”. The slide is made from stainless steel with an aluminum alloy frame with a stain stainless finish. The word “TACTICAL” is imprinted on the slide. “MSExxxx” introductory serial prefix. Produced 1997 - 1999.

ANIB

Exc

VG

575

435

350

Product Codes and Features by Year

104530

3-1/2” S TDA 7SH FS AMSF AA SB 24.3 oz., 1997 - 1999.

Model 3913TSW: “9 Tactical Smith & Wesson”

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Compact alloy frame with stainless steel slide in traditional double-action with satin stainless finish. 8-round magazine, 3-1/2” barrel, .260” bobbed hammer with .305” combat trigger. White dot front sight with Novak low-mount carry two-dot rear sight with ambidextrous safety. In 2000 the 3913TSW was changed in appearance to black hardware on the slide and frame and an equipment rail was mounted under the forward part of the frame for accessories. Each TSW has the frame and slide machined as a matched set with an assembly number on each half. The barrel has a loaded chamber indicator in the barrel hood visible as a small window or hole to view the rim of the cartridge. Each frontstrap is now checkered and the barrel bushing is fixed; the frame and slide are fitted with oversize frame rails. Produced 2000 - date.

ANIB

Exc

600

500

Product Codes and Features by Year

104531

3-1/2” S TDA 8SH AMSF AA SB NLC ER 24.8 oz., 2000-2006; 2005 retail $834.

Model 3914

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Blue finish version of Model 3913 with blue carbon steel slide and alloy frame, Novak Lo-Mount rear sights, .260” bobbed hammer, .304” smooth trigger, straight backstrap, 3rd trigger guard. Weight is 25 oz. Discontinued 1996. Retail was $562. Produced 1990 -1996.

ANIB

Exc

VG

500

375

325

Variations

• 1989 Prototypes: 472 guns with small difference in trigger guard area, serial number range TDF0501-0972 (although TDF0019 has been reported as a 3914, so possibly some serial number overlap between these prototype models).

Product Codes and Features by Year

102914

3-1/2” B FS TDA 8SH AM AA SB, 1990-1996.

Model 3914LS LadySmith

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Identical to Model 3914NL with laser etched “LADYSMITH” on frame side in blue finish, .260” bobbed hammer, .304” smooth trigger, Xenoy black grips with straight backstrap, slide mounted right hand safety, alloy frame with steel slide. Specially designed for women. Hard carry case, traditional double-action, Novak Lo-Mount sights, third trigger guard, weight is 25 oz. Produced 1990 - 1991.

ANIB

Exc

VG

510

385

325

Product Codes and Features by Year

103920

3-1/2” B 8SH MNSF FS AA SB, 1990-91.

Model 3914NL

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Blue finish version of Model 3913NL, 8-round magazine, carbon steel and alloy construction with blue finish, post with white dot front sight, Novak Lo-Mount carry rear sights, .260” bobbed hammer, .304” smooth trigger, straight backstrap, 3rd trigger guard. Weight is 25 oz. Serial number prefix “TEExxxx.” Produced 1991.

ANIB

Exc

VG

520

395

325

Product Codes and Features by Year

103915

3-1/2” B FS TDA 8SH MNSF AA SB, 1991.

Model 3953

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. 8-shot single stack magazine. Double-action-only version of the Model 3913 but built on a compact frame, .260” semi-bobbed hammer, .304” smooth trigger, 3-1/2” barrel, post with white dot front sight with Novak Lo-Mount Carry two white dots rear sight drift adjustable for windage only. Aluminum alloy frame with stainless steel slide, 3rd trigger guard. Retail $622. Weight is 24 oz. Produced 1991 - 1999.

ANIB

Exc

VG

500

375

325

Product Codes and Features by Year

108502

3-1/2” S DA 8SH FS AA SB, 1991-99.

170107

Performance Center Variation.

Model 3953TSW: “Tactical”

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Double-action-only, 3-1/2” barrel, 7-round single stack magazine, .260” bobbed hammer, white dot front sight with a Novak Lo-Mount Carry two-dot fixed rear sight system. Black one-piece wrap around grip with straight backstrap. Overall length is 6-5/8”, height is 4-7/8”, width is 1.00”. Aluminum alloy frame with stainless steel slide with a stain stainless finish. “Tactical” is laser etched on the slide. Produced 1997 - 1999.

ANIB

Exc

VG

575

435

350

Product Codes and Features by Year

104540

3-1/2” S DAO 7SH FS AA SB 24.7 oz., 1997-1999.

Model 3953TSW: “9 Tactical Smith & Wesson”

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Compact alloy frame with stainless steel slide in double-action-only with satin stainless finish. 8-round magazine, 3-1/2” barrel, .260” semi-bobbed hammer with .305” combat trigger, white dot front sight with Novak Lo-Mount carry two-dot rear sight. In 2000 the 3953TSW was fitted with black hardware on the frame and slide, following the same changes as 2000’s 3913TSW. A black equipment rail was mounted under the forward part of the frame for accessories. Each TSW has the frame and slide machined as a matched set with an assembly number on each half. The barrel has a loaded chamber indicator in the barrel hood visible as a small window or hole in which to view the rim of the cartridge. Each frontstrap is now checkered, the barrel bushing is fixed, the frame and slide are fitted with oversize frame rails. Produced 2000 - date.

Model 3953TSW, photo courtesy S&W.

ANIB

Exc

600

500

Product Codes and Features by Year

104541

3-1/2” S DAO 8SH FS AA SB NLC ER 24.8 oz.; 2000-01; 2001 retail $760.

Model 3954

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Double-action-only version of the Model 3914, 8-shot magazine, .260” semi-bobbed hammer, .304” smooth trigger, post with white dot front sight, Novak Lo-Mount fixed sights with two-dot rear sight drift adjustable for windage only, black one-piece wraparound grip, alloy frame with blued carbon steel slide, 3rd trigger guard, weight is 25 oz. Produced 1991 - 1992.

ANIB

Exc

VG

500

375

325

Model 3954, David Nowak collection, photo by Paul Goodwin.

Product Codes and Features by Year

108510

3-1/2” B DA 8SH FS AA SB, 1991-92.

4000 SERIES: THIRD GENERATION COMPACT AND FULL SIZE .40 S&W BACKGROUND INFORMATION

The 1980s saw a movement in choice of police side arms away from the traditional revolver to the semi-auto pistol. A debate raged between advocates of double-stack high-capacity 9mms and .45 ACPs, with advocates of the latter claiming greater stopping power for the larger diameter bullet. However, the .45 was considered too fat for a comfortable grip with a double-stack magazine at the time. The 10mm cartridge was an initial attempt at a compromise but proved too long for a comfortable grip when a double stack high capacity magazine was used. Furthermore, as they did with the .41 Magnum in revolvers, some authorities thought the 10mm had too much velocity and penetration for most effective and safe police usage.

When the F.B.I. adopted the 10mm in a S&W, the law enforcement market took note. The F.B.I. specified a 10mm cartridge loaded to less than full power for its sidearm. S&W, through the efforts of South African engineer Paul Liebenberg, came up with a shorter cartridge that could be adapted to a comfortable grip double column design and was loaded to the lower power levels of the 10mm F.B.I. load. He called this new cartridge the “Centimeter” for use in IPSC shooting and persuaded S&W to sell it commercially. Both the 10mm and the Centimeter, now renamed the .40 S&W, took the same diameter bullet.

Early scoffers nicknamed the round the 40 Short & Weak. However, ballistic tests and street results soon proved the .40 S&W to be nearly ideal as a police round, and it has since become the choice of many departments and civilian shooters.

Model 4003

Caliber: .40 S&W. Stainless steel slide with an alloy frame version of the Model 4006. 11-round magazine, 4” barrel, .260 serrated hammer, .304” smooth trigger, post with white dot front sight, Novak Lo-Mount with two white dots rear sight, black one-piece wraparound grip, traditional double-action, ambidextrous safety, 3rd trigger guard. Weight is 28 oz. Some reworked slides will have the cutout for the loaded cartridge indicator. Produced 1991 - 1993.

ANIB

Exc

VG

500

400

325

Product Codes and Features by Year

108512

4” S TDA AMSF 11SH FS AM AA SB, 1991-1993.

Model 4003TSW:

“.40 Tactical Smith & Wesson”

Caliber: .40 S&W. Full-size alloy frame with stainless steel slide in traditional double-action with satin stainless finish. 10- round magazine, 4” barrel, .260” spurred hammer with .305” combat trigger. White dot front sight with Novak Lo-Mount carry two-dot rear sight. In 2000 the 4003TSW was fitted with black hardware on the frame and slide. A black equipment rail was mounted under the forward part of the frame for accessories. Each TSW has the frame and slide machined as a matched set with an assembly number on each half. The barrel has a loaded chamber indicator in the barrel hood visible as a small window or hole in which to view the rim of the cartridge. Each frontstrap is now checkered, the barrel bushing is fixed, the frame and slide are fitted with oversize frame rails. Weight is 28.5 oz. Produced 2000 - 2003.

Model 4003TSW, photo courtesy S&W.

ANIB

Exc

VG

600

450

350

Product Codes and Features by Year

108509

4” S TDA 10SH FS AMSF NLC ER 28.5oz., 2000-03; 2001 retail $886.

308509

11SH LE Only.

Model 4004

Caliber: .40 S&W. Blued carbon steel slide and alloy frame version of the Model 4003, traditional double-action, Novak Lo-Mount fixed sights, 3rd trigger guard, weight is 28 oz. Produced 1991 - 1993.

Model 4004TSW with fixed sights, David Nowak collection photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

575

435

350

Product Codes and Features by Year

108522

4” B TDA 11SH FS AM AA SB, 1991-1993.

Model 4006 and 4006-NS

Caliber: .40 S&W, 11-shot magazine, 4” barrel, post with white dot front sight, Novak Lo-Mount fixed sights drift adjustable for windage with two white dot or rear sights adjustable for windage and elevation, stainless steel slide and frame with stainless finish, traditional double-action, straight backstrap with one piece Delrin wraparound grip, slide mounted ambidextrous safety, .260” serrated hammer, .304” smooth trigger, also available as Model 4006-NS with fixed tritium night sights on a Novak Lo-Mount, 3rd trigger guard, Weight is 39 oz. Produced 1990 - 1999.

Variations

• With night sights, add $100.

• California State Parks issue with state logo (bear) on the slide; serial number VZE2492 was our example.

Product Codes and Features by Year

102940

4” 11SH AS with bobbed hammer.

102944

4” TDA 11SH FS AM S SB.

102946

4” TDA 11SH AS AM S SB.

104400

4” TDA 11SH AS AM S SB 1990-92, 1994-99.

104402

4” TDA 11SH FS AM S SB 1990-92, 1994-99.

104403

1st Issue 4” S TDA 11SH FNS AM SB, 1992/1994-99.

104404

2nd Issue 4” S TDA 11SH FNS AM SB, 1992/1994.

170054

Performance Center Variation SDC0001-SDC0207, 1994.

170061

Shorty Forty MKIII.

170099

Shorty Recon

170164

Shorty Forty Y2000 for Camfour Dist.

Model 4006TSW:

“.40 Tactical Smith & Wesson”

Caliber: .40 S&W. Reintroduced in 2000. Full-size alloy frame with stainless steel slide in Traditional Double-action with satin stainless finish. 10-round magazine, 4” barrel, .260” spurred hammer with .305” combat trigger. White dot front sight with Novak Lo-Mount carry two-dot rear sight, straight backstrap and grips. In 2000 the 4006TSW was fitted with black hardware on the frame and slide. A black equipment rail was mounted under the forward part of the frame for accessories. Each TSW has the frame and slide machined as a matched set with an assembly number on each half. The barrel has a loaded chamber indicator in the barrel hood visible as a small window or hole in which to view the rim of the cartridge. Each frontstrap is now checkered, the barrel bushing is fixed, the frame and slide are fitted with oversize frame rails. Weight is 28.5 oz. Produced 2000 - 2001.

Model 4006TSW, photo courtesy S&W.

ANIB

Exc

625

485

Product Codes and Features by Year

104410

4” S 10SH TDA AS AMSF NLC SB ER, 2000-03; 2001 retail $944.

104411

4” S 10SH TDA FS AMSF NLC SB ER, 2000-03; 2001 retail $907.

104412

4” S 10SH TDA FNS AMSF NLC SB ER, 2000-01; 2001 retail $1,040.

104413

Safety trigger variation, 2002.

304410

11SH LE Only FS 2001-.

304411

11SH LE Only AS 2001-.

304412

11SH LE Only NS 2001-.

Model 4013

Caliber: .40 S&W. 3-1/2” barrel, 8-shot magazine, Novak Lo-Mount fixed rear sight with two white dots with white dot front post, stainless steel slide with alloy frame, slide mounted ambidextrous safety, .260” bobbed hammer, .304” smooth trigger, wraparound black Xenoy stock with straight backstrap, traditional double-action, 3rd trigger guard, Unusual 4013s have turned up such as one in two-tone finish with black slide, black hammer, black trigger, marked with the following: “Caution – Decocking Lever Automatically Returns To The Ready To Fire Position.” Weight is 27 oz. Retail $722. Produced 1991 - 1995.

ANIB

Exc

VG

585

450

350

Variations

• Two-tone Lew Horton Special c. 2001 reported, possibly using up remaining parts; one observed in the VKN9xxx serial number range.

Product Codes and Features by Year

108524

3-1/2” S TDA 8SH FS AM AA, 1991-95.

Model 4013 TSW: “Tactical”

Caliber: .40 S&W. This model was reintroduced in 1997, being similar to the 4013 but with “Tactical” marked on the slide with a 9-round double stack magazine on a compact frame, 3-1/2” barrel, .260” bobbed hammer, white dot front sight with fixed two-dot rear sight system, ambidextrous external safety, curved one-piece backstrap, stainless steel slide with an aluminum alloy frame. Overall length is 6-7/8”. Height is 5”, width is 1.30”. Weight is 28.9 oz. Satin stainless finish. Starting serial prefix is “MSExxxx.” Cataloged 1997 - 1999.

ANIB

Exc

VG

585

450

350

Product Codes and Features by Year

104441

3-1/2” S TDA 9SH FS AM AA, 1997-99.

Model 4013TSW:

“.40 Tactical Smith & Wesson”

Caliber: .40 S&W. Reintroduced in 2000. Compact size alloy frame with stainless steel slide in traditional double-action with satin stainless finish. 9-round magazine with reversible magazine catch, 3-1/2” barrel, .260” bobbed hammer with .305” combat trigger, white dot front sight with Novak Lo-Mount Carry two-dot rear sight. Curved backstrap and grip. In 2000 the 4013TSW was fitted with black hardware on the frame and slide. A black equipment rail was mounted under the forward part of the frame for accessories. Each TSW has the frame and slide machined as a matched set with an assembly number on each half. The barrel has a loaded chamber indicator in the barrel hood visible as a small window or hole in which to view the rim of the cartridge. Each front strap is now checkered, the barrel bushing is fixed and the frame and slide are fitted with oversize frame rails. Weight is 28.5 oz. Produced 2000 - date.

Model 4013TSW, S&W photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

700

570

450

Product Codes and Features by Year

104444

3-1/2” S TDA 9SH FS AMSF AA RMC NLC ER, 2000-06; 2001 retail $886, 2005 retail $973.

Model 4014

Caliber: .40 S&W. Blue carbon steel slide and blue alloy frame version of the Model 4013, Novak Lo-Mount fixed sights, ambidextrous safety, 3rd trigger guard. Weight is 27 oz. Produced 1991 - 1993.

Model 4014, David Nowak & Paul Goodwin photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

585

435

350

Product Codes and Features by Year

108526

3-1/2” B TDA 8SH FS AM AA, 1991-93.

Model 4026

Caliber: .40 S&W. Traditional double-action with frame mounted decocking lever, .246” bobbed hammer, .304” smooth trigger, 11-round magazine, curved backstrap with black Xenoy wraparound grip, Novak Lo-Mount with two white dot rear sight, 4” barrel, 3rd trigger guard. Weight is 38.5 ozs. Produced 1991 - 1993.

ANIB

Exc

VG

585

450

350

Product Codes and Features by Year

102950

4” S TDA/DL 11SH FS S CB, 1991-93.

Model 4040PD Airlite

Caliber: .40 S&W. Introduced in 2003 with a scandium alloy frame with a 3-1/2” barrel, 7-shot magazine, two-dot fixed Novak Lo-Mount carry rear sight, with white dot front sight, Hogue soft rubber grip, single side safety, black finish, carbon steel slide, stainless steel barrel, marked “Airlite PD” on the slide. Weight is 25.6 oz. Produced 2003 - date.

Model 4040PD, S&W photo.

ANIB

Exc

600

465

Product Codes and Features by Year

104414

3-1/2”, 2005 retail $840.

Model 4043

Caliber: .40 S&W. Double-action-only, stainless steel slide with alloy frame, 4” barrel, .260” bobbed hammer, .304” smooth trigger, 11-shot magazine, post with white dot front sight, Novak Lo-Mount with two white dot rear sight, straight backstrap with black one-piece Xenoy wraparound grip, satin stainless finish, 3rd trigger guard, Weight is 28 oz. 10-shot magazine in 1994. Produced 1991 - 1999.

ANIB

Exc

VG

600

400

300

Product Codes and Features by Year

108528

4” S DAO 11SH FS AA SB, 1991-99.

Specials

• Model 4043 Marked “CRPD” for ConRail Police Dept; 315 are known marked; slight premium.

Model 4043TSW:

“.40 Tactical Smith & Wesson”

Caliber: .40 S&W. Reintroduced in 2000. Full-size alloy frame with stainless steel slide in double-action-only with satin stainless finish. 10-round magazine, 4” barrel, .260” spurred hammer with .305” combat trigger, white dot front sight with Novak Lo-Mount Carry two-dot rear sight, straight backstrap and grips. In 2000 the 4043TSW was fitted with black hardware on the frame and slide. A black equipment rail was mounted under the forward part of the frame for accessories. Each TSW has the frame and slide machined as a matched set with an assembly number on each half. The barrel has a loaded chamber indicator in the barrel hood visible as a small window or hole in which to view the rim of the cartridge. Each front strap is now checkered, the barrel bushing is fixed and the frame and slide are fitted with oversize frame rails. Weight is 28.5 oz. Produced 2000 - 2002.

Model 4043TSW, photo courtesy S&W.

NIB

Exc

VG

625

465

350

Product Codes and Features by Year

108547

4” S DAO 10SH FS AA SB NLC ER 2000-01.

Model 4044

Caliber: .40 S&W. Double-action-only, blue finish, alloy frame with carbon steel slide, 4” barrel, 11-shot magazine, fixed Novak Lo-Mount with two white dot rear sight, post with white dot front sight, .260” semi-bobbed hammer, .304” smooth trigger, black Xenoy one-piece wraparound grip with straight backstrap, 3rd trigger guard, Weight is 30 oz. Produced 1991 - 1993.

Model 4044, Dave Nowak collection, photo by Paul Goodwin.

ANIB

Exc

VG

575

435

300

Product Codes and Features by Year

108532

4” B DA 11SH FS AA SB, 1991-93.

Model 4046 and 4046NS

Caliber: .40 S&W. Double-action-only version of Model 4006, stainless steel slide and frame, .260” semi-bobbed hammer, .304” smooth trigger, Novak Lo-Mount carry fixed sights, no decocking lever, Xenoy one-piece wraparound grip, straight backstrap, 3rd trigger guard, also offered with as the Model 4046NS fixed tritium night sights. Weight is 38.5 oz. Retail $745-$855. Produced 1991 - 1999.

Model 4046, David Nowak & Paul Goodwin photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

600

450

300

Variations

• Add $25 for night sights.

• 4046 Brinks Issue: Has the “Brinks” trademark on the slide (VBS3790).

Product Codes and Features by Year

102593

Reported as Special with Brinks logo on side.

102952

4” S DAO 11SH FS SB, 1993-1999.

102953

4” S DAO 11SH FS SB.

102955

4” S DAO 11SH with FNS SB, 1992-1999.

102957

4” DA only TSW Variation, 2000.

102958

4” Night sights DA only TSW Variation, 2000.

108597

4” S DAO 11SH with FNS Special.

Model 4046TSW: “40 Tactical Smith & Wesson”

Caliber:.40 S&W. Reintroduced in 2000. Full-size stainless steel frame with stainless steel slide in double-action-only with satin stainless finish. 10-round magazine, 4” barrel, .260” spurred hammer with .305” combat trigger. White dot front sight with Novak Lo-Mount Carry two-dot rear sight, straight backstrap and grips. In 2000 the 4046TSW was fitted with black hardware on the frame and slide. A black equipment rail was mounted under the forward part of the frame for accessories. Each TSW has the frame and slide machined as a matched set with an assembly number on each half. The barrel has a loaded chamber indicator in the barrel hood visible as a small window or hole in which to view the rim of the cartridge. Each front strap is now checkered, the barrel bushing is fixed and the frame and slide are fitted with oversize frame rails. Weight is 37.5 oz. Produced 2000 - 2002.

Model 4046TSW, photo by S&W.

ANIB

Exc

650

500

Product Codes and Features by Year

102957

4” S DAO 10SH FS SB NLC ER, 2000-02; 2001 retail $907.

102958

4” S DAO 10SH FNS SB NLC ER, 2000-02; 2001 retail $1,040.

304957

11SH LE Only, 2001-2002.

304958

11SH LE Only NS, 2001-2002.

Model 4053

Caliber: .40 S&W. Double-action-only version of the Model 4013, stainless steel slide and alloy frame, 8-round magazine, 3-1/2” barrel, .260” semi-bobbed hammer, .304” smooth trigger, post white dot front sight, Novak Lo-Mount rear sights, 3rd trigger guard. Weight is 28 oz. Retail $722. Produced 1991 - 1998.

ANIB

Exc

VG

570

435

300

Variations

• 35 Marked “CRPD” for ConRail Police.

Product Codes and Features by Year

108538

3-1/2” S DAO 8SH FS AA, 1991-97.

108539

3-1/2” LS.

Model 4053TSW: “Tactical”

Caliber: .40 S&W. This model is similar to the 4053 with “Tactical” marked on the slide. 3-1/2” barrel, double-action-only, 9-round single stack magazine, fixed sights, ambidextrous safety. Built with a reversible magazine catch, .260” semi-bobbed hammer, white dot front sight with a two dot fixed rear sight, curved one piece backstrap grip. Smooth trigger. The slide is made from stainless steel with an aluminum alloy frame with a stain stainless finish. Safety features include a magazine disconnector and out of battery disconnector. Weight is 28.9 ozs. Produced 1997 - 1999.

ANIB

Exc

VG

585

450

300

Product Codes and Features by Year

104442

3-1/2” S DAO 9SH FS AMSF RMC 28.9 oz., 1997-99.

Model 4053TSW: “40 Tactical Smith & Wesson”

Caliber: .40 S&W. Reintroduced in 2000. Compact size alloy frame with stainless steel slide in double-action-only with satin stainless finish. 9-round magazine, 3-1/2” barrel, .260” semi-bobbed hammer with .305” combat trigger, white dot front sight with Novak Lo-Mount Carry two-dot rear sight, curved backstrap and grips. In 2000 the 4053TSW was fitted with black hardware on the frame and slide. A black equipment rail was mounted under the forward part of the frame for accessories. Each TSW has the frame and slide machined as a matched set with an assembly number on each half. The barrel has a loaded chamber indicator in the barrel hood visible as a small window or hole in which to view the rim of the cartridge. Each frontstrap is now checkered, the barrel bushing is fixed and the frame and slide are fitted with oversize frame rails. Weight is 26.8 oz. Produced 2000 - date.

Model 4053TSW, photo courtesy S&W.

ANIB

Exc

600

485

Product Codes and Features by Year

104445

3-1/2” S DAO 9SH FS AMSF RMC NLC ER, 2000-01; 2001 retail $886.

Model 4054

Caliber: .40 S&W, double-action-only version of the Model 4014, blue finish, carbon steel slide and alloy frame, 8-round magazine, Novak Lo-Mount sights, 3rd trigger guard, Weight is 28 oz. Only 154 manufactured. Produced 1991 - 1992.

Model 4054. Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

700

500

350

Product Codes and Features by Year

108534

3-1/2” B DAO 8SH FS AA, 1991-92.

Model 4056TSW

Caliber: .40 S&W. Double-action-only compact stainless steel frame with stainless steel slide, 3-1/2” barrel, white dot on post front sight with two-dot rear fixed sight, 9-round double stack magazine, .260” semi-bobbed hammer with .305” smooth trigger, curved backstrap grip. Weight is 36.5 oz. Produced 1997.

ANIB

Exc

VG

625

500

350

Product Codes and Features by Year

104440

3-1/2” S DAO 9SH AMSF RMC, 1997.

4500 SERIES: THIRD GENERATION .45 ACP

Model 4505

Caliber: .45 ACP, blued finish, full size traditional double-action, 5” barrel, 8-shot magazine, ambidextrous safety, Novak Lo-Mount fixed sights with limited production of adjustable sights, 3rd trigger guard. Approximately 1200 were manufactured with serial prefixes of “TFSxxxx”: and “THCxxxx.” Weight is 41 oz. Produced 1991.

Top & Bottom: Model 4505 with adjustable sights. Right: Model 4505 with fixed sights. Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photos.

ANIB

Exc

VG

700

575

475

Product Codes and Features by Year

108316

5” FS B AM 8SH, 1991.

108318

5” AS B AM 8SH, 1991.

Model 4506 and 4506-1

Caliber: .45 ACP. Traditional double-action, 5” barrel, 8-shot magazine, stainless steel slide and frame with stainless steel finish, post with white dot front sight, Novak Lo-Mount fixed sights or adjustable rear sights with two white dots, straight backstrap with wraparound grips or Xenoy one-piece wraparound grip with curved backstrap, .260” serrated hammer, .304” smooth trigger, slide mounted ambidextrous safety. It is suspected but not verified that 6450 - 6453 transitional guns are marked only on the box and not the frame. Weight is 41 oz. Retail $774 - $806. Standard production serial number range may have started at DVM0001 but such is not confirmed. Produced 1988 - 1999.

Model 4506, ArmchairGunShow photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

700

575

435

Variations

• Fewer than 200 known marked “645” but with Model 4506 features.

• Boxes marked Special. Possible “DVM0045\ [serial number prefix]”.

• LAPD Special: 500 manufactured for the Los Angles Police Department.

• Factory engraved slide with LAPD badge on grip; fancy wood presentation case; two-tone finish. .45 ACP. 8-round magazine. Suggested Price was $659. Produced in 2004.

Model 4506 LAPD, photo courtesy of Michael Smith.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103710

5” S 8SH FS AM 1989, 1st trigger guard.

103722

5” S 8SH FS AM 1989, 1st trigger guard.

103723

5” S 8SH AS AM 1989, 1st trigger guard.

103781

5” S 8SH FS AM 1991, 1st trigger guard.

108143

5” S TDA 8SH AS AM SB, 1992-94 (4506-1); 1995-1999 with 3rd trigger guard.

108163

5” S TDA 8SH FS AM SB, 1992-94 (4506-1); 1995-1999 with 3rd trigger guard.

108571

Model 6451 Transitional 4506, 1991.

108572

Model 6452 Transitional 4506, 1991.

108573

Model 6453 Transitional 4506, 1991.

149174

Model 4506 LAPD commemorative; see above.

Model 4513 TSW

Caliber: .45 ACP. Traditional double-action. 3-3/4” barrel, 6-round single stack magazine, white dot front sight with a fixed two-dot rear sight system, ambidextrous external safety. The slide is stainless steel with an aluminum alloy compact frame with a stain stainless finish. trigger is smooth with a .260” bobbed hammer. One-piece wraparound grip with a straight backstrap. The word “TACTICAL” is imprinted on the slide. Overall length is 6-7/8”. Height is 5”. Width is 1.30”. Produced 1997 - 1999.

ANIB

Exc

VG

650

525

425

Product Codes and Features by Year

104550

3-3/4” S TDA 6SH FS AMSF AA SB 28 oz., 1997-99.

Model 4513TSW: “45 Tactical Smith & Wesson”

Caliber: .45 ACP. Reintroduced in 2000. Compact size alloy frame with stainless steel slide in traditional double-action with satin stainless finish. 7-round magazine, 3-3/4” barrel, .260” bobbed hammer with .305” combat trigger. White dot front sight with Novak Lo-Mount Carry two-dot rear sight, straight backstrap and grips. In 2000 the 4513TSW was fitted with black hardware on the frame and slide. A black equipment rail was mounted under the forward part of the frame for accessories. Each TSW has the frame and slide machined as a matched set with an assembly number on each half. The barrel has a loaded chamber indicator in the barrel hood visible as a small window or hole in which to view the rim of the cartridge. Each frontstrap is now checkered, the barrel bushing is fixed and the frame and slide are fitted with oversize frame rails. Weight 28.6 oz. 2000 - date.

Model 4513 TSW, S&W photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

675

525

425

Product Codes and Features by Year

104551

3-3/4” S TDA 7SH FS AMSF AA SB NLC ER, 2000-04; 2001 retail $924.

Model 4516

Caliber: .45 ACP. Traditional double-action; compact version of Model 4506, stainless steel frame and slide with stainless finish, 3-3/4” barrel, 7-shot magazine, .304” smooth trigger, .260” bobbed hammer with no half cock notch, Novak Lo-Mount fixed rear sight with two white dots, drift adjustable for windage only, post with white dot front sight, one-piece black Xenoy wraparound grips with straight backstrap, ambidextrous safety 36.5 oz. Produced 1990 - 1999.

Model 4516, Jamie Supica photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

650

500

400

Variations

• Model 4516-1: U.S. Marshall Bicentennial Edition: 500 manufactured in 1993 NIB with display case and certificate, $750.

• Premium for early “no dash” model.

Engineering and Production Changes

• 4516-1: 3rd trigger guard.

• (1991-93): Does not have extensive frame and slide milling as the slightly lighter 4516.

• (1994).

• 1999: Model 4516 discontinued.

Product Codes and Features by Year

103729

3-3/4” S TDA 7SH FS AM, 1990-92 (4516).

103738

U.S. Marshall Serial range USM0000-USM0499, 1993.

108548

3-3/4” S TDA 7SH, 1995 (4516-2).

Model 4526

Caliber: .45 ACP. Identical to the Model 4506 with a frame mounted manual decocking lever, stainless frame and slide, stainless finish, .246” bobbed hammer, .304” smooth trigger, straight backstrap, Novak Lo-Mount fixed sights, weight 41 oz. Produced 1991.

ANIB

Exc

VG

700

525

425

Product Codes and Features by Year

103774

5” S FS DL 8SH 1st trigger guard, 1991.

108160

5” S FS DL 8SH 3rd trigger guard, 1991.

Model 4536

Caliber:.45 ACP. Compact version of Model 4516 with frame mounted manual decocking lever, .246” bobbed hammer, .304” smooth trigger, 3-3/4” barrel, 7-shot magazine, Novak Lo-Mount sights, 3rd trigger guard, weight 41 oz. Produced 1991.

ANIB

Exc

VG

700

525

425

Product Codes and Features by Year

103748

3-3/4” S FS DL 7SH, 1991.

Model 4546

Caliber: .45 ACP. Double-action-only version of Model 4506, .260” semi-bobbed hammer, .304” smooth trigger, stainless frame and slide, stainless finish, Novak Lo-Mount sights. Weight 39 oz. Produced 1991.

ANIB

Exc

VG

700

525

425

Product Codes and Features by Year

103776

5” S FS DA 8SH, 1991 1st trigger guard.

108162

5” S FS DA 8SH, 1991 3rd trigger guard.

Model 4553TSW

Caliber: .45 ACP. Double-action-only, 3-3/4” barrel, 6-round single stack magazine, .260” bobbed hammer and smooth trigger. White dot front sight with two-dot rear sight system. The slide is stainless steel with an aluminum alloy frame finished in satin stainless. The word “TACTICAL” is imprinted on the slide. Overall length is 6 7/8”. Height is 5”. Width is 1.05”. One-piece wraparound grip with a straight backstrap. Produced 1997 -1999.

ANIB

Exc

VG

675

525

450

Product Codes and Features by Year

104560

3-3/4” DAO 6SH FS AA SB 29 oz., 1997-99.

Model 4553TSW:

“45 Tactical Smith & Wesson”

Caliber: .45 ACP. Compact size alloy frame with stainless steel slide in double-action-only with satin stainless finish. 7-round magazine, 3-3/4” barrel, .260” semi-bobbed hammer with .305” combat trigger. White dot front sight with Novak Lo-Mount Carry two-dot rear sight, straight backstrap and grips. In 2000 the 4553TSW was fitted with black hardware on the frame and slide. A black equipment rail was mounted under the forward part of the frame for accessories. Each TSW has the frame and slide machined as a matched set with an assembly number on each half. The barrel has a loaded chamber indicator in the barrel hood visible as a small window or hole in which to view the rim of the cartridge. Each front strap is now checkered, the barrel bushing is fixed and the frame and slide are fitted with oversize frame rails. Weight 28.6 oz. Produced 2000 - 2002.

Model 4553TSW, S&W photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

715

525

475

Product Codes and Features by Year

1991.104561

3-3/4” S DAO 7SH FS AA SB NLC ER, 2000-02; 2001 retail $924.

Model 4556

Caliber: .45 ACP. Double-action-only version of Model 4516, Novak Lo-Mount sights, 3rd trigger guard. Produced 1991.

ANIB

Exc

VG

700

500

400

Product Codes and Features by Year

108550

3-3/4” S FS DA, 1991.

108551

3-3/4” S FS DAO, 1991.

Model 4563TSW:

“45 Tactical Smith & Wesson”

Caliber: .45 ACP. Full size alloy frame with stainless steel slide in traditional double-action with satin stainless finish. 8-round magazine, 4-1/4” barrel, .260” spurred hammer with .305” combat trigger, white dot front sight with Novak Lo-Mount Carry two-dot rear sight, straight backstrap and grips. In 2000 the 4563TSW was fitted with black hardware on the frame and slide. A black equipment rail was mounted under the forward part of the frame for accessories. Each TSW has the frame and slide machined as a matched set with an assembly number on each half. The barrel has a loaded chamber indicator in the barrel hood visible as a small window or hole in which to view the rim of the cartridge. Each front strap is now checkered, the barrel bushing is fixed and the frame and slide are fitted with oversize frame rails. Weight 30.6 oz. Produced 2000 - date.

Model 4563TSW, S&W photo.

ANIB

Exc

700

525

Product Codes and Features by Year

108275

4-1/4” S TDA 8SH FS AMSF SB NLC ER, 2000-04; 2001 retail $921.

Model 4566

Caliber: .45 ACP. 4-1/4” barrel version of Model 4506. 8-round magazine, Novak Lo-Mount fixed sights, stainless steel materials with stainless finish, .260” serrated hammer, .304” smooth trigger, slide mounted decocking lever, ambidextrous safety, traditional double-action, weight 38.5 oz. Produced 1991 - 1999.

Model 4566. Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

625

525

425

Product Codes and Features by Year

104406

4-1/4” S FS TDA 8SH AM SB, 1991-92 1st trigger guard.

108225

4-1/4” S FS TDA 8SH AM SB, 1993-99 3rd trigger guard.

Model 4566TSW:

“45 Tactical Smith & Wesson”

Caliber: .45 ACP. Full-size stainless steel frame with stainless steel slide in traditional double-action with satin stainless finish. 8-round magazine, 4-1/4” barrel, .260” spurred hammer with .305” combat trigger, white dot front sight with Novak Lo-Mount Carry two-dot rear sight, straight backstrap and grips. In 2000 the 4566TSW was fitted with black hardware on the frame and slide. A black equipment rail was mounted under the forward part of the frame for accessories. Each TSW has the frame and slide machined as a matched set with an assembly number on each half. The barrel has a loaded chamber indicator in the barrel hood visible as a small window or hole in which to view the rim of the cartridge. Each front strap is now checkered, the barrel bushing is fixed and the frame and slide are fitted with oversize frame rails. Weight 39.1 oz. Produced 2000 - date.

Model 4566TSW, S&W photo.

ANIB

Exc

685

600

Product Codes and Features by Yea:

108263

4-1/4” S TDA 8SH FS AMSF SB NLC ER, 2000-04; 2001 retail $942.

108269

Safety trigger Variation, 2002.

Model 4567-NS

Caliber: .45 ACP. Blue carbon steel slide with stainless steel frame, black post with tritium insert front sight, Novak Lo-Mount with two tritium dot rear sight, .260” bobbed hammer, .304” smooth trigger, deep blue Xenoy one-piece wraparound grip on a straight backstrap, 4-1/4” barrel, 8-round magazine, weight 39.4 oz. Limited production of 1,236 in 1991.

ANIB

Exc

VG

700

550

425

Product Codes and Features by Year

108304

4-1/4” with FNS TDA 3rd trigger guard, 1991.

170129

4-1/4” Performance Center Variation.

Model 4576

Caliber: .45 ACP. Frame mounted manual decocking lever version of the Model 4566. .304” smooth trigger, .246” semi-bobbed hammer, stainless steel frame and slide, stainless finish, Novak Lo-Mount sights, weight 39 oz. Produced 1991 - 1992.

ANIB

Exc

VG

675

525

425

Product Codes and Features by Year

104426

4-1/4” S FS TDA/DA 8SH SB, 1991 1st trigger guard.

108226

4-1/4” S FS TDA/DL 8SH SB 1991, 3rd trigger guard.

Model 4583TSW:

“45 Tactical Smith & Wesson”

Caliber: .45 ACP. Full-size alloy frame with stainless steel slide in double-action-only with satin stainless finish. 8-round magazine, 4-1/4” barrel, .260” semi-bobbed hammer with .305” combat trigger, white dot front sight with Novak Lo-Mount Carry two-dot rear sight, straight backstrap and grip. In 2000 the 4583TSW was fitted with black hardware on the frame and slide. A black equipment rail was mounted under the forward part of the frame for accessories. Each TSW has the frame and slide machined as a matched set with an assembly number on each half. The barrel has a loaded chamber indicator in the barrel hood visible as a small window or hole in which to view the rim of the cartridge. Each front strap is now checkered, the barrel bushing is fixed and the frame and slide are fitted with oversize frame rails. Weight 30.6 oz. Produced 2000 - 2002.

Model 4583TSW, S&W photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

650

525

425

Product Codes and Features by Year

108277

4-1/4” S DAO 8SH FS SB NLC ER, 2000-02; 2001 retail $921; 2003, discount pricing $425.

Model 4586

Caliber: .45 ACP. Double-action-only version of the Model 4566. .260” semi-bobbed hammer, .304” smooth trigger, stainless frame and slide, straight backstrap, Novak Lo-Mount fixed sights, weight 39 oz. Retail $774. Produced 1991 - 1999.

ANIB

Exc

VG

625

500

425

Product Codes and Features by Year

104408

4-1/4” S DAO 8SH FS SB 1991, 2nd trigger guard.

108231

4-1/4” S DAO 8SH FS SB 1991-99, 3rd trigger guard.

108232

4-1/4” Special, 3rd trigger guard.

Model 4586TSW:

“45 Tactical Smith & Wesson”

Caliber: .45 ACP. Full-size stainless steel frame with stainless steel slide in double-action-only with satin stainless finish. 8-round magazine, 4-1/4” barrel, .260” semi-bobbed hammer with .305” combat trigger, white dot front sight with Novak Lo-Mount Carry two-dot rear sight, straight backstrap and grip. In 2000 the 4586TSW was fitted with black hardware on the frame and slide. A black equipment rail was mounted under the forward part of the frame for accessories. Each TSW has the frame and slide machined as a matched set with an assembly number on each half. The barrel has a loaded chamber indicator in the barrel hood visible as a small window or hole in which to view the rim of the cartridge. Each front strap is now checkered, the barrel bushing is fixed and the frame and slide are fitted with oversize frame rails. Weight 39.1 oz. Produced 2000 - 2002.

Model 4586TSW, Smith & Wesson photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

650

525

425

Product Codes and Features by Year

108264

4-1/4” S DAO 8SH FS SB NLC ER, 2000-01; 2001 retail $942.

Model 4596

Caliber: .45 ACP. 4506-1 frame with 4516-1 slide, special for Lew Horton, Novak Lo-Mount fixed sights, 1st trigger guard.

ANIB

Exc

VG

725

525

450

Product Codes and Features by Year

104490

3-3/4”, c. 382 manufactured 1990.

Models 4690 & 4691

See RSR Transitionals with Models 6400 series through 6600 series.

5900 SERIES: THIRD GENERATION 9MM FULL-SIZE DOUBLE-COLUMN

Model 5903

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Traditional double-action, 4” barrel, 15-shot magazine, post with white dot front sight, fixed rear sight with two white dots or adjustable sights for windage and elevation with two white dots, later changed to Novak Lo-Mount fixed sights, stainless alloy finish, .260” serrated hammer, .304” smooth trigger, curved backstrap with Xenoy one-piece wraparound stocks, slide mounted ambidextrous safety, 29 oz. One early example was marked Model 459 with a satin finish alloy frame with a stainless slide, ambidextrous safety with a Phillips screw on the right side; TBU8689 was our example. Early examples of this model have been found as early as Fall 1988. Retail $694. Produced 1990 - 1998.

ANIB

Exc

VG

550

375

300

Product Codes and Features by Year

104010

4” S TDA 15SH AS Georgia HP 1st trigger guard.

104042

4” S TDA 15SH AS 1990-91, 1st trigger guard.

104018

4” S TDA 15SH FS 1990-91, 3rd trigger guard.

108194

4” S TDA 15SH AS AM AA 1992, 3rd trigger guard.

108179

4” S TDA 15SH FS AM AA 1992-98, 3rd trigger guard.

Model 5903-SSV

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. 3-1/2” barrel, short slide variation, .260” bobbed blue hammer, .304” smooth blue trigger, post with white dot front sight, Novak Lo-Mount fixed two dot rear sight, straight backstrap with Delrin wraparound grip, striking two-tone finish with clear anodized alloy finish with blued steel slide, hammer, trigger and magazine release. 15-round magazine. Special production of 1,500. Produced in March of 1990.

ANIB

Exc

VG

675

450

350

Product Codes and Features by Year

104100

3-1/2” FS FNS 1990, 1st trigger guard.

Model 5903TSW: “9 Tactical Smith & Wesson”

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Full-size alloy frame with stainless steel slide in traditional double-action with satin stainless finish. 10-round magazine, 4” barrel, .260” spurred hammer with .305” combat trigger, white dot front sight with Novak Lo-Mount Carry two-dot rear sight, curved backstrap and grip, ambidextrous external safety. In 2000 the 5903TSW was fitted with black hardware on the frame and slide. A black equipment rail was mounted under the forward part of the frame for accessories. Each TSW has the frame and slide machined as a matched set with an assembly number on each half. The barrel has a loaded chamber indicator in the barrel hood visible as a small window or hole in which to view the rim of the cartridge. Each front strap is now checkered, the barrel bushing is fixed and the frame and slide are fitted with oversize frame rails. Weight 28.9 oz. Produced 2000 - 2002.

Model 5903TSW, S&W photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

600

500

400

Product Codes and Features by Year

108258

4” S TDA 10SH FS AMSF NLC ER, 2000-01; 2001 retail $841.

Model 5904

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Traditional double-action; carbon blue steel slide with blue alloy frame. Blued version of the Model 5903. 14-round magazine with 20-round magazine available, post with white dot front sight, two-dot rear fixed sights or adjustable rear sight with later production with Novak Lo-Mount fixed sights, also found with fixed night sights. .260” serrated hammer with .365” smooth trigger changed to .304” in 1990. This model is also found with 9x21mm chambering for the Italian commercial market. Produced 1988 - 1998.

Model 5904, Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

525

400

300

Product Codes and Features by Year

101027

4” B FS 14SH 1st trigger guard.

103001

4” B FS 14SH 1988 1st trigger guard.

103015

4” B AS 14SH AM, 1989-91 1st trigger guard.

103016

4” B FS 14SH, 1989 1st trigger guard.

103016

Also reported as Special 4” B FNS 15SH AMSF, c. 1997.

103017

4” B FS 14SH AM TDA, 1989; some manufactured for XM-10 test program; green tint brings substantial premium.

103027

4” B FS 14SH AM TDA, 1991 1st trigger guard.

108110

4” B AS 15SH AM TDA AA, 1992-93 3rd trigger guard.

108117

4” B FS 15SH AM TDA AA, 1992-98 3rd trigger guard, Hong Kong Police Export.

Variations

• This model was manufactured with round trigger guard or square trigger guard with a lanyard loop behind the magazine well for police sales and export. A small quantity were imported in 1997 by Appleton FFX and are so stamped.

• “TEFxxxx” serial number prefix has a square trigger guard and has “Smith & Wesson” and the “four lines” on the slide. Magazine release has two machining tabs.

• “TFTxxxx” serial number prefix has a round trigger guard with serrations and only “Smith & Wesson” “Springfield MA USA” on the slide. Magazine release has one machining tab.

Model 5905

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. 4” barrel, blue steel, Novak Lo-Mount fixed sights, 3rd trigger guard. Special for 1991.

Model 5905, Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

625

450

300

Product Codes and Features by Year

108302

4” AS B, 1991.

108303

4” FS B, 1991.

179000

Rework number.

108613

Dealer specials.

Model 5906, 5906NS

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. A stainless steel frame and slide version of the Model 5903, also found with 9x21mm chamber for an Italian commercial variation. Some found with “Model 659” stamping as a transition model. .260” spurred hammer, 4” barrel, .304” smooth trigger, 14-round magazine with 20-round available, traditional double-action, ambidextrous external safety, Novak Lo-Mount carry fixed sights on later production, fixed tritium night sights also available, satin stainless finish. Weight 37.5 oz. Standard production serial number range may have started at AIP-0001 but this is not confirmed. Produced 1989 - 1999.

Model 5906, David Supica photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

550

375

300

Variations

• Add $25 for variations with night sights.

• Model 5906 PC-9: 9mm Parabellum. From the Performance Center. 3-1/2” titanium barrel with spherical bushing, 15-shot magazine, blue slide with stainless satin frame, smooth .300” trigger, bobbed hammer, Novak Lo-Mount fixed rear sight, dovetail front sight, Limited Production for Lew Horton Inc., 27 oz.

• Model 5906 with night sights for the Colorado Springs Police Department: So marked on the frame’s right front side, e.g., “CSPD544.”

Product Codes and Features by Year

104001

4” S 14SH 1989, 1st trigger guard.

104006

4” S 14SH AS AM, 1989 1st trigger guard.

104008

4” S 14SH FS AM, 1989.

104011

4” Special “Low Number.”

104012

4” S 14SH, 1989, Special finish and rounded edges, 1st trigger guard.

104014

4” S 14SH FS AM, 1991, 1st trigger guard.

108097

Melonite black finish, Novak FS, SLD, RMC, lanyard loop.

108098

Melonite black finish, SLD. Some (not all) marked “Modelo Militar.”

108170

4” S 15SH AS AM TDA, 1992-99, 3rd trigger guard.

108176

4” S 15SH FS AM TDA, 1992-99, 3rd trigger guard.

108255

4” High polish finish with wood grain Xenoy grips, stocking dealer special, 1993.

108265

4” TSW variation adj. sights, 2000.

108266

4” TSW variation fixed sights, 2000.

108566

4” TSW variation with night sights, 2000.

108559

4” S 15SH CB with FNS, 93-99 fixed night sights.

108613

4” S 10SH AMSF, 98 For Zanders Sports.

Model 5906: The Super 9

Caliber: Multicaliber sport target pistol with 9x19mm, 9x21mm and .356 TSW chamberings. Three interchangeable 5” barrels come standard with this “first of its kind” pistol made for the international shooting market. Modeled from the Model 5906 it comes with a 15-round magazine, a factory tuned single-action “locked and cocked” trigger, Xenoy wraparound grip on a curved backstrap with a serrated front strap. Spurred hammer, post with white dot front sight and adjustable rear target sight, single side external safety for cocked and locked. All stainless steel construction with matte stainless finish. “Super 9” on the slide. Weight 39 oz.; overall length is 8-1/2”. Produced in 2000.

ANIB to Exc

1200

Product Codes and Features by Year:

108099

5” 3 calibers, 2000.

Model 5906M Military

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. This is a stainless steel variation with an overall Melonite finish with a Rockwell surface hardness of 70C. Almost impervious to corrosion, surface wear and scratches. 15-round magazine with a frame mounted lanyard stud and serial numbers engraved on the slide, frame and barrel; 4” barrel with ambidextrous slide mounted decocking lever. 37.5 oz. Commands premium over standard Model 5906.

Product Codes and Features by Year

308097

LE/Military sales only, 2001.

Model 5906TSW:

“9 Tactical Smith & Wesson”

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Full size stainless steel frame with stainless steel slide in traditional double-action with satin stainless finish. 10-round magazine, 4” barrel, .260” spurred hammer with .305” combat trigger, white dot front sight with Novak Lo-Mount Carry two-dot rear sight, curved backstrap and grip. Ambidextrous external safety. In 2000 the 5906TSW was fitted with black hardware on the frame and slide. A black equipment rail was mounted under the forward part of the frame for accessories. Each TSW has the frame and slide machined as a matched set with an assembly number on each half. The barrel has a loaded chamber indicator in the barrel hood visible as a small window or hole in which to view the rim of the cartridge. Each front strap is now checkered, the barrel bushing is fixed and the frame and slide are fitted with oversize frame rails. Weight 38.3 oz. Produced 2000 - 2002.

Model 5906TSW, photo courtesy S&W.

ANIB

Exc

VG

575

450

350

Product Codes and Features by Year

108265

4” S TDA 10SH AS AMSF ER 2000-02, 2001 retail $904.

108266

4” S TDA 10SH FS AMSF ER 2000-02, 2001 retail $863.

108566

4” S TDA 10SH FNS AMSF ER 2000-02, 2001 retail $995.

108268

4” S TDA 10 SH Safety trigger Variation, 2002.

308265

15SH LE Only AS.

308266

15SH LE Only.

308566

15SH LE Only NS.

Model 5924

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Blued steel version of Model 5903 with manual frame mounted decocking lever, Novak Lo-Mount fixed sights, .246” bobbed hammer, .304” smooth trigger, alloy frame, steel slide, curved backstrap, weight 38 oz. Produced 1990 - 1991.

Model 5924, David Nowak collection, photo by Paul Goodwin.

ANIB

Exc

VG

650

450

300

Product Codes and Features by Year:

103029

4” B FS DL 15SH, 1990-1991 1st trigger guard.

108119

4” B FS DL 15SH, 1990-1991 3rd trigger guard.

Model 5926

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. 4” barrel, frame-mounted decocking lever version of Model 5906, .304” smooth trigger, black Xenoy one-piece wraparound grip with curved backstrap, .246” bobbed hammer, stainless frame and slide, Novak Lo-Mount fixed sights, weight 28.5 oz. Produced 1990 - 1993.

ANIB

Exc

VG

625

435

300

Product Codes and Features by Year

104034

4” S FS DL, 1990 1st and 2nd trigger guard.

108189

4” S FS DL, 1991-93 3rd trigger guard.

Model 5943

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Double-action-only version of the Model 5903 with alloy frame and stainless steel slide, Novak Lo-Mount fixed sights, weight 37.5 oz. Produced 1991.

ANIB

Exc

VG

650

450

300

Product Codes and Features by Year

108560

4” S FS DA, 1991 3rd trigger guard.

Model 5943SSV

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Double-action-only. Short slide variation of the Model 5943, .260” semi-bobbed hammer, .304” smooth trigger, black post with tritium night sight inserts on front sight, Novak Lo-Mount fixed rear sight with two tritium night sight inserts, black curved backstrap, stainless finish frame with blue slide. 38 oz. 3,277 manufactured in 1991.

ANIB

Exc

VG

650

450

350

Product Codes and Features by Year

108308

3-1/2” with FNS DA, 1991 1st trigger guard.

Model 5943TSW: “9 Tactical Smith & Wesson”

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Full-size alloy frame with stainless steel slide in double-action-only with satin stainless finish. 10-round magazine, 4” barrel, .260” semi-bobbed hammer with .305” combat trigger, white dot front sight with Novak Lo-Mount Carry two-dot rear sight, curved backstrap and grip. Ambidextrous external safety. In 2000 the 5943TSW was fitted with black hardware on the frame and slide. A black equipment rail was mounted under the forward part of the frame for accessories. Each TSW has the frame and slide machined as a matched set with an assembly number on each half. The barrel has a loaded chamber indicator in the barrel hood visible as a small window or hole in which to view the rim of the cartridge. Each front strap is now checkered, the barrel bushing is fixed and the frame and slide are fitted with oversize frame rails. Weight 38.3 oz. Produced 2000 - date.

Model marked 5903 with 5943 features, Smith & Wesson photo.

ANIB

Exc

600

450

Product Codes and Features by Year

108561

4” Night sights Police Dept, 1996.

108564

4” S DAO 10SH FS NLC ER 2000-01, 2001 retail $844.

Model 5944

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Double-action-only blued version of the Model 5904, carbon steel slide and alloy frame, .260” semi-bobbed hammer, .304” smooth trigger, curved backstrap, 15-round magazine, Novak Lo-Mount fixed sights, 38 oz. Produced 1991 - 1992.

Model 5944, David Nowak & Paul Goodwin photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

650

450

300

Product Codes and Features by Year

103021

4” B FS Special run 3rd trigger guard.

103022

4” B FS DA 15SH, 1991 1st trigger guard.

108116

4” B FS DA 15SH, 1992 3rd trigger guard.

108569

Reported for NYCPS with tritium sights, no magazine disconnector and barrel so marked.

Model 5946

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. DAO full frame size version of the Model 5906, .260” semi-bobbed hammer, .304” smooth trigger, curved backstrap, Novak Lo-Mount carry fixed sights, stainless steel frame and slide with satin stainless finish, 15-round magazine changed to 10-round in 1994. 15 for export/ Law Enforcement only; 3rd trigger guard; weight 37.5 oz. Retail $707. Produced 1991 - 1999.

ANIB

Exc

VG

625

400

300

Variations

• NYPD Contract Model: Reported as special order 9162, product code 198569, serial number of authors’ example was TDM18xx.

Product Codes and Features by Year

104025

Special production.

104026

4” S FS DA 15SH, 1991.

108186

4” S FS DA 10/15SH, 1991-99.

198569

Reported as NYPD contract.

Model 5946TSW:

“9 Tactical Smith & Wesson”

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Full-size stainless steel frame with stainless steel slide in double-action-only with satin stainless finish. 10-round magazine, 4” barrel, .260” semi-bobbed hammer with .305” combat trigger, white dot front sight with Novak Lo-Mount Carry two-dot rear sight, curved backstrap and grip. Ambidextrous external safety. In 2000 the 5946TSW was fitted with black hardware on the frame and slide. A black equipment rail was mounted under the forward part of the frame for accessories. Each TSW has the frame and slide machined as a matched set with an assembly number on each half. The barrel has a loaded chamber indicator in the barrel hood visible as a small window or hole in which to view the rim of the cartridge. Each front strap is now checkered, the barrel bushing is fixed and the frame and slide are fitted with oversize frame rails. Weight 38.3 oz. Produced 2000 - 2002.

ANIB

Exc

VG

650

450

350

Product Codes and Features by Year

108267

4” S DAO 10SH FS NLC ER, 2000-02; 2001 retail $863.

308265

15SH LE Only, 2001-.

Model 5967

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Model 5906 frame with Model 3914 slide. Special for Lew Horton. Stainless steel frame with blue carbon steel slide. Novak Lo-Mount fixed sights. Special for 1990.

ANIB

Exc

VG

700

500

350

Product Codes and Features by Year

103048

4” 1990, 1st trigger guard.

THE RSR TRANSITIONALS: MODELS IN THE 4600s, 6400s, 6500s, AND 6600s

Our understanding of these models is incomplete. It appears that limited numbers of the following 10 model-designated auto-pistols were produced, all with RSR serial number prefixes, presumably exclusively for RSR, a major distributor. Those few which we have observed seem to be based generally on Third Generation style frames, although there are some unverified reports of these as Second Generation type frames, possibly with some Third Generation features. It is unclear whether they were transitional models from Second to Third Generation, made up to use leftover parts, special order configuration, or something else. The few verified pieces seem to be of early 1990s production, a couple of years after the introduction of the Third Generation series.

Note that in many cases the four-digit model number designations for these appear to consist of the three-digit model number of a comparable Second Generation pistol with a fourth digit added at the end (e.g.,, Model 4690 shares many characteristics with the Model 469). The numbering system meaning is NOT the same as Third Generation four-digit model designations.

All are believed to be traditional double-action pistols. Possible quantities made range from fewer than 900 (designated “scarce” below) to 200 to 400 (“rare”) to fewer than 200 (“quite rare”).

We have not observed specimens of all these models, and some of the information listed below may be in error. These pistols are all difficult to value, as collector awareness of them has been a bit limited, and there are not currently a large number of modern S&W auto-pistol specialist collectors. Additional information would be appreciated.

Values

Rarity makes values for these models a bit speculative. We suspect a collector might give in the $600 to $1000 range for NIB specimens, depending on rarity, while well used “shooters” might go in the $325 to $450 range.

Models

• Model 4690: 9mm Parabellum, compact double column alloy frame, 3-dot fixed sights, rare.

• Model 4691: 9mm Parabellum, compact double column alloy frame, red ramp front sight, quite rare.

• Model 6450: .45 ACP, stainless steel, adjustable rear, RR front, quite rare.

• Model 6451: .45 ACP, stainless steel, fixed rear, RR front, rare.

• Model 6452: .45 ACP, stainless steel, 3-dot fixed sights, rare.

• Model 6590: 9mm Parabellum, stainless steel double column, 3-dot sights, removable barrel bushing, scarce.

• Model 6591: 9mm Parabellum, stainless steel double column, RR fixed sights, removable barrel bushing, rare. Product code 108581, 1991.

• Model 6592: 9mm Parabellum, stainless steel double column, 3-dot sights, fixed barrel bushing, rare. Product code 108582, 1991.

Model 6592, photo courtesy of Michael Smith.

• Model 6690: 9mm Parabellum, compact double column alloy frame (presumably stainless colored), RR fixed sights, scarce.

• Model 6691: 9mm Parabellum, compact double column alloy frame (presumably stainless colored), white dot fixed sights, quite rare.

6900 SERIES: THIRD GENERATION 9MM COMPACT DOUBLE COLUMN

Model 6904

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Traditional double-action, 3-1/2” barrel, blue finish, alloy frame with carbon steel slide, 12-shot magazine with 20-round magazine available, fixed rear sights with two white dots, post with white dot front sight, .260” bobbed hammer, .365” smooth trigger changed to .304” in 1990, black Xenoy one-piece wraparound grip with curved backstrap, 26.5 oz. Produced 1988 - 1998.

Model 6904, David Nowak collection, photo by Paul Goodwin.

ANIB

Exc

VG

550

435

350

Variations

• Possibly fewer than 200 guns shipped with Model 6904 features, but marked “Model 469,” boxes marked “Special.”

Product Codes and Features by Year:

103101

3-1/2” B 12SH FS AM TDA AA, 1988 1st trigger guard.

103106

3-1/2” B 12SH FS AM TDA AA, 1988-92 1st trigger guard.

103107

3-1/2” B (Special) same as standard, except with Novak NS.

103108

3-1/2” B 12SH FS AM TDA AA.

108130

3-1/2” B 12SH FS AM TDA AA, 1993-98 3rd trigger guard.

Model 6906 - 6906NS

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Aluminum alloy compact frame with a stainless steel slide. A compact version of the Model 6904 with a 3-1/2” barrel with satin stainless finish, .260” bobbed hammer, .365” smooth trigger later changed to .304”, ambidextrous external safety, White dot front sight with Novak Lo-Mount carry two white dot fixed rear sight. Tritium night sights are also available as Model 6906-NS. Black wraparound grip with curved backstrap 26.5 oz. “DVLxxxx” introductory serial number range. Produced 1988 - 1999.

Model 6906, ArmchairGunShow photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

575

460

390

Product Codes and Features by Year

104008

3-1/2” S 12SH 1st trigger guard; part of the AIP.

104052

3-1/2” S 12SH 1st trigger guard.

104054

3-1/2” S 12SH FS AMSF 1989-92, 1st trigger guard.

104057

3-1/2” with old style slide.

104071

3-1/2” S 12SH FS 1st trigger guard.

108211

3-1/2” S 12SH FS AMSF AA, 1993-99 3rd, trigger guard.

108611

3-1/2” S 12SH with FNS AM AA, 1992-99 3rd trigger guard.

108614

3-1/2” 10SH 1998 Dealer Special.

148068

3-1/2” Last of the run?

170053

4-1/4” barrel, Performance Center.

170067PC

Compact 3-1/2” 2-tone 12SH AS AMSF for Lew Horton, 1995.

Model 6924

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Blue carbon steel, no magazine safety, manual decocking version of Model 6904 with fixed tritium night sights, 3rd trigger guard. 3-1/2” barrel, very limited production (five units).

Too rare to estimate value. Might sell in the four-figure range.

Product Codes and Features by Year

108131

3-1/2” B, 1992.

Model 6926

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. 3-1/2” barrel, manual frame-mounted decocking lever version of the Model 6906. Novak Lo-Mount fixed sights. Produced 1991.

ANIB

Exc

VG

675

525

400

Product Codes and Features by Year

104064

3-1/2” S FS DL, 1991 1st trigger guard.

108207

3-1/2” S FS DL 3rd trigger guard.

Model 6944

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Double-action-only version of the Model 6904. Novak Lo-Mount fixed sights, Produced 1991.

Model 6944, David Nowak collection, photo by Paul Goodwin.

ANIB

Exc

VG

675

525

400

Product Codes and Features by Year

103124

3-1/2” B FS DA 12SH, 1991 1st trigger guard.

108138

3-1/2” B FS DA 12SH Special 3rd trigger guard.

Model 6946

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Double-action-only version of the Model 6906. Aluminum alloy compact frame with stainless steel slide having a satin stainless finish, 3-1/2” barrel, .260” bobbed hammer, .304” smooth trigger, black wraparound grip with curved backstrap, white dot front sight with Novak Lo-Mount carry two-dot rear sight, weight 26.5 oz. Retail $677. Produced 1991 - 1999.

ANIB

Exc

VG

625

450

350

Product Codes and Features by Year

104065

3-1/2” Special run with night sights, 3rd trigger guard.

104066

Early Product Code, 3rd trigger guard.

108209

3-1/2” S FS DA 12SH AA, 1991-99, 3rd trigger guard.

SIGMA SERIES: POLYMER FRAME BACKGROUND INFORMATION

It is no secret that the Sigma line was launched by S&W at least partly in response to the inroads that the polymer-framed Glock was making into police and civilian handgun markets. Like the Glock, the Sigma is a polymer-framed high capacity double column semi-automatic with no external manual safety and no magazine disconnect safety (i.e., if there is a round in the chamber, the gun can be fired even if the magazine has been removed). However, S&W added their own improvements to the concept with no fewer than 12 patent applications submitted. Glock initially filed suit, but the litigation between the firms was resolved in the mid-1990s. The trigger system is unlike other TDA or SA systems on other semi-autos. In use, it comes closest to a DAO type system, with a consistent 8- to 10-lb. trigger pull required for each shot.

As with any new handgun design, the Sigma/Glock type pistol has both advocates and detractors. There seems to be significant agreement that this type semi-auto makes sense as a military handgun. Its advocates for police and civilian applications point to its simplicity of use, with no decocking lever, manual safety, or other mechanical devices to worry about when under stress. They claim such a system makes for an easy transition from the police revolver and the relatively heavy trigger pull and internal safety devices provide adequate protection against accidental discharge.

Those who are skeptical about this type of approach criticize the lack of manual and magazine safeties, arguing that any semi-auto has a relatively more complex manual of arms than a revolver, and they predict an increase in operator-caused accidental discharges with this type of system. They question the wisdom of this type handgun for police threat management situations where a suspect may be held at gunpoint without the weapon being fired.

Be that as it may, the Sigma has met with a strong initial market reception. Like the Glock, shooters seem to love it or hate it, with little middle ground.

As with any other recently introduced model, the authors will confess that they may be guilty of blowing smoke in the reader’s ear by listing good, fair, and poor values. These guns have been around for such a short period of time that they will seldom be found in less than very good condition. In 2004 when the assault weapons ban expired, S&W upgraded the magazines to higher capacity for the 2005 catalog.

Model Smith & Wesson M&P

Available in three calibers: 9mm Parabellum, 40S&W, .357 SIG. Built to meet and surpass the needs of the military and police as the newest polymer handgun available. features a stainless steel barrel with a length of 4-1/2” and built on a Zytel polymer frame with stainless steel structural components. Through-hardened stainless steel slide with Black Melonite finish with a hardness of 68 HRc. Ambidextrous slide stop, reversible magazine catch. Comes with three quickly interchangeable palm-swell grip sizes. The right side of the frame contains the serial number plate. Slide marked “SMITH & WESSON Springfield MA. U.S.A.” on the right side with “M&P” and caliber and “Stainless” on the left of the slide with the S&W trademark.

The barrel has a loaded chamber indicator on the top next to the caliber marking. A small half-moon fitting is at the base. With a half twist and a pull, this pin holding the grip comes out, allowing the grip to be interchanged. This pin also allows the slide to be removed with ease. A small hole with an arrow allows the gun action to be locked by a small key (optional by product code) preventing unauthorized use. Striker style firing system. Fitted with a universal accessory rail under the front edge of the receiver. Magazine capacities: .40 S&W 15+1; 9mm 17+1; .357 SIG 15+1. Overall length is 7.5” and a width of 1.2”. The front sight is a steel dovetailed ramp with steel Novak Lo-Mount Carry rear sight with optional tritium night sights. Can be ordered with an optional magazine disconnect for Law Enforcement. Weight is 24.5 oz. chambered in 40 S&W. Introduced in late summer 2005 with shipments in December in small quantities. One of the authors fired this gun and found it to be extremely accurate when shooting off hand. Introductory serial prefix was “MPA.” Serial number MPA1024 was our example. Produced 2005 to date.

Model S&W M&P, S&W photo.

ANIB

Exc

500

425

Product Codes and Features by Date

109001

4-1/4” 9MM ZL 10 AD LG GP BS SL SD FP DM MS IL.

109201

4-1/4” 9MM ZL 10 AD LG GP BS SL SD FP DM MS.

109401

4-1/4” 9MM ZL 10 AD LG GP BS SL SN FP DM MS IL.

109601

4-1/4” 9MM ZL 10 AD LG GP BS SL SN FP DM MS.

209001

4-1/4” 9MM ZL 17 AD LG GP BS SL SD FP DM MS IL.

209201

4-1/4” 9MM ZL 17 AD LG GP BS SL SD FP DM MS.

209401

4-1/4” 9MM ZL 17 AD LG GP BS SL SN FP DM MS IL.

209601

4-1/4” 9MM ZL 17 AD LG GP BS SL SN FP DM MS.

109002

4-1/4” 357 ZL 10 AD LG GP BS SL SD FP DM MS IL.

109202

4-1/4” 357 ZL 10 AD LG GP BS SL SD FP DM MS.

109402

4-1/4” 357 ZL 10 AD LG GP BS SL SN FP DM MS IL.

109602

4-1/4” 357 ZL 10 AD LG GP BS SL SN FP DM MS.

209002

4-1/4” 357 ZL 15 AD LG GP BS SL SD FP DM MS IL.

209202

4-1/4” 357 ZL 15 AD LG GP BS SL SD FP DM MS.

209402

4-1/4” 357 ZL 15 AD LG GP BS SL SN FP DM MS IL.

209602

4-1/4” 357 ZL 15 AD LG GP BS SL SN FP DM MS.

109000

4-1/4” .40 ZL 10 AD LG GP BS SL SD FP DM MS IL.

109200

4-1/4” .40 ZL 10 AD LG GP BS SL SD FP DM MS.

109400

4-1/4” .40 ZL 10 AD LG GP BS SL SN FP DM MS IL.

109600

4-1/4” .40 ZL 10 AD LG GP BS SL SN FP DM MS.

209000

4-1/4” .40 ZL 15-AD-LG-GP-BS-SL-SD-FP-DM-MS IL, 2005-date.

209200

4-1/4” .40 ZL 15-AD-LG-GP-BS-SL-SD-FP-DM-MS.

209400

4-1/4” .40 ZL 15-AD-LG-GP-BS-SL-SN-FP-DM-MS IL.

209600

4-1/4” .40 ZL 15-AD-LG-GP-BS-SL-SN-FP-DM-MS.

Model SW9C

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. A compact version of the Model SW9F, introduced in 1995, with 10-round magazine with 16-round double stack magazine for LE or Export. 4” barrel, double-action-only, black Melonite finish, polymer frame, white dot front sight with two-dot rear sight, with night sights available. Produced 1995 - 1998.

S&W Model SW9C, David Nowak & Paul Goodwin photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

400

350

275

Product Codes and Features by Year

120008

4” B PF 10/16SH DAO FS, 1995-1997 24.7 oz.

120009

4” B PF 10/16SH DAO FS, 1996 Two tone with 9V slide.

120016

4” B PF 10/16SH DAO with FNS, 1995-1998 24.7 oz.

Model SW9E: Enhanced Sigma 9mm

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Part of the Enhanced Sigma Series, which has a redesigned slide stop guard, extractor, ejectors and a lower ejection port. The frame has a new checkering pattern on the grip and a forward equipment groove on the frame for accessories. Double-action-only; compact polmer frame with Melonite finish on the slide with 4” barrel. Tritium dot front sight with two-dot fixed tritium rear night sights, 10-round magazine;16 rounds for LE or Export. Produced 1998 - 2000.

Model SW9E, David Nowak collection, photo by Paul Goodwin.

ANIB

Exc

VG

400

350

275

Product Codes and Features by Year

120018

4” B DAO 10SH BPF 24.7 oz., 1998-00.

Model SW9F

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Double-action-only. As with the model SW40F this model is also a polymer frame with a steel slide and barrel assembly. Initial production as of August 1994 was shipped with 17-round magazine, three white dot sight system, shipped with extra magazine in a blue plastic carry case, instruction manual, 4-1/2” barrel, PAC or PAB reported serial prefix on initial production. Fixed tritium night sights available. Later limited to one 17-round magazine and a certificate for another 10-round magazine when available. Weight 26 oz. Produced 1994 - 1997.

Model SW9F. David Nowak collection, photo by Paul Goodwin.

ANIB

Exc

VG

425

350

275

Product Codes and Features by Year

120006

4-1/2” DAO B 17/10SH PF FS, 1994-97.

120007

4-1/2” Two Tone-Blue Polymer Frame with Stainless slide.

120014

4-1/2” DAO B 17/10SH PF with FNS, 1994-97.

120021

Reported code in PAB-0050 serial number range for introduction.

120026

4-1/2” DAO B 10SH LaserMax Standard, 1996.

120056

4-1/2” DAO B 10SH High Bright LaserMax, 1996.

620006

Used Gun Code for 9F.

Model SW9G & 9GVE: Compact 9mm

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Part of the Enhanced Sigma Series that has a redesigned slide stop guard, extractor, ejectors and a lower ejection port. The frame has a new checkering pattern on the grip and a forward equipment groove on the frame for accessories. Double-action-only, 4” barrel, compact polymer frame with Melonite finish on a stainless steel slide with a NATO green frame. Tritium dot front sight with two-dot fixed rear sights, 10 round magazine/16 rounds for LE or Export. Weight 24.7 oz. Matching green case. Produced 2001 - 2003.

Modesl SW9G and SW9VGE, S&W photos.

ANIB

Exc

VG

400

350

275

Product Codes and Features by Year

120032

4” G DA 10SH TD DA B ER, 2001-2003.

120038

4” GVE 10SH, 2005-2006.

220038

4” GVE 16SH, 2005-2006.

Model SW9M: Sub-Compact 9mm

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. A very compact 9mm handgun from S&W released in 1997 with a 3-1/4” barrel. Double-action-only with 6-shot magazine (reported that it will hold 7 rounds) and one in the chamber. Taken apart with tools by driving out a release pin at the rear of the slide. Post front sight with fixed channel rear sight. Supplied with one magazine. Weight 17.9 oz. Initial production serial number range may have had “BKZ” prefix. Produced 1997 - 1998.

Model SW9M: David Nowak collection, photo by Paul Goodwin.

ANIB

Exc

VG

400

350

275

Product Codes and Features by Year

120120

3-1/4” B DA 6SH PF, 1997-98.

Model SW9P: 9mm Ported

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Part of the Enhanced Sigma Series, which has a redesigned slide stop guard, extractor, ejectors and a lower ejection port. The frame has a new checkering pattern on the grip and a forward equipment groove on the frame for accessories. Double-action-only, 4” ported barrel and slide. Compact polymer frame with Melonite finish on a stainless steel slide with bright polished sidewalls on a black polymer frame, white dot metal front sight with two-dot fixed rear sights, 10-round magazine/16 rounds for LE or Export. Weight 24.7 oz. Produced 2001 - 2003.

Model SW9P, S&W photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

450

375

300

Product Codes and Features by Year

120027

4” S DA 10SH TD BPF ER, 2001-2003; 2001 retail $494.

Model SW9V

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. A compact version of the Model SW9F, except with a gray polymer frame with stainless steel slide having a 4” barrel. White dot front sight with two-dot fixed rear sight. Polymer frame with molded thumb rest in the grip. Introduced in November/December 1996. Shipped with 10-round magazine/16 for LE or Export. “PAMxxxx” serial number prefix at introduction. Produced 1996 - 1998.

ANIB

Exc

VG

400

350

275

Product Codes and Features by Year

120030

4” Gray/STL GPF 10SH DAO, 1996-98.

120034

4” Black frame/SS slide, 1998.

Model SW9VB

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Similar to the SW9V with a 4” barrel with black frame and black slide, 10-round magazine/16-round magazine for LE/Export.

ANIB

Exc

VG

400

350

275

Product Codes and Features by Year

120034

4” 10SH FS DAO BPF, 1998.

Model SW9VE: Enhanced Sigma 9mm

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Part of the Enhanced Sigma Series, which has a redesigned slide stop guard, extractor, ejector and a lower ejection port. The grips are redesigned with a new checkering pattern and the frame has a forward equipment groove (rail) for accessories. 4” stainless steel barrel and slide with compact black polymer frame and grips. DAO; white dot front sight with two dot fixed rear sight, 10-round magazine/16 rounds for LE or Export. This model was upgraded to a 14-round magazine for commercial sale when the assault weapons ban expired in 2004. Weight 24.7 oz. Produced 1999 - date.

ANIB

Exc

VG

400

350

275

Product Codes and Features by Year

120025

4” 10SH FS DA S BPF ER, 1999-2006; 2001 retail $447.

220025

4” 14SH, 2005-2006.

120028

Saf-T- trigger Variation, 2002.

Model SW40C

Caliber: .40 S&W. A compact version of the SW40F introduced in 1995, with 14-round double stack magazine for LE or export, 4” stainless steel barrel. Double-action-only. Blued finish, two-dot fixed sights with night sights available, polymer frame. Priced similar to full-size. Produced 1995 - 1998.

Model SW40C, David Nowak collection, photo by Paul Goodwin.

ANIB

Exc

VG

400

350

275

Product Codes and Features by Year

120012

4” B DAO 10SH FNS BPF, 1995-1998.

Model SW40E:

Enhanced Sigma .40 S&W

Caliber: .40 S&W. Part of the Enhanced Sigma Series with a redesigned slide stop guard, extractor, ejector and lower ejection port. Double-action-only. The grips are redesigned with a new checkering pattern and the frame has a forward equipment groove for accessories. 4” barrel with tritium front sight and two-dot tritium rear sight, stainless steel slide and barrel with Melonite finish on the slide and barrel, polymer frame, 10-round magazine/14-round for LE or Export, weight 24.4 oz. Produced 1999 - 2002.

Model SW40E, David Nowak collection, photo by Paul Goodwin.

ANIB

Exc

VG

400

350

275

Product Codes and Features by Year

120020

4” B DAO 10SH FNS BPF, 1999-02; 2001 retail $657.

Model SW40F

Caliber: .40 S&W. Smith & Wesson’s first entry in the marketplace with a polymer frame with steel slide autoloader. Double-action-only. Fifteen-round double stack magazine with initial production; a ten-round magazine was produced after 1994 with the introduction of the assault weapons ban. 4-1/2” barrel; slide easily removable for cleaning. Three white dot sight system, blue plastic carry case, instruction manual, one extra magazine supplied. Fixed tritium night sights available. Serial number 1 (SGM0001) sold at the SWCA auction for $10,250 in July 1994. Introduction serial number range is SGMxxxx. Produced 1994 - 1998.

Model SW40F, David Nowak collection, photo by Paul Goodwin.

ANIB

Exc

VG

400

350

275

Product Codes and Features by Year

120002

4-1/2” DAO B 15 PF FS, 1994-98 26 oz.

120010

4-1/2” DAO B 15 PF with FNS, 1994-98 26 oz.

120022

4-1/2” DAO B LaserMax, 1996

120052

4-1/2” DAO B Hi-Brite LaserMax, 1996

Model SW40G and 40GVE

Caliber: .40S&W. Part of the Enhanced Sigma Series, which has a redesigned slide stop guard, extractor, ejector and a lower ejection port. The frame has a new checkering pattern on the grip and a forward equipment groove on the frame for accessories. Double-action-only, 4” barrel, compact size polymer frame with Melonite finish on a stainless steel slide and a NATO green frame, tritium dot front sight with two-dot fixed rear sight, 10-round magazine/14 rounds for LE or Export. Weight 24.7 oz. Matching green carry case Produced 2001 - date.

Top: SW40G. Bottom: SW40VGE. Photos courtesy S&W.

ANIB

Exc

VG

400

350

275

Product Codes and Features by Year

120035

4” G 10SH TD DA B ER, 2001-2004.

120037

4” GVE 10SH, 2005-2006.

220037

4” GVE 14SH, 2005-2006.

Model SW40P: 40 S&W Ported

Caliber: .40S&W. 4” ported barrel and slide. Part of the Enhanced Sigma Series, which has a redesigned slide stop guard, extractor, ejectors and a lower ejection port. The frame has a new checkering pattern on the grip and a forward equipment groove on the frame for accessories. Double-action-only, compact size polymer frame with Melonite finish on a stainless steel slide with bright polished sidewalls on a black polymer frame. White dot metal front sight with two-dot fixed rear sights, 10-round magazine/16 rounds for LE or export. Weight 24.7 oz. Produced 2001 - date.

S&W40P, photo courtesy S&W.

ANIB

Exc

VG

425

375

295

Product Codes and Features by Year

120029

4” S 10SH TD DA BPF ER, 2001-2004; 2001 retail $494.

Model SW40V

Caliber: .40 S&W, two-tone, a compact version of the Model SW40F, except with a gray Polymer Frame and a stainless steel slide with 4” barrel. White dot front sight with two-dot fixed rear sight. Introduced in November/December of 1996. Shipped with 10-round magazine. “PAMxxxx” introductory serial number prefix. Produced 1996 - 1999.

ANIB

Exc

VG

400

350

275

Product Codes and Features by Year

120040

4” DAO Gray/Stainless PF, 1996.

120041

4” DAO Black/Two-Tone slide, 1998-99.

120044

4” DAO Black/ SS slide, 1998.

Model SW40VE: Enhanced Sigma .40 S&W

Caliber: .40 S&W. Two-tone. DAO; Pprt of the Enhanced Sigma Series with a redesigned slide stop guard, extractor, ejector and lower ejection port. The grips are redesigned with a new checkering pattern and the frame has a forward equipment groove for accessories. 4” stainless steel barrel and slide with stainless steel finish and black Polymer frame, 10-round magazine/14-round for LE or Export, white dot on post front sight with fixed two-dot rear sight. Weight 24.4 oz. Produced 1999 - date.

ANIB

Exc

VG

400

350

275

Product Codes and Features by Year

120023

4” 10SH FS DA S BPF ER, 1999-2006; 2001 retail $447.

120022

SAF-T- trigger Variation, 2002.

220023

4” 14SH, 2005-2006.

Model 357V

Caliber: .357 SIG. Part of the Sigma Series but chambered in .357 SIG with 4” barrel, black frame with stainless slide, 10-round magazine. Discount retail was found at times at $264.74. Introduced September of 1998. Limited production, not cataloged.

ANIB

Exc

VG

475

350

275

Product Codes and Features by Year

120124

4” 10SH Two-Tone, Discontinued January 1999.

Model SW380

Caliber: .380 ACP. S&W’s first entry in the .380 market. Introduced in 1995, a very compact double-action-only polymer-frame autoloader, one 6-shot magazine supplied, post front sight with fixed channel rear sight, 3” barrel, blue finish. Introductory serial number is RAAxxxx (alternately reported as BAZxxxx but not verified). Produced 1995 - 2002.

Model SW380, David Nowak collection, photo by Paul Goodwin.

ANIB

Exc

VG

275

200

150

Product Codes and Features by Year

120100

3” B DA 6SH FS PF 14 oz., 1995-2002.

THE CHIEFS SPECIAL: AUTOLOADERS FOR THE 21ST CENTURY

Model CS9 9mm Chiefs Special

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. 7-shot magazine. Traditional double-action, 3” stainless steel barrel, matte blue or satin stainless steel finish, 7-round single-stack magazine, Hogue wraparound rubber grip, white dot post front sight, two-dot rear sight. 260” bobbed hammer, .305” smooth combat trigger, aluminum alloy frame with stainless steel slide or carbon steel slide having a single side manual safety, 1:18 3/4 RH twist barrel with 6 lands and grooves. Introduced August 1998 in blue finish with the stainless version introduced in Febryary 1999. Weight 20.8 oz. Produced 1999 - date.

Model CS9, David Nowak & Paul Goodwin photo.

ANIB

Exc

VG

550

450

350

Product Codes and Features by Year:

103884

3” Blue TDA 7SH FS AMSF AA, 1998-99.

103887

3” SS TDA 7SH FS AMSF AA, 1999-2006; 2001 retail $680, 2005 retail $747.

Model CS40 .40 S&W Chiefs Special

Caliber: .40 S&W. 8-shot magazine, matte blue finish or satin stainless steel, double-action-only, 3-1/4” stainless steel barrel, 7-round single-stack magazine, Hogue wraparound rubber grip, white dot post front sight, two-dot rear sight, .260” bobbed hammer, .305” combat trigger, aluminum alloy frame with carbon steel slide having a single side manual safety, 1:16 LH twist barrel with 6 lands and groves. Introduced August of 1998 in a blue finish with the stainless versions introduced in February of 1999. Weight 24.2 oz. Produced 1999 - 2002.

Model CS40, David Nowak collection, photo by Paul Goodwin.

ANIB

Exc

VG

550

450

350

Product Codes and Features by Year

108521

3-1/4” Blue TDA 7SH FS MNSF AA, 1998-99.

108544

3-1/4” SS TDA 7SH FS MNSF AA, 1999-02; 2001 retail $717.

108567

3-1/4” Two Tone 24.2 oz.

Model CS45 .45 ACP Chiefs Special

Caliber: .45 ACP. 7-shot single-stack magazine, blue matte finish or satin stainless steel, double-action-only, 3-1/4” stainless steel barrel with 1/:15 RH twist with 6 lands and grooves, white dot post front sight with two-dot rear sight, Hogue wraparound rubber grip, .260” bobbed hammer , .305” combat trigger, aluminum alloy frame with carbon steel slide having a single side safety. Introduced August 1998 in a blue finish with the stainless version introduced in February of 1999. Weight 23.9 oz. Produced 1998 - date.

Model CS45, David Nowak collection, photo by Paul Goodwin.

ANIB

Exc

VG

656

450

350

Product Codes and Features by Year

103000

3-1/4” B TDA 6SH FS MNSF AA, 1998-1999.

103014

3-1/4” SS TDA 6SH FS AMSF AA, 1999-2006; 2001 retail $717, 2005 retail $787.

SMITH & WESSON AND WALTHER STYLE: SW-99 & MODEL SW990L

Model SW99: 9mm and .40 S&W & .45 ACP

Caliber: 9mm or .40 S&W. This handgun is a cooperative effort between Smith & Wesson and Carl Walther GMBH of Germany. First released in March of 1999 for production chambered in .40 S&W with 9mm following later in 1999. The frames for this polymer pistol and the internal lockwork are made in Germany by Carl Walther GMBH and sent to S&W, who manufactures the slide and barrel and completes the assembly. The SW99 carries both the S&W and Walther name. Both the 9mm and the .40 S&W are called the model SW99. Magazine capacity is 10 rounds for commercial use when chambered in .40 and 12 rounds for LE or Export. When chambered in 9mm, the capacity is 10 rounds with 16 rounds for LE or Export.

Features include multiple front sight heights, loaded chamber indicator, decocking button, cocking indicator, adjustable rear sight, equipment groove, front slide serrations, ambidextrous magazine release, adjustable backstrap system with three inserts, lanyard ring. Offered with optional night sights. Beginning serial number is SAB0001. In 2003 Smith & Wesson offered this pistol with a 3-1/2” barrel in 9mm Parabellum or .40 S&W and also in .45 ACP with a 4-1/2” barrel. In 2004 S&W and Walther redesigned the trigger for a faster and more consistent trigger pull; the resulting gun is called the Model SW990L, which replaced the 99 series. Features include two adjustable backstraps, interchangeable white dot post front sight, adjustable rear sight, polymer frame, stainless steel barrel and slide with black frame, Melonite barrel and slide. Produced 1999 - 2004.

SW99, standard and compact, photos courtesy of Smith Wesson.

SW990L, photo courtesy of Smith & Wesson. Inset shows detail of marking on a SW990L variation made for testing and evaluation for the INS, photo courtesy of Michael Smith.

ANIB

Exc

VG

525

475

350

Product Codes and Features by Year

120200

4” .40 S&W Melonite Slide & Barrel, 1999-04; 2001 retail $810.

120201

4” 9mm S&W Melonite Slide & Barrel, 1999-04; 2001 retail $810.

120202

4-1/8” .40 S&W TDA 10SH NS S BPF ER, 2001-04; 2001 retail $925.

120203

4-1/8” 9mm TDA 10SH NS S BPF ER, 2001-04; 2001 retail $925.

120206

4-1/4” .45 ACP TDA 9SH AS BK S BPF ER, 2003-04.

120210

3-1/2” 9mm TDA 10SH AS BK S BPF ER, 2003-04.

120212

3-1/2” .40 S&W TDA 10SH AS BK S BPF ER, 2003-04.

120217

4” 9mm Saf-T- trigger Variation, 2002.

120218

4-1/8” .40 S&W Saf-T- trigger Variation, 2002.

120223

4-1/8” .45 ACP 25.6oz 990L, 2004-06.,

120230

4” 9mm 25.4oz 990L, 2004-06.

120231

3-1/2” 9mm 23.0oz 990L, 2004-05.

120232

4-1/8” .40 S&W 25.2oz 990L, 2004-06.

120233

3-1/2” .40 S&W 22.5oz 990L, 2004-05.

149072

Lew Horton with Night Sights, Sale Price $419, 2003.

220230

4” 9mm 16-AD-LG-GP-BS-SA-SD-FP-DM, 2006.

220232

4-1/8” .40 12-AD-LG-GP-BS-SA-SD-FP-DM, 2006.

320200

4” 40 S&W 12SH LE Only.

320201

4” 9mm 16SH LE Only.

320202

4-1/8” 40 S&W Tritium Night Sights LE Only.

320203

4-1/8” 9mm Tritium Night Sights LE Only.

320204

40 S&W NJ Police Night Sights.

320205

40 S&W NJ Police with adjustable sights.

320206

9mm NJ Police Night Sights “NJ” marked.

320207

9mm NJ Police with adjustable sights.

649736

Reported in .357 Sig, 3-1/2”, DAO Night sight; barrel hood stamped “357 Sig” with large “P.” Reported 15 made for T&E for INS, serial number range SAF837x-SAF839x; 2004.

649737

Reported in .357 Sig, 4”, DAO. Night sight; barrel hood stamped “357 Sig” with large “P.” Reported 15 made for T&E for INS, serial number range SAF675x-SAF677x; 2004.

The Walther/S&W Strategic Alliance (PPK, etc.)

In addition the jointly produced S&W 99 series, Smith &Wesson and Walther have a “strategic alliance” for S&W to be the exclusive distributor for Walther products in the U.S. S&W also has license to produce the Walther PPK and PPKS models of compact semi-autos, and these will be observed with S&W markings on them.

Chapter VIII

LONG GUNS

Cased revolving rifle. ArmsBid.com photo.

EARLY LONG GUNS

Model 320 Revolving Rifle

Caliber: .320 S&W Rifle. Single-action revolving rifle built on a top-break frame essentially from a New Model #3 pattern revolver with a long barrel and forearm. 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.42” and a two-piece non-separable barrel, the joint of which is slightly noticeable just forward of the cylinder. Detachable shoulder stock, blue (standard) or nickel (scarce) finish, automatic shell extraction, red mottled hard rubber forearm and hand grip with S&W monogram. Often the grips will appear darker with the mottling more subtle than on the forend. Excellent quality reproduction mottled forend and grips are known to exist.

Rear sight is an L-shaped two-blade V-notch flip up mounted on the rear portion of the barrel rib with a removable peep sight supplied that screws into the top of the shoulder stock tang. A filler screw was included for use when the tang peep sight was removed. Interchangeable front sights designed to slip onto the barrel rib in both blade and globe-with-crosshair styles were provided. It’s not unusual for the rear tang and/or front slip-on sights to have been lost, which will lower the value of the gun. It’s also not unusual to find a gunsmith-added fixed front blade sight replacing the lost slip-on sights. A leather carry case was available.

The detachable butt-stock is Circassian walnut with a black rubber butt plate bearing the S&W logo. The revolving rifle buttstock is similar to that of the more commonly encountered (but still scarce) detachable shoulder stock for the New Model #3. Most revolving rifle stocks have a longer tang for attaching to the bottom of the grip frame than New Model #3 stocks, although early and late production revolving rifle stocks are found with the short NM #3 stock style bottom tang. The features most likely to distinguish the revolving rifle stock are the relieved area and tapped hole for the tang rear sight, which is believed to appear on all revolving rifle stocks but not on NM #3 stocks.

The .320 Revolving Rifle cartridge was introduced exclusively for this gun. It has dimensions similar to the .32-44 Target cartridge, except with a longer brass case. The lead bullet is seated completely within the cartridge case.

A possible explanation for this rifle’s lack of popularity when this model was originally produced is a characteristic it shares with most other revolving rifle type designs: if the off hand grasps the forend during firing, the wrist tends to be peppered with particles escaping forward from the barrel/cylinder gap. Potential shooters be advised.

Three rifles are known to have been factory engraved. See Neal and Jinks for specific serial numbers. 840 Revolving Rifles were sold in the U.S.; 137 were exported. 977 were manufactured 1879 - 1887 in serial number range 1 - 977:

• 16" barrel: 239 manufactured

• 18" barrel: 514 manufactured

• 20" barrel: 224 manufactured

Variations

• 10% premium for 16" or 20" barrel.

• Finishes: 20-40% premium for nickel (approximately 9% of production). A very few are reported as originally made with two-tone finish, which would bring a further premium.

• Original case worth $3000 - $6000.

AUCTION BLOCK

Nickel revolving rifle in original case with sights and ammo, “90%” - $21,850 - Amoskeag, Garbrecht collection, Sept. 2005.

Blue revolving rifle in original case with sights and ammo, “very fine…92-3%” - $20,125 – James D. Julia, March 2005.

• Revolver Length Barrels: Some believed to have originally been made with shorter barrels in the 6” to 10” range. If factory original, these could bring a premium. However, caution is advised, as some are known with cut-down barrels (presumably to make a usable revolver from an awkward rifle).

• Recently (1998) serial number 1 surfaced in the state of Massachusetts, having quite a colorful history, among other things once being used as a prop to hold open a screen door. Number 1 is originally thought to be an award for an employee of S&W. Apparently this was the prototype for a photo session as others are a little different in the area where the stock attaches. Other details are limited at this time.

Prototype Antique S&W Rifles

A very few prototypes for early S&W rifles can be found in museums and private collections. At least two S&W lever actions can be found in the Connecticut Valley Museum with the S&W factory collection. A patent prototype for an 8-shot S&W non-top-break revolving rifle, apparently including an under-barrel tubular magazine, is at the Smithsonian. Photos and discussion of some of these models will be found in the Jinks and Neal & Jinks books. Needless to say, rarity of such items precludes a realistic estimated value.

Model of 1940 Light Rifle Mark I (C&R)

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Produced for the British government during WWII. Features fluted 9-3/4” barrel, blue finish, 20-round magazine, black molded plastic stock. Fixed front sight is a blade type; rear sight is micrometer adjustable type. Semi-automatic fire only from an open bolt. Weight 8 pounds, 4 oz. Most were destroyed by the British government with few (130) remaining in the U.S. Removed as an NFA weapon due to short barrel length but reclassified as a curio and relic by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms. Serial number range 1 - 2200 inclusive with Mark II; 1,010 manufactured in 1940.

Either light rifle in Exc to VG will bring $4500 - $3000.

Model 1940 Light Rifle, Nahas collection, photo by Paul Goodwin.

Model of 1940 Light Rifle Mark II (C&R)

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. A modified and improved version of the Mark I with a new style barrel sleeve on the frame, forward of the trigger guard. Shipped with barrel wrench, sling, and manual. Most were destroyed by the British government with few (80) remaining in the U.S. Serial number range 1 - 2200 inclusive with Mark I. 200 manufactured in 1941.

Model 76: Machine Pistol, Nahas collection, photo by Paul Goodwin..

Model 76: The Machine Pistol (C&R)

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Smith & Wesson’s only venture into a fully automatic weapon. Capable of semi- or full-automatic fire, with a 36-round double stack magazine, folding flat wire stock, detachable barrel and barrel shroud. Fires from an open bolt at approximately 720 rounds per minute firing rate. Parkerized finish, black plastic grip, fixed sights with U serial prefix. Consists of 12 major components for ease in field stripping. A caseless ammunition version was developed and tested but never put in production due to problems with dampness with the ammo. Classified as a curio and relic by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms with all N.F.A. rules in effect. Full automatic arms must be registered and taxed, and may be purchased only through a Class III federally licensed dealer. Prototypes are found with a “T” serial prefix and in 1998 many were acquired by the Springfield Armory NHS from Smith & Wesson for their collection. Serial number range U100 - U6200; 6,100 manufactured 1968 - 1974.

.30 Caliber M-1 Carbine Rifle

Caliber: .30 M1 Carbine. In 1941 S&W tried to interest the U.S. military in a M- type carbine rifle. They are reported in both full wooden stock and folding stock variations. This model design was completed in 1942 with only five examples being manufactured. One such example is in the Connecticut Valley Museum in Springfield Mass. Not a production model.

M&P 15 RIFLES

Caliber: 5.56 NATO/.223 Remington. Introduced in 2006 at the SHOT Show, these models are S&W’s newest entry to the Black Rifle market with its M&P product line. The rifles are available in three variations. All have 30-round magazines and are made from 7075 T6 aluminum upper and lower and 4140 steel barrels, are gas operated, and have an overall length of 35” with stocks extended and 32” with stock compacted. All have 16” barrels with 1:9 twist and prove to be as accurate as any in its class with groups of .88” using Corbon Gold Seal ammunition at 100 yards. All are semi-auto operation with “safe” and “fire” selector switch. Serial number prefix is “SWxxxx.” The famous S&W trademark of which we are all proud is combined with “Smith & Wesson” “Springfield MA.” “Made in U.S.A.” “Model 15” “Cal 5.56mm” and is found on the receiver’s left side. All models use standard mil-spec magazines. Shipped in a black plastic case with the label on the top side.

M&P 15

The M&P 15 is the standard rifle, looking much like the versions from other manufactures but with S&W markings. Features include a flat top receiver with detachable carry handle and dual aperture rear sight, 6-position folding stock with dual sling attachments, M-4 handguard, fully adjustable front post sight with bayonet lug and dual position front sling swivels, 16” barrel with mil-spec flash suppressor. Weight is 6.5 lbs. without magazine. Model markings are “M&P 15” in large outlined letters on the receiver’s right side. Product code 811000. Produced 2006 - date.

M&P 15A

The M&P 15A is a mix of features from both the 15T and the 15 with 6-position folding stock with dual sling attachments, flat top receiver with rear folding battle sight, M-4 handguard, adjustable front post sight with bayonet lug and front sling swivels, 16” barrel with mil-spec flash suppressor. Weight is 6.5 lbs. with no magazine. Markings are “M&P 15A” in large outlined letters on the receiver’s right side. Product code 811002. Produced 2006 - date.

M&P 15P

The M&P 15T has custom S&W rail covers, front folding battle sight and a rear folding battle sight, 6-position folding stock with dual sling attachments, flat top receiver, four-sided 10” free float modular rail for-end, mil-spec flash suppressor, and 16” -free float chromed lined barrel with (1:9) twist. Seven-lb. trigger pull. Weight is 6.85 lbs. without magazine. Markings are “M&P 15T” in large outlined letters on the receiver’s right side. Product code 811001. Produced 2006 - date. 2006 retail $1600.

SPORTING RIFLES IMPORTED FROM SWEDEN AND MANUFACTURED BY HUSQVARNA

Model A Bolt Action Repeating Rifle

Various calibers including .22-250 Remington, .243 Winchester, .270 Winchester, .308 Winchester, .30-06 Springfield, 7mm Remington Magnum and .300 Winchester Magnum. Barrels have four lands and grooves except .22-250 Remington, .243 Winchester and 7mm caliber, which have six lands and grooves. Features a 23-3/4” barrel, adjustable folding rear leaf sight, hooded front sight with German silver bead. 5-shot capacity except for 7mm Remington Magnum and .300 Winchester (3 rounds). Receiver drilled and tapped for most scope mounts or receiver sights. Checkered Monte Carlo style stock with rosewood forend tip and pistol grip cap. A slide safety is on the right hand side of the receiver. Has a bolt action Mauser type sporting action with three locking lugs. Cataloged with either a plastic or oil wood finish. Weight is approximately 7 lbs. Produced 1969 -1972.

Model B: Bolt Action Light Repeating Rifle

Various calibers including .243 Winchester, .270 Winchester, .30-06 Springfield, .308 Winchester. Features a 20-3/4” barrel with four lands and grooves except the .243 Winchester which has six lands and grooves, European walnut Monte Carlo stock with built-in cheek rest and Schnabel type forend, folding rear sight and hooded front sight with German silver bead, drilled and tapped for scope mount. Similar to the Model A. Weight is approximately 6 lbs. 10 oz.

Model C: Bolt Action Light Repeating Rifle

Calibers: .270 Winchester, .30-06 Springfield, .308 Winchester, .243 Winchester. Features a 20-3/4” barrel with four lands and grooves except .243 caliber, which has six lands and grooves. Similar to the Model B without the Monte Carlo style stock and has a sporting stock instead. Drilled and tapped for scope mount. Weight is approximately 6 lbs. 10 oz.

Model D: Bolt Action Repeating Rifle

Calibers: .270 Winchester, .30-06 Springfield, .308 Winchester, .243 Winchester. Similar to the Model C with a full-length Mannlicher-style stock of two-piece construction extending to the tip of the barrel. Also drilled and tapped for scope mount. Weight is approximately 6 lbs 10 oz.

Model E: Bolt Action Repeating Rifle

Calibers: .270 Winchester, .30-06 Springfield, .308 Winchester, .243 Winchester. Similar to the Model D with a full-length Mannlicher-style Monte Carlo stock with two-piece construction extending to the tip of the barrel and a built-in cheek rest. Also drilled and tapped for scope mount. 6 lbs. 10 oz.

MODEL 1500 THROUGH 1700 SERIES

Imported from Japan 1981 - 1985 and manufactured by Howa.

S&W rifles were shipped in a S&W marked lightweight cardboard box over a styrofoam insert, or may have been delivered in a light blue foam-filled plastic case with a silver S&W label.

Model 1500 Standard

Calibers: .222 Remington, .223 Remington, .22-250 Remington calibers in short action; .243 Winchester, .25-06 Remington, .270 Winchester, .30-06 Springfield, .308 Winchester calibers in long action. Repeating bolt action rifle with a 5-shot magazine; .222 and .223 calibers are available with a 6-shot magazine. Twin locking lugs, 22” barrel, American walnut stock and forend. Swivel posts are installed for slings. All receivers are machined single piece steel and are drilled and tapped for scope mount. The safety locks the trigger but allows the bolt to be opened for safe inspection and unloading. Hinged steel floor plate with release on the outside of the trigger guard. Hooded ramp front sight with gold bead and fully adjustable rear sight. Length is 42.5”, with a weight of 7 lbs. 10 oz.; 300 sets of a Model 1500 rifle with a knife and a Model 586 revolver were made up. The knife is a stainless folder with a revolver and a rifle appearing on the same side with a picture of the factory on the blade. 100 of these were in .270 Winchester caliber. The serial number prefix is reversed between the rifle and the revolver. Produced 1981 - 1985.

Model 1500 Deluxe with Recoil Pad

Caliber: 7mm Remington Magnum with 4-round magazine or .300 Winchester Magnum with a 3-round magazine similar to the Model 1500 with a recoil pad and with a 24” inch barrel. Weight is approximately 7 lbs. 12 oz.

Models 1500 & 1700 rifles, ArmsBid.com photo.

Model 1500 Mountaineer

Calibers: .223 Remington, .243 Winchester, .270 Winchester, .30-06 Springfield. Features a 22” barrel. Similar to the Model 1500 with 18 line per inch hand checkering and whiteline spacer. Weight is approximately 7 lbs. 8 oz.

Model 1500 Mountaineer with Recoil Pad

Caliber: 7mm Remington Magnum. Similar to 1500 with 24” barrel, 4-shot magazine. Length 44.5”, weight approximately 7 lbs. 10 oz.

Model 1600 Deluxe

Same chamberings as the 1500 but with Monte Carlo comb and cheekpiece, skip-line checkering, pistol grip cap with inlaid S&W seal, high-grade walnut, no sights, 22” barrel. Weight is approximately 7 lbs. 10 oz. Produced in 1981.

Model 1600 Deluxe Heavy Barrel Varmint

Calibers: .222 Remington, .22-250 Remington, .223 Remington. 24” barrel, skip-line checkering, pistol grip cap with inlaid S&W seal. Weight is approximately 9 lbs. 5 oz. Produced in 1981.

Model 1700 LS Classic Hunter

Calibers: .243 Winchester, .270 Winchester, .30-06 Springfield. 22” barrel, 5-shot magazine, solid recoil pad, no sights, schnabel forend, fine checkering. Weight is approximately 7 lbs. Introduced in 1983.

Model 125 Rifle

Caliber:s .30-06 and 270. Rare model; knowledgeable collectors report that possibly as few as five were made and speculate they may have been built from parts remaining for the Husqvarna-made S&W rifles.

EARLY SHOTGUNS

Wesson Firearms Co. Double Barrel Shotgun

Although a product of the Wesson Firearms Co., this firearm is well within the scope of this catalog for Smith & Wesson collectors. This early model is a 12-gauge with a 30” barrels with double triggers, straight buttstock, steel butt plate and checkered butt. Manufactured about 1868 - 1870, with a total production quantity of about 100 to 200. Serial number 1 has a different style frame and is reportedly marked “Smith & Wesson”; serial numbers of other known examples are between 100 and 220. Marked: “WESSON FIRE ARMS CO. SPRINGFIELD MASS.” Serial number on the trigger guard strap. A few are found engraved by the shop of Gustave Young. Some examples are found without serial numbers or address markings.

If marked, will bring as much as $10,000 in excellent condition to $5000 in good condition. Unmarked specimens will bring less than half this amount.

20TH-CENTURY SHOTGUNS

The first edition of this book listed S&W shotguns as manufactured by Howa and imported from Japan. Since then it has been reported that the earlier Model 916 pattern shotguns were made in the U.S. based on the Nobel Shotgun Company’s Eastfield model. They were made by S&W in a separate facility after Nobel declared bankruptcy c. 1969. The 1000 and 3000 Model patterns were manufactured by Howa in Japan.

Shotgun Models 1000, 1000S, and 1000T. Jamie Supica photos.

Model 916 Slide Action Shotgun with Fixed Barrel

Gauge: 12 or 20, with 16 ga. also reported; chambered for 2-3/4” and 3” magnum shells, fixed barrels are 18”, 20”, 26”, 28”, or 30” in length with various chokes: full, modified, improved cylinder, cylinder. Plain pistol grip. This model is found with a plain barrel or with ventilated rib, weight 7-1/4 lbs. Introduced in 1972. MSRP in 1978 was between $136 and $163.

Model 916 “Eastfield”

Gauge: 12, 16, 20. Plain barrel, with or without ventilated recoil pad or ventilated barrel and ventilated recoil pad. Slide action shotgun with wood stock and forend and 28” barrel. “B” serial prefix. Produced c. 1972.

Model 916T with Interchangeable Barrels

Similar to the Model 916 but with interchangeable barrels that do not require any prior fitting. Available with plain barrel (no sights) or rifle sights with recoil pad in 12 gauge with 20” plain barrel or ventilated rib barrel with recoil pad; 26” barrel with improved cylinder; 28” barrel with full or modified cylinder in 20 gauge; or 30” barrel with full choke in 12 gauge only. Police variations would hold up to 8 shots. A gun lock for police was also available for 6 or 12 volt systems to mount vertical or horizontal in a police car. MSRP in 1978 was between $142 and $169.

Model 96 Slide Action

Various gauges.

Model 1000P Slide Action

Essentially the same gun as the Model 3000. Not to be confused with the Model 1000 autoloader.

Model 1000 Autoloader 12/20 Gauge

12 or 20 gauge only. 2-3/4” chamber or 3” magnum chamber in 12 gauge; gas operated with low recoil, alloy receiver on 2-3/4” short chamber, steel receiver with 3” magnum chamber, cross bolt safety, 26” barrel with skeet or improved cylinder chokes, 28” with modified cylinder chokes, 28” or 30” barrels with modified or full cylinder chokes. A “Multi-choke” barrel with interchangeable choke tubes was available in Improved Cylinder, Modified or Full choke. The S&W design only increased the wall thickness to accommodate the multichoke at the end of the barrel. Ventilated rib barrel, weight 7-1/2 lbs.

Variations

• Model 1000 Waterfowler: 30” barrel, full choke, parkerized finish, Quick Disconnect swivels. Introduced in 1982.

• Model 1000 Trap.

• Model 1000 Super 12: Handles any 2-3/4” or 3” load, 12 gauge. Introduced in 1984.

Model 1000S Super Skeet 12/20 Gauge

12 or 20 gauge only, 2-3/4” chamber, steel receiver with scroll engraving on both sides, pistol grip cap with inset S&W seal, 25” barrel with wide center tract ventilated rib, midpoint sighting bead and bright point light gathering fluorescent red bead front sight. These barrels have 15 special muzzle vents; five on each side and five on the bottom to reduce muzzle jump. Special recessed choke. Cross bolt safety interchangeable for left or right hand. Length 45.7”, 8-1/4 lbs.

Model 3000 Slide Action Pump

12 or 20 gauge only. Pump action with dual action bars, chambered for 2-3/4” and 3” magnum shells, barrels interchangeable without fitting. Machined steel receiver, single front bead sight, vented recoil pad, multi-choke available, crossbolt safety interchangeable for left or right hand. Select American walnut stock. Length is 48-1/2” overall with a 28” barrel. Introduced in 1983.

Variations

• Model 3000 Waterfowler: 30” barrel with full choke, parkerized finish, Quick Disconnect swivels.

Model 3000 Police

12 gauge only, blue or parkerized finish, 18” or 20” barrel. Available with Police cylinder or slug barrel, fixed or folding stock.

Full Auto 12 Gauge Prototype

The authors have received a photocopy of a page from a German language magazine that appears to report on a S&W-made full-auto, box magazine-fed 12-ga. shotgun prototype that bears a cosmetic resemblance to the M-16. They have no idea what the article actually says, but they agree that it’s way cool, and they really, really want one.

Model 3000 Police, Old Town Station photo.

Chapter IX

COMMEMORATIVES & SPECIALS

This section contains information on special issue, commemorative, and other limited edition guns. Information on many of these will also be found in the sections on the Numbered Models.

CONTENTS

Club Guns

Commemoratives

First Editions

The “Twelve Revolvers”

CLUB GUNS ZERO SERIAL NUMBERS

Club guns are those whose serial number begins in zero.

They were assembled by S&W for presentations or for gifts. Many went to shooting clubs for prizes in shooting matches, hence the club gun name. It has been speculated that some club guns may have been assembled from remaining parts in inventory some time after a particular gun had been discontinued.

It is believed about 50 club guns were made over the years for the Wesson family, with the serial number of each being the single digit 0. Production of around 700 other club guns has been estimated, and each of these would have a multiple digit serial number beginning with 0.

Club Gun “0” serial number, Jim Supica photo.

COMMEMORATIVES

The following is a partial list of commemoratives. These are decorated collector guns and should not be confused with the carry issue gun of commemorated departments. More details may be found under the model number listed for the particular commemorative. Due to the limited numbers made, and the sometimes restricted initial distribution, detailed pricing information is not available on many of these. Additional information would be most appreciated. In trying to determine a price, a buyer or seller should assess the number made, the extent of decoration, the issue price, and the regional demand. To bring the full value, commemoratives should be unfired and preferably unturned with all original packaging material.

AUCTION BLOCK

Commemorative gun prices can vary widely at auction, and may not be a reliable indicator of “market” value. Nonetheless, where we have seen a particular model sell at auction in recent years, we will note the price and date in parentheses after the listing. Most of these sales were at Rock Island Auction or Faintich Auction sales:

• Alaska 25th Anniversary Model 29

• Alaska Silver Anniversary Model 29 with Statue

• Alaska Iditarod Model 629

• Arizona Highway Patrol 50th Model 66

• Burlington Northern Railroad Police Model 686

• Calgary Police (Canada) Model 10

• California Highway Patrol Model 19 and 68

• Chicago Police Model 66 ($357, 1999 Auction)

• Connecticut State Police Model 39

• Dallas Police Department 100th Model 66

• Fairfax County, Virginia, Police Model 19

• Fairfax VA Police Model 60

• Fraternal Order of Police Model 19

• F.B.I. Commemorative Model 27

• Georgia State Patrol Model 26

• Immigration & Naturalization Service Model 586

• Indiana State Police Model 66

• Iowa Highway Patrol Model 66

• IPSC 10th Model 745

• IRS-CID Model 15

• Bill Jordan Model 19

• Kansas Highway Patrol Model 586

• Elmer Keith Model 29

• Kentucky Coal Operations Model 66

• Kentucky State Police Model 19

• City of Los Angeles 200th Model 19

• Maine Warden Commission Model 66

• Maine State Police 120th Model 586

• Maryland State Police Model 19

• Massachusetts Police Model 36

• Massachusetts State Police 120th Model 586

• Minnesota State Patrol Model 66

• Missouri Department of Conservation Model 586

• Missouri Highway Patrol 50th Model 66

• Missouri State Highway Patrol Model 60

• Montana Centennial Model 25

• Montana Highway Patrol 44th Anniversary Model 66

• National Association of Federally Licensed Firearms Dealers Model 459

• National Police Revolver Championship Model 586

• Nebraska State Police 50th Model 586

• New Mexico Highway Patrol Model 586

• New Mexico State Police Model 19

• New York State Conservation Model 19

• North Carolina Highway Patrol Model 29

• Ohio Highway Patrol Model 10

• Oklahoma City Police Dept. Model 66

• Oklahoma Highway Patrol Model 64-1

• Oklahoma City Police Dept. Capt. Dan Combs commemorative Model 686

• Oregon State Police Model 19

• General Patton Model 586

• Pennsylvania Game Commission 100th Model 586

• Pennsylvania State Police Model 19

• Richard Petty Model 25

• Prince William County Police Dept. Model 19

• Prince William County Police 20th Model 586

• S&W 125th Model 25 ($517, Auction 2000)

• S&W Collectors Assoc. 25th Anniversary Model 29

• South Carolina Highway Patrol Model 66

• Springfield Armory Bicentennial Model 625

• Tennessee Highway Patrol Model 19

• Texas Department of Public Safety Model 27

• Texas Ranger 150th Anniversary Model 19

• Texas Wagon Train Commemoratives Model 544

• Tulsa Police Department Model 66

• U.S. Border Patrol Model 66

• U.S. Custom Dept. Model 19

• U.S. Marshall Bicentennial Model 4516-1

• U.S. Secret Service Model 19

• U.S. Treasury Model 686-3

• Virginia Game Warden Model 66

• Virginia State Police Model 66

• Virginia State Police 55th Anniversary Model 60

• Washington (D.C.) Metropolitan Police Model 10

• Washington State Police Model 28

• Washington State Penitentiary Model 19

• West Virginian State Police Model 19 First Editions

• Wyoming Centennial Model 29

• .357 Magnum 50th Year Model 27

FIRST EDITIONS

During the 1980s there was a practice of giving special factory serial numbers to new models being introduced. A limited number of the first production of a new model would be specially engraved with authenticity certificates.

• Limited Edition Model 24: fifty done in nickel

• Limited Edition Model 624: twenty-five made

• Limited Edition Model 645: twenty-five made

• Limited Edition Model 745: unknown quantity

• Limited Edition Model 639: unknown quantity

• Limited Edition Model 669: unknown quantity

• Limited Edition Model 649: one hundred(?) made

• Limited Edition Model 422: fifteen made

THE “TWELVE REVOLVERS”

Manufactured in 1990 by S&W for Ellett Bros. of Chapin, South Carolina, this series of 12 different guns was sold by subscription, with a different gun offered each month. The firearms each have an action scene engraved on the sideplate and were sequentially numbered from one to 500. Each was created with a special theme based on the early S&W advertising paintings. Each set of twelve revolvers was delivered with a special calendar book that featured color artwork of each revolver for that month. However, this series was never fully completed by S&W due to a parting of the business relationship. The author does not have further details on the number of full sets completed. The Twelve Revolvers are found in full and broken sets. Delivered with the older style two-piece box with metal corners

The Twelve Revolvers. Photo courtesy Old Town Station.

THE TWELVE REVOLVERS INCLUDE:

January Edition: “The Hostiles”

Model 29 with a 8-3/8” barrel with blue finish, .500” target hammer, .400” serrated target trigger, checkered target stocks, red ramp front sight with white outline rear, with a scene from “Hostiles” and so lettered. Product code 101207.

February Edition: “With The Wolfhounds”

Model 686 with a 6” barrel with stainless finish, .375” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger, smooth target stocks, black pinned ramp front sight with black blade rear, with a scene from “With the Wolfhounds” and so lettered. Product code 104233.

March Edition: “Mountain Lion”

Model 629 with a 4” barrel with stainless finish, .400” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger, black pinned ramp front sight with black blade rear, round butt, smooth combat stocks, with a scene from “Mountain Lion” and so lettered. Product code 103634.

April Edition: “Critical Moment”

Model 66 with a 6” barrel with stainless finish, .500” target hammer, .400” serrated trigger, smooth target stocks, red ramp front sight with white outline rear, with a scene from “Critical Moment” and so lettered. Product code 102708.

May Edition: “The Last Cartridge”

Model 57 with a 6” barrel with blue finish, .500” target hammer, .400” serrated trigger, red ramp front sight with white outline rear, target stocks, with a scene from “Last Cartridge” and so lettered. Product code 102203.

June Edition: “The Revolver”

Model 17 with a 6” full lug barrel with nickel finish with .500” target hammer, .400” serrated trigger, red post pinned front sight with black blade rear, target stocks, with a scene from “The Revolver” and so lettered. Product code 100572.

July Edition: “Through The Line”

Model 24-4 with a 6-1/2” barrel with blue finish, .375” semi-target hammer, .265” serrated service trigger, serrated black ramp front sight with black blade rear, checkered target stocks, with a scene from “Through the Line” and so lettered. Product code 100750.

August Edition: “The Last Stand”

Model 14 with a 8-3/8” barrel with nickel finish, .500” target hammer, .400” serrated trigger, red post Patridge front sight with black blade rear, with a scene from “Last Stand” and so lettered. Product code 100311.

September Edition: “Outnumbered”

Model 27 with a 7” barrel with blue finish, a counterbored cylinder, gold bead Patridge front sight with black blade rear, .375” semi-target hammer, .265” serrated service trigger, with a scene from Outnumbered and so lettered. Product code 100999.

October Edition: “The Attack”

Model 29 with a 7-1/2” full lug barrel with blue finish, .500” target hammer, .400” serrated target trigger, red ramp front sight with white outline rear notch, smooth combat stocks, with a scene from “The Attack” and so lettered. Product code 101207.

November Edition: “The Horse Thief”

Model 25-5 with an 8-3/8” barrel with blue finish in .45 Colt caliber, .500” target hammer, .400” serrated trigger, checkered target stocks, red ramp front sight with white outline rear, with a scene from “The Horse Thief” and so lettered. Product code 100905.

December Edition: “Hands Off”

Model 19 with a 6” barrel with nickel finish, .375” semi-target hammer, .265” serrated service trigger, black post front sight with black blade rear, with a scene from “Hands Off” and so lettered. Product code 100730.

Twelve Revolver Set

NIB: $6000. Individual revolvers may bring a slight premium over what a standard model would bring, either for their collectability, or for their unusual combination of features.

PRICE CHECK

Set of 12 revolvers, “as new in box,” listed at $5,950 -ArmchairGunShow.com, 2005.Lew Horton Specials

SPECIALS MADE FOR LEW HORTON DISTRIBUTORS BY SMITH & WESSON.

Some are also Performance Center guns. Most are listed in detail in the main catalog section or with other Performance Center guns but are accumulated here for easy reference.

• Model 10-7 Heritage Series case color 178006, 2001.

• Model PC-13: .357: 400 mfd., 170059 & 170063, 1995.

• Model 15-8: .38 Spl Product Code 149185, 2000.

• Model 15-8 Heritage Series, Case Color, 178009, 2001.

• Model 15-8 Heritage Series, Nickel, 178008, 2001.

• Model 15-9 Heritage Series, McGivern Nickel 170217, 2001.

• Model 15-9 Heritage Series, McGivern Case Color 170216, 2001.

• Model 15-9 Heritage Series, McGivern Blue 170199, 2001.

• Model 19: 75 mfd., Product Code: 100701, 1995.

• Model 24-3: 5,000 mfd., 1983-1984..

• Model 24-5: Heritage Series Blue 170185, 2001.

• Model 25-11: Heritage Series, 170186, 2001.

• Model 25-12: Heritage Series, Blue, 170197, 2001.

• Model 25-12: Heritage Series, Case color, 170211, 2001.

• Model 27-6: Classic series, Blue 170151, 1999.

• Model 29: Cal-.44 Magnum, Product Code: 101224, 1984.

• Model 29-3 The Classic Hunter: Run of 5,000, 101230, 1987.

• Model 29-9: Heritage Series, 6-1/2” Blue, 170213, 2002.

• Model 29-9: Heritage Series, 6-1/2” Nickel 170214, 2002.

• Model 36: Second Amendment Issue 300 Mfd.

• Model 60-10: .357 Magnum 3" Full Lug AS, 1996.

• Model 60-10: .357 Magnum 3" Full Lug AS, 1997.

• Model 60: Carry Comp: 300 mfd., Product Code: 170029, 1993.

• Model 63: 500 mfg., 2" Product Code: 102405, 1989.

• Model 65: .357 F Comp: 300 mfd., Product Code: 170024, 1993.

• Model 66-5: 2-1/2" w/Blue Cylinder 149188, 2000.

• Model 610-1: 300 Mfd. 3" barrel, RB 148120, 1998.

• Model 624-2: Lew Horton Special: 5,000 mfd., 1985-87.

• Model 625-4: Springfield Armory Bicentennial: 100931, 1994.

• Model 625-6: 6", slabside barrel 170081, 1997.

• Model 625-7: 3” 148121, 1998.

• Model 627-2: 5", 8 shot, 170089, 1997-98.

• Model 627-3: Defense Revolver 2-5/8" 170133, 1999.

• Model 627-2: 6", 149140, 2000.

• Model 629-3: The Classic Hunter I, 170008, 1992.

• Model 629-3: 3" Carry Comp. 170012, 1992.

• Model 629-3: The Classic Hunter II: 600 mfd., 170046, 1992.

• Model 629-1: 3" Stainless Combat Magnum: 103610, 1985.

• Model 629-4: 6" Light Hunter 170056, 1995.

• Model 629-3: Carry Comp II: 100 mfd., 1993.

• Model 629-4: Classic Hunter III 170046, 1996.

• Model 629-5: 2-5/8" Defensive Revolver 170135, 1999.

• Model 629-5: 12" Extreme Hunter 170157, 2000.

• Model 640 Special: Paxton Quigley: 150 mfd., 1994.

• Model 640 Special: Carry Comp: 23 oz., 150 mfd., 170042, 1993.

• Model 640-1: 5 shot, 2-1/8" 170068/1996; 170078, 1999.

• Model 649-1: .357 Magnum Eagle Grips, 1997.

• Model 651: 2".

• Model 657: The .41 Magnum Classic Hunter: 2,000 mfd., 103820, 1991.

• Model 657-4: 2-5/8" Defensive Revolver, 170134, 1999.

• Model 681-4: 3" w/Quadra Port 170080 1996 Model 686 Magnum Comp: 3", 350 mfd., 1992.

• Model 686 Carry Comp: 4", 1994.

• Model 686 Competitor: 6" slabside, 170015, 1994.

• Model 686-4: 7 shot, 6" 170103, 1998.

• Model 696: 5 shot, 3" Mag-Na-Port, 1997.

• Model 940 Special: .356 TSW 300 mfd., P170047, 1994.

• Model 3566: 3-1/2" 12SH AS Shorty 170027, 1993; 5" 15SH AS Limited 170032 1993; 4-1/4" 12SH AS Compact 170052, 1994.

• Model Shorty 9 MK III, 1997.

• S&W Shorty Forty: 500 mfd., three production runs: 1992 (1995 called Mk III) 170011; 1993; 1995.

• Shorty Forty MKIII 170061, 1997.

• S&W Tactical Forty: Limited production, 170020, 1993.

• S&W Compensated Forty: Limited production of 150, 1992.

• Shorty 45, 1997.

• Model 4596: c. 500 mfd., 104490, 1990.

• Model 5906: PC-9, 1990.

• Model 5967: 103048, 1990.

Chapter X

PERFORMANCE CENTER HANDGUNS

The Performance Center of Smith & Wesson got its start in 1990 from the efforts of two Master Gunsmiths, Paul Liebenberg and John French. The Performance Center is today managed by Tom Kelly and has grown to about 26 employees, all of whom are engaged in the handgun shooting sports, a condition of being employed in the Center. The Performance Center does not take production guns and improve them. These handguns are built from scratch. Using two CNC machines, the Performance Center turns out about 400+ guns a month. With the exception of certain models in the published catalogs, there is no standing inventory of Performance Center products. They are already pre-sold before they are made. Once a new design is made and prototyped, it is shown to distributors of specialty guns. The distributor is given an exclusive on that particular model and the guns are sold through that dealer’s network of retailers. The best customers of the Performance Center are Lew Horton, RSR Group, Camfour and TALO Distributing. The Performance Center delivers limited production run, unique design and special feature firearms, and also provides gunsmith and refinishing services to existing S&W standard products.

From a historical perspective, the Performance Center is a relatively new and very exciting aspect of S&W. We have tried to gather all Performance Center models into this section. What we have done in this section is to list the Performance Center guns in general order of the model number upon which they are based, with descriptions of each gun. There are some Product codes for which we have no details. At the end of listings of models that have been especially popular as the basis for PC guns, you will sometimes find a collected listing of variations and changes or Product codes for PC guns based on that model. At the very end of this listing of all Performance Center guns, you will find a listing of Performance Center guns in order of Product code number. For now, we have done our best to make as much information as possible available to collectors in this edition.

PRICING OF PERFORMANCE CENTER HANDGUNS

Even the thought of trying to price these many variations in five different condition grades makes us twitch uncontrollably. For one thing, these are essentially limited runs of custom guns; they are sold out in a relatively short period of time, and only resurface on the secondary market sporadically. It also seems as if they usually are offered either in ANIB or excellent condition. Thus trying to price recent production Performance Center products in Good, Fair or Poor condition is pretty much a totally hypothetical exercise – you just don’t see them offered in those condition grades. Finally, not much is advertised showing dealer or suggested retail prices on these pieces. In the few instances where we have been able to find a suggested retail or distributor’s wholesale price, we will list them with the model, usually in their listings in the Numbered Model Revolver or Semi-Auto Pistol sections of this book.

Other than that, we will offer the following observations, and then run like hell, leaving you pretty much to sort out values for specific models on your own.

It seems that Performance Center gun values tend to form a bell curve, with the peak at around $1200. Generally, the semi-autos run more than the revolvers. You will sometimes see used PC revolvers in nice but not too fancy configuration offered around $650 or so. Many of the that’s-pretty-cool revolvers start pushing the $1,000 mark new, and the vanilla (if any PC guns are vanilla) autoloaders start showing up there, too. The really sexy revolver models, and the that’s-pretty-cool semi-autos, break the grand mark, and the screamers make a race for $2,000. Sorry you asked? If readers would like to send in specific reports of PC gun values, we will try to start accumulating them for future publication.

Performance Center Compiled Product codes

Performance Center Handguns are not made in sequence by Product code. Many are made for many years depending on demand. Some codes remain undefined.

170002

M-5906 5” S AS TDA .

170003

Not defined.

170004

Not defined.

170005

Not defined.

170006

Not defined.

170007

Not defined.

170008

M-629 Classic Hunter I.

170009

M-686 Carry Comp 6”.

170010

M-686 Carry Comp 3.”

170011

Shorty 40 3.5” F.

170012

M-629 3” Mag. Comp.

170014

M-640 3” Carry Comp.

170015

M-686 6” Competitor.

170016

M-686 4” Carry Comp.

170017

Not defined.

170018

Not defined.

170019

M-4006 4” S FS PER.

170020

M-4006 5” Tactical Forty.

170021

M-686 6” Hunter.

170022

Not defined.

170023

M-442 Ultralite. Not for retail sale.

170024

M-66 3” F-Comp. 1993/2003 with FC.

170025

M-19 3” K-Comp. 1994.

170026

M-629 3” Unfluted 1994.

170027

M-356 Compact 3-1/2” SS/BL F.

170028

M-4006 S/S Shorty 40 S&W 3.5”.

I70029

M-60 3”FL ET-Comp. 1993.

170030

Shorty 9mm 3.5”.

170031

Not defined.

170032

M-356 Limited 5” AS BL.

170033

M-40 Limited 5” AS BL.

170034

M-686 6” Hunter (BRAZIL) Export.

170035

M-19 3” K-Comp (BRAZIL) Export.

170036

M-52 Performance Center.

170037

M-356 BRILEY Chassis Export.

170038

M-845 5” .45 ACP WISCHO Export.

170039

M-356 PARKER HALE Export.

170040

M9mm WISCHO Limited Export.

170041

Not defined.

170042

M-640 2” Carry Comp.

170043

M-640 2” Carry Comp.

170044

M 9mm WISCHO LTD. (2 TONE) Export.

170045

Not defined.

170046

M-629 6” Classic Hunter II (Unfluted) 1992.

170047

M-356 2” CC “Pocket Rocket” 1999.

170048

M-629 3” Quad Port 1995.

170049

M-629 5” Carry Comp.

170050

M-629 6.5” Trophy White Tail 1997.

170051

Not defined.

170052

M-356 TSW Tactical 4-1/4” 1994.

170053

M-5906 9mm SS AS 4-1/4” Stocking Dealer 1994.

170054

40 S&W 4-1/4” B PE Stocking Dealer 1994.

170055

M-460 Airweight 1994.

170056

M-629 Light Hunter 6”.

170057

M-5906 LTD AS 9mm Lew Horton Limited.

170058

M-629 3” DBL Mag-Na-Ported.

170059

M-13 3” FS DBL Port with Eagle Grips.

170060

Shorty 40 Mark II.

170061

Shorty 40 Mark III 1995.

170062

M-657 .41 Mag Light Hunter 1995.

170063

M-13 3” FS Dbl Port with Uncle Mike’s.

170064

M-845 5”.45 ACP Lew Horton Limited.

170065

M-629 7-1/2” Hunter Plus.

170066

M-617 WISCHO Target Export.

170067

M 9mm Compact 3.5”.

170068

M-640 .357 J-COMP 2-1/8” 1996.

170069

Not defined.

170070

M-625 5” 1996.

170071

Not defined.

170072

M-629 Hunter (Portless) 1996.

170073

M-640 357 2-1/8 FL GB (RSR) 1996.

170074

M-686 7SH 3” FL Carry Comp.

170075

Shorty .453.5” FS 1997.

170076

Shorty 40 MARK III-S 1997.

170077

M-686 7SH 2-1/2” FL Mag-Na-Port 1997.

170078

M-640.357 2-I/8” FL QUAD GB 1999.

170079

M-686 7SH 6” Hunter.

170080

M-681 3” Quad Port 7 shot.

170081

M-625 45LC Fluted 6” Hunter 1999.

170082

M-686 6” Super target (Export).

170083

8PPC 9mm Limited.

170084

M-629 7-1/2” Hunter.

170085

M-625-5 6” Glass Bead Hunter unfluted RSR 1997.

170086

M-686 7 Shot 6” Glass Bead Hunter 1998.

170087

M-629 7.5” Master Hunter/Scope only 1997.

170088

Shorty 45 AS 3.5” MKII.

170089

M-627 5” 8SH Lew Horton GB 1998.

170090

M-66 3” Contour Frame/ bbl (Export).

170091

.40 S&W Tactical-RSR 5” SA/DA/AS 1997.

170092

M-627 5” 8 Shot Ported.

170093

M-5906 IDPA 9mm 4” DA/SA FS.

170094

M-629 7-1/2” Master Hunter.

170095

M-627 6” 8 Shot Hunter.

170096

M-1006 9SH 3-1/2” GB DA SS Performance Center.

170097

M-845 45 ACP 5” FS MOD “845 Model of 1998” 1998.

170098

45 RECON 45 ACP 4.2” Ported BL with matching Knife.

170099

M-4006 4.25” 9SH TDA Shorty40 RECON 1998.

170100

M-629 6” Compensated Hunter 1998.

170101

M 745 5” AS SS PCCT.

170102

M-627 6-1/2” 8-Shot.

170103

M-686 6” 7 Shot Profile BBl.

170104

M-945 5” 8SH SA GS AS Stainless 1999.

170105

M-4566 4” 8SH CQB Stainless. 45 ACP.

170106

M-4563 4” 8SH CQB Alloy .45 ACP Black.

170107

M-3953 Classic 4” 9mm DA only PCCT.

170108

M-41 “Classic” 7” 10SH (Pcct) 10 Mfd.

170109

M-610 6-1/2” 10mm SS WG PCCT

170110

Shorty 40 Mark III FS Two Tone (Not Used).

170111

M-686 6” 6 Shot Profile Bbl.

170112

M-4516 7 Sh 3-1/2” GB DA SS (Pcct).

170113

M-586 357 GB 4-1/8” FLT (GIGN).

170114

M-657 4” PBP TH TT “Classic Series” Run of 25?

170115

M-657 6 SH 3” RR SS PCCT.

170116

M-627 5” 8 Shot unfluted.

170117

M-5906 5” 9mm LTD CS Slide (WISCHO).

170118

M-4563 4” CQB Two Tone.

170119

M-5906 5” 9mm/356TSW Mag Super PC.

170120

M-629 6” 44 6 shot Competitor WISCHO Export.

170121

M-686 6” 357 6 shot Fluted Competitor WISCHO.

170122

M-617 New Profile Barrel (Export) 1999.

170123

M-627 5” Profile Barrel 6-Shot Fluted.

170124

M-629 6-1/2” 6-Shot Fluted Full Lug Comp & Cap.

170125

M-657 6-1/2” 6-Shot Fluted Full Lug Comp & Cap.

170126

M-629 Compensated Hunter- New Frame 1999.

170127

M-4566 4” 8SH 45 CQB AS Two-Tone.

170128

M-4515 4.25” 45 RECON Ported with Knife RSR.

170129

M-4567 4-1/4” .45 ACP Two Tone.

170130

M-629 Classic 7-1/2” Barrel with Case.

170131

M-29 Classic 7-1/2” Barrel with Case.

170132

M-625-7 6” 45 Colt Light Hunter Fluted GB 1999.

170133

M-627 2-5/8” 8 shot Defensive Revolver 1999/2000.

170134

M-657 2-5/8” Defensive Revolver 1999.

170135

M-629 2-5/8” Defensive Revolver 1999.

170136

M-625-6 WEDGE 4” .45 ACP 1998.

170137

M-629 V Comp 4”, RSR 1999.

170138

M-629 7-1/2” Light Hunter RSR 2000.

170139

M-4006 5” .40 Cal SS FMS.

170140

M-6906 9mm RECON 3-1/2” SS Slide RSR.

170141

M-4006 45 RECON Mel Black.

170142

M-627-3 V-Comp Jerry Miculek Special 5” 2000.

170143

M-5906 5” AS SS 9mm Full Lug WISCHO.

170144

M-332 (Not Made).

170145

M-632 (Not Made).

170146

M-3 Schofield Model of 2000, 2000.

170147

M-945 5” SA AS Two Tone, 1998/1999.

170148

M-629 5” V-Comp RSR Special Comp & Cap.

170149

M-629 Hunter 6” Unfluted & Ported.

170150

M-627 5-1/2” Unfluted RD.

170151

M-27 Classic Series 1999.

170152

M-945 4” Two Tone SA.

170153

M-945 4” Stainless SA RSR.

170154

M-14 4” Full Lug PCCT.

170155

M-5906 5” 9mm 10RD Mag PPC.

170156

M-945 3-3/4” RSR Special.

170157

M-629 Extreme Hunter 12” 2000.

170158

M-3 Schofield 7” Nickel with Wood Case 2000.

170159

M-3 Schofield 5” Blue with Wood Case.

170160

M-3 Schofield 5” Nickel with Wood Case.

170161

M-625 4” .45 ACP.

170162

M-657 8-1/2” Revolver with sling.

170163

M-19 K Comp Y2000.

170164

M-4006 Shorty Forty Black-Y2000, Camfour 2000.

170165

M-646 4” 40 S&W 2000.

170166

M-27-7 8 Shot 4”.

170167

M-27-7 8 Shot 6-1/2”.

170168

M-952 5” 3 piece Grip CS 9mm.

170169

M-945-1 3-3/4” AL Black, Camfour.

170170

M-586 L-Comp 3” Ported 2000.

170171

M-629 7-1/2” Stealth Hunter Birdsong Finish.

170172

M-681 4” Quad Port for Camfour.

170173

M-945 5” RSR Special.

170174

M-945 5” Two Tone RSR Special.

170175

M-629 2-5/8” unfluted cylinder.

170176

M-625 5-1/4” 45 ACP for Camfour.

170177

M-945 3-1/4” 45 ACP 6SH NLC AA Camfour 2001.

170178

M-681 3” Quad Port, Camfour 2001.

170179

M-25-10 6” -Sports South.

170180

M-945 3 3/4” .40 S&W Sports South 2001.

170181

M-629 7-1/2” Compensated Hunter 2001.

170182

M-627 4” with Comp RSR Special.

170183

M-627 4” with Comp RSR Special.

170184

M-945 3-1/4” .45 ACP for RSR.

170185FC

M-24-5 6-1/2” CC Frame .44 Spl, (HS).

170186FC

M-25-11 6-1/2” CC Frame .45 Colt, (HS).

170187FC

M-25 .44-40 6” 6 Sh AS WG Case Color(HS).

170188FC

M-25 .38-40 6” 6 Sh AS WG Case Color(HS).

170189FC

M-24 .44 Spl 6-1/2” AS WG Blue, (HS).

170190FC

M-25 .44-40 6” 6Sh AS WG Blue (HS).

170191FC

M-25 .38-40 6” 6Sh AS WG Blue (HS).

170192FC

M-625 FL 5” 45 ACP 6 Sh AS IFS S.

170193FC

M-629 7-1/2” Unfluted Green/Black.

170194FC

M-629 7-1/2” Black Unfluted.

170195FC

M-4006 4” SA/DA FS IDPA.

170196FC

M-25-11 .45 Colt 6” Taper Bbl 6Sh Blue (HS).

170197FC

M-25-12 5-1/2” Fixed Sight 1917, .45ACP (HS).

170198FC

M-17-8 KT-22 6” 6Sh Fluted Adj Blue (HS).

170199FC

M-15-9 5” Blue McGivern (HS).

170200FC

M-681 357 3” FS WG 7Sh Birdsong Finish.

170201FC

M-5906 6” Pistol WISCHO.

170202FC

M-952 Adj Sight 9x21 Export 2002.

170203

Mfg. Purposes Only.

170204

Mfg. Purposes Only.

170205FC

M-627 .38 Super 8-Shot 2002.

170206FC

M-586 357 GB 4-1/8” GIGN style for S&W.

170207FC

M-3 5” Nickel Schofield, Wells Fargo Edition.

170208FC

M-3 5” Blue Schofield, Wells Fargo Edition.

170209FC

M-3 7” Nickel Schofield .45 S&W.

170210FC

M-627-5 357 with Internal Lock 5” 2002.

170211FC

M-25-12 Case Colored, Lanyard .45 ACP (HS).

170212FC

M-17-8 KT-226” Case Color Frame (HS).

170213FC

M-29 6-1/2” Blue (HS).

170214FC

M-29 6-1/2” Nickel (HS).

170215FC

M-3 Schofield 150th Commemorative.

170216FC

M-15-9 6” Case Color McGivern Model (HS).

170217FC

M-15-9 6” Nickel McGivern Model (HS).

170218FC

M-25.45ACP 5-1/2” 1917 with Military Finish (HS).

170219FC

M-6297-1/2” unfluted Big Rock.

170220FC

M-952 5” 9mm Firing Pin Block Safety 2003.

170221FC

M-5906 Singapore.

170222FC

M-945 Big Rock.

170223FC

M-5906 6” PPC.

170224FC

M-5906 4” D/A S/A Mexico.

170225FC

M-686-7 4” .38 Super for Bangers 2003.

170226FC

M-625-10 2” .45 ACP Sc Clear/Stainless 2003.

170227FC

M-945 5” Big Rock.

170228FC

M-629-6 7-1/2” two tone.

170229FC

M-647-1 .17 HMR 12” “Varminter” 2003.

170230FC

M-629-6 7-1/2” Unfluted-Birdsong Gn & Bl-IL.

170231FC

M-500 Magnum Hunter 10-1/2” X Frame 2003.

170232FC

M-329-1 Black recalled 6-04 2003.

170233FC

M-329-1 Clear recalled 6-04 2003.

170234FC

M-629 8-3/8” for Davidson’s.

170235FC

M-657 8-3/8” for Davidson’s.

170236FC

M-952-1 6” with Grip safety.

170237FC

M-627-5 5” “.357 Mag V-8”.

170238FC

M-625 4” Wedge 45ACP GB unfluted comp/cap wood.

170239FC

M-647 6.5” hi viz Not Mfd.

170240FC

M-627-5 357 Mag 5” 8 shot blk Acusport.

170241FC

M-629 44 7.5” scope mount wg.

170242FC

M-647 8-3/8” SS GB black AcuSport. Not Mfd.

170243FC

M-1911PC 5” Single Action Stainless.

170244fc

M-952-2 9mm 5” Stainless.

170245fc

M-327 2” 357 8 Shot Ti Cylinder Shroud Black.

170246fc

M-500 6.5” Compensated Hunter Unfluted.

170247fc

M-952-2 9mm 6” Stainless Steel.

170248FC

M-586 357 7 Shot.

170249FC

M-627-5 5” 8 shot Black –Acusport.

170250FC

M-381 2” 7 Shot; Lew Horton.

170251FC

M-327Sc 2” 357 8 Shot Ti Cyl Shroud Clear MSR.

170252FC

M-625-10 Sc Stainless Black -Lew Horton 2004.

170253FC

M-29 6-1/2” “American Pride” 2005.

170254FC

M-327Sc 5” Target Sights 8 Shot Ti 2005.

170255FC

M-500 Hunter 7.5” Black Finish 2005.

170256FC

M-952-3 5” 9x21cal (BigNamI).

170257FC

M-1911 5” .38 Super, Doug Koenig Series 2005.

170258FC

M-1911 5” Polished Stainless sides 2005.

170259FC

M-945 5” (new cost) 2005.

170260FC

M-9mm IDPA Aluminum Frame 2005.

170261FC

M-1911 5” GB Polished Sides-Koenig Hammer 2005.

170262FC

M-460XVR 10-1/2” with Compensator 2005.

170263FC

M-460XVR 6-1/2” with Compensator 2005.

170264FC

Not defined.

170265FC

M-9mm 5”.

170266FC

M-625-11 Sc Clear Stainless 45 Colt 2005.

170267FC

M-460XVR 7-1/2” Black Finish, Ellett Bros 2005.

170268FC

M-460XVR 3-1/2” Lew Horton 2005.

170269FC

M-327TRR8 Sc 8-Shot 5” 2006.

170270FC

M-5903 5” DA/SA FS 5 mfd. 2006.

170271FC

M-27 3-1/2” Future 8 Shot.

170272FC

M-27 5” Future 8 Shot.

170273FC

M-500 10” Hi-Viz Ellett Bros 2006.

170274FC

M-952-2 6” Polished Long Slide 2006.

170275FC

M-952-2 6” Long Slide 2006.

170276FC

M-500 RSR Special.

170277FC

M-629 Magnum Hunter 7-1/2” Two Piece barrel 2006.

170278FC

M-460 Future use.

170279FC

M-629 3” Carry Comp Lew Horton 2006.

170280FC

M-460 12” Hunter Walther Barrel Lew Horton 2006.

170281FC

M-460 3-1/2” Black 2006.

170282FC

M-460 14” Walther Barrel Lew Horton 2006.

170283FC

End of run.

178000FC

M-686 6” 7 Shot Competitor Unfluted.

178001FC

M-686 6” 6 Shot Hunter Unfluted.

178002FC

M-627 2-5/8” 6 Shot .357.

178003FC

M-657 2-5/8” 6 Shot .41 Mag.

178004FC

M-586 3” 7 Shot.

178005FC

M-29-5 8-3/8” RB TT TH RR WO B Wood Grips.

178006FC

M-104-1/4” Case Color Frame SB (HS).

178007FC

M-192-1/2” Nickel.

178008FC

M-15-8 4” Nickel (HS).

178009FC

M-15-8 4” Case Color Frame (HS).

PERFORMANCE CENTER REVOLVERS

Schofield Model of 2000

Caliber: .45 S&W. Introduced in January of 2000, this 3rd Model Schofield is a modern top-break, single-action revolver from the S&W Performance Center chambered in its original caliber of .45 S&W, aka .45 Schofield. It features the design concepts of the original Model 3 Schofield and incorporates the technical and engineering advantages the last 125 years have made possible. Built very much like the original but with a modern hammer block safety. 6-shot capacity with a 7” barrel, color case hardened hammer with a .315” smooth case colored trigger. Built with the 1st edition latches, which are also color case hardened. Sights are a fixed notch rear with a pinned half moon post in front. Walnut wood grips on a carbon steel frame with a polished blue finish. Weight is 40 oz. with a length of 12.5” overall. Serial prefix of “GWS” for “Col. George W. Schofield.” Product code 170146 (JD 0210) Produced 2000 -2003. Suggested retail was $1548.95.

Model 2000, S&W photo.

Schofield Model of 2000 Nickel Finish

In November 2001 the Performance Center made a nickel finish version with 7” barrel and shipped in the Heritage series box. “US” stamped on the butt with the serial number. Black pinned round blade front sight with “Mod. 3 Schofield 1875” on the right side, color case hammer, latch and trigger guard. Product code 170209FC. Serial number NKL0008 was our sample. Suggested retail price was $1520.

Schofield Model of 2000 Wells Fargo Edition

Caliber: .45 S&W In November 2001 the Performance Center made a “Wells Fargo” variation of the 2000 Schofield Model with 5” barrels and a blue or nickel finish, shipped in the Heritage series box. Black pinned round blade front sight, color case hammer, latch and trigger guard. Built like the two previously described products with “US” on the butt with the serial number. Marked “.45 S & W” on the barrel’s left side and “Schofields Pat. Apr 22d 1873” on the right side. Product code 170207FC for the nickel version with a serial prefix of “WFC” and “170208FC” for the bright blue version with a serial prefix of “WFE.” Suggested retail price was $1500.

The Heritage Series from Lew Horton and The Performance Center

Beginning in 2001 Lew Horton Distributing and The Performance Center offered a series of special revolvers from Smith & Wesson called “The Heritage Series.” These would be produced over a period of the next two years and included color case Models 10 and 24 and other models no longer manufactured but that were very popular over the last century. This series will include Models 10, 15, 17, 24, 25, 29 and the Model of 1917 in various finishes. Each has a gold color antique style box unique only to the Heritage series with a picture of Horace Smith and Daniel Wesson on the top with blue metal corners and a modern end label. All handguns will be shipped with a fired case from that handgun in a small sealed envelope signed by the shooter, along with a trigger lock or cable lock.

Model 10 Color Case Hardened Frames

Caliber: .38 Special. Limited production. These are special Model 10 frames that feature color case hardening on a square butt frame and yoke with 4-1/4” blue tapered barrel, blue cylinder and blue standard thumbpiece. Built on the last of the regular production square butt frames with brown laminated Magna wood grips with silver medallions and standard hammer and trigger. All examples are shipped with a fired case in a small sealed envelope. Model stampings of 10-7 and 10-9 have been observed. Eighty are scheduled for manufacture with a square butt frame and another 70 on a round butt frame with square butt grips. This model does not have the Performance Center trademark on it. First shipments of square butt frames was in May of 2001, shipped in a blue plastic case with trigger lock. Product code 178006FC with serial prefix of “CRS0001” to “CRS0080.” Suggested retail was $790.

Model PC-13 Double Port .357

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Production of 400 units. “A very serious carry revolver.” Four ports on a 3” barrel, fixed rear sight with ramp front sight, Eagle Secret Service boot grips on a K frame, 6-shot cylinder, bobbed hammer, double action only, matte blue finish with beveled cylinder latch, trigger, and charge holes. Shrouded extractor rod, trigger has an overtravelstop. Serial prefix of “JPC.” Product code 170059 with Eagle Grips; 170063 with Uncle Mike’s grips; 1995 suggested retail price was $760.

Model 14 PPC: Special 1995

Caliber: .38 Special. Designed for the Police Nationals for combat shooting competitions by Master Gunsmith Jim Rae of the Performance Center, this was a limited production handgun of fewer than 100 units with a 4” full lug barrel, precision crowned muzzle, custom duty action and polished forcing cone. Shipped to a law enforcement distributor in Mississippi for the National Police Shooting Championships held in Jackson, Mississippi each summer. Received by the Mississippi Highway Patrol the first year in 1995 and the L.A.P.D. pistol teams in 1996 as a prize for winning the World Championship. Accurized from the Performance Center, the first six were produced in 1995 with six more a year later. Further quantities are unknown. Product code 170154. Not available for retail sale.

Lew Horton Heritage Series Model 15-8

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Model 15-8 with bright nickel finish, 4” barrel, wood laminate grips on a round butt three-screw frame. Ramp on ramp base front sight with black micrometer click rear sight. Drilled and tapped for scope mount. Smooth trigger with checked hammer spur. Shipped in a Heritage Series box with metal corners, Protective paper, bubble pack, Master trigger lock, fired cartridge case in a sealed envelope and warranty papers. Performance Center logo under the thumbpiece. Serial number NSC0170 was our example. Produced in September of 200. Product code 178008FC. Suggested retail price was $922.

Lew Horton Heritage Series Model 15-8

Caliber: .38 Special. Model 15-8 with special color case hardened frame and yoke with 4” blue barrel and blue cylinder. Ramp on ramp base front sight with micrometer click rear sight, drilled and tapped for scope mount. Smooth trigger with checked hammer spur, round butt frame with three screws and wood laminate checkered grips. Marked “.38 Smith & Wesson Special CTG” on the barrel’s right side with “Smith & Wesson” on the left. Shipped in a Heritage Series box with metal corners, protective paper, bubble pack, Master trigger lock, fired cartridge case in a sealed envelope and warranty papers. Performance Center logo under the thumb piece. Serial number CSC0164 was our example. Product code 178009FC. Produced in August of 2001. Suggested retail price was $922.

Lew Horton Heritage Series Model 15-9: McGivern Models

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Made on an entirely new Model 15-9 frame with integral frame lug for 2001. The Performance Center made three models commemorating Ed McGivern’s world speed records in 1934 with a revolver. Each version has a commemorative plate detailing McGivern’s records of 5 shots in 2/5 of a second and 5 shots in 9/20 of a second at the Armory in Lewiston, Montana. All revolvers are 6-shot with a Patridge front sight with McGivern Gold Bead and adjustable micrometer click rear sight on a round butt frame with Altamont Fancy checkered service grips of that era. 6” barrel. They were available in three finishes: color case hardened, nickel or blue. All three models have the McGivern speed record sideplate attached, as they were on the original gun belonging to Ed McGivern. All were shipped in the Heritage Series box with a fired cartridge case in a sealed envelope (FC), protective paper, Master trigger lock. Color data sheets were printed for these models. Suggested Retail average price was $1059.

Product Codes

170217FC

6” Nickel RB BCD serial number prefix.

170216FC

6” Color Case RB BCC serial number prefix.

170199FC

6” Blue RB BBS serial number prefix.

Lew Horton Heritage Series Model 17-8 KT22

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Part of the Heritage Series from Lew Horton in two finishes: all blue or color case hardened frame with blue barrel and cylinder. Released in August of 2001, this model features a 6-shot counterbored cylinder with a nominal length of 1.62”, round butt frame built on the newest K frame (-8) with CNC machining. Has a built-in frame lug, floating firing pin and is also drilled and tapped for scope mount. Fitted with non-Magna wood grips with diamond around the screw and S&W medallions. The front sight is a pinned Patridge on a raised boss with an adjustable rear sight on a 6-inch round barrel. Smooth trigger with a pinned stop. The hammer is checked and the frame is fitted with a standard non-MIM thumbpiece and four-screw sideplate. Serial numbers on the butt and in two places on the frame under the grips. Performance Center logo under the thumbpiece. Serial number prefix LRM0075 was our example. Supplied with fired case serial numbered to the frame in small envelope. Shipped in Heritage Series box with metal corners and Master trigger lock. Product codes: 170198FC for all blue finish, 170212FC for the color case frame with blue barrel and cylinder. 2003 suggested retail price was $1040.

Model 17-8 KT22, photo by S&W.

Model 19: Performance Center .357 Magnum “K Comp”

Caliber: .357 Magnum/.38 Special K target frame with round butt, 6-shot fluted cylinder with counterbores, 3” full-lug ported barrel, smooth combat trigger. Front sight is set back with dot tritium night sight on post, black blade adjustable rear sight, contoured thumbpiece, rubber combat grips, blue matte finish. Limited production. Weight 36 oz. Serial number prefix “KCP.” Product codes: 170025 (1994); 170035 (export for Brazil); 170163 (K-Comp Y-2000). Suggested retail price was $799.95 - $825.

Lew Horton Heritage Series Model 24-5

Caliber: .44 Special. Color case hardened frame with blue 6-1/2” tapered barrel and blue cylinder with a nominal length of 1.57”. Made with a four-screw sideplate on a round butt frame, stamped “Model 24-5.” Patridge front sight with Call gold bead, micrometer click adjustable rear sight, ball detent lockup at the yoke, traditional thumbpiece, chamfered charge holes, diamond checked walnut grips with S&W monogram. Performance Center trademark located under the thumbpiece. Serial number prefix of “CSHxxxx.” C. 150 Manufactured. Product code 170185FC. Produced in May of 2001. Suggested retail price was $1109.95.

Lew Horton Heritage Series Model 24-5

Same as above except with an all-blue finish. Product code FC with serial number prefix of BCB0066. Introduced in September of 2001. Suggested retail price was $1049.95.

PC Model 24-5, photo by S&W.

Model 25-10 Performance Center “Hand Ejector”

Caliber: .45 Colt. Released in 2001, this model has features similar of those of the 1955 Hand Ejector chambered in .45 Colt. Built on the latest N frame design with integral frame lug and floating firing pin. Features include 6” tapered barrel with shrouded extractor, gold bead on a pinned Patridge front sight with black blade micrometer click rear sight. The yoke has a ball detent lock-up in addition to the normal extractor rod lock. The sideplate is made with four screws and the traditional thumbpiece is used to open the cylinder, which is modified with chamfered charge holes. Fitted with wood grips with S&W medallions. Bright blue finish. Supplied with a certificate signed by Performance Center Manager Tom Kelly. Shipped in an aluminum Performance Center-marked locking gun case. “HEG” serial prefix. Weight 42 oz. Product code 170179; 150 reported manufactured. Distributed by Sports South Inc.

PC Model 25-10, S&W photo.

Lew Horton Heritage Series Model 25-11

Caliber: .45 Colt. 6-1/2” blue barrel, color case frame, Call gold bead on a pinned Patridge blade with an adjustable rear sight; 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.67”. Built on a four-screw round butt frame stamped “Model 25-11.” Serial number GBP0053 was our example, Approximately 150 manufactured; marked “45 Colt CTG” on the barrel’s right side. Shipped in the Heritage Series gold picture box with metal corners with fired case and Master trigger lock. Product code 170186FC. Introduced in July of 2001. Suggested retail price was $1150.

PC Model 25-11, S&W photo.

Lew Horton Heritage Series Model 25-11

Caliber: .45 Colt. Features 6-1/2” barrel in all-blue finish. Call gold bead on a pinned Patridge blade front sight with an adjustable rear sight, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.67”. Built on a four-screw frame stamped “Model 25-11.” Marked “45 Colt CTG” on the barrel’s right side. Serial number BAK0016 was our example. Approximately 150 manufactured. Shipped in the Heritage Series gold picture box with metal corners with fired case and Master trigger lock. Product code 170196FC. Introduced in July 2001. Suggested retail price was $1150.

Lew Horton Heritage Series Model of 1917, Blue Finish

Caliber: .45 ACP. Marked “Model 25-12.” 5-1/2” barrel with high profile round blade front sight and notch cut fixed rear sight. Provided with lanyard ring and half moon clips. Polished blue finish on a four-screw frame. Marked “.45 ACP” on the barrel’s right with “S&W D.A. 45” on the left side. 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.53”. Performance Center logo under the thumbpiece. Serial number prefix is “NCS00xx.” Shipped in Heritage Series gold picture box with metal corners, fired case, Master trigger lock and papers. Product code 170197FC. Introduced in August of 2001. Approximately 150 made. Suggested retail price was $1050.

Lew Horton Heritage Series Model of 1917, Color Case Finish

Caliber: .45 ACP. Marked “Model 25-12.” 5-1/2” barrel with high profile round blade front sight and notch cut fixed rear sight. Provided with lanyard ring and half moon clips. Polished color case finish on a four-screw frame. Marked “.45 ACP” on the barrel’s right side with “S&W D.A. 45” on the left side, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.53”. Performance Center logo is under the thumbpiece. Our example was serial number BAJ0016. Shipped in Heritage Series gold picture box with metal corners, fired case, Master trigger lock and papers. Introduced September of 2001. Approximately 150 made. Product code 170211FC. Suggested retail price was $1050.

Lew Horton Heritage Series Model of 1917, Military Finish

Caliber: .45 ACP. Marked “Model 25-12.” 5-1/2” barrel with high profile round blade front sight and notch cut fixed rear sight. Provided with lanyard ring and shipped with half moon clips. Dull military style finish on a four-screw frame. Marked “.45 ACP” on the barrel’s right with “S&W D.A. 45” on the left side. 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.53”. Performance Center logo under the Thumbpiece. Serial number BAV0016 was our example. Shipped in Heritage Series gold picture box with metal corners, fired case, Master lock and warranty papers. Introduced in September of 2001. Product code 170218FC. Approximately 150 made. Suggested retail price was $1050.

Model 27-7 8 Shot - New for 2000

Caliber: .357 Magnum, Two Variations made with blue finish for Bangers Dist. 100 each made with 4” barrels and - shot cylinder with black Patridge front sight; 100 each made with 6-1/2” barrel length and 8-shot cylinder with black Patridge front sight. Both from the Performance Center with Magna combat grips. Product codes 170166 4” B 8 shot 2000, 100 made, 42 oz.; 170167 6-1/2” B 8 shot 2000, 100 made, 45 oz. Suggested retail was $775.

PC Model 27-7, S&W photo.

Performance Center Model 27 “Classic Series”

Caliber: .357 Magnum, The last 6-shot Model 27s made were composed of frames and barrels from the 50th Anniversary Commemoratives with the recessed cylinder from “Outnumbered.” 14 were manufactured and sold through Lew Horton in June of 1999. “AVUxxxx” serial number prefix. Product code 170151.

Model 28 “Performance Center” Marked

Caliber: .357 Magnum. In 2000, approximately five model 28s were stamped with the Performance Center trademark. Serial number N951647 Model 28-2 was a salesmen’s sample discovered in 2004. Approximately five were stamped with the Performance Center trademark in 2000 with a red ramp front sight and white outline rear sight. 4” barrel with recessed cylinder. No known product code.

Lew Horton Heritage Series Model 29-9

Caliber: .44 Magnum. 6-1/2” barrel with blue finish, Patridge front sight with an adjustable rear sight, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.7”. Built on a four-screw frame stamped Model 29-9 with extractor shroud, Performance Center logo located under the thumbpiece. Target grips. Shipped in the Heritage Series gold picture box with metal corners, fired case, Master trigger lock and papers. “BBKxxxx” serial prefix, product code 170213FC 2002. Suggested retail was $1045.

Lew Horton Heritage Series Model 29-9

Caliber: .44 Magnum. 6-1/2” barrel with nickel finish, pinned Patridge front sight with Call gold bead front sight with an adjustable rear sight, checked teardrop hammer with smooth trigger, 6-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.7”. Built on a four-screw frame stamped Model 29-9 with extractor shroud. Performance Center logo under the thumbpiece. Target grips. Shipped in the Heritage Series gold picture box with metal corners, fired case, Master trigger lock and papers. Serial prefix is “BBRxxxx.” Product code 170214FC 2002. Suggested retail was $1045.

Model 29 “American Pride”

Caliber: .44 Magnum. The first-ever carbon steel Performance Center Hunter. 6-1/2” barrel with a stainless steel barrel mounted weaver style scope base, high polish blue finish. Front sight is either an interchangeable orange luminescent blade, or a Call gold bead. (Data sheets called out a black Patridge front sight). The rear sight is an adjustable white outline. 6-shot unfluted cylinder with chamfered charge holes. Built on a four-screw frame stamped Model 29-8 with extractor shroud and ball detent lockup. The Performance Center logo is stamped under the thumbpiece. Checkered wood grips with American Pride logo on the bottom of the grip. Stainless steel hammer and trigger with overtravel screw and internal key lock. Serial number JCS0056 was our example. Shipped with Fired case, PC gun rug and Master cable lock. Product code 170253. Approximately 200 made for Jerry Sports 2005.

PC “American Pride,” S&W photo.

Model 29 Slabside

The Performance Center built two Model 29s of carbon steel with a slabside barrel configuration. In the authors’ opinion (at least one of them) they were the most eye-catching product ever to come out of the Performance Center. No known Performance Center product code.

PC Model 29 Slabside, Bob Radaker collection, photo by Paul Goodwin.

Model 60 ET-Comp

Caliber: .38 Special +P rated. 3” full lug ported barrel with dovetailed front sight and adjustable rear sight, round butt frame with rosewood laminate grips or pearl inlaid synthetic grip, shipped with blue hard case, contoured thumbpiece. Distributed by Lew Horton. “PCQ” serial number prefix. Product code 170029; 300 made in 1993.

Mod. 60 ET-Comp, pc 170029, photo courtesy Mark Calzaretta.

Model 66 Performance Center .357 Magnum “F Comp”

Caliber: .357 Magnum. 3” full lug ported barrel, dovetailed tritium dot front night sight with adjustable rear sight, tuned action, round butt frame with Uncle Mike’s Rubber Boot grips, counterbored 6-shot fluted cylinder, contoured cylinder latch. Distributed by Lew Horton. Serial number introduction at “LHF00xx” and serial number prefix of “PCP,” “CPC,” and “LHJ” have been observed. Product code 170024. Approximately 300 made. Suggested retail was $740. Introduced in 1993.

Performance Center .357 Magnum “F Comp,” Smith &Wesson photo.

Model 66-6 Performance Center “F Comp”

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Reintroduced at the 2003 SHOT Show, this model features a 3” full-lug ported barrel with drift adjustable dovetailed ramp front sight and micrometer click rear sight, 6-shot cylinder with chamfered charge holes. The front sight is set back behind the ported barrel. Glass bead finish. Shipped with Walnut combat grips and an additional Hogue Bantam Monogrip. Product code 170024FC. 2003 suggested retail price was $798.

Model 66: The Super K

Caliber: .357 Magnum; 3” specially contoured barrel with two Mag-Na-Ports. White synthetic grip with S&W medallions. Performance Center tuned action and overtravel trigger stop. Product code 170090 1997. Suggested retail was $834.

Model 327Sc

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Double-action revolver introduced at the 2004 SHOT Show, built on the aluminum/scandium alloy N frame with fixed sights consisting of a .260” dovetailed orange front ramp with a fixed notch rear sight. Eight-shot fluted titanium cylinder with a nominal length of 1.57” with a small stainless steel flash shield above the cylinder-barrel gap to reduce flame cutting. The barrel length is just under 2” (1.978”); it has a titanium shroud over a stainless steel barrel insert and is installed with a special tool. (Two-piece barrel and shroud design.) The shroud is marked “.357 MAG” on the right side with an “8” encircled by eight dots on the left side. Other features include a teardrop color case hammer and trigger with an overtravel stop, ball detent cylinder lock and chamfered charge holes. Weight is 21 oz. with an overall length of 7”. The frame is matte black with a natural grey titanium color cylinder and barrel shroud. The grips are Ahrends Cocobolo round butt with finger grooves and a small lanyard pin is on the frame butt. The Performance Center trademark is under the thumbpiece. Shipped with a black Performance Center-marked gun rug made by Allen with an internal pouch; two full-moon clips; owners manual; fired case; Master cable lock; and internal key lock with two keys, all packed in a white cardboard box. Frame part number is 24992. Our example was serial number ASR0102 in a special serial range.

In July of 2004 a clear satin finish version was manufactured with a frame part number of 24786 with satin finish hammer and trigger. Our examples were serial numbers CSR0008 and CSR0009. Packaged with an extra Hogue Monogrip in a Performance Center Gun Rug. In 2005 the Performance Center also introduced a 5” variation with an 8-shot unfluted titanium cylinder with adjustable sights consisting of an orange hi-viz fiber optic with an extra interchangeable black ramp with .250” gold bead and black adjustable rear sight. This variation has a unique new two-piece barrel design and Jerry Miculek signature grip and an extra Hogue rubber grip. Suggested retail price was $1149.

In 2006 the Performance Center introduced the “327TRR8” “Tactical Response Revolver 8 Shot,” which has an all-black glass bead finish with two detachable tactical rails on a 5” two-piece barrel. Features an 8-shot steel fluted cylinder, gold bead front sight with black outline rear sight, Picatinny style accessory rails for mounting on top and bottom of the barrel, ball detent lockup, and a Hogue Monogrip. A lanyard pin is found at the base of the frame. Chamfered charge holes, polished button polygonal rifled barrel. Smooth trigger, tear drop hammer. Serial number SWT0019 was our example. Packed in a PC aluminum case with two full-moon clips. Average retail price was $950. Produced 2004, 2005 and 2006.

Model 327Sc variations, Nahas collection, photo by Paul Goodwin.

Product Codes

170245FC

2” Black Finish, RR, FS, WG, IL, 2004-2005.

170251FC

2” Clear Finish, RR, FS, WG, IL, 2004.

170254FC

5” Black Finish, AS, IL, JM Grips, 2005.

170269FC

5” Black Finish, AS, IL SG, TRR8, 2006.

Model 329-1 Airlite PD

Caliber: .44 Magnum. Double-action revolver built on the round butt scandium/aluminum alloy N frame with a 6-shot titanium cylinder. Features a painted red ramp front sight over a serrated and ported 3” barrel, with an adjustable black blade rear sight. Shipped with Ahrends Cocobola finger groove wood grips and an extra Hogue rubber grip. Fitted with a checked teardrop hammer and a smooth combat trigger with overtravel stop. Barrel markings are “.44 MAGNUM” on the left side and “PERFORMANCE CENTER” on the right side. Available in a clear or black matte finish with internal key lock. The Performance Center trademark is found under the thumbpiece. Shipped with a Performance Center aluminum double locking carry case, Master cable lock, fired case and keys.

An Interesting Caveat

In June and July of 2004, S&W discovered that some Model 329-1 barrels might have been overtightened and may result in a cracked frame. S&W issued a recall on all Model 329-1s and offered a trade-in for some other product of equal value. The guns were slated to be crushed and may have resulted in an automatic collector’s item.

2005 Update: Several revolvers have been found with cracks along the frame where the barrel is screwed in and were discovered”just sitting in the box” unfired. The explanation from the Performance Center is that the scandium alloy, while very strong, is also without flex and can be brittle under tension. These 3” barrels are of a single piece rather than the two-piece design and imposed a great deal of stress on the frame. Eventually these frames cracked even though they were at rest. DO NOT FIRE THIS MODEL. Suggested Retail Price was $1100.

Model 329-s, Nahas collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Product codes

170233FC

3” Clear Finish, Serial range DEW0001-0099, 2003.

170232FC

3” Black Finish, Serial range BVA0004-0210, 2003.

Model 442: The “Ultralight”

Caliber: .38 Special. It has been reported (and photographed) that a few (c. 10) Model 442s with an aluminum alloy cylinder were made for the U.S. Secret Service as prototypes but were never sold or released to the general public. These prototypes have no markings on the sideplate and have a matte blue finish. One observed serial prefix was “BSSxxxx.” Both fluted cylinders and unfluted cylinders are reported to have been manufactured. These cylinders passed the 5000-round test using +P ammo with no failures. Built on the original J 442 Centennial frame. This variation is actually lighter than the Ti series because of the all-aluminum alloy cylinder. Product code: 170023 1997 Not offered for retail sale.

Model 442 Ultralight, Nahas collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Model 460: Performance Center Airweight

Caliber: .38 S&W Special. Double-action only. Limited production of 450. Aluminum alloy J Centennial frame with round butt, 5-shot fluted steel cylinder with a nominal length of 1.53”, fully concealed hammer, 2” steel ported barrel, fixed sight with blue matte finish, Eagle Secret Service grips, .312” smooth trigger, Performance Center logo laser etched on the sideplate. Shipped in a Performance Center blue plastic case. Weight 15.8 oz. Serial number SDE0404 was our example. Average retail was $595. Product code: 170055, 1994.

Model 460, Nahas collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Model 460XVR Compensated Hunter

Caliber: .460 S&W Magnum and also capable of shooting the .45 Colt and .454 Casull cartridges. Introduced in late Summer of 2005 and built on the newest X-size stainless steel frame, this is the Performance Center version of the standard Model 460XVR. 10-1/2” barrel with a green hi-viz interchangeable front sight with adjustable black outline rear sight. 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 2.3” with ball detent lockup, integral Weaver style scope mount, Hogue Dual Density Monogrip with S&W monogram to help absorb recoil and a barrel mounted recoil compensator. The barrel is marked “Performance Center” on the right side with “460 S&W Magnum” on the left side. Stainless steel material with a glass-bead finish and flash chromed hammer with .312” trigger. Shipped with fired case, internal lock and two keys, Uncle Mike’s detachable sling and swivels, Performance Center gun rug. This model has the internal key lock system as well as a Master cable lock. Weight is 82.5 oz. for the 10-1/2” version. The authors’ example of the full size 460XVR was serial number LLL0112 dated 8-25-2005. The 6-1/2” version does not have the sling mounts and weighs 70.5 oz.

In late Summer of 2005, a 7-1/2” version was manufactured for Ellett Bros. Distributors with black finish and a stainless steel fluted cylinder, shipped with muzzle brake and shoulder sling. This variation has a Lothar-Walther custom German rifle barrel with an integral Weaver-style scope mount. Special serial range of EBD0001 - EBD0500 for Ellett Bros. At the 2006 SHOT Show, the Performance Center featured two variations of the Model 460 with Lothar-Walther fluted barrels. These variations feature a removable Patridge front sight, black rear sight, Hogue Dual Density grip, sling mounts and integral Picatinny-style rail base on top and bottom. Manufactured 2005 – date.

Model 460XVR PC Hunter variations, Smith & Wesson photo.

Product Codes

170262FC

460VXR 10-1/2”, 2005.

170263FC

460XVR 6-1/2”, 2005.

170267FC

460XVR 7-1/2” Ellett Bros, 2005.

170268FC

460XVR 3-1/2” Hi-Viz Lew Horton, 2006.

170280FC

460XVR 12” Lothar-Walther Barrel, 2006.

170281FC

460XVR 3-1/2” Black, 2006.

170282FC

460XVR 14” Lothar-Walther Barrel, 2006.

Model 500 S&W Magnum Hunter

Caliber: .500 S&W Magnum. Introduced at the 2003 SHOT Show and built on an all-new X-sized frame, this is the Performance Center version of the “Most Powerful Handgun on the Planet.” Features a 10-1/2” barrel with a 1:18-3/4” twist and an orange dovetail ramp front sight with adjustable white outline rear sight. In 2005 this was changed to a black rear sight. 5-shot fluted cylinder with a nominal length of 2.3” with ball detent lockup, integral Weaver-style scope mount, Hogue Dual Density Monogrip with the S&W monogram to help absorb recoil and a barrel mounted recoil compensator. The barrel is marked “Performance Center” on the right side with “500 S&W Magnum” on the left side. Stainless steel material with a glass-bead finish and flash chromed hammer and .312” trigger. Shipped with fired case, internal lock and two keys, Uncle Mike’s detachable sling and swivels, Performance Center gun rug. This model has the internal key lock as well as a Master cable lock. Weight is 82 oz. Overall length is 18”. Frame part number is 24942. Our examples were serial number JNM0066 and JNM0114.

Small shipments began in October of 2003. By 2004 at least seven cartridge loads were available for this model, including a slightly shorter .500 Special cartridge introduced in 2005. Reports on this gun claim that its “point of aim is point of impact” – i.e., it’s a very accurate revolver. In 2004 S&W announced a smaller version called the “Compensated Hunter” with a compensated 6-1/2” profiled barrel with integral scope rail, unfluted cylinder, internal lock and dovetailed front sight with adjustable rear sight. Shipped with Performance Center-marked gun rug. In 2005 the Performance Center announced a 7-1/2” variation called the Compensated Hunter with black finish, removable scope base and Millett combat sights, sold by Jerry’s Sports. Suggested retail was $1350.

Model 500s, S&W photo.

Product Codes

170231

10-1/2”, 2003.

170246

6-1/2” Compensated Hunter, 2004 retail was $1272.

170255

7-1/2” Compensated Hunter Jerrys Sports, 2005.

170273

10” Hi-Viz Front Sight Ellett Bros., 175 Mfd., 2006.

Model 586 L Comp

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Full-lug 3” ported barrel with tritium dot front night sight and micrometer click rear sight, Altamont rosewood grips, 7-shot cylinder recessed for moon clips, black finish, shipped with locking aluminum case and Master trigger gun lock. Offered by Camfour Distributors. First blued finish 7-shot revolver offered by S&W. Weight is 37.5 oz. “CLCxxxx” serial number prefix. Produced in 2000 and 2004.

Model 586L Comp, S&W photo.

Product Codes

170170

2000.

170248

2004.

Model 586-4 GIGN French Police Samples

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Four 586-4 revolvers were made and tuned by the Performance Center for the French police. Features include a flat black finish with 4” ported barrel, adjustable dovetailed front night sights with single dot and two-dot rear night sight. Four were made as sales samples: three were left in France and one in the USA. Serial number FSF0004 was our example. Black standard hammer and black smooth trigger with MIM thumbpiece. The Performance Center logo is found under the thumbpiece. Round butt frame with serrated backstrap and forestrap and black rubber grips. Has the “GIGN” logo on the sideplate (“Groupe D’Intervention Gendarmerie Nationale”). After those four were made, the contract was discontinued and a small group of approximately 150 was shipped to Camfour Distributors for sale without the night sights or the GIGN logo. Product code 170113.

Model 586-4 GIGN, Dave Nowak collection, Paul Goodwin photo.

Model 610

Caliber: 10mm Auto. Samples were unavailable at press time. Product code 170109 6-1/2” Performance Center.

Model 617

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. Made with 6” profile-style barrel. Other details are unknown as all were exported and no examples are found as yet in the USA.

Wischo was contacted for this unusual product but all have been since sold.

Product Code 170066 “Target Champion”: Approximately 235 were manufactured and exported to WISCHO in Germany in 1995 and 1996.

Product Code 170122: New profile barrel for Export only; approximately 327 were manufactured and shipped to Germany in 1998 and 1999.

Model 625-5 Fluted Hunter

Caliber: .45 Colt. Features a 6” slabside ported barrel with removable weight and spacer system internal to the barrel. 6-shot chamfered cylinder, red ramp dovetailed front sight, round butt frame, serrated backstrap and forestrap. This Model 625 variation accepts the Weaver-style scope mount on the integral rail system. Most were sent to Germany with about 50 remaining in the USA. Distributed by Lew Horton. Serial number prefix “LHD0001.” Product code 170081, 1997.

Model 625-5 Hunter

Caliber: .45 Colt. Features a 6” ported slabside barrel and 6-shot unfluted cylinder. Very similar to the model above (170081) but without the integral weight system. Marked “45 Colt CTG.” Product code 170085. Produced in Fall of 1997.

Model 625-7 Light Hunter

Caliber: .45 Colt. Introduced in 1999 for RSR Distributors, this 6-shot model has a 6” Mag-Na-Ported slabside barrel with integral Weaver base and drift adjustable Millet red ramp front sight with micrometer click rear sight. .300” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger with overtravel stop. Hogue wood combat grips. 6-shot fluted and chamfered cylinder with ball detent lockup. Shipped in an aluminum Performance Center carry case. Product code 170132. Weight 43 oz. Produced in 1999.

Model 625-6 “V Comp”

Caliber: .45 ACP. Introduced in 1999 for RSR Distributors, this model has a 4” slabside barrel with a removable compensator that can be replaced with a muzzle cap to protect the crown. Features a 6-shot unfluted cylinder with a nominal length of 1.55” and ball-detent lockup in the yoke. Millet dovetailed red ramp front sight with micrometer click rear sight. Hogue wood combat grips, .300” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger with overtravel stop. Shipped with double combination lock Aluminum carry case. “MKD” serial number prefix. Product code: 170136. Weight 43 oz. Produced in 1999. Suggested retail price was $925.

Model 625-6 Jerry Miculek Design

Caliber: .45 ACP. This model was a Performance Center Special for Camfour Distributors. Features a 5-1/4” barrel with interchangeable Patridge front sight with gold bead, adjustable black blade rear sight, reduced cylinder freebore, 6-shot fluted cylinder with chamfered charge holes, deep cut broached rifling, hand honed bore, stainless steel material with satin stainless finish, “Jerry Miculek” Hogue laminate combat grip, Performance Center lockable aluminum case. “CJMxxxx” serial number prefix. Product code 170176. Weight 42 oz. Produced in 2001. Average retail was $899.

Model 625-10: Performance Center Scandium/Stainless

Caliber: .45 ACP. Introduced at the 2003 SHOT Show; 6-shot revolver with a 2.1” barrel built on an aluminum/scandium alloy N frame with fixed sight V-notch rear sight with a serrated and dovetailed white dot black ramp front sight. Shipped with an Eagle wood grip and an extra Hogue rubber grip. This model has an alloy yoke not found on other models with a stainless steel cylinder with a nominal length of 1.42”. Glass bead finish overall. Barrel is marked “45 ACP.” The prototypes had a sideplate of a slightly different color but made of stainless steel, while the production revolvers were all one color and finish and made of aluminum alloy. This model has a flame shield inserted above the barrel and cylinder gap to reduce flame cutting. Performance Center locking aluminum case with large logo on top, three full-moon clips, ball detent lockup with no forward lock on the extractor rod, reduced cylinder freebore. Chamfered charge holes, smooth trigger with checkered teardrop hammer, internal key lock system, fired shell casing. Performance Center trademark under the thumbpiece. Fitted with a lanyard pin at the heel of the butt. Serial number SCC0075 was our example. Weight is 24 oz. From Lew Horton Distributors. A color data sheet was printed for this model showing the two-color frame and sideplate and a pinned front sight- Production was different with a dovetailed front sight. In 2004 Lew Horton announced a black version of the Model 625-10 with satin finish stainless steel cylinder and barrel. The black version was shipped in a Performance Center Gun rug in a white cardboard box. Our example was serial number SCB0025 with frame part number 24787. Suggested retail was $925.

PC Model 625-10, Nahas collection, photo by Paul Goodwin.

PC Model 625-10, Nahas collection, photo by Paul Goodwin.

Product Codes

170226

Clear Finish Shipped September 2003.

170252

Black Finish, August 2004.

Model 625-11: Performance Center Scandium/Stainless:

Caliber: .45 Colt. 6-shot revolver with a 1.88” barrel built on an aluminum alloy/scandium N frame with fixed sight V-notch rear sight. Features a serrated and dovetailed black ramp front sight with white dot. Shipped with an Eagle wood grip and an extra Hogue rubber grip. Stainless steel yoke and stainless steel cylinder with a nominal length of 1.672”. The barrel is marked “45 CLT” on the right side. This model has a flame shield inserted above the barrel and cylinder gap to reduce flame cutting. Ball detent lockup with no forward lock on the extractor rod. Chamfered charge holes, smooth trigger and checked teardrop hammer, internal key lock system, fired shell casing. The Performance Center trademark is under the thumbpiece. Fitted with a lanyard pin at the heel of the butt. Serial number SCC1026 was our example. The frame has the four address lines with part number 24936. Shipped with Performance Center locking case with large logo stamped in the top in a plain cardboard box with end label. Weight is 25 oz. From Lew Horton Distributors. Retail price was $1025. 103 reported manufactured in October of 2005. Product code 170266FC 06-A2-LG-GF-BO-SF-SB-FA-CS-ZM, Clear Finish.

Model 625-11, Nahas collection, photo by Paul Goodwin.

Model 625 Performance Center Product Codes

170070

5” S.

170081

6” S RB .45 Colt Hunter, 1996

170085

6” S RB .45 Colt unfluted GB Hunter, 1997.

170132

6” S RB .45 Colt Ported LT WT RSR Special, 1999.

170136

4” S RB .45 ACP Wedge RSR, 1998.

170161

4” S .45 ACP.

170176

5-1/4” RB.45 ACP Performance Center Camfour, 2001.

Model 625PC, S&W photo.

170226

2” Scan .45 ACP Clear Lew Horton 625-10, 2003.

170252

2” Scan .45 ACP Black Lew Horton 625-10, 2004.

170266

2” Scan .45 Colt Clear 103 Mfg. 625-11, 2005.

Model 627-2 8-Shot: The .357 Magnum Stainless

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Special Edition stainless steel version of the Model 27 for Lew Horton. Features an 8-shot fluted cylinder, 5” slabside tapered and contoured barrel with interchangeable front sights. Drilled and tapped for scope mount, chamfered charge holes. One of the first examples of an N frame using a floating firing pin. .500” polished and flash chromed teardrop hammer and .312” chromed smooth combat trigger with overtravel stop pin. Hogue hardwood combat grips, ball detent lock-up, new design thumbpiece. Engraved “.357 Magnum 8 More” on the barrel’s right side with “Performance Center” on the left. “RJM” serial number prefix. Product code 170089. Weight 44 oz. Produced 1997 – 1998. Suggested retail was $999.95.

Model 627-3 “Hunter”

Caliber: .357 Magnum. 8-shot unfluted cylinder with chamfered charge holes, slabside 6” barrel with four Mag-Na-Ports, Millet red ramp drift adjustable front sight with micrometer click white outline rear sight, contoured thumb latch, integral weaver scope mount and interchangeable weight system. Barrel is marked “.357 Magnum 8 Times.” Rosewood grip. “LHV” and “RBS” serial number prefixes are found. Product code 170095. Suggested retail price was $1025.

Model 627: 1998 Lew Horton Special

Caliber: .357 Magnum. 8-shot fluted cylinder with 6-1/2” special tapered and contoured barrel with interchangeable front sights, flash chrome teardrop hammer, radiused smooth combat trigger with over travel stop pin. “JMS” serial number prefix. Model 627-2 P.C. product code 170102. Suggested retail price was $1025.

Model 627: Unfluted

Caliber: .357 Magnum. 8-shot unfluted cylinder with 5” tapered barrel, gold bead front sight. Serial number prefix “PMA” is found. Product code 170116.

Model 627-PC 8 Shot

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Called “The Ultimate Defensive Revolver.” Features an-8 shot unfluted cylinder with ball detent lockup, full-length extractor with a 2-5/8” barrel, no front locking lug. Millet red ramp drift adjustable front sight with micrometer click white outline rear sight. Eagle wood Boot grips, flash chromed custom teardrop hammer with .312” smooth combat trigger. Stainless steel with glass bead finish. Shipped in an aluminum double lock Performance Center carry case. Approximately 302 manufactured. Marked “627-PC.” Weight 37.6 oz. Manufactured 1999 - 2000. Product code 170133. Suggested retail price was $1025.

Model 627-3 “V-Comp Jerry Miculek Special”

On July 24, 1999, Jerry Miculek set a world record for the fastest shooting of an S&W 8-Shot revolver (8 shots on a single target in 1.00 seconds; 8 shots on two targets in 1.06 seconds). Both records were set using a Model 627 from the Performance Center. In 2000 the S&W Performance Center made a production run of 627s like the one used by Jerry. 8-shot cylinder, 5” barrel with removable compensator and/or interchangeable cap to protect the rifling and muzzle crown. .312” smooth combat trigger with trigger overtravel stop pin. .300” target hammer, drift adjustable dovetailed red ramp front sight with black micrometer click rear sight. “Jerry Miculek” design Hogue wooden grip. Weight 47 oz. With locking Performance Center aluminum case. Product code 170142. Introduced in 2000. Offered by RSR Distributors.

Model 627-4 .38 Super 8-Shot

Caliber: .38 Super. At the 2002 SHOT Show S&W introduced a Model 627 chambered in .38 Super. It features an 8-shot unfluted cylinder with black finish and a 5-1/2” barrel with an angled cut removable compensator and/or muzzle cap. Other features are the red, white and blue “Jerry Miculek” design grip. Patridge front sight with adjustable black outline rear sight, chrome tear drop hammer and chrome trigger with overtravel stop. Made of stainless steel with a glass bead finish; drilled and tapped for scope mount. This model has the internal lock system. Average retail price was $789. Product code 170205. Manufactured for Bangers Distributors in 2002.

Model 627-5

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Features an 8-shot fluted cylinder with 5” tapered and contoured barrel. Marked “357 MAG-8 TIMES” with floating firing pin, Patridge gold bead interchangeable front sight with black blade rear sight, ball detent lock-up, Hogue rubber grip, .312” chromed smooth trigger with stop, .500” polished and chromed hammer, internal key lock system, new frame design. Featured in the 2003 S&W catalog. Shipped in a black Performance Center-marked gun rug. Produced in 2003 and 2004. Product code 170210. Suggested retail was $1106.

Model 627-5:

Caliber: .357 Magnum. 8-shot fluted cylinder with 5” full lug barrel, with removable cap and crown, wood grip with extra Hogue grip. Black drift adjustable front sight with adjustable black rear sight. Marked “.357 Magnum -V8” on the left side with “Performance Center” on the right. Floating firing pin, Model 627-5, internal lock system, new frame design. Serial number VCM0171 was our example. Product code 170237FC. 2004 Suggested retail price was $1106.

Model 627-5, S&W photo.

Model 627 Engineering and Production Changes

• 1989: 627 Introduction as Special Production 6-shot.

• 1997: 627-1 Prototype 8-shot with standard hammer nose firing pin.

• 1997: 627-2 8-shot with floating firing pin and flat-face hammer.

• 1998: 627-3 New Frame design to eliminate cylinder stop stud; eliminate serrated tangs; change to MIM hammer with floating firing pin; change to MIM trigger.

• 2002: 627-4 Internal lock system in .38 Super.

• 2002: 627-5 Internal lock system in .357 Magnum.

Model 627 Product Codes

101024

5-1/2” FL S 50 oz.

101025

5-1/2” FL S 50 oz. Laser Etched “.357 Magnum Champion.”

101030

5” FL S 49 oz. Laser Etched “627 Target Champion” with Gold Bead Patridge front sight.

The above codes are from the original production before the Performance Center.

170089

5” 8 shot Performance Center for Lew Horton.

170092

5” 8 shot Ported Performance Center Lew Horton.

170095

6” 8 shot Hunter unfluted Performance Center.

170102

6-1/2” 8 shot Fluted Lew Horton, 1998.

170116

5” 8 shot unfluted.

170123

5” 6 shot Profile barrel, fluted, Export.

170133

2-5/8” 8 shot Performance Center for Lew Horton, 1999.

170142

5” 8 shot Performance Center Special for Jerry Miculek.

170205

5-1/2” 8 shot .38 Super unfluted, 2002.

170210

5” 8 shot .357 Internal lock Retail $899.

170237

5” 8 shot .357 5” wedge barrel GB Comp/Cap RSR, 2004.

170240

5” 8 shot Black AcuSport, 2004.

170249

5” 8 shot Black AcuSport.

Model 629-3 Classic Hunter I

Caliber: .44 Magnum. Features a 6” ported slabside Hunter Competitor barrel, Mag-Na-Ported with removable weights, 6-shot fluted cylinder. Shipped with round butt finger groove wood combat grips. Manufactured for Lew Horton. “PCL” serial number prefix is found. Product code 170008. Produced in 1992.

Model 629-3: Carry Comp Stainless

Caliber: .44 Magnum. Features a 3” barrel with integral compensator, dovetailed interchangeable red ramp front sight, fixed rear sight, beveled cylinder, .375” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger, round butt N frame with Goncalo Alves finger groove grips, contoured thumbpiece, for Lew Horton. Weight 42 oz. Limited production, 1992. Product code 170012. Suggested retail price was $999.95.

Model 629-3: Carry Comp II

Caliber: .44 Magnum. Fully adjustable rear sight, dovetailed ramp front sight, compensator system, unfluted Classic Hunter style cylinder, 3” barrel, with hard case, 100 made for Lew Horton in 1993. Product code 170026. “PCN” serial number prefix is found.

Model 629-3: The Classic Hunter II

Caliber: .44 Magnum. Features a 6” slabside barrel with integral Weaver scope rail and dual Mag-Na-Ports with removable weight system. 6-shot unfluted and chamfered cylinder, red ramp dovetailed front sight, two sets of grips, serial numbers LHG0071 and LHR001 were our samples. Serial prefix “LHK” is also found. Product code 170046; 600 manufactured in 1992.

Model 629-4: “Trophy White Tail”

Caliber: .44 Magnum. Features a 6-1/2” ported barrel with dovetailed front sight and adjustable rear sight, .500” target hammer, .500” smooth trigger with stop, chamfered cylinder, contoured thumbpiece, Hogue grips with S&W trademark. Has two deer laser etched on the sideplate with “Trophy Whitetail” etched on the barrel’s right side. Drilled and tapped for scope mount. Performance Center logo on the frame. 200 reported manufactured in 1997 in a serial range of ZAN0001 - ZAN0200 for Zanders Sports Distributors. Product code 170050.

Model 629-4: .44 Magnum Light Hunter

Caliber-.44 Magnum: Features a 6” Mag-Na-Port slabside barrel with scope broaching, unfluted cylinder, round butt frame, recessed muzzle crown, radiused .312” smooth trigger with stop. Serial number range RSR3500 - RSR4000; 500 manufactured for RSR Distributors in May of 1995. Two additional variations also made for Lew Horton. Product code 170056.

Model 629-4: “The Avenger”

Caliber: .44 Magnum. 3” barrel dual Mag-Na-Port, unfluted cylinder. Product code: 170058 26 manufactured.

Model 629-4: The Magnum Hunter Plus

Caliber: .44 Magnum. An RSR special; 7-1/2” Mag-Na-Port slabside barrel, integral Weaver scope rail, unfluted cylinder. Product code 170065, 1996.

Model 629-4: The Hunter

Caliber: .44 Magnum. For Lew Horton. 6” non-ported slabside barrel with integral Weaver scope rail, 6-shot fluted cylinder, removable weight system. “HPN” serial number prefix is found. Product code: 170072, 1996.

Model 629-4: “Scope-Only Master Hunter”

Caliber: .44 Magnum. Featuring a non-fluted cylinder, this model is for scope mount only as it is shipped without any sights. 7-1/2” slabside barrel. The frame also has the rear cutout for a standard rear sight leaf and is drilled and tapped, but it has no front sight, just a smooth barrel without a rib, satin stainless finish, Performance Center logo. “.44 Master Hunter” on the barrel. (7143) Product code 170087. Serial number MHS0252 was our example. Made in Fall of 1997 for RSR.

Model 629-4: “Master Hunter”

Caliber: .44 Magnum. Features a 7-1/2” slabside barrel with integral Weaver rail and dual ports, removable weight system, dovetail front sight, unfluted 6-shot cylinder, wood grips, “LHT” serial number prefix. Product code 170094, 1997.

Model 629-4: “Comped Hunter”

Caliber: .44 Magnum. Features a 6” barrel with a Weaver integral base and fully adjustable micrometer click rear sight and dovetailed Millet red ramp front sight. Comes with a removable 4-port compensator and a replacement muzzle to protect the barrel crown when the comp is removed. Built on the N frame with a round butt and fitted with Altamont wood grips. Unfluted cylinder with chamfered charge holes and ball detent lock up. Flash chromed and radiused .500” hammer, flash chromed and radiused .312” smooth combat trigger with overtravel stop. Stainless steel with glass bead finish. “CMH” serial prefix. Product code 170100. Weight 58.9 oz. Made for RSR in 1998. Suggested retail price was $1080.

Model 629-4: Hunter

Caliber: .44 Magnum. 6-1/2” barrel with removable muzzle brake and replaceable muzzle cap. 6-shot fluted cylinder, round butt rosewood grips. From Lew Horton. Product code 170124. Produced in October of 1998.

Model 629-5 Defensive Revolver

Caliber: .44 Magnum, Features a 2-5/8” barrel without a front locking lug; instead, this model has a ball detent lockup system in the yoke, giving this the shortest barrel in a defense-style .44 Magnum on the market. 6-shot unfluted cylinder, flash chromed tear drop hammer and flash chromed .312” smooth combat trigger. Millet dovetailed red ramp front sight with micrometer click rear sight. Hogue wood combat grips, stainless steel with glass bead finish. Aluminum double lock carry case with the Performance Center logo. Product code 170135. Weight 39.6 oz. Manufactured 1999 - 2000 for Lew Horton. Suggested retail price was $1026.

Model 629-5 “V-Comp”

Caliber: .44 Magnum. Features a 4” slabside barrel with removable compensator and/or muzzle cap to protect the muzzle crown. Unfluted cylinder with ball-detent lockup in the yoke. Flash chromed .300” semi-target hammer and .312” smooth combat trigger with overtravel stop. Dovetail red ramp front sight with micrometer click rear sight. Hogue wood combat grips with S&W monogram. Double combo lock aluminum carry case. Product code 170137. Weight 43 oz. Produced in 1999.

Model 629-5 “Extreme Hunter”

Caliber: .44 Magnum. This was the longest barrel length to date on a modern handgun in S&W inventory at the time of manufacture (not including the revolving rifles). The barrel measured in at 12 inches. Features a 6-shot fluted cylinder with Wilson rubber combat grips on a round butt frame, complete with Uncle Mike’s swivels and a sling. Not a true full-lug barrel but a very long underextension to support the long barrel and front swivel mount. Weight is 65.0 oz.; overall length is 17-3/4”. Front sight is a dovetailed .430” Patridge with a Wilson silhouette rear sight. Stainless steel material with glass bead finish. New design frame with floating firing pin and MIM hammer and trigger. Sold with a Waller 21” gun rug. For Lew Horton. Product code 170157. Serial number prefix “AMHxxxx.” Manufactured in April of 2000. Suggested retail price was $1200.95.

Model 629-5 “Stealth Hunter”

Caliber: .44 Magnum. Called the “Stealth” because of its color scheme of Birdsong NATO Green and Black. This model features a 7-1/2” Mag-Na-Ported Hunter style barrel with integral Weaver-style rib and a counterbored muzzle with a Millet drift adjustable front sight with red ramp. The rear sight is the standard white outline micrometer adjustable click. The grips are Hogue black rubber monogrip with the S&W trademark. Black smooth trigger with a rubber stop and black tapered hammer spur. The 6-shot cylinder is unfluted with a flat black finish, with ball detent lock up and chamfered charge holes. The color scheme is a NATO Green stainless steel frame and barrel with contrasting screws, grip, cylinder, thumbpiece, hammer and trigger in black. Shipped in a Performance Center-marked aluminum case. Weight is approximately 50 oz. Introductory serial number prefix is “FBS.” Product code 170171. From Camfour Distributors. Produced 2000 – 2001. Suggested retail was $1200.

Model 629-5 Stealth Hunter, S&W photo.

Model 629-5 “Compensated Hunter”

Caliber .44 Magnum. Introduced at the 2001 SHOT Show, this model has a ported 7-1/2” barrel with fixed compensator and drift adjustable front sight with orange ramp insert and micrometer click black blade rear sight. The barrel has a long taper and contour from the extractor rod to the tip of the compensator and is equipped with a removable stainless steel Weaver-style scope mount. 6-shot fluted cylinder with chamfered charge holes and ball detent lock-up. The grips are rosewood laminate and an extra Hogue Monogrip is supplied to fit on a round butt frame. All stainless steel with glass bead finish. Shipped with Performance Center aluminum locking carry case. Weight is 52.2 oz. Our example was serial number NAT0066. Made for TALO Distributors and cataloged in 2003 by S&W. This model was also cataloged in 2004 through 2006 with rosewood grips and shipped in a Black Performance Center-marked gun rug. Manufactured 2001 - date. Product code 170181. Suggested retail was $1104.

Model 629-5 Compensated Hunter, S&W photo.

Model 629-5: “Light Hunter Plus”

Caliber: .44 Magnum. Features an all black Birdsong finish with an unfluted cylinder, 7-1/2” barrel with gold bead front sight with adjustable rear sight, Hogue Monogrip grip. Serial number DEL0164 was our example. Product code 170194. Average retail was $850. Introduced in July of 2002.

Model 629-5 Light Hunter Plus, Dave Nowak collection, photo by Paul Goodwin.

Model 629-5 for Davidson’s Distributors

Caliber .44 Magnum. Very similar to the Compensated Hunter but with an unfluted cylinder, 8-3/8” heavy barrel with tapered underlug with Weaver-style removable scope base. Shipped with rosewood finger groove grips and an extra Hogue rubber grip. This model has an interchangeable front sight or either an orange fiber optic or a black blade with an adjustable rear sight. This model is also found with a black finish. Product code 170234FC. Produced in 2004.

Performance Center Model 629 Product Codes

170008

6” 629 Hunter I, 1992.

170012

3” Carry Comp, 1992.

170026

3” unfluted, 1993.

170046

6” 629 unfluted Hunter II, 1996.

170049

5” Carry Comp.

170050

6-1/2” “Trophy Whitetail.”

170056

6” Light Hunter, 1995.

170058

3” Mag-Na-Ported.

170065

7-1/2” Light Hunter Plus unfluted, 1996.

170072

6” Hunter-Portless, Removable weights.

170084

7-1/2” Hunter For RSR Dist, 1998.

170087

7-1/2” Scope only/Master Hunter, 1997.

170094

7-1/2” 629 Master Hunter.

170100

6-1/2” 629 Comped Hunter for RSR, 1998.

170120

6” Competitor Export to Wischo, 2000 c. 160 Mfd.

170124

6-1/2” Fluted Full lug Comp & Cap, 1999 for Lew Horton.

170126

6-1/2” Comp/cap Hunter- New Frame, 1999 for RSR.

170130

7-1/2” Classic with Case.

170135

2-5/8” Defensive Revolver, 1999 Lew Horton.

170137

4” Perf Center V-Comp, 1999 For Lew Horton/RSR.

170138

7-1/2” Light Hunter, 2000 For RSR.

170148

5” GT 430 Wedge Comp with Cap, 2000.

170149

6” Unfluted WG Ported, 2000.

170157

12” “Extreme Hunter,” 2000 Lew Horton.

170171

7-1/2” Stealth Hunter.

170175

2-5/8” Defensive Revolver with Moon Clips.

170181

7-1/2” Compensated Hunter” TALO, 2001 Scope Mt.

170183

3” Wedge/Red Ramp.

170193

7-1/2” Light Hunter Unfluted Black Cylinder-Green Frame.

170194

7-1/2” Light Hunter Unfluted Black Finish.

170219

7-1/2” Unfluted (Big Rock.)

170228

7-1/2” Two Tone -Rosewood & SG 2003.

170230

7-1/2” Unfluted Birdsong, 2003.

170234

8-3/8” Davidson’s, 2003.

170241

7-1/2” Scope Mount AcuSport, 2004.

Model 640 Carry Comp

Caliber: .38 Special +P rated. Made for Lew Horton with ported 2” barrel, dovetail front sight with fixed rear sight, radiused hammer and trigger. 150 made with rosewood grips and 150 made with Badger mother-of-pearl inlaid finger grips. Shipped in blue plastic case with Performance Center logo. Weight 23 oz. Serial number prefixes “RPC” and “PCT.” Product code 170042. Produced 1993. Suggested retail price was $750.

Model 640: The Paxton Quigley

Caliber: .38 Special. 2-5/8” barrel with integral compensator, dovetailed drift adjustable front sight, tuned by the S&W Performance Center. Laminated wood grips are stylized with mother-of-pearl inlaid heart. Shipped with a Boyt tapestry case and letter of authenticity from Paxton Quigley, author of Armed & Female. Limited production of 250. Distributed by Lew Horton, 1994. NIB $725. Product codes: 170014 3” S Carry Comp; 170043 2” S Carry Comp. “LPC” serial number prefix. Suggested retail price was $750.

Model 640 RSR Special

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Features a 2-1/8” Mag-Na-Ported barrel, Centennial style J frame with round butt, J combat Heritage walnut grips, unfluted 5-shot cylinder, chrome .312” smooth combat trigger, pinned black ramp front sight, square notched rear sight, stainless steel with glass bead finish. Product code 170073. Weight 25 oz. Produced in 1996.

Model 640 Lew Horton 357 “J Comp”

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Features a 5-shot cylinder, 2-1/8” ported barrel, dovetail front sight with tritium insert on a black post, matte stainless finish, Performance Center tuned action, Pachmayer Decelerator grips, chrome .312” smooth combat trigger, special serial number range with “RPC” serial number prefix, also known as the 640 Centennial PowerPort. Product code 170068. Produced in 1996. Suggested retail price was $838.95.

Note: At least one Model 640 is known to have been chambered in .38 Super for test purposes by the Performance Center.

Model 640 Lew Horton “Quadport”

Caliber: .357 Magnum. A Lew Horton Model 640 chambered in .357 Magnum. 2-1/8” Quad-ported barrel with glass bead matte finish. Pachmayer grip, oversized sight groove and PC tuned action. Serial number prefix “LHE.” Product code 170078. Manufactured in 1999. Suggested retail was $850.95.

Model 646: .40 S&W Performance Center Revolver

Caliber: .40 S&W. Single-/double-action; 6-shot fluted titanium cylinder with a nominal length of 1.6”. Drift adjustable dovetailed Patridge front sight with micrometer click adjustable rear sight. Drilled and tapped for scope mount under the rear sight leaf, smooth combat trigger. Built on the round butt L target frame. 4” stainless steel ribbed slabside barrel with “Performance Center” on the left side and “40 S&W” on the right side. Frosted glass bead stainless finish with Performance Center trademark on the frame. Altamont wood combat grips. Limited production. Supplied with two sets of half moon clips and extraction tool. Shipped in Performance Center locking aluminum carry case with Performance Center trademark. Serial number RDA0009 was our example. Product code 170165. Weight 36 oz. Made in 2000. Suggested retail price was $845.

Model 646, S&W photo.

Model 647-1: The “Varminter”

Caliber: .17 HMR. Introduced in 2003 at the SHOT Show and built on a specially made stainless steel K frame with a 12” barrel from Lothar-Walther of Germany. This model is the start of some of the most awesome-looking handguns ever produced by Smith & Wesson. Frame part number is 24941 with a visibly different appearance between this and the standard production 647. This frame has no step in the topstrap and has a ball detent lock-up in the yoke rather than a front locking lug. This model has a Weaver rail built in for scope mount and is shipped with a bipod adapter. The front sight is a black Patridge with an adjustable black blade rear sight. Stainless steel material with a glass bead satin finish and wood target square butt grips. Internal trigger lock system and Master cable lock and fired case. Shipped in a black Allen soft zipper case with yellow Performance Center trademark on the side. Serial numbers VAR0065 and RGN0001 were our examples. Distributed by Camfour and Hill Country. Average retail was $1200.

Model 647-1, S&W photo.

Product Codes

170229FC

10” 54 oz., 2003.

170239FC

6-1/2” with Hi Viz, proposed for 2004.

170242FC

8-3/8” SS with black finish, proposed for 2004.

Model 657 .41 Magnum Hunter

Caliber: .41 Magnum. Built on the N frame with round butt, 6-shot unfluted cylinder, 6” slabside style Mag-Na-Ported barrel with integral Weaver base, drift adjustable fluorescent orange ramp Millet front sight with black adjustable rear sight, ball detent lock-up. Right side of barrel is marked “.41 MAGNUM HUNTER.” An RSR special. Weight 48 oz. “SFB” serial number prefix (JD7192). Product code 170062. 6” Ported, unfluted 95/97/99. Average retail price was $775.

Model 657: Performance Center Defensive Revolver

Caliber: .41 Magnum. Features a 2-5/8” barrel, round butt N-frame without serrated tangs. 6-shot unfluted cylinder with ball-detent lock-up, thus eliminating the front locking lug and allowing a full-length extractor rod on a short barrel. Millet drift adjustable red ramp front sight with micrometer click white outline adjustable rear sight. Flash chromed teardrop hammer with .312” chromed trigger with travel overstop. Hogue combat grips, stainless steel with glass bead finish. Aluminum lock carry case. Product code 170134. Weight 39.6 oz. Manufactured in 1999 for Lew Horton. Suggested retail was $1001.

Model 657-5

Caliber: .41 Magnum. Built on the N frame with round butt with rosewood finger grip and extra Hogue Monogrip; 6-shot unfluted cylinder, 8-3/8” tapered underlug barrel with interchangeable black Patridge or fluorescent red fiber optic front sight with black adjustable rear sight, smooth trigger, checked teardrop hammer, ball detent lock-up, internal key lock system. Stainless steel construction with glass bead finish. For Davidson’s. Shipped in a black Performance Center-marked rug. Product code 170235. Manufactured in 2003 and 2004.

Model 681-4: Lew Horton Special

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Features a 3” Quadraport barrel, 7-shot chamfered cylinder, trigger overtravel stop, fixed sights, “LHB0001” starting serial number with serial prefix of “LHB.” Approximately 300 manufactured in 1996. Product code 170080. Suggested retail price was $699.95.

Model 681-5 Special for Camfour

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Features a 7-shot fluted cylinder with chamfered charge holes. Sights consist of drift adjustable dovetail black ramp front sight and fixed rear sight with Quad-porting on either side of the front sight. 3” or 4” full-lug barrels, stainless steel with glass bead finish. Checkered wood laminate grips supplied with a second set of the Hogue Bantam Monogrip. Supplied with 7-shot full-moon clips and shipped with Performance Center locking aluminum case. A color data sheet was printed for this model. Product codes: 170172 4” RB S FS; 170178 3” RB S FS. Produced in 2001.

Model 681-5, S&W photo.

Model 686 Carry Comp

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Features a 6” barrel with integral port, replaceable front sight, Hogue grips, .375” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger, full underlug contour barrel. Product code 170009. Suggested retail price was $1099.

Model 686 Mag Comp

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Features a 3” barrel full lug with integral compensator port ahead of a dovetailed adjustable red ramp front sight, white outline rear sight, radiused .357” hammer, radiused smooth .312” combat trigger with overtravel stop, Uncle Mike’s rubber combat style grips, special serial range with “PCG” serial prefix, Performance Center logo, contoured thumbpiece, full-length extractor rod. 300 manufactured in 1992 for Lew Horton. Product code 170010. Suggested retail was $999.95.

686 Mag Comp, thumbpiece changed for aftermarket Murabito safety, Supica photo.

Model 686 Competitor

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Features a 6” barrel with an integral scope base and 6-oz. variable underweight. Dovetailed post front sight with black blade rear sight, Hogue soft neoprene finger groove grips, fluted cylinder with radiused charge holes, .375” semi-target hammer, .312” smooth combat trigger, polished stainless steel material with satin highlights. Made for Lew Horton. Product code 170015 6” S RB. Weight 52 – 58 oz. Suggested retail price was $1100.

Model 686 Carry Comp

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Features a 4” barrel with integral compensator port ahead of a dovetailed front sight with interchangeable post or red ramp, white outline rear sight, Uncle Mike’s santoprene grips with finger grooves, 6-shot fluted cylinder with radiused charge holes. Manufactured for Lew Horton in 1994. Weight 40 oz. Product code 170016. Average retail price was $1000.

Model 686 “Hunter”

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Similar to the Model 657 Hunter but with wood grips. 6” slabside barrel with dual Mag-Na-Ports and integral Weaver style rail. Serial number prefix “PCM” is found. 200 manufactured. Product code 170021. Suggested retail price was $1153.

Model 686 Carry Comp 7 Shot

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Features a 3” ported full-lug barrel with dovetail front sight, 7-shot unfluted cylinder, rubber grips. Also found with a fluted cylinder under this product code. Product code 170074.

Model 686-4 PC Quadraport

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Features a 2-1/2” barrel with two sets of Mag-Na-Ports, 7-shot fluted cylinder, combat wood grips, flash chromed .312” smooth trigger and .375” hammer, red ramp front sight with adjustable black blade rear sight, satin finish, contoured thumbpiece. Product code 170077. Weight 34.5 oz. Produced in 1998.

Model 686 Plus Profile Barrel

Caliber: .357 Magnum. Features a 7-shot fluted cylinder with chamfered charge holes, round butt L frame with Altamont wood grips, 6” tapered and contoured barrel drilled and tapped for scope mount, flash chromed .375” semi-target hammer, flashed chromed .312” smooth combat trigger. Patridge gold bead front sight with micrometer click white outline rear sight. Machined to accept full-moon clips for speed loading and supplied with three clips. Stainless steel material with satin finish. Master trigger lock included. Weight 44 oz. for Lew Horton in 1988. Product code 170103. Suggested retail was $929.

Model 686-7 .38 Super

Caliber: .38 Super. Introduced in 2003, this model features a 4” tapered and contoured slabside barrel with an interchangeable red ramp front sight with an adjustable black outline rear sight. Fitted with Ahrend’s Cocobolo finger groove grips. Stainless steel material with a glass bead finish. 6-shot unfluted cylinder built on the L frame. Barrel marked “.38 Super” on the right side, “Performance Center” on the left. Shipped in a Performance Center aluminum carry case and fired case. This model has the internal key lock system and a Master cable lock, three full moon clips with part number 19285000. LSP0046 was our example. A Bangers Distributors exclusive. Weight 37 oz. Product code 170225. Produced in April of 2003. Average retail price was $1100.

Model 686-7, S&W photo.

Performance Center Model 686 Product Codes

170009

6” RB Performance Center Carry Comp, 1994 Lew Horton.

170010

3” Carry Comp & Power Port Lew Horton Special.

170015

6” Slab Side 6 Shot “The Competitor.”

170016

4” Carry Comp.

170021

6” “The Hunter.”

170034

6” “Hunter” for Export to Brazil.

170074

3” FL 7 Shot Carry Comp.

170077

2.5” AS, 7 Shot, Magna Port, Dymondwood Grip, 1997.

170079

6” 7 Shot “Hunter” Lew Horton.

170082

6” “Target Champion” for Export.

170086

6” 7 shot for RSR GB “Hunter.”

170103

6” 7 shot Profile barrel.

170111

6” 6 shot Profile barrel Export.

170121

6” 6 shot fluted Competitor Export.

170225

4” .38 Super, 2003.

Model 940 Special

Caliber: .356 TSW. Special for Lew Horton. Barrel markings are “.356 TSW” on the right and “Smith & Wesson” on the left side. 2-inch ported barrel with dovetail front sight. Also referred to as the “Pocket Rocket.” Will also fire the 9mm Parabellum cartridge using full moon clip. Limited production of 300. Product code 170047. Serial number range APC0001 -APC0300. Manufactured in 1994. Suggested retail was $575.

Model 942: Airweight 9mm Centennial

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. One example was made as a prototype with a 2” ported barrel using a Model 642-1 alloy frame with a stainless steel cylinder chambered in 9mm. This variation came from the Performance Center and was numbered CAN1706. Built as a Test & Evaluation prototype, it was shipped to firearms journalist Wiley Clapp in 1999 for test and evaluation. To quote Mr. Clapp, “The idea has yet to catch on.”

PERFORMANCE CENTER SEMI-AUTO PISTOLS

Model 41

Caliber: .22 Long Rifle. The Performance Center “Classic 41.” Approximately 10 were made. Very little is known about this model by the authors. Product code 170108.

Model 845 .45 Limited

Caliber: .45 ACP. An experimental full-target version of the Model 745 that was on the S&W drawing boards for approximately 10 years, now available from the Performance Center. Single action, 5” match-grade barrel, BoMar low profile adjustable sights, beavertail grip, 20 LPI checkered front strap, fitted barrel bushing, high-impact black Xenoy grips, 8-round magazine, extra recoil spring, oversize frame to slide rails. Introductory serial number MPC00xx. Performance Center logo. Limited production for Lew Horton. Product code 170064. Produced 1995 – 1997.

Model 845 Model of 1988

Caliber: .45 ACP, 8-shot magazine. Limited edition of approximately 150 units with laser etched slide marked “845 Model of 1998.” Similar to Model 845 with a 5” match-grade barrel, titanium-coated spherical barrel bushing and hand-lapped oversize rails on the frame and slide. Single action trigger and slide mounted safety and decocker. Patridge front sight with BoMar fixed rear sight. Product code 170097. Marked “845 Model of 1998” on the slide. Serial number prefix “SDNxxxx.” Suggested retail price was $1495.95.

Model 945: Performance Center .45 Match Pistol

Caliber: .45 ACP. 5” barrel with a titanium coated spherical barrel bushing, 8-round magazine with Performance Center markings, post front sight with Bo-Mar adjustable rear sight, two piece wood laminate checkered grips, stainless steel frame and slide with bead blast finish. Ambidextrous frame mounted thumb safety and a grip safety as part of the short beavertail. Weight was 43.5 oz. in 1998 when manufactured, subsequently trimmed to 42 oz. in 1999 and later production. Shipped with Master trigger lock in a double locked “Performance Center”- marked aluminum carry case starting in 1999. 10 cataloged variations, with the latest having a loaded chamber indicator cutout in the top of the slide and barrel. Product code 170104. Manufactured in 1998; retail price was $1618.

Model 945 Variations Manufactured from 1998-2005 Listed by Product Code

170147: 5” barrel with two-tone matte blue finish, lightened trigger, grip safety under the beavertail, Bo-Mar adjustable rear sight with post front sight, stainless steel material, checked two-piece wood grips, ambidextrous frame mounted safety. For RSR. Weight 42 oz. 1999 - 2000.

Product code 170147, Nahas collection, photo by Paul Goodwin.

170152: 4” barrel with titanium coated spherical bushing, 8-round magazine, post front sight, Novak 2-Dot Lo-Mount Carry rear sight, frame mounted safety, 20 LPI checkering on frontstrap and backstrap, extended magazine catch, two-piece wood grips with 20 LPI checkering, stainless steel material with black matte finish, grip safety. Made for Camfour in 2000. Shipped with aluminum carry case, “PCZxxxx” serial number prefix. Weight 36 oz.

170153: 4” barrel with titanium coated spherical bushing, stainless steel material with bead blast finish, post front sight, Novak Lo-Mount carry two-dot rear sight, grip safety, two-piece wood grips with 20 LPI checkering, lightened trigger, frame mounted safety. Made for RSR in 2000. Serial number prefix “PCZxxxx.” Weight 36 oz.

Product code 170153, S&W photo.

170156: 5” barrel, other features unknown

170169: 3-3/4” barrel, aluminum frame with stainless steel slide with overall black finish, white dot dovetailed front sight, Novak Lo-Mount Carry two-dot rear sight, grip safety, single side mounted safety. Shipped with two 7-round magazines, wood laminate grips with checkering, lightened trigger, Performance Center-marked aluminum carry case. Made for Camfour in 2000. Serial number prefix “CMFxxxx.” Weight 28 oz.

Product code 170169, S&W photo.

170173: 5” barrel with titanium-coated spherical hand-fitted barrel bushing, alloy frame with stainless steel slide with glass bead finish and polished sides giving it a two-tone appearance, 8-round magazine, serrated match hammer, competition match trigger with overtravel stop, double slide serrations, dovetailed black blade front sight with black micro-adjustable rear sight, Hogue black and silver checkered laminate grips. Weight 40.5 ounces. Model 945-1 with new design grip safety introduced at SHOT Show 2005.

Product code 170173, S&W photo.

170174: 5” barrel, other features unknown.

170177: 3-1/4” barrel with titanium coated barrel bushing, aluminum alloy frame with stainless steel slide with glass bead finish, white dot dove tail front sight, Novak Lo-Mount Carry two-dot rear sight, beavertail grip safety, single-side mounted safety, two 6-round magazines, Hogue checkered wood laminate grips. Shipped with Performance Center lockable carry case. Shipped with two magazines. Weight 24.5 oz. Made for Camfour in 2001.

Product code 170177, S&W photo.

170180: Chambered in .40 S&W, 3-3/4” barrel with titanium-coated barrel bushing, aluminum alloy frame with stainless steel slide with overall glassbead finish, white dot dovetail front sight, Novak Lo-Mount Carry two-dot rear sight, beavertail grip safety, single-side mounted safety, two 7-round magazines, Hogue wood laminate grips with checkering. Shipped with Performance Center lockable carry case and two magazines. Weight 25.7 oz. Made in 2001 as Model 945-40 for Sports South.

Model 945-40, S&W photo.

170184: 3-1/4” barrel titanium-coated barrel bushing, aluminum alloy frame with stainless steel slide with black glass bead finish, white dovetail front sight with Novak Lo-Mount Carry two-dot rear sight, grip safety, single side mounted safety, two 6-round magazines, Hogue checkered wood laminate grips, lightened trigger. Made for RSR in 2001. Weight 24 oz. “PCZ” serial prefix.

Product code 170184, S&W photo.

170222: For Big Rock Distributors, other features unknown.

170227: 5” barrel for Big Rock, other features unknown.

170259: 5” barrel, other features unknown.

Model 952: Performance Center Single Action 9mm

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Based on the Model 52 but much more versatile, 5” match-grade barrel, titanium-coated spherical barrel bushing, 9-round magazine, loaded chamber indicator, dovetail post front sight with Wilson adjustable rear sight, carbon steel frame and slide with stainless steel barrel, black finish, two-piece wood grip panels with alloy backstrap, slide-mounted decocking lever, marked “Performance Center 952” with small “mm” in the curl of the 9; 200 manufactured in 2000 for Bangers Distributors. Shipped with locking aluminum carry case. Weight 41 oz. Product code 170168.

Model 952, S&W photo.

Model 952-1

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Cataloged in 2003 with a new grip safety based on the previous Model 952 with a 5” barrel. Product code 170220. Manufactured in 2003. Suggested retail was $1515.

Model 952-2 2004

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Announced at the 2004 SHOT Show, this model is of all stainless steel construction with a satin stainless finish. This is a single action autoloader in a full-size frame with single side safety, 5” barrel, 9-round magazine, .260” wide spur hammer, .370” wide smooth trigger with frame stop. The front sight is an adjustable dovetailed black post with a Wilson adjustable black rear sight. The grip panels are checkered wood with the S&W trademark. This -2 variation of the 952 has a firing pin block safety that is independent of the trigger pull. Shipped in a Performance Center gun rug. Produced in 2004. Product code 170244.

Model 952-2, S&W photo.

Model 952-2 Long Slide

In 2006 S&W Performance Center introduced a 6” version of the 952 in two separate finishes. Product code 170274 has a matte finish with polished accents on the frame and slide, with walnut wood grip panels. Product code 170275 has an entire matte finish with wood grip panels. Both feature a dovetail black Patridge front sight with a Wilson micro-adjustable rear sight, stainless steel construction. Single action only; match-grade precision-honed rifled barrel, titanium-coated spherical barrel bushing, hand lapped frame and slide rails, hand throated chamber and all hand polished. Both shipped with a Performance Center aluminum case. Manufactured in 2006. Product codes: 170274 (6”, matte finish with polished accents); 170275 (6”, overall matte finish).

Model 952-2 Long Slide, S&W photo.

Model 1911 .45 ACP & .38 Super

Caliber: .45 ACP. Introduced at the 2004 SHOT Show, this is the Performance Center’s version of the well-known Model 1911 John Browning design pistol. Single action with a 5” barrel, 8-round magazine, a dovetailed black front sight with an adjustable micro-click black rear sight. The grip panels are a checkered wine color laminate without the S&W trademark. Black stainless steel construction with an overall glass bead finish. This model has a full-length guide rod, ambidextrous frame mounted safety, 30 LPI front strap checkering, hand lapped and polished fitted barrel, frame and slide. The slide has unique front and rear serrations and the Performance Center trademark. Shipped with two magazines and a Performance Center gun rug. Overall length is 8-3/4” with a weight of 41 oz. Product code 170243.

In 2005 two additional variations were added in .45 ACP caliber. Both were of stainless steel materials with glass bead satin finish with these features: 8-round magazine, 5” barrel, Doug Koenig speed hammer, lightweight match trigger with over travel stop, black dovetail front sight with black micro adjustable rear sight, wine color laminate fully checkered grip, oversize external extractor, full length guide rod and oversize magazine well extension, 30 LPI front strap checkering, hand-lapped frame and barrel, custom front and rear slide serrations, ambidextrous frame safety. Shipped with two 8-round magazines. Product code 170258.

The other additional variation is similar to the above but has high polished flats on the slide and barrel (product code 170261).

In 2005 a third variation was produced in .38 Super caliber as part of the Doug Koenig Professional Series with these features: 5” barrel, stainless steel with satin finish, 10-round magazine, Doug Koenig speed hammer, competition match trigger with overtravel stop, black dovetail front sight with micro adjustable rear sight, Doug Koenig logo marked on smooth black Micarta grips, oversize external extractor, full length guide rod, competition magazine well, a 3.5 - 4 lb. trigger pull and 30 LPI frontstrap checkering. Product code 170257.

S&W Model 1911 PC variations.

Product Codes

170243

5” Black Glass bead finish, 2004.

170257

5” .38 Super: Doug Koenig Series, 2005.

170258

5” Matte Glass bead finish, 2005.

170261

5” Glass bead with Polished sides, 2005.

Model 3566, photo courtesy John D. Lawor.

Model 3566

Caliber: .356 TSW, a new caliber consisting of 9x21.5mm cartridge developed for Team Smith & Wesson (TSW). The barrel has a titanium barrel bushing on a stainless steel frame, with a combination matte blue and hand rubbed stainless finish. Built with oversize frame rails and match-grade barrels. About 200 were made in a 3-1/2” compact version with a 12-shot magazine, distributed by Lew Horton. A longer 5” version is the .356 TSW Limited, a competitive variation with a 15-round magazine, adjustable trigger, fitted slide and barrel, Bomar adjustable sights, checkered frontstrap and extended magazine well. Grips are Hogue rubber with the S&W logo or plastic panel grips. The 3566 TSW series’ most distinctive feature is the high polish stainless and black contrasting finish with the Performance Center trademark on the right side of the slide. This was a combined effort from Federal Cartridge and S&W. “TSW” and “PCY” serial prefixes. Some will be found with a second factory barrel chambered in 9mm. Distributed by Lew Horton. Produced in 1993.

Product codes:

170027

3-1/2” 12SH FS Compact, 8/1993; NIB $1000.

170032

5” 15SH AS Limited, 5/1993; NIB $1350.

170037

Export only.

170039

Export only.

170052

4-1/4” 12SH AS Stocking Dealer Compact all satin stainless finish “SDDxxxx” serial prefix, 2/1994, 35 oz.; NIB $1200.

Model 3953 Classic Series

Caliber-9mm Parabellum. Double action only. 4” barrel, two magazines, extra grips, two-tone slide and frame. “PCZ” serial number prefix. Product code 170107.

The Shorty 9 MKIII

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. From the Performance Center for Lew Horton in 1997. Ambidextrous safety, hand-fitted titanium barrel bushing with match-grade barrel, oversize slide rails, Performance Center action job, Novak Lo-Mount adjustable sights. Shipped with a Zippo lighter with Performance Center Logo. Product code 170030. Suggested retail was $1024.

Smith & Wesson Performance Center 9 RECON

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. Introduced in 1999 for RSR. The 9 RECON is an enhanced version of the popular Shorty 9, with a double stack 12 + 1 magazine. Featuring a 3-1/2” match-grade barrel and titanium-coated spherical barrel bushing. White dot front sight and two-dot Novak Lo-Mount rear sight. Traditional double action trigger, hand-lapped oversize rails on the frame and slide, an ambidextrous spring loaded decocker, 20 LPI checkering on the front strap with Hogue wraparound rubber grips on a compact size frame. Two-tone finish consisting of a clear anodized alloy frame and a carbon steel blue slide. Weight 27.2 oz. Shipped in a double combination lock aluminum carry case. Product code 170140. Manufactured in February of 1999 – 2000.

S&W 4006 Shorty Forty

Caliber: .40 S&W. 3-1/2” Bar-Sto barrel with hand-fitted spherical bushing, bobbed hammer, Novak Lo-Mount carry sights, 9-round single stack magazine with yellow follower, aluminum alloy frame, grips and frame stamped with the logo from the S&W Performance Center. Beveled trigger, front dovetail sight adjustable for windage, oversize slide rails, special production from the S&W Performance center, distributed by Lew Horton. Weight 27 oz. Approximately 500 manufactured in each of three production runs. Serial number PCS0000 was our example. Product code 170011. “PCSxxxx” serial number prefix; produced in 1992, 1993, and 1995. Average retail price was $850.

Model 4006 Shorty Forty, S&W photo.

S&W Tactical Forty

Caliber: .40 S&W. A full-size companion to the Shorty Forty offered by Lew Horton. 5” barrel. Product code: 170020. Limited production in 1993. NIB $1500.

S&W Compensated Forty:

Caliber: .40 S&W. This model was offered by Lew Horton with a compensator mounted on a ported barrel that extended from the front of the slide. Limited production. NIB $1700.

Shorty Forty MKIII, 1995

Third variation made in 1995. Blue finish, aluminum alloy frame, ambidextrous safety, one 9-round and one 11-round magazine with an adapter, Novak Lo-Mount Carry sights, checked frontstrap. Product code 170061. Serial number prefix “KPCxxxx.” Suggested retail price was $949.

Shorty Forty MKIII, 1997

As above but in stainless steel finish. Ambidextrous safety, Novak Lo-Mount Carry adjustable sights, hand-fitted titanium barrel bushing, precision-checkered frontstrap, double action hand-honed by the Performance Center. Product code 170076; serial number prefix “PCWxxxx.” Suggested retail price was $1024.95.

Performance Center .40 S&W Tactical

Caliber: .40 S&W. Features a 10-round magazine, 5” match-grade barrel, Tritium night front sight with Novak fixed two-dot rear sight, stainless steel frame with carbon steel slide, tactical black matte finish on the slide with satin stainless on the frame, box-cut frame and slide rails for 100% frame-to-slide contact all the way to the end of the dust cover. Balanced slide for better muzzle control. Ambidextrous decocker. Special for RSR. Product code 170091. Weight 41.6 oz. Produced in 1997. Suggested retail price was $1145.95.

Performance Center Compact .40 S&W

Caliber: .40 S&W. Performance Center stocking dealer variation with 4-1/4” barrel, one 9-round and one 11-round double-stack magazine, adjustable sights. Serial number range SDC0001 - SDC0207. Manufactured in August of 1994. Product code 170054.

Model 4006 Shorty .40 Y2000

Caliber: .40 S&W. 9 round magazine, 3-1/2” barrel, white dot dovetail front sight, Novak Lo-Mount Carry two-dot rear sight, aluminum frame with stainless slide, two-tone black finish, Performance Center lockable aluminum carry case. Product code 170164. Produced in 2000 for Camfour.

Performance Center .40 RECON

Caliber: 40 S&W. An enhanced version of the “Shorty 40.” 9-round magazine, 4-1/4” match-grade barrel with compensator, white dot post front sight with all-black Novak Lo-Mount rear sight, ambidextrous spring loaded decocker. Hogue wraparound rubber grip, stainless steel material with matte black finish, titanium coated spherical barrel bushing. Slide is laser etched with “40 RECON Performance Center” on the left side. “RRSxxxx” serial number prefix. Product code 170099. Produced in 1998 for RSR.

The Shorty .45

Caliber: .45 ACP. Single side safety, 7-shot magazine, Novak fixed sights, hand-fitted titanium barrel bushing, oversize frame and slide rails, match-grade barrel, 20 LPI precision-checked front strap, stainless slide and aluminum frame, single or double action hand-honed by the Performance Center. “SFF” serial number prefix. Produced for Lew Horton.

Product codes:

170075

3.5” Fixed sight, 1996. Suggested retail price was $1145.95.

170088

3.5” MKII Adjustable sights, ambidextrous safety, 1997.

Performance Center .45 RECON

Caliber: .45 ACP. An enhanced version of the “Shorty 45.” 7-round magazine, 4.25” match-grade ported barrel, white dot post front sight with all black Novak Lo-Mount rear sight, ambidextrous spring loaded decocker. Hogue wraparound rubber grip, stainless steel material with matte black finish, titanium-coated spherical barrel bushing. Slide is laser etched with “45 RECON Performance Center” on the left side. “RECxxxx” introductory serial number prefix. Double lock aluminum carry case. Weight 27.8 oz.

Product Codes and Features by Year

170098

For RSR, 1998, with matte black finish. Recon45B. Suggested retail price was $1021.95.

170141

For RSR, 1999, with satin stainless finish.

170128

With Recon SWAT Knife with matching serial number (REC0596 was our sample); suggested retail was $1021.95.

Performance Center CQB .45

Pistols (Close Quarters Battle)

Caliber: .45 ACP. Two variations offered in 1998, both with a 7-round magazine, 4” match-grade barrels, Novak Lo-Mount Dot front sight with Lo-Mount two-dot rear sight. All models have straight backstrap grips and a stainless steel slide with ambidextrous decocker and titanium-coated spherical barrel bushing. The Model 4563 CQB-AL has an alloy frame with a matte black finish or a special two-tone finish, while the Model 4566 CQB-SS is a stainless steel frame with a matte stainless finish. All models have “.45 C.Q.B. Performance Center” laser etched on the slide’s left side. “CQB” serial number prefix. All models distributed by Lew Horton in 1998.

Model 4563 CQB pistols, David Nowak collection photos by Paul Goodwin.

Model 4563 CQB pistols, David Nowak collection photos by Paul Goodwin.

Product Codes

170106

CQB-Alloy, suggested retail was $1234.95.

170105

CQB-Stainless steel, suggested retail was $1234.95.

170118

CQB-Alloy; two-tone, “CQC” serial number prefix.

Model 5906 PC-9

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. 3-1/2” barrel with titanium spherical bushing, 15-shot magazine, blue slide with stainless satin frame, smooth .300” trigger, bobbed hammer, Novak Lo-Mount fixed rear sight, dovetail front sight. Limited production for Lew Horton. Weight 27 oz.

Model 5906 IDPA

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. 4” match-grade barrel with spherical bushing, one 10-shot magazine and one 15-shot magazine, stainless steel construction, traditional single/double action, black Novak rear sight with white dot front sight, slide mounted decocker, “DPAxxxx” serial number prefix. Produced in 1997 with small runs still occurring. Product code 170093.

Model 6906 Stocking Dealer Compact

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. 4-1/4” match-grade barrel with a titanium spherical bushing, one 12-round and one 15-round magazine with adapter supplied, ambidextrous safety, Novak Low Mount adjustable sights, all stainless steel construction. “SDBxxxx” serial number prefix. Product code 170053. Produced in 1994.

Model 6906 Compact

Caliber: 9mm Parabellum. 3-1/2” match-grade barrel with titanium bushing, 12-round magazine, two-tone alloy frame, Novak Low Mount Carry adjustable sights, ambidextrous safety, “VPCxxxx” serial number prefix. Product code 170067. Produced in 1995.

Chapter XI

AIR GUNS & PROJECTILE LAUNCHERS

CO^2 AND AIR RIFLES, REVOLVERS & PISTOLS

Models 77 and 8 air rifles.

Model 80 CO2 Bb Rifle

Caliber: .177 BB. A semi-automatic BB rifle powered with a CO2 cartridge. Monte Carlo style stock of high impact molded polymer, fixed post front sight with fully adjustable rear sight, automatic safety. 39” long, 3-1/4 lbs., velocity of 300 fps.

Model 77A Air Rifle

Caliber: .22 Pellet. A lever action single-shot pump rifle, blue finish, automatic safety, fixed front post sight with fully adjustable rear sight, rifled steel barrel with ten lands, right hand twist, Monte Carlo style stock with walnut finish. 40” long, 6 lbs. 8 oz., velocity of 420 fps - 575 fps.

Model 78G CO2 Pellet Pistol

Caliber .22 Pellet. Single-shot rifle with pull bolt, very similar in appearance to the Model 41 .22 Long Rifle target pistol, with Patridge front sight, fully adjustable rear sight, positive cross-bolt safety, 8-1/2” barrel of rifled steel with ten lands in a right hand twist, blue finish. Has high-low power adjustment: when set on low power the yield is about 125 shots per CO2 cartridge. High power setting yields about 65 shots per cartridge. Stocks are of simulated checkered walnut, marked “Smith & Wesson Air Gun Div.” 42 oz., maximum velocity of 420 fps using a standard 12.5-gram CO2 cartridge. In 1980 the tooling was purchased by Daisy Manufacturing from S&W. In 1983 The Consumer Product Safety Commission, in cooperation with Daisy and S&W, issued a safety recall on all Models 78G and 79G because of the possibility of an accidental firing if dropped in a certain manner. This affects approximately 172,000 units made by S&W from 1970 to 1980.

Model 79G CO2 Pellet Pistol

Caliber: .177 Pellet. Identical to the Model 78G except for caliber.

Model 79G, David Nowak collection photo by Paul Goodwin.

Model 586/686 CO2 Pellet Revolvers

Caliber: .177 Pellet. Introduced in 1999. A CO2 powered pellet revolver that looks like the Model 586/686 .357 magnum revolvers. With S&W Model 586 and 686 CO2 pellet revolvers you can experience the fun of shooting and the challenge of marksmanship without the restrictions of rimfire and centerfire handguns. These pellet revolvers are available in 4”, 6” or 8” barrel lengths in either blue (586) or nickel finish (686) and can be mixed or matched in finish. Shipped with synthetic grips in a hard side case with foam cutout liner and a can of S&W marked pellets with two gas cylinders.

Features: Single or double action, 10-shot capacity of .177 caliber pellets, interchangeable barrel lengths, choice of finish, fully adjustable black blade rear sight with Patridge front sight. Comes packaged with a supply of pellets, two CO2 cylinders, two cylinder magazines, barrel mounting tool, instruction set. The gas cylinder is hidden under the grips and is easily removed. Manufactured by Walther in Germany. Serial number S9256288 was our example. Retail price $200 - $260.

Model 586, David Nowak collection photo by Paul Goodwin.

Product Codes

Note: M-586 in blue finish; M-686 in nickel finish.

130456

4” B SG CT BP BR 10-shot; 130451 4” N SG CT BP BR 10-shot.

130455

6” B SG CT BP BR 10-shot; 130453 6” N SG CT BP BR 10-shot.

130454

8” B SG CT BP BR 10-shot; 130452 8” N SG CT BP BR 10-shot.

GAS, LINE-THROWING AND FLARE GUNS

Early Navy Signal Pistols

In 1899, the Springfield [Mass.] Republican newspaper reported that S&W had completed two orders for a large number of signal pistols for the Navy and noted that the pistols were hand made with special lines. They are described as resembling other pistols generally, except that they have a large barrel like a shotgun. The same article mentions S&W sub-contracts from the Springfield Armory to produce tumblers for Springfield rifles and bayonet scabbards.

Model 209/277 Gas Pistol

Caliber: 1.5” (37mm), built on a modified revolver N frame with a top-break action barrel. Pistol grip with standard stocks, 7-1/2” smoothbore barrel with a small self-extractor; can be fired single or double action. Barrel markings are “1-1/2” Cal. Gas-Flare Pistol” and “Mod. 209/277” on the left side with “Smith & Wesson Chemical Co. Inc. Rock Creek, Ohio. 44085 U.S.A.” on the right side. Case color service trigger and service hammer. Has no thumbpiece. This model has the hammer safety bar in case it is dropped with a live cartridge and a removable recoil shield. Parkerized finish, brass bead front sight with a small grooved rear sight. The Smith & Wesson trademark is on the sideplate, with a three-screw frame. Serial number PY10885 was our example. Built by Smith & Wesson Chemical Co. in Rock Creek, Ohio.

Exc. to NIB: $450 - $600.

Model 209/277 Gas Pistol.

Model 209/276 Shoulder Fired Gas Gun

Similar to above, with a long barrel and wooden shoulder stock.

Other Chemical Products

A wide variety of gas grenades, training projectiles, other projectiles, and miscellaneous related items were offered for the above two gas guns, along with other products ranging from large foggers to individual chemical mace sprays and gas masks. Reportedly, at about the time S&W purchased Alcan to manufacture ammunition, they purchased Lake Erie Chemical for tear gas and mace manufacture.

Mighty Midget Gas Grenade System

A grenade-launching device designed to be mounted on the muzzle of a revolver or shotgun for launching small gas grenades and other projectiles.

Model 270 Pyrotex Line-Throwing Gun

Similar to the Model 209 series of gas guns. Pistol configuration with long barrel with attached handle, designed to launch a large wooden-tipped line projectile bearing a line between ships, or other applications.

Exc. to NIB: $500 - $650.

Model 270 Pyrotex Line-Throwing Gun.

Mercox Dart Projectile Gun

Based on a K-22 frame, this handgun-type device could be used to deliver hypodermic dart syringes or such diverse materials as teargas, dye, or explosive or crowd control projectiles. Built in 1967 based on the three-screw Model 17 K-22 square butt frame with standard walnut grips and silver medallions. This model has a standard hammer and trigger. The similarity with the K-22 ends at the barrel; a 12-1/2” dart barrel with an adapter is attached to the frame and uses a special .22-caliber cartridge as a propellent. Three were sold at auction in 1996: serial numbers K633730, K635515 and K637682. Very few made; possibly experimental only. Twenty-five manufactured by S&W for Mercox and reported that only 17 or 18 ever shipped.

Project-A-Flare

Miniature fountain pen-size reusable emergency flare launcher. Packed in a red rubber case with small flares ready to screw into the pen-size launcher.

Chapter XII

MISCELLANEOUS POLICE & FIREARM-RELATED ITEMS

Early advertisement for reloading tools.

Since they began selling gutta-percha cases and Number One .22 rimfire cartridges for the Model One 1st Issue, S&W has sold various handgun-related items as part of their product line. Many of these were made by other firms and sold through S&W with the prestigious Smith & Wesson name on them. More recently, the Bangor Punta era at S&W saw expansion into a wide range of police products. There is collector interest in any product that has been made by or authorized by S&W, although the market is generally much narrower than for S&W handguns.

RELOADING TOOLS

Among the earliest S&W accessories were tool kits for the reloading of metallic cartridges. A set of reloading tools might consist of a mallet, primer punch, shell holder, bullet seater, and so on, with the primary piece being the bullet mould, which was the only piece marked Smith & Wesson. Three styles of moulds are known:

Duck bill, with a piece at the end of the handles to hold them together during casting. Produced c. 1876 - 1879.

Iron handle, similar to above but lacking the duck bill. Produced c. 1880 - 1889.

Wood handle, produced c. 1889 - 1912.

Calibers offered included .44 American, .44 Russian, .32 S&W, .38 S&W, .320 Rifle, .32-44, .38-44, .32 S&W Long, and .38 M&P. Sets were unmarked. More information can be found in an early S&W Journal article by Roy Jinks, which is reprinted on page 38 of the 25th Anniversary compilation.

HOLSTERS

S & W reportedly sold a line of holsters and gun belts from 1861 to 1915. However, it is not known whether these were marked in any way that would identify them as S&W products. Reported possible specimens include an unmarked leather flap holster reported as included in a factory invoice for a .44 DA and a small black rubberized canvas holster with nickel spring clip stamped in red print “Smith & Wesson” with logo, sized for a .38 DA. Believed to have been made in the 1880s by Goodyear Products.During the Bangor Punta era, a line of S&W leather and cordura nylon (Scout) holsters were sold. Even more recently, Bianchi holsters have been offered through S&W. All of these recent holsters tend to sell at their utility value, priced in similar ranges to their other brand commercial counterparts. S&W purchased Wolfram Co., which marked the beginning of the production of holsters and other leather goods. In 1969 holster and belt production was initiated in Springfield, Mass. The line continued to expand and included approximately 50 models of holsters, many available for several revolver and auto frame sizes and various barrel lengths. In 1980 the manufacturing facility was moved to Lillington, N.C. In 1984 the scout line of Cordura nylon in black and camouflage was introduced. 1985 marked the last of production in the N.C. facility. It is reported that when the S&W line was spun off, it became Gould & Goodrich.

IDENTI-KIT

Still offered, and found in police departments throughout the country, the Identi-Kit features files of various facial features printed on transparencies that can be used by police to help a witness develop a portrait of a suspect.

HANDCUFFS

S&W first began to make handcuffs in the 1920s, and they were sold under the Peerless brand name through about 1940. Production under the S&W brand name began in 1952 and continues today.

Early Model Designations and Year of Introduction

• Model 44 maximum security hinged model cuffs (introduced 1969).

• Model 90 dull blue or nickel standard model steel cuffs (1952).

• Model 91 bright blue or nickel cuffs (1952).

• Model 800 and 810 belly chain (1965).

• Model 820 and 830 lead chain (1965).

• Model 925 lightweight aluminum nickel cuffs (1958).

• Model 926 lightweight aluminum polished bright cuffs (1958).

• Model 936 stainless steel polished bright cuffs (1961).

• Model 938 stainless steel cuffs, standard finish (1961).

Current Model Designations

• Model 1: Universal Handcuffs- Nickel # 350132; introduced in 1999.

• Model 1H: Universal Hinged Handcuffs- Nickel # 350133.

• Model 100 carbon steel cuffs, blue or nickel; 10 oz.

• Model 103 stainless cuffs; 10 oz.

• Model 104 high security keyed carbon steel cuffs, nickel; 10 oz.

• Model 110 large sized carbon steel cuffs, blue or nickel; 18 oz. Model 300 hinged carbon steel cuffs, blue or nickel -11oz

• Model 1800 restraint and belly chain, 27 oz.

• Model 1900 leg irons, 21 oz.

OTHER POLICE PRODUCTS

Other products offered during the Bangor Punta era include riot shields, riot helmets, body armor, dress uniform hats with protective crown inserts, and Print Check inkless fingerprint kit.

SUPPRESSOR

More recently, we’ve received an unverified report from Germany with a photo of a .30-caliber, S&W-marked suppressor (“silencer”), presumably for the military/police market, accompanied by speculation that it may have been made for S&W by Howa or Husqvarna. Unknown as to whether this is a production item or prototype or fake.

Chapter XIII

KNIVES

Information in this section is based on conversations with Clarence E. Rinke and on information in his book, The Knives of Smith & Wesson, with updates and values by Bill Edmiston.

In about 1972, S&W began a series of commemorative knives. Production continued through the early 1980s, when S&W sold their knife operations to Vermont Knife Co. In late 1993 or early 1994, S&W again began marketing knives. Most are made under license by Stewart A. Taylor & Sons of Kingsport, Tenn., among others.

The following listed knives are from the earlier production. Prices are for knives in new condition.

BLACKIE COLLINS DESIGNS

Note: May be difficult to find in new condition; used knives will bring less.

Blackie Collins knives.

Texas Ranger

• 5-1/2" blade; 8,000 sold with commemorative Model 19s; an additional 12,000 sold individually. 1972, $350.

• “One Riot, One Ranger” etched blade scene with Texas Ranger Bowie, $1500. Special etched Ranger scene, 100 made by dealer, $2,000.

Bowie

• Model 6010; traditional Bowie style blade configuration., This Bowie has a 6" blade is 10.5" overall, and weights 13 oz. 15,000 made. $250. With brown handle; left over from Texas Ranger production, $300.

• Missouri Highway Patrol Bowie: 750 sold with revolver; knife alone, $250.

Outdoorsman

• Model 6020; his model has an emergency equipment cavity in the handle with a protective knurled brass end cap. 5-1/2" blade with an overall length of 10"; weight is 10 oz. 13,000 made, $275.

Survival

• Model 6030; Double quillion cross guard for protection, has a hollow handle cavity for emergency equipment, 5-1/2" blade with an overall length of 10". Weight is 10 oz. 17,500 made. $275.

Skinner

• Model 6070; dropped point blade, 3-1/2" blade; overall length is 7-5/8". Weight is 6 oz. 15,500 made, $300.

Folding Hunter

• Model 6060; drop point folding blade 3-1/2" long; overall length of 8". Weight is 7-1/2 oz.; 35,000 made, $200.

• Police Marksman Association Folding Hunter: $350.

• 125th Anniversary Folding Hunter with H. Smith and D. Wesson: Not authorized by S&W, 131 made, $575.

Fisherman’s Fillet

• Model 6040; Brazilian rosewood handle with full tang and 6-1/2" blade. Overall length is 11-5/8"; weight is 5-1/2 oz. 4,500 made, $325.

Fisherman

• Model 6050; rosewood handle, 5-1/2" blade. Overall length is 10-1/2"; weight is 5-1/2 oz. 4,500 made, $325.

Dealer Display Cases For Above Knives

• Five knife display case, $325.

• Seven knife display case, $300.

Collector Series

Four-knife Blackie Collins set, each highly decorated: Bowie (eagle), Outdoorsman (deer), Survival (bear) and Skinner (ram); c. 800 sets (total 3,752 knives) made. Wood case. $2000 for complete set; individual knives around $450 each. Sets with matching serial numbers are very rare, possibly special presentations, $3,500 for set.

Collector Series Folders

Never officially approved by S&W, only a few knives of each design exist (wolverine, beaver, raccoon, bear, and quail designs). Valued at $1850 to $2500 each.

Kit Knife

To be finished and assembled by owner. Serrated spine, never authorized for sale by S&W, $350.

Elephant Blade

Similar to survival knife blade with elephant scene, 100 made, $995.

LATER DESIGNS

Maverick

General purpose folder, rosewood inset panels, “Smith & Wesson” marked large on blade, available with clip or drop point, 1980, $75.

Maverick Variations

• Safelight Windshields, Lear Seigler: 200 made, c. $275.

• Deer scene: $250 standard, $350 gold filled.

• Gray Hawk Gathering Strays: 237 made, c. $995.

Ultra Thin

Small all stainless folder, 1/4” thick, 3” long when closed, $45.

Ultra Thin Variations

• NRA Competition Division: 24 made, c. $750.

• Cartech: 72 made, c. $250.

• Gun Owners Action League: 200 made, c. $250.

• 1983 World Skeet Championships: 12 made, c. $450.

American Series

Posi-grip rubber handle, available in four blade styles: Large Upsweep, Small Upsweep, Light Duty, and Heavy Duty. Produced in 1981, $45 each.

The Franklin Mint Collector Knife

Offered in Spring of 2000. “The .44 American Revolver Collector Knife.” Complete with a padded and zippered case. A .44 American revolver is inset as a sculpture in the handle; grips are hand painted and accented in sterling silver. The blade locking mechanism is controlled by the revolver’s “hammer.” Open length is 7-3/4”. “Smith & Wesson .44 Caliber” on the blade. Retail was $37.50 from the Franklin Mint.

Swing Blade

Offered in single edge Sportsman or double edge Boot, 4-3/4” when closed, $70.

Swing Blade Variations

Etched Swing Blade Sporter: 35 made for salesman samples, $450.

Shooters Knife

Folder with screwdriver and knife blade, $45.

Shooters Knife Variations

• S&W Collectors Association Shooters knife: 196 made, $125.

Boot Knife

4-1/2” double-edge blade, rubber posi-grip handle, $150 stainless, $175 blue.

Lyle

S&W-marked folding hunters, various exotic scale materials, 30 made, $995.

KNIFE SETS

1983 Limited Edition

Set of six knives (three ultra thins, a shooters knife, a Maverick, and an American), each with a game scene made in 1983; $500 for a matching set or $75 each for individual knives.

1983 Limited Edition Knife And Buckle Sets

Ultra-thin with three designs (eagle, duck, and trout from 1983 limited edition), each gold-filled with matching buckle in a case, $175 for cased knife and buckle.

The Hostiles

Highly decorated Maverick with matching poster and buckle, 1500 made, $850.

First Matched Set

Consisting of Model 586 Revolver, Model 1500 Deluxe bolt action rifle, and Shooters Knife with S&W factory etched on blade, all three with same serial number, 200 sets made, $2250 for set.

SMITH & WESSON NUMBERED CUSTOM SERIES KNIVES

Note: Most of the following listed knives in this section, fairly recent production, are still selling at around original retail value for As New in Box. Most manufactured by Taylor Cutlery 1996 - 2006.

• SW-1 Custom Shop Bowie, stag handle, 7-1/2" stainless steel blade, brown leather sheath.

• SW-2 Custom Shop mini-bowie, stag handle, 6" stainless steel blade, brown leather sheath.

• SW-3 Custom Shop, stag nickel.

• SW-4 Custom Stag, brass.

• SW-5 Custom stag grip, brass.

• SW-6 Custom stag grip, nickel.

• SW-9 8.25" small throwing knife.

• SW-9B Small throwing knife.

• SW-10 10" throwing knife.

• SW-10B 10" black finish throwing knife.

• SW-12 12" large stainless throwing knife.

• SW-12B Brigade Special Ops 12" throwing knife.

• SW-18 7.12" throwing knife.

• SW-20B Bullseye throwing glider.

• SW-44 44 Magnum, Trapper pattern, smooth black, 4-1/2" closed.

ANNIVERSARY EDITIONS

• SW-ZP1: Set of .357/.44 Magnums etched with same serial number.

• 60th Anniversary Limited Edition Knives: With jewelry box case, 3000 serial numbered sets.

• SW-5150 Limited Edition in Collector Tin: 150th Anniversary.

• Aluminum Handle: 3.2” blade with Pocket Clip.

• SW-500B Blue Bone Handle: Overall length is 7.3”, mirror finish steel.

• Golden Issue 150th Anniversary in collectible container.

SCRIMSHAW COLLECTOR SERIES

A set of small folding lockback knives introduced in 1996 from original designs by Pam Essex, each with a small scene or animal on one side and plain checkered on the back side. The handle is made of black Zytel; 3-1/2” in length closed. Frame and blade are made from 440 stainless steel. Numbered in a series. Each packed in a small blue open box with clear plastic lid. Manufactured by Taylor Cutlery of Kingsport, Tenn. Last reported retail for scrimshaw knives was $19.95.

“Bullseye” and “Cuttin Horse” are registered trademarks of Taylor Cutlery

200 Numbered Series: Scrimshaw Knife and Buckle Series

• SW-200    Eagle and buckle.

• SW-210    Bear and buckle.

• SW-220    Dear and buckle.

• SW-230    Mill and buckle.

• SW-240    Bridge and buckle.

• SW-260    Buffalo and buckle.

• SW-270    Turkey and buckle.

• SW-280    Wolf and buckle.

• SW-297    Two-knife set.

• SW-298    Buckle with knife.

• SW-299    Oil and stone set with knife.

Other Numbered 300 Series (not Scrimshaw)

• SW-301 Bullseye Caping Knife: Double riveted black rubber handle, 6-1/2” overall, Ballistic Nylon sheath, 2005

• SW-304 144th Anniversary Knife: Bowie, “The Founders.” Limited to 1000 pieces.

• SW-305 Sunfish Knife: “144 Years/The Founders” etched on the blade.

• SW-357 .357 Magnum: Trapper pattern, red pickbone, 4-1/2” closed, stainless steel.

300 Series

Scrimshaw knife only with Zytel handle, 2.439” blade of 440C steel, 3.52” closed, 1.7 oz. Note: “B” denotes black finish; introduced in 1999.

• SW-xxx: Cherokee Nation (# unknown).

• SW-297: Any two scrimshaws in collector case.

• SW-300: Eagle.

• SW-300B: Eagle in black.

• SW-300N: New eagle.

• SW-302: Quail.

• SW-303: Trout.

• SW-310: Bear.

• SW-310A: Bear in color.

• SW-310B: Bear in black.

• SW-310N: New bear.

• SW-311: Golfer.

• SW-312: Campers tent.

• SW-313: Horses running.

• SW-314: Hunter.

• SW-315: War dance.

• SW-316: Lighthouse.

• SW-318: Princess Di (discontinued after brief introduction).

• SW-320: Deer.

• SW-320A: Deer head in color.

• SW-320B: Deer head in black.

• SW-320N: New deer (head).

• SW-321: Raccoon.

• SW-322: Dog chasing raccoon.

• SW-323: Mallard.

• SW-330: Mill.

• SW-340: Bridge.

• SW-344: .44 Magnum.

• SW-350: Norfolk & Southern railroad locomotive.

• SW-351: CSX diesel.

• SW-XXX: CSX & Conrail 6-8-98.

• SW-352: Norfolk & Southern Horse.

• SW-360: Buffalo herd.

• SW-370: Turkey.

• SW-370A: Turkey in color.

• SW-380: Wolf.

• SW-380B: Wolf in black.

• SW-380N: New wolf.

• SW-381: Wide mouth bass.

• SW-3357: Model 19.

PROFESSIONAL SERIES

Zytel handles, 2.4” folding blade, 440C brushed finish, similar to the Scrimshaw series.

• SW-800: U.S. Army (two designs.

• SW-801: U.S. Air Force (two designs).

• SW-802: Emergency Medical Tech (two designs).

• SW-803: Law Enforcement.

• SW-804: The Marines.

• SW-805: U.S. Navy.

• SW-806: Special Forces.

• SW-807: Professional Firefighters.

• As above with aluminum handles and black finish:

• SW21800: U.S. Army.

• SW21801: U.S. Air Force.

• SW21802: Emergency Medical Technican.

• SW21803: Law Enforcement.

• SW21804: The Marines.

• SW21805: U.S. Navy.

• SW21806: Special Forces.

• SW21807: Professional firefighter.

• SWF1: Red aluminum handle, 3.41” blade

• SWF1S: Red aluminum handle, 3.41” serrated blade.

SCRIMSHAW SWATS

Black and silver scrimshaw, aluminum handle, 3-1/2” long closed with 2.63” blade open, 440C steel, 2.6 oz. with pocket clip. “B” denotes black or inverse finish.

• SW-23001: Eagle.

• SW-23001B: Black eagle.

• SW-23031: Trout.

• SW-23031B: Black trout.

• SW-23101: Bear.

• SW-23101B: Black bear.

• SW-23201: Deer.

• SW-23201B: Black deer.

• SW-23701: Turkey.

• SW-23701B: Black turkey.

• SW-23801: wolf.

• SW-23801B: Black wolf.

400 SERIES LOCKBACK FOLDING KNIFE

Made from 440 stainless steel, black Zytel handle, 2-3/4” blade, 3-7/8” closed; opens with a thumbpiece stud.

• SW-400: Drop point lockback.

• SW-404: 145th Anniversary with wood handle bowie.

• SW-405: 145th Anniversary with stag handle bowie.

• SW-409: 146th” Anniversary, 16-1/2” stag handle bowie with sheath.

• SW-420: Clip point lockback.

• SW-440: Drop point 50/50 serrated lockback.

• SW-450: Clip point 50/50 serrated lockback.

500 SERIES LOCKBACK FOLDING KNIFE

Like the 400 series only slightly longer with a 3-3/16” blade; 4-7/8” closed, opens with a thumbpiece stud. Black Zytel handle.

• SW-500: Drop point.

• SW-510: Drop point serrated.

• SW-520: Clip point.

• SW-530: Clip point serrated.

• SW-540: Clip point 50/50 serrated.

• SW-550: Drop point 50/50 serrated.

600 SERIES FIXED BLADE

Made with 440 stainless steel 3-7/8” blades, black leather sheath, black Kraton handle.

• SW-610: Upswept skinner.

• SW-620: Gut hook skinner.

• SW-630: Clip point false edge with 4-1/8” blade.

• SW-640: Drop point skinner 3-7/8” blade.

• SW-650: Drop point false edge with 4-1/8” blade.

700 SERIES TURQUOISE COLLECTION

Made with turquoise handles and folding blades.

• SW-704: Saddle horn crater bone; 2 blades.

• SW-705: Turquoise large stockman; 3 blades 4”.

• SW-706: Turquoise small stockman; 3 blades 3-1/2”.

• SW-707: Turquoise sunfish; 2 blades 4-1/4”.

• SW-708: Turquoise Barlow; 2 blades.

• SW-709: Turquoise saddle horn deer.

• SW-712: Turquoise saddle horn; 2 blades 4-3/4”.

• SW-714: Turquoise with 2 blades;4-1/4”.

• SW-729: 4 1/2” stockman handle.

• SW-3TQ: Turquoise large trapper; 4-1/2”.

• SW-2001TQ: Turquiose baby SWAT, 3-1/2” closed.

• SW-3001TQ: Turquoise baby SWAT serrated, 3-1/2” closed.

COKE BOTTLE COLLECTORS KNIVES

• SW-1301.

• SW-1302.

• SW-1303.

• SW-1304.

• SW-1305TQ Coke Bottle.

800, 900, 1000 SERIES:

MILITARY & POLICE KNIVES

See “HRT” also.

• SW-820 Police Boot Knife: 4-7/8” SS blade, Kraton handle, tooled leather boot scabbard, 9-5/8” overall length.

• SW-830 Military Boot Knife: 4-1/2” SS blade, Kraton handle, lanyard hole in the double edge blade and the handle, full tang and textured guards, with clip on scabbard.

• SW-911 1ST Response: This model has an automatic striker for glass breaking with a carbide tip. Black grilon handle, stainless steel blade with serrated edge, screwdriver and small lightweight prybar with ballistic nylon sheath and boot clip. 8” open; 4.5 oz. with sheath.

• SW-960: Drop point false edge, Kraton handle with 6-3/4” blade, stainless steel butt cap, black leather sheath, saw hunting blades.

• SW-970: Clip point false edge, 6-3/4” hunting blade.

• SW-980: Upswept skinner, 6-3/4” blade, half and half hunting blade.

• SW-990: Zytel Handle 7” long with neck chain and whistle.

• SW-990TA: Zytel handle, tanto blade, 7” overall.

• SW-1000: Law Enforcement auto blade, large.

• SW-1000S: Law Enforcement auto blade, serrated.

• SW-1005: Law Enforcement auto blade, serrated.

• SW-1020: Stockman folding knife, 3-7/8” closed, 3 blades of stainless steel, with stag handle.

• SW-1020: Trapper, black pickbone handles, brass liners, nickel silver pins, bolsters and shields, 4-1/8” closed, 2005.

• SW-1021: Trapper, 4-1/4” closed, 2 stainless steel blades.

• SW-1022: Sowbelly, 4-1/8” closed, 3 stainless steel blades, 2005.

• SW-1200: Law Enforcement auto blade, large with sheath.

• SW-1230: Wood handle police auto.

• SW-1232: Moser stag handle auto.

• SW-1234: Moser design automatic M&P.

• SW-1238: Rocky Moser design automatic M&P.

• SW-1240: Military/Law Enforcement auto blade, small.

• SW-1250: Large auto, Army issue.

• SW-1250TA: Large black auto with tanto blade.

• SW-1250AL: Aluminum handle 3.4” tanto blade.

• SW-1250ALS: Aluminum handle 3.4” serrated tanto blade.

• SW-1251: Baby auto.

• SW-1260: California auto.

• SW-1300: Professional auto, 2-1/2”.

• SW-1400: Police auto, non-serrated, with sheath.

• SW-1400S: Police auto, serrated, with sheath.

• SW-1500: Professional auto 3”.

• SW-1600: Professional 3-1/2”.

SWAT KNIVES

• SW-2000: SWAT straight blade with thumbpiece stud, metal handle.

• SW-2000B: Aluminum handle with black finish.

• SW-2000CF: SWAT plain tanto CF.

• SW-2000G10: SWAT plain G10 4-3/4”.

• SW-2000ST: Baby SWAT 3-1/2” closed.

• SW-2001: Baby SWAT knife SS alloy/ Kraton 50/50 2-5/8” blade.

• SW-2001B: Aluminum handle black finish.

• SW-2001B-DG: Green Pacific Shell.

• SW-2001B-DS: Sand Pacific Shell.

• SW-2001B-DR: Red Pacific Shell.

• SW-2001B-BP: Blue Pacific Shell.

• SW-2001B-TD: Tahitian Black.

• SW-2001TQ: Aluminum handle with turquoise insert.

• SW-2001ST: Aluminum handle with stag insert 2.63” blade.

• SW-3000: SWAT 50/50 3-3/4” serrated blade with thumbpiece stud, metal handle.

• SW-3000B: Aluminum handle with black finish.

• SW-3000CF: 3.7” serrated blade, carbon fiber handle.

• SW-3000G10: SWAT G10 serrated 4-3/4”.

• SW-3001: Baby SWAT knife SS alloy/ Kraton 50/50, 2-5/8” blade.

• SW-3001B: Aluminum handle with black finish.

• SW-3022: Stainless Steel Shooters knife.

• SW-4000: 3.2” Straight blade.

• SW-4000B: Aluminum handle with black finish.

• SW-5000: 3.2” Serrated blade.

• SW-5000B: Aluminum handle with black finish.

FRAME LOCKS

• SW-3300: Aluminum handle 2.6” blade.

• SW-3300B: Black finish aluminum handle 2.6” blade.

• SW-3300S: Aluminum handle serrated 2.6” blade.

• SW-3300BS: Black aluminum handle serrated 2.6” blade.

• SW-3400: Aluminum handle 3.2” blade.

• SW-3400S: Aluminum handle serrated 3.2” blade.

• SW-3500: Aluminum handle 3.7” tanto blade.

• SW-3500S: Aluminum handle serrated 3.7” tanto blade.

POWER GLIDES

• SWPGBT: Zytel coated aluminum handle, 3.7” tanto blade, with pocket clip.

• SWPG: Zytel coated aluminum handle, 3.7” point blade, with pocket clip.

H.R.T. HOSTAGE RESCUE TEAM

• SWFL1: Stainless handle, 3.74” serrated blade.

• SWFL2: Stainless handle, 3.74” blade.

• SWP11: Zytel handle, 3.32” tanto blade.

• SWHRTMG: Magnesium handle 3.6” blade.

• SWHRTMGS: Magnesium handle 3.6” serrated blade.

• SWHRTF: Anodized aluminum handle 3.5” blade, folding.

• SWHRTFS: Anodized aluminum handel 3.5” serrated blade, folding.

• SWHRT1: Aluminum handel black finish 5.75” blade.

• SWHRT2: 5.7” Curved serrated blade with badge holder and sheath.

• SWHRT2B: 5.7” Black finish.

• SWHRT3: Black rubberized handle 7.5” blade with sheath, boot knife.

• SWHRT3BF: Black rubberized handle 7.5” point blade with sheath.

• SWHRTDR: Stainless handle with Kraton coating 7” blade rotating sheath.

• SWHRT9B: Teflon coated stainless handle, 4.7” boot knife.

• SWHRT7T: Teflon coated stainless handle, 4.73” tanto blade.

• SW24-7: Zytel handle 3.2” blade.

• SW24-7S: Zytel handle 3.2” serrated blade.

• SW24-7B: Zytel handle black finish 3.2” blade.

• SW24-7BS: Zytel Handle black finish 3.2” serrated blade.

LINERLOCKS, GROUP 1

Features: 440C Stainless steel blade with titanium powder coating, thumb stud for opening, custom color insert on the handles.

• SWCHTRT: Salutes America’s Truckers,” 5” closed, G-10 handles with custom insert, pocket clip, with collectible coin in color tin container, 2005.

• SWCKFDT: “Firefighter,” aluminum handles, pocket clip, 5-1/4” closed, color collectible tin container, 2005.

• SW8HT: Homeland Security Modified Tanto: Black G-10 handles, lanyard holes, pocket clip, 4-5/8” closed, color collectible tin container, 2005.

• SWCK9HT: Homeland Security Modified Drop Point Tanto: 4-3/4” closed

• color collectible tin container, 2005.

• SWTXRBB: Texas Ranger Bowie: stainless steel blade, stainless steel guard, gold color spacers, 15-3/4” overall, black leather belt sheath, 2005.

• TX2541: Limited edition of 1000 Pieces, 7.5” LOA wood handle, inscribed with “Texas Ranger” on blade.

• TX304BOW: Limited Edition of 1000 pieces, 12” LOA, wood handle, “Texas Ranger” inscribed.

• TX1240: Aluminum handle, 3.49” serrated blade, folder in collectible tin.

LINERLOCKS, GROUP 2

Features 440C stainless steel, thumb studs, black aluminum handles with full color artwork inserts, pocket clips.

• SWJD10: “Clean & Shiny” scene washing a John Deere, 4-1/8” closed, lanyard hole, shipped in full color graphic tin, 2005.

• SWJD20: “Tractor Ride” scene with toy tractor and trailer, 5-1/4” closed, shipped with full color graphic tin, 2005.

• SWJDPGT: “Field Hand PowerGlide” with Green G-10 handles, aluminum fittings, 5-3/4” closed, patented PowerGlide handle design extends and retracts blade, tin with full color graphics, 2005.

CUTTIN’ HORSE AND SMITH & WESSON

• CH001: Zytel handle 3.6” folding blade.

• CH001SER: Zytel handle 3.6” serrated blade.

• CH002: Zytel handle 2.5” folding blade.

• CH002SER: Zytel handle 2.5” serrated blade.

• CH004: Zytel handle 3.3” folding blade.

• CH005: Aluminum handle 2.45” serrated blade.

• CH006: Zytel handle 3.6” blade.

• CH006SER: Zytel handle 3.6” serrated blade.

• CH007: Aluminum handle 2.6” blade.

• CH007SER: Aluminum handle 2.6” serrated blade.

• CH008: Aluminum handle 3.6” blade.

• CH008SER: Aluminum handle 3.6” serrated blade.

• CH009: Aluminum handle 2.7” blade.

• CH009SER: Aluminum handle 2.7” serrated blade.

• CH100: Bullseye hatchet 5.9” blade, black rubberized handle.

• CH200: Hunting knife with 9.5” blade with hook, black rubberized handle.

• CH202: Hunting knife with 9.5” straight blade, black handle.

• CH628 CH100 & CH200: In a set with nylon sheath and belt loop.

• CH629 CH100 & CH202: In a set with nylon sheath and belt loop.

• CK201:

• CK203:

• CK300:

• CK301:

• CK2B:

• CK2BM:

• CK2CS:

• CK2CMS:

• CK6A:

• CK6M:

• CK6CH:

• CK6C:

• CK6MSL:

• CK7H:

• CK8H:

• CK9H:

CUTTIN’ HORSE AND JOHN DEERE: S&W KNIVES, REGULAR BLADE, LONG BLADE

Features: Zytel handle, 3.07” blade, 440C steel brushed finish, pocket clip, 3.16 oz.

• CH204BJDBC: “Bumper Crop.”

• CH204BJDCS: “Clean & Shiny.”

• CH204BJDPI: “Pitchin’ In.”

• CH204BJDTR: “Tractor Ride.”

• CH204BJDTW: “Tug-a-War.”

• CH210BJDBC: “Bumper Crop.”

• CH210BJDCS: “Clean & Shiny.”

• CH210BJDPI: “Pitchin’ In.”

• CH210BJDTR: “Tractor Ride.”

• CH210BJDTW: “Tug-A-War.”

CUTTIN’ HORSE AND JOHN DEERE: S&W KNIVES, REGULAR BLADE, SHORT BLADE

Features: Zytel handle, 2.74” blade, 440C steel brushed finish, pocket clip.

• 400JDCS: “Clean & Shiny.”

• 400JDBC: “Bumper Crop.”

• 400JDTR: “Tractor Ride.”

• 400JDTW: “Tug-a-War.”

• 400JDPI: “Pitchin In.”

DOUBLE LOCKBACK

Features: Zytel handle, 440C steel, 3.008” blade, pocket clip.

• 400DLJDBC: Double lockback “Bumper Crop.”

• 400DLJDCS: Double lockback “Clean & shiny.”

• 400DLJDTR: Double lockback “Tractor Ride.”

• 400DLJDTW: Double lockback “Tug-a-war.”

• 400DLJDPI: Double lockback “Pitchin’ In.”

BULLSEYE AND JOHN DEERE REGULAR BLADE

Features: Zytel handle, 3.078” blade, 440C steel, pocket clip.

• 204BJDPI: “Pitchin’ In.”

• 204BJDBC: “Bumper Crop.”

• 204BJDCS: “Clean & Shiny.”

• 204BJDTR: “Tractor Ride.”

• 204BJDTW: “Tug-a-War.”

TEXAS HOLD’EM POCKETKNIVES

Features: 440C stainless steel blades, with “Texas Hold ’Em” imprints, Texas gold pearl celluloid handles, brass liners, nickel silver pins and bolsters, color filled with “Texas Hold ’Em” nickel silver shields, 2005.

• SWTH4BC: “Congress,” 4 blades, 3-5/8” closed, 2005.

• SWTHP: “Peanut,” 2 blades, 2-7/8” closed, 2005.

• SWTHCH: “Copperhead,” 2 blades, 3-3/4” closed, 2005.

• SWTHCN: “Canoe,” 2 blades, 3-5/8” closed, 2005.

• SW1027TX: “Trapper,” 2 blades, 4” closed, 2005.

• SW1029TX: “Sowbelly,” 3 blades, 4-1/8” closed, 2005.

• SW1028TX: “Stockman” 3 blades, 4” closed, 2005.

• SWTH7S: Set of all seven Texas Hold’ Em knives.

CUTTIN’ HORSE LINERLOCKS

Features: Stainless steel blades with special etching, thumb studs, grooved black composition handles, lanyard holes, removable pocket clips

• SW004: Serrated hawkbill blade, large 4-3/4” closed, 2005.

• SW005: Serrated hawkbill blade, small 3-1/2” closed, 2005.

• SW006S: Partially serrated tanto, 4-1/2” closed, 2005.

• SW009S: Partially serrated drop point, 3-1/2” closed, 2005.

Chapter XIV

SMITH & WESSON BELT BUCKLES

S&W belt buckles, photos courtesy of Walter V. “Pete” Roberts.

Information and photos in this section courtesy of Walter V. “Pete” Roberts. S&W buckles are covered in much more detail in Pete’s book, The Buckles of Smith & Wesson.

Hostiles Model 600 - 1975

• Commemorative Model 610: Horace Smith & Daniel B. Wesson, 1977. Reported as offered in brass with antique silver finish, as well as a limited edition sterling silver version.

• The Last Cartridge Model 630: 1978.

• The Last Cartridge, Sterling Silver, Model 640: Limited Edition. 1,000 made.

• S&W Logo Model 660: 1979. Brass.

• .357 Magnum Model 665: 1980.

• Pistol Case: 1980. 3,500 made. Model #670 in brass, #671 in antique silver and #684 electroplate 22K gold.

Depicts lid on a gutta percha case for a Model One.

• The Horse Thief Model 675: 1981. Brass only.

• .44 Magnum Model 679: 1981. Small buckle.

• Brown Bear Model 680 & 681: North American Game Animal series #1, 1982. Piquette design.

• White Tail Deer – North American Game Animal series, #2: 1983, rare, natural brass. Pronghorn, Elk, and possible others were planned in this series, but it is unknown if any were actually made.

• American Tradition Model 682:

Eagle carrying S&W logo.

• Wildlife Pocket Knife & Buckle Sets: 1983, probably 1,000 of each type made. Acid etched with gold fill.

Known themes include Eagle, Duck & Trout.

• The Hostiles limited edition buckle: 14 karat gold, 1984, 1,500 made.

• The Hostiles Maverick Knife & Buckle Set: 1984 dated Hostiles buckle with etched blade Maverick folding knife.

• The Hostiles Knife, Buckle & Print Set: 1984, with framed print.

• Belt & Buckle Set: Black or brown S&W marked leather belt, with either a Hostiles or Last Cartridge buckle. Belt widths of 1.5” & 1.75” were offered.

• 135th Anniversary Set: 1987, 1,000 made. Set of 3 small oval buckles in wood box. Designs are Last Cartridge, Hostiles, and 135th Anniv. Logo.

• The Academy 25th Anniversary Buckle Set: 1994, 100 made. Piquette design. Set of two small buckles, one satin nickel (#8567) and one polished sterling (#8700)

• 1st Armorer Buckle: Oval, brass, silver or gold. Features revolver and hammer.

• 2nd Series Armorer Buckle: 1993. Limited edition Piquette design featuring auto-pistol.

• S&W Limited Edition Academy Three Buckle Set: 1969, 100 made. Wood case with three identical S&W logo buckles, each marked “EST ACADEMY 1969” across bottom. One each brass, gold/phodium, and nickel.

• Virginia Sheriff ’s Association 50th Anniversary: 1983, estimated 500 made.

• Old Style Bergamot Buckle: Large buckle, marked “K300.”

• New Style Bergamot Buckle: Large buckle marked R300, fastening hardware strengthened.

Chapter XV

CATALOGS AND POSTERS

Vintage S&W catalogs.

By Don Mundell

The following are some of the different catalogs S&W produced between 1876 and 1952. Although this list is not complete, it will be of help to collectors.

EARLY CATALOGS

Date published: April 1, 1878

Name of catalog: None; first catalog S&W released.

Cover: Gray with black letters. The words Smith & Wesson in the center, with Price List arched above. Manufacturers of Superior Revolvers, Springfield Mass. April 1, 1878 arched below.

Size: 6” x 7”.

Number of pages: 16.

Price: Seldom encountered. Will bring upwards of $1000.

Comments: Announced new rebounding lock, preventing accidental discharge; prepared to produce 125 revolvers a day; rubber stocks on the nickel-plated pistols only.

Date Published: 1892

Name of catalog: None; Safety Hammerless cover.

Cover: Ivory. An embossed full-size 3rd Model .38 Safety Hammerless on the cover. Green inside the scalloping of the cover.

Size: 9-7/8 “x 7-3/16”.

Number of pages: 48.

Price: Seldom seen, starting price $500.

Comments: Introduces safety hammerless; includes single-shot, combination 1891 sets, self lubricating bullets, special sights and brass handled screwdriver, repeating (revolving) rifle.

Date Published: 1900

Name of catalog: None.

Cover: Gray cover, S&W logo on right side in black under which appears the date 1900.

Size: 4-1/8” x 5-3/8”.

Number of pages: 72.

Price: Scarce, will bring $100+.

Comments: Includes revolvers and parts, along with a telegraph code that retailers would use to order specific items from the catalog.

Date Published: 1901

Name of catalog: None.

Cover: Same as 1900, except for date 1901.

Price: Mint condition $150+.

Comments: Same as 1900 catalog.

Date Published: 1905 - 1906

Name of catalog: The Revolver.

Cover: Black cover with a picture of a hand holding Model 1905. “The Revolver” outlined in gold. Held together with black string.

Size: 6-3/8” x 6-1/8”.

Number of pages: 48.

Price: Scarce, mint will bring $100 and up.

Comments: Includes short history of the development of the handgun with S&W commissioned paintings; reasons why their revolver is superior to all others. Discusses finish, pearl stocks (cautions against inferior aftermarket stocks), engraving, target shooting. Found with pink supplement pages: December 1, 1908, pink sheet included the .44 HE but not the .38 Perfected, while the March 1, 1909, pink sheet lists both the .44 HE and .38 Perfected.

Date Published: 1907 - 1908

Name of catalog: The Revolver.

Cover: Green with black lettering, otherwise same as above.

Price: $100.

Comments: Similar to above, except includes Perfected and .44 HE.

Date Published: 1911

Name of catalog: Police Models

Cover: Medium blue, double-line border 7/16” all around outside edge. Printed in dark blue Police Models (at top), S&W logo in circle (center), and Smith & Wesson (bottom).

Size: 6-5/8” x 6-1/2”.

Number of pages: 12.

Price: Scarce, mint will bring $100+.

Comments: Includes .35 Auto.

Date Published: 1909 - 1912

Name of catalog: The Revolver.

Cover: Same color green as 1907-1908. “The Revolver” in red outlined with silver. Held together with green string.

Size: 6-1/2” x 6”.

Number of pages: 44.

Price: Seldom seen, mint will bring $150.

Comments: No longer lists .38 single actions and spare single-shot target barrel. Adds .22 single-shot Perfected (3rd Model). May include price list insert, pink, Nov. 10, 1911.

Date Published: 1913

Name of catalog: Plunders, Old and New (called “Three Pirates” by collectors).

Cover: Lithographed picture of three pirates, by Philip Lyford. “Smith & Wesson” at bottom in silver, white background.

Size: 7” x 10”.

Number of pages: 30.

Price: Mint $250+.

Comments: May include October 1, 1914 price list insert.

Date Published: 1915

Name of Catalog: Catalog S.

Cover: Mountain Lion, same as Catalog D, except in Spanish “Revolveres.”

Size: 7” x 10”.

Number of pages: 32.

Price: Rare, prices should start at $100.

Comments: Spanish language catalog. Includes end labels of boxes for each pistol, which can help the collector identify period of boxes.

Date Published: 1917 - 1919

Name of catalog: Catalog D.

Cover: Mountain Lion painting by Philip Lyford, full color of cliff climbing photographer with an S&W preparing to fend off an irate cougar.

Size: 4-11/16” x 6”.

Number of pages: 16.

Price: Scarce, $100+.

Comments: Four-page foldout on Regulation Police and price list dated March 1, 1917 included inside original envelope.

Date Published: August 1, 1919

Name of catalog: Catalog D-1.

Cover: Revolvers and Pistols, red border all around the cover, gray background shows a hand holding a .45 S&W revolver with “The Gun That Won” at bottom left obvious reference to WWI victory in Europe.

Size: 4-1/2” x 6”.

Number of pages: 16.

Price: $45+.

Comments: Refers to S&W’s effort in winning the war in Europe and their desire to produce all of their models as soon as possible (S&W was taken over by the government during WWI). They refer to producing future catalogs as their line is expanded. Includes rather extensive notice warning against foreign copies.

Date Published: 1921

Name of catalog: Catalog D-2.

Cover: Light blue border; Catalog D-2, top; S&W logo inside blue circle surrounded by red, “The Seal of Quality” under logo; pale yellow background; Smith & Wesson Springfield Mass., U.S.A. at bottom.

Size: 4-1/2” x 6”.

Number of pages: 16.

Price: $50+.

Comments: Notes that they are only making certain models for some time to come, and supplements will be published when their complete line is available. Notes that they have stopped placing the S&W medallions on the stock and instead are placing the trademark on the frame.

Date published: 1923

Name of catalog: Catalog D-3.

Cover: Same as D-2, except on dull brown background.

Size: 4-1/2” x 6”.

Number of pages: 20.

Price: Mint $50+.

Comments: Notes that they can only furnish models shown in this catalog, and that until large first quality shells become available, pearl stocks cannot be furnished. Announces new service sight on M&P square butt.

Date Published: February 1925

Name of catalog: Catalog D-4.

Cover, size and number of pages: Same as D-3, except marked D-4.

Price: Mint $45.

Comments: Notes we are developing an entirely new model of .22 caliber target pistol which will be fully illustrated and described in the next edition of this catalog.

Date Published: 1925

Name of catalog: None.

Cover: Brown, 1-1/8” down from top is a black banner with orange trim; inside banner in orange is “Smith & Wesson, Manufacturers of Superior Revolvers.”

Size: 4-1/2” x 6”.

Number of pages: 44 (40 in some variations).

Price: Fairly common, $40.

Comments: Several variations exist, all in $35-$45 price range. They include:

• Page 11 showing picture of Patridge front sight.

• Page 11 devoted mostly to trigger pull.

• As above, but include four-page unnumbered insert between pp. 22 and 23.

• Large 7-3/8" x 9-1/2" format.

• Large format as above, but with notice about too light trigger pulls and changed ballistics.

Date Published: 1926

Name of catalog: Pocket Catalog of Smith and Wesson Revolvers.

Cover: Ivory with black letters.

Size: 4-2/8” x 5-7/8”.

Number of pages: 20.

Price: Uncommon, $50.

Date published: Printed Marzo 1923; possibly revised and reprinted Enero 1929.

Name of catalog: None; Spanish catalog.

Cover: S&W trademark in black, “Smith and Wesson, Inc.” in brown, “Springfield Mass, U.S.A., Revolveres / Para precios y pomenores dirijase a la casa distribuidora.”

Size: 8” x 16” unfolded; 8” x 5-1/2” folded.

Number of pages: 6.

Price: Seldom encountered, starts at $50.

ANNIVERSARY CATALOGS

Background Information

In 1931, when S&W published the 75th anniversary catalog, they were using 1856 as the starting date for the formation of the company. In 1938 they used 1854. Sometime between 1941 and 1952, they used 1852 as the start-up date, apparently referring to the first Smith & Wesson partnership that produced the Volcanic-type lever-action pistols. Without the above information, it is very difficult to date these catalogs. Dating a catalog may be attempted by noting the inclusion or exclusion of new models, new finishes, grip medallions, target sights, and so on.

Date Published: 1931

Name of catalog: 75th Anniversary Catalog.

Cover: Blue banner with “Smith & Wesson / Manufacturers of / Superior Revolvers in blue; 75th Anniversary Catalog” on bottom; S&W logo in circle inside border that goes around front cover.

Size: 4-1/2” x 6”.

Number of pages: 48.

Price: $35.

Comments: Special Notice that they are engraving Made in the USA on products, starting 1924; includes .38/44 Super Police (Heavy Duty). At least two variations:

• Pg. 10 shows target sights in one version, standard sights in the other One includes call bead front sight on page 12, other doesn’t.

• Pg. 24, one calls it .38/44 Super Police; the other .38/44 Heavy Duty Only one has .38/44 S&W Special on ballistics chart.

Date Published: 1936

Name of catalog: 80th Anniversary Catalog.

Cover, size and no. pages: Same as 75th, except notes 80th.

Price: $35.

Comments: Page 48 introduces .357 Magnum revolver. At least two versions: one has information on the .357 on pages 33 and 34; the other has the Straight Line on these pages.

Date Published: 1936.

Name of catalog: 85th Anniversary Catalog.

Cover: Same as other previous anniversary catalogs, except 85th.

Size: 4-1/2” x 6”.

Number of pages: 52.

Price: $40 - $45.

Comments: Introduces the red luminous front sight (beginning of the red ramp), white outline rear sight, grip adapter, Magna stock, and .357 ballistics. Versions found with or without the humpback hammer on page 52. A variation is identical, except shows date of January 1937 on page 1.

Date Published: 1930

Name of catalog: None; Spanish foldout catalog.

Cover: Gray with double line red border, black S&W logo, Smith & Wesson, Inc. in red, “Revolveres” inside red border.

Size: 5-1/2” x 8”, unfolds to 5-1/2” x 16-1/4”.

Number of pages: 1.

Price: Uncommon, $30 mint.

Comments: Spanish language flyer.

Date Published: 1939

Name of catalog: Smith & Wesson.

Cover: Overall dark brown; silver line from top right to bottom left; Smith & Wesson and logo in silver.

Size: 5-9/16” x 6-15/16”.

Number of pages: 50 numbers with two at end not numbered.

Price: Seldom encountered, $50.

Comments: Similar to anniversary catalog series.

Date Published: 1940

Name of catalog: Smith & Wesson.

Cover: Overall blue. Picture of Target, S&W logo in ten ring; “Smith and Wesson” curled outside of seven ring; Superior revolvers since 1854 at bottom; all print

in silver.

Size: 5-1/2” x 7”.

Number of pages: 34 numbered with two at end not numbered.

Comments: An uncommon variation of this catalog, valued at $50, included the following (not included in the more common version):

• Page 17 lists the .38/22 as The Terrier.

• Page 23 includes new K-22 Masterpiece.

• Does not offer the Burning Powder booklet.

Date Published: 1941

Name of catalog: Smith & Wesson.

Cover, size, and number of pages: Same target cover as 1940, except color is purple.

Price: Uncommon, $50.

Comments: Contents similar to 1940, drops .32 safety.

COLORED FLYERS

Printed from 1948 - 2006. In 1990 the format went to a magazine style catalog with articles from various firearms journalists in addition to the flyers. This was done for about four years.

Date Published: 1952

Name of catalog: Centennial Catalog.

Cover: Blue cover with black letters, red S&W logo in ten ring of target. “Centennial Catalog” top.

Size: 6” x 8-15/16”.

Number of pages: 62.

Price: Common, $25.

Comments: Includes preface by S&W President Carl Hellstrom, aerial view of new factory. A rare printers error variation has pages 46 and 47 where pages 18 and 19 should be and vice versa; may be worth $100.

PARTS LIST CATALOGS

Along with the standard catalogs, S&W released catalogs known as parts lists.

Date Published: 1904

Name of catalog: Smith & Wesson Revolvers/Price List of Parts/Nineteen Hundred and Four.

Cover: Dark green with black letters.

Size: 6-1/2” x 9-1/2”.

Number of pages: 32.

Price: Scarce, $75.

Date Published: 1909

Name of catalog: Smith & Wesson Revolver/Price List of Parts.

Cover: Brown with raised black letters; held together with two brass rivets.

Size: 6-15/16” x 9-15/16.”

Number of pages: 32.

Price: $100.

Date Published: 1917

Name of catalog: Smith & Wesson Revolvers/Price List of Parts/Catalogue P.

Cover: Blue with black letters.

Size: 6” x 9”.

Number of pages: 4.

Price: Scarce, $75.

Date Published: January 1922

Name of catalog: As above, except Catalogue P-1.

Cover: Mustard yellow with blue letters.

Size: 6” x 9”.

Number of pages: 36.

Price: Fairly common, $60.

Comments: A scarce variation has 40 pages, will bring $80.

Date Published: 1927

Name of catalog: As above, except Catalogue P-2.

Cover: Light brown with black letters.

Size: 6” x 9”.

Number of pages: 40.

Price: Fairly common, $50.

Comments: A couple variations of the last page are known.

Date Published: 1938

Name of catalog: As above, except 1938 and Catalogue P-3.

Cover: Brown with black letters.

Size: 6” x 9”.

Number of pages: 40.

Price: Common, $45.

Date Published: 1941

Name of catalog: As above, except 1941 and Catalogue P-4.

Cover: Light blue with black letters.

Size: 6” x 9”.

Number of pages: 40.

Price: Scarce $60.

S&W POSTERS

“The Twelve”

In 1902 and 1903, S&W commissioned a series of twelve posters by famous artists. These are the images represented on “The Twelve Revolvers” series (listed in the “Commemoratives and Specials section), with the sole exception that a painting called “At Close Quarters” was omitted in favor of a later image, “The Mountain Lion.” Illustrations of the original twelve paintings can be found in the Neal and Jinks book, or in Roy Jinks’ book, Twelve Revolvers.

Prices for an original poster from 1902 - 1903 probably start at $500 and go up. Some of the more popular images have been reprinted. For example, The “Hostiles,” probably the best known, was originally released in March of 1903. It was reprinted for S&Ws 75th anniversary, and again for their Centennial in 1952. The Centennial reprint will bring around $200. It was reprinted yet again, along with “The Last Cartridge,” during the Bangor Punta years, and these reprints will bring around $25 to $35 a copy.

More Recent Posters

There seems to be no end to the variations in S&W paperwork that will be of interest to collectors. The authors lack the expertise to begin to catalog them all, but submit the following limited examples as illustrations of the market:

• Ten Ring Tips: Color, exc. $300.

• Shooting Range Instruction Chart: B&W, exc. $150-$200.

• University of S&W Series: Three different designs, color, exc. $150 each.

• Cutaway View of .38 M&P: Large S&W Inc. version, $75; smaller Bangor Punta version, $25.

S&W “Ten-Ring Tips” safety poster.

Chapter XVI

AMMUNITION

When S&W introduced the first successful cartridge revolver, they also had to offer ammunition for it. These earliest S&W branded ammunition containers will bring high values from serious early model collectors.

Very early S&W ammunition box. ArmsBid.com photo.

For the first few decades of cartridge ammunition production by various firms, terminology and cartridge names were still evolving. Early ammunition is sought by collectors to match the era of their guns. Especially popular are “picture boxes” featuring pictures of early S&W models on the box lids, regardless of the actual ammunition manufacturer.

During the Bangor Punta years from (1973 - 1981), S&W offered an extensive handgun ammunition line, including .22 LR, .25 ACP, .32 ACP, .32 S&W (very scarce) .357 Magnum, .38 Special, .380 ACP, 9mm Parabellum, .44 Magnum and .45 ACP, often with several loadings in each caliber, plus indoor and outdoor blanks. Shotgun shells included .410 bore (very scarce) and 20-, 16-, and 12-ga. Rifle ammunition was offered in .243 Winchester, .270 Winchester, .30-30 Winchester, .308 Winchester, and .30-06. S&W acquired Alcan of Alton, Ill., in 1972. Initally the company made handgun ammunition under both the S&W and the Alcan name. Early boxes were marked “Smith & Wesson – Fiocchi Inc. Alton Ill.” The head stamp was “S&W-F”; later the “-F” was dropped. The S&W line of reloading components included bullets and Alcan-made primers.

Of special interest to collectors are unusual loads such as the .38 Special Chiefs Special load, shotgun slugs, and the nylon-jacketed Nyclad line of ammunition. Currently, S&W brand ammunition can often be picked up at the same price as comparable current production commercial ammunition, but collector interest is increasing somewhat and may affect pricing in the future.

An older type of ammunition of special interest to S&W collectors used the S&W patented self-lubricating bullet. This projectile was designed to pump lubrication onto the bearing surface of the bullet when the cartridge was fired.

Examples of early “picture box” ammo boxes. Jamie Supica photos.

S&W brand ammunition packs, not to scale. Jamie Supica photos.

Chapter XVII

GIMCRACKS AND GEEGAWS

Cool S&W stuff .

There is an endless variety of S&W memorabilia, whatsits, and just plain neat stuff, all of which will be scarfed up by collectors at the right price. One of the authors will admit to treasuring a S&W-marked sugar packet from the factory cafeteria. Now that the reader has some inkling of the radical forms this disease can take, the following general categories are submitted for your temptation or puzzlement:

“Diversification Products”

(i.e., Non-Firearm)

Some unexpected S&W products show up as results of various attempts to diversify the product line. This is especially true of the era following WWI, when S&W sought to establish a presence outside of the firearms market. The results:

• Dishwashers and Washing Machines: Hard to find evidence.

• Flush Valves (for Toilets): Flush valves are extremely rare, it is reported they were mostly installed in gas stations owned by Gulf Oil. They were made to generate income in a time of poor revolver sales. Several S&W flush valves in great condition have been observed.

• Blade Savers: Devices for holding safety razor blades so that they can be sharpened like straight razors. Three types made. Will bring a C-note from a collector who is hard up for a S&W fix. At least that’s what I was told when I bought the one that is languishing unsold on my shelf.

• Gutta-Percha Light Socket Fixtures: Reportedly “S&W” marked.

Promotional Items

This section includes S&W logo-marked products that are offered for sale to the public through Smith & Wesson or by licensing agreement. Many current offerings can be found online at smith-wesson.com. The accompanying photos will give the reader some idea of what is available. A partial list would include the following:

• Tie tacs, lapel pins or hat tacs: There are rare ones that bring a couple hundred dollars. On the other

S&W Blade Saver: $100? Anybody? hand, there are ones that were given away by the bucketful at the most recent promotional event.

• Jewelry: Tie clasps, cufflinks, key chains, necklaces, earrings, bracelets, etc.

• Lighters, measuring tapes, playing cards

• Neckties (eight patterns reported at last count)

• Ink pens

• Small promotional knives

• Belts and belt buckles

• Clothing: Jackets, shirts, caps, and so on, lots and lots introduced recently

• Clothing for tots (Little Smith)

• Cast iron toys (tapping two collector groups at once – pretty smart!): P51 Mustang plane, 53 Ford pickup, horses & sled, 35 Ford pickup, trucks

• Frisbees

• Cutting boards in pistol and revolver shapes

• Scented candles

• HO gauge electric train set

• Non-electric train (cast)

• Christmas tree ornaments (ball)

• Gun shop counter mat

• Patches, decals of all kinds

• Shotgun shell caddies

• Gun rugs, cases, grips, sights

• Mugs, glasses, coasters

• Letter openers

• Pistol grip bookends

• Ladies scarves

• Billfold and money clips

• Blazer buttons

• Desk sets (six different) made from gun parts

• Tote and duffel bags

• Bicycles in late 1997 for law enforcement or commercial

• Tents for 1997 (S&W reports none were ever sold!)

• Bust of Horace Smith & Dan Wesson (non-factory)

• Golf club heads forged by S&W for “Snake Eyes”

• Clocks: blue or black case

• Recoil pads for rifles and shotguns

• Gun rugs by Bob Allen

• Aluminum gun cases and briefcases

• Pajamas: flannel blue horse pattern

• 61 Piece 3-way ratchet screwdriver bit and socket set

• 30 piece screwdriver bit set

• 44 Magnum multi-tool

• Gun Pal (screwdriver set and bits)

• Nut driver set

• 6 piece gunsmithing screwdriver set

• 15 piece electronic screwdriver set

• Trigger locks and padlocks

• Sunglasses, shooting glasses and safety glasses

• Collectors coins and jewelry

• Umbrella and golf putter

• Counter stools

• Pizza cutters and ice cream scoop

• Sauces and salsa, 2001

• Coat hooks and utility hooks

• Whistles

• Night vision monocular

• Binoculars

• Flashlights

• Floor mats, grey or black

• Spare tire cover

• Watches

• Boots and shoes

• Kids socks

• Books on S&Ws

• Tins of spearmints

• Team S&W trading cards, 1000 sets produced

• Medical defibrillator

• Director chairs

• Gun props

• Wood pellet smokers and bags of wood pellets with S&W logo

WATCHES FROM ZANDERS SPORTING GOODS

First offered in 1998 and since offered from many other vendors.

Men’s Watches

• S&WM70001: Black dial large all steel watch, calendar, stainless steel bracelet, 10 ATM water resistant.

• S&WM70031: Black dial, large stainless steel case, day/date, black leather strap, 10 ATM water resistant.

• S&WM70032: Off white dial, large stainless steel case. day/date, stainless steel bracelet, 10 ATM water resistant.

• S&WM70041: Chronograph, large all steel watch, stainless steel bracelet, 10 ATM water resistant.

• S&WM70081: White dial, large stainless 44.25 steel case, calendar, black neoprene strap, 10 ATM water resistant.

• S&WM70091: Two-tier digital analog, black neoprene strap.

• S&WM70101: White dial, calendar, brown leather strap.

• S&WM70111: Dial light, day-date, stainless steel bracelet.

• S&WM70121: Black dial, digital analog, stainless steel bracelet.

• S&WM70132: Blue dial, day-date, stainless steel bracelet.

Ladies’ Watches

• S&WL70021: Black dial, stainless steel bracelet.

• S&WL70022: Off white dial, stainless steel bracelet.

• S&WL70051: White dial, stainless steel bracelet.

Pocket Watches

• S&WU70141: Dial light, stainless steel.

• S&WU70151: Silver dial, antique signature with cover.

• S&WU70161: Silver dial, scrimshaw, with cover.

• S&WU70181: Black dial, chronograph.

Clip-On Watches

• S&WU70191: Black dial, laser pointer, leather fob with compass.

• S&WU70192: Camouflage dial, laser, pointer, leather fob, with compass.

Unauthorized Items

A note on unauthorized promotional items: The S&W logo or references to Smith & Wesson will not infrequently appear on items not authorized by the company, despite that such usage may be illegal. Generally, such items do not interest collectors as much as those that have official blessings. Locally produced “Insured by Smith & Wesson” bumper stickers may be a hot item at a buck a pop at the neighborhood novelty shop, but they won’t generally bring a premium from a collector ten years from now.

Factory Stuff

This would include items that were made for internal use by S&W, or used as promotional items focused at a narrower audience than the general public – for example, promotional pieces made for S&W distributors.

Such items are always popular among hard-core collectors, and value tends to increase based on the uniqueness of the object, how closely it was associated with the factory, age, and general coolness. Original obsolete factory tooling or objects provable as having been owned by D. B. Wesson would be quite desirable. Promotional displays distributed to hundreds of S&W stocking dealers within the past ten years would be less so.

Items will turn up in this genre that might be surprising. Decades ago, S&W had a company baseball team. S&W baseball uniforms exist (for that matter, so do uniforms from the recently disbanded Team S&W shooting team). We have recently seen a curved glass display case with the S&W logo in stained glass on the ends that reportedly was made for a turn of the century exposition. Promotional items or prototypes that were discarded when the company changed direction or ownership will sometimes find their way into the collector network where, if it says S&W, it will find a loving home.

From 1998-1999 S&W opened several factory stores in various U.S. cities:

• S&W Factory Store: 299 Page Blvd., Springfield, MA.

• Tanger Factory Outlet: Branson, MO.

• Kittery Outlet Center: Kittery, ME.

• Tanger Outlet Center: Pigeon Forge, TN.

• Broadway @ the Beach: Myrtle Beach. SC.

Each factory store offered the full line of wearing apparel, accessories and handguns. By 2003 S&W closed all the stores except the factory store in Springfield and offered all its accessories via the internet.

Section Three

APPENDIX 1

S&W HISTORIC MILESTONES

1808: Horace Smith born.

1825: D. B. Wesson born.

1853: First S&W partnership formed to make Volcanic-style lever action repeating pistols.

1854: Patented .22 rimfire cartridge.

1855: Rollin White patents bored-through cylinder; Volcanic lever action production turned over to Oliver Winchester & Co.

1857: Second S&W partnership manufactures the first S&W revolver in October: a Model 1 .22 rimfire (serial number 2) is sold for $12 (with an additional $1 for cartridges) to William Amadon in Springfield, MA.

1860: Move to new factory on Stockbridge street; employs 57 persons.

1861: Model 2 introduced in new .32 rimfire cartridge; Civil War begins.

1862: Company now has 154 employees.

1866: Company now has 300 employees.

1867: Begin marketing efforts in Europe with the Paris Exhibition.

1870: Model 3 introduced: S&Ws first top-break, first .44-caliber, and first centerfire revolver.

1871: First Russian military contract; Walter H. Wesson begins work at the factory as a clerk.

1873: Horace Smith retires; D.B. Wesson named President.

1876: .38 S&W cartridge introduced in Baby Russian.

1878: .32 S&W cartridge introduced in .32 single action revolver.

1880: S&W’s first double action: .38 DA.

1881: Joe H. Wesson begins work at the factory.

1886: S&W’s first safety hammerless: .38 Safety.

1893: Horace Smith dies on January 15.

1896: S&W’s first Hand Ejector revolver: .32 HE 1st, first I-frame.

1899: .38 Special cartridge introduced in the first K frame: .38 M&P.

1905: “5th screw” added to Hand Ejector frames.

1906: Daniel B. Wesson dies on August 4 at age 81; Walter H. Wesson is named President.

1908: .44 Special cartridge introduced in the first N frame: .44 HE.

1915: Joe H. Wesson named President.

1917: U.S. enters WWI.

1918-19: U.S. Army takes over management of plant for WWI production.

1920: Harold Wesson named President.

1924: The company makes small water motors.

1925: Officers: Harold Wesson President; D.B. Wesson, Vice President; F.H. Wesson, Treasurer; George Chapin, Clerk.

1935: .357 Magnum cartridge introduced in first .357 Magnum handgun, “The Registered Magnum.”

1941: Pearl Harbor bombed; U.S. enters WWII.

1946: C.R. Hellstrom is named President, first non-family member as President.

1949: Move to new plant on Roosevelt Ave.

1950: First J frame in .38 Special: The Chiefs Special.

1952: First alloy frame Airweights.

1955: Model 39 introduced: first American 9mm DA; end 5-screw Hand Ejectors; begin 4-screw Hand Ejectors. Introduction of the .44 Magnum. 1957 model numbers introduced for all handguns.

1961: End 4-screw Hand Ejectors; begin 3-screw Hand Ejectors.

1963: William Gunn is named President.

1964: .41 Magnum introduced.

1965: S&W sold to Bangor Punta Alegre Sugar Corp.; first stainless steel handgun introduced: Model 60.

1971: Model 59: the first wonder-nine.

1973: James Oberg is named President; a net income of $8.3 million is realized.

1980: L frame revolvers introduced with 3-letter serial prefix (AAA0001).

1982: Second generation semi-auto DAs introduced; pinned barrel eliminated on Hand Ejector revolvers; counterbored cylinder eliminated on magnum Hand Ejectors.

1984: Lear Siegler purchases S&W on February 24.

1986: Forestmann and Little Holding Co.

1987: Tomkins PLC of London purchases S&W, reportedly for $113 million.

1988: Third generation semi-auto DAs introduced.

1990: .40 S&W cartridge introduced.

1992: Ed Schultz is named President.

1994: Sigma series of polymer frame semi-autos introduced.

1995: 7-shot .357 Magnum introduced; Don Hinmon named President in absence of Ed Schultz.

1996: 10-shot .22 Long Rifle revolvers Models 17 and 617 introduced; .357 Magnum introduced on a stainless J frame; all J frames redesigned (J Magnums); first female sales manager named in S&W history (Laurel Young); S&W’s first .380 ACP handgun introduced in Sigma Series.

1997: 8-shot all alloy .22 handgun introduced (Airlite); 5-shot L frame .44 Special introduced; start shipments of handguns with Master trigger locks in September.

1998: .357 SIG pistol introduced; January: redesign of K, L, N, frames begins and is completed by September.

1999: Titanium revolver J frame series introduced; SW99 Walther/S&W introduced; many models dropped from production.

2000: Blue steel revolvers dropped (except two) from product line; Schofield Model 2000 introduced; March: Ed Shultz and the Clinton administration reach agreements on trigger locks and other gun safety issues; introduction of alloy/scandium/titanium .357 Magnum J frame revolvers at the NRA annual meetings; S&W names George C. Colclough President in October.

2001: Smith & Wesson purchased by Saf-T-Hammer Corp. of Phoenix, AZ; Bob Scott named President in May.

2002: S&W trades on the stock exchange; internal lock system is introduced.

2003: Roy Cuny named President; .17 Hornady and S&W .500 Magnum are introduced at SHOT Show.

2004: Mike Golden named President.

2005: 45,000 Model 500s are shipped by July; S&W holds first “Club 1852”; Model 460 introduced at SHOT Show; Model M&P autoloader introduced.

2006: Model 15 M&P rifle introduced; stock price exceeds $6.25 per share.

APPENDIX 2

SERIAL NUMBER RANGE BY YEARS

IMPORTANT NOTE

The following tables of serial numbers, like the production and serial number information elsewhere in this book, have been drawn from a number of sources. Most notable of these have been information compiled for Smith & Wesson by Factory Historian Roy Jinks, History of Smith and Wesson by Roy Jinks, Smith and Wesson 1857-1945 by Neal & Jinks, material published in the Journal of the Smith and Wesson Collectors Association, catalogs and promotional material published by Smith and Wesson, and input from S&W collectors and employees. Please refer to discussion of these and other important references on Smith and Wesson in the “Resources and Bibliography” and “Acknowledgements” sections at the front of this book.

It is VITALLY IMPORTANT to realize that it is IMPOSSIBLE to identify the production year of any given single gun using these tables alone. Smith and Wesson revolvers were not necessarily assembled nor shipped in serial number sequence. Guns with sequential serial numbers can be found which were actually shipped decades apart. This seems to be especially true for early N frames and the M&P models. At best, these tables may indicate probable production era for a particular gun.

Happily for historians and S&W enthusiasts, through many years of effort by Factory Historian Roy Jinks the factory records have been preserved in remarkable completeness – possibly the most comprehensive set of records for any firearms manufacturer beginning production in the 19th Century. These records are being preserved, cataloged and researched at the Connecticut Valley Museum.

When a collector wishes to find the production date of a particular gun by serial number, the ONLY way to determine this with certainty is by researching these records. This can be done by requesting a “Factory Letter.” There is a modest charge of $30 per serial number for this service (a bargain at a time when some other manufacturer’s factory letters can start at $100 and go up). They can be requested from Factory Historian Roy Jinks, c/o Smith & Wesson, PO Box 2208, Springfield MA 01102.

CONSIDERATIONS ON SERIAL NUMBER RANGES

The Smith & Wesson collector will quickly realize that S&W has made many firearms with the same serial letter prefix that applied to many different models and calibers. Sorting out serial numbers and ranges for the purpose of establishing a manufacturing date can be difficult. The authors have provided a compilation of serial ranges to assist in this task. As an example of this mixing of models and calibers, consider the history of the letter K serial prefix.

The letter K serial prefix covers eleven models made from 1946 to 1983 in six calibers. The first was the pre-Model 17, followed by the pre-Models 14, 16, 15, 18, 19, 48, 53, 66, 67 and 68, all over a time span of about thirty-seven years that covers approximately 3.1 million firearms. The listed serial dates are considered accurate to within plus-one year, but some frames were stamped with a serial number and did not leave the factory for some time.

Actual ship dates may be confirmed by the factory historian at Smith & Wesson, Mr. Roy G. Jinks.

Smith & Wesson initiated their design changes by a date, not by a specific serial number, nor were handguns assembled in an exact chronological order. For these reasons, the collector will always find exceptions to this serial number data.

Due to the 1968 Gun Control Act, which prohibited any two firearms of the same caliber and manufacturer from having the same serial number, 1969 was a year of serial number revisions by S&W. This prompted the introduction of the single letter serial prefix on all S&Ws.

About 1980, space for numbers was running out and S&W had to again revise the serial number scheme. This was done with a three-letter serial prefix followed by a four-digit number on all firearms. This system is the one presently in use, and would theoretically allow over 175 million serial numbers without duplication.

SERIAL NUMBER RANGES QUICK REFERENCE

Listed in order of caliber:

Model 1s

1857-1860

1st 1-11671

1860-1868

2nd 11672-126361

1868-1881

3rd 1-131163

Single-Shot Pistols

1893-1905

1st 1-28107

1905-1909

2nd 1-4615

1909-1923

3rd 4618-11641

1925-1936

4th 1-1870

.22 Hand Ejector Ladysmith

1902-1906

1st 1-4575

1906-1910

2nd 4576-13950

1910-1921

3rd 13951-26154

.22/32 Hand Ejector Series

1911-1941

160000-536684

1923 numbers reach 384xxx area

K-22 Outdoorsman

1931-1940

632132-682419

K-22 Masterpiece

1940-1941

682420-696952

Model 1-1/2 (Rimfire Tip-Up)

1865-1868

1st 1-26300

1868-1875

2nd26301-127100

Model 1-1/2 (Centerfire Top-Break)

1878-1892

1-97574

Model 2 (Old Army .32 Rimfire Tip-Up)

1861-1874

1-77155

Model 320 Revolving Rifle

1879-1887

1-977

.32 Double Action

1880

1st 1-30

1880-1882

2nd 31-22172

1882-1883

3rd 22173-43405

1883-1909

4th 43406-282999

1909-1919

5th 283000-327641

.32 Safety Hammerless

1888-1902

1st 1-91417

1902-1909

2nd 91418-170000

1909-1937

3rd 170001-242981

.32 Hand Ejector Series and Models 30,31

1896-1901

1st model 1-19712

1903-1904

2nd model 1-19425

1904-1906

1st change 19426-51126

1906-1909

2nd change 51127-95500

1909-1910

3rd change 95501-96125

1910

4th change 96126-102500

1910-1917

5th change 102501-263000

1911-1942

3rd model 263001-536684

1946-1960

postwar 536685-712953

1961-1970

M30,31 712954-826977

.32-20 Winchester Hand Ejector

1899-1902

1st model 1-5311

1902-1905

2nd model 5312-9811

1903-1905

1st change 9812-18125

1905-1906

1905 model 18126-22426

1906-1907

1905 1st 22427-33500

1906-1907

1905 2nd 33501-45200

1909-1915

1905 3rd 45201-65700

1915-1940

1905 4th 65701-144684

.38 Single Action

1876-1877

1st 1-25548

1877-1891

2nd 1-108255

1891-1911

3rd 1-28107

.38 Double Action

1880

1st 1-4000

1880-1884

2nd 4001-119000

1884-1895

3rd 119001-322700

1895-1909

4th 322701-539000

1909-1911

5th 539001-554077

.38 Perfected

1909-1920

1-59400

.38 Safety

1887 1st

1-5250

1887-1890

2nd 5251-42483

1890-1898

3rd 42484-116002

1898-1907

4th 116003-220000

1907-1940

5th 220000-261495

.38 Special Hand Ejector M&P

1899-1902

1-20975

1902-1903

20976-33803

1903-1904

33804-62449

1905-1906

62450-73250

1906-1909

73251-146899

1909-1915

146900-241703

1915-1942

241704-700000

1940-1945

700000-1000000

.38/200 and .38 Special Victory Models:

1942-1945

V1-V811119

And also those numbered with an “SV”prefix

.38 Special M&P Postwar and Models 10,11,12,45 and Aircrewman

1945-1948

S811338-S999999

1948-1967

C1-C999999

.38 Regulation Police and Models 32,33

1917-1940

1-54474

1949-1969

54475-122678

Model 3s (All Calibers)

1870-1872

1st Model American 1-8000

1872-1874

2nd Model American (and 1st Russian) 8000-32800

1871-1878

Russian Model s/n ranges complicated; see text or Neal and Jinks

1878-1912

New Model #3 1-35796

Estimated ranges only:

1878-1885

1-14000

1883-1890

14000-20000

1887-1898

20000-30000

1896-1907

30000-35796

1887-1910

N.M.#3 Target 1-4333

1879-1883

N.M.#3 Turkish 1-5461

1885-1908

N.M.#3 Frontier 1-2072

1881-1913

44 D.A. 1st 1-54668

1882-1883

44 D.A. Wesson some of Favorite Model: 8900-10100

1886-1913

D.A. Frontier 1-15340

Schofield Model .45 S&W Cal

1875

1st 1-3035

1876-1877

2nd 3036-8969

.44 Hand Ejectors

1st Model, 2nd Model, 3rd Model, sorted by year and serial starts includes .38/44 HE and Triplelocks.

1906

experimentals

1908

1

1926

25000

1909

2050

1927

28500

1910

5000

1928

29500

1911

7050

1929

30000

1912

9100

1930

34000

1913

11150

1931

36000

1914

13200

1932

38375

1915

15250

1933

41200

1916

15500

1934

43350

1917

16000

1935

45500

1918-1919

(no production)

1936

47200

1920

16200(after 12-6-20)

1937

48700

1921

16300

1938

52000

1922

18400

1939

57200

1923

19600

1940

59000

1924

20800

1941

62350

1925

22000

1942-1945

no wartime production

1917 U.S. Service Model/.45 DA Army .45 ACP

1917-1946

1-209791

1946-1950

209792-210782

.455 Hand Ejectors

1914-1915 1st   1-5000

1915-1917 2nd 5001-74755

S Serial Prefix: N Frames Postwar

Models: 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 57, 58 and their pre-model number variations:

1946-1947

S62489-S67999

1947-1948

S68000-S71999

1948-1949

S72000-S72499

1949-1950

S72500-S74999

1950-1951

S75000-S80499

1951-1952

S80500-S85999

1952-1953

S86000-S94999

1953-1954

S95000-S102999

1954-1955

S103000-S139999

1955-1956

S140000-S149999

1956-1957

S150000-S175999

1957-1958

S176000-S181999

1958-1959

S182000-S194499

1959-1960

S194500-S206999

1960-1961

S207000-S219999

1961-1962

S220000-S227999

1962-1963

S228000-S231999

1963-1964

S232000-S235999

1964-1965

S236000-S257999

1965-1966

S258000-S261999

1966-1967

S262000-S289999

1967-1968

S290000-S304999

1968-1969

S305000-S329999

1969-1970

S330000-S333454

N Serial Prefix: N Frames

Models: 25, 27, 28, 29, 57, 58, 520, 629 (approximate dates)

Starting Number

Years

N1

1969-1972

N100000

1973

N200000

1974-1977*

N300000

1975-1976

N400000

1977-1978

N500000

1978-1980*

N600000

1979-1980

N700000

1980

N800000

1980-1983

N900000

1982-1986

Highest known range is N97xxxx (ca. 1986)

* Approximately the last half of the N200000 range and most of the N500000 range consists mostly of M28s and M58s. After 1980, the M28 serial numbers were merged with the other N frame serial number ranges. Thanks to John A. Crawford, Ph.d., for this N prefix update.

K Serial Prefix by Year, Postwar

Models: 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 48, 53, 66, 67, 68 and their pre-model variations. Note all K prefix frames are normally target frame revolvers.

Year of introduction (not serial range)

1946

K101-K614

1947

K615-K18731

1948

K18732-K73121

1949

K73122-K84149

1950

K84150-K104047

1951

K104048-K136690

1952

K136691-K175637

1953

K175638-K210095

1954

K210096-K231255

1955

K231256-K266164

1956

K266165-K288988

1957

K288989-K317822

1957

Begin stamping of model numbers

1958

K317823-K350547

1959

K350548-K386804

1960

K386805-K429894

1961

K429895-K468098

1962

K468099-K515478

1963

K515479-K553999

1964

K555000-K605877

1965

K605878-K658986

1966

K658987-K715996

1967

K715997-K779162

1968

K779163-K848781

1969

K848782-K946391

1970

K946392-K999999; 1K1-1K3 9500; 2K1-2K22037

1971

1K39501-1K99999; 2K22038-2K55996; 3K1-3K31279

1972

2K55997-2K99999; 3K31280-5K6616; 4K1-4K1627

1973

4K1628-4K54104; 5K6617-5K73962

1974

4K54105-4K99999; 5K73963-6K58917; 7K1-7K26043

1975

7K26044-7K70577; 6K58918-8K20763; 8K20764-9K1; 8K20000-9K100000

1976

9K10001-9K99999;

1977

10K0001-24K9999

1978/79

25K0001-56K9999

1980

57K0001-91K6800

1981

91K6801-124K000

1982

125K000-269K999

1983

270K000-311K273

R Serial Prefix

Models: 60, 651

1969

R001-R30000

1970-1973

R30001-R99999

1974-1977

R100000-R190000

1977-1978

R190001-R220000

1979-1980

R220001-R280000

1980-1981

R280001-R300800

1982

R300801-R329000

1983

R329001

H Serial Prefix

Models: 30, 31, 32

1969-1970

H00001-H30001

1971-1972

H30002-H60000

1972-1976

H60001-H99999

1975-1980

H100001-H139900

1981

H139901-H160000

1982

H161001-H161200

1983

H161201-?

Early J Frame Serial Range

Models: 36, 37, 38, 49, 50 and their pre-model versions

1950-1969

1-786544 (no prefix)

Approximate manufacture dates:

1950

1

1952

7369-21342

1953

28916

1955

55050-75000

1957

117770-125000

1962

295000

1969

786544

Centennial Models 40 & 42

1952-1971

1-30160

1971-1974

“L” Serial Prefix L1- L9861

J Serial Prefix

Models: 36, 37, 38, 49, 50

1969-1970

J1-J99999

1971-1972

J1-999J99

1973-1974

J100000-J250000

1975-1976

J250001-J370000

1976-1977

J370001-J610000

1977-1978

J610001-J670000

1979-1980

J670001-J760000

1981

J760001-J915400

1982

J915401-1J18600

1983

1J18601-xxxx

Postwar S Serial Range:

(Fixed sight K Frames)

Pre-models: 10, 11, 45

1945-1948

S811120-S999999

C Serial Prefix: approximate dates

Models: 10, 11, 12, 45, Aircrewman, and their pre-model variations

1948-1951

C1-C223998

1952

C223999-C226003

1953

C226004-C277554

1954-1956

C277555-C402923

1957-1959

C402924-C429740

1960

C429741-C474148

1961-1962

C474149-C622699

1963-1965

C622700-C810532

1966-1967

C810533-C999999

D Serial Prefix

Models: 10, 12, 13, 14, 45

1968

D1 -D90000

1969-1970

D90001 -D330000

1971-1972

D330001 -D420000

1972-1973

D420001 -D510000

1973-1974

D510001 -D659901

1974-1975

D659902 -D750000

1975-1976

D750001 -D870000

1976-1977

D870001 -D999999

1D Serial Prefix

Models: 64, 65

1976-1977

1D1-1D30000

1978-1979

1D30001-1D45000

1979-1980

1D45001-1D99999

2D-17D Serial Prefix

Models: 10, 12, 13, 45, 64, 65, 547

1977

2D00001-2D80000

1978

2D80001-2D99999

1979

4D00001-6D10000

1980

6D10001-7D10000

1981

7D10001-9D44500

1982

9D44501-17D8900

1983

17D8901-21D0883

Approx. last # 30D9291

1953 .22/32 Kit Gun

Models: 34, 35, 43, 51 and their pre-model variations

1953-1969

101-135465

Approximate ship dates:

1953

101

1954

5000

1955

11000

1959

52673-62316

1960

70000

1965

108087

1969

135464

M Serial Prefix

Models: 34, 35, 43, 51, 63

1969-1971

M1-M30000

1971-1973

M30001-M60000

1973-1977

M60001-M99999

1978-1979

M100000-M130000

1980-1981

M130001-M160000

1981

M160001-M193000

1982

M193101-M219800

1983

M219801-xxxx

All Other Revolver Models

Beginning in the transition years 1980-1983 with a three-letter serial prefix and four-digit number. Earliest models produced are the L frames. These are approximate serial number start dates. NOTE: The collector must keep in mind that not all serial prefix letters were used to completion. Thus as an example there may have been only 200 of serial prefix “BVA” used in October 2003 with the remainder or a portion used sometime later. The collector will find large gaps in any serial sequence. At other times, three-letter serial prefixes were used out-of-sequence ahead of the time they normally would have rolled around, sometimes for special production items.

1980

AAA 0000-2100

1981

AAD 2120

Oct. 1982

AAF 9000

Dec. 1982

ABL 3999

Jan. 1983

ABL 4000

Oct. 1983

ADE 6700

Dec. 1983

ADT 2999

Jan. 1984

ADT 3000

Nov. 1984

AEV -AFJ

Jan. 1985

AHA 0667

Jul. 1985

AHS -AHT

Nov. 1985

ALA -ALC

Jan. 1986

AHC 1687

Apr. 2004

ASR Model 327

Jul. 1987

AVB 8654

Jul. 1987

AWW 7874

Dec. 1987

AYW 9023

Jan. 1988

AYY 1139

Jan. 1988

AYE -AYM

Jul. 1988

BBF

Oct. 1988

BBT 2293

Feb. 1989

BDC

Apr. 1989

BDS

Ap.r 1989

BDY

May. 1989

BDY -BDZ

Aug. 1989

BEA -BED

Sep. 1989

BFE

Oct. 1989

BEK

Nov. 1989

BEN

Dec. 1989

BEP

Mar. 1990

BFN

Jul. 1990

BFL 1101-BFL 1535

Aug. 1990

BFN 4343-BFN 4668

Aug. 1990

BFF

Jan. 1991

BFW 3337-BFY 8122

Feb. 1991

BFW

Mar. 1991

BHE

Jul. 1991

BHJ 8613-BHJ 9628

Aug. 1991

BKN 5330-BKN 6905

Jan. 1992

BHT 6706-BHT 7337

Feb. 1992

BKZ 1014-BKZ 2310

Mar. 1992

BHP

Sep. 1992

BFV

Feb. 1993

BMB

Mar. 1993

BNW

Oct. 1993

BPD

Nov. 1993

BPE

Dec. 1993

BPK

Jan. 1994

BDY

May. 1994

BDY

Aug. 1994

BRF

Oct. 2003

BVA (329-1); CAF

Jan. 1996

CAM

Jan. 1996

CAN

Sep. 1996

CBA; CBB; CBD

Feb. 1995

CLS

Aug. 1996

CBC

Aug. 1997

CBN

Oct. 1997

CCD

Nov. 1997

CCE

Jan. 1998

CCK; CCM; CCN; CCR; CCW

Jan. 1999

CDB; CDD

Mar. 1999

CDE; CDF; CDH; CDJ

Nov. 1999

CDR

Jan. 2000

CDW

Feb. 2000

CDY

Mar. 2000

CEA

Apr. 2000

CEB

Oct. 2000

CEF

Jul. 2001

CEV 7- 6-01 317

Feb. 2002

CFB 2- 6-02

Feb. 2002

CFC 2-18-02

May 2002

CFE 5-10-02

Jan. 2003

CFF 1-15-03 JAN 15 2003 CFF8265 2 lines 37-2

Jun. 2002

CFH 6-17-02

Aug. 2002

CFJ 8- 2-02

Aug. 2002

CFK 8-21-02

Dec. 2002

CFS 12-16-02

Apr. 2003

CFT; CFW 2 lines 37-2

May. 2003

CFY 5-15-03, 5-9-03

Nov. 2003

CHB 11-07-03 332-1

Jan. 2004

CHD 1-29-04

Feb. 2004

CHE 2-9-04 2 lines

Apr. 2004

CHJ 4-8-04

May 2004

CHK 431 342PD 2 lines

Jun. 2004

CHL 6-23-04

Jul. 2004

CHM 432 7-9-04 642 6-23-04

Jul. 2004

CSR (327) 7-22-04

Oct. 2004

CTA 342 CTA6329

Sep. 2003

DEW (329-1)

Oct. 2003

JNM 500 PC

Oct. 2001

LRM (17-8)

Jun. 2000

RDA (646)

Oct. 2003

RGN0001

Jul. 2001

SCA0523 Scandium Models 340-360-386

Feb. 2002

SCA9923

1994

SDE (460)

Sep 2003

SCC (625-10)

Sep 1996

SWC (29-4)

1986

TWT 544

Oct. 2003

VAR (647-1)

Mar. 1997

ULT/LGT Airlite 317

A final note about modern serial numbers: In most cases a fired cartridge case was supplied with each gun and is dated when the cartridge was collected. Each box end label is marked with a Julian date (example 0212 is the 212th day of 2000). These two dates are usually no more than two days apart, indicating when a handgun was completed and ready for shipping.

B prefix - Model 61 Escort

1970-1978

B1 - B-65438

Modern Autoloading Pistols Serial Number Ranges

Serial number range beginning 1954 starts at 1001 and continues to 115000 in 1970. Applies to Models 39, 41, 44, 46, and 52. Serial number range beginning in 1970 starts with an A serial prefix at A115001 and continues to about A880000. Certain models may have an “A” serial suffix as well as an “A” prefix due to some rare serial duplications.

Models: 39, 41, 46, 52, 59, 422, 439, 449, 459, 469, 539, 559, 639, 645, 659, 669, and 745

1970-1971

A115001-A156801

1972-1973

A145801-A174999

1973-1974

A175001-A235000

1974-1975

A235001-A265000

1975-1976

A265001-A295000

1976-1977

A295001-A385000

1977-1978

A385001-A475000

1978-1979

A475001-A565000

1979-1980

A565001-A655000

1981 A655001-

A745000

1982 A745001-

A806933

1983 A806936-

A874999

1984 A875000-?

March 1984 Begin three-letter serial prefix for all products including autoloaders. It appears that autoloaders now begin with the “TAA” three-letter serial prefix. Certain prefixes were already reserved for future production.

1984

TAA1985-TAD9549

1986

TAK7879

1987

TAT2512

1987

TBC3155-TBL7954

1988

TBL7955-TCB4082

1989

TED

Apr. 1990

TEP -TFA

1989-1990

TFJ1141-TFP0372

1990

TFN

1991

TFR -TFS

1991

THA1016-TVC7046

1993

TZU

1994

VAMxxxx

1997

UAMxxxx

1998

VHN

APPENDIX 3

LISTING BY CALIBER AND YEAR OF INTRODUCTION: EARLY MODELS, 1857-1955

Only primary caliber listed if model was offered in more than one caliber. Numbered models are listed in Appendix 4.

.22 Rimfire

1857

Model #1

1860

Model #1 2nd Issue

1868

Model #1 3rd Issue

1893

1st Model Single-Shot

1902

LadySmith Hand Ejector 1st Issue

1905

2nd Model Single-Shot

1906

LadySmith 2nd Issue

1909

3rd Model Single-Shot

1910

LadySmith 3rd Issue

1911

.22/32 Hand Ejector

1925

4th Model Single-Shot

1931

K-22 Outdoorsman

1935

.22/32 Kit Gun

1940

K-22 Masterpiece

1946

K-22 Postwar

1948

22 M&P M-45

1949

K-22 Combat Masterpiece

1953

Model of 1953 .22/32 Kit Gun

1953

Model of 1953 .22/32 Target

1955

22/32 Kit Gun Airweight

1957

Models 41 and 46

.32 Rimfire

1861

#2 Army

1865

Model 1-1/2 1st Issue

1868

Model 1-1/2 2nd Issue

.32-.44 S&W

1887

New Model #3 Target Model

.320 Revolving Rifle

1879 .320 Revolving Rifle

.32 S&W Centerfire

Top-Breaks in .32 S&W; Hand Ejectors in .32 S&W Long:

1878

Model 1-1/2 Single Action

1879

.320 Revolving Rifle

1880

.32 Double Action 1st Model; .32 Double Action 2nd Model

1882

.32 Double Action 3rd Model

1883

.32 Double Action 4th Model

1888

.32 Safety 1st Model

1896

.32 Hand Ejector 1st Model

1902

.32 Safety 2nd Model

1903

.32 Hand Ejector

1904

.32 Hand Ejector 1st Change

1906

.32 Hand Ejector 2nd Change

1909

.32 Double Action 5th Change; .32 Safety 3rd Change; .32 Hand Ejector 3rd Change

1910

.32 Hand Ejector 4th Change; .32 Hand Ejector 5th Change

1911

.32 Hand Ejector 3rd Model

1917

.32 Regulation Police Target

1936

K-32 1st Model

1948

.32 M&P

1947

K-32 Masterpiece

1949

.32 Regulation Police Postwar

.32 ACP

1924

Model .32 ACP Auto Pistol

.32-20 Winchester

1899

.32-20 Hand Ejector 1st Model

1902

.32-20 Hand Ejector 2nd Model

1903

.32-20 Model of 1902 1st Change

1905

1905 Model

1906

1905 Model 1st Change

1907

1905 Model 2nd Change

1909

1905 Model 3rd Change

1915

1905 Model 4th Change

.35 S&W

1913

Model 35 Auto Pistol

.357 Magnum

1935

.357 Magnum Factory Registered

1938

.357 Magnum Prewar

1949

.357 Magnum Postwar

1954

The Highway Patrolman

1955

The Combat Magnum

.38 S&W

1876

.38 Single Action 1st Model

1877

.38 Single Action 2nd Model

1880

.38 Double Action 1st Model; .38 Double Action 2nd Model

1884

.38 Double Action 3rd Model

1887

.38 Safety Double Action; .38 Safety Double Action 2nd Model

1890

.38 Safety Double Action 3rd Model

1891

.38 Single Action 3rd Model; .38 Single Action Mexican

1895

.38 Double Action 4th Model

1898

.38 Safety Double Action 4th Model

1907

.38 Safety Double Action 5th Model

1909

.38 Double Action 5th Model; .38 Double Action Perfected

1917

.38 Regulation Police

1936

.38/32 Terrier

1938

.38 Regulation Police Post Office

1940

.38/200 British Service Model

1949

.38 Regulation Police Postwar

.38 Special

1899

.38 Hand Ejector M&P 1st Model

1900

.38 U.S. Navy Model; .38 Winchester Double Action

1901

U.S. Army Model

1902

.38 Hand Ejector M&P 2nd Model; U.S. Navy Model

1903

.38 Hand Ejector M&P of 1902 1st Change

1905

.38 Hand Ejector M&P of 1905

1906

.38 Hand Ejector M&P of 1905 1st Change; .38 Hand Ejector M&P of 1905 2nd Change

1915

.38 Hand Ejector M&P of 1905 4th Change

1930

.38/44 Heavy Duty

1931

.38/44 Outdoorsman

1942

.38 Victory Model

1945

Military & Police

1946

.38/44 Heavy Duty Postwar; .38/44 Outdoorsman Postwar

1947

K-38 Masterpiece

1949

K-38 Combat Masterpiece

1950

.38/44 Outdoorsman Model of 1950; Chiefs Special; Chiefs Special Target

1951

Aircrewman

1952

Chiefs Special Airweight; Military & Police Airweight; Centennial Airweight

1953

Centennial

1955

Bodyguard Airweight

.38/44 S&W Target (not to be confused with .38/44 version of .38 Special)

1887

New Model #3 Target Model

.38 Winchester (.38-40)

1900

New Model #3 .38 Winchester; DA .38 Winchester

9mm Parabellum

1953

Model 39

.44 American

1870

1st Model American

1872

2nd Model American

.44 S&W Russian

1871

1st Model Russian

1873

2nd Model Russian

1874

3rd Model Russian

1878

New Model #3

1881

.44 Double Action 1st Model

1882

Model .44 Double Action Wesson Favorite

.44 Rimfire

1870

Some American model variations

1872

Some Russian Model variations

1879

New Model #3 Turkish

.44 Winchester (.44-40)

1885

New Model #3 Frontier Single Action

1886

Model .44 Frontier Double Action

.44 Special

1907

.44 Hand Ejector 1st Model

1915

.44 Hand Ejector 2nd Model

1926

.44 Hand Ejector 3rd Model

1950

Model 1950 .44 Military; Model 1950 .44 Target

.44 Magnum

1955

The .44 Magnum

.45 S&W (.45 U.S., .45 Schofield)

1875

1st Model Schofield

1876

2nd Model Schofield

.455

1914

.455 Mark II Hand Ejector 1st Model

1915

.455 Mark II Hand Ejector 2nd Model

.45 ACP

1917

U.S. Service Model of 1917

1950

1950 Target Model - light barrel

1951

.45 Hand Ejector of 1950 - Military

1955

1955 Target Model - heavy barrel

APPENDIX 4

NUMBERED MODEL YEAR OF INTRODUCTION:

MODEL INTRODUCTION BY YEAR

All numbered models and those that had pre-model number versions:

1917:

pre-Model 33

1936:

pre-Model 32

1938:

pre-Model 11

1946:

pre-Model 17; pre-Model 20

1947:

pre-Model 14; pre-Model 16

1948:

pre-Model 10; pre-Model 45

1949:

pre-Model 15; pre-Model 18; pre-Model 27; pre-Model 30; pre-Model 31

1950:

pre-Model 24; pre-Model 26; pre-Model 36

1951:

pre-Model 21; pre-Model 22

1952:

pre-Model 12; pre-Model 37 Aircrewman; pre- Model 40; pre-Model 42

1953:

pre-Model 34; pre-Model 35

1954:

pre-Model 28; pre-Model 39

1955:

pre-Model 19, 25, 29, 38, 43, 50

1957:

Model 41

1958:

Model 44

1959:

Models 48, 49, 46

1960:

Models 51, 41-1

1961:

Models 53, 52-A, 52

1962:

Model 56

1963:

Model 52-1

1964:

Model 57, 58

1965:

Model 60

1968:

Model 76

1970:

Models 64, 61

1971:

Models 66, 52-2, 59

1972:

Model 67

1973:

Model 73

1974:

Models 13, 65

1976:

Model 68

1977:

Model 63

1979:

Models 625, 147-A, 439, 459

1980:

Models 520, 547, 581, 681, 586, 686, 539, 559

1982:

Model 659

1983:

Models 29 Silhouette, 650, 651, 469

1985:

Models: 624, 649

1986:

Models 544, 657, 639, 645, 669

1987:

Models 422, 622, 745

1989:

Models 625-2, 627, 637, 638, 3904, 3906,, 4506, 4516, 5904, 5906, 6904, 6906 1990: Models 36LS, 60LS, 610, 617, 632, 640, 642, 648, 1006, 2206, 4006, 4596, 5903

1991:

Models 631, 940, 1026, 1066, 1066-NS, 1076, 1086, 2213, 2214, 3913, 3913-NL, 3914, 3914- NL, 3913-LS, 3914-LS, 3953, 3954, 4003, 4004, 4013, 4014, 4046, 4053, 4054, 4526, 4536, 4546, 4556, 4566, 4567, 4576, 4586, 5924, 5943, 5944, 5946, 5967, 6926, 6944, 6946

1992:

Models 411, 915, 032, 042, 65-LS1993 Models: 442, 3356TSW

1994:

Models Sigma SW40F, Sigma SW9F, 2206, 460

1995:

Models Sigma SW9C, Sigma SW40C, Sigma SW380, 640-1

1996:

Models 686+, 696, 22A

1997:

Models 317, 317LS, 22S, 908, 910, 410, 457,

1998:

Models 357V, 317Target, Chiefs Special Autopistols

1999:

Models 331Ti, 332Ti, 296Ti, 337Ti, 337-1Ti, 342Ti, 396Ti, SW99

2000:

Models Schofield, 337PD, 331PD, 342PD, 646, Alloy/Ti/Sc Models, TSW series of autoloaders, 945, 952

2001:

Models

2002:

Models

2003:

Models 329, 647, 500, 625-10

2004:

Models 351PD, 327, 325, 431, 432,

2005:

Models 460XVR, 625-11

2006:

Models M&P Autoloaders and Rifle, TRR8

APPENDIX 5

MODERN NUMBERED REVOLVERS BY CALIBER, 1957 - 1994

.17 Hornady

Models: 647 & 647-1

.22 Long Rifle

Models: 17, 18, 34, 35, 43, 45, 63, 617, 317, 317T, 317LS

.22 Winchester Magnum Rimfire

Models: 48, 51, 351PD, 648, 650, 651

.22 Magnum Centerfire (Jet)

Model 53

.22 Hornet

Experimental only.

.32 S&W

Models: 16, 30, 31

.32 H&R Magnum

Models: 16-4, 631, 632, 032, 331, 331Sc, 332, 431, 432

.38 S&W

Model 11

.38 Special

Models: 10, 12, M13-USAF, 14, 15, 20, 23, 32, 33, 36, 36LS, 37, 38, 40, 42, 042, 49, 50, 56, 60, 60LS, 64, 67, 68, 242, 337, 337PD, 337 Kit Gun, 342, 342PD, 442, 460, 637, 638, 640, 642, 649,

.357 Magnum

Models: 10-6, 13, 19, 27, 28, 60-9, 60-9LS, 60-10, 65, 65LS, 66, 327Sc, 340Sc, 360Sc, 386Sc, 520, 581, 586, 619, 620, 627, 681, 686, 640-1, 649-3

.41 Magnum

Models: 57, 58, 657

.44-40 Caliber

Model 544

.44 Special

Models: 21, 24, 242Ti, 296Ti, 396Ti, 624, 696

.44 Magnum

Models: 29, 329Sc, 629 (all variations)

.45 Colt

Models: 25-3-4-5-7-9, 625-5-6, 625-11

.45 ACP

Models: 22, 25-1-2-6-8, 26, 625-2-4-10, 325Sc

.40 S&W

Model 646

9mm Parabellum

Models: 547, 940

10mm

Model 610

.356 TSW

Model 940

.460 S&W Magnum

Model 460XVR

.500 S&W Magnum

Model 500

APPENDIX 6

IDENTIFICATION CHARACTERISTICS

The following features should be considered when identifying an S&W handgun, as each one will have many of the following features:

Action: Single action, double action, single-shot, traditional double action (term applies to autoloaders), top-break, bottom-break, Hand Ejector.

Accessories: Muzzle brakes, barrel weights, and so on.

Barrel length and availability: A factory barrel?

Barrel broaching: for scope mount.

Barrel pin: Pre-1982 production (i.e., as in pinned barrel).

Backstrap (also called tang): Smooth or serrated on revolvers, curved or straight on autoloaders.

Butt shape: Round or square butt (revolvers only).

Caliber: Single or dual capability (e.g., .357 Magnum and .38 Special).

Cylinder: Number of flutes or non-fluted; cylinder length.

Cylinder chamfer: Yes or no.

Cylinder counterbore: All magnums until 1982 and most .22s.

Engraved by hand: A, B, or C class.

Engraving by laser: Lasersmith.

Extractor rod: Shrouded or non-shrouded extractor.

Finish: Blue, nickel, stainless, parkerized, combination, matte, black stainless, brush blue, bright blue, titanium, and so on.

Frame size: I, improved I, J, J Magnum, K, L, M, N, X, H frame for Hand Ejector revolvers; compact or full-size for semi-autos.

Frame style and design: Pre-new style frame with integral lug and or internal key lock or prior to that production.

Frame material: Alloy, carbon steel, stainless steel, polymer, brass, titanium, scandium alloy.

Frame screws: 3, 4, 5, or 6 (with bug screw).

Front sight styles: Patridge, 1/10”, 1/8”, Paine, red ramp, ramp on ramp base, serrated, post, gold bead, plain, McGivern, Baughman, King, Call gold, Marbles, round blade, adjustable four-position, white dot on post, dovetail, interchangeable, high profile, low profile, hi-viz.

Factory errors: These do occur and are easily counterfeited.

Grips or stock material: Walnut, hard rubber (black, green, brown), rosewood, mottled red rubber, checkered, diamond walnut, smooth walnut, Goncalo Alves, mother-of-pearl, service, plain clothes (PC) Magna, roper, extension stocks, ivory, stag horn, O.E.M. (i.e. Uncle Mike’s, Hogue, Eagle, S&W ACE Grip Co.).

Hammer style: Target, service, humpback, bobbed, concealed or shrouded, and width of hammer. Changed to MIM style in 1996.

I frame: A small frame revolver that has a leaf main spring and a small cylinder opening. Replaced with the Improved I frame.

Improved I frame: A small I frame in which the flat main spring is replaced with a coiled main spring and which still has the small frame opening for the cylinder. Replaced with the J frame with a larger frame opening and in 1994 with the J Magnum for the .357 Magnum caliber.

Lanyard ring: Present or not.

Lanyard hole: Frame drilled with a hole but no lanyard.

Logo markings of S&W: On right sideplate, left side of the frame, or both, or none; in some instances also known as trademark.

Rear sight style: Adjustable, fixed, white outline, narrow, target, micrometer click, night sights, dovetail, Novak Lo-Mount Carry, two-dot, V-notch adjustable.

Rear sight leaf: Serrated or non-serrated (M-56 and M-28); location of the screws; squared end or rounded end.

Refinishing markings: By factory on the butt or under the grips.

Slide material: Alloy, carbon steel, stainless.

Shot capacity: 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, single-shot, or the magazine capacity.

Serial number and serial number location: Yoke cut, butt, cylinder face, inside the topstrap, barrel, top latch, right grip, inside the yoke, behind the star extractor, inside the barrel shroud.

Serial prefix: One-letter or three-letter.

Serial suffix: May occur with a duplication of serial numbers.

Thumbpiece: Flat latch (early, late and current production). The flat latch appeared about 1950 and continued to about 1966 on J frames and I frames and early 6-shot Airweights. Three distinct flat latch styles have been observed. Contoured thumbpiece on more modern production. Changed in 1996 for all Models to MIM production.

Trigger style: Smooth, target, narrow, service, combat, serrated spur and width of the trigger. Changed in 1996 to MIM production.

Trigger guards: Present or not, general shape for automatics.

Scope mounting: Broaching or drilled for scope, or rail mount.

Top of barrel rib: Narrow, wide, or no rib.

Weight in ounces (oz.): Sometimes expressed in grams in catalogs.

ILLUSTRATED GLOSSARY

Note: For individual models, the “Model Index” at the end of this book.

.38/44: A .38 caliber revolver on a .44 sized frame. Also the name of two very different S&W cartridges – the relatively mild .38/44 target round for the top-break New Model #3 Target Model and the hot-loaded .38/44 version of the .38 Special for the heavy framed .38/44 Heavy Duty and Outdoorsman Hand Ejectors.

.38/32: A .38 caliber revolver on a .32 sized frame (Terrier and Regulation Police).

ACTION: The operational and trigger system of a firearm. Types include single action (SA) or double action (DA) on revolvers; on semi-autos, in addition to SA and DA (sometimes called traditional double action or TDA), options include TDA with decocking lever and double action only (DAO).

ADJUSTABLE SIGHTS (AS): Sights that can be adjusted, usually by a screw, sometimes by drifting, for elevation and windage; sometimes called target sights. See SIGHTS, this index.

AIR GUNS:

AIRCREWMAN: Airweight revolvers developed for the U.S. Air Force. Early versions had alloy cylinders as well as alloy frames, and were deemed inadequate for the .38 Special cartridge. Most government purchase guns were destroyed. The K frame version was called the M13 by the air force.

AIRLITE: Designation for recently introduced extra-light weight revolvers made possible by use of aluminum or titanium alloy.

AIRWEIGHT: S&W’s term for early lightweight revolvers with aluminum alloy frames.

ALLOY FRAME: Lightweight aluminum alloy (AA) frame.

AMBIDEXTROUS SAFETY (AM): A manually operated slide-mounted safety on semi-autos that has operation levers on both sides of the slide so as to be easily reached by either right- or left-handed shooters.

AMERICAN: The first version of the S&W Model 3 Single Action.

AMMUNITION, CENTERFIRE: Ammunition that contains a separate primer in the center of the base of the cartridge case.

AMMUNITION, RIMFIRE: Ammunition that contains the primer compound in the rim of the cartridge case and is fired by striking the rim of the case and igniting the primer. The most common are the .17 HMR, .22 Long Rifle and .22 Magnum cartridges.

ANTIQUE: A firearm made in or before 1898. Generally exempt from federal paperwork and recordkeeping requirements; may be subject to state or local regulation.

ASSEMBLY NUMBER: A number stamped on various parts of a gun to keep parts fitted to a specific gun with that gun. Not the serial number. Assembly numbers of various parts should match. Found on the Yoke, frame and inside the sideplate. This practice has continued well into year 2000 as dot matrix in appearance.

AUCTION BLOCK: In this book, “Auction Block” reports are included to give you a sense of the real-world marketplace for rare, engraved, historic, or otherwise unusual guns that may not change hands often enough to have a certain sense of value.

AUSTRALIAN COLONIAL POLICE: New Model #3s purchased by the Australian government for police usage, most with a detachable shoulder stock.

AUTOLOADERS: Semi-automatic firearms. The terms auto-pistol and automatic are technically incorrect. However, they are so commonly used that protesting this terminology is best left to serious gun cranks with not much else to worry about.

BABY AIRCREWMAN: Small 5-shot J frame Aircrewman. Surviving examples are very rare.

BABY RUSSIAN: Nickname for .38 Single Action Model 2, 1st Model, 5-shot spur-trigger top-break .38 S&W.

BABY SIGMA: Small polymer frame semi-auto introduced in 1995; the first S&W chambered for the .380 ACP round.

BACKSTRAP: The rear portion of the grip part of the frame of a handgun. Also called the tang. Will be found smooth or serrated on revolvers and curved or straight on semi-autos.

BALTIMORE POLICE: Baby Russians purchased by this department and marked “Balto City Police.”

BANGOR PUNTA: The parent company of S&W, c. 1965-1987. Expanded into many police market items in addition to handguns.

BARREL BUSHING: A cylindrical metal piece positioned in the front of the slide on many semi-autos that precisely aligns the barrel for each shot.

BARREL WEIGHTS: Aluminum or steel weights attached to the barrel of a target gun to adjust its feel and dampen felt recoil. See photo of Model 41.

BAUGHMAN FRONT SIGHT: Ramp front sight developed by FBI employee Frank Baughman in the 1930s. In 1935 adapted by S&W for the 357 Magnum.

Dave Ballantyne photo.

BAUMANIZE: A custom gunsmithing procedure that converts a Model 27 N frame .357 Magnum into a 7-shot .357 that can be loaded via full-moon clips.

BEKEART: An early twentieth century California S&W distributor, Phillip Bekeart ordered the first .22/32 Hand Ejectors, which have come to be called Bekeart Models by collectors. See discussion of “True Bekeart” with listing on this model.

BICYCLE GUN: A Safety Hammerless (lemon squeezer) with a two-inch barrel; the short barrel necessitated special marking procedures. Scarce.

BIRDSHEAD GRIPS: A term sometimes used for the grip configuration of early spur-trigger S&Ws; rounded on the back and coming to something of a point at the bottom. See GRIP FRAME in this index for illustration.

BISLEY: A famous shooting range in England; location of many late nineteenth century handgun target shooting contests.

BLACK POWDER: The first propellant used in cartridges up to around the turn of the century, when it began to be replaced by smokeless powder. Black powder is noted for the corrosive fouling it leaves in a barrel and a notable amount of smoke. It is unsafe to shoot modern ammunition in guns originally made for black powder cartridges.

BLADESAVER: A metal device for holding a safety razor blade so that it could be sharpened on a strop like a straight razor. Manufactured by S&W as Wesson Products in the 1920s.

BLUE (B): Dark firearms finish; sometimes appears closer to black than blue. Less resistant to corrosion and wear than nickel or stainless finishes.

BOBBED: Cut off; usually refers to removing the hammer spur to snag-proof a handgun. However, may also refer to an after-factory shortened barrel or the removal of the trigger guard spur from a Russian type revolver.

BODYGUARD: A J-frame (or J Magnum) 5-shot .38 Special revolver with a shrouded hammer. The shroud is intended to prevent the hammer from snagging on clothing while still allowing the revolver to be manually cocked for single action fire. Models 38, 49, 649 and 638.

BOXES: Containers of various styles, depending on vintage.

BREAK OPEN: Term for a revolver that is hinged in the middle so that it breaks open for loading and unloading. Usually refers to a top-break.

BUG SCREW: A small screw that adjoins and locks in place a larger screw; used in addition to the top sideplate screw on some early 5-screw J frame Airweight and K frame Airweight. See photo of Centennial Airweight in the early Hand Ejector section.

Bug screw… not to be confused with…

BUGGERED SCREW: A screw with a damaged slot. Anathema to condition collectors, but Jim doesn’t mind them much at all.

BUSHING: Usually a piece on an auto-pistol that fits around the muzzle, helping to mate it to the slide assembly. Also see illustration of revolver bushing at REVOLVER PARTS.

BUTT PLATE: The bottom surface of a magazine. It retains the spring and follower within the magazine and is usually removable for cleaning and maintenance. Also the plate on the rear of the stock on shoulder arms.

C&R (Curio and Relic): Firearms that have been determined by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms to be suitable for transfer to federally licensed collectors. Generally, it includes guns that are over 50 years old, are certified by a qualified museum curator, or derive a substantial part of their value from the fact they are novel, rare, bizarre, or because of their association with some historical figure, period, or event. C&R at a gun listing in this book indicates it is on the BATF list. This is significant to licensed collectors only. For all other non-licensed individuals, a C&R gun is treated as any other modern firearm.

CALL SIGHT: A Call front sight consists of a flat gold or ivory bead on a post. From S&W employee Charles Call.

Call sight, Dave Ballantyne photo.

CALIBER: The diameter of a bullet, designated in thousands of an inch or in mms. The nominal caliber used in a cartridge name may not be the exact true diameter of the bullet. For example, .38 Special is closer to .358” in diameter; and .44 Russian, .44 Special, and .44 Magnum are all closer to .429” in diameter.

CALIBER NAMED MODELS: For index of pre-1957 HE’s named by caliber – i.e. .22 HE, .38 M&P, etc. see NAMED MODELS, this index.

CARBON STEEL: Common type of metal used for firearms, usually finished in blue or nickel; term used to distinguish from stainless steel or aluminum alloy construction.

CATALOGS: Company-issued promotional literature showing available models; updated irregularly; a growing collector area.

CENTENNIAL: A hammerless (actually concealed hammer) J-frame Hand Ejector. The version made 1952 - 1974 included a grip safety similar to the earlier top-break lemon squeezers. The 1990s reintroduction did not include the grip safety. Models 40, 42, 442, 632, 640, 642, and 940. Latest introductions in the Centennial configuration include larger Airlite Ti L-frames: Model 242Ti (7-shot .38 Special) and 296-Ti (5-shot .44 Special)

CENTERFIRE: A cartridge with the primer mounted in the center of the case head. First introduced on S&Ws in 1870 with the .44 American cartridge. All modern handgun cartridges except the .22 rimfires are centerfire. An advantage is that the brass case can be reloaded in most cases.

CHAMBER: The part of the firearm in which the cartridge rests immediately before firing. On a revolver, the chambers are the holes in the cylinder for the cartridges. See illustration at REVOLVER PARTS in this index.

CHAMFERED: Refers to a right angle edge that has been intentionally rounded or clipped to reduce the sharpness of the edge, as in a chamfered cylinder.

CHECKERED STOCKS: Stocks having checking or checkering consisting of two sets of parallel grooves cut at angles to each other creating an area of diamond shaped points which provide an improved gripping surface.

CHEMICAL AGENTS: Tear gas or other synthetic noxious agents; a S&W sideline during the 1970s and 1980s.

CHIEFS SPECIAL: The first S&W 5-shot J frame .38 Special; the classic snub-nosed revolver configuration. Models 36, 37, 50, 60, and 637. Also recently used for a series of compact semi-auto pistols, Models CS-9, CS-40, & CS-45.

CIRCA or “c.”: Approximate. Comes from Latin “circa,” meaning “around.” Often used to designate a date that is not exactly known.

CLIP: The only S&Ws that use clips are the revolvers chambered for rimless cartridges, such as the Model 1917 in .45 ACP. Those gizmos that hold ammunition in semi-autos are called magazines. The authors may be willing to sit quietly grinding their teeth when a semi-auto is referred to as an auto, but they can become downright abusive to those who call a magazine a clip.

CLUB GUN: A gun with “0” as the first digit of the serial number.

COCKEYE HAMMER: A custom hammer with an extension on the shooter’s thumb side of the hammer spur. Best known is that by King’s custom gunworks, “King’s Cockeyed Hammer.”

Dave Ballantyne photo.

COKE BOTTLE STOCKS: Early plain or checkered target stocks having a slight swell in the middle and a little flare at the bottom when viewed from the rear, vaguely resembling the profile of a Coca-Cola bottle. Coke bottle stocks were used from about the mid-1950s to the late 1960s, mostly on N frame target revolvers, especially the .44 and .41 Magnums.

COMBAT: Combat in a S&W model designation generally indicates an adjustable sight gun made for military or police usage, usually with a four-inch barrel, usually a K frame. This term was first used on post-war revolvers, and distinguishes the configuration from “Service” or “M&P,” both of which suggest a fixed sight model; or “Target” which suggests an adjustable sight revolver but with a longer barrel.

COMBAT GRIPS (CG) or COMBAT STOCKS (CS): Smooth wood grips with finger grooves.

COMBAT HAMMER: See HAMMERS, TYPES in this index

COMBAT MAGNUM: Term used for the K frame .357 introduced in 1955; predecessor of the Model 19.

COMBAT MASTERPIECE: Combat version of the Target Masterpiece, i.e., a target sighted gun with a four-inch service length barrel, usually with a Baughman ramp front sight.

COMBAT SIGHTS: Fixed sights. See SIGHTS, this index.

COMBAT TRIGGER: On current production, a mid-sized .312-inch wide smooth trigger with no grooves or serrations.

COMMEMORATIVE: A limited edition gun with special decoration commemorating a particular organization or event. These should not be confused with specially marked guns that are purchased by a government agency for an issue sidearm. A commemorative must be unfired, and preferably unturned, in the original box to bring full collector value. Once fired, their value diminishes toward that of an undecorated specimen.

COMPACT: A gun smaller than the standard service size. Often preferred for concealed carry or other applications where a full-size gun might be awkward.

CONDITION: A progressive scale of adjectives that describes a new or used firearm’s state of use or wear. The conditions used in this book are New In Box (NIB), Excellent, Very Good, Good, Fair, and Poor.

CONVERSION STOCKS: Stocks that convert a round butt grip frame to square butt configuration. Introduced for J frames in the late 1960s or early 1970s and used on recent production round butt J, K/L and N frames.

COUNTERBORED CYLINDER: See “recessed” in this glossary.

CRANE: What Colt calls a crane, S&W calls a Yoke. See YOKE.

CROWN: The rounded edges of the muzzle. See illustration at REVOLVER PARTS in this index.

CYLINDER: The cylindrical multi-chambered part of a revolver that holds the cartridges and rotates to allow the charge holes to be aligned with the firing pin and the forcing cone of the barrel. See illustration at REVOLVER PARTS in this index.

CYRILLIC: Letters of the Russian alphabet; Cyrillic marked Russian Model 3s are those intended for sale to the Russian government.

DECOCK: The process by which the hammer is safely lowered to a non-firing position.

DIAMOND GRIPS or DIAMOND CENTER GRIPS: Wooden grips for S&W revolvers with a diamond shaped area of wood left uncheckered around the escutcheon and escutcheon nut. Also called diamond checkered grips.

DISTINGUISHED: In a gun model name this indicates an L frame .357 Magnum.

DOUBLE ACTION (DA): A gun that can be fired either by first cocking the hammer and then pulling the trigger (resulting in a relatively light trigger pull), or by pulling the trigger without first cocking the hammer (resulting in a relatively heavy trigger pull). It is sometimes thought that the double action means there are two different ways of firing the gun. However, probably the term originally meant that the trigger pull has a double mechanical action – it both cocks the hammer and releases it. In the case of revolvers, the double action trigger pull also performs the function of rotating the next chamber to be fired into alignment with the firing pin. Guns that can be operated ONLY in this mode are called Double Action Only (DAO). Examples would include the “hammerless” revolvers and DAO semi-auto pistols. A case could be made that the Traditional Double Action handgun that can be fired either single action (manually cocking the hammer) or double action (using the trigger pull to both cock the hammer and fire the gun) should be called a “Single/double action” handgun. In fact, Traditional Double Action handguns are designated “Single/double action” in some recent S&W literature. However, we believe the commonly used “Double Action” terminology to be preferable and better understood in common usage.

DOUBLE ACTION ONLY (DAO): Note: sometimes abbreviated DA in recent S&W catalogs. A gun in which pulling the trigger both cocks the hammer and releases it, and in which the hammer cannot be cocked manually (see double action above). The lemon squeezers and Centennial hammerless revolvers can be thought of as DAO. Some police departments also order various other Hand Ejectors modified to be DAO. However, it is most often thought of as applying to those third generation semi-autos that are designed to be fired DAO. These are sometimes called slick side or slick slide autos since they do not have a safety or decocking lever in the usual location on the rear of the slide. Third generation DAOs may be identified from the model number, which will have a 4, 5, or 8” as the third of four digits.

DOUBLE STACK (Double column): A high-capacity magazine in which the cartridges inside the magazine stack in a double row rather than one on top of the other as they would in a single column magazine. For example, in a full-size 9 mm, a single column magazine will hold eight rounds and have a thinner grip, whereas a double column magazine design will generally hold fifteen rounds, requiring a fatter grip.

Double stack mag left, single stack right.

DRILLED and TAPPED: Drilling holes and tapping threads for screws

to install mounts for an optical scope.

DUST COVER: A sheet metal shield that fits over the ejection port (see photo of Model 39).

EJECTOR: The mechanism for removing a cartridge or empty case from a chamber. In the case of S&W revolvers, the star configuration device on the rear of the cylinder.

EJECTOR HOUSING: On top-break revolvers, the part of the barrel that is below the bore and extends in front of the hinge, housing the ejector mechanism. As the top-break design evolved during the 1870s, the ejector housing got progressively shorter until it was essentially a stub on models produced after about 1878. See illustration at REVOLVER PARTS in this index.

EJECTOR ROD: The piece that extends from the front of a HE revolver when the cylinder is opened and is pushed to eject shells. May be shrouded or non-shrouded. See illustration at REVOLVER PARTS in this index.

EJECTOR SHROUD: On Hand Ejectors, the part of the barrel below the bore that shelters the ejector rod when the cylinder is closed. Not present on all HE models.

ELECTROLESS: A durable non-glare matte nickel finish.

END LABEL: The label on the end of a cardboard gun box. Information on the label should match the gun it contains for the combination of box and gun to bring full premium price.

ESCORT: A small .22 pocket semi-auto, the Model 61, made by S&W in the 1970s.

ESCUTCHEON: The knurled nut in the right grip that receives the grip screw.

EXTENSION STOCKS: Stocks used on Regulation Police Revolvers and some .22/32 Heavy Frame Targets and .22/32 Kit Guns from 1917 until about 1957. These stocks extend below the grip frame and also partly cover the backstrap, fitting into a step cut into the rear of grip frame, effectively creating an extended square butt configuration.

EXTRACTOR: The part that removes the cartridge or fired shell casing from the chamber.

EXTRACTOR RELIEF CUT: The oval shaped cutout on the left panel of target stocks at the top behind the cylinder. This cutout provides clearance for the extraction of cartridge cases from the cylinder. This configuration was used on S&W K frame target stocks from the mid-1950s until the 1970s, on N frame stocks from the late 1950s until the early 1980s, and on J frame target stocks from about the late 1960s to 1970s.

EXTRACTOR ROD: See ejector rod above.

FACTORY LETTER: A letter from the S&W factory historian on a particular gun, indicating what factory records show as that gun’s original configuration, shipping date, and destination.

FACTORY REFINISH: A gun that has been re-blued or re-nickeled at the S&W factory, often marked with a star or other indication.

FACTORY REWORK STAR: A star by the serial number on the butt indicating a return to the factory for some rework or refinish.

FILLER PIECE: That part of target stocks or grip adapter that fills the area behind the trigger guard and grip frame, serving to rest part of the gun’s weight on the middle finder and position the trigger finger in line with the trigger. The incorporation of the filler piece into target stocks was promoted by Walter Roper to improve target shooting scores and incorporated into his designs, and later copied by S&W and most other target stock makers.

FINISH-BLUED: A finishing process for non-stainless steel guns that is designed to provide a protective blue finish.

FINISH-GLASS BEAD: A metal preparation process by which the product is blasted with glass beads, giving it a matte finish.

FINISH-MATTE BLUE: A flat, almost black finish produced by bead blasting before bluing.

FINISH-MATTE STAINLESS STEEL: Bead blasted stainless steel that results in a low luster, low glare finish.

FINISH-NICKEL: An electro-plating process that deposits a layer of nickel on an aluminum alloy, carbon steel gun providing a gloss finish that is more resistant to rust.

FINISH-SATIN NICKEL: A nickel finish gun that has been bead blasted prior to plating resulting in a matte finish.

FIRST EDITION: The first issued version of a publication.

FIRST FIRST: Shorthand for Model One, 1st Issue. The first revolver made by S&W, this was a tiny 7-shot .22 tip-up spur-trigger. There are six variations, and these may be added to the shorthand, such as First First Third.

FIRST MODEL AMERICAN: The first 8,000 or so Model 3 American .44 caliber large frame revolvers, characterized by a straight line on the bottom of the frame and non-interlocking hammer and latch.

FIRST MODEL RUSSIAN: The first Model 3 chambered for the Russian cartridge; essentially identical to the American model, except for the chambering.

FIRST MODEL SCHOFIELD: The first three thousand or so Model 3 Schofields.

FIRING PIN SAFETY: This positively locks the firing pin of a Smith & Wesson semiautomatic pistol in place at all times so the gun can only be fired if the trigger is pulled. This feature eliminates the possibility of accidental discharge due to a dropped gun.

FITTING NUMBERS: Otherwise known as assembly numbers or soft fitting numbers. A small number found on the frames tang, the yoke and inside the sideplate. These numbers must match as these three parts are machined together and follow the frame through out the assembly process.

FIVE-SCREW: From about 1906 to about 1955, most Hand Ejectors were made with five-screw frames; four on the sideplate (the bottom screw is sometimes covered by the grip) and one on the front of the trigger-guard.

FIXED SIGHTS (FS): Non-adjustable sights; may be integral to gun’s frame and barrel. See SIGHTS, this index.

FLAT LATCH: Thumb latch configuration used on I and J frames and Airweight K frames from about 1950 to 1966. Three types are known.

FLAT TOP STOCKS: Walnut diamond insert standard Hand Ejector stocks (also called convex top stocks) having a flattened to slightly convex stock circle with no medallions, used from about 1899 to 1912 on round and square butt frames.

FLORAL GRIPS: (Also called peacock or turkey grips.) An unusual pattern hard rubber grip with a floral pattern where the checkering usually is found, with small wild turkeys, peacocks, or some type of bird in the pattern. Found only on Second Model .32 DAs.

FLUSH VALVE: S&W manufactured flush valves for toilets at one time. Quite collectible if you can persuade the owner to do without it.

FLUTED (vs. UNFLUTED or NON-FLUTED) CYLINDER: Fluted cylinders have metal removed on their exterior between chambers. Non-fluted cylinders are perfectly round. Early tip-ups were all non-fluted, with cylinder flutes added to the new designs of the Model 1 3rd Issue and Model 1-1/2 New Model. All top-breaks had fluted cylinders. Hand Ejectors all had fluted cylinders until recently, when unfluted cylinders have made a comeback on some special production variations because a) they add recoil-moderating weight, b) they appear to increase the strength of the cylinder, or c) they look pretty cool.

FOLLOWER: The plate on top of the spring in a magazine that supports the ammunition and positions the last round for loading into the chamber.

FORCING CONE: The rear portion of the revolver barrel at the cylinder end, that is slightly tapered to make it easier for the bullet to enter the barrel as it emerges from the cylinder charge hole.

FOUR-SCREW: From about 1955 to 1961, most Hand Ejectors were made with four-screw frames, with the fifth screw – the top sideplate screw – eliminated about 1955 on most models. Some early Hand Ejectors between 1899 and 1910 also have four-screw frames since the trigger-guard screw was not added until about 1905.

FRONTSTRAP: The front portion of the grip part of the frame of a handgun; also called the front tang. Will be found smooth or serrated on revolvers and usually straight with serrations or checkering on semi-autos.

FRONTIER: A top-break revolver chambered for the .44-40 (.44 Winchester) cartridge.

FULL LUG: Part of the barrel consisting of a solid cylinder of metal underneath and parallel to the full-length of the barrel; adds recoil absorbing weight and the heavy muzzle feel preferred by some shooters. Ejector rod fits into the rear of the lug. First offered as standard on the L frame, and since offered on a number of special production runs and some standard models.

FULL MOON CLIP: See MOON CLIP, this Index.

GAS GUNS: Not technically firearms, these weapons discharge tear gas or other noxious substances.

GONCALO ALVES: A type of South American wood used to make most S&W wooden target grips on recent production guns.

GRIP ADAPTER: A thin piece of sheet metal under each grip half with a rubber bushing connecting them with a small adapter to increase the grip area. Has the following stamping: “MFD. By Smith & Wesson” “U.S. Pat. Pat.#1848682” on the left outer plate.

Grip adaptor, Dave Ballantyne photo.

Other firms also made later aftermarket clip-on grip adaptors, such as the one illustrated below.

GRIP, BOOT: A grip style often used on small guns designed for conceal carry. Popular models are made by Michaels.

GRIP, COMBAT: A smaller, rounded grip with finger grooves designed to give the shooter firmer control of the firearm and to aid in concealed carry.

GRIP FRAME: The handle part of a handgun frame which accepts the stock panels and usually houses the mainspring on revolvers and the magazine on semi-autos. On revolvers, styles of grip frames may be called birdshead, round butt, or square butt.

GRIP PIN: The pin fitted through a revolver’s grip frame at the bottom and protruding out both sides, serving as the anchor point for the bottom end of the stock panels.

GRIP PIN HOLE: The blind hole at the bottom of a revolver stock panel that accepts the grip pin to anchor the bottom end of the panel when mounted on a gun.

GRIP SAFETY: A safety mechanism, usually a lever on the backstrap of the grip frame, that automatically is released preparing the gun to fire by the pressure of the shooter’s hand on the grip.

GRIP, TARGET STOCK: Oversize wooden stocks designed to give the shooter firm control on the competition gun.

GUN OF THE WEEK: A term humorously used to refer to the 1989-1991 era at S&W, which saw a huge increase in the number of new models and variations introduced, attributable mainly to the profusion of variations of third generation semi-autos. Actually, nearly literally true for 1991, with around 40 models and variations introduced that year.

GUTTA-PERCHA: An early forerunner of plastic used to make cases for the Model One at mid-nineteenth century.

HALF-MOON CLIP: A semi-circular retaining device that usually holds three .45 ACP rounds for use in a 1917 Model or Model 25 revolver; made of sheet metal and developed at S&W when the government wanted .45 ACP revolvers for WWI military usage due to lack of adequate production of 1911 type semi-autos. Later made in full moon six-shot configuration (or five-shot for the Model 940 9mm revolver), or two-shot one-third moon configuration. See MOON CLIP, this index.

HALF PLATE: Part plated and part blue finish, usually referring to a tip-up with a blue barrel and cylinder and a nickel or silver plated frame.

HAMMER, TYPES OF: Generally a combat hammer will have a narrow hammer spur, and a target hammer will have a wider flared hammer spur. Many non-target pre-war Hand Ejector hammers had no flare on the side of the spur, except for target models.

HAMMERLESS: A revolver with the hammer concealed entirely within the frame; cannot be fired single action. Primary examples are the top-break Safety Hammerless, or lemon squeezer, models and the Hand Ejector Centennials.

HAMMER, BOBBED: A hammer that features a shortened tang designed to reduce snagging for conceal carry. See illustration above.

HAMMER, SHROUDED: A revolver that features a hammer partially concealed by shrouds that are part of the guns frame. This allows the gun to be cocked for firing but makes it snag resistant. See illustration above.

HANDCUFFS: Metal restraining devices that bind a person’s hands, limiting that person’s freedom of movement.

HAND EJECTOR (HE): A revolver of the modern style in which the cylinder swings out to the left side of the frame for loading and unloading, and the cases are ejected from the cylinder by hand by pushing on the end of the ejector rod.

HARD RUBBER (HR): A molded material that looks and feels somewhat like plastic and was used for grips for top-break and early Hand Ejector revolvers.

HEAVY BARREL (HB): A barrel that does not taper, or is thicker than standard. This also adds weight to help control recoil and muzzle flip.

HEAVY DUTY: The first N frame .38 Special revolver, designed to fire a heavy loaded version of that cartridge, called the .38-44.

HIGH CAPACITY MAGAZINES: A 1994 federal law (lapsed, as of this Edition) restricts the manufacture, but not the possession, of magazines with a capacity of more than 10 rounds. See discussion at beginning of “Semi-Automatic Pistols” section. The high-capacity ban ended in October of 1994.

HIGH HORN: Type of grips used on Centennials and Bodyguards where the wood extends higher than usual up the backstrap.

HIGH PROFILE FRONT SIGHT: Just what it says, abbreviated (HP). Usually found on 2” barreled J frames with target sights.

HIGHWAY PATROLMAN: An N frame .357 Magnum with a plain utilitarian finish; became the Model 28, an economy version of the Model 27.

HISTORIC NOTES (Historic attribution): In this book, we have accepted at face value most reports that a particular gun was used by a particular individual, without detailed investigation of the claim if it was found from a credible source. However, bear in mind that just because a gun was reported as used by so-and-so doesn’t necessarily make it true. This is especially important when paying or asking a premium for historical attribution of a particular gun. To justify a significant premium, a gun must have more than a good story, a stack of newspaper clippings, or an inscribed name. The documentation must be inspected for timeliness, credibility, authenticity, and definite identification of the specific gun and individual claimed. For further discussion of this topic, see the article “Pieces of History” in the 16th & 17th Editions of Blue Book of Gun Values. A list of historically attributed S&W single actions can be found in an article by Ed Clark in the SWCA Journal, 25th Anniversary reprint, Book 2, pg. 344-345.

HI-VIS FRONT SIGHT: A front sight containing a fluorescent insert that gathers light in dark or overcast conditions. Abbreviation for “high-visibility.”

HOSTILES (The): One of several turn of the century advertising posters commissioned by S&W, this one shows a mounted rider crossing a river turning in the saddle to fire a revolver at pursuing hostile Indians. “The Hostiles” and “The Last Cartridge” are the two best known of these posters, and these images have been used in various commemorative and collectible items.

HOGUE MONOGRIPS: One-piece pebble-textured, finger-grooved synthetic grips provided with some current and recent S&W revolvers. See photo of Model 586 for example.

HUMPBACK HAMMER: An optional special order hammer offered by S&W beginning in the 1930s; has a humpbacked appearance between the spur and the face of the hammer.

I FRAME: The first size Hand Ejector frame introduced, primarily used for 6-shot .32s, but also some .22s and 5-shot .38 S&Ws, eventually replaced by the Improved I frame and finally the J frame, which was slightly larger to accommodate 5-shot .38 Specials.

IDENTI-KIT: A sketching aid marketing by Smith & Wesson and used by law enforcement to generate drawings of suspects or other persons based on witnesses’ recollections.

IMPROVED “I” FRAME: Slightly larger than an “I” frame. The opening for the cylinder is 1.5” long on a standard I frame; 1.515” long in an improved I frame; and 1.645” long in their successor, the J frame. This variation is also found with a coiled mainspring, rather than a leaf mainspring.

INTERCHANGEABLE FRONT SIGHTS (IFS): Front sight blades that can be easily switched for another height or configuration; standard on Classic and Classic DX .44 Magnums.

INTERNAL LOCK: An integral keyed lock added to recent production revolvers that locks the action mechanism when locked. Models with this feature have a keyhole above the thumbpiece, with an arrow showing the direction to turn the key.

IVORY GRIPS: These were available on custom order, and also from non-factory sources.

J FRAME: Smallest revolver frame size currently manufactured; 5-shot .38 Chiefs Special size. Replaced the slightly smaller improved I frame. Currently made in .22, .32 and .38, and recently introduced in .357 Magnum as the Model 640-1. Other J frames include the Models 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 40, 42, 43, 49, 50, 51, 60, 63, 442, 460, 632, 637, 638, 640, 642, 649, 650, 651, 940.

J MAGNUM FRAME: Refers to the newest frame size introduced by S&W in 1996 to fire the .357 Magnum but also used as the new standard frame size on all other calibers for the previous J frame. This transitional change was complete by October 1997 for all J frame revolvers. This model of frame has a window opening of 1.73”.

JAPANESE NAVY: New Model Number Three Japanese government contract guns; sometimes marked with an anchor; usually shipped to Ahrens or Takata.

JET: Refers to the Model 53 and the high-power .22 centerfire cartridge designed expressly for it.

JINKS: Collectors shorthand for The History of Smith & Wesson book by factory historian Roy Jinks.

K FRAME: S&W’s medium sized Hand Ejector revolver frame, introduced in 1899 as a 6-shot .38 Military & Police revolver, and in continuous production ever since. Currently offered as a basis for .22, .32 S&W, .32 Magnum .38 S&W, .38 Special and .357 Magnum revolvers. Models 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 45, 48, 53, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 547, 617, and 648. Nominal Window opening of 1.82” x 1.48”.

KEITH LONG RANGE FRONT SIGHT: Designed by Elmer Keith, a front side blade with grooves cut in the face, to allow varying elevation holds to compensate for bullet drop trajectory in long range shooting.

Keith front sight, Dave Ballantyne photo.

KELTON SAFETY: Large thumb-operated safety device installed on a very few Schofield and New Model #3 revolvers. Very rare.

KING: Custom gunsmith famous for modifying target shooters’ handguns.

KIT GUN: Originally, a compact .22 J frame, 4” or shorter barrel, usually round butt, originally marketed as ideal take-along companion in a fishing or camping kit. Models 34, 51, 63, 650, and 651. Recently the term has been reintroduced for light weight titanium model configurations in .38 Special or .357 Magnum chambering with 3.2” barrels & Hi-Viz sights, such as Models 337 & 360.

KNUCKLE: The bump at the top of the backstrap of the grip frame where the web of the thumb rests, first introduced on the Second Model Russian. Also called the prawl.

KORNBRATH, RUDOLPH J.: Noted 19th-century engraver.

L FRAME: Medium-large frame introduced in 1981 to provide a more compact .357 Magnum than the N frame with more heft and durability than the K frame. Models 242Ti, 296Ti, 396Ti, 581, 586, 681, 686 and 696. Has a nominal 1.82” x 1.6” window opening.

LADYSMITH: Originally, tiny M frame 7-shot .22 Hand Ejectors, made 1902-1921. For these early guns, the “s” is not capitalized: Ladysmith. The LadySmith (note the capital “S”) name was resurrected in recent years, and applied to several models that were given special design and appearance changes to address the women’s market. Models 36LS, 60LS, 65LS revolvers. The semi-auto Ladysmiths, Models 3913LS and 3914LS, were popular enough with both genders that they were introduced in a variation without the markings (no LadySmith logo) as the 3913NL and 3914NL for guys who liked the design but couldn’t take the locker room teasing for packing a LadySmith. In 1997 the latest LadySmith is a Model 317 LS in .22LR.

LANYARD RING: Metal ring installed on the butt of a revolver for attachment of a military style lanyard (sort of like when your mom put your mittens on a string so you wouldn’t lose them).

Lanyard ring.

LASERSMITH: A method of engraving introduced in the late 1980s utilizing computer-controlled lasers programmed to cut the desired image into the metal.

“LAST CARTRIDGE (The)”: One of a series of turn of the century advertising posters commissioned by S&W; this one depicts a revolver-wielding man locked in combative embrace with a bear. Along with “The Hostiles” probably the best known of the posters, and the image has been used on various promotional and commemorative items.

LE ONLY - LAW ENFORCEMENT ONLY: Models with high-capacity magazines or other features that make (or made) them suitable for sale to law enforcement only. See discussion at beginning of Semi-automatic Pistols section,

LEMON SQUEEZER: Nickname for the Safety Hammerless or New Departure models; from the grip safety on the backstrap that must be squeezed by the gripping action of the shooting hand to render the gun shootable.

LEW HORTON: A major firearms distributor, Lew Horton has ordered many special runs of guns with unique features produced exclusively for them through the S&W Performance Center.

LIGHT RIFLE: A military rifle usually of carbine configuration, usually but not always chambered for a semi-auto pistol cartridge.

LINE-THROWING GUN: A shoulder-mounted device that is used to project a rope or cord for life-saving purposes.

LOGO: Smith & Wesson’s copyrighted corporate symbol, which consists of an intertwined “S&W” in a circle; also called trademark.

LONG TOPSTRAP (or Long Cylinder): On New Model #3s and related models and .44 DAs, refers to a cylinder 1-9/16” long, which replaced the older 1-7/16” cylinder late in production. The change was due to the decision to chamber these models for the longer .44-40 and .38-40 Winchester cartridges, and the desire to make only one frame and cylinder size for all large frame top-break models.

LUDWIG LOEWE: German arms company that manufactured Third Model Russian pattern revolvers for the Russian government and for commercial sale.

LUG, FULL- or HALF-: A protrusion beneath the barrel of a revolver that provides strength, stability and weight. Full lug barrels extend the entire length of the barrel and are often preferred on competition or hunting guns as they provide additional weight to help dampen recoil and muzzle flip. Half-lug barrels feature lugs that extend only partially down the barrel.

M FRAME: The tiny frame size of the original .22 LadySmith revolvers of the early twentieth century.

M&P: Military & Police; generally refers to a service revolver with integral rear notch fixed sights, most often a K frame, although the N framed Model 58 is known as an M&P. S&W M&P models include the .22 M&P, .32 M&P and .38 M&P.

MIM: Metal Injection Molding; a modern manufacturing process where a slurry of metal particles is injected into a mold, put under extreme pressure and heat treated. The result is a part needing very little machining. Used for hammers, triggers and thumbpieces and certain small parts in autoloaders that are not usually subject to heavy stresses.

MWR: See Robinson, MW.

MAGAZINE: Container that holds the cartridges in a semi-automatic pistol and, through the use of a spring, positions them for feeding into the pistol’s chamber.

MAGAZINE SAFETY or MAGAZINE DISCONNECT SAFETY: A safety device intended to render a semi-automatic firearm inoperable when the magazine is removed. This is a feature of some, but not all, S&W semi-automatics.

MAGNA GRIPS: Introduced in the 1930s; wood grips that came higher along the backstrap, up to the knuckle, to provide a broader recoil absorbing surface at the web of the thumb.

MAG-NA-PORT or MAG-NA-PORTING: A proprietary process of cutting vents or ports in the top of the muzzle end of the barrel to reduce felt recoil. Also refers to the ports themselves. See PORT, this index.

MAGNA STOCKS: Introduced in 1935 for the N frames and 1936 for the K frames with wood stock panels which include “horns” that extend upward, covering part of the frame and sideplate along the backstrap to the knuckle, providing a broader recoil absorbing surface at the web of the hand between thumb and forefinger. Magna stocks became the standard for Hand Ejectors after WW2.

MAGNA TRIGGER SAFETY: Non-S&W custom gunsmithing procedure applied to Hand Ejectors to modify them so they cannot be fired unless the shooter is wearing a special magnet ring.

MAGNUM: In general usage, designates a cartridge of higher power than previous similar cartridges, or the firearms intended to fire such cartridges. Several handgun magnum cartridges have been designed by lengthening an existing cartridge (so that it cannot be fired in older guns not designed to withstand the increased pressure), starting with the .357 Magnum, which is a lengthened .38 Special. Similarly, the .44 Magnum is a lengthened .44 Special (which in turn is a lengthened .44 Russian), and the .32 Magnum is a lengthened .32 S&W Long. The standard parent loadings can be fired in the magnum handguns, but NOT vice versa. The .41 Magnum and .22 Magnum do not have parent cartridges in current production.

MARTIAL: Term used to describe handguns that have been officially purchased by a branch of the military service. Often, but not always, have military markings such as U.S., ordnance department flaming bomb, etc.

MASTERPIECE: Hand Ejector K frame design with adjustable sights, introduced about 1946, including micrometer click adjustable sights, short fast action, and built-in anti-backlash trigger. Masterpiece models include K-22 Masterpiece, K-32 Masterpiece and K-38 Masterpiece.

MATCHING (as in serial numbers or assembly numbers): Various parts of different guns are marked with numbers that identify them to that specific gun (see comments in introductory chapters). A collector asking, “Is it all matching?” is asking if all the parts are correctly numbered to the original gun.

MATTE FINISH: A dull finish, sometimes preferred for its non-reflective nature or adopted as an economy measure since it requires less polishing.

McGIVERN: Famous exhibition shooter; the McGivern sight, consisting of a hemisphere gold bead in a black post, was named for him.

McGivern sight, Photo courtesy of David Ballantyne.

MEDALLION: A recessed or flush circular piece bearing the S&W logo and made of gold plated brass, chrome plated brass, silvery-gray plastic, steel, or other metal depending on vintage, and inset into the stock circle on S&W factory stocks.

MEDALLION GRIPS: Grips with a S&W logo inset into the upper portion. Medallions were added to S&W produced pearl and ivory grips in the late nineteenth century to differentiate them from non-factory aftermarket fancy grips. Collectors refer to these as medallion pearls, etc.

MERCOX: An experimental syringe dart gun based on a S&W K frame.

MEXICAN MODEL: Model of 1891, .38 Single Action, 3rd Model, which has a spur trigger rather than the standard round trigger guard of this model. A scarce variation, with fakes not uncommon.

MICROMETER CLICK SIGHTS: Adjustable rear sights introduced in 1940, and standard still today, which provide positive click screwdriver adjustment for windage and elevation.

MILITARY & POLICE: See “M&P” above.

MINI-GUN: Term used for compact semi-autos, especially the double stack 9mms such as the Models 469, 669, 6904, and 6906.

MODEL NUMBERS: The earliest tip-up and top-break revolvers made by S&W are often designated by frame size (1, 1-1/2, 2 or 3). Until 1957, S&W Hand Ejector revolver models were designated by name. Beginning about 1957, S&W assigned model numbers to all handguns. Those revolvers manufactured after WWII, with production continuing through the 1957 nomenclature change, are sometimes referred to as “Pre-Model” followed by a number (e.g., “Pre-10”).

MODERN: Legally, any gun manufactured after 1898.

MOON CLIPS: Flat pieces of metal that hold rimless auto-pistol cartridges in position so that they can be chambered and fired in revolvers especially designed for them. Come in two flavors: half-moon (3-shot) and full-moon (6-shot).

Moon clips.

MOUNTAIN GUN: Originally, the lightweight version of the Model 629 .44 Magnum, with tapered lightweight 4” barrel, round butt, and chamfered cylinder. 1989 production only. Later used to indicate other similar configuration lightweight 4” barrel N frame guns.

MOUNTAIN REVOLVER: Similar to Mountain Gun, drilled and tapped for scope mounts, standard production beginning 1993.

MURABITO SAFETY: A thumbpiece-operated aftermarket safety that may be installed on S&W revolvers.

MUZZLE: The front end of the barrel from which the bullet emerges. See illustration at REVOLVER PARTS in this index.

MUZZLE BRAKE: Fixed or detachable device on a guns muzzle intended to reduce or redirect felt recoil. See photo of Model 1955 .44 HE for example.

N FRAME: S&W’s largest revolver frame size, introduced in 1907 on the .44 Triple Lock. Standard for .41, .44, and .45 caliber revolvers, has also been used for .38 and .357 Magnum. Models 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 57, 58, 610, 624, 625, 627, and 629. This frame has a nominal window opening of 1.89” X 1.73”.

NAMED MODELS: For the purposes of this index, Named Models includes Hand Ejector revolvers made prior to 1957 before the factory began using Model Number. The name for these models usually included the caliber.

NARROW RIB: See RIB, this index.

NASHVILLE POLICE: A group of 32 First Model American revolvers with non-standard length 6” barrels purchased by the Nashville Police and so marked on the backstrap.

NEAL and JINKS: Collectors shorthand for Smith & Wesson, 1857 to 1945 book by Robert Neal and Roy Jinks.

NEW CENTURY: First Model .44 Hand Ejector Triple Lock.

NEW DEPARTURE: Nickname for Safety Hammerless or lemon squeezer top-break revolvers.

NEW MODEL NUMBER THREE: Final configuration of the large frame top-break single action, quickly distinguished by stubby ejector housing.

NEW MODEL RUSSIAN: Model 3 Russian, 3rd Model; distinctive large knuckle in backstrap, trigger guard spur, and large thumbscrew in topstrap to retain cylinder.

NEW MODEL 1-1/2: Five-shot .32 rimfire tip-up with birdshead butt, fluted cylinder, and round barrel.

NEW YORK STYLE ENGRAVING: Profuse, professionally done scroll engraving dating from the late nineteenth or possibly early twentieth century. Nearly synonymous with Nimschke-style, but sounds a little less as though you’re trying to pass off the gun as actually done by Nimschke.

NICKEL: Bright shiny metal plating, more resistant to corrosion than bluing.

NIGHT SIGHTS: Sights with glow-in-the-dark tritium inserts, allowing for usage in semi-darkness.

NIMSCHKE: L. D. Nimschke is probably the most famous nineteenth century firearms engraver, best known for his masterful profuse floral engraving. Since he greatly influenced engraving styles of the era, and like most engravers, seldom signed his work, it is very difficult to identify exactly which guns are his work. Unless a specific rubbing can be identified in his pattern book (which has been published as L. D. Nimschke, Firearms Engraver by R. L. Wilson), or otherwise proven to be actually done by Nimschke, it’s best to consider such engraving in the style of Nimschke.

NOVAK SIGHTS: A snag-free, melted low profile sight design introduced on third generation semiautomatics. Manufactured by Wayne Novak of Parkersburg, WV, and licensed to S&W.

NYCLAD: Type of ammunition made by S&W with a nylon-coated lead bullet. Touted both for reduction of airborne lead pollution on indoor ranges and its tendency to expand at relatively low velocities.

OLD ARMY: Nickname for the Model 2 tip-up 6-shot .32 rimfire.

OLD MODEL RUSSIAN: Model 3 Russian, 2nd Model, identified by extreme backstrap knuckle, trigger guard spur, and small screw in topstrap retaining cylinder. Better called 2nd Model Russian.

OLD OLD MODEL RUSSIAN: Model 3 Russian, 1st Model, externally identical to the American Model, except for the chambering. Better called 1st Model Russian.

OUTDOORSMAN: Term used for the first K frame target .22 (pre-micrometer click sights), and the N frame adjustable sight version of the .38-44 Heavy Duty. Examples: K-22 Outdoorsman and .38-44 Outdoorsman.

PACHMAYR GRIPS: Brand name of popular rubber grips, standard on many current models. Also often found replacing original wood grips on police handguns.

PAINE: Ira Anson Paine, famous champion nineteenth century target shooter and designer of the Paine front target sight first used on New Model #3s. The sight consists of a long round bead running the full-length of the top of a thin square blade.

PARKERIZING: A phosphate process finish used on military arms, WWII era, with a flat textured gray or greenish-gray appearance.

PATRIDGE: Type of front sight, appears as a thin rectangle to the shooter, with a vertical or undercut rear blade face to reduce light glare off the sight blade.

PC MAGNA STOCKS: Plain Clothes (also called Police Carry) square butt Magna stocks introduced in 1952 with a rounded bottom and larger radius on the front shoulder of the horn (compared to the previous sharp shoulder style). The rounded contours provide smaller stocks better suited for concealed carry.

PERFECTED: Refers to the .38 DA Perfected, the Third Model Single-Shot, based on the same frame, or the Third Model LadySmith.

PERFORMANCE CENTER (PC): S&W’s in-house custom gunsmithing shop; performs special order custom work or develops special limited issue guns.

PERSONAL DEFENSE (PD): Designation of recently introduced configurations of Scandium & Titanium models with c. 2” barrels. See Models 337, 340, 342.

PIQUETTE: Paul Piquette, former S&W master engraver.

PINNED: Usually refers to the method of securing the position of Hand Ejector barrels by pinning them to the frame, introduced about 1899 and discontinued about 1982 (pre-82 Hand Ejectors are often noted as pinned and recessed, for this feature and recessed chamber heads). Also can refer to the method of attaching the front sight; in top-breaks, sometimes models will be differentiated by whether the front sight blade is pinned to the barrel or forged as an integral part of the barrel.

PINTO: Collector slang for modern two-tone guns, for example, a Hand Ejector with a blued frame and nickel barrel and cylinder.

PISTOL: A manually loaded single shot or magazine fed autoloading handgun. This term originally included revolvers as well, but in modern usage tends to refer only to semi-autos and single shots.

PLAIN STOCKS: Smooth, uncheckered stocks.

POCKET PISTOL: Term used for any small handgun that could be carried in a pocket. This terminology notwithstanding, it is an unsafe practice to carry a handgun loose in a pocket. There are pocket holsters made for this purpose that will enclose the trigger guard and position the gun properly in the pocket.

POCKET ROCKET: Slang for the Model 940 Centennial in caliber .356 TSW.

POLYMER: A high durability plastic type substance used for the frames of Sigma series semi-autos.

PORTED: Having vents cut in the top of the muzzle end of a barrel to reduce felt recoil. S&W Performance Center has used a single large port as “Power Port,” or a series of four ports as “Quadraport” on some guns. “Mag-Na-Port” is a non-S&W proprietary porting system, usually with two ports, one on each side of the front sight, which popularized the concept some years ago. Mag-Na-Port and Power-Port illustrated below.

Mag-Na-Port (left) and Power-Port.

POSTERS: Large-format artworks issued for advertising or instructional purposes.

POWER PORT: Type of barrel porting used by S&W Performance Center to reduce felt recoil. See PORTED above.

PRAWL: Knuckle or bump in the top of the grip backstrap where the web of the thumb rests.

PRE-MODEL: Term used to identify a gun produced in the period between the end of WWII and 1957, IF the model was continued after 1957 as a numbered model. For example, an early .44 Magnum with no model designation in the yoke cut might be called a Pre-Model 29.

PREWAR/POSTWAR: Made before or after World War II (1940-1945). A key design change occurring during the war was the incorporation of a type of internal hammer block safety device designed to prevent accidental discharge of the gun if dropped on a hard surface. Most postwar guns will include this safety improvement.

PRICE CHECK: In this book “Price Check” sections report prices recently asked for rare or unusual guns to help you get a feel for the real marketplace for items that may not often surface for sale. Condition descriptions are brief excerpts quoted from the auction catalog.

PROMOTIONAL ITEMS: Materials, usually small knick-knacks, issued for advertising purposes. Collectible, especially when bearing S&W logo.

QUADRAPORT: Modification intended to reduce muzzle-flip & perceived recoil, utilizing four ports cut into the top of the front of the barrel; used on some Performance Center guns.

RAMP: A type of front sight that appears as a right triangle when viewed from the side, with the front face of the sight vertical and the rear face sloping down from muzzle end to provide a snag-free draw from holsters. The sight appears as a tall rectangle to the shooter and the face is usually serrated to reduce glare. The most common type of sight on modern S&Ws.

RECESSED: Cylinder chambers where the rear portion has been counterbored to allow the entire cartridge, including the rim, to sit flush with the rear face of the cylinder. Originally used on both magnum and rim fire Hand Ejectors, the practice was discontinued in 1982 on the magnum revolvers, but is still used on rim fires.

RECOIL SHIELD: On a revolver, that portion of the frame immediately behind the cylinder, which prevents the cartridges from falling out of the gun when the cylinder is closed. See illustration at REVOLVER PARTS.

RECURVE TRIGGERGUARD: Seen on early models of the DA top-breaks; a trigger guard with a fairly vertical rear portion that curves forward toward the trigger.

RED RAMP (RR): A ramp front sight with a red rectangle insert.

REGISTERED MAGNUM: The first .357 Magnum, introduced 1935, with such a wide range of buyer options that it was essentially a custom made gun. S&W would register the gun to the original purchaser, if desired, and issue a registration certificate.

REGULATION POLICE: An I (or later J) frame revolver, either a 6-shot .32 or 5-shot .38 S&W, with a square butt.

RELOADING TOOLS: Implements used to recharge fired cartridges. S&W-marked examples are increasingly collectible.

REPORTED: For the purposes of this book, information given to the authors, usually by a factory employee or well known collector on rare or scarce items, but not yet proven or having verified the existence of said item with a physical examination.

REVOLVER PARTS: Some major external parts of a revolver:

REVOLVING RIFLE: A shoulder-fired revolver with a buttstock and (usually) a barrel of rifle length. S&W made one model of this type, the .320 Revolving Rifle.

RIB: A flat portion of the barrel above the bore. Presence or absence of a rib, and whether the rib is narrow or wide, can be a key to identifying certain early Hand Ejectors.

RIFLE: A long-barreled, shoulder-fired weapon, the bore of which has helical grooves that rotate the bullet in flight.

RIMFIRE: A cartridge with priming compound spun into the rim of the case head and detonated by the firing pin striking the rim. Still common in .22 cartridges only; early Model 3s were sometimes chambered for the old .44 Henry rimfire cartridge.

ROBINSON, M.W.: S&W’s largest distributor during the 1800s, New York based, and a common destination for revolvers of that era both for domestic sale and foreign export, including some government purchases.

ROLLIN WHITE: See White.

ROUND BUTT (RB): Describes a grip frame with a slightly rounded bottom contour when viewed from the side; tends to be of a more consistent width for the entire length of the grip than square butt grip frames, which widen noticeably near the bottom. See GRIP FRAME in this index for illustration.

ROUND TOP STOCKS: Walnut S&W Hand Ejector stocks used from about 1917 to 1929 that have a concavely rounded stock circle without medallion.

RUSSIAN: Refers to the 1870s era large frame single action top-break revolvers that incorporated designs requested by the Russian government in their large military orders; or to the .44 Russian cartridge that was initially developed for the same Russian contract, but came to be the cartridge of choice for S&W big bore revolvers up to the turn of the century. The .44 Russian cartridge was noted for exceptional accuracy, and was lengthened to develop the .44 Special cartridge.

SAFETY/DECOCKING LEVER: A lever on the rear of the slide of some models of traditional double action S&W semi-autos that performs the dual function of safely lowering the cocked hammer to the “decocked” position and putting the pistol on “safe.” Generally, on most S&W models, it is pushed downward and to the rear to de-cock and on-safe the pistol. Pushing the safety/decocking lever forward and up to the upright position puts the pistol in a ready-to-fire mode, with the first shot a heavy double-action trigger pull. It is important to note that on some models, the lever functions as a de-cocker only, and NOT as a manual safety.

SAFETY HAMMERLESS: The .32 and .38 Safety top-break revolvers, featuring a hammerless (actually enclosed hammer) design and a grip safety; aka New Departure or lemon squeezer.

SCANDIUM: A metallic element discovered in 1879 by L.F. Nilson of Sweden. Its atomic number is 21 and has an atomic weight of 44.95. Symbol is Sc. It is a soft silver-white rare earth metal. This is used by S&W to mix with other alloys to produce the tough Airlite frames chambered in .357 Magnum released in the spring of 2001. Identified with symbol Sc, e.g., “Airlite Sc.” Added and mixed to alloy in minute amounts like “pixie dust.”

SCHOFIELD: .45-caliber single action Model 3 top-break designed for and used by the U.S. Army in the 1870s; the only large frame top-break with the latch mounted on the frame rather than on the barrel.

SCOPE MOUNT (SM): A device for attaching a scope to a firearm.

SECOND QUALITY: S&W found slight cosmetic casting flaws in the frames of some of their early tip-up revolvers. Combining typical Yankee thriftiness and commitment to quality rather than wasting these frames, the firm made them into revolvers, but marked the end product 2D QUALTY. Originally sold at a discount; today these scarce variations bring a premium from collectors.

SELF-LUBRICATING BULLET: Unusual late nineteenth century S&W ammunition in which firing the cartridge forced lubrication from inside the loaded round to the external surface of the bullet.

SEMI-AUTO PISTOL: Hand-held firearm in which the act of firing automatically ejects the fired shell casing and chambers an unfired round, usually by means of a reciprocating slide.

SEMI-TARGET HAMMER (ST): Checkered hammer spur .375” wide, between the narrower standard hammer and the wider target hammer.

SERIAL NUMBER (S/N): The unique number identifying a specific individual gun. On S&W revolvers, usually found on the butt of the grip frame. On semi-autos, usually found on the side of the frame. Usually stamped in fine characters until about 1996, when these numbers on revolvers were put in place with a pin machine having a dot matrix appearance. They may also be found to be laser engraved.

SERVICE: In a model name, usually designates a fixed sight model.

SERVICE TRIGGER: On modern revolvers, a narrow .265” wide trigger, usually serrated or grooved.

SHARP SHOULDER MAGNA STOCKS: Early Magna stocks used from 1935 to about 1954 having a small or sharp radius on the front shoulder of the horn; replaced by the more rounded shoulder introduced on the PC Magna stocks.

SHORTY FORTY: A compact version of the third generation .40 S&W semi-autos, currently produced by the Performance Center for distribution through Lew Horton.

SHOTGUNS: Shoulder-mounted firearms with smooth (i.e., unrifled) cores; intended primarily to fire shot rather than one-piece projectiles.

SHROUDED EJECTOR: See EJECTOR SHROUD above.

SHROUDED HAMMER (SH): The sides of the frame extend up, shrouding all but the tip of the hammer spur, to prevent snagging on clothing, but still allow the hammer to be manually cocked for single action fire. Used on the Bodyguard models.

SIDEPLATE: The removable plate on the side of a revolver that provides access to the inner mechanical workings. With its tight press fit, the sideplate should NEVER be pried loose. Instead, remove the screws and smartly tap the grip frame. The sideplate will pop loose. The sideplate is on the left side of all tip-ups and top-breaks, except the .38 Perfected, and on the right side of all Hand Ejectors and the .38 Perfected.

SIDEPLATE, SQUARE or STRAIGHT EDGE or STRAIGHT CUT: Early configuration for DA revolver sideplate where the front and rear edge of the sideplate are relatively straight compared to later curved edges. Key to identifying .38 DA First Model, and very rare and desirable .32 DA First Model. See photo of .38 DA First Model.

SIGHTS: An adjustable or “Target” rear sight that features adjustment for elevation and windage to allow the shooter to change sight alignment to match various ammunition. A fixed or “Combat” rear sight cannot be adjusted, and is often integral to the gun.

Rear sights: combat (left) and target (right).

SIGHT, ADJUSTABLE FRONT: A front sight that features height adjustments and is used in competition shooting to adjust the point of impact at varying distances and for varying loads.

SIGHT, PATRIDGE FRONT: See Patridge Sight.

SIGHT, RAMP FRONT: See Ramp.

SIGHT, RED INSERT FRONT RAMP: See Red Ramp.

SIGHT, WHITE OUTLINE REAR: See White Outline.

SIGHTS, INTERCHANGEABLE FRONT: A front sight system that features several interchangeable sights that allows the shooter to choose a sight best suited to the shooting application.

SIGHTS, TRITIUM NIGHT: See Tritium.

SIGHTS, 3-DOT SIGHT SYSTEM: A sight system that features a single dot on the front sight and a dot on each side of the rear sight to allow for quick alignment of the sight picture by bringing the three dots into line.

SIGHTS, NOVAK: A low profile combat style rear sight designed and patented by Wayne Novak.

SIGMA: Polymer framed semi-auto pistols; hinged trigger performs safety function, DAO type action, no external manually operated safety lever, no magazine disconnect safety.

SINGLE ACTION (SA): A firearm in which the hammer must be cocked manually or, in the case of a semi-auto, by the action of the slide, before it can be fired. Pulling the trigger performs only the single action of dropping the hammer (firing the gun). Pulling the trigger does not perform the double action of cocking the hammer and then dropping it.

SINGLE-SHOT: One-shot. The gun does not have any device for holding additional ammunition and must be manually reloaded between shots.

SKU (Stock Keeping Unit): The product code used by S&W to identify a particular variation of a particular model also known as bar code. Many of the same models examined have been found with different Product Codes, usually from early production handguns being released and the data sheets printed later with a different code.

SLICK SLIDE (or slick side): A DAO semi-auto with no safety or decocking levers on the slide.

SMOKELESS POWDER: Introduced around the turn of the century, smokeless powder was an improvement over black powder in that it produced less fouling and less smoke, and could produce high pressure, resulting in higher velocity and thus more power in any given cartridge case. Modern ammunition is loaded with smokeless powder and should never be fired in guns originally made for black powder cartridges.

SPEEDLOADER: An ammunition holding device that allows the user to quickly and simultaneously reload all chambers in a revolver cylinder.

Speedloaders.

SPEEDLOADER CUT: The cutout that exposes the frame at the top of the left panel behind the cylinder on S&W target stocks and provides clearance for speed loader use. This configuration was introduced in the 1970s for K frames and in the early 1980s for N frames, continuing in use today.

SPEGEL BOOT GRIPS: A grip design that improves handling of small revolvers without increasing bulk by filling the space in front of the grip frame while leaving the rear grip strap exposed. A version of this design produced in rubber by Uncle Mikes is currently used by S&W on many of their J frames.

SPORTSMAN: Current production short barrel .22 semi-autos.

SPUR TRIGGER: A revolver on which the trigger appears to project directly from the bottom of the frame as a spur, with no encircling trigger guard. Typical of all S&W’s earliest tip-up revolvers and most of their early single action medium (.38) and small (.32) frame top-breaks.

SQUARE BUTT (SB): A grip frame that becomes significantly wider near the bottom, with relatively sharp corners at the front and rear of the butt. See GRIP FRAME in this index for illustration.

STAINLESS STEEL (SS, or sometimes Stainless, abbreviated S): An alloy steel that is highly resistant to rusting and corrosion and requires no external finish (such as nickel plating or bluing) on a handgun. All stainless steel S&W revolvers have a model number beginning with 6”, except for the Model 940 Centennial 9mm Stainless. Stainless steel is similar in weight to carbon steel, and either may be used as slide material in conjunction with an aluminum alloy frame to produce a lighter weight gun.

STRAIGHT LINE: The 4th Model Single-Shot, so called because both the trigger pull and the hammer fall are in a straight line parallel to the bore, as opposed to the arcing motion on the earlier revolver frame based single-shots. The Straight Line has an appearance more similar to a semi-auto.

“STAPLE GUN”: Nickname of a special .22 Olympic target pistol.

STAR: When stamped next to serial number on butt, indicates factory rework.

STAR EXTRACTOR: That part of the cylinder that is pushed out by the extractor rod to expend empty shell casings. Prior to 1995 the star rod had an oil groove down the side, in 1995 this changed in shape to a flat sided guide rod on revolvers with a distinctive change in shape to the Star extractor itself. Was introduced usually with no change in the engineering change or dash number.

STANDARD STOCKS: The standard pre-WWII Hand Ejector stock configuration (also called service stocks) where the panels covered the grip frame, butting against the flats of the frame at the top but not extending upward above the grip frame.

STOCK CIRCLE: The circular area at the top of a revolver stock panel comprised of the round area that abuts the circular recess in the frame to anchor the top end of the stock panel. The term is often used to describe this round area together with its circular extension on the surface of the stock panel which contains the logo on hard rubber stocks, or the medallion on wood, pearl, ivory, or stag stocks, or is left plain and either flattened (slightly convex) or concavely rounded on wood stocks, depending on their era of production. On Magna stocks, the stock circle’s anchoring function is performed by a metal disk (called the stock circle insert) which fits into the frame recess to anchor the top end of the panel and is secured by the riveted end of the medallion post so that the medallion represents the stock circle on the surface of the stock panel.

STOCK CIRCLE INSERT: The metal disk on Magna and target stocks (and a few standard stocks) which fits into the circular recess on a revolver frame at the top of the grip frame and serves to anchor the top end of the stock panel. The stock circle insert is secured to the panel by the riveted end of the medallion stud.

STOCK SCREW: The screw used to secure revolver stock panels together on the grip frame, or to the frame itself on semi-autos.

S&WCA: Smith & Wesson Collectors Association.

SWING-OUT CYLINDER: Standard modern revolver configuration; a Hand Ejector with a cylinder that swings out of the frame for loading and unloading.

SYNTHETIC GRIPS (SG): Non-wood grips, usually made of rubber or plastic-like material.

TACTICAL S&W (TSW): Although originally applied to certain Performance Center guns, as of 2000 this term is used to designate most 3rd Generation semi-auto pistols OTHER THAN Ladysmith, Value Series, and Chiefs Special models.

TAKATA: The distributor through which S&W sold many revolvers to the Japanese military in the late 1800s.

TARGET HAMMER (TH): A hammer with a wide .5” spur. Usually slightly more turned down than a service hammer. See HAMMERS, TYPES in this index

TARGET GRIPS (TG) or TARGET STOCKS (TS): Large oversized wood grips. Usually made of Goncalo Alves, except for walnut target stocks (WTS).

TARGET MASTERPIECE: A post-1940 K frame revolver with the Masterpiece enhancements (see Masterpiece), and a barrel longer than four inches (usually six inches); usually square butt.

TARGET MODEL: Always implies adjustable sights, and may include other target options, usually with a 6” barrel.

TARGET SIGHTS: Adjustable sights available in many combinations of a front sight with an adjustable rear sight. See SIGHTS, this index.

TARGET TRIGGER (TT): A fat .400” wide serrated trigger.

TAURUS: Founded in 1939 in Porto Alegra Brazil, they based their designs on the well-known S&W products. In 1963 Bangor-Punta bought S&W, and in 1970 they bought 45% of Taurus, which made the two sister companies, a situation that lasted until 1979, when Bangor-Punta sold Taurus to Dr. Carlos Murgel and Louis Estema. Prior to these sales, antiquated equipment from S&W was sent to Taurus to update their aging machinery along with manufacturing expertise. Soon after, Bangor Punta was purchased by Lear-Sigler which took over S&W as well.

TEAM S&W (TSW): A professional competitive shooting team briefly sponsored by the S&W factory in the late 1980s/early 1990s. Team members included Brian Enos, Jerry Miculek, J. Michael Plaxco, and Judy Woolley, and Team Coach Roy Jinks. Also refers to a cartridge, the .356 TSW, developed to allow sufficient energy to make major in IPSC style shooting while still allowing the maximum magazine capacity.

“TEN RING TIPS”: An old poster by S&W with shooting advice.

TEN ROUND MAGAZINES: See HIGH CAPACITY MAGAZINES.

TERRIER: Descriptive name of a 5-shot revolver made on an I frame to fire the .38 S&W cartridge.

“THREE PIRATES”: An early S&W catalog, so called for the cover illustration.

THREE SCREW: The Hand Ejector frame configuration after about 1961 when the trigger guard screw was eliminated, leaving just the three sideplate screws (the rear of which is often hidden by the grips).

THREE T’S: Shorthand for target hammer, target trigger, and target stocks.

THUMBPIECE: Located on the left rear of a revolver’s frame, the thumbpiece is a latch that opens the cylinder. See also flat latch.

TIP-UP: A revolver with a hinge at the top rear of the barrel so that the barrel tips up in front of the cylinder for removal and loading/unloading. Note: While this is the most common usage among S&W collectors, some will refer to the revolvers we’ve called top-break as tip-up. Forget you ever heard that usage, and you will get along just fine.

TITANIUM : “Ti” -Material used in the Airlite series revolvers for the cylinder. Strong enough to withstand the pressure of the .357 Magnum cartridge for the “Airlite Sc” series of revolvers.

TOP-BREAK: A revolver with a hinge at the bottom rear of the barrel so that the revolver breaks open at the top and the barrel tips down. All S&W top-break revolvers automatically eject the shells when opened unless a lever near the bottom of the hinge is pressed while opening.

TOP STRAP: The part of a revolver frame located above the cylinder. See illustration at REVOLVER PARTS in this index.

TRADITIONAL DOUBLE ACTION (TDA): semi-auto mode where the first shot is double action (a long heavy trigger pull cocks and drops the hammer) and subsequent shots are single action, with the hammer being cocked by the action of the slide after a shot is fired.

TRANSITIONAL: S&W doesn’t waste parts. Never has. Never will. (Well, except for those pencil holders made out of cylinders.) Accordingly, there often is not a clean break between model variations, and there are sometimes guns produced with some features of both old and new models. These are called Transitionals and are often sought after by collectors due to their relative scarcity. Examples would include the Transitional Model American, with the straight bottom frame line of the First American and the interlocking hammer and latch of the Second American, or the Model 1-1/2 Transitional tip-up with the octagonal barrel and unfluted cylinder of the Old Model 1-1/2 and the birdshead butt of the New Model 1-1/2.

TRIPLE LOCK: The .44 Hand Ejector, 1st Model, so called because the cylinder locked up at three points rather than the usual two.

TRIGGER GUARD SPUR: A finger rest of dubious utility added to the rear of Second and Third Model Russian trigger guards, and available by special order on the New Model #3. Cowboys, being sensible, often chopped them off.

TRIGGER, SMOOTH TARGET: A narrow smooth trigger.

Various Trigger Styles

TRIGGER, SERRATED TARGET: A wider serrated trigger designed to give the target shooter firm full control.

TRITIUM: Slightly radioactive glow-in-the-dark material used for most night sight inserts. Good for about 5 years, according to most sight manufactures.

TSW: See Tactical S&W and Team S&W in this index.

TUNNEL GUN: Special modification of Mod. 29 for use in Vietnam by Military “tunnel rats.”

TWELVE REVOLVERS: Special set of twelve Hand Ejectors, each with a unique configuration and a scene from a different turn of the century S&W poster, issued one a month through Ellett Brothers distributors.

TWO-PIECE BARREL: New barrel design that consists of a barrel shroud with all the outside markings and front sight that fits against the frame into a notch and a barrel liner that is inserted thru it and tightens into the frame threads. This method requires the barrel liner to be measured to the cylinder face and cut/machined to length and clocked in to a specific torque value -thus is a two step process. Also called Hybrid barrel design. First introduced with the Scandium series of J Magnum .357 revolvers.

TWO-TONE: Modern guns combining two different finishes; for example, a Hand Ejector with a blued frame and nickel barrel and cylinder.

UNFLUTED CYLINDER: See fluted cylinder.

U.S. AMERICAN: A group of one thousand First Model Americans purchased by the U.S. government in 1871. The first cartridge revolver adopted by the U.S. military.

VALUE SERIES: Sales trade Name used by S&W for a series of semi-auto pistols based on other pistol designs but finished to be able to sell at a lower price; a no frills nickname. See Models 410, 457, 908, 909, 910, 915.

VICTORY MODEL: .38 M&P K frames produced during WWII, mostly for military usage, with a V (for Victory) or SV serial number prefix.

VOLCANIC: A lever action tubular magazine handgun and rifle produced by the first S&W partnership in the early 1850s. Predecessor of the Winchester lever action rifles.

WELLS FARGO: This colorful Old West express company purchased a number of cut-barrel Schofields to arm their messengers, and these guns show Wells Fargo markings on the ejector housings. Caution: often faked.

WESSON FAVORITE: A rare variation of the .44 DA featuring patent markings on the cylinder instead of the top of the barrel, a groove down the barrel rib, and lightening cuts on the frame below the cylinder.

WHITE OUTLINE (WO): A white outline on three sides of the rear sight blade, preferred by some shooters to enhance the visibility of the rear sight and to outline the front site.

WHITE, ROLLIN, PATENT: 1854 patent for a cylinder bored through end to end, necessary for an effective metallic cartridge revolver. S&W purchased the rights to use the patent, and thus gained a virtual monopoly of the cartridge revolver market through 1872.

WIDE RIB: See RIB, this index.

WINANS: Walter Winans was a world champion target shooter of the late 1800s, and a front sight of his design with a bead notched into a semi-circular blade bears his name.

WIPERS: Cleaning rods packaged with S&W handguns.

WONDER-NINE: A high capacity double action semi-auto.

X (in serial numbers): Sometimes used in this book (and elsewhere) as a placeholder instead of a numeral when listing serial number range or serial number of a specific gun. For example, gun serial number ABC-1234 might be listed as in the ABC-12XX range.

X-Frame: The largest of S&W revolver frames to-date. Introduced with the Model 500 in 2003, this frame has a cylinder window opening of a nominal 2.5” x 1.95”. The grip was kept somewhat smaller, more to a K frame size.

XENOY: Synthetic material used for third generation semi-auto grips.

YOKE: The piece that connects the cylinder of a Hand Ejector to the frame and swings out. What Colt calls a “Ccrane.” See illustration at REVOLVER PARTS in this index.

YOKE CUT: The cutout in the frame where the yoke rests when the cylinder is closed. The model number of modern Hand Ejectors is stamped in the yoke cut.

YOUNG: Gustav Young and his sons, Oscar and Eugene, were some of the greatest engravers of the 19th century. S&W hired Gustav away from Colt to be their head factory engraver, and his sons succeeded him in this role.

Z BAR: The type of latch, pushed sideways to open, used on the First Model .38 Safety.